Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC2023-071 - 4/11/2023 - Approved DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 0 1852 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement,for the Project awarded on April 11,2023, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and DLF Two, Inc. dba DLF Texas (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Bill Witt City Park Pool Proiect Number 21083 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Kimley-Horn and Associates 5301 Southwest Parkway Building 2,Suite 100 Austin,TX 78735 austin.powers@kimley-horn.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Brett Van Hazel City of Corpus Christi Engineering Department 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi,TX 78401 brettvh@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 365 days (this includes 60 days of extra lead time for materials due to current market conditions) after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed Agreement 005223- 1 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 395 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof,Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ 10,061,852.67 Agreement 005223-2 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement 005223-3 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement 005223-4 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers, memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. Agreement 005223-5 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DocuSigned by DocuSigned by: i 5/10/2023 5/10/2023 e3ecca°�lue'r a e r y` Mdh'ds, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services M2023-052 AUTHORIZED 4/11/2023 APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL L uSigned by: �WA,�,�, 5/10/2023 Er-;/s is Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR DocuSigned by: 5/5/2023 (Seal Below) By: Art Ramirez Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: Vice President person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief 1321 Glenoak Dr. Financial Officer Address Corpus Christi Texas 78418 City State Zip 361-937-9300 Phone Fax aramirez@dlfci.com Email END OF SECTION Agreement 005223-6 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BID FORM Project gill Witt City Park Pool Name: Project 21083 Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi OAR: Brett Van Hazel Designer: Kimley-Horn-Austin Powers By its signature below,Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Bid Acknowledgement,acknowledges receipt of all Addenda to the Bid and agrees,if this Bid is accepted,to enter into a Contract with the Owner and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the Bid price. Bidder: DLF Two Inc. dba DLF Texas (full legal name of Bidder) Signature. °" (signature o ( if person with authority to bind the Bidder) Name: Art Ramirez (printed name of person signing Bid Form) Title: Vice Presi e t of Operations (title of person signing Bid Form) Attest: (signature) State of Residency: Texas Federal Tx ID No. 2-3878398 Address for Notices: 1321 Glenoak Dr. Corpus Christi„Tx 78418 Phone: 361-937-9300 Email: aramirezCcpdlfci.com Bid Form 00 30 01-Page 1 of 3 Bill Witt City Park Pool-Project Number 21083 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Report Created On:2/15/2023 8:41:26 PM BID TOTALS BASE BID Total Part A: General $8,772,911.92 Part B: Parking Lot $564,126.75 Part C:ADA Improvements $31,239.75 Part D: Drainage Improvements $195,316.00 Part E:Water Improvements $167,957.50 Part F:Wastewater Improvements $39,931.45 Part G:Allowances $50,000.00 Total $9,821,483.37 ALTERNATE 1 Total Part H:Additive Alternate $240,369.30 Total $240,369.30 Part A:General No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price Al Mobilization(Maximum 5%) LS 1 $286,281.06 $286,281.06 A2 Bonds and Insurance(ALLOWANCE, AL 1 $93,150.00 $93,150.00 paid based on actual costs) A3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention LS 1 $25,244.80 $25,244.80 A4 Site Furnishings and Miscellaneous LS 1 $25,429.95 $25,429.95 Items A5 Site and Utility Demolition LS 1 $23,097.75 $23,097.75 A6 Site Preparation, Excavation,and Select LS 1 $936,607.15 $936,607.15 A7 Bathhouse/Administrative/Filtration LS 1 $2,113,386.00 $2,113,386.00 Building A8 10-Lane Lap Pool LS 1 $1,746,190.30 $1,746,190.30 A9 Leisure Pool LS 1 $2,402,641.90 $2,402,641.90 A10 Shade Structures LS 1 $63,846.05 $63,846.05 Al 1 5"Concrete Pool Deck and 4"Concrete LS 1 $623,367.85 $623,367.85 Sidewalk DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Report Created On:2/15/2023 8:41:26 PM Al2 8'Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fencing LS 1 $77,625.00 $77,625.00 A13 Site Lighting and Electrical Service to Site LS 1 $143,829.06 $143,829.06 A14 Landscape and Irrigation LS 1 $212,215.05 $212,215.05 Subtotal: $8,772,911.92 Part B: Parking Lot No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B1 7" Parking Lot Paving LS 1 $564,126.75 $564,126.75 Subtotal:$564,126.75 Part C:ADA Improvements No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price C1 ADA Ramps and Signage LS 1 $31,239.75 $31,239.75 Subtotal: $31,239.75 Part D:Drainage Improvements No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price D1 Storm Drains and Piping LS 1 $195,316.00 $195,316.00 Subtotal:$195,316.00 Part E:Water Improvements No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price E1 Water Lines LS 1 $167,957.50 $167,957.50 Subtotal:$167,957.50 Part F:Wastewater Improvements No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price F1 Sanitary Lines LS 1 $39,931.45 $39,931.45 Subtotal: $39,931.45 Part G:Allowances No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price G1 Allowance for Unforseen Conditions AL 1 $50,000.00 $50,000.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Report Created On:2/15/2023 8:41:26 PM Subtotal: $50,000.00 Part H:Additive Alternate No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price H1 Enclosed Flume Slide LS 1 $204,127.30 $204,127.30 H2 Cantilever Shade Structures LS 1 $36,242.00 $36,242.00 Subtotal:$240,369.30 CALL BEFORE YOU DIG! ,an� �CO.0 nn w , �.o e,.ra.,.e,re w , e an.�,rsµe,�„n �Er, e = , e�a „�P��reEore� �,e rseee. eae,µ tl reo res m E a ore tl,G rse=a. aa e a noP�p��r o re � sbClgw. re�rr,or - Call eemre um. 811 5— F,t,Icio County THE LONE STAR NOTIFICATION COMPANY AT 1-800-689-8344 - esTwTsozz L Y r NUECES BA r C oeI T r i �e 3 - C hly m d P Nb E W�l s�� — . E_ _ CORPUS CHRISTI BAY Y a b _ GRAPHIC MAP SCALE — a T 71 s” PROJEC LOCA ON -_ 6809 &Qa N COR pAi/, ro X ,s �Ibt O W w 4 � / rvns U ry N PMa>k P�a �p r � � �P s � J sti P 4�v _ ^Po _ s GpN U n , S Ye h D'0W mN h '= 8 WwK H a O a P 2 J } C� 4 °g A o P O o � F 8 a oN /v o Y 8& cC BILL M1NTT CITY PARKUAW W Q".a POOL etJ I\(/) _ _ 2 _ W \ - _ PLANS FOR J ) V ti ax ann rs — U W BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL VICINITY I I v c N MAP CONFORMED FINAL SET " f r§5 gron,re APRIL 2023 m t m PREPARED BY PROJECT{1 21083 TABS2023002874 e �Kimley*lHoirin s fE , a,z0 ¢ CounsllmanlHunsaker and Associates Davis&Davis,Inc. Engineering Associates The Core Group — LantlscapeArcM1to Panners gquaEC Plann ng dD gn aMb D gn MEP/HVAC S ID -i carie ,e- gen . ss RONSTRUD TFOR �nm.,om.om enone e,<eea,z en N11„ ,rn = 7� a me C ON. CP RAw252 t ws x eowres ew renx om_oneeex arvneol [mrxr ru oo-vs, DlrecF',Eng ne rng Services Oale cordo.,.a wro-nras r�ram.ers.ne�a�k eo cc d 21083 g E as CITY O � _ e w ................. C-11,10 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES GRADING NOTES STORM SEWER NOTES BUILDING PROJECT CODE SUMMARY 222 ­101NI 1E.0Z'�NTP„LD'l'jn�D,�D,5, RV LL 11 I­ONIILI� ION1111111 P11111 IL 101Ll 7_�ALAIIMIN Z 0 U Z ��N"���oNI,�,�,�,l�.N�,oLN�,"L�L�Dp,,�,EE,"EI"NN X 4ND�DloOLN.LI cu PARKING CALCULATION SUMMARY WATER AND SANITARY SEWER NOTES .0 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES 71' ` X U T V MIKTIND MEL oNL,�%l 2D L­j 6 DIINI�Lra, C)_ vi C, DE oL oN OM o_N PAVING AND STRIPING NOTES ........ ZS21 E El 01 DZGE'o seen 2 .424 CP-252 CITI­J21083 --- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- F sr r,ul a a a a� �,a ,.a.a.o cu , a Y P, a.m. U ., .NE ac�ry+rk o �I oa 0 I ti U — 6: W e aim � U cr d Q a Z ae .; iaoir � s I— e ti Q o. o, m, a m ti seen 3 .,124 rmreo erenun�,va. -_ CP-252 lore*o anHrvc Mus eE�uary rvo—E — C J21083 YORKTOWN BLVD. 10 WP � APPROXIMATE R.O.W.LINE °.°°�,�n BENCHMARK A °° a n° sTOP F . _—— CALL BEFORE YOU BIG � C2f O LI � E . °anm 11 Nawea us Na cEo°.eC°uIN rea°as o°ssavaT Otis. + x renE en L �� .aes i $ bei e ILIIao- HN w 1-L LINE TYRE LEGEND -a a'III - �I II /l t—x"- I IIII LEGEND ~GENERAL NOTES e � rns I v, s s a reONLI TIN c Il a LINA°core sreE mPaoNmEN INE voscs orvsv.Tn s s rvm a rarvo re ns sureAsv. °°Esc" i n aeosfasr�aosaocL.. _o A N.v PNL Noaesasaoszoo n SE 9 F "zLOo°"HI""ETL` sI-TEAl —LsL.IIiED nLNAL ti°asvow'HaRsOARAcura.E°EsIw 'N oA �jE lIllli�ap wQ owm , U a wa wrePo:,wot III I III I I' re NOT mvLv snas renE su IL-wAcs LIDINI'IN TALLI 111 LA NALIIIL ANE/Al v o INH,aAai°oI ua c e jj1 / I III ILI—noreN ore rens srPreiaOry ti P. / " -•rs`- nva renNrA N .ANrss.AaEas AN° a r sAres v U i s Looreo NAress snawry v A, cooT"'T'AL IOI. t zo9MA°an s°ETEam N° E"N All IL LIE °, IIILE TnE uNre of LAN AAaA rNinsreILIC"MMINI 'u.s. NaEON AreE IN renE cn III \ / I ,•p-�. ,;., x sureAs�resT- _ I q _ - oreamrvo s ovis s s rvo vm acvAre Iry E,C0N D ALL ED / — ALN Illi r vEaT cnL°nnw of safe M wueej°°n"D INNIII oI,mlI?'IN' cn s O Ilii -` III k1,IN'INEII—IND ILLILIT111 11—111E.N All 110M L1111"I 0 2 o O III au Ld cr I= I 0 foo*iLE Nov Roc VIII uaaE VANo sNiEsa oR siEasHCE LINE'AaE Nore � wry - Q Z r 2 O I --- = L U E-11rvsuL Ary snou�oRr+P✓sNN*rvE rrvP�°oE*Erer+rvA*orv�arrerereEEp1H '= Ips anol 1 \ 't �t - LAND�A'N Itis.LIN SUR�Ev DOES NOT S�oW ALL Ez Sr NG reREEs U z III II II rvn.io.. / 111I°N COMMIN I— (n L l oNlreaL recwreo oreA rvc c zos L re s X p IND I IF 11 Co ��J I I -IIN rerAA, DESIGN SURVEY EXHIBIT OF 8.84 ACRES R careo ere�nc�a4 oa � s= --- — --- — 1 / ENRIQUEZ VILLAREAL SURVEY, r xnm��a xAe nw ABSTRACT NO.1 ° r....................................................... _ � CP-252 EXISTING CONDITIONS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, NUECES COUNTY,TEXAS cc,ppipg3 ................. C2.1 -J ASPHALT DRIVEWAY _ _ 1 ® IA'Z21CALL III RE YOU OIG��FTNL11.---Z��`ITIFFAIFI`I�ATLITI 0,0 � ...- GNA�Hf IN-lao opoj 30 F, REMOVAL NOTES 1-1 ELE-111L.1 LI—IFIE 1-1 1111TI—L 1-11L V—ATI ITI TIAF—1 2, oowP,wE5�N' IA-11 IF T11 51ALL�1 P-1-11PA—�T N.A111TINAL 1'�,�E�T�D T�,Eo--,A�,—Ll IN I I�NFIIT,T'E I-El A T, N,T, F F, AL F AN NT 1,E E \'--B�FFFI� 11FLL—111-11 11E-111�1 IE-IFL-11.11 11E—El 11�F- PA��TN AL 4,A�LLNTa,IM,0,wNOTTIEDI F-11 T11 PlIP-1 IF THE ,APPRax 'A�IZI�ILL EG FlUBI'll' ALTN1�MMD,1,B,%�E"MU15EF"T�1`17II'E 5 THE FONTP%�FFAON�D�,�A�L BET�N��Z 31BLlMoF oZF R,E M%G T�FECFB3,TNG—NG FACING. ND F I F �N 'TN AND PAN3 ­N.TE I 6 Y'pNj= E�Z�F�NOA�L%D FoWKEI�NNICDE TFFE1 M2L11`1 F �=NIN IAN�M F 1,NE o 1101EIT 11 EER 11E 1-1 IND 1—F-T-1 TI 11N� III L 110-1—11NINI E,1110-No,REEF N11 F11 11M11L NIII LL NIII-1 LIZ'�IA`NTAoNLDE�FOl�N,NIA�INDE51�INI�OOPNADNl�LATNID DEMD DN AND H' I FFTE I E F, I I I�l ( I I II I—R 111E� I I I UTILITY CONTACTS T. ocpn INET I"p. ll� L 1EFN1,1,ECNfENF1oE,1_NF..11 F01 —LETE L11T FF 10NIF111 IND N ne� T.. 1E-E LEGEND I III 10N1011 LINE 1-TIN.11N 1-1 � N.IFwA;,MNE I�N EI o 1-TINI 11N 1-1-N-1 ,SIE C 0—R0N FENE FM7 FFP,�AF,1,M"N Do E�'PI-MFTEL' �F C, -Nl All—T IAINI 415 L F` 3a IE� N,__NE,IFTEI LINI APPIIII-TILI III IF IF 111ITN0 PI o1E 1-11 '1'PF�CL1'FpAF`TN1G1 T�'��'IEIL'NEIM'Nl�'�LLN�TI�N cr I ti T"y sr sEwERnNF � II I III —————--————- 11.1 Ik T 1—�FIFIE11 •HF, 'I FLI IllII Co F��V -I ,111 1UT,N1N,-1­ LINI IT ",NMA�N�� JF IF I VIFI IN,1,1.. H, -IT,NE,-1 seen 5 0.124 REMOVAL ITEMSCP 252 CA ILE CITI--T p21083 ———————— ———————— ! �� Ukrygp�q, wccrna.C3,0 a danaJ. e e y„ c a � vae� aou�inao e I e R E I sF k Ow OI�xF y 1 a 0 e a a �pnY 1rWi�4uM1ni4h+ i i U I 7 i sF O � J mn o• o� I a P_ 0 0 e M ay � re corer�0�12�4 cL cL Kn wb Call yw. ,�,<�, °•�����., C C nw2J�2 - eabef..fore you tlig, - ccr a .T.E„nredE a�ccTno C3�1 11.­111TI ALL TION ­LT u.o =ATo a NCRETE WASHOUT c � uv.u��swr�. x.ne.�cmor osrsv._.meaa ssxu reec.,.iu..u�nsmi Ryas = tirw�Niin�n�cnmv,.iic_vcwm�asc�.��nrac. U N E.M.P.MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ` O ins..n�� r u�.+r... .aon�r..arrw c •a..Nn ..n U v) J J cL ti W cLY � � C J m O U � Z � O O dl W wets 7 .424 CP-252 ccT d P�083 ................. =_,C C-312 "S" 11 , REND, 1. 'All.1 RUllR N E ��EN A A— T2NS 4 OlDly 1-1"1­A ISER, TES" �NDJ02, RAT"�... .... .1 1.1 AUEEI 1.111 MIT EDIE 'T"ENIOIRI 1-1 11 TIED A­11CUON 1—DAT­=N�R NE, "=lEE`N�111TEEN�C�Nl`UE`1"I`INE NOTE I ll� ­" 3 1�AE ANI1RT IRINN WNK LOT DN A RA, ­­OUT EN11- UONII I I 0SNUAIE 'l1NNlU'l'lRTlNl EE IDMRIDE 1—ISOITEll N.1 11—N I N AT -11, 1.tME`N,A 0� ,A P—S SO 0— AS-1 1"l IMIND" 0 USM', MEEI 1111 11 MIN TEMPORARY FILTER FABRIC S_1-1 DOUT11 RNI 1— IS CURB INLET-PLAN MANHOLE-PLAN INLET PROTECTION DETAIL 1,k 4- NO' 1.1E 1-1 NOT TO 1-1 —E., TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL FENCE DETAIL FNITT 1�11STE -1-DIDE1 ITRNN—AEI IRN I 11.UlEl A !M�l.N"'�NI"EN'IEFNI"�EL��l'I'lllI E N Sl I TOTE.Ullol'NO ON1.17`1 SAS­N�ISM ISNUS11 TMIDIDNII Mn,Al 01DI A� p l.�'m'EN'I'E"Il"I'D IS71'ER 1.TUDI A—UIR,Ill.o. DO I rvUD Ilo.4NM1,0 11SE 0' Nll INR El 0.RIIIER F­21D-EN RRE A— E E N,S�N"M, I MIN,ME1 N.TE I A LA 2weal4 TA�e1,4c�_4, raMMreTreoa DORN) _C CIODDU 1UND11 ROCK FILTER DAM AT 11'SM—1-Ell EARTHEN BOTTOM CHANNEL E ON U I ON 1111SNIAE1-N 6 SO ASNICARI(DAUEE DA—) ENTEOIE SIR OlElll RMU-.­ "'�=I`N=A.NVOI o. N.11 -1 LE�­.INEo Merv. - iii 11 C-911 ARCSDI) I STa of CL ISE N111 S SEEN DID cl' D�N�L�AAN�T­IPOLD'No­�',�N "A L� DDU 11RE I-RNPreoP.I—NIL 1—TINI DE N.lE PLAN A- CURB INLET PROTECTION DETAIL SECTION A-A STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE Jo NITT 10 1-1 rvo,11 SCFE rvo,10 IISTE CUPA INL PD�'FILTEP DAM NOTES, CONSTRUCTION ENTPANCE NOTES: ET P ES ENG NIES LIDE —ULD 8 D NI Ell I 2IN LI'SR�D I 1,­U�INEU'1�1,ITD�,STM�ly%9" E m DO.�N.ON,!A 'N 5 RE N .N, SU, 6 UEAD­�E­S_TII TO I I E 'A US �l AT So S S ES, UINENAO E US �4 IHI n E.RRD,RUSE, .-.1 3/E­11ETE All—IHI 1/1 .1 3/0 ARNIIETE All— -1 IT—S. ­NNE�l 1111MDDU 'A E ­SET� 2 Es CAE"­'o .11EAl.l.)Nl"lTL�9SlDSl NS,111TIl.Tly T"l �IDCUN 15 NIT LE15 111N I US TO OCRIT-1-1 "Ull 1 01 T A MDN, RN NRT Ell UISN UILL.111.1 ALL R.Nll I— DI LnL.%Ll�LAI IN' LME'lSllp.lNlMEl N L111"I LINOONN E" `�'`TA—­I—=E IN S E1u IR5UA�T ATRAIN'5SE m—­ANE A,NY A1,IHEI,1S1L1N1p"ITSEI ETI,M EISD,IMEIoNEIEMI,NITDIAIA—AL NE_l IS A4_NUOE,_ E N NC,A_"ELC, IS I I SE EEErto RU RID72" 2`X' INDI—El oN'HE 1-1 51I LL ME 11N�IN I N De`�l PE 0 1-1�l"1111111 I'll 011111 IRUL N.1 911111 M .DAMDNIDINS I.1M DOIN 1111 11 E IRNIINI�l 1111MINT LREIN 1-1 ITSOL�E.1 UUI 11-NOON1 I oll'L ME 0-111NER IN A­111ISN U111 LL PRE,ENT 2 A ERI MO N ON E D S `y AN ENON�'l SU,�E Sl�N���T�l�"l�LILIE�'ENPI'o��'DI AE11RU 1�ET ME T`E, tl`lL.%l`EE�D,�'l DDR- IHIIN IN IHI PT SNFLSE%MN'lN'A5 ULIPI 11 11 1 N11 11 HE L.ATIRN 0 TE,AM 5 N,p�,_N 5TIL EE 5EIIIER-H 11-E —IN _E mISH R,H 1 0-ME ROUO DEOC'5 TMED 10 URAE 5IDMINI ALL EN15 U111 5 IDLE, I3 —U.N1IN­111O1UA"I—IE4L 1T—�A-—­UNAU'LIl7yOlCTlD—OTASMI�—'=E T�Ul AI ND OUPT—�A­,11�DI`N L SRTEo N N`T""IS,11`DEADMNI ONTSIHIHE"( RIDAly U,_ D1)— SNHT � —1—�E1�E M D111-1 IR E1 eE ore snreEo 10 1reE UI 10= S'AR , ER,A,'AAONN.rUDMML,'N,T, CNAUOToN,T, i.la itSRIDESSE I—EOEM. NT AND—y o l.NUE_A,RESS Mffl'N N 1pNpl`T`HZ T �U`l%­LLEETN!lST­`NE HENI'I'.N'I'E=5"�'N'I=A�TNDN�"�'E`02")ER ENMNlEl I I C1.1-1-1 IRUL 91 IDROIDI RE I—I"1 .1 IDII-M ITAMUIADD A C4 STOPI - 5 I C GALL BEFORE YOU OIG a goo xis�s� H e E «..nrzno.e,omeee.m I cRnoNcx�oauaox w I cRePxCSCaE fF£i � I I e ,a I m \ LEGEND Z _` a mm *w I � rexaEEo cox.o�R C �m I I ol 1— " o. waoPD Y x g GRADING NOTES � ommo J of I: \ c.—DI m� in u n EEe m,s I o oA xEo xEMEx. N0 2aax III sL —D- = xEEEre,o I ExEE xooE�ooxa<xo EEoox `' Eo�r C� }VIII a� E xakmc am'cxamcII, xcx�Ex MMEo<,EL,cx ax III o W C E „ree 17 m� e, r l i ROUES SCALL Nm nccEge1 loIH, xpo re Ec wwEOAEc ICHxos.uE oxAxIIEv <oe�E,Eo.a M„,Ex PxoeaEEo�R<oEE. ,c.cxAEE EE 9. ��' „ `moo aN x T..xE I,E..�ME — _ ��NOTESrex 2 ersxc a*ErEs� xE o m k o^ oz I D—L III ore—I—L s.E PLM Y z o o�a m ; �� �re�o�o reEPEA�o m e a a „oma 1 1 NGx N RcoR< PA N-ST .D xE R awx E PE xEE TOTAL STATION LAYOUT C:) I vmEExu xmoE,w n.o c EEE or.xs vn �x �a � SEE EoxE�o � *o rewx.E QDQ = 411lllIII III '� sxc*oaocreaaxc xroreti,NO PEo oeo Ec ruEec xoex co co o� .L nR �.o rz o aR PW .�,E oMo R seeel9 0724 : '° r rermreo oreaw�w�ma. GRADING PLAN ^ � CP—252 CITI cci J21083 F �STOPI9e M ® -.1,L'J`f LALL BEF02E Y011 DIG cox,reac*ores surearrore ro usr rare savour Ha.mx sa*ory us f � �reaare. „rss. l k � Icy I n � occRmw .,I. _. NOTES: xo a,�,. .s.,u ,aEwv F,avx�,E aow,��,E osio,i:oss e ,. ui Ez s,xc axo aeoeosEo r�wax ore w. oxo solar s,aG:s,o aE a a eao us.eo,o � sxoLL rxu Pamxc caaoe. °' >� a � eox=ea�,oe sari ox.exea �. s rxe*o exsuae xo sax*ae.SEwra a u s7oeM sEwEre Maxxan oe w � _ _ � varuEs rut ox a wee. w, _ .ax o. cox,eae.esNOLL*o-T--� E - oaa,oxs eaa _ _.xssna, _.. u,ee�*Es,F.waw s�wEe soars r wa*ee,.ones ru oaeena orss see n `� e roMers,sx,,xs rox,reasore sxarr ^� acava.e me mL.a,eexrr xsalr ,w r,ss soxea.,,xr,resxM axx ,a .a � "s rxsuee ur auerc woeas xs�ee,oxs s a.... orer PreaPEre,a aere,arexro. LEGEND: sa _ to oti,x xa TID ............ „ sce oez a swcc,cza _ sEE oE,s a,reax a (e 1 I a Pre�os a,re � snmre e o e sz a e a . a $ I a N a d U A �Pyl 91�,if 1 �e v �e a A ve oe a s,=az a a o as aAx e,o e i TM s n ..... ......... .,,,,,, IC111 ( I1 � 11 ( I � � I � I � I � I � 0P50°"� CL r 1 IN UII lld Ilh INl r _ I—ED IIIEo m a z E l�� l leu I p a �, o Iro _. a�- s7arex wa,sre ees a � U I rez�xs wwM a s a z yew Sets 10 .,124 a � DECK DRAINAGE PLAN SLOPED HEADWALCFI L rcoreo w2 Je2 wo. �J scaer, stair.x,s Rxan CITI r 821083 1, C6.s0 I F CALL BEFORE YOU GIG E It, I y k GJ - of s e e - a R S a e - ,_ x I � maQ�I - e U 1-- I a ,e �➢ I na =E i ae I oa a w _ I e „......�,.�RE � OVERALL VICINITY MAP U v II o _ LEGENU a CL_ 0 s 0 e - - E +� r yjt­�l. »,, crr � NT o— °� PROJECT DATA U s W INE L IP P-L �6 �ab. xa = 11 .00 oe TOTAL STATION LAYOUT.NTa SHEt71"Lr.724 k. "rroas s�m „r. .xE " o CP ZJ�2 - cc.821083 F STOP! SC6i� CALL BEFORE YOU 010 srex 10 I q SITE FURNISHINGS 00o uT«EE„nn�E+sE.oE.na cT.irees _. oeioveoee I oET.TOPP, PPa��oEy.� o00 aPE�E�ovEw s E� � as �e EOEeN,ESTOE �., , e i s, cu ��. I .� . aoee��Nus� — x E e� LEGEND — �n „Q o o" v v =e w a sEEOE.T EEr m.o rS LV�s\—: _• seeoe.a�,.nee._,.a E P= --- sTTs=ars l,,NT a s o e,m U 0 sTEoFr�Ea„EET .e _ I .11 lUll UT T seeoeTa e. " `tIl J11'' NOTES W o. a g, P a s � �\ oEuane om�o mrs xTti"EUE,>o,,.00•,T Y T—N.11FL T T rv� o v o Pa o0 d a° 3� titr, i Y as , ETtiE u.�uTwa O i ai..wT9sanouN i D' O m PROJECT DATA U s Z .oe.uE:n ,o sE 6 Q eT " CL IEI mp _, / Z uRE ami / I. TE 4o.,r i— mEET EN­ 'L 2 �Eas AOESTwNTo� ne mweTe°uRE TOTAL STATION LAYOUT a SeEEr 72 124 III IHIIT k. TxE ETmreo canuntic ma. s" _ ._. ..... .. ,�ro�s sup. eT�n�:,�� �T:w sT:,T�N. o f n \ JOINTING PLAN&DETAIL KEY g CP 2.52 cT J21083 N............... (D -.1,C-71,0 D-1 ENINIEIN,­ O�EO�SID 1,�ED DOM'A'Al IE1D1'E`11`N ` AO`1D21D FlI'lpl (D IlTF I TI DO.1 E ET 4 A-P`FO IWore (]�)ff N. D­'I'D AF'��I' E N,NEED­ 11 �D ". 'A IN IN MIN-Dl-F1-1 IDNII TI 110. D%SS1/ANN)1/A OF 1. TV 1 2�MIN-11 ZoTll, FIN111 1.ON OND ADII, DID 11 IM-TI 'D'MEN'l"DNEFill 11EIT IEF IED ED BED IIADE N I IMINI 1-1 11-�E 11-11 100N IS SIANNI 'A DB`ADE PED TIE­­ P­ oN,,EE'EN m 11111MIN11TINI ;Wolk`" II MIDIM 11TI 11111­11MINT IEIOIT A �2��UTF PAVING(POOL DECK AND PARKING) M7?L JOINT-SAWCUT —3)CONTROL JOINT-SAWCUT cu ND' D -N 4y='DlTDl'lN�`­TE.11 FIN 11 rN 111DE IF -1 Fll NIADI�111 N=N DE N 1IO-Ell 11EE NE IND­ =Ns iPANNI A END 11010R NR") MIN 10 TI-N MIN 1.DION 0'TANI IN 1DIZN71��11ID FIl so IONI 'INN 0 IN 1Tl'INRE'I'l PRE'IoNM'N'ETN D11 ON A PIONI ON 10 DION� MIN DION Nll'�2 1.111E PIO `AANN­ Nl­ ,D F JJJ TANDlI­N O I.NNIOT DID)ANI X 11 11.1 I.NT, 4 TN' �T.. IEND�l 11E AID ADI rg DID—F.D AD BGDAD N1111 III IL sE Pc ,E,FOO NI E 11 IE Al ZNINDODANI, ­'lDMl`N caA I011EIT.1.1 ADS N11.1 2rEE_, DD`lEI IED- 1101, �n�� RAIN DETAIL(TYP.) 5'�TRENCH DRAIN DETAIL(TYP.) _6 \INLET CONNECTION DETAIL 1 1011 �cuL A I A nre Es SIDE ELEVATION C) �,NGTNN�I�LNN DlPT%�,B�ND�,�,KP�INTGNI�INNN- u NTI.L 1.11INT1 11 L BI CL_ ADIIAIINI 1AINli IEFII IlEll 11 ..Nl. IIDI.Ll 1 .0 P­lD A�A N11TAN11 INIAL�D -2-,D-D­�l 11,1112, 11PANION JOINr w/I.INT 11­NT DT, 7 11 11DAI IN 1. cr DDTI IILL All—-11 NOTES: _� A�L-.�2 0 1 FE jl SM0­ITEEL D-1 PIlD BI,.MED ZN 2 1AD111 �EIE-LL DE 2-1AN111 ClIT F-A—AND N_LLED, -NT AlT.1 12 p TAN DF (n -00 1 NETEIMINED�l 1/2 EIPANION JOINT1 NO I A111 I- I E111 -NEI INTEIIALI 01 Al 011ElllE 1111 IN PL NI(PI-DE PLAN NOTES: Co t EDDED,Lea 1 1 NIIETE 11ALL III I MN­M NITEIEEv. N11 D DAN IIN,,Jl N., 2 PES MPIES­E-EN-IF A- D A O� PIT,P I—— L., 2 RElN­­ENT 11ILL reE ja-1 FE CE IE MD-E-L TO­11TE­ AN sMeNrII lEIDMMENDAT.Nl NED�10�1,AQ-LK 11ILL.1 1-M�N-N I I,B IENIEIIa sNe�73 0.724 SECTION ��RETE CURB AND GUTTER CAST PLAQUE(PROVIDE I CONCRETE SIDEWALK R C7.1 Qa OLc a lE rI i cu M - ORl .i°uEa 4 �Ee�s° EINE 1—PAPE OD i DoE .�° O KN w °o �<�� E � R<E.EN ARE°° N�RE.E .... °E. .aE° ©�.° PPE <.EE OD 1-1".�...TA,1 0 °°;�E ry a° 0 " ���o w ° reET asi 0 -MEQ EN°,.E ,1.1°1,11,°IE IIIEOEI—EE,wo°re°°H°°.°°°.n °°K IEE'El °KE ER O 0.....PE1N PR:`s°EP S—E�P E1)PR PR�1.E E1R°°°aEE 3 VINYL COATED CHAINLINK SINGLE GATE(PROVIDE 1) o F 111 6�1Eo ti..• E e VINYL COATED CHAINLINK DOUBLE GATE(PROVIDE 5) ��8'HIGH VINYL COATED CHAINLINK FENCING(+/_1,015LF) U ...,,�.��z-,-o s` � O .wry TOE;a a°.w E P°� oE�°� ��s nE C)_ — cv INE)° IE °1,Ew,� °� sfE s. s 1Oi�,�°�a�E1—D—D � w °°H°RE,E°E°K - 1��`,iE it - - --- - - [n °os�° - >` w ME E�COaa<R`�° ,E P"Ts E° —N— DI ./FRE °.EENN�N REP° N,.SLE E°a1RR�ER J I L „o—�3 000 P°"gory°°E>Fi / cwnoE .o�.Ho�J e �ry�°�°soryE a seet7_ 14 424 TYP.FENCE SECTION AT POOL DECK ��CONSTRUCTION FENCE 7 BOULDERS(UNDER WATERSLIDE TOWER)+�-1,450 SF RC,PAW 252 1� s,,,�E.� 111 s�wE, .s. 111 safe., .s. _ Tg21083 g ro C7i2 RESERVED ANN N 11- NOTES: PARKING A°«'""°""° E. EVA BED wa=E.°FE "ES A NNE _ Pre _ - crc i:/� 6ocJ°rc cE 111 D "Bwe y,pN o"ewe o ES os11111122 TE srrnBOE o ;C�E SIBLE InN N unD DaMPreEsAuE'T,IN—Era DDD vs s m' ciNo k'BORDERAN AccFSOB F scN n ET EA -� B)ACD Preaw°s on vw xeErnEEE spat£oN)v z.BE NFOB'ENEN srai FE 11 Bars O y}" rccI,ODND wH,E on a'cENTE" s . ua NT Nn s.,E,3/a^e,.svnu,coaTeD m.s o To DmTorn Al JgCTORTO DowEES m,rc s„Ei,E AF MIN r)ETTEenc SEEErcE S11EE EE NST„FLEE'NEL �a' m FIN eEn,EI,s uonc wTrc swTrcETc t /� III IINILI anDiare ooeuEEE AND LOWING _ LE 11 BaDus®coINEIl mP) E,PaNSDN,o NT uE,Q a m aeeows E usED �"D,D"NA SPAT a euED PTLD Nc svncEs a o w srcEuw EE DT MAD AN s To BE usED To wnBr a E S,E POST coMPounE<S PEI,Do E SPac�F"NSn anD M—K I—EB coALED nN111 c j +-a E S°N6PEI,DETPL of { raTE as DBSTED) NSPLA'LL111IN IN u LE P)aNTED ABEAs DE—TABLE renslcEFsMEE'NI 21'_F NanA—FACE N o2 TE F""�ocAi EEwnET TE AND)oc�rcnas To eE LEP C' S a FACE AND m EPC',En n ETA cmBDANIE wlTrc FEDEeu III III Eauu ons.cu EE IF T—S reeou reEMws E e 11111111111 PAVED—AlE FILE sELscTED B,„ ECT _ l l III— I a�N� w,BB U — % B B _ DB A e1.—PE PA,Pns, EuiEA on�aFDI b BwE ounD r�aNTanm. T III a a All.IDnIreE E Foo wu Q m X w _ o w ALL e S cne�s�aND TAS emmI,Er�EMS LL v I— HANDICAP SYMBOL(PROVIDE 5) 2 HANDICAPPED PARKING SIGN(PROVIDE 5) $ ACCESS RAMP TYPE 1 ° 1�� S�a��=��, AEIEll I— NNALED SEE DE,.a TB S SBE£, —LE - E EONEreETE EureE U S�ENaoE aI.NF TIeiE spat£ DN SEE DET E,11—rc5 SrEE=P') s r" TEE I,P cT. BIL L Elas[,:P.) aA):`Pi°c EnowEEre(„`Sj E° T o o IEE DET.a.Fws snEET O -D re reaps 2 — n as c �nE o 2 — 1ANCIETE 1111 > Q IEE T,°sP)srEe; P<uENEHTEI,oaP)� E ,n°s snPANT ".i Ns*oN DETAE,SnEET D,C W U ti , reg I_ Bs 2 11 FE NFOAC NA DVl of J NO NO NO a'PA�N,ED nB PEs-FE) Co rcoP DBAwwc 5 €yPARKING PARKING; PARKI D —a—�,:,�,,,„m,m,:wu,,,m,,,;; —a———E[- ��F———FE— ,„„w�e�w s P o w�� .,, ,,, — S s�)E'i�aP T"Hw TIE V��e"'�oN��PEaTEacHODc DF , a seen 15 0 ��ACCESSIBLE PARKING LAYOUT / 1 PRECAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOP aCPneaw2J2 111 s���S� 111 .<a�n.T.b. ccT g2ta83 overs RaAHLEa aossP� a C7.3 LOHry coLBnnry FLOH POLE AaETE ap r��oE;A�reo�sH�E;�s.m ��-n r.. LD BE SITEDB.o 11/ALCHLEL — e /a, B LTE re auTFafFol lA}F ! 9S Y�1rY cs/c�/zozz cow rvuL / m2 o u PLAN VIEW L ossPEl LLEre By DL H.L)b°EODAL ..ere �.,' .e» rf RA rvsTAu,L ory LEou,EEL, P1dfisuaE acE Qu TE `L vreocc - �s cauc�u a HF FRONT VIEW El ogP,c reef w iaoEine snALc eE euwwaeD ArvD LAFTFL ArecnO /zry'Rz mv>,o cOrIPaE*Ei*w;> ave o"f,6. SECTION R°EZA',foRE ffk,Etl A.oN o" DEER/;ACAIeTEA "a ER ILEIA11 F I LED- � P ILII III E �rvti`ET D��ourvre P�P�rvre,o< `EPa�N P 1=<A�Are GROUP SHADE STRUCTURE SHADE STRUCTURE FOOTING(TYP.) 'HreFAPP '"Loco c wsrALLAnorl sn s�.TLz.rv.T.s. sF E rv.T.s. F�rv�e PRo�E"Pov'mEa�co a _ a avavP.�cEO,O,L H°<Ere"se�e.Fo c. III Q m SIDE VIEW U 1—- ��CANTILEVER SHADE STRUCTURE � E 11 DO U to sFIlE REIN i Y ®so'w/(il Foo*wasHEa �n C "EEL2 V cocoa.ToIIABEALOT1 L L 8 oG LEI DocoR,o LF EFLFEHFc PE ouMFa re 11—1O 11 E101 s urlLEss s EPPEEL Y 3a a/Ts e B . AP11 LOP of Fomwo l � m ' ss.DD- s: aoo E 3 Q II mrvcLETE Fom rvc wNPIELE POOL DEID ioo" rvALorvaaaD ry�ory reo o W .�Ew II/11PPMPI U + c ~ ti I CON TP ACHOD ry sP,n' �Tn snHELDs sEcnoN�Fl TD� ONLLEIE e NG LED L e.NS1 PAarcwc IAPA�Lv FOP INCH m Y ERe NEZASL AIN REVS L oEN* L #'= s A/ c H.LLuseATEo INE LAID s 2110 NAVE LAID ti,00EL zmc w/n.waE ti,ourvL.By mas Ivarvc caouP. IDE PP Ne DID eooi ece snore.oa APPeoucB 'HALL sBBM,T Arv.SHA OA DE PEouus T ErvcrveEeiovrNELre�oE EEmEw uao aPPaovu Peoe o erre PECP E 0"LDPEry rvO oPTD t�6W of 1D24 FDD ry ''EEL I DILI-TIN LO BE IOPPLETEre ry A�OaDArva NTH MANIFAITvaEal sPEIFIALrervs Rcore I"aEa ;�;Tere reOP H SHADE STRUCTURE /.� 1 BICYCLE RACK / 1 DECK SHOWER(PROVII 2) CF' 252 s::,,�rv.Ts. _ _ ccT 821083 COaSEC NOS SHEET C9.0 �. e , r Ile s m z p W`� \ILL U '4 GLV t I.�ryll IV fl II IVN{ y \ o�.oa..uve.a..�,�.ao�,Eo..o.00.o�Eoe� ~ cL m k � qx II If ly a..,,.��...Es ou.eoeor.xeeu�o xo. e�,o.orn...ao Y a cn ` p a s wouore^wc wwrEv uxE J cL 'm 0 E p z w 53 wosx�ersbelow. uxsr .xuw.oxoJ � Call cerore roo ca. � m Xi _ ��orME Q o RCP—aw2.r72 ccr d P�083 W PrewE�.No.C9.1 -------------- e 1 Po.o�.ro o rnoroeeo rnerc-onnx. � IV IVII 6 1111II II I IV IV rigs 3 . e ®. �r e CIle , i a a.. a s � e k ... i .w. E � N " la � FZ cw " .«...�..,��,..=wR................aro.,.....,.,...... �.� 1111��111 11111Z, .....®..r.�.�...........���....o...r.. cL _ Z ZL a" N f 3 s s n c `4lC' z C wmrvcarvosacawrvo vnwnss�rvrxsaxsw wcrov�SPESON9®.EFai oErzvm�mrvcnfr r �, � xm�z«ro mrvr�rnurnorvLcox nrnwcrem�w.eeE �= o. aE�oH9o�roRaM:a�aa.co��mHconanE.00E ?a sear 78 0724 roo�„a���aaaEoo�a���cavm��,ay. � reccoreo oaaw��ma. �: �......�. �...�......� �...�..�.� �.�..�.. �...�......� � �...�.....� More you dig. camac.oa�wu.xanF:rxErxax�x or�v .E C3��bo ma �+,. � c ccr d21083 ................. =_,E C-912 IVA r",PlSrRISLIrICA(SYSrEAfaENERAL A'OrMS "PAR4rICA'CFIVAr"AA'91YASrEAVArER LIA'" ,c,--.,FIT,IF I A,—,I-, Elf= c "I ",'A AEFA,ISTATA, IN 'A—,WE,cN_._c-1-1"I NET I'll All I'll 1. 1,AN, "I "1 11"cT""T","1 11"1 I'll"I"I I'll I—.— -A 1111c., 2 WPRNF,SR WATELL&WANITEWATER IPA5 CLIFF CAR­ff C900 FVC WATER F All IE—I CRITEIRL A—TAT.­ATER 1—11 AF111-AI All AAA—T1 AT PAILA T" IT.I A, ,AA IIINSFT 11 AAAIT, ALUlAE A,EaEA",,N A LET EAEFTAEL IIITFAL—11—11.AREIIIE-1 LET IT-- 11 LEFT EATI AFAAAAF ATTE CONTRACTOR SNALF PROTECT STE ELENTAG SFAFEUd SIMAR 11 TO TARTAT OUT OF CEA- Z 4 LET CATTEREA-1—11 1-11 All.—I LATURE AAO'2 LEEITREAR TP—111 OR 111TRA T11 1A IF IEIAIIEI WA IF N IN ETITIP I T" SICAPORES T,PPTAI ..FEEIR'PAET,IF IICTIRE IIIE A F ATEIT", UE III=IAV�, I TE INI 11 1 ATIA'A All E 1EI)I'All 11 FINE ISO AA FALL LOATIN TIE 11—11 EASTRAI REARCIT 11WL— AT ""'IT..... T I A,g 0 FIT WIFE I .....A, XELL", T"ARSW AUF Ill ANI ... TEITI IF IINNI...IT TIE CITTARIT""TIE"T. . .....""'T I ..... A'TANRAII WASTAT AT, I—POL'TAR,1ETE, A"ETAP, ITANSAIL WATER 11SPIOLTICIPI 11TE1 All SPI WRL A, ",A I ATIP, 7- A I —AS N1 ACT C"AFTEI LET CANCRAIROT'AT III ALI ALARICARE1 TREATWATLET I/L IINITIIITIII IETEEA All WARTA STACTALLIE SITE IF DAPPLAILANATEI 11 ACCAAAAAC­w„"w„"REATI. A", I FIT 111TRA All AT All I I'll AT A IEIIIIATEI TIE WATE III IT" TIC' RAREA REGATIATALEAS A I AT Ill 12' 1A All LAT'IE TA E IF 'Ell .—IT AT RE TAI.AAR Al NA ITTI ALI 1-1 LATE ICPARR Al IIE ITTI LEPTI III FIE —1._c1_—,I R,DOPPOSACT 11 R,"T I-TRUCCRA "I P 71--------- T I- FLAT ATLI TIMOR ----------------- I �1 III.AITEII'lIATIIICINTAITl,)IT..NCTP,11 W,1,1,1AE11'11E 1�E,1A"A'1F". C ...C C A NE, NIALL 11 --- ---- AIRI FILL 11 All PAI-1 A.­ ---------------------- 111111EI III INPI All IF ENIAN11C All All I A" TIE'"T" TIE E"T"'WAT""IE TO I T" I "PICE I" A RATPATN IN" T I, 'T""ALI ... I E AAIE 11TRIIIIIN -E ECTII IF I TIA 'AN A NATFITI,1 AAIEIAII All All E1111111 ALLAT 11 LATIIIIEI TI INAE"I INI ITT'WATER WILL AIAE EANU IN AT,_',AAANNE,A"R_,WAT.. .....A......T"(T2 ... .T"_T'N') 1, All LAPPITTART ACA—IINEETEN11 TOP IITI TAT E—WATEREFEE—IT NE IE-1—IN'NA 1, A IN TI I A TIE INTE I I=,ANA'I WOE A I T"I LINE A A A llIF . E, "A',Z IE=Tl"I"'��'IIEA'IIAC'Ill�lIATEN'�IT'IA'EI'I'E TERC 11111"N 'I"..IEI-- H-­CLEARAINCE5 AT ACCOVICIALAN WNST THE­'ELSEETATAL" ­CAFNII IN AA1AARF I CIII-1-1 TI ARAF DESTATT III TREATEATE ISTITI) 2, ALL TRANSMISSION WIN5(12 DR—ER&IN,A)IN THE STREEI T " "T LITT 1111 I'll AIIAIENT 'A A III Al IIIEP TER A 4' A "ATRIT A ATLI IN , "I I,C""I'I'l ENIIINTEIE,=I'E'TO I"'INT'Al"11"I'All A ALLAIA'INSENET 111AIET I1L'1A1 A 11 TMP.PIPE7WEVC)IIII REMIM-0 AMP ....AN' 11 111 Al IFAFITII All I'All IF PA A PE I III TIE A IIIATE 11 1 ISTAT AT Au A 1"",""IT"A", A" 'T" " ... ... RACMFILLFOR MATERLIAVE —RESEAE F NE A,A ANIS E I ITAR'N I.....I ISO INE"TWA IlINE1 AN cc Ell PAT 'All W " 11 —ARATIPARITI IN TIE ATI111 El E NAI E Al ANIICIT" ke�w IT, TAC,WRAATER ET" AN'"'TTACTC' A.,1A 01 AD A IIIE FIT T;;E ENOINEE AN, DIINON INSPECTOR AT NO INCREASE OF CONTRACT ARCO, WATER DMFON WILL BE NEAPER PRIOR TO All CHANCES 12 All—11 NET—FA—ANA 1AIAA1 AT—IA——IT RE LEICAPE—1 GENERAL NOTES FOR6ACKF/LL U 11 WEANS""I'"'III' BEDDING PO­DNITIAL BEFl— TINAL—BACIFILL A""IT"'"'N""T'RE"' IECAQ 11 I1CT'1AA`N'T"1A`FN'1ILA I PILOETHOIEIE All IHA F 1E11,A ST� PHAIIIAL 10 1 'o..FEE TH..T'L...IFFIL BE ILAEl BIHIII ALI"T'N" (BELOW PIPE TO 2 ABOVE PIPE) (AREIPR TIAN 12 ABPVE PIPE) IIIEPT HEAE IOCIIII OR 1W11L All STILLOPS INI..CTH"W"E ........ .THE WIT11 11"CON—1 UNPAVED AREAS PAVED AREAS III IIDDIII�111 1111111 LINIIIIII 1111 CIA I LAT 11 —1 Nf,�AT AT E A 1,'BRANANPLEI 3"EIOW"" A EIIIIEI IICAFTE TOIIIIELF 11 IT—IIANTAI P1111 v A A. .... ,A A '10, IETIAE,,'O 11 11 PlEl" A" T 0,APAR, A,I� R, A, t A CT LORNIET A �, AP,1EI I AN'ISTANIE 11 LARTAl FA OF f ITOR AN LAN'"ID AN INLY SPAII ll 8�OFF IIA LAPI IT IlTAIA 10A OA 1_1 11 SPA"',FARA, A.......or PAT"'," " A, ;C AT 1PEZ—A"",SPOLAO, I I 15 IF A WAT%LINALP15 TO BE ALASUDONED,III CORTRACTOR—Fill 41UH CONTROLLED LOW STREETTET RNUAT, FRW 1.1 ENCIA1111,11 ARTE"Al T ITT 11—A--10TRA 1AAAE1 WIT AT--01 IIIIEI Al CL ,EreVAEs. 11 I'll AT 1EILEARS FLY WAIT——CAILA 11 IRITTLAC111 FRIT IRAIIINAAE W"WDI 'I—AEA All 11—All A-—1 2A "A""A"-,O'PLoT or AT"T",AIII INIAI'ATE,"TE, Enc p 11 -E TPA IIANNANDI FAIL FRE IA—11 IN—-WATENT-1 ——11 ._l I Ell ""7"PRE�'O'A'oP 1AX 11 EIR AA 10 TAT—1 01—1 CIFER AT IE0AANT ELD PIATITA-111) N, "ITAFTE —INAl 1—EITA FIAT E IN, ILIT RIARPLAINIS RNf CLULTAT II IIINNUITAR—IT 11 All LAPPLASNA 1AIAA1 A--I N—1 All EFAIA1 I ATELEALITTARS, I"T I ITAA- "Aoa LIAT,"D 2 1.A 0 AN 11 D- 11 All NEW WATER A.1—11 RE ATIALLES I TART LEAL RANTAAA101 AUACAll All LICATIS PANTRA F--1- A 11 FILANATTE, <A, T"0,FLO FIRE PAI-11 fl IIIII AAN AT ALI`EN,17�" N RAA 31 To." A.11 p""',NIX CU p I,'o roc EXPAII A. M" 21 All 1EI—L—I UNDRE LEA—F—IT IF ART INSTA APAIENTE urouuu I X I ".... .... 2 2 IN IT f CAWII AT I LA I OR ALI—�A IT I.,ART T"LLON NT RALLANSTA 0, IRLD To " I BE"I"'Ar 11 T2 LATE AID ARLI n sp_�CIAZ"Morz- 1UP11111 RIALL-1 11. 2 1 A,F1,21, ore A AN, =I A"I'll"I'M AN INIIIIII ITTE11 CONTAIT TEEI ITNITY IRTAILETIALUT 0, ITAT A, ci P, TIN Al ART mmm 11— TO l"'OF A-Mol"T"TO sLim 11 TR Ll/ A)11 1111.1, RFcU`AAAL CF' 252 T JF= ................. Nvuo NO, .... C9.3 .......... oreouNo .... .. — I ccr i'c ol I"I C: I IIT reo��� s ��sw��PP,� suR�a� ��� Por�r��ro,ure ZMEMSIOWRETAIL lo.os loll ........ ---- VAL VE047XPETAIL VALVffffOrPETA1Z ?PAV--Af--ArF OA'ATVRAL CROMMO ti A i DI 11 cL ID 6,18 DI 111. 11111 DI 11 .. ..... 'I DI N cl 1-11 DI 1 Ill 11 DII 11 111111 1111is LIPMETAIZ sNEET 20 0124 VM-TA1Z,-7-VPff2/ RE-- FIRZrIMOAFAA17-ASM-MOL YAETAIL 1'7-J'P--21 CP 252 Aa�E,os reEPare IN L�E re .C9.4 I'll 'AN Fll ca,TED AL=,aNFAI �re� "�,"PAPE cAN2"�„LEPa pT"Los`AP P� Ni`"I "red°^ab PIA 'AN E THCHNEss of ROADNO F.NIIITE 11 oll DED ITEEL AL LHNPEOLYINT—NENEL SHPPALT NIDEIE AF IAINA APDL EE T ELE-PER A a"�""EED M. IFLY HADIMINT IFENATE 2 c LHNNELI z LiHEs,o 4"TO 10"CASING DETAIL - V -.A �T2AT.TEM" D i N NOEO'E NAI,L ISE TIE �RIEN,ARSE. ,,, , 2nLL�EL PAPE sANOF�LF I EARLI A"MEDEN;iNF ly�EEAFN�"` mATEo a"—NLEIl IFEEI STEEL cns Nc PPE J *NDTE wELoeo sEEL ore LENE UNNEL s0PPOm ns of aF cns Nc LunNFLs �= MncNEn eLE z-ITEM A -_-- IEE NOTE z - aeovE PPE �P°�0 azEn)rea cati.TTFOT , ruc� N 12"TO 36"CASING DETAIL T=HT TH^��"=CHEF NET TO sraLE E,WrmEMear LEHnw POP H1N,LLIL Asox�Nw HE wxE NE—Em EPALEL MATED SEE T.�LE LP1 ITTPH ITT INI T 111 IN UFKr,a,t�N,ETHE HoE,.aN SPIN _ IT' c"T""AE�EnT"E""l", z EMN F. oAnATIAN MHIT E w-PAPE LSA,, �,TNHH„HTS LFT�L IEE NOTE A wDH cwwHw,MATEL�,A nn�TreE�NLLAH��n THE"n�,TPN ,EaME."�E Pu<,,Eati� in M"=�NHN AF ANSIT A N T�TRENCH BACKFILL FOR WASTEWATER LINES ����� Q IDE OF AA�NT CASING DETAIL AND PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES = to NOT TO ISE MAL TO ISE GENERAL NOTES FOR BACKFILL TABLE 1 TABLE 2 U BEOOING ANO INITIAL BACKFILL FINAL BACKFILL (BELOW PIPE TO 12"ABOVE PIPE) (GREATER THAN 12"ABOVE PIPE) UNPAVED AREAS PAVED AREAS OONSST NO IF ENTEP MATENALFAA LL rn o - MAIEMAL CASING NOTES AAH2EA IF 2LH5~�NDL IF IF NAT H IT Are A�uEEANI OR IMPORTED MATERAL- MALDIALMpF"ED ILUL NEE,THE FALLAw�ND. a 2'NLE IF FINE ME'(M N uuu scAN ,L,H HCHNEII seuL AE PER PLOLEOT ETNA THE FOLLow�NA cLAELN. v`wATEre T�E.HSE TEreN To AE P�cED I'll CL ° 2ALL IAPP EP TO ENEEITIE I.NTIAAFOI sHonHti ETALL �LL�R000I"s sop"E`P`P on ll=D LLY "Eo"A°AOET-ON smE ,H Ts of AIM D-1 ECH. ,o ""A`. coNPncT 95 AASA STA PHocTOH � a� ONLY AN IAIIEI APES MEDAHN TYPE 1ANT IEsauNLl Al"PPINEED EAH"L sro.I'M PeonPAIT oa(NPP.).Lsn w.TEre�A,OM Exc"A"Ton Q- MAP LOPIE FIELD OF"ALL RE EEA Dm m o sw-sM .-ON 1TED TO s z w MEET I—HIPMENTIF THEN o LANDO"LL FFRNATED`TT T THE cneaiEe PIPEBE 11 oN n Tior.:IP IN �PAIIND - t Tx of o"Tiwuw. SEE TAAEE EA z-iTEw A sEEow INE—ENT MINIMIM OF ( AT THE'AANDcH END SHALL NOT AE FTITHEI THAN 11 FROM THE END PLASTA ITT ET IT ILY NFE,,ED-NP TO HL MA". MAFF Lano msE Y eOLLIM of LOAN EASE. I— NSTALLEA N TIE CENTEI IF TIE PRE FIT �AN. �s >EAT o ENT ITAD�LIED a I A,NO EPAMEPV"ALL BE I FEET LACED TDNE Are creHSHED D AnEL MEE,�NA AAADAT�AN AF. S°tEEI o n�EHCT�AN,A o"i;s"ALELDE cE AL D IIA AND APPLOAED EAH� c.MADEL Az-P E ESP"Ere.PSS MADEL A END IE,N.AA,� ALI.n E 2A,�2E w EAA,E.T,ADT DEM n2�.DL,NE z LTH AE PP IOL Ln LEDH�LEMENTI.ALL THE FALLAw�ND w w TET ore OP) e "- m <E D.cPOIHED LIMEnANE PEI FLAT.TEM 121 ..HE 2.S.OL ��r,o�� 21-1 - #2.1 COMPACT011 F DIE.PEATHLE TO A SHEET 21 of 124 a° F APT�MUM O Po A11 IT I T cmreA ePnw ma CP-252 AI 083 ++MiIIIIPr, ' Y = (i i 11 tin n 11 vvl r ..,c�x mac �." = e � a � p Ile a �EOExo s,oxM oxaxaoE xo,Es o..o..E.....wE�.� a�.,o..w�,..�„.�.....w...,.�Eoa....Ee..E... m �Po.,..�....,=remven mxewecr xon®xmuxoven,G= ' y o wu,oxeornurxe,xo u,�,ea xraornonm muuexexo o = 4 p e s e .< 1 sl s � e \\ m mu+uullrcu it All FZ � s � s F �m s1N \� R.., _ IT U „a .E �e a a II ,! I . � ” I; .,..„. r' wa d1,j,I II 4 Irl m� _ „e �scL . J t z.s ozez � o 1 e � r� �E 1 )I �' mrvcurvozvcawUrvo vnunzs�rvrxzaxzw m x«�zorvrwarvo vzvncwzoc,nw orawununz= A24 . azsoxxx.zroawxvaz�aasr �E Eaw�amoaw��, r .a ,. n.oCall bebelow. C3��bMore Youdig. Qo G< y cc,d 21083 ................. GENERAL NOTES GENERAL FOUNDATION DESIGN-FOOTINGS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONCRETE MIX I. I 1,�,1. "1 IL- 1-1 -11 11"1 1ILLI­ �,R,1,5,­jDE 1,1E, 1, IR-E A—TIII la N1 IENERAL K"",,A," 11111L I"1 1-11 11"1 111LI'll 1 111. INI (L III 11111A,, 1 1- 1 1 IM, I ALL-1.111-11111-ll�L I"I-Ll, p"MS `T 1-11-1-LL Al I., All"l-', ,M,,_ �rerereE" 1 ­A.L�A­1RII.1 E�1111EI cl 11MIll N511LE161'1 71.11, I'll D111IM111D M.111 D-11- ,�L__Q .,L.m 2, k}Alpo `,a4aryII III A-11 Ire W I I.M.1111 1111ES D-1-­­­.1 .1 1.1L I-LI 1 4 IILL 1101T­ �LL -1.1 IT.11 ILIMI A �LL 0 L ­LIH, ID DMVP� D` L N T Z I LI�T Ll I` lAl I,1:,l ........P, 1-11D Z I-Al 5 1 rerererere`D�RLwZ`01`1,4 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT re. `IL`Vl�CII�[� �D-11L,�11 11 -11-11--1 111­1� All—-H AllA5 I.LL I.M-1. I DI OUZ STRUCTURAL MASONRY WOOD FRAMING D.Elll 111RIVIDIff IMLAW LL ­,l,%,AL ATLIHE,,�,�,,ll I 1kl&"lM0Nll`4 tEM"NI'M .re rel", -11 11.pl, D111 L—ED I M�D-1-1.1 �P EXISTING CONDITIONSM-Al PI 8 I­­-1 0 IILL rel 11HIl_0, "re _D M 1,BIAM MD BIAM 1�III I' -11-1 -Al IMI.—I-Cl- 1-1',, LE', _'D'o, A111 1-1 11 rx 'Il'reWN =ID"'"M.' SUBSTITUTIONS STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 1 1—rel I IL.111 MI ALL 0111­ �LL 110-1 111 ll--11-1-01 D-LI IHI. 11LI-1 111111EI I EllEl­1-re aNl III 11111��H`N=11`1`'0V IEEL L'ITILS 11 re111 1 11­ � 111S.11D re EEm" E�E �re re"re re re. EEm =0,­ 1- 11 LIA7 I I m DESIGNLOADS 11L IP-1 1-1 1-1 1`7'MLI-1 'S PL11 IL 11P MD 11--L 111L 1-11 I,Al,�,�,�l All -0M PLI I Z L%� reo rereaE Ere,re %LL 11%,lZ lo�l T ZI­%`l=H ZZI I =7�71.I'l 171 I�LLM.l Lll)w &,18 ---------- ----------------- ------ 1 1-1.11LI L�11L­ 111111- 1 j� Y.1 D1-1111 reE A'AEL,,­ 1-111,1 ------------------ ----------------- SLAB-ON-GRADE ROOF SHEATHING 2 MI I.—,L'. �ICI 1111—1-111-1 re CL ----------------- --------------- ----------------- -1 MI-1�l ------------------ ---------------- A 1-"­I—MAY 11-1 1—mll 0 -E I ,a„°:E ,rererere re„reEE D� L-1 I 11L­ ILI­1rre°mss 1—rre __ ................. ---------— rep M rel IA 1-1- -1 1-1 111 AlEl­1-l—, m ----------------__----------------___ 111101 orsary-111 11.)- ------------------ CODES AND DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS 2 j 1111,r2l 51,24 --AL JIT,�.I�IT L 11,1 DI m The Core Croup Structural Engine 2 E- -E-re`­E­'Elll­��o 7�{ r 2 .=11"72 a0 't I T__ � ___ f T r L------I L J i nwn—1 —_ rw ,,n U v Pw�re��wG�� � o R«m — 5 ---� r ----� r r r — � F— � iL Drew i � w ro. ,r __ � L L t L O L L _ _ J L$ _ J L _— C Z o _ L __ Y a � 2 sa-gy. v z Q) PARTIAL FOUNDATION PLAN o ...,.� oo��arews�,re�rere=u=��w,owoo��w�re onaP�re�wre�reP remre ® o` rerere re �; re,re�„rem�rere rereaore rew�� re re,o,� 1111124 -12The Core Group o w e} Structural Engine nng rere ,CP-252 e.... ....�wreouPewc�wecrewc mu c,dyQ$ 3 a Preaccr rvo AS3 i L a ,a I I _ 1 t _ _ — —0 a i � fish' ,nc - _ -- -� ------ L - -- -- ------ III}a Q it -------- 7 - F "FNA �e o ? f 0 CL o Z PARTIAL FOUNDATION PLAN �t 'Poaa Goo,u SECTION �.., ® " ��� The Core Group Rio oR.ro24 e} Structural Engine ring .C,P W r�52 III 1 ema��.mree®mrer�reouPeHc�xecrewc mu s s cr dyQ$� 74 i wa '�' .cure ww ewr wr =`Xs=,re,Prtffi r eL � e r reL „e �re�®,re } &PUMPPIT FOUNDATION PLAN 2 S 33 S £ k s Sr r wsowre+awm, wris��re®"�z oc "`� ALFmwo�s.a w.w mrt. I— � .�w<v� �is ore.— oexEe w<�or,w. � z�x ereoo ozwa a In m 1a NON, w,ree c ee�r�r o e "'M ee. �e,"rere,®„e� ®"` .... § w, , eM wee roM 7 � rw sa" n se e CL o J SECTION Y Q ,��r•.�� � m a e ,v� ,vz Merereeowe�azoma — CO ti „:y.®sn �ve• 2 U s � �� y.,es®.a'o.c. z rs mwwe e�aresa reslev „m rore,oa as etre"ere ews w.ae eummweere� m rareu.m. ll 's� aro oNree wws""s,"e w,creat1-1 �"��eoxxm aus.r vu� fieri n SECTION AT SLAB DRAIN CU(39A C9 RB DETAIL n EMBED BASE PLATE n TYPICAL DETAILThe Core Croup sE zs o iz4 e} Structural Engine ring RE -252 smar.mree®mreecreouPeac�xecrewc mu re re es dyQ$� j Preaccr 175 T T m .. m • rere rereoor 1 17,4 i a��A a �°a�a�re rere wr re� re k IDA SECTION 2A 2 SECTION sA 3 SECTION IO 4 SECTN }yF f 4s 1% fi S EL �omrcu�fio uwa_wc mw¢s ua uwex°ew unmrvw Krv¢ Aoow¢s sau ax Xs mw � _ °arvg�e/rMs cow ree vnm � °�aLar.ere� vaor�erewe rw�ris oeroe �neore-aeroe r"""ise a ae. �� U _ N i 5A 5 SECTION 8 SECTION T SECTION CL cno � W m z 7 wa w,owo� wa ore owo� °H woa �.o ware�rew� U s ~ 0 0 s s , � Q re�res°re ry iu i-w°�..�o �`�' rewy°wrrerre yi o wl re n wrere°Psre®� � m L ls 12 �F.r� The Core Group R�o`�o war o24 9 SECTION 10 SECTION Cl, SECTION Structural Engin ee ng CP-252 11121 � ll.n.rarer®�rer�,°rePrrere�rerrre�rere.�°w - cr d214.� j� Peaccr no.76 s a � C� s11 P - i - - - 1 ss T-4 LITI �p - Q q - _- ~ O C) N I J)PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN v,-rb. ai o BEET 28 0 The Core Croup 124 �o e} m iuPuon wPPuwµ°,wb um. 1wrs1111 St�ILLructural Engine nng .C,P—r252 re mEs�e°rv°�arw rvx�nu wa��xwwrv¢z--. w/MSMs��ms�N Pops aorvrouc u ttu Emau.mreE®wre��reouPErvmrvEcrewc you�6zrze = s.Oi A°w Ci d� | - d1 y< ! - - - _lK I | I 14-111 - - - c � ' ~ , o [ ; - - - - - - ~ _ g \ | ; - ° HE-1-1 - _1 " - H- . - - - At , ;| \ (| - j � ® \ ] J)P pa o ma m ] \ u ©® , - < __,�_� a= - �� The Core Gr u ` _: } ?c-22 : , mn 1 1 awuccr rvo. 78 i q 1 es ,uio - _ rGu wwc e xm, m}aQ� g RESTROOM ATTIC FRAMING PLAN OFFICE ATTIC FRAMINGry PLAN CHEMICAL ROOM DECK ~° \� a•.,c,i..ra �� w•-ra U ,i.•-r-P o � 00 o mum,wom reww s�o�,ow oomu�wm m o row,re w,uw reww,�aa,reou oomu�wm o0 o rowcc anom uww�ruw�ow oorm�wm � �c mgwrm. ��c mre�wrm w wwc mz�w�. U � z.rem�z,�,w.re.,m�,�Pcwmoo s»�mre��wmre�mc amre gym:were w.�u a.re�mzi,�aP.remeo�mo Pcr�u,�wremuowrure me rcurere oa.omre�wuo resr woe�w.re.,m�,�Pcw,oreo sxU,re�u mre al wore oe�omre�o P i ore oPm�wo sm6 wrere wrwar�� re offwreo,�:6 w,re umww�cru ore wm�wo wc6 wrere urww�� mu�zurr<oawrermurem r re ILL III wmc,re� w. mo�zuoa mmrerm rem mre mcmzuu wwc,re� as. roo�zur omrererm rew rare uc�uo wmc,re�rw6s 7� re. r0 omre,w rewo awu„wr m�i oma,m mNo arw nff. re.�oorm6 mreo rerw,>Pc O Z Y — Q s z.uc«mwu n= Y CL _ �e pa wreru Y > Q o � n! z.re�mmHo - ae b — oHn4oA-c ' z c =i�a���sre y4aaom�c ow�oo � ti Y loll I'll q m WARiGm u o G qm •• sm,a m o.c -_ m. 'm 5a �� 5'/�'Ni���uit'souu zos �� �ys{� - su scrvr.w/ II# wi ca sinv� 4 BE� n RAFTER CONNECTION - TYPE 1 n RAFTER CONNECTION - TYPE 2 The Core Croup11111 30 o,1z4 o e} Structural Engine ring .C,P-2J`2 ema��.mree®mrer�reouPeHc�xecrewc mu re re cr dyQ$� ................. Je AS9 \17 .......... SECTION SECTION 3A 3 SECTION 2 1 P�l `� SECTION SECTION SECTION �4AX4 c3 ILL PL11 'Z121`1�'l cc) w wu 31 .,124 N The Core Group SECTION 8A S SECTION 9 -SECTIO Structural Engineering RE——w CP-252 ........... 1.1 CITI PFOZCT j� %e j =T-NO,,A S 10 w,° ,Fre _r.. '} re Iw""re " 4 �Rrerw""" EC r re wino�a�mm min re re = P °roM® reL �Rrere aL _ § rer" w IS 0Ire SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION es o p r 5 rx esacwea ro�"oc rscwx s"arva iz're'o-esn o/z��'o.�,�'oPna� xeuxi"c xwxw� a< sxeuxi"c "� mar 5einu wnu reorvr ='� I- _ rx wirz M�„s K" In p �� I urso w U \� a �n e,aRnc cw, �mn au"xc WL� �ac. t a § resreeires"ows 7 5 S S(% ECTION SD S�1 ECTION t v..r4 u.. 7 �t �e r,oPc"wco r;a<Icaaen o rear oILI rear „o s n coo wo<,re,ryr. �� ,.re.re. srelmre s,rec"o,c , ,.ak� rressre"s,aa,c `, wn xl u<wscic � ° [n „t .rs-� ,.c nreaP re.c.awas,ore a° � of ,.a lmce o-re oLI ,.a.Ima rl ..z ear ans®e ac �spirer„""n aHe,r Q a Q C, \ "w rec"r c�LI000R m,� � m 2,11 uEw c :c IL-111 a re.c a o.�"cwos a a wsw "red"»o�reo-,�I - s�rr�i�mwlH� '�c-awc�"'�o Gw� crr:o"srewre�reo - � i— "wpa r,ow:o c�c,� Amo nes,re�c"�rec zs o,c c.c. .V � <c1-D. m ILII ax, re 1-D� ���r ��reLI�re" SECTION 12 �,�.�.�•4 The CoreGroupo�w 9 SECTION 10 SECTION 11)SECTION Structeer ural Engining d roreI® rel�rere...........o�s,rel,re cP-252 e J y. caysuooM r a ,� �,� � Preuuccr ma AS1 1 F`E ,3 Q f*` ysxw,"rve �n awx� ,rvsuwoeLP camn,•z ac � I �rnwo s"w"r6i� � ' \ �mmao swea""c3� \ P�wmao�wea"ev ���� r \y,� \rz. `zrznnsQ z `rzna ios,se rz 1 SECTION a 2 S SECTION 4 SECTION p (_ es na.s -,P a e n{ 5 SECTION 8"op SECTION fib 6/ SECTIONLz sa e ` RSR ITwa �< 0 Q � w G e "M. 1'l ar w Imo. - m 9( � �a S The Core Group Rio o w.r�z e} Structural Engineering 6 5P-252 CITI Ema��.mree.mree�reauPcxc�xecrewcmu s s c,d714.$ e P or Por o�AS12 z,_, Wk 3 wom "x •,, oe s Sna`®a, oc a e � ryt`�`�� P ,xrzoom suo a as i umrz. ,rz a jcu io s�aa[P5 mm. cu ao naa[I4 COM. - z Px�[ • x a 0.aoa o�awwm q _ � mrzrzxrzax�m,a ,a"/ xs wrzm x xx ,�. ao "fix z E rBo aP.rewa r8o w.� � �x�,z<`rzrzxrzx"x .ax rx jrzrzx,xxa� �xx" °' x8 SS 1 SECTION �2 SECTION 4 4 a ..`: /.•.r-0• rwc /.•.r-0• c,rRc _,�x, x°r`w,i'nivam" c III}!a Q P rax .xwm o �,a wrz®,a �xaxr x9uawr �` �<° aNre�aws uza,ass,xarme Pi `�resew mw �srxw x�e N;o maxxa s sxU,x� �re ���� qq� o I OsJ srzx i°r5 m.re�Hr�wi :aas =E ,xreraa s a.c O Ow su ,Oz O rN,Om wi/x'co.a C o� 2 ,rz SECTION SECTION rvt 8 "".�/.•.rte 7 .."•.>,.•.r� �°as'°aM�x��i ®,x xrz®� Y Ll d3 U,­"I e eOx wwrz uer_ I— U' :D8 -: SECiT�ON m ry� m o; s� The Core Croup :111�1'1,34 or�z1,Structral Engin ing P52 cr 9Z1.Q&.1 e os AS 13 z o� i ----------- i — OL k f p,� Sim�ium 1 U 3 DETAIL 4A 4)—RE IL ,z TRUSS T1 ELEVATION 4 ° 'LSA8 DETAIL 7 P; �i 0 CL CE Q n a .� zrererewu, -- z 0 i — ---- �--------------------�-------.i--------------------------I--- — / EMBED � c� a I I \ I l 7 w.. ih•.id � Q o; TRUSS T2 ELEVATION �'' The Core Croup Rio ET 05 .,124 o renx7nc�o. g} Structural Engine ring 1.21 2re CP—CP-2522 Ema.roreE®mre�ereouPe�cwecrewcmu — cr p2yQ$,� GENERAL NOTESs Sig s CODES CONCRETE REINFORCING ABBREVIATIONS —lo'm 118 12 ri°Laxc L°s�zse°� ���x ,xe rewLs aH°x"xLx rsxss«rsre rr -omu<exex am" x" xxw,Lx re asA s<x°111M ry°,P11xmm5 x m",wre ,wc,x�°, x°w Ex, L.,✓ft,�. ra Y P�fwm°wxuul�`wemrx mm�me°r sea mrmreunmry r°mwLl - _ _ (<1 uaereiu moa.axe°un°we woe sxw a,Kre". ° �'�tie"maims°owes_ e iwwsmiarvs er aruu w°wins �°_eL��"e � - XaNex mNre�N a rn mKL ree°"�L�eMx�re reLxe°max° GENERAL Bei cre,„a "1",x°,eL-1-1w°rva°x„xe°tee° _�o,wPre ” aP x°- °on<w�° im n s , -mxareLe,�ex m�M s° - sree--m1Lreoe CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE �!!' 0�a o[xUt'leno-sil� O m rol° Iol—Is�xw unv mrvain wnx axeL'I ex°wsL -°nuaere reorvr- wn"e°ren"c e corvs�reuniarv. p oma xr.< h is woe si � owuaere sm° seniarve Lmn w�n"u wawa a muane a tie vroPeav e�e�m a <°m xm VrzI Vss vroree woes Ctixa�e�v �" °exawmry loon s° swLex° tie) = ecemwiery°r�x[ream[°u+u. °rmreunpry are rvn are (i1 irvs°"u`.L wn nsW°sP[nrrto�"¢uuuxe�ru[eiuxIcorvt're�[�w["n- rvcre-e"cxare ; - n'si°ry � U e ( eel- N °s �xnxp� 2 Im P mG,wo°i reM,urOe xrer w e axnxrea e�,eMre eereeMe. _ e�we, ,rve - ,°P°e ervm�"c _ Ili x °ew°�xs,�a�rek '17:s'H':- s tie xe,�°�e x,erv. tel,x vuwre . m°m,°eexcu,e ur"7uw6 mwmIp -tare n nen ,ew ,°s°r wu� r c°wreu°°re sxwe wrc orm care�e��°"s tsi w aaemxc�xe,aw K°vu° eL, D sxwwnwu,wren,ex aPssowe. ° - wux° rn - mmw U rs�,x wxwiw,x°eo�xmHewz mae°w�or s °°ww"as c" t'�f0 e - LUE e°w11111IL11 11—111M 111 11— ora - u"�"aye°mxw,nse HI "otitis ea�vuew mxn°uc��ax muawm,° auce a°ue° MIL- .1114 3 °e ox.mn�x,xe sxLP Lsow�ws are sne°uees. isi u re wEwr-owe°er ax- w:,uuu ue axLwae svPPLe"oH°°eLu<rem,°axe m�wry re.�o��L«re.,e L SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED u} EXISTING CONDITIONS emw.°,x„�°e,x,w,-�x-wse,°rKxae. O nm'ornAa`owwmre�w axe°°xLs m°L ore°e reMewe°m,xe CL g c /uwurmuua.wueae sue nxv rorcaoe nrvu«rons mu a awm_ aecw ixsaenary is reeauiree°a r°uaxs. CL z 11,10111 s akA°ua�m ou pipu'aims i”roree ax°wr reMre wuu'�x+�exam ee'b". care mux°wa"s '0 Kreirc ue°waeee°raRi"e w°sua'reue PwePwuary iDx�.recx°.N.lI"L"U�„° FOUNDATION DESIGN _�x���,"e,w°„L sxo< eee�sx�. 'LZ S ,xe°nemwx°e,xe oa�x°ems_ - PoLe exea�w,Le,esl�xw — � � SUBSTITUTIONS (" cM „n�"LPwOF°"G U W ni x� a soo�isx&reaoe Axa.-xcrex.arv°,xe aaxe °xs w�wx�arv°x.re°r°s+. N 11-All sW I, Pv, °e°Lmm I.x,xe 14 INI f ,x �n , ,xe—1°e�"�°ry w°x m N; vrex eL w e°e w mow"x m��re,Pox xwme" e L� s f „�e x', xwN°Lox STRENGTH OF MATERIALS < e "se",°re��x Pie mxx ecax �e Lex e°L aL�°eL�LreeIIN-011D �_ " °"°�° The Core Group en me�o. Uzi xI�xeLrewx° ,x� steu�t°e°i Eng�nee�rng CP-252 a d we°sxere. mme s° ema�i.e°ree®mreecnouPervmrvecrewe,CO" c,d21083 S2 | . t « | . . . . .. . . . % :�\ . j . . . . .. ... .. \ , o [ , } D ! : \ \ - � # \ � | } } j . . . . . . . . . . . }! s }! : j. »R mo maorNRm p : � �2~ « § \ )! y c The Core grou 7 � j ] { ?c-2� | 2d { C3 Vii \ | k } \ 7 ; < _ ! ` !| _ ;! } j � LEISURE ma FOUNDATION PLAN s The Core u { E _ , \c -2� 74 b�n� a � � 4 +. nry vac sine re[.awu �I Y i o � rw aac sine n n e a a.e wuem'ioP rain. 5 n c SECTION SECTION SECTION 3 v, n p„6®r j � III �Qm ar e ire° e°n ,areuw.. daoarerzo, oRere`o;a,,,l� limo s n cn _ w w 0 4 � U l Y<crseia'a.c parrs®Yac. F°P�^^� n n 0 O / ✓ w/a p ua a, •'° � � nrv.vac tia wm. p nrereurs � �� urvro. [ uNra. re� _ O 84 SECTION SECTION AT MAIN DRAIN SECTION CLw t v, 6 a9 U s Z � O o J O O n� m 2 m; s; The Core Group en me�o. s;5 st—wrzoi engi^aoge,ea„n�° .CP-252 v d ema�i.mree®mrec�nouPervmrvecrewc`°" cr d P�083 o=s5 m � 9 1 I I I I a I I F a<u<ms "rea """ s-7. U "" " """a,re aa . , SECTION � �,SECTION � a III a Q Q)�o o" i I t I 1 I I I I t I I I I a} cn i Iare g g o Q 8! pa Kms.®i pa Kms.®ii o.c. c w Y a.c o cL o rS Bnry Pa�"was�a 9rrery roan spa a c ~ r s Q ti J O O m; 3 SECTION 4 a S N m s= The Core Group s�o�00 o.�z4 en me w. a5 si—w—i Emg^aoge, azre CP-252 v d ema�i.mree®mreaareouPervmrvecrewamu c, 121083 o=s6 1 YSKws®year. o.c.Ea war'q u j _ e� n epE �saamw =g �Easae � as aaw. 8 1 SECTION SECTION — '5CTION a �z m wi a a 13 wmz at I � � LLK U o sozoc mvm. � o � x.awe siae �x emz sae 6 rx emz sae� m ti t e l U m � we wnEasoa x u war _ we wuemxoP mw <-xs em.caw. ,reaHMreg a,i o.c ps®,i'o.c a vwr am. as o.z°or u vm+ '1 SECTION AT POOL STEPS 5 SECTION s<u 6 SECTION ��e��a�ae,re_aarwaxw� a 3 ,cwc e O Q 8! CL z W W Z o CL m _O rl ~ � W O n� m 2 m; s; The Core Group s ET oA o.24 Ra s;5 st—wroi e,gi... ge,ea„x�a _ .CP-252 v d e—i.—E—IE—IIervmrvec--O cr 12 1083 3 a s P _ — ura®zar i rz^ca Sew. J� O a na r'ttre a na .. r'ttre n g xsa wxmoe , r 15 (? TYPICAL°DETAIL (? TYPICAL DETAIL 3)TYPICAL DETAIL r�ra � , r�° _ v III mew Preree ,=re yr !! °� re �IlltoWw j �1 TYPICAL DETAIL wwE-1 m�mPwc oou� i— % muxo-nw wnwn _ re��a. z—ps,aP mw. w r�.were WALL CONSTRUCTION JOINT Co POOL SLAB CONSTRUCTION JOINT a v, o� o Q w zF TTw rs P > e u aw, �r°r i ar,°o oaM. m" rnNm s 1V/ LLJ ]l N n t"a'* Z °aaayo -1 11E m m, s� The CoreGroup TP WDETAIL TYPICAL DETAIL TYPICAL DETAIL str°`t°°i e°g eerr°g 252 sem.,ire=—or d21083 _ =0d 77. ! \. . ----- ! - , ! . . : .. | . . Al ------------ ------ --V --- ---------- : > - ! SURGE TANK mavrNRm »mpg¥ vc PLAN !| }� \ ( \ r| n S�EET 43 124 j \ ^ )! y j The co eGr u j { CP-252 o S9 3 \' ern. x P w � rzae sa a we wu n wav" ps®n oc am.uvw. p 11,117,uW'd ar anis d F 9 gsas sy nwn. Boa a acs ;, saa a acs n � cx s� nry sae m — m 1- -ss/t 2 SECTION SECTION �_ 2 III a Q ss ss w [ aPonuc� °� aPonuc q.o sz a.e.sav w wn. w�wwcanoa mm we wwcanoa mx, P ®pec waca �<e a ..saa sa w� ), � 3 o i w w Ocn a Q a O CL m _ v U I � � n$ SECTION SECTION m m; The Core Group E oa o1124 en me w. a5 si—w—i E,gi^aoge, sem° CP-252 v d sma�i.cores®mresareouPervmrvecrewamu cs 121083 DRAWING SYMBOL LEGEND BUILDING CODE INFORMATION A, AE 100 GENERAL MATERIA GOVERNING CODES GOVERNING CODE REQUIREMENTS EARTH © ®M o I NlIlRr cFLcuunn Janc..E au LO Nc ANI oFF c[s EcnaN..aL sulLwNc1 0 IIIRY RIUL;IFL Rio N-1 aTJc11NTINIHAO aY ITUFIA aWNI:LEREo REM PFIRE o 1NwTE CO AP HLINER PLBC][�OS. R -x 111—Hof ACTJAL AREAINIER IDF. S�]e.00nF Tory =�zF rvcLJolN uza PFNolcss (L.dnri'+Fev�+N ALLOP.n9LEETo 9ATTR4u ALTIlJ 2M 101IT11ALNRI ® - NII FILE R.IC _ aNJ.sPacc]E ALL UT. d FEET Ad.E RAGE TIPl .11, FINI.{E4.CJN ® ANEW[ANsenllUU OGAeWFIE ACT ACTJAAauILOINIREIaRT:G APPa'zY.Pe FHEIRIFEITHIPREETRFIF LEVEL ^ FITA IF 10-1 E GENERAL DRAWING SYP,— E 'E= eEi a petal oru rmr AREA NA,E R111. Fro OCCUPANCY CALCULATIONS MRE— InDNN,R oFIDRIxRR = LATRFElTPFllI RNA `�IINNE R R ,q �N�r E RaR woN�o NE�t REFIRINIE �EaEN� ITIll—TFIAIE I FIT N1111 NLTJI, ° ,DNLFI DRIES, In REl ABBREVIATIONS oRs ,rvla U HI �NT T l ,n » YUIE, F 1DNLFI E u cG RGTRTonn IT-1 STFIAAE.uET. sF <<P.�-, III ElIINI Q }}�X 11 IIIIc Ea�aa,Ex x �:� ssrex .YICET ,TIN ERacTI N _ 11 IF I'll NFL' >x—.NRE' E x ewo Ro xaoaxx R�x� RRx xxL�R,x�sE x�„ R Pr.UT s PLAN x ,mom:xx. a.xx oRax�xR—Ill NlILIIN.AR-AL.TlIN IlRRFllDHNF'AALLI) ITRFAFLI NUILDIN,A 11FIIINTI. 11 FFFI�EPII o,o o,osxx �ss�x,E xoo xooxsnzuu�x.re _ ,. T,Lin IA .,.. as o z ITILRLILNINR,REA..RRINTJRRaJNRI—,.1LT arv.,F TITALRJILDHII.1LJPaNTz ,a o _ o PLUMBING FIXTURE CALCULATIONS Q Q ME x, x,za as oxo MINIMUMBSEPLUTABING FIXTURES REGJIRED ADDITIONALPLUMGINGFIXNRES FOR IL O —PETITIDN EVENTS DNLY - e�encxe . RE F= LAP 1IOL U T J V Q D W W .. u.. z TOTAL NJMDER,F FIXTURES PRDJIDED W C� m g Ell III_1 �+rrT 45 oT 124 DAMS DAMS�Nc.f� D MNN ND. uorv.T:.l ,., CPDRR252 m€ IN All 21083 Preo,r�,No. A,101 ZL 4 - e�e o w F - �I', F-W 2 FLOOR PLAN-RESTROOM IV7E CR.ATTIC 3 FLOOR PLAN-OFFIC�IV7ECR.ATTIC _ a m < c U i o MoAo M o � CIIIi o w w f 4 e AE o a e w w Ervs I _ o �AE ooM � a Ns 0.00M k t g . • �0 CL —o Q o«<E Cc 3 r4n. 1 —_ �AEOEMO a _ LO pm A tie oo a�o oo< o oCLm V To 0 0 p de m a o � Q PLAN vE a m W N®�® i O I OVERALL FLOOR PLAN J N lJ $m m - o s+rn 46 0 DAVIS�DAVISIIuc. °_ CPoR 252 REFLECTED PLAN LEGEND AND NOTES No, A,102 o poi o0 of Og�� G—UMBOARD TONGUE&GROOVE pLVWOOD CELL.ING SOL.SOFFIT FULL PENT SOFFR ad— CEILING WOOD CEILING y,a�rv�rv'paca�oE_„up PANELS PANELS R :I L11IJ11.Ml L11 rv.HECIalAlos nLl C R iEuf uBl. .,W 4B.P_FE0. Y-Q iO.0 lA6 �'`® C 1I { ryry��p e '-h_'E I El - bmp r E FpN,.; � .fr .JI2ul —na z - JI .30. U m oM = m ; a r e h 0 "'2� o 14 ESTI 4E �+IE it U o owl I I� o; _ - Iep _ g 0 a, I o I g I I CL R'S`a�sr""M 9zr` 7 MErvs — _- a m WOME�$YYS WOMENS ` ME R ,0 Stiowas - REST E>�,bm S 0 d I (Y Z Z Q C7� 0 Z II � - m. _ oQ _ I aw o i o T �0 e I v w w 0 rr of � w � '✓ � W I — $m m �w w � L iL J ¢ REFLECTED CO- °aTre �* Nc ® ® DAVIS DAVIS CP 252 re ��, n o ml LING PLAN-RESTROOM AND ADMIN BUILDING INc�°' � s f1iv PROJCCi 821083 e ...... A,ro AL4 9 REFLECTED PLAN LEGEND u� P��000�fiI�G � e — _— _ �o MECH—CALA—c ;e rM U ap P NoaTr1 i ® ® Illk a h c a REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-RESTROOM BUILDING a REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-PUMP/FILTRATION BUILDING I -,a MECHANICALATTI 2 C iIn-in iln-in N Ui— _ O :e � E U 'a Pum,PIT - C7 'i'i Pw�:oxuroEwaoovuou:rt[a ii wuu wu auxwvaismEu wm . - -� omem.ov osunom xmc - a O z CL — Q up o Cc d M as 0 a Cc m ME—NICALATTICems, _ Z Z Pull 9 S > J O WQ U m O� ti H m 3 1, LTa�.�nlu o o: H w� �e II w o s+rn 48 0 NOWT, rccreo oreawrvc rvo DAVIS DAVIS we CP 252 3 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-PUMP/FILTRATION BUILDING 'C >�-0 N 'aB cr/21083 ................. ooE�l FRO-7 No A,104, ZL 'X' Z _ 2 DETAILo Roof SAVE w/GUTTER 3 DETAILo Roof HIGH SAVE �DETAILQ Roof RAKE AT PARAPET �DETAILo Roof SAVE 6 DETAILo Roof AT HIGH SAVE — GENERAL NOTES VIVO`11 um Mx'�MI ON MODULE OFF-MODULE DETAIL-RUllEl 1111P BOOT DETAIL MBCI LOKSEAM ROOT PANEL RAKE(TP.) �,MBCILIIS c- cr cL o is O tiF > O A d P LPAN o. NORTH R s+rrr 49 X724 O D AVIS--AVIiNc 252Sxg l ........ no .. 1171 No, A�201 wT,. iall a SOUTH ELEVATION S - 7 Hil Ij e U \43�II1 p W w z NORTH ELEVA MON O c U O In L O Y a ti cr aQ W Q � Q � W �I m ag .� EAST ELEVATION WE-0T 4 ELEVATION _ AfEEi 50 o L DAVIDAVIS�Ncs CPoR 252 aennomn� Nmw� cr/21083 ................. A301, LSDE s o L————— IN I AE] WDMIN I Ell BUILDDINGING CCAROSS S SECTION THRu SHOWER ROOM 103 BUILDING CROSS SECTION THRu RESTROOM 102 IN I 10.11111TI-ND IN SResraoorvi 10.oaaosrre I—D 4ZHIL esw I I—N I 0 cL U cc cL L ov, E: 16 cl _j I -N 1-1-11. wpr4 m 3woBUILDING CROSS SECTION THRu RESTROOM 102 BUILDING CROSS SECTION THRu FAMILY RESTROOM AND JANITOR A MECHANICAL CROSS SE o �D sHEEi 5 1 124 CF 252 C171 PO,c, 21083 ................. A,302 ZL "I CIP-510 EF " e TITO"Do— E Fn I Ll L (DBUILDING CROSS SECTION THAu COVERED ENTID,FACING PLAIN EAST (2 B4UILDING CROSS SECTION THRu COVERED ENTRY FACING PLAIN WEST E -------------------- Ul In 0 11 Nu -2 U loc Tu Ll I IL Lffll===ld IUMU ---- M BUILDING CROSS SECTION THRu ADMIN OFFICE FACING PLAIN EAST BUILDING CROSS SECTION THRu Pump A FILTRATION BUILDING CROSS ��-- A,303 AL I � Y e �m Ie TT „off .00F.oa.a�PR� IL vl BUILDING CROSS SECTION-THRU ADMIN AND MECHANICAL BUILDING Ne U R< O � E U g 4 %a W Z k 2 _ O $ Cc W 5 a In Um ~ Z D j m m $m - s+rr153 0124 DAVIS�DAVISIIuc. °_ CPoR 252 o, A,401 ZL o ��o ® �® 1111 '1111 1121111MIN 11 1 111111 G€ 0 6 � w e e ,a s e a —±_ — UM o o.--, $ � � z N I wE � ,Roots s��a� oM oo IN Edg ® m m m R �R E CL - U O O s _ ' �z �z i Cc d � _ M _ �m PLAN OE O Q O NORTH 7 WMU LY P- RESTROOM BUILDING U] $m o s+rn 54 �L DAVIS�DAVISiNc. °_ CPoR 252 ................. A,402, AL 2 CMU LAYOUT LF I-OD/FILTRATIONBUILDING CLERESTORY I> DO, u 0 < CL u) In � 0 ——-—-—-—-——-–-—-—-–-——-—-—-— -—-—-— na CL < �o < PLAN NORTH g. D < DAVIS- mE CDCMU LAYOUT PLAIN ADMINISTRATION AND PUMP/FILTRATION BUILDING DAVIS iNc C 252 i% cr/21083 0 o A,40 IZL �e e ED] - at v swoarrw.o ,o,® �T o o 16 p — o g I� wr now roan mono. a d o Am N g � � ° I L © u o U RE Q �. IT, Qs ro® 4A's � � cu aos R \43�II1 p W w P� nOo Ui— TOTl To 0 g$ — I w a � � g�Aoz®9 �Os,oE I o 0 m° e ' € -_ z eo of a r, �acL m o, —_ � cc o e _ wQ <o m az PLAN v0 $m J Q NORTH I ENLARGED RESTROOM AND OFFICE FLOOR PLAN a ®�® o A1EEi rj6 or124 x „a,o^ Ila"=,'0^ F£CCFO�ftAINNG NO N DAVIS-DAVISIHc. _ CP-252 ................. IAW No A,404 ZL u -- ------------ -------- ----- ------ -'n Z Iva] �,,_ �x....c Ix -,�... ^� d v T——-—-—-—-——-—-—-—-———-—---- N=1 o T,. ............ ----------- ------------ L------------ cL cc cL m tZ O o p co N NORTH 94EE,57 .,124 ENLARGED MECHANICAL BUILDING FLOOR P— IEI——N� DAVIS DAVIS CP 252 �o��,AMs sre« a a o a a PrewE�we A.4O n n. n n n MF—j �I -I -I :II— � -` v � � � - GENERAL NOTE I—I C`I - - C`I s aa a l l n F-I ��Ma. n n n n F n n i - 7 ELEVATION-STRUCTURAL PERIMETER CMU WALL 2 ELEV.-STRUCTURAL CMU WALL PL/w NORTH"FAMILY TOILETS"Wwo nT REstRoo�n BLDG. -'' PL/w EUMLDEnsT"I—ALIv N %`>< _ TOILETS"Wwo nT REstRoo�n BLo s'-"�_=€ 6 eo=n nuo n� spn en •n r� nn . a - n M Fr :I I--1 --f-f. .1 n n n n n --I . I--1 1-1^n n F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 z n n n n n: n - - w. f n.n.n.I-.I- I-.I-.-. x g -1 n n n n n=1 I-r T_T n n n n n:n n n n F-1 n n n n n I n n r`�� n F n n n n n: n n n n n n �-I I-I lu�o x w _ _ n n n n n n n n n n n = n :n n = o n n F- n n n n a n n n n n n n ^ � � 11111.11111 :111 . w _ o m e n n n n n I-I I-I I �. ve �p n ri n n as - Y 3 ELEVATION-STRUCTURAL PERIMETER CMU WALL(PLAN NORTH AT RESTROOM BLDG.( 4 ELEVATION-STRUCTURAL PERIMETER CMU WALL %a -�.v -'-v P�Eu'VSffifiSAwe�§'B,SAAR@fiei®o�63�.NE. � u O ()X c Z o a Z z ttt �J o cap uo a+ 0 _o W ~ o Z A m 0 LL I. –I I"`II I—I I—I: I—I I— I I I SS J `° X .E I I. I L II I I.I I. •.. J X n r"-I I-I I-I I-I I-S I ISI = I - w w fI f f-'.f �II;I I.I I.I I I.I I.I I.I I I.I I .. m ;e a F-f e I I I�MLI I_I I_I I_II� $ �[:: F-1 SII �I n J J J J J $ reccore ow� 024 nc DAVIS DAVIS iNc CP 252 5 ELEVATION-STRUCTURAL PERIMETER CMU WALL(PLAN SOUTH AT RESTROOM BLDG. 6 ELEVATION „ E -'-O -t° —IT421083 A�40 n n n n !-1 n F-i n n lE`I I-I n n n n n n F-[ n n p n 1-1 F F F F F F F IF �ae I I"I I 1 I IISI IF—I IF—I 1F-1 IF—I IF-I IF—I IF—I 1'—I F—I Y e I.I I.::I I.I I.I I.I I.I I.I �I �I �I �I �I �I �I'. �I �I ISI FI P F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F—I'. F-1 F-1 II f. F-1 1-1 I—I I—I !-1 I—I I—I I—I I—I �I I—I Ir ! I Hwy ami = I-1 1-1 I-1 I-1 —1 I-1 I— I-1 I-1 '!� F-1 �� -rI-] n n n n n 1 n s n n e n: n n n r � 11 .111111111 111x. U = nnn n en n1 n n n n J J eM �e eM .aae � 7 ELEV.-STRUCT.PERIMETER CMU WAW 2 Ei.EV.-CMU WALL 3 ELEVATION-STRUCTURAL PERIMETER CMU WALL 4 ELEVATION-STRUCTURAL PERIMETER CMU WAW _ PL/wNoaTti nT M�nw.BLE..Room iii '�°-'-OPL/wWESTnrvE EnsT nT va-„_v� PL/wNoaTti nT M�nw.BLE.. 'p-'"0 PL/w WEST nT AEMIN.BLE.. An�nw.BLE..Room iii yea rsn ev rsen Pe ° Sz m o U z.o 8 a a5 C`I � � '.� � � F-1ab �I�In M <� � rL rL 1 11 1 1 r'l i n n n F n n n n n�n�n�n�n n n n n n n n n n n F n n n �1 �1�1�1�r�1�1� n n n n n n n n n m m m n o 1 1 1 �111�11 �I 11111-1 -I -I .I wl 1-1 wl - - -1 -I -I F r 1_r 1�1 �1 �1� n n n = _ = - 8 �F F F-1 �1�1 - a 1 n n n n n n n n - 1 �1� � n � F F-1 1 �1 n n n n n n n n g t y 4 nrn' en' m+� jai evT .ems evi sa� Y J ELEVATION-STRUCTURAL PERIMETER CMU WALL ELEVATION-STRUCTURAL PERIMETER CMU WA LL ELEVATION-STRUCTURAL PERIMIEERCMU WALL k O 5 -'"0 PL/w SouTti nT AEMIN.BLE.. P_.E_",PUMP/PILTRAnoN BLE.. 7 -'"0 N.—E-1 PUMP/PILI 1.BLE.. � U Q k$ Cc d J U — Q O p U O ti O LL GENERAL NOTE ti m w X rovmiwwzoivauioxsixAEoeviov.o.xEEvccrioxorexvuuoxvv. m u $m U - o s+rn 59 0.724 DAVIS�DAVISwc. CPoR 252 Mo. cr/21083 No. A,40 ZL e 3 3 3 e F- n n n n i � n n n n n n n - n n n n n n n n = n n n n n s e n n - n F n n n n n -i �aEFna�R �s n n n n _ »�,�.Ea�o« rr e = n n n n n n n n n n n n n n i-i _ I i iM �M n kiwi n i 4 n n n n n nen n - n n n n n n n n s �n n �rn n - n a eek n_ n n n n i-1 i-i -i i-i i-I�--i r-i -i r-i r-i i-i _ - n ri n n n x e �i-i awi n kiwi i-ie IeM .aaa n i + } o j ELEVATION-STRUCTURAL PERIMETER CMU WALL2 ELEVATION-STRUCTURAL PERIMETER CMU WALL Vt U GENERAL NOTE roaiaLLoi�oi.AEovviovioixE[nEaioxoFxxvuxsoxvv. F \43�II1 p W w U i- 0 � E U g 4 4 o k O O cL — r c IJw _ cl — Q O o� a o w x � x m � u $m u - s+rrr 60 0724 DAVIS�DAVISIIuc. CPoR 252 ................. FR-C-o A,408 ZL o ❑ ❑ �; �,�, .,'Fu1 ;nes=.W ----------- ----------- 17 30 (DiL —4103 ELE, WOMEN'SSHO-E—#103 O cL cc CL X cr WOMEN'S RESTROOM#102 (��EE�LEV. MENI�'S�FRIE=ITROOM#109 �VT-IET It 1 121 ---R-SFI--Mltl2O - _ ra orxxisxsowws ,s A,40 0 0 0 o aoFFx=x=xw, ZL r- _ o+k° sa ok° aasasEunom wnuE 7 ELEV.-GUARD's Roonn#720 2 ELEv.-GUARD'S Room#720 3 ELEV.-Roonn#776 4 SECTION-"DESK' DETAIL-"DESK'DRAWERBASE a x��o<avwEvwriaF �., m _ Asa NOTE: - o ALL CASEWORK IS TO BE 3/4" HARDWOOD CABINET GRADE PLYWOOD.ALL CASEWORK SHALL BE CLAD WITH PLASTIC _ LAMINATE AT ALL INTERIOR AND n s oxxxo,rox oFx� � � xx�..x,r��x<o�x EXTERIOR SURFACES.ALL 2 DRAWERS AND CABINET DOORS U _ TO HAVE KEYED LOCKSETS. In a x�����. aasueurosnwnue x�E���a IIIy)a Q 6 DETAIL-"DESK"CA@INET BASE 7 DETAIL-TICKET DESK Ui—o S, o �sowwEtwxr� o �FP�pwxE ros oxoso� �sowwEtwxr� � E - nss,w000�sws..os �soxw�ss wxr. �.oxvi�sstwxr� sswwoo�sws..os �soxw�ss wxr. U ��x�xoox=xu�xcox,xxxn� x�x,���nxx�x�. „== oxxo,rox cL — z ��x�xoox,xu�x�x,xxxn .x��x�x<�� occ Q Q w °- — w o = muosuvrecEauxrEmov umcuu ouvwruss.u�s«su�exowwsoawss na osxxsxsowws = � J Y asm® ac vmv.o mwa asm za ac vE�.o LJ ti couxrsmov o _ su�oawvauxrmsuvvom. ,uEoawvauwmsuvvom. ar.tavo.xms� I ) III U D'O - axr.ixrsavwcouxrsysvusx ti O ____________ amxniuv coxrouxrsysysux �' � �U F °` F secErcnuE ossu�oa..owrws Z mwwEn. rsxx�sxs.. � _ J os un.EnasoE asxnsmE xaovmxs ronauvunxr m wu000 m s s*ovewsvvuu w®„� m e � xs.000vvuu � � � wussx�uwnEsxEvswv�ExxE � vsvwe.oa xs.so.rou x� x $m aas°euro vrcnuE �'� s+rn 62 o.t24 DAVIS-DAVIS TT. CPoR 252 DETAIL-TYPICAL SINK BASE AND WALL CABINET SECTION DETAIL r TYPICAL BASE AND WALL CABINET SECTION DETAIL-WALL CABIN=SECTION A—E REP. PRO—No AS01 e — 4: e re . re��� rere. bs - r�rerF Pr� nv«PrrF sem, w m � � DETAIL CLERESTORY AT PUMP/FILTRATION BUILDING Ij O � E U Q ti O W O W - Z Y O W ti Q_ m W - U Z � O ti O C W m Q "& Z W S+rrr 63 .,124 o NO DAVISDAVIS�Ncs CPR 252 Ie—AL www cr/21083 GUARDRAILS TO ENCLOSE FLOOR OPENING No,sA 502 BASE P14TI .sie - m9�a u�.r warm..m� .���o���dry.,�.ru.m�rv�.�FK,vaEn.PEas NOTES: I DETAIL-`FALL PROTECTION AT ATTIC LADDERSPLAN-oETAIL-ENTRY GATES TAIL a D SUPER SIMPLEX DISAPPEARING STAIRWAY WITH STANDARD BOX FRAME U ED CO_ \43�II1 p W w •'°"�" eswrvo ,.ems s. U I.'— .As�STEEL: O .....�..��.�i.. E i_ \ �,os�o a�saeon srss� ©" o E_ ik o LOT—- ii u CL u CL o M APT os �rx 0.Il1' ana.ate.�.ws ` �i aonow s��o. A ELEVATION DETAIL-ENTRY GATES �s1e IP NOT TO SCALE Z DETAIL[ATTIC LADDERS U m ag S+rn 64 o L NSG NO DAVIS�DAVIS�Ncs CP-252 252 lEAL nL IINIINI c,PRN, /21083 FRO­7 No 0 rorxoorwr.rx.a� �xrorrxx�rrxNrrnxxR. a � � rorworxof.rx.v� AE503 nexoixosrw u�e�eooxxorexasoue � xs�.xx« ax orr„xoF.rxwrr„xxR� ������� sr�r«wEaouEuexaaE aorx�xvur EF..... v DETAIL-CASTSTONE ] DETAILAIL S NESIL 5 DETAIL-CAST STONE 63"a SILL -,� mzva�rwsunaewa erwxrnxu rx rrsrxu od— WATERTABLE & u.rxrxo ro or.a� wxxxanxvs x�N�r o .or oorNa I sxoF.rxa� - rroorx x a .xxwxNNxN a � — — xaN� � Pa xarx.oax °— - a rauu ewa x �1DETAIL�CASTSTONE DETAIL-CAST STONE SILL "-O SILL 4 a erne�xw ru�.ssvK. rsmua. erw�x xnr,Eu�.ss rsrwa. s� xreou wnaixrrxrxnsxxa a. 5 o a rxwrrsrxua srexoxasrw urn�xoorxarexuoux au urrwworrnxuovm /�/,� n� P O E,eYxxoxxo<�rxx<axaawaA�s�.xEoa uxomwxoowovExxo vuxoxv.ExxorxNx xx,�sP�xffs<xxa.� aM aax xxo \'%\'% a *� axu.Euusvr. *ov os xa�nroe.0 orxooroKx y - - �ov osuoaEx Nr,oav� m oaxw zarnu Erna orau z--�w000.ov v� &FEnwrn = t/) ar. a' e,vuxrn wrm x�.nwa. � x�.nxar. _ _ e.axzxemausen.rixa� ixa�a�a neovr.ov orau -� U oax�oxrosororxa-.� �.naw000�r xsua,�ox IIIy)a Q�, �a xvr;wxor. � _ xr.wxovovrrrxrxrxo III p W w urixisricwixaaaa x s�.x�oa ixoe�wxoowov[aaxo or wv�vxosrx orworoax U i- xxo� xvxr .xswv�.xffsrxvo. ° wv xvo. - °� aciflawo.ttov[aa�uEsrxva o s o m -'"' xr�xr. " ra,. � :>eY vxoxxwwroxr wvx�oawv�.v�ox� E 'e� - s'ao�rvxovreExu oxrxrxrav o�� rs ow � rr.s<xvR. o xaox xa s<oxrmoxr mvxr �r. - ��wv ~ Q'e _ xvwx xasroxR«oxrwwr - avµ a�xa oox�«�orosax� � - A � U outaxexaouuoasuuxomwwoouus � Siwe enoxo g ax�a��xxa�o r�aarN or��xx.wffnx�,� uu ,rwonn�or��xx.wff.���,. ,:axaxa�N��xEorr�r�,x�N" ��� wo EN�n oonn � O _ cL S � aE,xrx�xa�r,a _ j vE EE ME IIE IIn $ Y Z cc —ME Noowa oRoa _ �xrxrx.o,=ax o #z a w E� N Hour .�.xxN `"T 11 LET Nxsr�.Fxa ax uExffx x,roEn,��r�xnExa oox��.oxax „EITI—E Pr m Nc xff exaaxxr.x��s xff�exxxx�.a� xff exaaxxr.x��s 0 Q�a CP-2J�2 I WALLCTION2 SE -RESTROOM BUILDING WALLSECTION-RLD ESTROOMBUIING 3 WALL SECTION-RESTROOM BUI LDING 4 WALL SECTION-RESTROOM BUILDING - -'v -'v -'v o��xxoxExwEaxwExr o A.504 - uvo o,oxE:oo��cx.oxss,Ex xEp.aRooxExEx�E�x�xExxxExan,E oxosswss:owwwrtswoou�u. ox naxxxas<xs - - �,� ffs<xxa oxw�E,�ar au xssvern �- x�.ox xF.o,x x,�oc w s<xxR. a x xEx ; ax zoax.� cxoxx�s,�x�aa�uE�.x,Fxa oFo,x vsecsorau LSECTION RESTROOM BLDG WALusw Awsxxanmuxrm Awsxiw nry oEaxaassvccopEssrxua. p g o rrxv.'r. M c O � xsu�wxff,,xxR s�x�ExxEx,xoxExxx���, of.Exx,ro<x�Ex< �x,o�,oxo� ,xovxE rsxanoxxxFF��uux��Ex=.o�aMax "o,ExoEx = _ H ENE E � N I„ �To , E dRre xx«.ro�n�«wxarE " o ox naxxxas7w,: "a x 3rx aa�xa<,x: - w000xExo�«�x�.57wRxsuarox a 5 E xsxmx�r.�wxumme,oi:.xoxoass uxrEsexosoxosEw +o�rrxoxoEw o@000xxEwwwExssvErn Cj -- so«reouuwuovExixa arrmua. ohzauowuu-sysca E — xrtsex Box aEnum wwoow xEw exo su usau xau-Esv cPoevO xE g oR of w .oxEFxoMFx,ow o o M Eo ,ExoEoEco OoE roow,ax xE.ox k a c v v �m xMcoxcc�xx I v .w�� Ex<v II cExx SE �o � 3 — z m rvp oe >s �wu vnvox acwosxu sysco. muu vwoxxsswosx $m srn 66 724 Li WALLSECTION-RESTROOM BUILDING WALL SECTION-RESTROOM BUILDING WALL SECTION-ADMIN BLDG. WALL SECTION-ADMIN BLDG. WALLSECTION-ADMIN BLDG. RECCRO� GNO Ys I x,o_„o. 2 yo_„o, 3 yo_„o. 4 5 3R AD I L 1 1 ISlN TS CP-252 A.�,E�, s7oxoxxsewx".wexooexx,oxarov"« Preo,r�No. soy ew "oFffiorocoo"exeFox"e.weew�Pwxee eeeFw�e�x"e"xx�ewxexewwero ,x.xx �: ¢'— e,nc"xff. uasxexeuxoe,uwart wxxe�xwRe xna e. Z � D��ers°':�. e o E x =ox�ouExs�x�xro t �_o« w,00,wxax orx"« ro.wcxx"«,.o �9 x 1 e N,x" P eoF'cE1. xexw��®ne=nc"xe. °^a �ro�so�wro�. a x ron�x�rosxxx�s,�n �- xroxn� xerox�nx� ero.one�xerox�xe .�aa��oF3or�.ov�nE� ____ _____ ,-x.x.� xroxnffe.nxexeroxffnx� �roe�xxexxxx�.rosxxo�x.y ro xff nxna wff nxnR ff nx UU w x x`—x �x"e"7 sxemxixa ersrxua� L L loxex arzvi.a z�.srxua. e� 4 DETAIL-CLERESTORY L OUVER 7 DETAIL-CLERESTORY WALL °'c Ln xr mxz�.nwa�xz�.nwa. zewvz ow � assvEcoExz�o. _ _ :o g c � xer xxra _ o i orrn w�� p ®,cxoxx� ox,os7srF oxosPwoxx �nw wxr� o "<e Pex�exxoxeoxrwox � o 0 :e xwvwwevexa xs<wue .ww E Aoowe��ox xxroePfiwo ro« � e ov�xoxx,o:7:® na oF�o� z"s "". onxrexra � .X'- � xo. xa<o,wroe�x xs<w�o ovex � _ cix�ewevexee I— E wnww.ra=e®�a o< Q U uexazzzxrumzrnxucr ••`N.' m saq cwuunox xer ow.eems ex oesoxoco �� 4 CL = uz auzixanssveco. roxe wroow xeno exo su soxocwwewu&zw.uomw vexixa.�xeesrxucri auseo rcwwz exoournz weusnse. vrcuuuxEex��xsminseo�xeouao k � _ 4E uemwxoow,ws taEroxol asesaasvearwsxczc uureex oursmesroc�orecuuwwnE sveco. z Q 0 souosuxswcewxoLLwsuu--seem, sveaxea®�e acew s� u-svea"co®�a oceuu �N � U Em o � oenwwrow soxomuuewFzw.uomnxnc xxwa U ti Q uunox �� B — � , taxa ffsrxua] I 1 I xr. essrxua. � J . m urwceau � omuvzr.mxr.] w " s' ry° axr wxixxwa soxomuxse mrc vnvwasvomew "m' J vwaw �x vx �B rm z x �,o x a we. wx. JH 124 mu 67 iox .iox R[CI-pftA INNG N0. roxxwroro.aro �xx xx.w CF 252 I WALL )N ADMIN.BUILDING 2 WALL SECTION-ADMIN.BUILDING 3 WALL SECTION-MECH.BLDG. 5 WALL SECTION-MECH.BLDG. 6 WALL SECTION-MECH.BUILDING i ce/21083 ................. PRO—No A506 DETAIL-�R HEAD', F DETAIL-DOOR�HEAD FRAME(DOOR D�107) 16 IL DOOR HEAD F�m7 OooR E)107) DETAIL 11 HEIC,F111 D 1 o6) E Ew l DETAIL-DO JAMB FRAME DOOR D�107 DETAIL-DOOR DooR JAMB FRAME(DOOR D107 4;y�-DOOR JAMe FRAME(DOOR D 106) A Pe J V DETAIL-DOOR JAMB SILL DETAIL-DOOR JAMB SILL(DOOR D 06)RIVR R D 107) 4B SILL(DOOR D 107) Q 4 cL Ll C) 4 DETAIL �A­ DoORHEAD �ET�­,�,� D" _1 D_�, DETAIL 10 DOOR HEAD ((� IL DOORJAMB I , EE DAMS DAVIS�Hc CP 252 Fq DETAIL-DOOR M.slL,_ (1 "DETAIL-DOOR D R�AM'4lLt ................. PRO-7 No A,soy 21,lf��l R'l .......... N7 HORIZONTAL SLIDER WIN—SILL 0 'L DETAIL �TOIE.FINONT S FRAME I DETAIL STOREFRONT�E"I 111E ❑ETAIL STOREFRONT� 'J'lp�FIIIE M V, rm N, oa ME IB FRAME P;T 'T� CO .4TL STOREFRONT NT SiSILLFRAME_ SLIDER WINDOW HEAD -1 G-0-G.D L,lE ­T. ra oCL -6 STOREFRONT A I�11 FRAME cr N I IIN 5T4I.­ STOREFRONT TREF FRAME cL z ;DETAIL-STOREFRONT SILL FRAME 'TYL�,�� —I: T 0 co o Cn DETAIL STOREFRONT SILL IE SHEF 519 o124 ST1.1111.1T G..-0 G I.I I I RE——NO DAVIS-DAVIS in. CP-252 LANIINI I -R--AL P Fq DETAIL-STC FRAME L HORIZONTAL SLIDER WINDOW JAMB I DETAIL STOREFRONT FRAME CNIP—c,,21083 PRO—No, A601 a�eQ ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 'Noll FLOOANN EASE FORTH INALL KUTH V,ALL EAST—L -STIA- CE I IATL HN IAATL HT IA L FIN NI L FIN IAATL FIN NiATL FIN FIN 'O _ -22 111—INT11 IIIA IT, 11111INTILIILLI .A INNITLI "I NIIT III 0 U O � o Q a cL - vI O vv, U z � o a& m mu 70 .,124 DAVIS�DAVIS�Ncs CPoR 252 aennomn� IANIINI 1171 1/21083 ................. DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE PRozc,No A,6 02 "'A 0 11 1AINIG All 11 IA-1ii — T, o T T V, 1w op FLUAH ? LAss ? ? 6 7o. � l:�RTY�EA" DOOR �R TYPE CDOOR R TYPE '�ETYIE"F'" FR AME TYPE"F 2aP � "LT, ' "' , � Lau my Do— HARDOVARE SCHEDULE DOOR HANDING ANO LocKsrT FUNCTIONS DOOR HANDING CHART E� u. < CL -6 CL ................ mm r,r 0 �4,1�� ............. 0 U U� 0 rve0 M SHEEI LLQ R[CoRD—NO DAVIS F- CP 252 ca,P—c, 21083 STOREFRONT AND WINDOW SCHEDULE o's AEr60 wN ill ✓s a�F Ll a a a a _ N �d E� Us° s" ORCNRONT"B" c o m o.y � STORCNRONT'A" STN c �B 1�3�S_TOREFRONT"v" STOREFRONT'D" STOR z IIII�¢� �_ vas �n1.UONRrPG ao�zr a.. &"s U S EFRONT'E" WINDOW"F" �II p W w U ti o 0 U = O w O w � O av J J 2 — z � �D w � w z O nC O m ag S+EF 72 0.124 o NO DAVIDAVIS�Ncs CPR 252 aennomn� IANIINI cr/21083 ................. 'Ea 0 1 A A SIDE VIEW 4 N -9 'FRONT VIEW FRONTVIFV SIDE VIEW Piwz Ew FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW ` FROM VIEW SIDE VIEW Cl)�ESSIBLE�UR­L MOUNTING HITS 2�ACCESSIBLE WATER HRooMACCEsSoRY� ,��ESSIBL�CLGSET MOUNTING HEIGHTS SIBLE LAVATORY MOUNTING HTS OUNTING HITS 2 FRONT VIEW SIDEVIEW FRONT ViEw SIDEVIEW PLAN VIE' FROM VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW DRESSING BENCH DIAPER CHANGING STATION (�LED.F.MOUNTING HEIGHTS E4ROL�LIN TYPE SHOWER PLAN AND ELEVATION FOLDING DAGGS G TA MOUNTING U T W�EssiB� rI N GSH HEIGHTS�H WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE NOTES Room o CL < Cc CL AREA OF 1� • REFUGE JERY�C�EOUPLE < MEN— N,-N— RELD co ----------- �3DAu sHEEi 7,75 124 RE— NO 9 � V1 v :T L CF 252 ��CESSIBLE SIGNAGE ...... ca,Po,c, 21083 F STOP nro�SreERI CALL BEFORE YOU 010 • v £ c os/o�/zozz nn a "i.�xe ra,in ?✓(l'rjT 1 L �' � � _ E s SW 11 HET� moo i is E4'S 0 fV µ ^re w %OW 'l' _ a lt��1��A a k• �� � ^/TT _ _ cu a U~ e e " " ,.e 2 a ZD �� J �:�� �^nNY�relL;°i� CD Y O e c � 11fi L L Ill i a`5 ma , PLANT SCHEDULE C, o un �o z �o co e _ 0 op _ .r SHEt774 .,124 �s rermreo erenun�,va. PLANTING PLAN CP—252 Ai �/ '""`E'-'° cr 821083 aos Sr,CEr2 a r lA e f .na.... fE L e - III III III III��� _ wLL ii� I�� ii� ��JI�yLL T O „ � 1110� Sbrµb lGrou iticover Planting P rigs Adjao_nl euitlingsNJals Steel Edgng W S U h 0 � - O Q O � a ��_ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII .,._ .,. .�,.. �„�. `o w_ ire_ >art III III III II III III LL O �,. � 5 r Q) v BOULDERS Rlver Rock D E F . s O O 2 — "s � N a 2 - w if z O z a � m a m � - S SifEEi Lo STOP! r CALL BEFORE YGU GIG /�nol+AwNc do _ re x l.r—252 vreacci F 21083 IRRIGATION SCHEDULE Ma a r�� oCRIj'ICA�SIATICSN ANALV�IS`n Qa�t� p T111.1.111 All A-1-1.1 n a R 'MIMIC W-11 EEEr, T� L.I.�z,z ®®® 11 ° 3111D IT 12 AIAIT I a 9 P, Eco„ru��vuvEs,..ueE ,3 x 000 rT aEaoEO H,ErounET. a ..', STOnP'sz CALL BEFORE VOU OIG LIE — 1 11 MIH 000 oTT TPa,H��a�oH,Tw..T IlAll 111L mem rs, b vra I ET. _ 000 �ar d I. cu )( „� . ,arn.a.,ary �earEH„o �' ❑ IN—lUlS ss saunourvr a _ —4TC=LINE SHEET 75 ceNer<n�irzRicATION NOTES �TVl a Z' =e I I I x oe I y� v e F I ' C — r CL r14.1 a co m e � o � I I w o o _ Q e ✓ :. o weer g — ias 14 11-3 STOP• CULL BEFGRE YGU GIG o e e sxss - — �_ u� eeucdssxsysasets e� e wsmc a". x s I5 IRRIGATION SCHEDULE a �� + I arr4'lr✓`',��d,'rA�ff u � � I w.w,t j �, oT I _ L �i�Plrr�IeZ SS ®®® xT s o ` „e y S cu .. WD U a a ! w:wv'u i o �II ; c w �;li r, siu �y yitl 1E TUTLIT � 1 � — „rel 11 IAL11111­11 a „w o o a MATGHIJNE.SHEET]4 \ �° � J'^ ss...,.,—,w�„� c- o o r IN b Y Q © TN .T. T E,,,TEELIILL M NT E a cl > e F 1 I,11F o p I.IEMETEll e$ � sHEE,77 124 x, o e�nunn�ua. CP 252 jLL ;«< s � L e Line Flushing Valve tW/Shut off Valve) Drip Control Zane Kit Nireless Rain/Freeze Sensor 0 - D _ s z 0.. _ �q . � oa o of nra ....a O]nx s ,cava ©.� v e ° W e s � o x N _ ID o 9 U 1O1 ar--a-_LLI aE _ U CK COUPLING VALVE Air/acuum Rdid P umhed to Pe E ectnc Remote Lont'o Vase " Pi e and Wn'e Trenchin DI I f I (I ly) I I I p g � III � ! Q a = e " a U ti a° :g it T o E O C. ti oe a a; U a . e pa �r O ` o . a a ...�Rsi ...... o m,.. CD - CL_ — Mxr. o e i Ili , ECO INDICATOR-SWING JOINT - eP661er Asseni6ly � Cr a ti TI I to 0 og� Q o.. o..swLL..0 0 0 o� e y xa.,a,x .s CPW2 2 controller Techlina GV center Feed Layout MP Rotators rinMer Sleeve Schedule 1 P s�,e.,,. L I e.,,. E _ o mE _ .e - s�oi.�n.r c. - o nry preNccr p21083 .e o. p a- g GENERAL IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS AND NOTES '.a/R 4 PRaJECs s w i is�o n ...n........ ......, �N - a e e E .. s .,.,... N�....... .....� - .... ..,,n. - c rm.. .,...R. ,....,.. _ ©c ..._.,.._„. ................. _,u Y v e 5 e � w m Vl „...... . .....m... �W ag ao ,.,a n,. „ .y ��„ �.��_�.,.�. E P n� _77,7, ti se a z. �s 0 0 »... O a6 cr Q— WQ O ? H CL- ............. �, �rfrw rr ✓., �r �......� �. ... Z ae _ 1f* m � o-pwv vJe ." Jsa o-o-r..za r.,.717t17,ti✓✓✓ ,.7.7�'1't�..'^'�,a,a,�,,^,Inas�a5a5 5a5ah,�,�,�,�p,r fII aaaa.r.,^aaaEa�RIM,:IMP, ✓aaaazA�aa�,z;z tr a� i aF w seen 79 124 w�wv ua 4 RP2 Ass hly B kfl w P G, ith Fl- r ` ...,,..,..,,.,. _.,.......m-„ m i CP-252 e s J c v aodc cs p21083 � p st a- ................. SPECIAL NOTES AIR DEVICE SYMBOL os McEr NOTES BY SYMBOL: 0 0a-L_ S ao TE 3 DEw� ��D�rsry=�� ® �� .. TO M—M D— 1—7—Ill—,-L —T�IM o—BU'­"O 'TDawry.D I—L�l 1.1-1111D I D .....— I.m�� Dl——111m 151—1'IL-11 FIL-5 GRAPHIC SCALE Fll FrssauosFnF wnrs anion ssrysoa. 11 —11 IL IIPPI 101T=' T� S1�1�ILTL,M ORD-�'TM—L F-R-1 11-1 1-1��L111 %H—T—RI——"HIDILI RI �T LS M-1 Fll 1-11LI,A-1 D ITI— "ll 3, M --QR S TL F� I F I 'T" L T n ITII—IT11 1-1�—1-1111D 1�Ilml—l', 11PP—01 THI OP 1L. Lllll%DP'l%l'�l,�Dlll T—SI-S 1ry F-111 7o"D"MoST' COOR--G-- —1 I.MP-1 1—H�-—S-0 colica. .11PMCM I TM F FN4, IILL 1 —11-S111 1D 1111o 1 —11,T�l T -011 1o�—11M TI Do bo h bo T O lw -1491 J-9 LU LU RESTROOM ADMIN FLOOR PLAN — HVAC SHEET 79w.,123 O ................... 21083 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- E:...R...®,a......... .noa a A Y � a'SM—/2 S � NOTES BY SYMBOL: "0" aaozc ( 1111 ISI roa cievvs ou nuo Roor onn/s. roa s:x[ou/[. a[./ac NGRAPHIC SCALE 4w sss�+�uuniaus oaoow/v wsai ow uw�uca�uaws y—� � a[couu[umsious.as'u soa uun[„sArsre aoaou.uur./-rure[as i/a n ��/��' A a[cauu[um�ious mm-i-o ya n*o Y ! mwaacu*. "au-uvauie oioz ew+os as moaeeCzo T E �Ns,�/PEA uv+u��uaEas aErouuENw,�oNs EN0 _ ^ ��'- A c ' SPECIAL NOTES �E.S C e�Aus omzRs.vo awueuc AeMs. A Aa M.,«Es.wo u.u,Aa uaCCu o o a�wrza ou,000 a.,yz oaC=woa.sem/az ooas,aaC,Eo a�oaov+�wnti,Az � a .uoti az-.Cz oo�woaA sAa szzo a uwaz uo/zss '�• MF°"� cams � _ E a w as A,.a a,Aaaa vuA, Ma. A A. z o LOCA-5 s z o z.Co Ro s //az max ¢ AE.f U oo� rza w. a r a . a.�c sauaur+x su a o z u. ao a s a s(O �AEAu ! N E NA .ai iMN 'OR Pu.RA.iN z u size,o�.ca.as aowwc or.ac n+u o s o oouare � �+mes.ai suPP/.ouc�woRk,o c+rcAwa/.�+suueo w.„ a wx u ron rezav7,.ss oucr ww.�Nsuw au w�„AN v '.ac=PAusa/c�a/ou.as.A roa�au. !cA ..rcckz. s zoror z/ 0 0 ov v E U i O � U o B J p a i Q a � � m FILTRATION FLCOR PLAN — HVAC O U ± � 3 ro O J fi m J B} d 5 SifEEi�o f d ., CPJE 252 € c/p21083 L—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— yam ................. A/C UNIT SCHEDULE o'sM-3 11. IA11 T.TILL —1 T D IL�1. 11 IIIIL�11 11 1 1, 11 .,1 1111 ..DIL 11 I'll —11 IL Daiwa cl I 'IT -'ILI-111 I 'I T111-1 C-- FAN SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES 'I'S LEEL ---E—E IAL —El.—E L.IAL `2 1111 11— =17"RE"IL'l- E EQO E Ellll-� —11 E—PMEIT ��OO�S Dl�,5E5S A"D I—L-Il Al T11 E� E sL_IE71'.'T-'E-'.ol I",'IIET T 'o LE 2� Eo EPll,,l,-R IEPIAILE IH­All IEITEI wovP6 Tll.Il-ID, 11 ."Sll—1 1011 I—E ILIAR-1.—E I—E ar AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE _E5,E, o ,roc -o' L.—E ALL 2 —E— E 21 D T X'2 I—E 1 /1. .1; LO—E ALL ME-1—1 -1 F. I AllEIS T.0-AlIE51­L5 25 I—RZR�2 A TI 21 S` E W11-Lm—E "OlE E5 Yl L' E YLE AL�" moos xoom 1-11 To�a�cEv,ereiwo�e" T '470 27vu eooL�O� % —,E E OIMI"SOM CA""OT 6E =E, DLIA�EO",�O.A�M�P�ATEA,"O 6, �,ET_R,,,RAEOPCre..Ll S�S�IEM,6LIS ,r. ouc-OVIE m.vuT.RureEres w,.core x6 covvEc,�ov Z DUCTING LEGEND Alorev'z— 11 AIL5LIALL'o"oL""'S 5 111 o"El I" ll,� o o LAyo E—M—I—11.�lPreo=ere 11H.-Y A-1— 1-11 I-PLE11- 21 11-1�LL 1-1—A"D —111 'o` T "ECES5ARY IQ l— CO�Lyo Sl'.1,11ATE ELE_ El ElHA—­LLE O `® oP E.ea PIECE —E I-- oF E.,PM_ EL", n.1—W W-1--—El Ewan5OPPLY OR UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE w _LE ­4'Y, zz! fi SIEET 82 .,124 WTI�2NNV"Ax MI rere v Mre—El-EMIL' . reccoaa went mo. CPR 252 ................. MO n I—,121083 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- mom .,..dR.00®,A.......... .no� A Y a�Mc�4 mNvu PRwcc, 4 .ua�RooE.o Roo. uNOEA uoou s Z —.... Poo, N oeimrnaz' c. .a��. 11R aE EOE sEHsu�e� o ,oP or coos m=E ��.a�,oa tiff v,ou - � u e e suP sx�Nc"Roar��+c a ! eeee 7 Y. COIL PIPING DETAIL � r � ,o�atiER�of oaE� ` PEEti�u..00aaEEE roAs,E�o��,o�E � �sEcuaEo��.o�EEa� t saEo eE�u�+a J u �aa�E�c aEou� mcko�,muoEa °"° o coir uwT � c`>. (1 CEILINU EXF,AUST FAN DETAIL TIN-LINE SIMILCR) n RaOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAv� aEo�aEo """`"`�" a Roo. .EEu Roou i- 111E-E 111EEl J ao. =oo op su� ucT� V�c a RE-RIGERANT LINE DETAIL SIMILAR Q S � ions. 6 X� us�usR aEx au_o t � aiuoscaEEu _,- � � -, L I � E i � a RODF PENETRnTION DETnIL r��N�o�..�sEa ��uN� U i DIF-USER CONNECTION DETAILP� �E _ o t To ,u,ntie,.eons Eo�R Po�., �E t VEM�� EMa o IE PEa. cVEM KITJ i w iseu*a E xopo x ceu wwur/�CTuaEs aaoc j corvo[rvsirvs VrviT. (roux saoinnj�R� 3 i O aErre�vcreu.a sols d CJ P�P�No ANN Y Q 2_ Q 2 o�soE as o�� d - m i t .+o E�tiEa uaM w . w EUPPE. - i 0 0 LL 000 �o�E. Ma�Eo o a w a PaN � 0 1 n J J i0 aEr uun uEn.Er+ _ p rus or u�+1 lvn m 1 - oPc e i 'EE uE E�.+E EENT N muR �\�\\\ �npxNaev ou. P E�Erea o E s �sEooti�oRo�ti `L rotioEtiso.E oRo�ti iH � «Es ��tis °` EEEET—�titiE��oti I ELEI.llti.a - a sr+e�r 83 o L E �M.uaEaE EaE PPU RNACE CCILo LI NIT DETAIL GaS ouFIRECNODIIN'I To�EHEE aTER�DETAIL cored No. rec wrrvc O CP�252 € cTp21083 L------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ E,...R.,.®,A........a�.no� A Y CON511Li .M-5 PkOJEC y rwu Exxousr oa anuRu /xw a SULL EDU.L oa BE as nw E l w� �xoEa ws~Ea a so...... E a oeEmrnaz a Y �aW ��� -4HAusr RETURH�DucT CONNECTION DETAII � F Aaw wEH —F —LL sEOOA caEA,Ea.amu w � N - a�u�a�a a ���aA E,aw a�AEE,�ati E a a�� R0N41 D°�'s RAnIIISFn AFI SCW nFTAIIS EL— _ P n / n RouND Duc TAI«oTT DETAIL —1E E,aaw1 Ems,IE—E i — ROJHJ DUCT HINGE', DETAIL amou�+Euoco eGSM.u. suPP—amEasE— as vwEs a a �Q a oww is c.seu a wMEu n � a E aE.uee„ E U sc z—aco i,k mca \ F uc "o-ouc, ure ou�w,m �. ,Ra a aNa a unou <,a� o ua,E FA I — J \ „u „u 'a�i..IN CJCT SPLIT DETAIL Ra�� ELeow � a i d i s�PPa�a,.E aaaw a ° I _ Q uou - T m � `a T RNIN VAN SPLT DAMPER f '"" ° EE U G E S L D E _ � I --AFT—El wn as U � uc cucT corlsTR�cnoN DETAILS areCHLMICAL Ii00M LXH AUSI _ 1_ ro W —A—L,ELR—S-1 � ,�ati�tia uv+Es. z.Is aEc�w+cuwe suns S—L vouEs Esaaws. � J_ t m a ewo maE[u � gi 0 a �+etT 84 0>24 aA_L PENETRATION DETAIL f CPR 252 € 121083 L-— ———————————————————————————— —— ———————————————————————————————— — ................. ...........�,,o LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND NLIE NII ILI 11E-1 IIIEEI IN ELL L-1 ILE DEIIII—N .1-1-EILEL —IIE --E L.11 I—ELI EIINTEI N.L E, IN N, IIINI ELINTII L-1 L-11 ILL11 IN—I ILI—1EIE11E1LE 01— �reL—_11—E EIIE1 I NZ'NI11111 IN 11" —1-IN-1 IN.LE 11 L-E El E-11 I-I NZ'N'EIIIII III-ELINTEI 1111 L111 ILIII L—I 11ILEI IE1E11EILE EN, 11 —1-IN-'-ELI ELINTEI 1111 LLELL 1, ILIII —1—11—IEIE—LE 'N-L'EN1H-'E' III 1-1-IN-1-ELI L'I21"ED 0 ILIII —1—11— E.NT11..11 1-111 I'LIEN11 —NIE1 LEI—I LLI N, 'I I,Ell LIIII 15 L11L2S'— ILIII L-1 Iu LI'Ll" E.INTEI L—1EI1 EI—EN11 El— G SINLLE 1-1—LE L N E.INT11 I—"III Ll— IIEIIEL III—E IL11I LL IEIEI. EIINIE1 I LED "'E' EEL= 2 &IS E"CE"E—IL-H LIL��NN`—11-0 11 EILLT 111—1 E IEIE—LE ENIE(P, I 1 4 E� L I 11 —LEENA,�,LLLIEE�I—I-I LIL��NN'Ill 110—11 MILLT III M "INTI'LE1 11-1 110—1 L-T M-111 LIN11- N 0 '%E`E1TM"L1'1E'I-ENI—El m 1 11 11 L11L2SHE1 II—E ILLE ILIII I—E 1IN111-I.' 11 IEMEDI EM&IS EIL-H LfHILNI��11-0 EEILL .1 IIIN ILIII I—E I.NIIEIE 11LL Il/ —N L�� ENI�E_D_— c. 1 4 EM E SLEY NI""I' 'LL LSLE1 LE1ILL`DE.1,T L—ION -1 MLII-1-1 ILI N�N� I 1II DI—I I—H .11-1 11EEKE1 E— =S— OIT.1 LEILED 1—H I—D IELEIHINE—1—D 4 1IIE11-EL ILI III IILE I—El LED SI. ILI L-1- 11)-E-1IL-IL-1E-TE-LIH---I E, 40��` IEIE1 I D� LIL'N'N GT, LES_EN,E�—EL I. III El I IL DISH E D IN L'TLIL N� 0"IS PILL 1ILE 1�IIII-ND-111— "I'ILE MOOMED LED I—L 1-l" V TILIII.NL.1TL11 'IL"I D� 1 4 C`ND,�I I LET, N "T­"IS­ IL 4.Fo�— ILI L-1- �4)�E 0%—'E—E —`1E`L`NLLG I.ININ—EIED—EINIED—EL 101 El LIFL21SHED IN Z'LE"�ZE D7TZ, 1ILE 1�1111-ND-111— . 0,.TL1,ELL,'ELEIHENE 11 D I I EILINLL� LE ILI L-1- (1)—1-11--E-M-11-11-1 V, TELEPHLNE—LE1.14- III PILE MILILLED O�N I LFLOIP�INE,�11,1�INH,.1,11 ILI- LIELLN,_ II LEI NTL,11 (IEDOIS,�N�,l 'I E, I.L�I 11 111 El 11101SIED D�,ETI�� /E-1 1E)IN 1-1 IIINI INFAI-L'E­0�N-41— II).�PNPTEED M�.CD%LP��N�C�y ,—LGH1 V, 1-1�'ELEIHLNE L11LET INI P-Z IS�rjpN�TNCT�Nl) I�I N IT 1—NII I)N 1-IIIINI/ 11 I ML`L �D OCCLMINDLI'�ID— I�L`1'1 E I r IT, ' N 1. —1 OPPE, .EL 1 —11—-IN11 11 GELL MILNTE,%,LE,0 I,— ILI -1-1-1—E—KE-01-- 21E IINDII��IOLL �EEPHE"�1214'.NI'I'LTN LE L�NIE,111 MOINT LED EMEI.ENI 7HON7 IINLOIT IN�I ONIE1 ILIII LIEDE I IIIEIIII IENITEI'ELE-4 DEIIET 0.0- -D IN ILI-II I--IINILE DIIE1110N IND—ON IEILI I 0—TED MTNT 0' —L—LITID LID IM1111— =orzar I-E, L11L2S— — I-LIE—NEL INL1111IN I--N NEIITILN,�NNDIELLO�—INI—L,I"IlL I. & I--IINILE DIIE111- I. I III I.E—.I-1LN11T MN—�/IOLL—N1 'ELEIHLNE—E—L I—II IN-0 Vl/ILL ITI�NI ILI-—NIED 0, P.El PILL SIEIE S—E 1EIE-1 wOIT.1 I—El 1H --N— 111E I—E DEI—El-—WINIED NIN-IIIEI D-ONNELEL-11H(III) 111E HEEL IETE-1-1EILINI MIILLTED IIIED DI—NE1-TIH(III) C, .11-1 IIL.ILN11 I'LL) Q TIMEIL I C] I—.10E N INIMIE IIIE LITENSly �A�N PANEL OR DLLR�EIITON PANEL EES,,�LDENNIT�ENIDEI I�IE EL——N --E S) �NEOM=D'ENN�,TAENIDEII,�)IE LLTEN11y IL01I M.INTLI—NILL 11-011 NIL I�IE EL—ILN11.L IENEL I�IE 1PI-LE1 I—EM IL.-11H 1EN.TE1—HEI—El ILE IPRINILEI I—IIPEI TELEI�,EN.1LE1 wSYMBOL NOTES: Lu IL IE�IESS I(1.E)I 111LE11 EET,ILHILL IEN 1,1LIE�DI)l THDE HNEYI—,E—LESHI�D ND�IHTEIS��EN�D�.N"E­H D'ILL E I r _ —LE� I I. LD TH I I.DEI HIEE—IL11-DIA._,I_"L, 1—I'Ll-L DEIE1 MOIE II-ENT 01 THE I.DEI 2, 0 0—5HALL 6E N51ALLED ILL'ELELHONE—A He,o IEIU I11y11WL1"L DLIN "L ON"B LL�, 11 16 1 El I N IN I ,N"I II,NIT',lET"L4H,,1/4 sHEEE 85 .424 C;-252 21083 hl w�1'1J, 1_'`.(r (fIfJ' 111111 1,;.�; 1'u1 ® E�7 s � � ,. �� N / GRA SIC SCALH .o o ,o .a m SITE PLAN 4 NOTES BY SYMBOL 'O' -1 cIN11.w.I PILL sRNI,o I—E-I'll III -L 1 IE c1111111 EPa��EE.oR EE�Rr i - o OM�E, a air i coNo�,,PONTI.L P 4Eo� y i a i t ""° � Ea E /E A o a a�E�E1/1 .aoL�,. c� °°/2�P ry Cr,o-a ago v.Puc-o1, „.ROE ,. LE,"'way" [ n ROEH1,L-TIN.—ER PEREEI,P-1 Ers,E�E-1.11-11-- III}}a �EPEQ zr � PEP I.E�r POEE„.P—AP1.PA.1o w w s ryE v �o�„.,R,„EEORMER ,I-N.o Ez. aE�ow .���. :� nO o-11.1 � E IE iE wo,o�,E SITE PLAN 2 111L1G111 J�1 �� ° 1Eo” �I EL LlcouPnrvv�M i�a�W`ry J J GENERAL NOTES PUE I N..o T—L E—NIE,o—El, EEo o RryE cory R c.ory o Q Ery of _ r, d o v �E PER��, u�,PEHCP ES ��" o b P �a oR as a ,, REQ 0m o"I,_ Y - �EEOR�R I—L L N E o w PEE�oP s��Eo��o�oa��a E, �E"o- a _ m -4 3 e s e m J m UTILITY CONTACTS sHEEE86 0,124 RECORN D-0 NO SITE PLAN - ELECTRICAL RP-Ea EA CP 252 SCALE ,_40-0 aeos'En - - cig71083 m ® s EE12 4 N 1 GRAPHIC SCALE f tlA) 2 — of x rceo fin. m�ry POOL DECK PLAN ' ....L. . „ NOTES BY SYMBOL °O,Sx ye PE. { —D-N-1— "N 'R�MoM"�oH " —1 E° Ex z � d �s � -LE PElEllL 111 1111 11111 Ll— - �� 111 j O aov°rtx�re E owrss uo�scwso,o s[n Es—ALL°c-Ell aures°(Pere uu1-11— = a —�9 1EE°M —1-11 Rv 64 x:. CYC El I'll �4Pi 1'1 ,.� airy''• E°x E.PE.°xar„EE.E°�-1 °E, EEEP,°5P EEP�EE _ o �£,E,� �Io” �°x, ��oti�Ra�o°�°AE'E°x PoaE E°x,;""",o"ax.xE.,,�siEEg° o"E xxx PooE •—� EOEtae,°r,° ND 1/ 11 a °x, 1/1 Pll-D- 1/1' w. 1, q 1. °EE°E P°"P PPE K°E°x xE"mE=<°P o- m Qa m "d�xx ww,E °E 1 III zi E E°x E"IE°�,Px E=ExE wx.,Ex "o m °P E ul o x ��"°" °EE°E P°"P PP. KE°E°x xE w ww e � � POOL AREA � E U y 114 1 P EEPP BONDING NOTE - a PER x.E �� �E at° PE"E°PE 0 IN AoxI°E,L ,E P�x P��P°°E Y �SITE PLAN w� GENERAL NOTES Q a i POOL DECK PLAN — ELECTRICAL z°EES 01-1 o Boa E�P� I-L EE°Ex°_ c m z scue r=eo–o' s U d LU � m U 3 Q m � a SWEET 8 7 PECORN D-0 NO Fie►'« ><;_' o CP-252 —112 1083 LI �o E�3 GHTING PLAN LIGHTING PLAN GENERAL NOTES NOTES BY SYMBOL 'O' ® d! au�rarv,,a ca�ua L,4 wren T„z orva °3;4� o�oMry,orv- GRAPHIC SCALE auicoirva ro ciacun L, wnu zdr��r1 'N. NroI/I �- '�0 r.rec re oreuvirva-s core cocariary or Pwua s.recsFre orenwrvaLMN �o core c�cclrecsi srueo��cocrvo vJo I qrm; c 1-1 oauvrva ar e roa aerva scumu�rs Rm uoury I *rvI oEmns or ._NT-H iwcx rcc� I - � uoury*ro�Gn rx�uars I o e 0 I pp l El El El c f ' a � w o O E ti B1 0 E ry I a, s E E ez 'I s ¢ M Q d z z o P u z P a _” ®x Al x® ac p c rc� orr. I a I. ar ei a z i ni c ni u u I: a e I O A IN w I I C�C7 i c e S CD s o 0 e I t I ti t _ Q I J W RESTROOM / ADMIN FLOOR PLAN — LIGHTING m SHEET 87 ort 23 ore�wrvc o. EA'4 SCP 252 r%21083 POWER PLAN POWER PLAN ® ° E�4 GENERAL NOTES NOTES BY SYMBOL '0' �x° rvo E_Fax,re�,"ry reF °�K �EaE=�� ry u= re N a z.reElcre owwrvo E a core c�cc-ire rx m+eas,ccwa �""< N_LPLL e CRAPMC SCALE E.reElcre orenvnrvo E—e rare vorva sexEouies. �u (D—ELI N uvrereEuo,E�N FF LANE.reEFEI I/Eas Fore ® vyn.zue (D asrecuFreoErvcr soxsress,sL,ox,ass rvo-EllEaovre PEreFE�,Px rowEI—EmI Euw.a ys�au Na i ErelrM NIINo cryo ! 0. '. I w ,e T T 5 _ e o p I@ 1 w I.EL Ll nm a , N x " e �s a fr I k U a � I s }} �rvo �. Zs'°F l e � x v I Q s ' U I o I E / EaME .�°re I � a o= F a z �Ie w� o 0 OCL 8 C� ti I � mW RESTROOM / ADMIN FLOOR PLAN — POWER srlcc188 oFL ore�wrvc o. EA'4 SCP 252 CF%2"1083 E 5 u J Je i, LIGHTING PLAN NOTES BY SYMBOL Q Orry GRAPHIC SCALE f 0 oEHCE cavEaau,Es ry cuEM cu woos J E_a s�mEare,a eE sEEEoeo uew,Eer LIGHTING PLAN GENERAL NOTES E+usorvEocxmu ,w,� rvrvE�,�E X EMERaErvM ryo0 E E oE�EE EO .w REFER E ry EOR E 1—ly—L—ENI e � a.REFER oR,„rvo E a EOR PEE 111Eo—E lido 0 0 0 E w � iJ w FILTRATION FLOOR PLAN — LIGHTING 4: 11 �q. —o, oho E POWER PLAN o NOTES BY SYMBOL 'O' Ds, OEiaEMllYw PrvEE s<a rv�,o,Eary�E ego rv�w,ry eEoo soAr.E ary a„a v v O Qa,MErrt sMEEr L �Er E—we 10 1-1-El EaR,rvaE � �AE �� o v °°°N �--E FEE11-N E�rv,,IE REaR ,ory 1 NP of,'A,=1,EM_ Lam, �h MwEEER�oowrva, �orvo�,�ry o ry PrP P� Y .EEowEo.REEER EEE"9 EOR PUMP�orvrvEE,ory Ra�rvE oE,aE. � a J E , n o E ����E o��z Q Q L E «orv� �o E a��rv,A�aA AEEEA,o �A�oArvaE oMDl, - o f o�IE��wREa,E=ry�Erv�w woM=�E,o aE 1-11,Ery roEOR,o aE EEEElEry o oP a nnoEnnoP z EoR. U w I DP- oEE 'Iw.E'I'NR2”0. },EM—ION— PILLE,RNI10 �o Prvw� ffT�To p _-E°R IEDI ERr rvorvMrv��E�M o w — g E r,o arvrv � POWER PLAN J , a I aE a,a-- � �E � I GENERAL NOTES m E LLP P�s ToO�P o��o E NIA E�rvorv,EE EEOE oR Ewry E��R� oR.�=orb,�w,E I.REFER o—E o EaR EEE111L sTMeoE EEIErvo. sr+rc�90 124 r a.REFER D—E a EaR ouNEE SlIE—Es acmreo ore�wrvc no- FILTRATION FLOOR PLAN — POWER EA o CP 252 ci 871083 ................. ...........�"6 1="4'7r GRAPHIC SCALE Rww Z5 RESTROOM ................... LOFT �PLAN — LIGHTING �S POWER �O��LOFT PLAN (D- LIGHTING PLANS GENERAL NOTES POWER PLANS 411 aGENERAL NOTES LTNI F F /oxoww "o �nE ..oEA E�I�ILI LEIENI. p ,L, IEIEI LWIN�IIE IIIE—E ELEIIIIIAL L N� 1,IEIEI I—INI I—L IIIEIILEI IIN I"I I Lu ILL LIGHTING ADMIN LOFT PLAN�— POW�EER t �LEM /4—-0' c�%71083 /,_�T PLAN (4) SCA� reo�Ere�rel E.EE �� EE 7 sere Ire *-� ��Ere.ro�E .Ere #�6°° oEo��P�EM a r ore rere.re re_o�-, s - re�11— 1 N,, /reof o 0 _ _ P;Rorerererere re POLL 0 6o ere '+—I7r o .o ��. a, �nrerere aorerere,. orererere �o�rewA.EreP�Pc. z0 "Rre ��areEre�reco7M ��R`ore �reP .reP L �< „/o ere crere. P azo P'PSR€�zouPaMP a po P P= P P'PP=' CTC—E EUSEre �„ e " EIcEuSL,�socNEI yyyYr________________________________________ ___________reg#jos ____ ___________ _________ __________ _ ____ _____�_ ---- r 2V P z/ III cL N `s H,EapoEE ooE o.'as w F .1111 RISER DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAMw SCALE NONEINEL w NOTES BY SYMBOL 'O' Your Stem Details ° E �qq �q,�� RISER PLAN vE°;,`,ore P,�EL Lo".-:.,rere.3°i"E 9°`ire :„E'LbEI.L. GENERAL NOTES � O.w 3m ro ...... Po�u reu,.ore A=,oP ,uE Rou,reo ore��oo�oal,moo/ora,o��o/ E of reoE,ow<R reEEEre orel`,i�°Eore L.�..ore coo POErn s~rewre ore,rel orereo sore ""• lreEc�recoa,�aN Po�P,ore oorereo�.=IEEE reo,=~o: amore.EEEDEI— D`R ,�E,-H H.E.I.1-11ED p 11 ,.coareEH,IH,oaw.,Iow O E (DcreohreEsre"�aresoa�osao"E reEloE Eooa=o a o C9 ©Pre cEE.�orel. EE—11E,E Pao�re PE11 PER SEP (DP.reE rerere E,EreHE,E rere rrv-, o a - w II#r� rinY�I�I�I��I�tlI�I��IltlhdIlVl�tllll�lll� c t� lEllE DISTRIBUTION PANEL 'MDP' re.,,,rew s (zouc( „ w 2 5 12 NE IN IE 112 3 "n B (11HIE 3 rppP Ld 11E PIL 11E-1) rc. N1—OF� rere.MErew,E— - ,(7-1) ;d,o.#:o o -1/41 m W 11-1',o'vHo"re�o�i4 `�rereore Ia,o.a,re Ireo.-v4 wI corereore EPa^E MoreEl sNrr/92 0124 �oP,re N,. , - Preo,Ec, EN —) e �oREOE orere=,=Ere, I,ao -- .�a<<oNNEc�Eo/oma r/unPs> 3Ia asP� € EE�IE E„/,rew 3m 4w. Ma MreIll NI EN�„,„I EreEE=µreNI o CP 252 oa 1112 71083 ................. ...........r,8 PANEL 'L1' PANEL 12' N— INIL —E N oO G;N� I E.El-L111- 0 0 A 0 EL 3 1 'EE"EL NO Ol G NI El'EUVE, NIE-1 A I I Las .......... 20 21 1 1EF-E-11 1 11— A E4LE1 2I —El LEIL 1-1—El 1—lEll 1-1—El —LI.N lElE—LEl I—E—1 ----- 21 1 21 ------ ----- — ON . . ..... ... 10 1—L-11 Z�oN D111 20 1110 11 1� 1. 1� LI-11 1——11 1— N11 L`PNIPI�ll L' 1—11 —El 4, 4�1 C 4 2 I-Ell N-1 —EL 11 11 Oo I—L L—ION 1-1—�L-- L—1 IEI PlIEL Pl.E 11. - - - ----- ----- I—E ONLY 11E 1 2012 11 ----- ----- I—E ONI pe fowl "M — - ----- ----- - - ----- ----- 11 ---- ----- IS.E Nl Z�ON N -- - - ----- ----- ---- ----- IS.E In Nl Ll—PILI P 200�2 as Eu ll.—— 'M RV 1 INI'll "NI, K� %CALNCEHOF�"BNO LIS D-H —NE E'l E'l''N S I ILEPILI 11LE1 84 IHE ST P.Ll—1-0111 5 E A� EAN, aur p 1111S.I.3�,4 LEIEL N�NITI McT, G N1104 "IN,Lo, A LD� 0 E 6,0E 27 N NO ETE 41 O—El ­NTINI "ILAS 14 INEL L1111— E —El 2.22 P,— 0 511 1 1 DII _1 real. IN 4 11.S2 S' SA cn 0 —E Ij EH NFl 11E EN 4-Ill P, I—IETE—E N SHEE TYPICAL POLE BASE DETAIL CP 252 SCALE NONE CS, 2 083 TE reE,o rerzo Mry �k. E, Erew corvrv«PorvE reErvEoreErvrvE.EF aErvEaarzrv�=<E:EEOEEgoEEOEre a a , 4 rzorvouE.ore ory 000� x ma .B BrvrvErz ory reo ry ` s.rre,.reoE re _� ,1 wArere oV,ER PPEs. f r' 1 rvsP„� a , �NrervB ry �rvoo�=. rz � EPry _E— EO are rvr, soEo� EOPPEre Borvorvo . a �rvooRore.reoVrvo �1 o�°N�rvEEBo rvB k Poop. rvo ......, oweo AIL Fl PooE orvNrvs reurvc=ory reox 1 � E 2 TYPICAL PUMP CONNECTION ROUTING DETAIL s PBrvre„aR _ _LE.NONE I--E011- j � rvo�` s ucruaEs iT NI as P'� creo ry ar Ov I o or rvs VB PDDR w LL ``� Y ouOaREEo�(„T�ao�ouu ouc ore PraElreErvcw Vreurvs orvo oEu.'oreNrvs _ a _ O O 0 EE Porva is*o e[ ” —________— uourv,Eo rws,w urolE wrt�, o swrvEEss sEEE rucPus� orvoirvc N iN_L PEa wuP PPs PVNP PPB U rv[c om sao-2s orvV nre,-rzw � _ O O m}cL _N FLME x TYPICAL POOL BONDING DETAIL P, PP ��aSc��i�o SCALE:NONE MP �1MASTER PUMP REMOTE SHUT OFF PANEL U a—o wrv.� SCALE:NONE o-ry-EB #aEwseN, as i"` 1I a ON— id IN 1-1 re p iii iil. a a cn u, z nEa ry° oa"` (� III �C III rervaBsurere,o E ns rvEcom ---- +lam NNEI•�re�re�rery re� w rz SME urvs,reu,S N` ure E,. sFre ry — PP , MENBEres PreorvoE rz Mrv.E core oE� B P EEEIT11 E Ery O , — �. N—re ENILB11reE c � �II Ery � IE�NE ---- �EMaEa U �w E° _ o<Oi� OEE P. w F e rv=,VreB �rvE , Na 1T _ N�w — BE ELPrvry orvBrv.�PPa, rvs reou E A p PoOE ry E W E NIEa rom rvc o*ryas reErE J ELE E.uE lls'N escExo`N nreE msEo arvE rv.[cD emUeaos GROUND MOUNTED DUPLEX FEEo °15 EERP s"�;� 894 `�24 �1 A L AIL POOL LIGHT JUNCTION ONE 5 X M UN IN AIL 6 RACK MOUNTED E UIPMENT DETAIL EA o CP-252 SCALE:NONE scnLE-NGNE _ — c1121083 N ., . ... GRAPHIC SCALE s � t e �( a i �� � U 0 1,51", „w m a`^. s o = � E e a - . , w g a a o m x e � a F . m Z � � a E SITE PLAN — PHOTOMETRICS J ° SGLE_ =40-0 J � m � re�wrvc = Eia =CP 252 � c�%21083 ® EE 7 7 N GRAPHIC SCALE i r�"t i V r �.. a e ` 1 U e i 1 a Q�, E E ........... s p( J > v 111 U� o a a m w Ld POOL DECK — EMERGENCY LIGHT PHOTOMETRICS a o -20-0 o u R] � SWEET 96 .,124 _ �►'«_ ,-_ o FCPF�W252 � c�%21083 ................. WSFU CALCULATIONS NOTES BY SYMBOL: 0 SPECIAL NOTE ® .II x,. we ausn vuvc we is I f% 1—aErEala ,oro �0-IG HIG-SH-11 GOMPL- I F11111 2 Ll- �Tp—,�1,1�'�11—-1111 1—, GRAPHIC SCALE I F1111— IF --O�D— I 111L 11 Al —11 FL— 0-55 o"" FOR I M"" 51 F 1�'T� F 111 11.1 acvereouucc L1.11 I — --ll T� L—D 5 0-- —11 cxrwus T, ' Mwirvc '%,H..�R LO,—O��D "M F, 'T,LL , —1 1 Fl—�l M v 0 A R, A, rx Z�l _0 JY 74 CID ll� IT.--M— —IR-11T M— 01-10 oF 1111N, 6,�-ID T, T 'M C) "1 11"1 1-1 11 IE RESTROOM ADMIN FLOOR PLAN PLUMBING --—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— yam ................. NOTES BY SYMBOL: "0„ SPECIAL NOTE LucP-2 1-11-11 sca.ace Pa°ai°ca. a.sea.ace✓Fair.amwacueMs waa�o o,+°�sa.e roa Pw�+°we ri..ruaa. raA°Aduw�aw,uass ® �ccc4a ax "l nm-vn GRAPHIC SCALE �IJH�W%�MM— H In E 'oATE"R�M���lH�A���E����E�W�"�OMLL�'pl�"IE 4'72'.Ll`l"PEV­Zsl CoL lEf 2.9ti.C�LEOW, coon. V, as otic EM=V omenoL 8MEJ—"Eome.­` —El 1.-A— —.ILL OR ­Z�R`-T�R,,. FL�EF�IL�% S—61 Ll—I"—OROA- 02R CE qp '02""] FLL I-IL Fl FVAL- &11,T I I L — Pao L FILLER wr asU% FF nwm llz=W P­ I.E ura mi s cc w O �s Of 11L C5 �IIT1011 F�LCIIIILII —�ILIIIIMu a see 98 .424 O................... j 21083 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ................. GENERAL NOTES WATER HEATER SCHEDULE P—3 714ET"IMNIEIo�R TTRolp=lf 52P �OM�y ,5eE 1-0-11 1-15—1-15E—,E0 PIPING LEGEND I—L E-I- a.rsuuxFLLuavPrPo i�oi ma L—L Ell— oFcP —El—11—mre oreuuwF-1 C'ol=.P1p�MI"Ers"I"MeEAo"l"o 11-'E"I i.woxv 51ALL ac _E I_ I", oor Mrs) I—EIT— E-I-5AM—151IM5, �IMNEANHIEll.11 l"lol ZTLITIT AT.%3�HDLLIM PRI 1 2"OR Al ­V11 IL——11 PIRI0- II, —5 —ER 51-114"A 1`—L­l'E`AlpzIL'nL w`UJAPI ses Ll'PiPiue is,o rsuu.a W'MrZ oww 9 "lo I Llo,'III LTIRMI N`o A I o`1 LoTIH—I�rsu Rl LAI,I�u=c. LL a LPEVA"T X,�ll Z7 4 ME.� EL%lpD oTRAM=OIL�QPI P' GAS PIPE SIZING CALCULATIONS °"' overs times Q0 Ql 2 1 1 -El 7:7,.1—IM 111 .1 1— IDI zz! --�T, �jl zz`BCH EM ATI GAS RISER LIAG RAM J! 5 SEE 99 .r124 O................. —————————————— .,...R.,.®,A......... .no� A OUP-4 wATEA uNE TDA°°NDAE,E. TTe��., � E�°°EA a sE� N =,ADT°AE r.,o,o<i.Poo,NOEAPPEaA;Ea , wa,Ea LNE DA ,° AEA AD e�EEA A°° �DSD ,�EAuouE, PST AEE�Er AwAE ,. Ta °°m�-i O t - E NOTE P. AE o Da°w La.A°� . �. ., T r A or°. P .°.�,°A E�OowJ ao,.ou or o�N �A POOR CRVAIN IFTAII —Ea EVECTRIc wATER�KEATER - a o�AELT�DN oveNOEs N .A N .�A A s7�L osEFOF ET'� V/ATER LINE FLOOR PENETRATION CET,41_ raEA °" 5 E a�tio N ICIE.AATE ao«�aVs.a11"eV �o �o � 2 To o -DEEP r,ss 1 ��soti IA I _ aDsti wAx DUDE D A eo Aa,waTFA U AFFN�Ao_A sTs � - a ,A�p,osuEs~ u�S�E,sor Aws < To�°o oar.Eouo�Ao� eN v' �A�N�sA aaoor C-1 _!!!!!!. Q w�,E oA AEM EDo � � Ems P�.E mG IPE.aNs o w 2W,w MI �DATF�DNk i iii aTE-EA.� IT`D ET No, °.EAK °DT,EE °, ur�D.DA 1%2 D ED NOEOENOEN.E.or OPE L NUE NUS U°gra U U�iP°is� A°TDA w,roN°�..E°° . w�EaE SE-SEo «u ,EA°,E.°=u ,TB AVND.A FAD D.E°E A� LE AE REP AAESE.AEL�EF- - �EGNDu, .D � _ A` wASTF DNE A�AF°,�°N Dr a AE°°s aE�ti=,oLLE°N,AE DELL EDu_AlE 10 J 90 VurSFFDUDD�wooD u�ca�VGT. im o �Ec \s o wALL cLFANOLT DETAIL � o c� TONOENT d a Z NFs=Aa a - Y m GRACE CLEANOUT DETAIL 'DOJBL- SIMILA7 ¢ v C—SCE 111—E oDa uroDFA siocF cF J %'�� Cas wATFR BEATER DFTA L d - o.-o sAEOD�AED E A m E .° NDE DA CLEAK_ o EOD o 6 - a i DUILDIND-L a R RDD " n 1/aALL ADDND o-F �- ICE MAKER Do' � �- Rou IN uwT w ND EEAADEE .. u A A wo,A T wAA A o J couuEciious u iuDiu�Eo ou aLaN. J PPLY1ee aEDuiaEu n FITTIN Q� GS Pre°vIDE CI.RR,—EL �m EnEreiore tt PPL SEA C NISHED NLD waTER S Pre reaF rI re NEw cuu wins F o� s u ay aND SFAIPUTs 1 H i see 7000.724 cow No. Fled R FL�_R CLEANOUT DETAIL 1USE BIB LUNNELTIUN D—TAI— ICE MAKER CONNECTION DETAIL WB.1 PIP- SLEEVE DETAIL a"w�" Y NET�,IDN UA o e rDE w�LE D AENE,� e E ED O CP 252 cTp21083 L— —— ———————— ————————— ————————————————— —————————— — $ s CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED POOL DEIGN DATA o$P0.0 III CHEIAICALS li w o� POOLALTERNATES 1 li / GENERAL POOL NOTES = li I " Hwy a e ° m � II 7( DRAWING INDEX p li a a w z I D_ mTT z li ® ® 0 SHEEI 101.,124 ® m II x'� I POOL REFERENCE PLAN L--, CP 252_ N .l, o. ncs O,o Gn PROJECT 121083 o..SP 1.0 DEPTH&N/ARNING SIGNAGE SCHEDULE 0 9 24 POOL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE - w 0 O 0 vnNit o � O O cA V�. 0 m. N.y .',pIIIIIIgq O O o~E 0 O O U II O a- , O Q Q a o I O O O o a O m o 0 O �O — — — a s e � Q e III J m I S SHE o 102..124 v RAINNG N'0 I i LeAP POOL PLAN C CP 2.52_ II 0 - 7 121083 o..SP 1.1 POOL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE li 2 - 7li E a a o .. s I 2 � � I a� n LAP POOL SECTION n LAP POOL SECTION p� �p� �O c li E I U I Q ao zO (n u e �r 4 4 4 �r w ••' `.,• } e o s 0 0 0 E O 0 U { O I O I SHEEI 3 O II Q II m li acm o o 03.�124 ruw�Hc� I I ri LAP POOL SECTION r2 LAP POOL SECTION 0 22 222 E O= "32 [ci 821083 o.SP 1.2 « _ 4 OIN - NOUh1G - DEPiRM,RKE a r uiNlNc sIU - e e, "z�yz,zz 'I oEPi4^R E.I VA INGSI1G e c " I 'I ATION li TARGET ELEVATION _ w<, DEPTH MARKERS&WARNING SIGNS G ENLARGED STAIR PLAN ��CONCRETE DECK LEVEL GUTTER a= est, POOL CECK RECURFACE I.IARKER - � x.. 'I N I ru ssai P90LFLl9R RE9URFAGE M1IARNEP. � � y a n WALL TARGETS&FLOOR MARKERS I— i .. .riu v aivxs« Q w vvEra U E I -.6E6i19N a a<.si_ 1 WEDGE ANCHOR STAIR SECTION GUTTER LIP J ETAIL IA Q I C _ PLVI a J I Q a m rffu m E mx�vv r. i � o � I 6EG110N SHOT YiEiE La IE LPSi IN PLALE FOIE w 'I w _ � acPro o 004x.124 'I J GRAB RAILS&RECESSED STEPS STANCHION a c i �� POST AND ANCHOR CONTRASTING NOSING POOL COVE CP 2J�2_ G ® [c�g21083 I -11 o.�SP 1.3 61, O AWN UNDERWATER LIGHT ry �E cLau STARTING BLOCK ECTION EL� TOE LEDGE Q — s n Y i � I Q i o � a sHEEi i105o124 77 POOL uET CP 252 0 ell c,121083 osSP 1 LOCATION PAINT SCHEDULE zi9io� I 00 � v � „liuu a Q U I—— � r O c I } E U I r.� I W J I a° O Y i Q z J r U O Z O O ti m I Q J I m I X s SHEET 1060.124 _ 8 � reo oe�w�r,c mo o CP 252 r f LAP POOL LOCATION POINT PLAN _ e s arz io ms '^ O,o "' "" � Gn PFOJECi 821083 I -11 o.�SP2.0 / DEPTH&N/ARNING SIGNAGE SCHEDULE 'c . c O o924 l��E - O POOL EQUIPLdENT SCHEDULE O � c O � Iluu o x r^y o ot a m o } o sHEEi 7.4 24 �i LEISURE POOL cc c5c ' PLAN '":,�••°'"`.m�ww.. .o. .w.,�Foau� O L '"•"°'""�" p ary v-7 12 1 OB5 � o..SP2.1 POOL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE II PG LEISURE POOL SECTION T O _ „,uCIIIIII �Q II y p c li U I ENLARGED STAIR PLAN LEISURE POOL SECTION -� C) a - I ot dM z c � w O II U o (n w O 3 (n Ln II 0 li I I SHEEI o 108.124 CP 2J�2 re ENLARGED STAIR PLAN LEISURE POOL SECTION a E i .. o..SP2.2 DeaIL A.n � �_ N,u �^ L�z/o/zozz li li WING WALL SECTION ZERO ENTRY ISOMETRIC ��POOL WALL SECTION ELEVATION SECTION k R c GRAB RAILS&RECESSED STEPS z— O wssr= Er x i r re U I SHDT.RETE G�JE GA6TIN PLACE DOVE I I CONTRASTING NOSING STAIR SECTION POOL COVE EGvanaN rr...... n,uorT Q / c a m 0 li 3 61N Np o € � IIII DEPTH PLa / !F 3 6 IN cn� — DEPTH MAPAER ELEVATION M1APNIN 61�N ELE•IaTINN nEr_,_nvi. J w P m�.v Krvn. m III SIEEE o D®90.124 ew/cnb II a L LIFT n DEPTH MARKERS&WARNING SIGNS ! 1 UNDERWATER BE n ZERO ENTRY SECTION CP PJcP_ POO era al< rn, Bras KER_ 21083 II A o..SP2.3 PLAN 9 24 4 ��WATER WALKPLAN � 2 U e " arlaN " w E �CHEST FLOATABLEn WATER WALK SECTION VIII sEcnoN 'i WEDGE ANCHOR n UNDERWATER LIGHT J O w D_ - Q ot w 0 al o 3 w O - acrEEi o o c 0°.124 a �� BARREL FLOATABLE �� LOG SLICE FLOATABLE FLOATABLES ANCHOR UNDERWATER LIGHT @ BENCH o CP—252 a WATERSLIDE DESIGN DATA o.SP2.4 9 24 PLAY STRUCTURE ELEVATION i 111111 a `- WATERSLIDE COLUMN WATERSLIDE PLAN n PLAY STRUCTURE PLAN AiIDN '� \ BUBBLER FEATURE a / s C) a�anvlex Y a ot 0 F U O e SIDE m s.,o�,o ac�rorea o 111,124 1124 LEvanaN a i ri MUSHROOM MAZE FEATURE WATERSLIDE ELEVATION WATERSLIDE EXIT WATER BASKETBALL GOAL o CP 252 e=« �e.-,'.a. '! , svaa ,«s Foa au=rr ua"=v.� Oc ary p,cai[cs 821083 � CONS-A 2 osSP2.5 LOCATION POINT SCHEDULE - �•�z/rv/z II II li += U ®� o s - v+ ♦•mss - a _ Z oo I J O I m sHEEi 112.124 oa�w�Hc mo I C I o " ISURE POOL LOCATION POINT PLAN CP 252I ................. ----------------- .........SA3.o PIPE SCHEDULE MAIN DRAIN SCHEDULE GENERAL PIPING NOTES Lti 5_1 ,X, ........... PIPING LEGEND A A PUMP SCHEDULE 77— CL. 0 L" TT UT 0 acture o 2 MR rE o P 252 Re 821083 I osSP3.1 I, s e � t as = t II \a o--iiiii �■ j� y,� O i I I II �.., ♦♦I IIIIL ___ I � ji U 'i ----------------- "s J 4♦ �l*To "CELL SII `v O■I y"' IIII II oil ° l F-"-� ♦ IIII uuu R a a• Fa O F' ♦� Z i O r.-- ------ - x w e Np Z. 0 f n H 0 W o i ____,_____ __ _ _ _ Y ' i F s i ♦♦ '/��. I i i I I tip.,".n ti I I _ % , ii \ .. i� ♦ .J li_I SII n // �F° ♦ / y lil II I I'' I I ♦♦Y'' I I I�I I I i O i e I I ti m I o I'll m c S $rlEEi�Qro� I a x n FO�Pv11NNG NO I a6 rl ��POOL SUCTION PIPING PUN Ne o CP 252 O o auz^=iso• s nw. sroa.rE o.SA3.2 e I E � I I _ •i �""�is/m/zozz II I --- ---- -i ' u ' II I ' I � I E o I I I _ ____ _ I I a / � I € — / II II I I I 'I II I I o m a L____ _________ Y Z ' _ II QQ I J 8 o x'� I sv+rrr 1150.124 ,-, reo oa�w�Hc mo I ae l POOL RETURN PIPING PLAN Ne o CP 252 sar=i�n� � I "m..,.um.=.==..,",= a Gn PRCJECi 821083 I ................. ----------------- .........S40 PIPE SCHEDULE PUMP SCHEDULE GENERAL POOL MECHANICAL ROOM NOTES Z............................. .............. .......... 121191— ........ ....... ....... .......... 2 ........... ................ CHEMICAL FEED SCHEDULE „youaw EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FILTER SCHEDULE UV TREATMENT SYSTEMS SCHEDULE J c) c) ot FILL SCHEDULE a m HEATER SCHEDULE ........... O sHEEi p NwIll CP 252 rE l!ll 12 1085 o..SP4.2 SURGE TANK NOTES , 0 e O O © e 9 9 EQUIPIdENT SCHEDULE PIPE SCHEDULE o SURGE TANK SECTION G SURGE TANK PIAN0 Oe w Oe u YTY O E .° llu p k w U�o 0 O P.o e v ° 1 VALVE EXTENSION PLAN n SURGE TANK SECTION O ot c 8 m o U o i acarooaa80.i 2 24 3a77 o CP 25 r i SURGE TANK SECTION _ _ ro L p ary vcai[c,g 21083 � ................. ----------------- ......... S43 & DETAIL A,A A A R- A 0 r rr D, 4 lllll ELEVATI N GUV TREATMENT SYSTEM SURE POOL SYSTEM GTYPICAL PUMP DE AIL DR, 12 T .J 'AN LAP POOL CHLORINATION SYSTEM DO Nor DRILL AND LHEXALINJELTION INSLFALLALIoN OPT16NS I CHEMICAL INIECTI N POOL ACID SYSTEM C) = � � q ot 8c al ---------- NNI RATING EXPLANATION GUIDE '7SHE2 4 El ........ C_7—N G HAZARD SIGNAGE DRAIN DOWN PUMP DETAIL LAP POOL ACID SYSTEM CHEMICAL CONTROLLER 2 NT� 3FE NI rE P_C,I os5 21 a � o Ew �_, _ avM�� ovEn.anon ILI GLEVIS PIPE HANGER WATERSEAL ,�,� G FLOWMETERSENSOR spnn e armN � y y a C SWIVEL RING PIPE HANGER LsinINK SEAL FILL FUNNEL sang iiz°—rn _.v, U o � c i _. .ne..yt.SEOIIL u.Ertnan_ cuv,E Eaormf " U I ,._„a 1 '�r""➢1 - IMPACTFLOW MET ER a i a II � x�w - nTRAPEZE HANGER e FLOOR MOUNTED PIPE SUPPORT I o a m F— a aLj _ e e.e wco acture oaOo'124 i FLOOR MOUNTED ADJUSTABLE STRUT BRACADJUSTABLE STRUT BRACKET kuPIPING 6VPASS HEATER PIPING CP 252 E eaen O [cr 821083 it o.ESP4.5 9 24 a o TRENCH SUMP MAIN DRAIN WALL INLET r�WINTERIZATION TAP AND VALVE ry DEAL a a�.Ea i.rus . e `rih..°. Illlu�p x w d p ,r,r. �o. ..amu �� � IIIA ... ,.•... .. '. o I e.a -11N a EVAlIOV IS,]RIETPJC ..ira.er Fri .,s o SIGHT SUMP + FLOOR INLET BACKWASH TANK J of 0 a PL iN 0 U PLAN ~ I 1 ,nom P c a > ¢e m s s+rrr 1120.124 .. I ECnaN c Nc I a` S-10 77 1.r 252 rE BELOW GRADE PIPING SKIMMER DETAIL GUTTER DROPOUT BOX VALVE es _ ® [c,g 21083 II ................. ----------------- �05K �E 4......... ....... ... DETNL bA 4n C) ELEVATIM 41 L WATER TEST SET-UP VALVE EXTENSION SURGE TANK VENT LEISURE PO POOL WATER LEVEL CONTROLLER Go NI 114'- .. ...... USW ELEVAT16N VALVE BOX e SUPPORT TEE VEL CONTROLLER TYPICAL POOL BONDING DETAIL LAP POOL WATER LE C) ot 8c al .......... Z� acro 1220,124 LAP POOL WATER EST SET-Up SURGE TANK ACCESS HATCH MAIN DRAIN BONDING DETAIL C o P-252 NTI 314-11 L 111—C,121O85 o..SP5.0 SCHEMATIC LEGEND I ° g ® I OO9 24 EE a - -----_-----_ - --------------- s 4 r r O r r r ❑ nE u.,, �_ E ` ❑ a g i I ^'ff Q Q nu.uxaaer vx -- na U I II Q I l l F, (n Q W W _ xr ai_w.xrvz —.—nnrrnnv U � O V W m 'I EF REHCOFO C7,72 �712 Jor2 s' 0 n I a6 o 2 r i LAP POOL SYSTEMS SCHEMATIC _. 0� r��" ci g 21083 II o..SPS.1 SCHEMATIC LEGEND e FF ��� fi 0 s � I _ p o El Qi� DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CONTRACT ACT [ROCU ENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BILL WITT CITY PIARK POOL PROJECT' NUMBE:R 21083 10S 18 5 ' 'CO riwaa Conformed Final .Set Kimley-Horn and Associates 5301 'Southwest Parkway Austin, Texas 78735 Record Drawing Number CP-253 �wMxSA RHe... j.IMlMYYxn.WnAnuwywMAUinMp [AwixMa 1pnwWM,MqM.M. `+, 1297 4 � ay.� ,• 9/7/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 000100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 000100 Table of Contents 000101 Seals Pages 000102 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions(Rev6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions(Rev4-2022) Division 01 General Requirements 011100 Summary of Work(Rev 10-2018) 012310 Alternates and Allowances(Revs-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment(Rev5-2020) 01 33 01 Submittal Register(Rev 10-2018) 013500 Special Procedures(Rev 10-2018) 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls(Rev 8-2019) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls(Rev 8-2019) Part S Standard Specifications 21 Site Preparation 02 10 80 Removing Abandoned Structures 22 Earthwork 02 20 20 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 02 20 21 Control of Ground Water 02 20 22 Trench Safety for Excavations 02 24 20 Silt Fence 0256 Concrete Work 02 56 10 Concrete Curb and Gutter 02 56 12 Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways 02 56 14 Concrete Curb Ramps Table of Contents 00 0100-1 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Division/ Title Section 02 56 20 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 0258 Traffic Controls&Devices 02 58 07 Pavement Markings(Paint and Thermoplastic) 02 58 13 Preformed Thermoplastic Striping, Words& Emblems 02 58 16 Raised Pavement Markings 26 Utilities 02 62 01 Waterline Riser Assemblies 02 62 02 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Systems 02 62 04 PVC Pipe—Pressure Pipe for Wastewater Force Mains, Irrigation Systems, and Transmission Lines—ASTM D2241 02 62 10 PVC Pipe—(AWWA C900 and C905 Pressure Pipe for Municipal Water Mains and Wastewater Force Mains 02 62 14 Grouting Abandoned Utility Lines 02 64 02 Waterlines 02 64 04 Water Service Lines 02 64 09 Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves 02 64 11 Gate Valves for Waterlines 02 64 16 Fire Hydrants 0272 Wastewater and Stormwater General 02 72 02 Manholes 02 72 03 Vacuum Testing of Wastewater Manholes and Structures 0274 Storm Water 02 74 02 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts 02 74 04 Concrete Box Culverts 0276 Wastewater(Gravity) 02 76 02 Gravity Wastewater Lines 050 Metals 05 54 20 Frames,Grates, Rings, &Covers Part T Technical Specifications Division 01 General Requirements 01300 Submittals 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 01410 Testing Laboratory Services Table of Contents 000100-2 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Division/ Title Section 01600 Materials and Equipment 01610 Hazardous Materials 01630 Substitutions and Product Options 01700 Project Closeout 01710 Cleaning Up Division 02 Sitework 02100 Site Preparation/Tree Protection Fencing 02200 Earthwork 02361 Termite Control 02380 Drilled Piers 02630 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Storm Drains 02825 Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fencing 02900 Tree,Shrub,And Groundcover Planting 02930 Turfgrass Planting Division 03 Concrete 03010 Concrete for Pool Structures (Cast-In-Place) 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03250 Metal Fasteners and Bolts for Concrete 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete (Buildings) 03310 Cast-In-Place Concrete (Site) 03361 Pneumatically Placed Concrete for Swimming Pools Division 04 Masonry 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04210 Brick Masonry Units 04711 Cast-Stone Masonry 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Division 06 Wood and Plastic 06100 Rough Carpentry Table of Contents 000100-3 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Division/ Title Section 06105 Miscellaneous Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork 06611 Solid Surfacing Fabrications Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection 07110 Concrete Sealer for Main Building & Pump Filtration Building 07130 Below Grade Vapor Retarder—Main/Filtration Building on Grade Slab 07131 Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing for Below Pump Pit Walls—Filtration Building 07132 Pre-Applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing—Filtration Building Below Pump Pit 07150 PVC Water Stops—Filtration Building 07210 Building Insulation 07211 Foam Board Insulation 07280 Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07411 Metal Roof Panels 07412 Metal Wall Panel—Type 1 07413 Metal Wall Panel—Type 2 07429 Soffit and Liner Panels 07552 Self-Adhered Roofing Underlayment 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07712 Manufactured Gutters and Downspouts 07720 Roof Accessories 07900 Joint Sealants(Site) 07920 Joint Sealants (Buildings) Division 08 Doors and Windows 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08161 Fiberglass Doors and Frames 08710 Door Hardware 08900 Fixed Louvers Division 09 Finishes 09250 Gyp Board Table of Contents 000100-4 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Division/ Title Section 09671 Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring and Wall Base 09770 Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09910 Painting Building Division 10 Specialties 10155 Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments 10211 Solid Plastic Shower Compartments 10440 Fire Extinguishers 10505 Solid Plastic Lockers 10730 Protective Covers 10800 Toilet Room Accessories Division 13 Swimming Pool 13150 Swimming Pool 13153 Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish 13154 Swimming Pool Tile 13155 Waterslides Division 15 Mechanical 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 15055 Cutting and Patching 15060 Electrical Work 15140 Supports and Anchors 15190 Mechanical Identification 15260 Piping Insulation 15290 Ductwork Insulation 15410 Plumbing Piping 15430 Plumbing Specialties 15440 Plumbing Fixtures 15450 Plumbing Equipment 15535 Refrigeration and Piping Specialties 15787 Split System Air Conditioning Units 15870 Power Ventilators Table of Contents 000100-5 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Division/ Title Section 15885 Air Cleaning 15890 Ductwork 15910 Ductwork Accessories 15936 Air Outlets and Inlets 15990 Testing,Adjusting and Balancing Division 16 Electrical 16010 General Requirements for Electrical Work 16111 Raceways and Fittings 16112 Surface Raceways 16120 Wire and Cable 16130 Boxes 16141 Wiring Devices 16160 Cabinets and Enclosures 16195 Electrical Identification 16450 Grounding and Bonding 16461 Transformers 16471 Panelboards 16483 Motor Starters 16485 Contactors 16491 Disconnect Switches 16503 Poles and Standards 16510 Lighting Fixtures 16535 Emergency Lighting Equipment Appendix 1 Windstorm Product Evaluations All Testing Reports as Applicable 2 Geotechnical Subsurface Investigation and Recommendations for the Proposed Bill Witt Aquatic Center—Report Number: G122094, Dated: March 17, 2022 END OF SECTION Table of Contents 000100-6 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL DAVIS AND DAVIS INC. RECREATIONAL PLANNING CONSULTANTS �'_, , 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SEPTEMBER 2022 REVISION (-R) ADDENDUM 2 'S January 17, 2023 FOR CONSTRUCTION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS DIVISION/SECTION DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02361 Termite Control DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork (Buildings) 03210 Concrete Reinforcement(Buildings) 03300 Cast in Place Concrete (Buildings) DIVISION 4 -MASONRY 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04210-R Brick Masonry Units 04711 Cast Stone Masonry 04810-R Unit Masonry Assemblies DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTIC 06100 Rough Carpentry 06105 Miscellaneous Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry 06402-R Interior Architectural Woodwork 06611-R Solid Surface Fabrications DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 07130 Below Grade Vapor Retarder—Main Building and Filtration Building on grade slab 07131 Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing for Below Pump Pit Walls —Filtration Building 07132 Pre-Applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing—Filtration Building Below Pump Pit 07150 PVC Water Stops —Filtration Building 07210-R Building Insulation 07211-R Foam Board Insulation 07280 Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07411-R Metal Roof Panels 07412 -R Horizontal Metal Wall Panel - HWP 07413-R Vertical Metal Wall Panel—Highline 07429-R Metal Soffit and Liner Panels 07552 Self-Adhered Roofing Underlayment 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07712 Manufactured Gutters and Downspouts 07720 Roof Accessories 07920 Joint Sealants - Buildings DIVISION 8 —DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110-R Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08411-R Aluminum Framed Storefronts 08710 Door Hardware 08900 Fixed Horizontal Louvers DIVISION 9 —FINISHES 09250 -R Gyp Board DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 09671 Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring and Wall Base 09720 Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09910-R Painting Building DIVISION 10 —SPECIALITIES 10155 Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments 10211 Solid Plastic Shower Compartments 10440-R Fire Extinguishers 10505-R Solid Plastic Lockers 10730-R Protective Covers 10800 Toilet Room Accessories TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE WINDSTORM EVALUATION REPORTS (No product substitutions are permitted) Combination Louvers, SUP41-Name change Addendum 42 Aluminum Architectural Louvers, SUP41A—Added Addendum 42 Kawneer Storefront Windows, SUP42 MBCI Lokeseam Metal Panel Roofing, SUP43 Mesker Exterior Doors, SUP44 Mesker Exterior Doors (Details), SUP44A —Added Addendum 42 Metal Canopies, SUP45 Post Supported& Hanger Rod Canopies, SUP45A—Added Addendum 42 Metal Siding Panels, SUP46 Metal Soffit Panels, SUP47 Roof Vents, SUP48 Sliding Windows, SUP49 END DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 TABLE OF CONTENTS `''' � BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATION OF 85922 =�� DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010-1 to 7 Section 15055 Cutting and Patching 15055-1 to 1 Section 15060 Electrical Work 15060-1 to 2 Section 15140 Supports and Anchors 15140-1 to 4 Section 15190 Mechanical Identification 15190-1 to 2 Section 15260 Piping Insulation 15260-1 to 3 Section 15290 Ductwork Insulation 15290-1 to 3 Section 15410 Plumbing Piping 15410-1 to 6 Section 15430 Plumbing Specialties 15430-1 to 5 Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures 15440-1 to 6 Section 15450 Plumbing Equipment 15450-1 to 2 Section 15535 Refrigeration and Piping Specialties 15535-1 to 3 Section 15787 Split System Air Conditioning Units 15787-1 to 3 Section 15870 Power Ventilators 15870-1 to 3 Section 15885 Air Cleaning 15885-1 to 2 Section 15890 Ductwork 15890-1 to 4 Section 15910 Ductwork Accessories 15910-1 to 3 Section 15936 Air Outlets and Inlets 15936-1 to 2 Section 15990 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 15990-1 to 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section 16010 General Requirements for Electrical Work 16010-1 to 10 Section 16111 Raceways and Fittings 16111-1 to 4 Section 16112 Surface Raceways 16112-1 to 2 Section 16120 Wire and Cable 16120-1 to 3 Section 16130 Boxes 16130-1 to 3 Section 16141 Wiring Devices 16141-1 to 3 Section 16160 Cabinets and Enclosures 16160-1 to 2 Section 16195 Electrical Identification 16195-1 to 2 Section 16450 Grounding and Bonding 16450-1 to 2 Section 16461 Transformers 16461-1 to 4 Section 16471 Panelboards 16471-1 to 4 Section 16483 Motor Starters 16483-1 to 3 Section 16485 Contactors 16485-1 to 2 Section 16491 Disconnect Switches 16491-1 to 2 Section 16503 Poles and Standards 16503-1 to 2 Section 16510 Lighting Fixtures 16510-1 to 2 Section 16535 Emergency Lighting Equipment 16535-1 to 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 00000 TABLE OF CONTENTS .` .. It It 11 jr * � r 4 ..l.•.....+r....+y.............. 104309 0-if `f NAL `�►''►''"''" '``r` " 09/02/2022 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL COUNSILMAN-HUNSAKER—AQUATIC CONSULTANTS 100%Construction Documents TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS DIVISION/SECTION DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SECTION 13150 SWIMMING POOLS SECTION 13153 SWIMMING POOL CEMENTITIOUS FINISH SECTION 13154 SWIMMING POOL TILE SECTION 13155 WATERSLIDES END OF SECTION 00000 Counsilman-Hunsaker Table of Contents September 2022 00000-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 00 0102 List of Drawings f 1 C-0.0 Cover Sheet 2 C-1.0 General Notes 3 C-1.1 Quantity Sheet with Testing Schedule 4 C-2.0 Existing Conditions 5 C-2.1 Removal Items 6 C-3.0 Erosion Control Plans 7 C-3.1 Erosion Control Details 8 C-3.2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Standard Details 9 C-4.0 Grading Plan 10 C-5.0 Deck Drainage Plan 11 C-6.0 Jointing Plan &Detail Ke 12 C-7.0 ISite Details-1 13 C-7.1 Site Details-2 14 C-7.2 Site Details-3 15 C-7.3 Site Details-4 16 C-9.0 Public Water Plan 17 C-9.1 Site Utility Plan 18 C-9.2 Water Standard Details(1 of 2) 19 C-9.3 Water Standard Details(2 of 2) 20 C-9.4 Wastewater Standard Details 21 C-10.0 Storm Drainage Plan 22 AS1 General Notes 23 AS2 Foundation Plan 24 AS3 Foundation Plan 25 AS4 Roof Framing Plan 26 ASS Roof Framing Plan 27 AS6 Roof Framing Plan 28 AS7 Foundation Details 29 AS8 Foundation Details 30 AS9 Foundation Details 31 AS10 Framing Details 32 AS11 Framing Details 33 AS12 Framing Details 34 AS13 Framing Details 35 AS14 Framing Details 36 S1 General Notes 37 S2 Pool Foundation Plan 38 S3 Pool Details 39 S4 Pool Details 40 S5 Pool Foundation Details 41 S6 Pool Foundation Details 42 S7 Pool Foundation Details 43 S8 Pool Foundation Details 44 S9 Pool Foundation Details 45 A-100 Architectrual General Information 46 A-101 Overall Floor Plan 47 A-102 Reflected Ceiling Plan-Restroom and Admin Building 48 A-103 Reflected Ceiling Plan-Pump/Filtration Building 49 A-104 Overall Roof Plan 50 A-201 Exterior Elevations 51 A-301 Building Cross Sections 52 A-302 Building Cross Sections List of Drawings 00 01 02-1 Bill Witt City Park Pool-Project Number 21083 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ru 53 A-303 Building Cross Sections 54 A-401 CMU Layout Plan Restroom Building 55 A-402 CMU Layout Plan-Administration and Pump/Filtration Building 56 A-403 Enlarged Floor Plan-Restroom and Administration Building 57 A-404 Enlarged Floor Plan-Pump Filtration Building 58 A-405 Restroom Building-CMU Exterior Wall Layout Elevations 59 A-406 CMU Exterior Wall Layout-Elevations 60 A-407 CMU Exterior Wall Layout-Elevations 61 A-501 Enlarged Construction Details 62 A-502 Construction Details 63 A-503 Wall Sections 64 A-504 Wall Sections 65 A-505 Wall Sections 66 A-506 Door Details 67 A-507 Storefront Window Details 68 A-601 Room Finish Schedule 69 A-602 Door&Hardware Schedules 70 A-603 Storefront and Louver Schedules 71 A-701 ADA and Texas Accessibility Details 72 L-1 Planting Plan 73 L-2 Planting Details 74 IR-1 Irrigation Plan 75 IR-2 Irrigation Details 76 IR-3 Irrigation Details 77 IR-4 Irrigation Details 78 M-1 Restroom/Admin Floor Plan-HVAC 79 M-2 Filtration Floor Plan-HVAC 80 M-3 Schedule&Notes-HVAC 81 M-4 Details-HVAC 82 M-5 Details-HVAC 83 E-0 Electrical Symbol Legend 84 E-1 Site Plan-Electrical 85 E-2 Pool Deck Plan-Electrical 86 E-3 Restroom Admin Floor Plan-Lighting 87 E-4 Restroom/Admin Floor Plan-Power 88 E-5 Filtration Floor Plans-Electrical 89 E-6 Loft Plans-Electrical 90 E-7 Electrical Riser Diagram 91 E-8 Electrical Panel Schedules 92 E-9 Electrical Details 93 E-10 Site Plan-Photometrics 94 E-11 Pool Deck-Emergency Lighting Photometrics 95 P-1 Restroom Admin Floor Plan-Plumbing 96 P-2 Filtration Floor Plan-Plumbing 97 P-3 Schedules and Details-Plumbing 98 P-4 Details-Plumbing 99 SP0.0 Pool Reference Plan 100 SP1.0 Lap Pool Plan 101 SP1.1 Lap Pool Sections 102 SP1.2 Lap Pool Details 103 SP1.3 Lap Pool Details 104 SP2.0 Leisure Pool Plan DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 00 0102 List of Drawings f 105 SP2.1 Leisure Pool Sections 106 SP2.2 Leisure Pool Details 107 SP2.3 Leisure Pool Details 108 SP2.4 Leisure Pool Details 109 SP3.0 Pool Piping Notes&Schedules 110 SP3.1 Pool Suction Piping Plan 111 SP3.2 Pool Return Piping Plan 112 SP4.0 Pool Mechanical Notes&Schedules 113 SP4.1 Pool Mechanical Plan &Sections 114 SP4.2 Surge Tank Plan &Sections 115 SP4.3 Pool Mechancial Details 116 SP4.4 Pool Mechancial Details 117 SP4.5 Pool Mechanical Details 118 SP4.6 Pool Mechanical Details 119 SP5.0 Pool Systems Schematic 120 SP5.1 Pool Systems Schematic LI List of Drawings 00 01 02-3 Bill Witt City Park Pool-Project Number 21083 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ,SUS O� Nconron SE0 1852 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on , is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Bill Witt City Park Pool Proiect Number 21083 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Kimley-Horn and Associates 5301 Southwest Parkway Building 2,Suite 100 Austin,TX 78735 austin.powers@kimley-horn.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Brett Van Hazel City of Corpus Christi Engineering Department 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi,TX 78401 brettvh@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 365 days(this includes 60 days of extra lead time for materials due to current market conditions) after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed Agreement 005223-1 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 395 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay(but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ Agreement 005223-2 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ARTICLES— PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.8, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6— INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement 005223-3 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or . adjacent to the Site; and S. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.1) and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations,tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement 005223-4 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required bythe Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers,memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications,forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. S. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services Agreement 005223-5 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 AUTHORIZED APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 005223-6 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology .....................................................................................................10 1.01 Defined Terms.............................................................................................................................10 1.02 Terminology................................................................................................................................15 Article 2—Preliminary Matters...................................................................................................................16 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance.............................................................................16 2.02 Copies of Documents..................................................................................................................16 2.03 Project Management System......................................................................................................16 2.04 Before Starting Construction ......................................................................................................17 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives................................17 Article 3-Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse.................................................................17 3.01 Intent...........................................................................................................................................17 3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................18 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies......................................................................................19 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents.................................................................................20 3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................20 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work..............................................................................20 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.............................................................20 4.02 Starting the Work........................................................................................................................20 4.03 Progress Schedule.......................................................................................................................21 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress..................................................................................................21 Article 5—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions...................................................................................................................................................22 5.01 Availability of Lands....................................................................................................................22 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas........................................................................................................22 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions............................................................................................23 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...............................................................................24 5.05 Underground Facilities................................................................................................................25 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site .............................................................................26 Article 6—Bonds and Insurance .................................................................................................................28 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds..................................................................................28 General Conditions 0072 00-1 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................29 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage....................................................................................29 6.04 General Insurance Provisions......................................................................................................29 6.05 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................30 6.06 Property Insurance......................................................................................................................33 6.07 Waiver of Rights..........................................................................................................................34 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project....................................................................................................34 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance..............................................................................................35 6.10 Certificate of Insurance...............................................................................................................35 6.11 Insurance Policies........................................................................................................................35 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage...............................................................................................35 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance ......................................................................................................35 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice .......................................................36 Article 7-Contractor's Responsibilities.....................................................................................................38 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence..............................................................................................38 7.02 Labor; Working Hours.................................................................................................................38 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...........................................................................................39 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................39 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................40 7.06 Permits........................................................................................................................................41 7.07 Taxes...........................................................................................................................................41 7.08 Laws and Regulations..................................................................................................................41 7.09 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................42 7.10 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................43 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................43 7.12 Emergencies................................................................................................................................43 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee .........................................................................43 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION......................................................................................................................44 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services................................................................................45 Article8-Other Work at the Site...............................................................................................................46 8.01 Other Work.................................................................................................................................46 8.02 Coordination ...............................................................................................................................47 8.03 Legal Relationships......................................................................................................................47 General Conditions 007200-2 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Article 9—Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities...........................................................................................48 9.01 Communications to Contractor ..................................................................................................48 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members......................................................................48 9.03 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................48 9.04 Pay When Due.............................................................................................................................48 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................48 9.06 Insurance.....................................................................................................................................48 9.07 Modifications..............................................................................................................................48 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals...............................................................................................48 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities .........................................................................................48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition......................................................................49 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program................................................................................................49 Article 10—OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction ..................................................................49 10.01 Owner's Representative..........................................................................................................49 10.02 Visits to Site.............................................................................................................................49 10.03 Resident Project Representatives...........................................................................................49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments.........................................................................50 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work...................50 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities.....................................50 Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ....................................................50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents.......................................................50 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................51 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................52 11.05 Change of Contract Times.......................................................................................................52 11.06 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ...................................................................................................53 11.08 Notice to Surety......................................................................................................................54 Article 12—Change Management ..............................................................................................................54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal ................................................................................................54 12.02 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification...................................................................55 General Conditions 007200-3 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 12.04 Substitutions...........................................................................................................................55 Article13—Claims.......................................................................................................................................56 13.01 Claims......................................................................................................................................56 13.02 Claims Process.........................................................................................................................57 Article 14—Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements.......................................................................................58 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates.........................................................................................58 14.02 Records....................................................................................................................................58 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense.........................................................................................59 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates.............................................................................................................59 Article 15—Cost of the Work;Allowances; Unit Price Work......................................................................59 15.01 Cost of the Work.....................................................................................................................59 15.02 Allowances..............................................................................................................................63 15.03 Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................63 15.04 Contingencies..........................................................................................................................64 Article 16—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work....................65 16.01 Access to Work........................................................................................................................65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals............................................................................................65 16.03 Defective Work.......................................................................................................................65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................66 16.05 Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work.....................................................................................................67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work.......................................................................................67 Article 17—Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period........................................67 17.01 Progress Payments..................................................................................................................67 17.02 Application for Payment.........................................................................................................69 17.03 Schedule of Values..................................................................................................................71 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value............................................................72 17.05 Basis for Payments..................................................................................................................73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment.......................................................................73 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs ...........................................................................................................74 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment.........................................................74 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative...........................................................75 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................76 General Conditions 007200-4 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 17.11 Substantial Completion...........................................................................................................76 17.12 Partial Utilization.....................................................................................................................77 17.13 Final Inspection.......................................................................................................................77 17.14 Final Application for Payment.................................................................................................77 17.15 Final Payment..........................................................................................................................78 17.16 Waiver of Claims.....................................................................................................................78 17.17 Correction Period....................................................................................................................78 Article 18-Suspension of Work and Termination.....................................................................................79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause............................................................................................79 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience...:.........:...................................................................80 Article 19-Project Management...............................................................................................................81 19.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................81 19.02 quality Assurance ..................................................................................:................................81 19.03 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................81 19.04 Required Permits ....................................................................................................................81 19.05 Safety Requirements...............................................................................................................82 19.06 Access to the Site............................................................................ ...............................82 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site..........................................................................................................82 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities........................................................................83 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations..............................................................................83 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations........................................................................84 19.11 Field Measurements ...............................................................................................................84 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points.........................................................................................84 19.13 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................85 19.14 Cleaning During Construction.................................................................................................86 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access......................................................................86 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control..............................................................................................87 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires.......................................................................................................87 19.18 Blasting....................................................................................................................................87 19.19 Archeological Requirements...................................................................................................87 19.20 Endangered Species Resources...............................................................................................88 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies..........................................................................................88 General Conditions 007200-5 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Article 20—Project Coordination................................................................................................................88 20.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................88 20.02 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................88 20.03 Communication During Project...............................................................................................89 20.04 Project Meetings.....................................................................................................................89 20.05 Requests for Information........................................................................................................91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log..................................................................................................91 20.07 Notification By Contractor......................................................................................................92 20.08 Record Documents..................................................................................................................92 Article 21—Quality Management...............................................................................................................94 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities ..................................................................................................94 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT..................................................................................95 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports.........................................................................:........96 21.04 Documentation.......................................................................................................................96 21.05 Standards................................................................................................................................97 21.06 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................97 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects..............................................................................97 21.08 Test Reports............................................................................................................................97 21.09 Defective Work.......................................................................................................................98 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory........................................................................98 21.11 Quality Control Plan................................................................................................................98 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan ......................................................................100 Article 22—Final Resolution of Disputes..................................................................................................101 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations.....................................................................................................101 22.02 Mediation..............................................................................................................................101 Article 23—Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy................................................................................102 23.01 Policy.....................................................................................................................................102 23.02 Definitions.............................................................................................................................102 23.03 Goals......................................................................................................................................103 23.04 Compliance............................................................................................................................104 Article 24—Document Management........................................................................................................104 24.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................104 24.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................104 General Conditions 007200-6 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................104 24.04 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................105 24.05 Document Numbering .....................:....................................................................................105 24.06 Document Requirements......................................................................................................106 Article25—Shop Drawings.......................................................................................................................107 25.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................107 25.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................107 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................107 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements ................................................................................................109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................109 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures....................................................................................110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures..........................................................................112 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products...............................................................................................113 25.10 Requests for Deviation..........................................................................................................113 25.11 Designer Responsibilities......................................................................................................114 25.12 Resubmission Requirements.................................................................................................116 Article26—Record Data...........................................................................................................................117 26.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................117 26.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................117 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities .....................:..........................................................................117 26.04 Record Data Requirements...................................................................................................118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................119 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures.......................................................................................119 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities....................................................................................................120 , Article 27—Construction Progress Schedule............................................................................................121 27.01 Requirements........................................................................................................................121 27.02 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................121 27.03 Schedule Requirements........................................................................................................121 27.04 Schedule Revisions................................................................................................................123 27.05 Float Time.........:....................................................................................................................123 Article 28—Video and Photographic documentation ..............................................................................124 General Conditions 007200-7 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 28.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................124 28.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................124 28.03 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................124 28.04 Photographs..........................................................................................................................125 28.05 Video Recording....................................................................................................................125 Article 29-Execution and Closeout.........................................................................................................125 29.01 Substantial Completion.........................................................................................................125 29.02 Final Inspections....................................................................................................................126 29.03 Reinspection Fees .................................................................................................................126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal ............................................................................................127 29.05 Transfer of Utilities ...............................................................................................................127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements.........................................................................127 Article30-Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................128 30.01 Computation of Times...........................................................................................................128 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records.......................................................................128 30.03 Independent Contractor.......................................................................................................129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies ...........................................................................................................129 30.05 Limitation of Damages..........................................................................................................129 30.06 No Waiver.............................................................................................................................129 30.07 Severability............................................................................................................................129 30.08 Survival of Obligations ...........................................................................................................130 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries .................................................................................................130 30.10 Assignment of Contract.........................................................................................................130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity........................................................................................130 30.12 Controlling Law.....................................................................................................................130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue...................................................................................130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury...........................................................................................................130 30.15 Attorney Fees........................................................................................................................130 30.16 Compliance with Laws...........................................................................................................131 30.17 Enforcement..........................................................................................................................131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation.......................................................................................................131 30.19 Contract Sum.........................................................................................................................131 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy....................................................................131 General Conditions 007200-8 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 30.21 Notices. .................................................................................................................................131 General Conditions 007200-9 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined,terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date—The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City) authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid —The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Documents. 7. Bidding Documents —The solicitation documents, the proposed Contract Documents and Addenda. 8. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 10. Change Order-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract,which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. 11. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; C. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 12, City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or designee as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00-10 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 13. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice, signed and sworn to be an authorized corporate officer, verifying the truth and accuracy of the Claim. 14. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act,49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act,42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous,toxic, or dangerous waste,substance, or material. 15. Contract-The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 16. Contract Amendment-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract but does not make changes in the Work. 17. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 18. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications,and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any,that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19. Contract Times-The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 20. Contractor-The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. General Conditions 007200-11 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 21. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 22. Cost of the Work -The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 23. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or C. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion 24. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 25. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 26. Effective Date of the Contract-The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 27. Field Order-A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 28. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. 29. Indemnified Costs-All costs, losses,damages,and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 30. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations-Applicable laws,statutes,rules,regulations, ordinances,codes,and orders of governmental bodies,agencies,authorities,and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 31. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. General Conditions 007200-12 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 32. Milestone-A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 33. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; C. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 34. Notice of Award-The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 35. Notice to Proceed -A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 36. Owner-The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and designee,the City Engineer(the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 37. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR -The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 38. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 39. Partial Occupancy or Use- Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Progress Schedule -A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. 41. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 42. Project Manual — That portion of the Contract Documents that may include the following: introductory information,solicitation requirements and responses,proposal, Contract forms and General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Specification, Drawings, Project Safety Manual and Addenda. 43. Resident Project Representative or RPR-The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. General Conditions 007200-13 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 44. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 45. Schedule of Documents-A schedule of required documents, prepared and maintained by Contractor. 46. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 47. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings,whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 48. Site- Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 49. Specifications -The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 50. Subcontractor-An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 51. Substantial Completion -The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 52. Supplementary Conditions-The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 53. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or, vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 54. Technical Data-Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or C. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 55. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 56. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. General Conditions 007200-14 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 57. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 58. Work Change Directive -A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense,"or similar words mean thatthe Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms"day"or"calendar day"mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or General Conditions 007200-15 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrasesthat have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Project Management System A. Owner shall administer its design and construction management through an internet-based project management system known as e-Builder. B. Contractor shall conduct all communication through and perform all project-related functions utilizing this project management system. This includes all correspondence, General Conditions 007200-16 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 submittals, requests for information, payment requests and processing, contract amendments, change orders, delivery orders and other administrative activities. C. Owner shall administer the software and provide training to Contractor's Team. 2.04 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule,which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM)Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor.. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions applyto Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract,Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; C. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-17 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations,whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-18 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall,therefore,satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all grades, elevations, dimensions and locations. Any errors due to Contractor's failure to verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to Owner. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error,ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 007200-19 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict,error,ambiguity,or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual/administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 007200-20 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work,except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. Owner's exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work, or directing suspension, rescheduling, or correction of the Work), regardless of the extent or frequency of Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the Contractor's performance of the Work.An extension of Contract Time, to the extent permitted, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays.Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed,disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph.These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site; 3. Acts of war or terrorism; and 4. Rain days in excess of the number specified in a calendar year. General Conditions 007200-21 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. 1. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLES—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment,and the operations of workers to the Site,adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions 007200-22 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; C. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by,Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. General Conditions 007200-23 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site,and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents;or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions 007200-24 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Investigating and field-verifying the location of underground facilities before beginning Work; 2. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 3. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 4. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 5. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 6. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions 007200-25 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions 007200-26 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods,techniques,sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or, indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations,opinions or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition,and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions 007200-27 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions 007200-28 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service,Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions 007200-29 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 6.05 Contractor's Insurance A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; and General Conditions 007200-30 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 4. Claims for damages,other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. S. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions 007200-31 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds$5,000,000, purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owner as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions 007200-32 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT,Contractor,and all Subcontractors,and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions 007200-33 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner,Contractor,named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them,for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds,or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-34 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of"Additional Insureds"for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, make available for viewing a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: General Conditions 007200-35 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 City of Corpus Christi—Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi,TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project,for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project-includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors,subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project,the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and General Conditions 007200-36 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,to: 1. Provide coverage,based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage,the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions 007200-37 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent,suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November General Conditions 007200-38 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Holiday Date Observed Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.8 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors,Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors,Suppliers,or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. General Conditions 007200-39 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor,Supplier,or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors,Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Ownerto pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions 007200-40 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions 007200-41 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining,and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions 007200-42 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections,tests, or approvals by others; or General Conditions 007200-43 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees or dispute resolution costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work and/or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, violations of Laws or Regulations, or bodily injury, death or destruction of tangible property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractor's Team, regardless of whether such claim, damage, loss or expense is alleged to be caused in part by an Owner hereunder, subject to the Owner's defenses and liability limits under the Texas Tort Claims Act. However, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify an Owner against a claim, loss, damage or expense caused by the sole negligence of an Owner. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs, arising out of or relating to: (i) the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team or a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor's Team, (ii) Contractor's Team's action or inaction related to damages, delays, disruptions or interference with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, or (iii) the correction of Defective Work. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to indemnify the Owner from the consequences of the Owner's sole negligence. c. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs resulting from infringement on patent rights or copyrights by Contractor's Team. General Conditions 007200-44 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released,waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner does not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period, G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner may assume and control the defense if Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner; b. Would require Owner to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner's full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these General Conditions 007200-45 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations,specifications,certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. General Conditions 007200-46 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors,or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT or other contractor retained by the City: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notifythe OAR immediately of the event leadingto a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor to Ownerwith respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions 007200-47 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to damages, delays,disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections,tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-48 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. 9.12 Plans and Specifications A. Owner does not warrant the plans and specification. ARTICLE 10—OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. General Conditions 007200-49 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04 if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 007200-50 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions,or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. General Conditions 007200-51 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 15.05 when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal in accordance with Article 12 to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-52 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B. Notify the OAR within 3 days if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work.under Paragraph 16.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Change Order, nor a warranty that the Change Order will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. Contractor may file a Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to Article 13. General Conditions 007200-53 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents,or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. A Change Proposal must be submitted to the OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies,fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; and 9) Other items of cost. General Conditions 007200-54 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 12.04 Substitutions A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow these procedures for a substitution. B. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. General Conditions 007200-55 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature .that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. D. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request,the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. E. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13—CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by OAR concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing OAR's decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Contractor shall bear the entire economic risk of all weather delays and disruptions. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price by reason of such delays or disruptions. Upon Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor shall look back at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in General Conditions 007200-56 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 excess of weather normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Any time extension granted shall be non-compensatory. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Except for Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within 14 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim (unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief,the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within 60 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor's job cost report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor,including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12,shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation. H. Designer will review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise; or General Conditions 007200-57 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action, the Claim shall be deemed denied 30 days after receipt of the Claim. J. Following receipt of Designer's initial recommendation regarding a Claim;the Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days,the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes by filing a notice of appeal within 30 days after this action. L. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim,the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times. M. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. N. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. O. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code§2258.024,the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. General Conditions 007200-58 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.023(b)—Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258,shall pay to the Owner,on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058—Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code§2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or C. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15—COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus,time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions 007200-59 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits,which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave,vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers'field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining,with the OPT,which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; General Conditions 007200-60 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. For Contractor-and Subcontractor-owned machinery,trucks, power tools or other equipment, use the FHWA rental rates found in the Rental Rate Blue Book ("Blue Book") multiplied by the regional adjustment factor and the rate adjustment factor to establish hourly rates. Use the rates in effect for each section of the Blue Book at the time of use. Payment will be made for the actual hours used in the Work. 1) Standby costs will be paid at 50% of the FHWA rental rates found in the Blue Book if Contractor is directed by Owner in writing to standby. Standby costs will not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle. For a six-day work week, no more than eight hours per a 24-hour day, no more than 48 hours per week and no more than 208 hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor. e. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; 1) The hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in the Work. Owner reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue Book rates. 2) If Contractor is directed to standby in writing by Owner, standby costs will be paid at the invoice daily rate excluding operating costs, which includes fuel, lubricants, repairs and servicing. f. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; h. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; i. Cost of additional utilities,fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; j. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and k. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed General Conditions 007200-61 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee for profit and overhead is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis; 2. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 3. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1, 15.01.C.2 and 15.01.C.4; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.3; c. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; 2) The Subcontractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.4 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 3) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 15.01.D; General Conditions 007200-62 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and 4. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 15.05.6.1 through 15.05.13.5, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.13.1 and 15.02.13.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. General Conditions 007200-63 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal,or Owner may file a Claim,seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 15.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Contract; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Contract. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred bythe Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Contract. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions 007200-64 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ARTICLE 16—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION,REMOVAL,OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain,and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs,or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties orguarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions 007200-65 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 F. Pay claims,costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work;and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work,whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others resulting from the Defective Work if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. General Conditions 007200-66 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team.or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract.Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off-Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. ARTICLE 17—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR;SET-OFFS;COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. General Conditions 007200-67 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses,or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; L Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; j. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; k. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; I. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; General Conditions 007200-68 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 m. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; n. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; o. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; p. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or q. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up,training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; General Conditions 007200-69 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision,clerical support,and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; General Conditions 007200-70 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical,temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Record Documents per Article 20. 2. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 3. Project photographs per Article 28. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. 5. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including overruns of Designer's estimated quantity. 6. Documentation required by funding agency, if applicable. 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form attached to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Contract, use each unit price line item in the Contract as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. General Conditions 007200-71 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other costs associated with the item in the Contract. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion,show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. General Conditions 007200-72 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Contract. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Contract for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment shown in the Application for Payment and attachments will be made for the invoice amount,up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on the Application for Payment and attachments. Include invoice numbers so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on the Application for Payment and attachments. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for General Conditions 007200-73 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents,satisfactory to the City,that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include the appropriate attachment to the Application for Payment. 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Contract for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. General Conditions 007200-74 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents,that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format(PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. General Conditions 007200-75 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.11 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 days after receipt of Contractor's notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 007200-76 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.12 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.11 forthis part ofthe Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 17.13 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.14 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. General Conditions 007200-77 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 17.15 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.16 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.17 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or, in the event of a latent defect, within 1 year after discovery thereof by City. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements.or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.17.A and 17.17.13 corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. General Conditions 007200-78 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 17.17 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.17 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT; 7. Contractor's failure to prosecute the work with diligence; or General Conditions 007200-79 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 8. Contractor's other material breach of the contract. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate Contractor's performance under this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR'S request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contractor's performance under the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated Contractor's performance under the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of Contractor's performance under the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. The cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims,costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination of Contractor's performance does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 1S.OS; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. General Conditions 007200-80 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19— PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth. 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen,skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes,sketches,recordings,and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. General Conditions 007200-81 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports,including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. E. Park employees'vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights-of-way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. General Conditions 007200-82 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts,shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action and coordinate Work with local utility companies and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. General Conditions 007200-83 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. Prepare a Plan of Action indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre-construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre-construction exploratory. excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not included in the Bid Form, the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines,grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. General Conditions 007200-84 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms,tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. General Conditions 007200-85 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways,and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: General Conditions 007200-86 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours,including by-pass roads around construction,with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. General Conditions 007200-87 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission, 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20—PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 007200-88 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The OAR will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b.' Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. C. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. General Conditions 007200-89 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents,Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. L Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre-Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. General Conditions 007200-90 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the OAR to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. OAR will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. General Conditions 007200-91 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor" form provided. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. General Conditions 007200-92 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and 0&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions,traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work(lines added) in yellow; C. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. General Conditions 007200-93 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. ARTICLE 21—QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, B. Implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor,Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; C. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; General Conditions 007200-94 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work through Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan,the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor noncompliance with OPT's Quality Control Program, including retesting fees, standby time, cancellation charges, and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not; General Conditions 007200-95 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, General Conditions 007200-96 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, and processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; General Conditions 007200-97 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; C. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the sample was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before General Conditions 007200-98 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan i,s approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control,verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, c. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.13.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. General Conditions 007200-99 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-100 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22—FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations A. Each party is required to continue to perform its obligations under the Contract pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to the Contract, unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present. B. All negotiations pursuant to Article 22 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. C. Before invoking mediation, Owner and Contractor agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar projects. Both Owner and Contractor agree that this step shall be a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the parties' senior management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 45 calendar days after a party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then the parties shall proceed with mediation. 22.02 Mediation A. In the event that Owner and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material breach of the Contract or the parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute pursuant General Conditions 00 72 00-101 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 to Article 13, as a condition precedent to filing a lawsuit,either party shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements: 1. The request for mediation shall be in writing and shall request that the mediation commence not less than 30 calendar days or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except upon agreement of the parties. 2. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the identity of the mediator within 30 calendar days following the date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent shall be deemed to have occurred. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs.Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Contract shall be in Nueces County,Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23—MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy,the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded.a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). General Conditions 007200-102 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power,direct or indirect,to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy,women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual:Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities.The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman,a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example,a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority General Conditions 007200-103 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices,shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project,the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24—DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. General Conditions 007200-104 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR)software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor General Conditions 007200-105 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Prefix Description Originator RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference to the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Section Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Certified Test Report Article 25 for approval of product Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 General Conditions 00 72 00-106 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Document Type Section Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for.the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general,to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time General Conditions 007200-107 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials,catalog numbers,and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.09. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. General Conditions 007200-108 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors,textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general,conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions,size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights,gauges,materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable General Conditions 007200-109 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties,guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 25.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. General Conditions 00 72 00-110 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal"products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will General Conditions 00 72 00-111 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color,texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents, 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. General Conditions 007200-112 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products A. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or"or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by this article to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 25.10 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. General Conditions 007200-113 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.11 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences,or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. C. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. C. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. General Conditions 007200-114 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. General Conditions 00 72 00-115 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.11 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.12 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents, 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay costs for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. General Conditions 007200-116 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication,installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. General Conditions 007200-117 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type,dimensions,size,arrangement,model number,and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights,gauges,materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions.. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. General Conditions 00 72 00-118 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. General Conditions 007200-119 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, C. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and no further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected"and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. General Conditions 007200-120 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. C. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel -Not Required." No further action is required,and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." ARTICLE 27—CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedule updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to; 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and General Conditions 007200-121 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and S. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. General Conditions 007200-122 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 27.05 Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path,the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. General Conditions 007200-123 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28—VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way)including but not limited to streets,curb and gutter,utilities,driveways,fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials,trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication,or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 007200-124 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date,time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29—EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the OAR that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. General Conditions 007200-125 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within 30 days after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. OAR will notify the Contractor., within 120 days after notification, that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. OAR will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the OAR when the items of Work in the OAR's notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. OAR will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the OAR of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the OAR when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within 30 days after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has been corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. OAR will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.04 if notified that the Project is complete, and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. General Conditions 007200-126 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. If applicable to the Project,transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; C. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; General Conditions 007200-127 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. ARTICLE 30—MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Sunday or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee,which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four(4)years following termination of the Contract, unless there is art ongoing dispute under the Contract,then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every, kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include, but are not limited to: accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and General Conditions 007200-128 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of,the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner is not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. B. Contractor waives claims for consequential damages, incidental or special damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, whether the damages are claimed in contract, tort or on any other basis. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 007200-129 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. B. This Contract is to perform a governmental function solely for the public benefit. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County,Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. General Conditions 007200-130 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal,state and city laws, rules and regulations. D. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein,and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were physically included herein. 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demo bilization/remobiIization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and,including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated,this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. General Conditions 007200-131 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 30.22 Public Information A. The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract, and Contractor agrees that the contract can be terminated if Contractor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. END OF SECTION General Conditions 007200-132 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. B. Paragraph 1.01.A.51"Substantial Completion" is more specifically defined for this Project as: 1. The following items are fully functional and suitable for operation in accordance with the Contract Documents: a. Swimming Pools b. Waterslides/Play Features C. Bathhouse/Administrative/Filtration Building d. Parking Lot ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. Supplementary Conditions 007300-1 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of 43 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 43 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.03.A which describe subsurface and physical conditions. 1. Geotechnical Reports include the following: a. Geotechnical Subsurface Investigation and Recommendations for the Proposed Bill Witt Aquatic Center by Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory, Inc. Report Number: G122094 dated March 17, 2022. - The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document: 1) Subsurface conditions and preparation 2) Foundation recommendations/discussion 3) Pavement considerations 4) Construction considerations 5) Groundwater observations 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) include the following: Supplementary Conditions 007300-2 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 a. Design Survey Exhibit of 8.84 Acres,Enriquez Villareal Survey,Abstract No. 1 City of Corpus Christi, Nueces County,Texas by Kimley-Horn dated June 8,2022.-The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document: 1) Topography 2) Above ground structures and features b. City of Corpus Christi,Texas,Department of Engineering Services,Community Park Development and Improvements Bill Witt Park(Bond 2012),City Project #E14002, Survey Control,Record Drawing CP-205,Sheet 5 and 8 of 93—The Contractor may rely on the following Technical data in using this document: 1) Location of existing water lines SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. No reports of explorations or tests for Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or contiguous to the Site are known to Owner. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-6.03 REQUIRED MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Form 2. Premises—Completed Operations 3. Explosions and Collapse Hazard 4. Underground Hazard 5. Products/Completed Operations Hazard $1,000,000 Per Occurrence 6. Contractual Liability $2,000,000 Aggregate 7. Broad Form Property Damage 8. Independent Contractors 9. Personal &Advertising Injury Business Automobile Liability-Owned, Non- $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Owned, Rented and Leased Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/500,000/500,000 Supplementary Conditions 007300-3 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Required if Contract Price>$5,000,000 Contractor's Pollution Liability / $1,000,000 Per Claim Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental X Required ❑ Not Required discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. Required if excavation>3 ft Builder's Risk(All Perils including Collapse) Equal to Full Replacement Cost of Structure and Contents Required for vertical structures and bridges X Required ❑ Not Required Installation Floater Equal to Contract Price Required if installing city-owned equipment ❑ Required X Not Required SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: "The Contractor must perform at least [40] percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS SC-14.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below and can be found at https://sam.gov/wage-determination/TX20220288/3#document "General Decision Number:TX20220288 09/09/2022 Superseded General Decision Number:TX20210288 State:Texas Construction Type: Building Counties:Aransas, Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. Supplementary Conditions 007300-4 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). If the contract is entered into on or after January 30, 2022, or the contract is renewed or extended (e.g., an option is exercised)on or after January 30, 2022: • Executive Order 14026 generally applies to the contract. • The contractor must pay all covered workers at least$15.00 per hour(or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher)for all hours spent performing on the contract in 2022. If the contract was awarded on or between January 1, 2015, and January 29, 2022,and the contract is not renewed or extended on or after January 30, 2022: • Executive Order 13658 generally applies to the contract. • The contractor must pay all covered workers at least$11.25 per hour(or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2022. The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/07/2022 1 02/25/2022 2 08/05/2022 3 09/09/2022 Supplementary Conditions 007300-5 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BOI L0074-003 01/01/2021 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER.......................... $ 29.47 24.10 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELECO278-002 08/28/2022 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN............................ $ 27.00 8.76 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10178-005 06/01/2020 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (1)Tower Crane................... $32.85 13.10 (2) Cranes with Pile Driving or Caisson Attachment and Hydraulic Crane 60 tons and above.... $ 28.75 10.60 (3) Hydraulic cranes 59 Tons and under.................... $32.35 13.10 ---------------------------------------------------------------- I RO N 0084-011 06/01/2022 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL........... $ 26.76 7.88 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * SUTX2014-068 07/21/2014 Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER......................................... $ 20.04 0.00 CARPENTER......................................... $ 15.21 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 15.33 0.00 INSULATOR- MECHANICAL (Duct, Pipe& Mechanical System Insulation) .............................. $ 19.77 7.13 Supplementary Conditions 007300-6 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, REINFORCING.......... $ 12.27 ** 0.00 IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL........... $ 22.16 5.26 LABORER: Common or General...... $9.68 ** 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender- Brick... $ 11.36 ** 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender- Cement/Concrete.................. $ 10.58 ** 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer.............. $ 12.49 ** 2.13 LABORER: Roof Tear off........... $ 11.28 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Track hoe....... $ 14.25 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader................ $ 13.93 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Bulldozer............. $ 18.29 1.31 OPERATOR: Drill................. $ 16.22 0.34 OPERATOR: Forklift.............. $ 14.83 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade.......... $ 13.37 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Loader................ $ 13.55 ** 0.94 OPERATOR: Mechanic.............. $ 17.52 3.33 OPERATOR: Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, and Concrete) ......... $ 16.03 0.00 OPERATOR: Roller................ $ 12.70 ** 0.00 PAINTER (Brush, Roller, and Spray) ........................... $ 14.45 ** 0.00 PIPEFITTER....................... $ 25.80 8.55 Supplementary Conditions 007300-7 Bill Witt City Park Pool-Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Rates Fringes PLUMBER.......................... $ 25.64 8.16 ROOFER........................... $ 13.75 ** 0.00 SHEET METALWORKER(HVAC Duct Installation Only) ............... $ 22.73 7.52 SHEET METALWORKER, Excludes HVAC Duct Installation........... $ 21.13 6.53 TILE FINISHER.................... $ 11.22 ** 0.00 TILE SETTER...................... $ 14.74 ** 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck........ $ 12.39 ** 1.18 TRUCK DRIVER: Flatbed Truck.... $ 19.65 8.57 TRUCK DRIVER: Semi-Trailer Truck............................ $ 12.50 ** 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Water Truck....... $ 12.00 ** 4.11 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS- Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** Workers in this classification may be entitled to a higher minimum wage under Executive Order 14026 ($15.00) or 13658 ($11.25). Please see the Note at the top of the wage determination for more information. Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health- related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee)who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Supplementary Conditions 007300-8 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses(29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of""identifiers""that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four-letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination.07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate,which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA)governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination.5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications: however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH, indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage Supplementary Conditions 007300-9 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year,to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1. Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: * An existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys,should be with the Wage and Hour National Office because National Office has responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2. If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3. If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Supplementary Conditions 007300-10 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4. All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- END OF GENERAL DECISION" ARTICLE 19—PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SC-19.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES C. For the Contractor's convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 Kimley-Horn 512-646-2237 Austin Powers 512-910-7849 Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Police Department 361-882-2600 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after Water/Wastewater/Stormwater hours) Gas Department 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after hours) Parks& Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div. for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 Solid Waste& Brush 361-826-1973 IT Department(City Fiber) 361-826-1956 AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) Grande Communications 1-866-247-2633 Spectrum Communications 1-800-892-4357 Crown Castle Communications 1-888-632-0931 (Network Operations Center) Ce ntu ryl-i n k 361-208-0730 Supplementary Conditions 007300-11 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number W i n d st rea m 1-800-600-5050 Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Corpus Christi ISD 361-695-7200 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS SC-25.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description Sheet C7.3 Shade Structures Sheet C7.3 Deck Shower 02830 Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fencing 03200 Concrete Reinforcement(Buildings and Swimming Pools) 04711 Cast Stone Masonry 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork 06611 Solid Surface Fabrications 07280 Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07411 Metal Roof Panels 07429 Metal Soffit and Liner Panels 07712 Manufactured Gutters and Downspouts 07720 Roof Accessories 08161 Fiberglass Doors & Frames 08900 Fixed Horizontal Louvers 10155 Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments 10211 Solid Plastic Shower Compartments 10505 Solid Plastic Lockers 10730 Protective Covers 10800 Toilet Room Accessories 13150 Swimming Pool Supplementary Conditions 007300-12 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Specification Section Shop Drawing Description 13155 Waterslides 15450 Plumbing Equipment 15787 Split System Air Conditioning Units 15535 Refrigeration Piping and Specialties 15870 Power Ventilators SC-25.12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. N/A 1. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed below: ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA SC-26.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Specification Section Record Data Description 02361 Termite Control 02580 Pavement Marking 02630 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Storm Drains 03010 Concrete for Pool Structures 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete (Buildings) 03310 Cast-In-Place Concrete (Site) 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04711 Cast-Stone Masonry 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies 06100 Rough Carpentry 06105 Miscellaneous Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry 07110 Concrete Sealer 07130 Below Grade Vapor Retarder 07131 Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing for Below Pump Pit Walls Supplementary Conditions 007300-13 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Specification Section Record Data Description 07132 Pre-Applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 07211 Insulation Board 07552 Self-Adhering Roofing Underlayment 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07900 Joint Sealants (Site) 07900 Joint Sealants (Buildings) 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08710 Door Hardware 09250 Gyp Board 09671 Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring and Wall Base 09720 Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09910 Painting(Building) 10440 Fire Extinguishers 13150 Swimming Pool 13153 Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish 13154 Swimming Pool Tile 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 15430 Plumbing Specialties 15440 Plumbing Fixtures 15936 Air Inlets and Outlets 15990 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 16010 General Requirements SC-30.21 Notices. B. Strict compliance is required for all notice provisions in this Contract. END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions 007300-14 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 011100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment,tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: 1. This project shall consist of all work, complete and in place including but not limited to: Site Preparation, Grading, Utilities, Paving, Fencing, Pools, Support Buildings, Electrical, Site Lighting and Turfgrass/Landscaping to construct complete and in place Bill Witt City Park Pool. 2. One Additive Alternate Bid Item is an additional Enclosed Body Flume Slide. 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: 1. B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents,the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: 1. N/A B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. Summary of Work 01 1100-1 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF�ECTION Summary of Work 011100-2 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 012310 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: 1. This Section describes each alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work when this alternate is made a part of the Work in the Agreement. 2. Drawings and Specifications will outline the extent of Work to be included in the alternate Contract Price. 3. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to properly integrate the Work under each alternate,and provide a complete and functional Project as required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bids for alternates may be accepted or rejected at the option of the Owner. 5. Owner may incorporate these alternates in the Contract when executed, or may issue a Change Order to incorporate these alternates within 120 days at the prices offered in the Bid, unless noted otherwise. A Request for a Change Proposal may be issued after 120 days or other designated time period to negotiate a new price for incorporating the Work into the Project. B. The Bid Items described as"Allowances" have been set as noted in Section 00 30 01 Bid Form and shall be included in the Total Base Bid of the Bid Form for each Bidder. These Allowances may be used at the Owner's discretion in the event that unforeseen conditions or conflicts are encountered during construction that warrants the use of the Allowance funds. If the use of Allowance funds becomes necessary, the OAR will provide written authorization at a cost negotiated between Owner and Contractor, using unit prices in the Bid Form when applicable. No work is to be performed under the Allowance items without written authorization from the OAR. There is no guarantee that any of these funds will need to be used during the course of the Work. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with Article 24 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance G1—Allowance for Unforeseen Conditions B. The sum of$50,000 for unforeseen conditions during the entirety of construction activities. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate H1-Enclosed Body Flume Slide 1. The addition of the enclosed body flume slide, including pumps, and VFD. Underground plumbing and electrical work to be part of Base Bid. Alternates and Allowances 012310-1 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B. Alternate H2—Cantilever Shade Structures 1. The construction and installation of the cantilever shade structures as shown on Sheet C6.1 including concrete foundations. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances 012310-2 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 012901 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENTAND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item A-1—Mobilization (Maximum S%): 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Transportation and setup for equipment; b. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices,sheds, and storage facilities; c. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; d. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; e. Demobilization; and f. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-1 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. Upon substantial completion of all work under this Contract and removal of all equipment and materials from the Project site, the remaining 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. B. Bid Item A-2—Bonds and Insurance 1. Payment shall include all bonds and insurance required under the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for bonds and insurance will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all bonds and insurance. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of unique insurance as required and obtained specifically for this Project,not including the routine and general company insurance policies that are maintained for the course of conducting normal business operations. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of project specific bonds and insurance, not to exceed the bid amount or the verifiable costs of Project specific bonds and insurance incurred by the Contractor. C. Bid Item A-3—Storm Water Pollution Prevention 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing and submitting the SWPPP to TCEQ and Owner and updating the Plan during the Project as needed. All permits and required fees related to the SWPPP will be included in this item. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: The initial pay application will include 50%of the lump sum bid amount minus retainage. The balance will be paid according to the percent of construction completion after 50%completion has occurred, minus retainage. D. Bid Item A-4—Site Furnishings and Miscellaneous Items 1. Payment shall include all work required for the purchase and installation of the Site Furnishings and all miscellaneous work not covered below. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Site Furnishings E. Bid Item A-5—Site and Utility Demolition 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the Site and Utility Demolition including the removal of all materials, utilities, and trees, complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Site Demolition b. Utility Demolition Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-2 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 F. Bid Item A-6—Site Preparation, Excavation, and Select Fill 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the Site Preparation, Excavation and Select Fill including all earthwork and compaction required, complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Excavation b. Select Fill G. Bid Item A-7—Bathhouse/Administrative/Filtration Building 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the Bathhouse/Administrative/Filtration Building including foundations, mechanical and electrical work, complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Plumbing Rough-In b. Electrical Rough-In C. Concrete Slab/Footings d. Masonry e. Metal Siding f. Structural Steel g. Carpentry h. Wood Framing L Roofing j. Doors and Hardware k. Windows I. Flooring m. Painting n. Toilet Partitions and Accessories o. Lockers p. Signage q. Millwork r. Plumbing S. HVAC Equipment t. HVAC Installation Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-3 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 u. Electrical v. Louvers H. Bid Item A-8-10-Lane Lap Pool 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the 10-Lane Lap Pool including all concrete work, mechanical and electrical,finishes and equipment, complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Lap Pool Structure b. Lap Pool Gutters, Grates and Drains C. Lap Pool Pipe & Fittings d. Lap Pool Trench &Pipe Installation e. Lap Pool Tile f. Lap Pool Finishes g. Lap Pool Site Equipment, Ladders and Rails h. Lap Pool Filtration Equipment& Pumps i. Installation of Lap Pool Filtration & Pumps I. Bid Item A-9—Leisure Pool 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the Leisure Pool including all concrete work, mechanical and electrical,finishes and equipment, complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Leisure Pool Structure b. Leisure Pool Gutters, Grates and Drains C. Leisure Pool Pipe & Fittings d. Leisure Pool Trench & Pipe Installation e. Leisure Pool Tile and Coping f. Leisure Pool Finishes g. Leisure Pool Site Equipment, Ladders and Rails h. Leisure Pool Play Features and Equipment I. Waterslide Engineering j. Waterslide Footings k. Waterslide Structure and Flumes Measurement and Basis for Payment 0129 01-4 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 I. Leisure Pool Filtration Equipment& Pumps m. Installation of Leisure Pool Filtration& Pumps J. Bid Item A-10—Shade Structures 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the Shade Structures including all materials, concrete foundations, engineering and installation complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Shade Structures K. Bid Item A-11—5"Concrete Pool Deck and 4" Concrete Sidewalk 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the 5" Concrete Pool Deck and 4" Concrete Sidewalk including all concrete, reinforcement, and finishes, complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. 5" Concrete Pool Deck b. 4" Concrete Sidewalk L. Bid Item A-12-8'Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fencing 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the 8' Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fence including all materials,footers and installation, complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Site Fencing and Gates M. Bid Item A-13—Site Lighting and Electrical Service 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the Site Lighting and Electrical Service to the Site including all trenching, materials, transformers, conduits and foundations, complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Sight Lighting b. Electrical to Site c. Security/Telephone/Data Conduits Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-5 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 N. Bid Item A-14—Landscaping and Irrigation 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the Landscaping and Irrigation including all materials,valves, controllers and installation, complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Landscaping b. Irrigation O. Bid Item 8-1-7" Concrete Parking Lot Paving and Service Drive 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the Parking Lot Paving and Service Drive including all materials, curbs, striping and installation, complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Parking Lot Concrete b. Striping P. Bid Item C-1—ADA Ramps and Signage 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the ADA Ramps and Signage including all signs,foundations, detectable surfaces and installation complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. ADA Ramps b. ADA Signage Q. Bid Item D-1—Storm Drains and Piping 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the Storm Drains and Piping including all trenching, piping, fittings, drains and installation complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Storm Piping and Drains b. Headwall/RCP Culverts Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-6 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 R. Bid Item E-1—Water Lines 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the Water Lines including all trenching, piping,fittings,valves,trenching, and installation complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Water Lines and Valves b. Fire Hydrants and Assemblies S. Bid Item F-1—Sanitary Lines 1. Payment shall include all work required for the construction of the Sanitary Lines including all trenching, piping,fittings, cleanouts, and installation complete and in place. 2. Measurement for payment will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item.The initial pay application will include, but not limited to,the following line items: a. Sanitary Lines 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-7 Bill Witt City Park Pool-Project Number 21083 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 0133 01 Submittal Register / � l 01340 Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 1.4 Mocku 02361 Termite Control 1.1 Record Data 02630 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Storm Drains 1.2 Record Data 02825 Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fencing 1.3 Shop Drawing 03010 Concrete for Pool Structures Record Data 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 1.4 Shop Drawing 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete(Buildings) 1.1 Record Data 03310 Cast-In-Place Concrete Site 1.6 Record Data Mockup 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 1.03 Record Data Sample 04210 Brick Veneer 04711 Cast-Stone-Masonry 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies 06100 Rough Carpentry 1.1 Record Data 06105 Miscellaneous Carptentry 1.1 Record Data Sample 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork 1.1 Shop Drawing Sample 07110 Concrete Sealer 07130 Below Grade Vapor Retarder 1.04 Record Data 07131 Self Adhearing Sheet Waterproofing for Below Pump Pit 1.04 Record Data Sample Walls-Filtration Building 07132 Pre-Applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing-Filtration 1.02 Record Data Sample Building Below Pump Pit 07210 Building Insulation 07211 Foam Board Insulation 07411 Metal Roof Panels 1.1 Shop Drawing Sample 07412 Metal Wall Panel-Type 1 07413 Metal Wall Panel-Type 2 07429 Soffit and Liner Panels 07552 Self Adhearing Roofin Underla ment 1.2 Record Data 07620 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07712 Manufactured Gutters and Downspouts 1.03 Shop Drawing Sample 07720 Roof Accessories 1.1 Shop Drawing Sample 07900 Joint Sealants Site 1.1 Record Data Sample 07920 Joint Sealants(Buildings) 1.1 Record Data Sample 08110 iSteel Doors and Frames 1.1 Record Data 08161 Fiberglass Doors and Frames 1.4 Shop Drawing 08710 Door Hardware 1.1 Record Data 08900 Fixed Horizontal Louvers 1.3 Shop Drawing Sample 09250 Gyp Board 1.3 Record Data 09671 Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring and Wall Base 1.5 Record Data Sample 09720 Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09910 Painting(Building) 1.1 Record Data Sample 10155 Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments 1.1 Shop Drawing Sample 10211 Solid Plastic Shower Compartments 1.1 Shop Drawing Sample 10440 Fire Extinguishers 1.3 Record Data 10505 Solid Plstic Lockers 1.1 Shop Drawing Sample 10730 Protective Covers 10800 Toilet Room Accessories 1.3 Shop Drawing 13150 Swimming Pool 1.09 Shop Drawing Sample O&M Manual 13153 Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish 1.02 Record Data Sample 13154 ISwimming Pool Tile 1.06 Shop Drawing Sample 13155 Waterslides 1.07 Shop Drawing Sample O&M Manual 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 1.05 Record Data 15430 Plumbing Specialties Record Data 15440 Plumbing Fixtures 1.3 Record Data 15450 Plumbing Equipment 1.06 Shop Drawing 15787 lSplit System Air Conditioning Units 1.04 Shop Drawing 15870 1 Power Ventilators 1 1.05 Shop Drawing 15885 lAir Cleaning 1.05 LShop Drawing Submittal Register 01 33 01-1 Bill Witt City Park Pool-Project Number 21083 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Im j r / � l 15890 Ductwork 1.06 Shop Drawing 15910 Ductwork Accessories 1.04 Shop Drawing 15936 Air Inlets and Outlets 1.06 Record Data 15990 Testing,Adjustingand Balancing1.04 Record Data O&M Manual 16010 General Requirements 1.05 Record Data DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 013500 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. Perform the Work as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times and in the sequence stipulated below: 1. NIA Work shall be completed within the specified time for these items: B. Description Time C. Consider the sequences, duration limitations, and governing factors outlined in this Section to prepare the schedule for the Work. D. Perform the Work not specifically described in this Section as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times. 1.02 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; Special Procedures 013500-1 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 2 weeks prior to beginning the Work. 1.03 CRITICAL OPERATIONS A. The Owner has identified critical operations that must not be out of service longer than the designated maximum time out of service and/or must be performed only during the designated times. These have been identified in the table below: N/A Max.Time Hours Operation Liquidated Critical Operation Damages Out of Operation can be Shut Down ($per hour) B. Submit a written plan of action per Paragraph 1.02 for approval for critical operations. C. Work affecting critical operations is to be performed on a 24-hour a day basis until Owner's normal operations have been restored. D. Provide additional manpower and equipment as required to complete the Work affecting critical operations within the allotted time. E. Liquidated damages will be assessed if Work on critical operations is not completed within the time indicated. 1. These items are critical to the [for operation of the existing distribution system] [other description of critical nature of operations]. 2. Loss of[operation of the existing distribution system] [other description of critical nature of operations]can subject the Owner to loss of revenue, additional operations cost, and fines from regulatory agencies. 3. Liquidated damages have been established for each critical operation. F. Designated Critical Operations are described in more detail as follows: N/A 1.04 OWNER ASSISTANCE A. The Owner will assist the Contractor in draining the existing pipelines as much as possible through existing blow-off valves. The Contractor will be responsible for providing dewatering pumps, etc. required to completely dewater the facilities and handle any leakage past closed valves, gates or adjacent structures. Special Procedures 013500-2 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures 013500-3 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE—NOT REQUIRED A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPT's field office capable of maintaining the following conditions: 1. Heating: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient. 2. Cooling: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient. 3. Relative humidity: 48 to 54 percent. B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies,and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPT's field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00-1 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 3. Prevent freezing of pipes,flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site. The field office must contain at least 120 square feet of useable space. The field office must be air-conditioned and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches by 60 inches and two chairs. The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as required by the OAR. There is no separate pay item for the field office. B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor's use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 10 people. C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPT's field office facilities are completed and approved. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times,and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner-occupied buildings. 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00-2 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2. Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractor's and the OPT's field office. 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Non-potable water may be used for hydraulic testing of non-potable basins or pipelines. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the "Plan"). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. The Owner will furnish one Project sign to be installed by the Contractor.The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughoutthe Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-3 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide.a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds,and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs,framing,supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Provide janitorial service (sweeping/mopping)for the OPT's field office on a weekly basis or as requested. Empty trash receptacles daily or as needed. B. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. C. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. D. Service, maintain, and replace, if necessary, the OPT's field office computer equipment throughout the Project as required by the OPT including replacement cartridges for all office equipment. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-4 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 015700 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities as applicable to the nature and size of the Project. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with Article 25 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls 015700-1 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - titled "STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS" and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. 1.05 PERMITS A. As applicable, submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No.TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project as applicable to the nature of the work and the total disturbed area: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Temporary Controls 015700-2 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent,SWPPP,and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre- construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods,techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air-borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off-site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off-site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge-contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non-contained form, or enter non-contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an Temporary Controls 015700-3 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. 1.08 EARTH CONTROL A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner's operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 OZONE ADVISORY DAYS—NOT APPLICABLE A. Do not conduct roofing, priming, or hot-mix paving operations, except for repairs, on days the City Engineer has notified Contractor that an ozone advisory is in effect. An extension of time will be allowed for each day for which priming or hot mix paving was scheduled, crews were prepared to perform this Work and the City Engineer issued ozone alert prevents this Work. Contractor will be compensated at the unit price indicated in the Bid for each day for which an extension of time was granted due to an ozone alert. 1.10 MANAGEMENT OF WATER A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.11 DEWATERING A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than "well pointing" to the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. Temporary Controls 015700-4 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream,the [Corpus Christi Bay] [Oso Creek] [Laguna Madre] [CC Ship Channel]. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest wastewater system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a wastewater or wastewater plant,the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to pumping groundwater from a trench to the wastewater system the Contractor shall contact Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 826-1817 to obtain a "no cost" permit from the Owner's Waste Water Department. Contractor will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER—NOTAPPLICABLE A. An allowance will be included in the Bid for the unanticipated disposal of contaminated groundwater. This allowance may not be needed but is provided in case contaminated groundwater is encountered during the course of the Project and does not meet the water quality requirements for discharge into the storm water or wastewater systems. This allowance includes all materials, tools, equipment, labor, transportation, hauling, coordination, and proper disposal of the contaminated water at an approved landfill, deep water injection well, or other site as agreed to by the Designer. Suggested disposal facilities would be [US Ecology (USET) in Robstown, Texas or Texas Molecular in Corpus Christi, Texas]. B. The payment for this Work will be based on the Contractor's actual costs and will be negotiated. Payment will not include costs associated with routine dewatering, which is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items as described in Paragraph 1.11. 1.13 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER A. Dispose of water used for testing, disinfection, and line flushing. Comply with Owner's requirements and Laws and Regulation regarding the disposal of contaminated water, including water with levels of chlorine,which exceed the permissible limits for discharge into wetlands or environmentally sensitive areas. Comply with the requirements of all regulatory Temporary Controls 015700-5 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 agencies in the disposal of all water used in the Project. Include a description and details for disposal of this water in a Plan of Action per SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Do not use the Owner's wastewater system for disposal of contaminated water. 1.14 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION A. All affected materials and installation shall .comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements forwindstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required bythe current version of the International Building Code (IBC). When applicable, [Owner] shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls 015700-6 Bill Witt City Park Pool—Project Number 21083 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Part S STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 021080 REMOVING ABANDONED STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall provide for the demolition,removal and disposal of abandoned structures or portions of abandoned structures, as noted on the drawings, and shall include all excavation and backfilling necessary to complete the removal. The work shall be done in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. 2. METHOD OF REMOVAL Culverts or Sewers. Pipe shall be removed by careful excavation of all dirt on top and the sides in such manner that the pipe will not be damaged. Removal of sewer appurtenances shall be included for removal with the pipe. Those pipes which are deemed unsatisfactory for reuse by the Engineer may be removed in any manner the Contractor may select. Concrete Structures. Unwanted concrete structures or concrete portions of structures shall be removed to the lines and dimensions shown on the drawings, and these materials shall be disposed of as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Any portion of the existing structure outside of the limits designated for removal which is damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be restored to its original condition at the Contractor's entire expense. Explosives shall not be used in the removal of portions of the existing structure unless approved by the Engineer,in writing. Portions of the abandoned structure shall be removed to the lines and dimensions shown on the plans, and these materials shall be disposed of as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Any portion of the existing structure, outside of the limits designated for removal, damaged during the operations of the Contractor, shall be restored to its original condition entirely at the Contractor's expense. Explosives shall not be used in the removal of portions of the existing structure unless approved by the Engineer, in writing. Concrete portions of structures below the permanent ground line, which will not interfere in any manner with the proposed construction, may be left in place,but removal shall be carried at least five (5) feet below the permanent ground line and neatly squared off. Reinforcement shall be cut off close to the concrete. Steel Structures. Steel structures or steel portions of structures shall be dismantled in sections as determined by the Engineer. The sections shall be stored if the members are to be salvaged and reused. Rivets and bolts connecting steel railing members, steel beams of beam spans and steel stringers of truss spans, shall be removed by butting the heads with a "cold cut" and punching or drilling from the hole, or by such other method that will not injure the members for re-use and will meet the approval of the Engineer. The removal of rivets and bolts from connections of truss 021080 Page 1 of 3 Rev. 10.30.2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 members,bracing members, and other similar members in the structure will not be required unless specifically called for on the plans or special provisions,and the Contractor shall have the option of dismantling these members by flame-cutting the members immediately adjacent to the connections. Flame-cutting will not be permitted, however, when the plans or special provisions call for the structure unit to be salvaged in such manner as to permit re-erection. In such case, all members shall be carefully matchmarked with paint in accordance with diagrams furnished by the Engineer prior to dismantling, and all rivets and bolts shall be removed from the connections in the manner specified in the first portion of this paragraph. Timber Structures. Timber structures or timber portions of structures to be reused shall be removed in such manner as to damage the timber for further use as little as possible. All bolts and nails shall be removed frorn such lumber as deemed salvable by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified on the drawings,timber piles shall be either pulled or cut off at the point not less than five (5) feet below ground line, with the choice between these two methods resting with the Contractor, unless otherwise specified. Brick or Stone Structures. Unwanted brick or stone structures or stone portions of structures shall be removed. Portions of such structures below the permanent ground line, which will not in any manner interfere with the proposed construction,may be left in place,but removal shall be carried at least five (5) feet below the permanent ground line and neatly squared off. Salvage. All material such as pipe,timbers,railings,etc.,which the Engineer deems as salvable for reuse, and all salvaged structural steel, shall be delivered to a designated storage area. Materials,other than structural steel,which are not deemed salvable by the Engineer, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed to suitable disposal sites off of the right-of-way arranged for by the Contractor, or otherwise disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Where temporary structures are necessary for a detour adjacent to the present structure, the Contractor will be permitted to use the material in the old structure for the detour structure,but he shall dismantle and stack or dispose of the material as required above as soon as the new structure is opened for traffic. Backfill. All excavations made in connection with this specification and all openings below the natural ground line caused by the removal of abandoned structures or portions thereof shall be backfilled to the level of the original ground line, unless otherwise provided on the drawings. Backfill in accordance with applicable requirements of Sections 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities" and 022080 "Embankment". All open ends of abandoned pipe or other structures shall be filled or plugged as specified. That portion of the backfill which will support any portion of the roadbed, embankment, levee, or other structural feature shall be placed in layers of the same depth as those required for placing 021080 Page 2 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 embal-Aunent, maximum 10" loose lifts unless otherwise specified. Material in each layer shall be wetted uniformly, if required, and shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density, unless otherwise specified. In places inaccessible to blading and rolling equipment, mechanical or hand tamps or yammers shall be used to obtain the required compaction. That portion of the backfill which will not support any portion of the roadbed, embankment, or other structural feature shall be placed as directed by the Engineer in such manner and to such state of compaction as will preclude objectionable amount of settlement, maximum 10" loose lifts to minimum 95% Standard Proctor density unless otherwise specified. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the work governed by this specification shall not be measured for pay,but shall be subsidiary to the project. 021080 Page 3of3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 022020 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for excavation and backfill for utilities required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION (1) Unless otherwise specified on the drawings or permitted by the Engineer, all pipe and conduit shall be constructed in open cut trenches with vertical sides. Trenches shall be sheathed and braced as necessary throughout the construction period. Sheathing and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor (refer to Section 022022 "Trench Safety for Excavations" of the City Standard Specifications). Trenches shall have a maximum width of one foot beyond the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the pipe and parallel thereto on each side unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall not have more than 200 feet of open trench left behind the trenching operation and no more than 500 feet of ditch behind the ditching machine that is not compacted as required by the plans and specifications. No trench or excavation shall remain open after working hours. For all utility conduit and sewer pipe to be constructed in fill above natural ground, the embankment shall first be constructed to an elevation not less than one foot above the top of the pipe or conduit, after which excavation for the pipe or conduit shall be made. If quicksand, muck, or similar unstable material is encountered during the excavation, the following procedure shall be used unless other methods are called for on the drawings. If the unstable condition is a result of ground water, the Contractor,prior to additional excavation, shall control it. After stable conditions have been achieved,unstable soil shall be removed or stabilized to a depth of 2 feet below the bottom of pipe for pipes 2 feet or more in height; and to a depth equal to the height of pipe,6 inches minimum,for pipes less then 2 feet in height. Such excavation shall be carried at least one foot beyond the horizontal limits of the structure on all sides. All unstable soil so removed shall be replaced with suitable stable material, placed in uniform layers of suitable depth as directed by the Engineer, and each layer shall be wetted,if necessary, and compacted by mechanical tamping as required to provide a stable condition. For unstable trench conditions requiring outside forms, seals, sheathing and bracing, any additional excavation and backfill required shall be done at the Contractor's expense. (2) Shaping-of Trench Bottom. The trench bottom shall be undercut a minimum depth sufficient to accommodate the class of bedding indicated on the plans and specifications. 022020 Page 1 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 (3) Dewatering Trench. Pipe or conduit shall not be constructed or laid in a trench in the presence of water. All water shall be removed from the trench sufficiently prior to the pipe or conduit planing operation to insure a relatively dry (no standing water), frii1 bed. The trench shall be maintained in such dewatered condition until the trench has been backfilled to a height at lease one foot above the top of pipe. Removal of water may be accomplished by bailing,pumping,or by installation of well-points,as conditions warrant. Removal of well- points shall be at rate of 1/3 per 24 hours (every third well-point). The Contractor shall prevent groundwater from trench or excavation dewatering operations from discharging directly into the storm water system. Groundwater from dewatering operations shall be sampled and tested, if applicable, and disposed of, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022021 "Control of Ground Water". (4) Excavation in Streets. Excavation in streets,together with the maintenance of traffic where specified, and the restoration of the pavement riding surface, shall be in accordance with drawing detail or as required by other applicable specifications. (S) Removing Abandoned Structures. When abandoned masonry structures or foundations are encountered in the excavation, such obstructions shall be removed for the full width of the trench and to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. When abandoned inlets or manholes are encountered and no plan provision is made for adjustment or connection to the new utility,such manholes and inlets shall be removed completely to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. In each instance,the bottom to the trench shall be restored to grade by backfilling and compacting by the methods provided hereinafter for backfill. Where the trench cuts through utility lines which are known to be abandoned, these lines shall be cut flush with the sides of the trench and blocked with a concrete plug in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. (6) Protection of Utilities. The Contractor shall conduct his work such that a reasonable minimum of disturbance to existing utilities will result. Particular care shall be exercised to avoid the cutting or breakage of water and gas lines. Such lines,if broken,shall be restored promptly by the Contractor. When active wastewater lines are cut in the trenching operations, temporary flumes shall be provided across the trench while open, and the lines shall be restored when the backfilling has progressed to the original bedding line of the sewer so cut. The Contractor shall inform utility owners sufficiently in advance of the Contractor's operations to enable such utility owners to reroute, provide temporary detours, or to make other adjustments to utility lines in order that the Contractor may proceed with his work with a minimum of delay. The Contractor shall not hold the City liable for any expense due to delay or additional work because of utility adjustments or conflicts. (7) Excess Excavated Material. All materials from excavation not required for backfilling the trench shall be removed by the Contractor from the job site promptly following the completion of work involved. 022020 Page 2 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 (8) Backfill A, Backfill Procedure Around Pipe(Initial Backfill) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes or conduits are properly laid. In addition to the specified pipe bedding material, the backfill around the pipe as applicable shall be granular material as shown on the standard details or as described in the applicable specification section, and shall be free of large hard lumps or other debris. If indicated on the plans, pipe shall be encased with cement-stabilized sand backfill as described below. The backfill shall be deposited in the trench simultaneously on both sides of the pipe for the full width of the trench,in layers not to exceed ten(10) inches (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to a density comparable to the adjacent undisturbed soil or as otherwise specified on the plans,but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. A thoroughly compacted material shall be in place between the external wall of the pipe and the undisturbed sides of the trench and to a level twelve (12) inches above the top of the pipe. B. Backfill Over One Foot Above Pipe(Final Backfill) UNPAVED AREAS: The backfill for that portion of trench over one(1)foot above the pipe or conduit not located under pavements (including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains and reinforced concrete storm water pipe) shall be imported select material or clean,excess material from the excavation meeting the following requirements: Free of hard lumps,rock fragments, or other debris, No clay lumps greater than 2" diameter Moisture Content: +/-3% Backfill material shall be placed in layers not more than ten (10) inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density,-unless otherwise indicated. Flooding of backfill is not allowed. Jetting of backfill may only be allowed in sandy soils and in soils otherwise approved by the Engineer. Regardless of backfill method, no lift shall exceed 10 inches and density shall not be less than 95% Standard Proctor density. A period of not less than twenty-four (24)hours shall elapse between the time of jetting and the placing of the top four (4) feet of backfill. If jetting is used, the top four (4) feet of backfill shall be placed in layers not more than 10 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). PAVED AREAS: At utility line crossings under pavements (including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains, and reinforced concrete storm water pipe), and where otherwise indicated on the drawings, trenches shall be backfilled as shown below: From top of initial backfill(typically twelve(12)inches above top of the pipe)to three (3) feet below bottom of road base course,backfill shall be select material meeting the requirements of 022100 "Select Material". 022020 Page 3 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Asphalt Roadways The upper three (3) feet of trench below the road base course shall be backfilled to the bottom of the road base course with cement-stabilized sand containing a minimum of 2 sacks of Standard Type I Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Concrete Roadways The Contractor may elect to backfill the upper three (3) feet of trench below the road base course with cement stabilized sand as noted above, or in the case of storm water pipe or box installation the Contractor may backfill and compact select material to 98% Standard Proctor density(ASTM D698) following City Standard Specification Section 022100. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, excavation and backfill for utilities, including select material or cement-stabilized sand backfill, shall not be measured and paid for separately. It shall be considered subsidiary to the items for which the excavation and backfill is required. 022020 Page 4 of 4 Rev.3-25.2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 022021 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trenches, shaft excavations, structural excavations,and foundation beds in a stable condition,and controlling ground water conditions for tunnel excavations. B. Protection of excavations and trenches from surface runoff. C. Disposing of removed ground water by approved methods. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 698 -Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures,Using 5.5-1b (2.49 kg)Rammer and 12-inch(304.8 mm)Drop. B. Federal Regulations,29 CFR Part 1926, Standards-Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA). C. Federal Register 40 CFR(Vol. 55,No. 222)Part 122,EPA Administered Permit Programs (NPDES),Para.122.26(b)(14) Storm Water Discharge. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water-bearing soil layers. 1. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations, or into tunnels and shafts, and disposing of removed ground water by approved methods. The intent of dewatering is to increase the stability of tunnel excavations and excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations;reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material;prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures,piping and other installations. 2. Depressurization includes reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom or instability of tunnel excavations. B. Excavation drainage includes keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. 022021 Page 1 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. Surface drainage includes the use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes and installation of temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge lines as required to protect the Work from any source of surface water. D. Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters,for observing and recording flow rates. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct subsurface investigations as needed to identify ground water conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation,of ground water control systems. B. Design a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and City Standard Specification Section 022022 - Trench Safety for Excavations, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting: a) Excavations (including utility trenches); b) Tunnel excavation, face stability or seepage into tunnels. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties,buildings,structures,utilities,installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage,boils,quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C. Provide ground water control systems which may include single-stage or multiple-stage well point systems, eductor and ejector-type systems,deep wells,or combinations of these equipment types. D. Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E. Provide ditches,beans,pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water away from excavations. F. Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. 022021 Page 2 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 G. Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures, and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H. Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. I. Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J. Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use,if applicable. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B. Comply with Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)regulations and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C. Prior to beginning construction activities, file Notice of Intent(NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the Texas Pollutant Elimination System(TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000, administered by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ). The general permit falls under the provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Chapter 26 of the Texas Water Code. D. Prepare submittal form and submit to TCEQ along with application fee. E. Upon completion of construction, file Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit with the TCEQ. F. Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of ground water and matters affecting well installation,water discharge,and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. G. Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. 022021 Page 3 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 H. Conduct sampling and testing of ground water and receiving waters as outlined in Article 3 below. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. B. Eductors,well points, or deep wells,where used, shall be furnished,installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C. All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. D. Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures,and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the water bearing layers. B. Provide labor,material, equipment,techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C. Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the ground water control system design. Notify the City's Construction Inspector in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Revise the ground water control system design to reflect field changes. D. Provide for continuous system operation,including nights,weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E. Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F. Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed 022021 Page 4 of 10 Rev.10.30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the ground water control system design. G. Remove ground water control installations. 1. Remove pumping system components and piping when ground water control is no longer required. 2. Remove piezometers and monitoring wells when directed by the City Engineer, 3. Grout abandoned well and piezometer holes, Fill piping that is not removed with cement- bentonite grout or cement-sand grout. H. During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I. Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical,provide grout comlections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement-sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J. Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means for draining the affected portion of underground system,including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K. Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L. In unpaved areas, compact backfill to not less than 95 percent of Standard Proctor maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D 698. In paved areas (or areas to receive paving), compact backfill to not less than 98 percent of Standard Proctor maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D 698. 3.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR,WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A. For above ground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B. Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are pre-drained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for 022021 Page 5 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C. Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation(including trenching). D. Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations,but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is pre-drained by an existing system such that the criteria of the ground water control system design are satisfied. E. Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F. Provide additional ground water control installations, or change the methods, in the event that the installations according to the ground water control system design do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the ground water control system design and by these specifications. 3.3 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A. Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of a layer of crushed stone and filter fabric, and suimp pumping in combination with sufficient wells for ground water control to maintain stable excavation and backfill conditions. 3.4 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A. Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area or seepage into tunnel is occurring. Keep system in good condition. B. Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C. Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D. Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the City Engineer. 3.5 MONITORING AND RECORDING A. Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. 022021 Page 6 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B. Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed,except when City Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Construction Inspector's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.6 SAMPLING,TESTING AND DISPOSAL OF GROUND WATER A. It is the intent that the Contractor discharge groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system in accordance with City Ordinance,Article XVI, Section 55-203,only if the groundwater is uncontaminated and the quality of the ground water is equal to or better than the quality of the receiving stream. B. The Contractor shall prevent ground water from trench or excavation dewatering operations from discharging directly into the storm water system prior to testing and authorization. Ground water from dewatering operations shall be sampled and tested, and disposed of by approved methods. C. Laboratory analysis of groundwater and receiving water quality is to be performed by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense,prior to commencing discharge, and groundwater analysis shall be performed by the Contractor at a minimum of once per week. Contractor shall coordinate with the City Storm Water Department on all laboratory analysis.Laboratory analysis of groundwater shall also be perforined at each new area of construction prior to discharge from that location. D. Sample containers,holding tunes,preservation methods, and analytical methods, shall either follow the requirements in 40 CFR Part 136 (as amended), or the latest edition of"Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater." Any laboratory providing analysis must be accredited or certified by the Texas Commission on Enviromnental Quality according to Title 30 Texas Administrative Code (30 TAC) Chapters 25 for the matrices,methods, and parameters of analysis, if available, or be exempt according to 30 TAC §25.6. E. Analysis of the ground water discharge shall show it to be equal to or better than the quality of the first natural body of receiving water. This requires testing of both the receiving water and a sample of the ground water. All parts of this procedure shall be complete prior to any discharge of ground water to the storm water system. F. Steps to Determine Legitimate Discharge: 1. Identify the First Receiving Water. a) When the first body of water is a fresh water system(Nueces River or Oso Creek),the analysis typically fails because the local ground water will likely be too high in Total Dissolved Solids (TDS). In the case of a perched aquifer, the ground water may turn out fairly fresh, but local experience shows this to be unlikely. b) If the receiving water is a marine environment,proceed with Step 2 below to compare the ground water quality to receiving water quality. 022021 Page 7 of 10 Rev.10-30.2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 2. Compare Ground Water Discharge Quality to Receiving Water Quality. The following table, Ground Water Discharge Limits, indicates that the parameters to compare to the receiving water are Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and Total Suspended Solids (TSS). If the ground water results are equal to or better than the receiving water, then the discharge may be authorized as long as the discharge does not exceed the other parameters which would indicate hydrocarbon contamination. Note that the receiving water only needs to be tested initially as a baseline and the ground water shall be tested weekly to ensure compliance. GROUND WATER DISCHARGE LIMITS Ground Receiving Water Water Monitoring Monitoring Maximum Parameter Frequency Frequency Limitation Total Dissolved Once Prior to Solids (TDS) Initial+Weeldy Discharge <Receiving Water Total Suspended Once Prior to Solids (TSS) Initial+Weeldy Discharge <Receiving Water Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons Initial+Weekly 15 mg/L Total Lead Initial+Weekly 0.1 mg/L Benzene Initial+Weekly 0.005 mg/L Total BTEX Initial+Weeldy 0.1 mg/L Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons Initial+Monthly 0.01 mg/L 3. Analyze Ground Water for Hydrocarbon Contamination. All other parameters listed on the Ground Water Discharge Limits table must be analyzed prior to ground water discharge to the storm water system. If no limits are exceeded, ground water discharge to the storm water system may be authorized following notification to the MS4 operator(City of Corpus Christi) and all Pollution Prevention Measures for the project are in place. Analytical results shall be on-site or readily available for review by local, state or federal inspectors. Note that this step is frequently done simultaneously with Step 2 above to shorten analytical processing time. 4. Pollution Prevention Measures. A storm water pollution prevention plan or pollution control plan shall be developed and implemented prior to any ground water discharges to the storm water system. The plan's objectives are to limit erosion and scour of the storm water system, and minimize Total Suspended Solids (TSS) and other forms of contamination, and prevent any damage to the storm water system. Note that ground water discharges must cease immediately upon the first recognition of contamination,either by sensory or analytical methods. If the discharge of groundwater results in any damages to the storm water system, the responsible party 022021 Page 8 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 , shall remediate any damage to the storm water system and the environment to the satisfaction of the Storm Water Department and/or any State or Federal Regulatory Agency. 5. MS4 Operator Notification. The MS4 operator shall be notified prior to ground water discharge to the storm water system. Contractor shall contact the designated City MS4 representative to request authorization to discharge ground water to the stonn water system. Notification shall include: Project Name: Responsible Party: Discharge Location: Receiving Water: Estimated Time of Discharge: Linear Proj ect: Yes/No Pollution Prevention Measures Implemented: Statement indicating all sampling and testing has been conducted and meets the requirements of a legitimate discharge. G. Discharges to Wastewater System In the event that the groundwater does not equal or exceed the receiving water quality, an alternative disposal option would include pumping to the nearest sanitary sewer system. Discharge to the sanitary sewer system requires a permit from the Wastewater Department. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a sanitary sewer or wastewater treatment plant,the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Contractor shall contact the Pretreatment Group for City Utility Operations to obtain a Wastewater Discharge Permit Application for authorization to discharge to the wastewater system. Authorization approval will include review of laboratory analysis of the ground water and estimated flow data. Note that groundwater discharges must cease immediately upon the first recognition of contamination, either by sensory or analytical methods. If the discharge of groundwater results in any damages to the wastewater collection system or wastewater overflows,the responsible party shall remediate any damage to the wastewater collection system and the environment to the satisfaction of the Wastewater Department and/or any State or Federal Regulatory Agency. H. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Engineer on a case by case basis. 3.7 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A. Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through the use of dikes,ditches, curb walls,pipes, sumps or other approved means. B. Divert surface water into sumps and pump into drainage channels or storm drains,when 022021 Page 9 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 approved by the City Engineer. Provide settling basins when required by the City Engineer•, C. Storm water that enters the excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by manmade beim(s)prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is required to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering the storm water system. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, control of ground water will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 022021 Page 10 of 10 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 022022 TRENCH SAFETY FOR EXCAVATIONS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for providing for worker safety in excavations and trenching operations required to complete the project. 2. REQUIREMENTS Worker Safety in excavations and trenches shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA) Standards,29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P- Excavations. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and not the City or Engineer or Consultant, to determine and monitor the specific applicability of a safety system to the field conditions to be encountered on the job site during the project. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City and Engineer and Consultant from all damages and costs that may result from failure of methods or equipment used by the Contractor to provide for worker safety. Trenches,as used herein,shall apply to any excavation into which structures,utilities,or sewers are placed regardless of depth. Trench Safety Plan, as used herein, shall apply to all methods and materials used to provide for worker safety in excavation and trenching operations required during the project. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement of Trench Safety shall be by the linear foot of trench, regardless of depth. Measurement shall be taken along the centerline of the trench. Measurement for Excavation Safety for Utility Structures shall be per each excavation. Excavations include, but are not limited to, those for manholes, vaults, pits and other such structures that are incidental to utility work. Measurement for Excavation Safety for Special Structures shall be per each excavation or by the hunp sum for each special structure identified in the Proposal. Payment shall be at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all work, equipment,materials,personnel, and incidentals as required to provide for worker safety in trenches and excavations for the project. Revision current for Texas Code Chapter 756 Subchapter C. Trench Safety. 022022 Page 1 of 1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 022420 SILT FENCE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for providing and installing silt fencing required to control sedimentation and erosion during construction of the project. 2. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Geotextile shall meet the requirements for temporary silt fence per AASHTO M288. B. Fence Reinforcement Materials: Silt fence reinforcement shall be one of the following systems. Type 1: Self-Supported Fence-This system consists of fence posts,spaced no more than 8- 1/2 feet apart,and geotextile without net reinforcement. Fence posts shall be a minimum of 42 inches long, embedded at least one (1) foot into the ground, and constructed of either wood or steel. Soft wood posts shall be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inches in cross section and essentially straight. Hardwood posts shall be a minimum of 1.5 x 1.5 inches in cross section. Fabric attachment may be by staples or locking plastic ties at least every 6 inches, or by sewn vertical pockets. Steel posts shall be T or L shaped with a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot. Attachment shall be by pockets or by plastic ties if the posts have suitable projections. Type 2: Net-Reinforced Fence- This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8-1/2 feet apart, and geotextile with an attached reinforcing net. Fence posts shall meet the requirements of Self-Supported Fence. Net reinforcement shall be galvanized welded wire mesh of at least 12.5-gauge wire with maximum opening size of 4 x 2 inches. The fabric shall be attached to the top of the net by crimping or cord at least every 2 feet, or as otherwise specified. Type 3: Triangular Filter Dike-This system consists of a rigid wire mesh,at least 6-gauge, formed into an equilateral triangle cross-sectional shape with sides measuring 18 inches, wrapped with geotextile silt fence fabric. The fabric shall be continuously wrapped around the dike, with a skirt extending at least 12 inches from its upslope corner. C. Packaging Requirements: Prior to installation, the fabric shall be protected from damage due to ultraviolet light and moisture by either wrappers or inside storage. 022100 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 D. Certification and Identification: Each lot or shipment shall be accompanied by a certification of conformance to this specification. The shipment must be identified by a ticket or by labels securely affixed to the fabric rolls. This ticket or label must list the following information: a. Name of manufacturer or supplier b. Brand name and style C. Manufacturer's lot number or control number d. Roll size(length and width) e. Chemical composition 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, silt fence shall be measured by the linear foot. Payment shall be at the bid price for the unit of measurement specified and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, placing, maintaining and removing the silt fence. 022420 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 025610 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of Portland cement concrete combined concrete curb and gutter or separate concrete curb with or without reinforcing steel as required, constructed on an approved subgrade or foundation material in accordance with these specifications, in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and details shown on the drawings. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, materials and proportions for concrete used in construction tinder this specification shall conform to the requirements as specified for Class "A" Concrete under City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements as specified in City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall be redwood material meeting the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The foundation shall be excavated and shaped to line, grade and cross-section, and hand tamped and sprinkled. If dry,the subgrade or foundation material shall be sprinkled lightly with water and compacted to not less than 98% Standard Proctor density,or as required on the drawings. Flexible base shall be compacted to specified density and moisture immediately before concrete is deposited thereon. Outside forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, flee of waip, and of a depth equal to the depth of the curb and gutter. They shall be securely staked to line and grade,and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. Inside forms for the curb shall be approved material,shall be of such design as to provide the curb required,and shall be rigidly attached to the outside forms. For reinforced concrete roadways, all jointing must be reflected through the curb, including redwood expansion joints and construction joints. Driveway gutter shall be placed integrally with the driveway as shown on the City Standard Details. The reinforcing steel shall be placed in position as shown on the typical details. Care shall be exercised to keep all reinforcing steel in its proper location. Concrete for curb and gutter shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The curb and gutter shall be placed in sections of the length indicated on the plans, and each section shall be separated by a premolded insert or board joint of cross-section specified for the curb and gutter,and of the thickness indicated on the drawings. 025610 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3.25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 After the concrete has been struck off and after it has become sufficiently set,the exposed surfaces shall be thoroughly worked with a wooden float. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius indicated on the drawings. All exposed surfaces of curb and gutter, or curb, shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface. The completed curb and gutter shall be cured with Type 2, white pigmented curing compound unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Other methods of curing as outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. The area behind the curb shall be backfilled,tamped,and sloped as directed as soon as possible and no later than 48 hours after the removal of forms. Backfill shall be placed to the full height of the curb, or as otherwise specified. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, concrete curb and gutter or concrete curb will be measured by the linear foot for each type of curb, complete in place. Payment shall be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials including reinforcing steel and expansion joint material; for furnishing,placing,shaping and tamping backfill; and for all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025610 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25.2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 025612 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 1, DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of sidewalks and driveways, with or without reinforcing steel, composed of Portland cement concrete,constructed as herein specified on an approved subgrade,in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and the details shown on the drawings. 2. MATERIALS Materials and proportions used in construction under this item shall conform to the requirements as specified for Class "A" concrete under City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements as specified in City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall be redwood meeting the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". Cap seal shall be"Greenstrealc" or approved equal. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The subgrade shall be excavated, compacted and shaped to line, grade and cross-section and hand tamped and sprinkled with water. Subgrade under concrete sidewalks and driveways shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. The subgrade shall be within 0-3% of optimum moisture content at the time the concrete is placed. Forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer,straight,free from warp, and of a depth equal to the thickness of the finished work. They shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. The reinforcing steel shall be placed in position as shown on the drawings. Care shall be exercised to keep all reinforcing steel in its proper location. Driveways shall incorporate the gutter in a unified concrete placement as shown in the City Standard Detail for driveways. Sidewalks shall be constructed in sections of the lengths shown on drawings. Unless otherwise provided by the drawings,no section shall be of a length less than 8 feet,and any section less than 8 feet shall be removed by the Contractor at his own expense. 025612 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 The different sections shall be separated by a premolded insert or board joint of the thickness shown on the drawings, placed vertically and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the sidewalks. Where the sidewalk or driveways abut a curb or retaining wall, approved expansion joint material shall be placed along their entire length. Similar expansion joint material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding through sidewalks or driveways. Concrete shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer,placed in the forms to the depth specified and spaded and tamped until thoroughly compacted and mortar entirely covers the surface. The top surface shall be floated with a wooden float to a gritty texture. The outer edges and joints shall then be rounded with approved tools to the radii shown on drawings. 5-foot wide sidewalks shall be marked into separate sections, each 5 feet in length, by the use of approved jointing tools. For other widths of sidewalk,joints to be spaced longitudinally to match the transverse width. When completed,the sidewalks and driveways shall be cured with Type 2,white pigmented curing compound. Other methods of curing as outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, concrete sidewalks and driveways shall be measured by the square foot of surface area of completed sidewalks, driveways, or sidewalks and driveways, as indicated on the drawings. Payment shall be full compensation for preparing and compacting the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials including concrete,reinforcing steel and expansion joint material; and for all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025612 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 025614 CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for constiucting Concrete Curb Ramps required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Concrete shall be Class"A" in accordance with Section 030020"Portland Cement Concrete"of the City Standard Specifications. Reinforcement shall be 4x4-W2.9xW2.9 welded wire fabric or#4 steel reinforcing bars spaced at 12 inches each way in accordance with Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel" of the City Standard Specifications. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The subgrade shall be shaped to line, grade and cross-section, and shall be of uniform density and moisture when concrete is placed. The subgrade shall be hand tamped and sprinkled with water to achieve the desired consistency and uniform support. Subgrade compaction shall not be less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Ramps shall be constructed of Class"A" concrete to line and section as shown on the plans. Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, ramps shall have a minimum concrete thickness in excess of 5 inches,prior to application of the detectable warning surfacing. Slopes, S, shall be as follows,unless shown otherwise on the drawings: RAMPS Ramp in direction of travel . . . . . S < 1:12 Side slope of ramp (flare) . . . . . S < 1:10 Cross slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:100<S<1:50 ADJOINING AREAS Landings adjacent to ramp................. S < 1:20 Driveways abutting tied sidewalks.... S < 1:10 Width of ramp shall be 60 inches(minimum),exclusive of flare,unless specifically shown otherwvise on the drawings. No ramp shall be less than 36 inches wide under any circumstances. Obstructions 025614 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 shall be removed or relocated, as appropriate, or the location of the ramp may be shifted, if authorized. Detectable warning surface shall be polymer composite material detectable warning panels as shown on the drawings. Surfacing shall be flush with abutting areas and placed using a template as required to achieve an esthetic well-defined edge. Surfacing shall be subsidiary work and will not be measured for separate pay. Pavement markings for street crossings shall be placed such that the crosswalk is properly aligned with respect to the curb ramp. See striping details for proper alignment of pavement markings with respect to intersection and curb ramp. Properly constructed curb ramp shall be true to line, section and grade, and shall be free of loose material and irregularities. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, concrete curb ramps shall be measured by the horizontal square foot of ramp surface area, including side flares when used. Adjoining curbs, gutters, sidewalks, and driveways will be excluded from said measurement. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, subgrade preparation, formwork, concrete, rebar, detectable warning surfaces, borders,molding and curing required to complete the curb ramp, and shall be full compensation for all labor,materials, equipment and incidentals required to complete the work. 025614 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-26-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 025620 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the construction of Portland cement concrete pavement on a prepared subgrade or base course,in accordance with the typical sections shown on the drawings. The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, aggregates (fine and coarse), admixtures if desired or required, and water,proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided. All subsurface utilities must be inspected,tested,and accepted prior to any paving. 2. MATERIALS (1) Cement The cement shall be either Type I, Type II or Type III Portland cement conforming to ASTM Designation: C150,modified as follows: Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer, the specific surface area of Type I and II cements shall not exceed 2000 square centimeters per gram(Wagner Turbidimeter— TxDOT Test Method Tex-310-D). The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a statement as to the specific surface area of the cement, expressed in square centimeters per gram, for each shipment. For concrete pavements, strength requirements shall be demonstrated using flexural (beam) or compressive (cylinder) tests as required in the drawings. Either Type I or II cement shall be used unless Type 11 is specified on the plans. Except when Type II is specified on the plans, Type III cement may be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will not exceed 60°F. Type III cement shall be used when high early strength concrete pavement is specified on the drawings. Different types of cement may be used in the same project, but all cement used in any one monolithic placement of concrete pavement shall be of the same type and brand. Only one brand of each type of cement will be permitted in any one project unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Cement may be delivered in bulls where adequate bin storage is provided. All other cement shall be delivered in bags marked plainly with the name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. Similar information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of packaged or bulls cement. Bags shall contain 94 pounds net. All bags shall be in good condition at time of delivery. All cement shall be properly protected against dampness. No calved cement will be accepted: 025620 Page 1 of 5 Rev.3.25.2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Cement remaining in storage for a prolonged period of time may be retested and rejected if it fails to confonn to any of the requirements of these specifications. (2) Mixing Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". (3) Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate for use in concrete mixture shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete", Grade No. 2. (4) Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate for use in concrete mixture shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete", Grade No. 1. (5) Mineral Filler Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust,clean crushed sand,or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar(Grout) Mortar for repair of concrete pavements shall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand, and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required. When required by the Engineer, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures Calcium chloride will not be permitted. Unless otherwise noted, air-entraining, retarding and water-reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete and shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". (8) Reinforcing Steel Unless otherwise designated on the plans, all steel reinforcement shall be deformed bars, and shall conform to ASTM Designation:A615,Grade 60,and shall be open hearth,basic oxygen or electric furnace new billet steel in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Dowels shall be plain billet steel smooth bars conforming to ASTM Designation: A615,Grade 60, and shall have hot-dip galvanized finish. 3. STORAGE OF MATERIALS All cement and aggregate shall be stored and handled in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 025620 Page 2 of 5 Rev.3.25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 4. MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS Measurement of the materials, except water,used in batches of concrete, shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 5. CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design to comply with the requirements herein and in accordance with THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, except the testing of strength specimens,which will be done by the Engineer. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient,including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the plans. In lieu of the above mix design responsibility,the Contractor may accept a design furnished by the Engineer; however, this will not relieve the Contractor of providing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. Trial batches will be made and tested using all of the proposed ingredients prior to placing the concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture is changed. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. When transit mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall not be less than 50 percent of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that no substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. This specification section incorporates the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 6. CONSISTENCY In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor may use, or the Engineer may require, an approved water-reducing or retarding agent, or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates or admixture. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum. The concrete shall be 025620 Page 3 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 workable, cohesive,possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Slump requirements shall be as specified in Table 1. TABLE 1 S111 nnp Requirements Construction Method Desired Slump Minimum Slump Maximum Slump Concrete Pavement(slipfolmed) 1.5 inches 1 inch 3 inches Concrete Pavement(formed) 4 inches 2.5 inches 6.5 inches NOTE: No concrete will be permitted with slump in excess of the maximum shown. QUALITY OF CONCRETE The concrete shall be uniform and workable. The cement content, maxirnurm allowable water- cement ratio, desired slump, minimum slump, maximum slump, and the strength requirements of the class of concrete for concrete pavement shall conform to the requirements of Table 1 and Table 2 and as required herein. During the process of the work, the Engineer will cast test beams or cylinders as a check on the flexural or compressive strength of the concrete actually placed. Testing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". If the required flexural or compressive strength is not secured with the cement specified in Table 2, changes in the batch design will be made. The concrete shall meet either the minimum flexural (beam) strength (7-day or 28-day) or minimum compressive strength(7-day or 28-day) shown in Table 2. TABLE 2 Class of Concrete for Concrete Pavement Class Minimum Minimum Maximum of Flexural(Beam) Compressive Water-Cement Coarse Concrete Stren th Str_ei� Ratio Aggregate P* 450 psi(7 days) 3200 psi (7 days) 5.6 gal./sack No.2(1%2") 570 psi(28 days) 4000 psi(28 days) 0.50 * 5%entrained air 8. MIXING CONDITIONS The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the limits outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures",Article"Placing Concrete-General",shall not be used.Re-tamping of concrete will not be permitted. 025620 Page 4 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Mixing conditions shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 9. MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT Mixing and mixing equipment shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 10. READY-MIX PLANTS The requirements for ready-mix plants shall be as specified in City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 11. PLACING CURING AND FIMSHING All subsurface utilities must be inspected,tested, and accepted prior to any paving. Subgrade preparation shall be as specified on the plans. The placing of concrete, including construction of forms and falsework,curing and finishing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". For membrane curing, curing material shall conform to Type 2, Class A curing compound, or as otherwise shown on the drawings. 12. JOINTS IN CONCRETE PAVEMENT The placing of j oints in concrete pavement shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" and as detailed on the drawings. 13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the quantities of concrete for concrete pavement(s), which will constitute the completed and accepted pavement(s) in-place, will be measured by the square yard or square foot for the indicated thickness and type of cement. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, mixing, placing, curing and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; furnishing and placing reinforcing steel and steel dowels as shown on the plans; furnishing and placing drains; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; furnishing and placing expansion joint material,joint filler and sealants, and contraction(control) joints required by this specification or shown on the plans; and for all forms and falsework, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Any paving placed prior to inspection, testing, and acceptance of underground utilities may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor's expense after correcting any subsurface utility defects. 025620 Page 5 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 025807 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PAINT AND TBERMOPLASTICI 1. DESCRIPTION This item shall consist of markings and stripes on the surface of the roadways or parking facilities applied in accordance with this specification and at the locations shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 2, MATERIALS Type I Pavement Marking Materials shall be in accordance with TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8220 "Hot Applied Thermoplastic". All roadway markings shall be thermoplastic. Type 11 Pavement Marking Materials shall be in accordance with TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8200 "Traffic Paint" and are not to be used for roadway markings except as primer/sealer for Type 1 markings. Type 11 Pavement Markings shall be allowed for parking facilities if called for in the plans. Glass Traffic Beads shall be drop-on glass beads conforming to TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8290 "Glass Traffic Beads". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.1 Weather Limitations -Pavement marking shall be performed only when the existing surface is dry and clean, when the atmospheric temperature is above 40'F., and when the weather is not excessively windy, dusty, or foggy. The suitability of the weather will be determined by the Engineer. 3.2 Equipment - All equipment for the work shall be approved by the Engineer and shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, and mechanical marking machine, and such auxiliary hand painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The mechanical marker shall be an approved atomizing spray-type marking machine suitable for application of pavement markings. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall be designed so as to apply markings of uniform cross-sections and clear-out edges without running of 025807 Page 1 of 3 Rev.10.30.2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 spattering and within the limits for straightness set forth herein. Suitable adjustments shall be provided on the sprayer(s)of a single machine or by furnishing additional equipment for marking the width required. 3.3 Preparation of Existing Surface - Immediately before application of the paint or thermoplastic,the existing surface shall be dry and entirely free from old pavement markings and markers, dirt, grease, oil, acids, laitance, or other foreign matter which could reduce the bond between the marking and the pavement. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by sweeping and blowing as required to remove all dirt, laitance and loose materials. Areas that cannot be satisfactorily cleaned by brooming and blowing shall be scrubbed as directed with a water solution of trisodiu m phosphate (10% Na3PO4 by weight) or an approved equal solution. After scrubbing, the solution shall be rinsed off and the surface dried prior to marking. 3.4 Layouts and Alignments - Suitable layouts and lines of proposed stripes shall be spotted in advance of the marking application. Control points shall be spaced at such intervals as will insure accurate location of all markings. The Contractor shall provide an experienced technician to supervise the location, alignment, layout, dimensions, and application of the markings. At least 72 hours prior to applying the permanent pavement markings, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and City Construction Inspector to obtain City approval for the location, alignment and layout of the pavement markings. 3.5 Application - Markings shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing indicated on the plans or as specified. Markings shall not be applied until the layouts,indicated alignment, and the condition of the existing surface have been approved by the Engineer. In the application of straight stripes, any deviation of the edges exceeding 1/2 inch in 50 feet shall be obliterated and the marking corrected. The width of the markings shall be as designated within a tolerance of 5%. All markings shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Paint shall be applied uniformly by suitable equipment at a rate of not less than 105 or more.than 115 square feet per gallon. The Contractor shall furnish a certified report on the quality of materials ordered for the work. This report shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. The Engineer shall be notified upon arrival of shipment for inspecting and sampling of 025807 Page 2 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 the materials. When required, all emptied containers shall be retuned to the paint material storage or made available for tallying by the Engineer. The containers shall not be removed from the job site or destroyed without permission. The Contractor shall make an accurate accounting of the paint materials used in the accepted work. 3.6 Protection - After application, all markings shall be protected while drying. The fi•esh markings shall be protected from damage of any kind. The Contractor shall be directly responsible for protecting the markings and shall erect or place suitable warning signs, flags or barricades, protective screens or coverings as required. All surfaces shall be protected from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, drippings of paint or other materials. 3.7 Defective Workmanship or Material - When any material not conforming to the requirements of the specifications or drawings has been delivered to the project or incorporated in the work,or any work performed is of inferior quality,such material or work shall be corrected as directed by the Engineer, at the expense of the Contractor. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,pavement markings shall be measured by the square foot or linear foot of each type of marking. Eliminating existing pavement markings and markers will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be subsidiary to the pavement marking items. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for eliminating existing pavement markings and markers, for all preparation, layout and application of the materials, and for all labor, equipment,tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025807 Page 3 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 025813 PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC STRIPING,WORDS AND EMBLEMS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for furnishing and installing preformed thermoplastic striping, words and emblems required to complete the project. 2. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE When required by the Engineer, prior to beginning work on the markings but after receipt by the Engineer of the required information, a conference will be held between the representatives of the Contractor and the Engineer to set up more completely the sequence of work to be followed and the estimated progress schedule. 3. MATERIALS The preformed pavement marking material shall be thermoplastic material meeting the specifications of TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8220"Hot Applied Thermoplastic,"and shall be approved by the Engineer for use on this project. 4. CONSTRUCTION (1) General. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and equipment and perform work or services necessary for complete and proper construction of the completed system of pavement markings. (2) Traffic Conditions. Roadways on which markings are to be placed may be either free of traffic or open to traffic. On roadways already open to traffic,markings shall be placed under existing traffic conditions. (3) Dimensions. Markings will be in accordance with the color, length, width, shape, configuration and location requirements of the plans and as directed by the Engineer. (4) Methods. All material placement shall be in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification Item 668 "Prefabricated Pavement Markings" and City Section 025807 "Pavement Markings (Paint and Thermoplastic)." (5) Surface Preparation. The pavement upon which the markings are to be placed shall be cleaned and prepared,to the satisfaction of the Engineer,prior to placement of the markings. Cleaning shall be by any effective method, approved by the Engineer that completely and effectively removes contaminants, loose materials, and conditions deleterious to proper adhesion. Surfaces shall be further prepared after cleaning by sealing or priming, as recommended by the manufacturer of the pavement marking material. 025813 Page 1 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 (6) Moisture. Pavement to which the material is to be applied shall be completely dry. When questionable, pavements will be considered dry if, on a sunny day after observation for 15 minutes, no condensation occurs on the underside of a one (1) square foot piece of clear plastic that has been placed on the pavement and weighted down on the edges. (7) Temperature. Pavement and ambient air temperature requirements recommended by the material manufacturer shall be observed. If no temperature requirements are established by the materials manufacturer,material will not be placed if the pavement temperature is below 60 degrees F or if it is above 120 degrees F. (8) Clean-Up. At all times,the project site shall be kept free of all unnecessary traffic hazards. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish from the work site, and shall clean and restore the area to a manner acceptable to the Engineer. Also,all damage done by the Contractor during the prosecution of the work must be repaired. Before acceptance,the work site must be neat and in a presentable condition throughout. No extra compensation will be allowed for fulfilling these clean-up requirements. 5. PERFORMANCE (1) Adhesion.Installed pavement markings shall adhere to the pavement sufficiently to prevent lifting, shifting, smearing, spreading, flowing or tearing by traffic. (2) Appearance. In addition to complying with all requirements listed herein, pavement markings shall present a neat,uniform appearance, and shall be free of unsightly conditions. Markings shall be free of ragged edges, misshapen lines or contours, and splices in transverse markings. (3) Visibility. The pavement marking material,in place on the roadway,shall have uniform and distinctive retro-reflectance when observed in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex- 828-B. (4) Observation Period. All material, workmanship and labor furnished shall be covered by manufacturer's guarantee and/or warranty for a period of 12 months commencing on the final delivery date of the materials. Pavement markings that fail to meet all requirements of this specification shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor within 3 0 working days following notification by the Engineer of such failure. All replacement pavement markings shall also meet all requirements of this specification for the same warranty period after installation. 025813 Page 2 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 6. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Forrn, preformed striping, words and emblems shall be measured by each type and color indicated on the Bid Form including preformed arrows and words or other symbols as indicated in the Bid Form. Payment shall be full compensation for cleaning the pavement by any suitable means other than blast cleaning,for furnishing and placing all materials,and for all labor,tools,equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025813 Page 3 of 3 Rev.3.25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 025816 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing and installing Raised Pavement Markers required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS shall conform to Reference Specification Section 025818 "Pavement Markers (Reflectorized)" (TxDOT Departmental Material Specification 4200). Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, raised pavement markers and traffic buttons shall be of the type to be applied to the roadway surface with a non-integral adhesive. Types of raised pavement markers shall be as follows: TYPE DESCRIPTION I-A One face shall reflect amber light and the body other than the reflective face shall be yellow. I-C One face shall reflect white light and the body other than the reflective face shall be white, silver or light gray. I-R One face shall reflect red light and the body other than the reflective face shall be white, silver or light gray, or may be one-half red on the side that reflects red light. II-A-A Shall contain two reflective faces, each of which shall reflect amber light and the body other than the reflective faces shall be yellow. II-B-B Shall contain two reflective faces, each of which shall reflect blue light and the body other than the reflective faces shall be blue. (Fire Hydrant Application.) II-C-C Shall contain two reflective faces, each of which shall reflect white light and the body other than the reflective faces shall be white, silver or light gray. 025816 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 II-C-R Shall contain two reflective faces, one of which shall reflect white light and the other face shall reflect red light, and the body other than the reflective faces shall be white, silver or light gray, or may be one- half red on the side that reflects red light. .ADHESIVE for securing raised pavement markers to asphalt or concrete surfaces shall conform to Reference Specification Section 025828 `Bituminous Adhesive for Pavement Markers" (TxDOT Departmental Materials Specification 6130). 3. METHODS PAVEMENT SURFACE to receive raised pavement markers shall be prepared such that the surface is free of loose material, grease, moisture, and other foreign material that could impair the bond with the adhesive. ALIGNMENT AND POSITIONING of raised pavement markers shall be such that the reflective faces are aligned for proper visibility. ADHESIVE shall be applied such that 100% of the lower surface of the marker is in contact with the adhesive and in sufficient quantity to serve as a cushion between the marker and the paved surface. Any surplus adhesive shall be removed so that the visibility of the marker is not impaired. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, raised pavement markers shall be measured as individual units for each type installed, if included as a bid item in the Bid Form. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing markers complete with adhesive, and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required to complete the work. 025816 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 026201 WATERLINE RISER ASSEMBLIES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work and materials required for proper installation of riser assemblies for waterline testing. 2. MATERIALS Riser assemblies for 4" diameter and larger waterlines shall consist of(in order): M.J.Plug or Cap,drilled and tapped(2") 2" x 6" Galvanized Nipple 2" Galvanized 90°Bend 2"x T Galvanized Nipple 2" Straight Coupling 2"x 3'Galvanized Nipple 2" Brass Gate Valve 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The Contractor shall install riser assemblies on each end of waterlines to be tested. Note that this includes all 2" service connections. The assembly shall be wrapped in polyethylene, and concrete thrust blocking shall be applied at the base. After the line is tested and ready for connection to the existing water system, the Contractor shall remove the riser assembly. The riser assemblies shall remain the property of the Contractor. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, waterline riser assemblies shall not be measured for payment. Payment for materials and labor shall be considered subsidiary to the payment for the waterline pipe. 026201 Page 1 of 1 Rev.10.30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 026202 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE SYSTEMS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for hydrostatic testing the completed pressure system. The Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, materials, labor, etc., as necessary, except as noted, and accomplish all testing under this specification. 2. MATERIALS Water for filling the line and making tests will be furnished by the Contractor through a standard meter connection. A meter and gauges for testing shall be supplied by the Contractor. A test pump with appropriate connector points as approved by the Water Superintendent for the installation of meter and gauge shall be furnished by the Contractor. The meter shall be directly connected to the main or pipe being tested by the use of copper tubing or an approved reinforced hose. The meter shall be protected against extreme pressures by the use of a one-inch (1") safety relief valve set at the test pressure plus ten pounds per square inch(psi) and furnished by the Contractor. 3, TEST PROCEDURE Tests shall be made only after completion of backfill as specified, and not until at least thirty-six (3 6)hours after the last concrete thrust block has been cast. Contractor shall coordinate hydrostatic testing with the proposed construction sequencing and phasing. Each section of pipeline shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure,measured at the point of lowest elevation,shall be applied. During the filling of the pipe and before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipeline. During the test, all exposed pipe, fittings,valves, hydrants and joints shall be,carefully examined. If found to be leaking,they shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. If the leaking is due to cracked or defective material, the defective material shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material. All pipes shall be subjected to two hydrostatic tests. The first hydrostatic test shall be a two-hour test at a pressure of 150 psi. The second test shall be no less than 48 hours after successful completion of the first hydrostatic test. The second hydrostatic test shall be for a 24-hour period at City operating pressure for waterlines or at 50 psi for wastewater force mains and effluent lines. 026202 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10.30.2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 The maximum allowable leakage shall be as follows: Ductile Iron Pipe, AWWA C600 L= SD Por L=N D(P)i" 133,200 7,400 Asbestos-Cement Pipe,AWWA C603 L=NDP "' 4,000 PVC Pipe-Uni-bell equation 99 L=N D P "2 7,400 WHERE: L=Maximum Allowable Leakage(gallons/hour) S =Length of Pipe Tested (feet) N=Number of Joints in Tested Line(pipe and fittings) D=Nominal Diameter of Pipe (inches) P=Average Test Pressure(psi) If the pressure system fails to meet the leakage requirements, the Contractor shall make the required repairs to the system and the system shall be retested. This procedure shall be repeated until the system complies with leakage requirements. The cost of each retest shall be $100. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,hydrostatic testing of press-Lire systems will not be measured for pay,but shall be subsidiary to the installation of the pressure system component. 026202 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10.30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 026204 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (ASTM D 2241 Pressure Pipe for Wastewater Force Mains, Irrigation Systems and Water Transmission Lines) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for fin-nishing all PVC pipe (ASTM D 2241) required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS PVC pipe shall be made of Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784 with an established hydrostatic design base of 4000 psi for water at 73.4°F. 3. DIMENSIONS Pipe shall be manufactured to standard steel pipe O.D. (IPS),with dimensions and tolerances in accordance with ASTM D 2241. 4. JOINTS Pipe shall have a gasket bell end with a thickened wall section integral with the pipe barrel in accordance with ASTM D 3139. The use of solvent weld pipe shall not be allowed. 5. GASKETS Gaskets for jointing pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F477(for High Head). 6 PIPE PRESSURE RATING AND STANDARD DIMENSION RATIO The pressure rating and SDR for PVC pipe(ASTM D 2241) shall be as indicated on the drawings. Pressure rating shall be based on the ISO equation in Section 4.5 of ASTM D 2241 with a maximiun allowable hydrostatic design stress of 2000 psi (Safety Factor of 2.0). 7. CAUSE FOR REJECTION Pipe shall be clearly marked in accordance with Section 9 of ASTM D 2241. Unmarked or scratched pipe shall be rejected. 026204 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10.30.2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 8. CERTIFICATION The Contractor shall furnish,in duplicate to the Engineer, a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification. Certification shall accompany each delivery of materials, to include gaskets. 9. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, PVC pipe (ASTM D 2241) will be measured by the linear foot along the centerline for each size installed. Measurement of pipe shall be up to,but not include, the fittings. Payment shall include all labor, pipe, and equipment for hauling, bracing, trench excavation, testing, backfilling, and for all cleaning up and other incidentals necessary to install the pipe complete in place,per linear foot. 026204 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 026210 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (AWWA C900 and C905 Pressure Pipe for Municipal Water Mains and Wastewater Force Mains) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing all PVC pipe(AWWA C900 and C905) required to complete the project. 2. MATERIAL PVC pipe shall be made of Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin compounds, as defused in ASTM D1784 with an established hydrostatic-design-basis of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F. 3. DIMENSIONS Pipe shall be manufactured to ductile iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. 4. JOINT Pipe shall have a gasket bell end with a thickened wall section integral with the pipe barrel. The use of solvent weld pipe shall not be allowed. 5. GASKETS Gaskets for jointing pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F477(High Head). 6. PIPE PRESSURE CLASS AND DIMENSION RATIO Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings,pipe shall have a dimension ratio (DR) of 18 and in accordance with: Pipe Size Designation 4"to 12" AWWA C900 Over 12" AWWA C905 7, CAUSE FOR REJECTION Pipe shall be clearly marked in accordance with AWWA Requirements. Unmarked or scratched pipe shall be rejected. 026210 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25.2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 8. CERTIFICATION The contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification,to include gaskets. Certification shall accompany each delivery of materials. 9. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified in the Bid Form, PVC pipe (AWWA C900 or C905) will be measured by the linear foot along the centerline for each size of pipe installed. Measurement of pipe shall be up to, but not include,the fittings. Payment shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment for the completed installation, backfilling and testing of the PVC pipe, together with all incidentals necessary to install the pipe complete in place,per linear foot. 026210 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25.2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 026214 GROUTING ABANDONED UTILITY LINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work and materials required for grouting abandoned utility lines in place. 2. MATERIALS A. Flowable Grout: Flowable grout(or flowable fill)shall consist of a mixture containing Portland cement, fly ash, sand, water, and"Darafill" admixture (or approved equivalent), in the amounts shown below (or otherwise proportioned to provide 100 psi compressive strength at 28 days), to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing the flowable grout. The flowable grout mixture shall be supplied by an approved ready-mix supplier. The manufacturer's representative shall be consulted for any final adjustments to improve the flowability of the mixture. Commercially produced flowable grout may be used with approval of the Engineer. 100 lbs/CY Portland Cement 3001bs/CY Fly Ash 2100 lbs/CY Sand 250 lbs/CY Water 6 oz/CY "Darafill" admixture, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or approved equivalent. B. Raw Soil: Soil shall be typical clayey soil of the area. It shall be from the project site or other approved source not suspected of being contaminated. The soil shall have a Plasticity Index over 15 and a Liquid Limit not to exceed 65. C. Lime: Lime shall be hydrated lime,calcium hydroxide,in accordance with AASHTO M 216. D. Water: Water shall be potable. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Flowable Grout: Mix Portland cement, sand, fly ash, "Darafill" and water in the amounts shown above to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing flowable grout. B. Soil-Lime Mix Design: The following is given as a typical mix design for soil-lune mixture for trial mix. The mix design is based on damp soil with an initial water content of about 15%. The proportions of soil and lime shall not be altered. The Contractor shall determine the amount of water to be added as required to produce a mix at its liquid limit. 026214 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10.30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Trial Mix Design: Damp Soil 1000 lb. Lime 50 lb. Water(approximate) 48 gal. Consistency shall be checked with liquid limit apparatus. C. Placement: The Contractor shall grout abandoned lines as indicated on the drawings. Temporary pumping and venting ports shall be placed as required to provide complete filling of the abandoned line and proper placement of the grout. If segregation or "sand packing" is experienced during pumping,the Contractor shall reduce the water content of the mix or obtain other soil source (for soil-lime mixture), as required. Any damage resulting from piunping operation shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, grouting abandoned utility lines shall be measured by the linear foot of abandoned-in-place pipe. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials and incidentals required to mix, transport, and place the grout and restore surface at pump ports. 026214 Page 2 of 2 Rev.1030.2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 026402 WATERLINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification, in conjunction with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Distribution System Standards, shall govern all work,necessary for the installation of all waterline facilities required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Concrete: Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Bedding Sand for Encasement: Bedding sand and initial backfill around the pipe shall be granular material of low plasticity as indicated on the drawings. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: See City Standard Specification Section 026206. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe: See City Standard Specification Section 026210. Tapping Sleeves and Valves: See City Standard Specification Section 026409. Gate Valves for Waterlines: See City Standard Specification Section 026411. Fire Hydrants: See City Standard Specification Section 026416. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (1) HANDLING MATERIALS a) General: The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe storage of all materials fiirnished to, or by him, and accepted by him, until it has been incorporated into the completed project. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws or other defects will be rejected, and the Contractor shall remove such defective material from the site of the work. b) Unloading and Distribution of Materials at Work Site: Pipe and other materials shall be unloaded at point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the job site by the Contractor. Materials shall at all times be handled with care and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Care shall be taken not to scratch PVC pipe. Excessive scratching shall be considered cause for rejection of PVC pipe. Materials may be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be installed provided that it is to be incorporated into the work within 10 days. The Contractor shall not distribute material in such a manner as to cause undue inconvenience to the public. 026402 Page 1 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 c) Storing Materials: Materials that are not to be incorporated into the work within 10 days shall be stored on platforms. The interior of pipes and accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter. (2) ALIGNMENT AND GRADE a) General: All pipes shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades. Fittings, valves and hydrants shall be at the required locations with joints centered, spigots home and all valve and hydrant stems plumb. Temporary support and adequate protection of all underground and surface utility structures encountered in the progress of the work shall be furnished by the Contractor. Where the grade or alignment of the pipe is obstructed by existing utility structures such as conduits,ducts,pipes,connections to sewers or drains,the obstruction shall be permanently supported, relocated, removed, or reconstructed by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, in cooperation with the owners of such utility structures. One (1) 20-ft. section of waterline pipe shall be centered over/under gravity wastewater line at all gravity wastewater line crossings.Waterline shall be ductile iron pipe with mechanical joint fittings, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 026206,wherever new waterline crosses under new gravity wastewater line. Maintain a minimum of six inches(2 feet usual)vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses over a new wastewater line. Maintain a minimum of twelve inches vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses under a new wastewater line. Alternatively, at gravity wastewater line crossings,the proposed PVC waterline may be encased in a 20-ft.joint of ductile iron pipe with a minimum pressure rating of 150 psi that is at least two nominal sizes larger than the carrier pipe. The carrier pipe shall be supported in the casing at five foot(5') intervals with spacers, or shall be filled to the spring line with clean washed sand, graded as shown in the City Standard Water Details. The casing pipe shall be centered under the gravity wastewater line as indicated on the drawings, and both ends of the casing shall be sealed with cement grout or manufactured seal. b) Deviation from Drawings: No deviation from the line and grade shown on the plans may be made without the written consent of the Engineer. c) Depth of Cover: Depth of cover will be measured from the established street grade or the surface of the permanent improvement, or from finished grade to the top of the pipe barrel. Unless otherwise shown on drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be 36 inches. Waterlines 12" and larger located under streets shall have 48 inches of cover at all points. 026402 Page 2 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 (3) TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL See City Standard Specification Section 022020,"Excavation and Backfill for Utilities" and applicable City Standard Details for Water. (4) POLYETHYLENE WRAPPING All ductile iron pipe,valves and fittings, except pipe or valves which are laid in encasement pipe or in concrete valve boxes, shall be wrapped in polyethylene. The polyethylene material shall have a thickness of 8 mils and may be either clear or black. The wrapping shall be lapped in such manner that all surfaces of pipe,valves and fittings,including joints, shall have a double thickness of polyethylene. If a single longitudinal lap is made using a double thickness of polyethylene, it shall be lapped a minimum of 18 inches and the lap shall be placed in the lower quadrant of the pipe and in such a manner that backfill material cannot fall into the lap. The polyethylene shall be secured in place with binder twine at not more than 6-foot intervals. If wrapping is applied before the pipe is placed in the trench, then special care shall be taken in handling the pipe so that the wrapping will not be damaged. Care shall also be exercised in backfilling around the pipe and fittings and in blocking fittings so as not to damage the wrapping. Any wrapping that may be damaged shall be repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and so as to form the best protection to the pipes. (5) SAND ENCASEMENT All pipe and fittings that are not enclosed in concrete valve boxes or laid in encasement pipe, shall be completely encased with a minimum of eight inches (8") of sand on the bottom and sides of waterlines smaller than 16 inches in diameter, and twelve inches (12") over the top of the waterline,unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. This encasement includes the bottom, sides and top of pipe and fittings including bells, so that all portions will be encased with sand to insulate the pipe from the natural ground and from the backfill. The sand shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% Standard Proctor density. Provide twelve inches (12") of sand encasement all around the pipe for 16-inch diameter and larger waterlines. Sand shall be placed in a manner that will not injure the polyethylene wrapping and shall be compacted under,around the side, and over the pipe in a manner that will reduce settlement to a minimum and as approved by the Engineer. In order to reduce the amount of sand required, the trench bottom may be excavated in a rounded manner so as to maintain at least a minimum of eight inches of sand between the excavation and the pipe (twelve inches for 16-inch diameter and larger waterlines), unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. (6) LOWERING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES IN THE TRENCH a) General; The trench shall be excavated true and parallel to the pipe center line with a minimum clearance of eight inches below the pipe bottom and with a like clearance 026402 Page 3 of 5 Rev.3.25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 from the bottom of the bell to the bottom of the bell hole. The trench shall then be refilled to the proper grade with sand as specified. The placing of the encasing material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil rock or other foreign matter. After final grading in the trench of the encasing material,bell holes shall be excavated at each joint. Proper implements, tools and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and efficient execution of the work. All pipe, fittings,valves,hydrants and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench by means of a den-ick, ropes or other suitable equipment, in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipe and fittings. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench. b) Inspection of Pipe and Accessories: The pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects prior to lowering in the trench. Any defective, damaged or unsound pipe shall be replaced. c) Clean Pine: All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe prior to lowering into the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean both in and out of the trench at all times during the laying. (7) JOINTING PIPES All pipes shall be made up in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Pipe deflection shall not exceed 75% of the maximum amount recommended by the manufacturer. (8) CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS Temporary thrust blocks or other means of carrying thrust loads generated by hydrostatic testing shall be provided at all ends of lines to be tested. Details of the end connections and method of temporary blocking shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. After satisfactory completion of the hydrostatic testing,this temporary blocking shall be removed so that connections may be made with existing lines. This work is subsidiary to waterline installation and no separate payment will be made for it. Temporary thrust blocks are not allowed for long term use. (9) METAL HARNESS Metal harness, tie rods and clamps, or swivel fittings shall be used to prevent pipe movement. Steel rods and clamps shall be galvanized or otherwise rust proofed, or coated with hot coal tar enamel, then wrapped with two layers of polyethylene wrapping. 026402 Page 4 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 (10) STERILIZATION a) Fittings: Valves, hydrants and fittings shall be stored on timbers and kept clean. Where soil or other substance has come in contact with the water surfaces of the fittings, the interior shall be washed and sterilized with 2% solution of calcium hypochlorite. b) Pi e: As each joint of pipe is laid, the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, shall throw powdered calcium hypochlorite(70%)through the length of the joint(one pound for each 1,680 gallons of water to give 50 ppm). When the waterline is complete,and before testing,the waterline shall be slowly filled with water between valves and allowed to stand for 48 hours. After the sterilization period is completed, lines shall be flushed by the Contractor under the direct supervision of a representative of the City Water Department. The Engineer will take sample for testing two hours after refilling. If the sample does not pass State Health Department purification standards, the procedure shall be repeated. The entire procedure shall be coordinated under the supervision of the Water Division Superintendent/Engineer. During the sterilization process,valves shall be operated only under the supervision of the Water Division Superintendent/Engineer. There shall be a base fee of$100 paid by the Contractor to the City for each retest that is required. (11) HYDROSTATIC TESTING WATER SYSTEM See City Standard Specification Section 026202, "Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Systems". (12) WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS See Standard Specification Section 026404,"Water Service Lines". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,waterlines will be measured by the linear foot for each size installed. Payment for waterlines will be made under the appropriate pipe material item and shall include, but not be limited to, trenching, dewatering, bedding, pipe (except for fittings), restraints,temporary thrust blocking,backfill, sterilization, and hydrostatic testing. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor,materials,tools,equipment and incidentals required to complete the work. 026402 Page 5of5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 026404 WATER SERVICE LINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing and installing water service lines required to complete the project. Water service lines are those lines from the City maim to the meter at the property line. 2. MATERIALS GENERAL Service fittings shall have a minimum of 150 psi workingpressure rating,unless indicated otherwise. Fittings and materials shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWWA C800. All service connections shall require service clamps. SERVICE CLAMP Service clamps shall be brass saddle with two silicone bronze straps with I.P. thread and have a ininimurn working pressure rating of 200 psi. The saddle and nuts shall be of 85-5-5-5 brass alloy per ASTM B-62 and AWWA C800. The nuts shall have unitized washers. Straps shall be 5/8 inch high-quality silicone bronze,flattened and contoured to provide a wider bearing surface against the pipe. Clamps shall be comparable to: Ford 202B, Smith Blair 323, Rockwell 323 CORPORATION STOP Corporation stop shall be of brass with I.P. thread inlet and Mueller 110 compression connection outlet designed for Type K copper pipe and be comparable in design to the following: Mueller H-15028 for 1" size Mueller H-15023 for 1-'/2 &2" sizes 026404 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ANGLE METER STOP Angle meter stop shall have a Teflon coated bronze ball which rotates within two Buna-N rubber seats. Inlet shall be packed joint for Type K copper and be comparable in design to the following: Ford BA43-342 for 1" service line with 5/8"x 3/4" or 3/4"meter size Brass gate valve required for 1-1/Z" and 2" sizes SERVICE LINE Service line shall be of Type K copper tube or approved one piece SDR9 polyethylene with restrained compression brass fittings and stainless steel inserts. Other products of comparable features and equal quality may be substituted for the above items with approval of the Engineer. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS See City Standard Specification Section 022020, "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities ". Service lines shall be placed by the Contractor as indicated on the drawings and as directed by the Engineer. Relocation of existing meters and changeovers to the new system shall be done only under the direct supervision of the City Water Department. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, water service lines shall be measured with the units indicated in the Bid Form for each size of service line. Payment for service lines shall include,but not be limited to, the following: copper tubing, corporation stop, service clamp, angle meter stop, trenching, trench safety, backfilling including pavement repair,testing, flushing, clean-up and site restoration; and shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals required for proper installation of the water service lines. 026404 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 026409 TAPPING SLEEVES AND TAPPING VALVES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work and materials required for furnishing and installing tapping sleeves, sleeves and valves required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Tapping sleeves shall have a Class 125 ANSI B16.1 outlet flange of cast iron, ductile iron or stainless steel. Sleeves shall be of ductile iron or 304 or 316 stainless steel. Lugs, bolts,washers and nuts shall be of 304 or 316 stainless steel. Iron sleeves shall be of the mechanical joint or caulked joint type as manufactured by Mueller, Clow, or approved equal. Stainless steel sleeves shall be of the compression gasket type capable of providing full support of the tapped pipe, as manufactured by Ford, Smith Blair, Romac, or approved equal. Gasket materials shall be of material suitable for potable water systems. Tapping sleeves shall be sized for the type and size of pipe to be tapped. The class of asbestos cement pipe that will most likely be encountered in the water will be Class 200 for pipes 6 inches in diameter and smaller,and Class 150 for larger pipes. It should be understood that existing pipes to be tapped may not be of the type of material and/or size that is shown on the drawings. The proper size and type of tapping sleeve shall be provided and installed regardless of what is encountered. Tapping valves shall conform to AWWA Standards and City Standard Specification Section 026411, "Gate Valves for Waterlines". Valve boxes shall be as described in City Standard Specification Section 026411, "Gate Valves for Waterlines". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Construction methods shall adhere to those set out in City Standard Specification Section 026402 "Waterlines", and City Standard Specification Section 022020 'Excavation and Backfill for Utilities". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, tapping sleeves and tapping valves shall be measured on a per each basis for each size installed. Payment for tapping sleeves and tapping valves shall include,but not be limited to,furnishing and installing the valves complete in-place including joint materials, cast iron valve box,box extension, cover, concrete collar, and all other related items such as bolting,wrapping;cement-stabilized sand encasing,backfilling and compacting; and shall be fall compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly install the valves as indicated and specified. 026409 Page 1 of 1 Rev.3.25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 026411 GATE VALVES FOR WATERLINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide and install all gate valves and valve boxes required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Gate Valves All valves shall meet the following requirements. Gate valves shall conform to AWWA Standard C515. 1) The gate valves shall be ductile iron resilient wedge(C515)with non-rising stems. 2) Valve ends shall be flanged or mechanical joint type or a combination of these as indicated or specified. A complete set of j oint materials shall be furnished with each valve, except for bell ends and flanges. 3) Valves 16 inches and larger shall be furnished for horizontal installation—lay over. 4) Stem seals shall be the O-ring type on valves through 12-inch size. Valves 16 inches and larger may be equipped with stuffing boxes. 5) Valves shall open left(counter clockwise). Valves over 18 inches shall have the main valve stem furnished with a combination hand wheel and operating nut. 6) Tapping valves to be used with tapping saddles shall-have one end mechanical joint. 7) No position indicator will be required. 8) Within 30 days after award of contract, the Contractor• shall submit in triplicate, for approval, the following a) Certified drawings of each size and type of valve 16 inches and larger showing principal dimensions, construction details, and materials used. b) On all size valves, the composition of bronze to be offered for various parts of the valve, complete with minimum tensile strength in psi, the minimum yield strength in psi, and the minimum elongation in 2"per cent. 026411 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3.25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Gate Valves Gate valves shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. Cast Iron Valve Boxes Valve boxes shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. When valves are in the street right-of- way,the top of box shall be set flush with the pavement or surrounding ground. In cultivated areas, the top of box shall be set twelve inches(12")below natural ground and long enough to be raised to natural ground at a future date. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, gate valves for waterlines will be measured as a unit for each gate valve and valve box installed. Payment shall include,but not be limited to,furnishing and installing the valves complete in-place including joint materials, cast iron valve box, box extension, cover, concrete collar, and all other related items such as bolting, wrapping, cement- stabilized sand encasing, backfilling and compacting; and shall be fall compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly install the valves as indicated and specified. 026411 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 026416 FIRE HYDRANTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide all fire hydrants required to complete this project. 2. MATERIALS Concrete: Concrete shall be Class "A" in accordance with Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete" of the City Standard Specifications, with a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Fire Hydrants: The fire hydrants shall conform to AWWA C502 (or latest edition) standard specifications for fire hydrants for ordinary water works service, except for changes, additions and supplementary details specifically outlined herein: a) Hydrants -Hydrants shall be of the traffic model type equipped with a safety flange or collar on both the hydrant barrel and stein. b) Type of Shutoff-The shutoff shall be of the compression type only. c) Inlet Connection - The inlet shall be ASA A-21.11 1964 mechanical joint for six-inch (6"), Class 150 ductile iron pipe. A complete set of joint material shall be furnished with each hydrant. d) Delivery Classifications -Each hydrant shall have two hose nozzles and one pumper nozzle. e) Bury Length-The hydrants shall be furnished in the busy length as indicated on drawings. f) Diameter (Nominal Inside) of Hose and Pumper Nozzles - The hose nozzles shall be two and one-half inches (2-1/z") inside diameter and the pumper nozzle shall be four inches (4") inside diameter. g) Hose and Pumper Nozzle Threads - The hose nozzles shall have two and one-half-inch (2-1/2')National Standard thread (7-1/2 threads per inch)..The pumper nozzle shall have size (6) threads per inch with an outside diameter of 4.658 inches, pitch diameter of 4.543 inches, and a root diameter of 4.406 inches. h) Harnessing;Lugs -None required. i) Nozzle Cap Gaskets -Required. j) Drain Openings -Required. 026416 Page 1 of 3 Rev.3-25-15 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 k) Tapping of Drain Opening-Tapping of the drain opening for pipe threads is not required. 1) Nozzle Chain-Not required. m) Direction to Open-The hydrants shall open left(counter clockwise). n) Color of Finish Above Ground Line - That portion of the hydrant above the ground line shall be painted chrome yellow. o) Shape and Size of Operating and Cap Nuts - The operating and cap nuts shall be tapered pentagon one and one-fourth inches (1-1/4") point to face at base and one and one-eighth inches (1-1/8")point to face at top of nut. p) Nozzle Cap Chains -Hydrants shall be furnished without nozzle cap chains. q) Size of Fire Hydrant - The main valve opening shall not be less than five and one-quarter inches (5-1/4")inside diameter. r) Valve Facing - The main valve facing of the hydrant shall be rubber with 90+_ Durometer hardness. When the main valve lower washer and stem nut are not an integral casting then the bottom stem threads shall be protected with a bronze cap nut and a bronze lock nut. S) Barrel Sections - The hydrant shall be made in two or more barrel sections with flanges connecting the barrel to the elbow and to the packing plate. t) Breakable Coupling - Hydrants shall be equipped with a breakable coupling on both the barrel section and the stem. The couplings shall be so designed that in case of traffic collision the barrel and stem collar will break before any other part of the hydrant breaks. u) Hydrant Adjustment - The hydrant shall be designed as to permit its extension without excavating after the hydrant is completely installed. v) Breakable Collars Barrel and Stem - Weakened steel or weakened cast iron bolts that are used in the breakable barrel couplings will not be acceptable. w) Operating Stem - Stems that have operating thread located in the waterway shall be made of manganese bronze, Everdure, or other high quality non-corrodible metal. Stems that do not have operating treads located in the waterway must be sealed by a packing gland or "O"-ring seal located between the stem threads and waterway. Iron or steel stems shall be constructed with a bronze sleeve extending through the packing or "O"-ring seal area. The sleeve shall be of sufficient length to be in the packing gland "O"-ring seal in the both open and closed positions of the main valve. The sleeve shall be secured to the steel stem so as to prevent water leakage between the two when subjected to 300 pounds hydrostatic test pressure. 026416 Page 2 of 3 Rev.3-25-15 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 x) Drain Valve Mechanism - Drain valves operating through springs or gravity are not acceptable. y) Operating Stem Nut - The operating stem nut shall be designed to prevent seepage or rain, sleet, and the accumulation of dust between the operating nut and the hydrant top. z) Packing Gland or "O"-Ring Seal - Fire hydrants having the threaded part of the stem at the hydrant top shall be equipped with a packing gland or an "O"-ring seal immediately below the threaded section of the stem. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Fire hydrants shall be installed as shown on drawings. Minimum burial length shall be 3 feet. Breakable couplings shall be located at least 2 inches and less than 6 inches above finish grade. Hydrants and fittings shall be stored on timber and kept clean. The interior surfaces of hydrants and fittings shall be washed and sterilized with approved sterilizing agent, if requested by the Engineer at the time of installation. 4. CERTIFICATION The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer two (2) certified sets of prints showing complete details and dimensions of the hydrant. The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer one (1) certified copy of the physical tests of all metals used in the manufacture of the fire hydrant that is normally manufactured and that will meet these specifications. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, fire hydrants will be measured as a unit per each. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the complete fire hydrant assembly with valve, 6-inch line and fitting on the main; and shall be full compensation for all labor,materials,tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly complete the work. 026416 Page 3 of 3 Rev.3-25-15 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 027202 MANHOLES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing of all materials and construction of manholes composed of a concrete base and concrete walls as shown on the drawings,to the lines, grades and dimensions shown on drawings or established by the Engineer. 2. MATERIALS Concrete for cast-in-place storm water manholes and storm water junction boxes shall be Class C (3,600 psi at 28 days). Manholes for wastewater shall be made from fiberglass only, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 027205 "Fiberglass Manholes". Mortar for plastering shall be one (1)part Portland cement to three (3)parts clean hard and sharp mortar sand, free of all foreign substances or injurious alkalis. Reinforcing steel, where used, shall conform to the requirements of Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". All wastewater manhole rings and covers for streets shall be East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. product V1430 CV or V1420/1480 Z1, or pre-approved equal, and shall have the seating surface of ring and cover machined to secure a snug fit per the City Standard Wastewater Details. All storm water manholes shall be East Jordan Iron Works,Inc.product V 1168 assembly,and for school zones shall be a bolted assembly per the City Standard Storm Water Details. Steps are not required for wastewater and storm water manholes. Joint material for precast concrete manholes shall be Ram-Nek Flexible Plastic Gaskets as manufactured by K. T. Snyder Company, Houston, Texas, or an approved equal. 3. EXCAVATION The Contractor shall do all necessary excavation for the various manholes, conforming to size and dimensions shown on plans plus a maximum of four(4)feet working room. Excavation shall not be carried to greater depth than required. Subgrade under manhole footings shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Shoring shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be installed as necessary. Shoring shall not be removed or backfilled around until entire manhole is completed, unless authorized by the Engineer. Shoring shall remain in place at least twenty-four(24)hours after concrete work has been completed. 027202 Page 1 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 4. CONCRETE MANHOLES (STORM WATER ONLY) (1) Formed-in-Place Manholes: Where formed concrete is used, forms shall be built to dimensions shown on the standard details. Inserts and openings shall be formed so concrete will not be injured during process of stripping forms. For-rris shall be braced and tied to prevent spreading or bulging, and shall meet approval of the Engineer prior to placing concrete. Forms shall remain in place for minimum of twenty-four(24)hours, and shall be removed within a maximum time of seven (7) days after completion of concrete work. Reinforcing steel, if required, shall be as shown on the plans. The bottom of manholes shall be carefully formed and inverted smoothly when finished, with pipes cut to fit inside surface of walls. (2) Precast Manholes Precast manholes shall allow unobstructed view of all pipes connected to the manhole. Precast manholes shall be designed to support HS-20 traffic loading and designed by a Texas licensed professional engineer. The upper 18 inches of the corbel shall be brick to facilitate subsequent grade adjustment. Either concentric or eccentric cones may be required. Where not specified,eccentric cones shall be used. Manhole designs shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer. 5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION METHODS All items shall be installed as the work progresses and as shown on the standard details. Work shall be completed and finished in a careful workmanlike manner,with special care being given to sealing joints around all pipe extending through walls of the manholes. After finishing walls,the bottom of the manhole shall be completed by adding sufficient concrete to shape the bottom in conformitywith requirements on the plans. Where old manholes are adjusted to meet new lines and grades, all old masonry or concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted before joining new masonry or concrete to it. HDPE adjustment rings are to be used to match roadway grade. A maximum of 18" of adjustment rings may be utilized. 6. BACKFILLINGILEAKAGE TESTING Backfilling around the manholes shall commence as soon as concrete or masonry has been allowed to cure the required time and fornns and shoring have been removed. Backfill shall be placed in layers of not more than six inches (6") and compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density before next layer is installed. Wastewater manholes shall withstand a leakage test not to exceed the values stated in City Standard Specification Section 027205 "Fiberglass Manholes", except that an additional 10 percent of loss will be permitted for each additional two feet head over a basic two-foot internal head. 027202 Page 2 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, manholes shall be measured by each individual structure built, and paid for at the unit price bid per each, of the size, type and depth specified, complete in-place, and meeting the approval of the Engineer. "Complete in-place" shall mean all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install the manholes, excavation,compaction,backfilling,dewatering,concrete foundation,connections,adjustment rings, ring and cover, concrete work, leakage testing,video inspection, and adjust the manholes to finish grade. Extra depth for wastewater manholes over six feet in depth shall be measured by the vertical foot and shall be paid for at the price bid per vertical foot for "Extra Depth for Manholes". Rehabilitation of existing manholes with fiberglass inserts shall be measured by each individual structure rehabilitated, and paid for at the unit price bid per each, of the size, type and depth specified, complete in-place, and meeting the approval of the Engineer. "Complete in-place" shall mean all labor,materials,tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install the rigid fiberglass manhole inserts,make connections,grout the annular space,backfilling,adjustment rings, ring and cover, concrete work, leakage testing, and adjust the manholes to finish grade. 027202 Page 3 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 027203 VACUUM TESTING OF WASTEWATER MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification governs all work and materials necessary to perform vacuum testing of new or existing wastewater manholes. Manholes may be tested after installation with all connections (existing and/or proposed)in place. Vacuum testing may be performed prior to or after backfilling by the installer. Final acceptance, in accordance with the requirements of this specification, will consist of vacuum testing of the completed and installed structure (manhole) in place to include manhole/adjustment rings and manhole casting.. 2. MATERIALS Vacuum testing shall consist of a minimum of the following: (a) Engine. (b) Vacuum Pump. (c) Hose. (d) Test Head device capable of sealing opening in manhole casting as required. (e) Pneumatic Test Plugs - these plugs shall have a sealing length equal to or greater than the diameter of the connecting pipe to be sealed. 3. PROCEDURE (a) The test head shall be placed at the top of the manhole in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. (b) A vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall be drawn on the manhole,the valve on the vacuum line of the test head closed, and the vacuum pump shut off. The time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to 9 inches of mercury. (c) The manhole shall pass if the time for the vacuum reading to drop from 10 inches of mercury to 9 inches of mercury meets or exceeds the values indicated in Table 1. (d) If the manhole fails the initial test,necessary repairs shall be made by an approved method. The manhole shall then be retested until a satisfactory test is obtained. 027203 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 TABLE 1 -Minimum Test Times for Various Manhole Diameters (ASTM C1244) Depth Diameter(inches) (feet) 42 48 54 60 72 Time(seconds) 8 17 20 23 26 33 10 21 25 29 33 41 12 25 30 35 39 49 14 30 35 41 46 57 16 34 40 46 52 67 18 38 45 52 59 73 20 42 50 53 65 81 22 46 55 64 72 89 24 51 59 64 78 97 26 55 64 75 85 105 28 59 69 81 91 113 30 68 74 87 98 121 4. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION (a) Testing shall be done by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer or his designated representative. All manholes and structures shall be tested as finished and completed for final acceptance. (b) ANY DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIALS shall be corrected or replaced by the Contractor and retested. This shall be repeated until all work and materials are acceptable. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise indicated on the Bid Form, vacuum testing of wastewater manholes and structures will not be measured for pay. Such items shall be considered subsidiary to pay items applicable for Fiberglass Manholes, complete and in-place. 027203 Page 2of2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 027402 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE CULVERTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the fi -nishing and placing of reinforced concrete pipe culverts and the material and incidental construction requirements for reinforced concrete pipe sewers. The culvert pipe shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of these specifications to the lines and grades shown on the plans, and shall be of the classes, sizes and dimensions shown thereon. The installation of pipe shall include all joints or connections to new or existing pipe, headwalls, etc., as may be required to complete the work. 2. MATERIALS 1, General. Except as modified herein, materials, manufacture and design of pipe shall conform to ASTM C-76 for Circular Pipe. All pipe shall be machine made or cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of the concrete in the form and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure a dense concrete. Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit mixed concrete will not be acceptable for use in precast concrete pipe. 2. Desi . All pipe shall be Class III (Wall 'B") unless otherwise specified on the plans. The shell thickness, the amount of circumferential reinforcement and the strength of the pipe shall conform to the specified class as summarized in ASTM C-76 for Circular Pipe. . 3. Sizes and Permissible Variations. a. Variations in diameter, size, shape, wall thickness, reinforcement, placement of reinforcement, laying length and the permissible underrun of length shall be in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to previously. b. Where rubber gasket pipe joints are to be used, the design of the Joints and Permissible Variations in Dimensions shall be in accordance with ASTM C-443. 4. Workmanship and Finish. Pipe shall be substantially free from fractures, large or deep cracks and surface roughness. The ends of the pipe shall be normal to the walls and centerline of the pipe within the limits of variations allowed under the applicable ASTM specification. 5. Curin . Pipe shall be cured in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to above. 6. Marking. The following information shall be clearly marked on each section of pipe: 027402 Page 1 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 a. The class of pipe. b. The date of manufacture, c. The name or trademark of the manufacturer. d. Marking shall be indented on the pipe section or painted thereon with waterproof paint. 7. Minimum Age for Shipment. Pipe shall be considered ready for shipment when it conforms to the requirements of the tests specified herein. 8. Ins ep ction. The quality of materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished pipe shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer at the pipe manufacturing plant. In addition, the finished pipe shall be subject to further inspection by the Engineer at the project site prior to and during installation. 9. Causes for Rejection, Pipe shall be subject to rejection on account of failure to conform to any of the specification requirements. Individual sections of pipe may be rejected because of any of the following: a. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint. b. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning, mixing and molding, c. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. d. Damaged ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint, 10. Repairs. Pipe maybe repaired if necessary, because of occasional imperfections in manufacture or accidental injury during the handling, and will be acceptable if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the repairs are sound and properly finished and cured and the repaired pipe conforms to the requirements of the specifications. 11. Rejections. All rejected pipe shall be plainly marked by the Engineer and shall be replaced by the Contractor with pipe that meets the requirements of these specifications. Such rejected pipe shall be removed immediately from the worksite. 12. Jointing Materials. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, the Contractor shall have the option of making the joints by any of the following methods: a. Ram-Nek, a pre-formed plastic base joint material manufactured by K. T. Knyder Company, Houston, Texas, or an approved equal. Use of Talcote as joint material will not be not permitted. Ram-Nek joint material and primer shall be supplied for 027402 Page 2 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 use on pipe in the following sizes, which is the minimum that will be required. Additional Ram-Nek may be required if, u1 the opinion of the Engineer, a proper joint is not secured. Pipe Size Primer Per 100 Jts. Cut Lengths Per Joint 12" 1.5 gals. 11/2 pcs 1"x T-5" 15" 1.9 gals. 2 pcs 1"x 2'-5" 18" 2.7 gals. 11/2 pcs 11/2 "x T-5" 21" 3.8 gals. 2 pcs 11/2 " x 3'-5" 24" 6.2 gals. 2 pcs 11/2 "x T-5" 30" 8.5 gals. 21/2 pcs 11/2 "x Y-5" 36" 9.5 gals. 3 pcs 13/4"x 3'-5" 42" 12.0 gals. 31/2 pcs 13/4"x Y-5" 48" 15.0 gals. 4 pcs 13/4" x T-5" 54" 20.0 gals. 4'/z pcs 13/4' x Y-5" 60" 25.0 gals. 5 pcs 13/4"x 3'-5" 66" 30.0 gals. 51/2 pcs 13/4"x Y-5" 72" 32.0 gals. 6 pcs 2"x 3'-5" 84" 35.0 gals. 7 pcs 2"x T-5" b. TYLOX Types "C", "C-P" or "CR" rubber gaskets, as applicable, as manufactured by Hamilton Kent Manufacturing Company, Kent, Ohio, or approved equal. All gaskets, lubricants, adhesives, etc., shall be manufactured, constructed, installed, etc., as recommended by the manufacturer of the rubber gasket material and conform to ASTM Designation: C-443. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish to the City, for approval, manufacturer's brochures detailing the complete use, installation, and specifications of concrete pipe and rubber gaskets before any rubber gasket material is used on the project. All lubber gaskets shall be fabricated from synthetic lubber. c. Cement Mortar is prohibited from jointing pipe except at manholes, pipe junctions, etc., or where specifically approved by the Engineer. d. Geotextile for wrapping pipe joints shall be Class "A" subsurface drainage type in accordance with AASHTO M288. 027402 Page 3 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Reinforced concrete pipe culverts shall be constructed from the specified materials in accordance with the following methods and procedures: 1. Excavation. All excavation shall be in accordance with the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities," except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the plans or permitted by the Engineer. When pipe is laid in a trench, the trench, when completed and shaped to receive the pipe, shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of the backfill and bedding material under and around the pipe. The Contractor shall make such temporary provisions as may be necessary to insure adequate drainage of the trench and bedding during the construction operation. Pipe shall be placed such that the identification markings are visible at the top prior to backfill. 2. Bedding. The pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the bedding details shown on the drawings. Bedding shall not be measured for pay,but shall be subsidiary to other work. If the subgrade of the trench is unstable, even if this condition occurs at relatively shallow depths, full encasement of the pipe with crushed stone shall be required. 3. Laymg_Pipe. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the laying of pipe on the prepared foundation shall be started at the outlet (downstream) end with the spigot or tongue end pointing downstream, and shall proceed toward the inlet(upstream) end with the abutting sections properly matched, true to the established lines and grades. Where bell and spigot pipe are used, cross trenches shall be cut in the foundation to allow the barrel of the pipe to rest firmly upon the prepared bed. These cross trenches shall be not more than two inches larger than the bell ends of the pipe. Proper facilities shall be provided for hoisting and lowering the sections of pipe into the trench without disturbing the prepared foundation and the sides of the trench. The ends of the pipe shall be carefully cleaned before the pipe is placed. As each length of pipe is laid, the mouth of the pipe shall be protected to prevent the entrance of earth or bedding material. The pipe shall be fitted and matched so that when laid in the bed, it shall form a smooth, uniform conduit. When elliptical pipe with circular reinforcing or circular pipe with elliptical reinforcing is used, the pipe shall be laid in the trench in such position that the markings "TOP" or "BOTTOM" shall not be more than S degrees from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe. For pipe over 42 inches in diameter, the Contractor may drill two holes not larger than 2 inches in diameter,in the top of each section of the pipe, to aid in lifting and placing. The holes shall be neatly drilled, without spalling of the concrete, and shall be done without the cutting of any reinforcement. After the pipe is laid, the holes shall be filled with mortar and properly cured, and placed such that they are visible from the top for inspection prior to backfill. Multiple installations of reinforced concrete pipe shall be laid with the center lines of 027402 Page 4 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 individual barrels parallel. When not otherwise indicated on plans, the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipe shall be used. Diameter of Pipe 18" 24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60"to 84" Clear Distance Between [� Pipes 0'-9" 0'-11" 1'-1" 1'-3" 1'-5" 1'-7" 1'-11" 2'-0" 4. Jointing. a. If the use of Portland cement mortar joints is allowed, all pipe shall be jointed tight and sealed with stiff mortar, composed of one part Portland cement and two parts sand, so placed as to form a durable water-tight joint. The installation shall be as required by the Engineer. b. Joints using Rubber Gaskets: Where rubber gasket pipe joints are required by the plans, the joint assembly shall be made according to the recommendations of the gasket manufacturer. Water-tight joints will be required when using rubber gaskets. c. Joints using Cold-Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets shall be made as follows: A suitable prime of the type recommended by the manufacturer of the gasket joint sealer shall be brush-applied to the tongue and groove joint surfaces and the end surfaces and allowed to dry and harden. No primer shall be applied over mud, sand or dirt or sharp cement protrusions. The surface to be primed must be clean and dry when primer is applied. Before laying the pipe in the trench, the plastic gasket sealer shall be attached around the tapered tongue or tapered groove near the shoulder or hub of each pipe joint. The paper wrapper shall be removed from one side only of the two-piece wrapper on the gasket and pressed firmly to the clean, dry pipe joint surface. The outside wrapper shall not be removed until immediately before pushing the pipe into its final position. When the tongue is correctly aligned with the flare of the groove, the outside wrapper on the gasket shall be removed and the pipe shall be pulled or pushed home with sufficient force and power(backhoe shovel, chain hoist,ratchet hoist or winch) to cause the evidence of squeeze-out of the gasket material on the inside or outside around the complete pipe joint circumference. The extruded gasket material shall be smoothed out over the joint on the exterior and interior of the pipe. Any joint material pushed out into the interior of the pipe that would tend to obstruct the flow shall be removed. (Pipe shall be pulled home in a straight line with all parts of the pipe on line and grade at all times.) Backfilling of pipe laid with plastic gasket joints may proceed as soon as the joint has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Special precautions shall be taken in placing and compacting backfill to 027402 Page 5 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 avoid damage to the joints. When the atmospheric temperature is below 60 degrees F, plastic joint seal gaskets shall either be stored in an area warmed to above 70 degrees F, or artificially warmed to this temperature in a maturer satisfactory to the Engineer. Gaskets shall then be applied to pipe joints immediately prior to placing pipe in the trench, followed by connection to previously laid pipe. d. Pipe Joints for storm sewers shall be wrapped with geotextile material. The geotextile wrap shall be at least 2 feet wide and shall be centered on each joint. S. After the pipe has been placed, bedded and jointed as specified, filling and/or backfilling shall be done in accordance with the applicable requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." If unstable conditions are encountered, fully encase the pipe with crushed stone as described above. When mortar joints are allowed, no fill or backfill shall be placed until the jointing material has been cured for at least six (6) hours. Special precautions shall be taken in placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of the pipe or damage to the joints. For side drain culverts and all other culverts where joints consist of materials other than mortar,immediate backfilling will be permitted. 6. Unless otherwise shown on the plans or permitted in writing by the Engineer, no heavy earth moving equipment will be permitted to haul over the structure until a minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed thereon. Pipe damaged by the Contractor's equipment shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost. 7. Cleaning and Television Ins ep ction. All enclosed reinforced concrete pipe and manholes installed on this project shall be cleaned and televised in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 027611 "Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Conduits." 4. MEASUREMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforced concrete pipe will be measured by the linear foot. Such measurement will be made between the ends of the pipe barrel along its central axis. Where spurs or branches, or connections to existing pipe lines are involved, measurement of the spur or new connecting pipe will be made from the intersection of its center axis with the outside surfaces of the pipe into which it connects. Where inlets, headwalls, catch basins, manholes,junction chambers, or other structures are included in lines of pipe, that length of pipe tying into the structure wall will be included for measurement but no other portion of the structure length or width will be so included. For multiple pipes, the measured length will be the sum of the lengths of the barrels measured as prescribed above. 027402 Page 6 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 5. PAYMENT Payment for reinforced concrete pipe measured as prescribed above will be made at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for the various sizes of 'Reinforced Concrete Pipe" of the class specified. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and transporting the pipe; hauling and placing of earth cushion material where required for bedding pipe; for the preparation and shaping of beds; for hauling, placing and jointing of pipes; for furnishing and installing geotextile pipe joint wrapping; for end finish; for all connections to existing and new structures; for cleaning and television inspection; and for all other items of materials, labor, equipment, tools, excavation, backfill and incidentals necessary to complete the culvert or storm sewer in accordance with the plans and these specifications. 027402 Page 7 of 7 Rev.3.25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 027402 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE CULVERTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the famishing and placing of reinforced concrete pipe culverts and the material and incidental construction requirements for reinforced concrete pipe sewers. The culvert pipe shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of these specifications to the lines and grades shown on the plans, and shall be of the classes, sizes and dimensions shown thereon. The installation of pipe shall include all joints or connections to new or existing pipe, headwalls, etc., as may be required to complete the work. 2. MATERIALS 1. General. Except as modified herein, materials, manufacture and design of pipe shall conform to ASTM C-76 for Circular Pipe. All pipe shall be machine made or cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of the concrete in the form and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure a dense concrete. Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit mixed concrete will not be acceptable for use in precast concrete pipe. 2. Design. All pipe shall be Class III (Wall "B") unless otherwise specified on the plans. The shell thickness, the amount of circumferential reinforcement and the strength of the pipe shall conform to the specified class as summarized in ASTM C-76 for Circular Pipe. 3. Sizes and Permissible Variations. a. Variations in diameter, size, shape, wall thickness, reinforcement, placement of reinforcement, laying length and the permissible underrun of length shall be in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to previously. b. Where rubber gasket pipe joints are to be used, the design of the Joints and Permissible Variations in Dimensions shall be in accordance with ASTM C-443. 4. Workmanship and Finish. Pipe shall be substantially free from fractures, large or deep cracks and surface roughness. The ends of the pipe shall be normal to the walls and centerline of the pipe within the limits of variations allowed under the applicable ASTM specification. 5. Curing. Pipe shall be cured in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to above. 6. Markin. The following information shall be clearly marked on each section of pipe: 027402 Page 1 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 a. The class of pipe. b. The date of manufacture. c. The name or trademark of the manufacturer. d. Marking shall be indented on the pipe section or painted thereon with waterproof paint. 7. Minimum Age for Shipment. Pipe shall be considered ready for shipment when it conforms to the requirements of the tests specified herein. 8. Inspection. The quality of materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished pipe shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer at the pipe manufacturing plant. In addition, the finished pipe shall be subject to further inspection by the Engineer at the project site prior to and during installation. 9. Causes for Rejection. Pipe shall be subject to rejection on account of failure to conform to any of the specification requirements. Individual sections of pipe may be rejected because of any of the following: a. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint. b. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning,mixing and molding. c. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. d. Damaged ends,where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. 10. Repairs. Pipe maybe repaired if necessary, because of occasional imperfections in manufacture or accidental injury during the handling, and will be acceptable if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the repairs are sound and properly finished and cured and the repaired pipe conforms to the requirements of the specifications. 11. Rejections. All rejected pipe shall be plainly marked by the Engineer and shall be replaced by the Contractor with pipe that meets the requirements of these specifications. Such rejected pipe shall be removed immediately from the worksite. 12. Jointing Materials. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, the Contractor shall have the option of making the joints by any of the following methods: a. Ram-Nek, a pre-formed plastic base joint material manufactured by K. T. Knyder Company, Houston, Texas, or an approved equal. Use of Talcote as joint material willnot be not permitted. Ram-Nek joint material and primer shall be supplied for 027402 Page 2 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 use on pipe in the following sizes, which is the minimum that will be required. Additional Ram-Nek may be required if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a proper joint is not secured. Pipe Size Primer Per 100 Jts. Cut Lengths Per Joint 12" 1.5 gals. 11/2 pcs 1" x2'-5" 15" 1.9 gals. 2 pcs 1"x 2'-5" 18" 2.7 gals. 11/2 pcs 11/2 "x 3'-5" 21" 3.8 gals. 2 pcs 11/2 "x 3'-5" 24" 6.2 gals. 2 pcs 11/2 "x 3'-5" 30" 8.5 gals. 21/2 pcs 11/2 " x 3'-5" 36" 9.5 gals. 3 pcs 13/4"x 3'-5" 42" 12.0 gals. 31/2 pcs 13/4" x 3'-5" 48" 15.0 gals. 4 pcs 13/4"x 3'-5" 54" 20.0 gals. 41/2 pcs 13/4" x 3'-5" 60" 25.0 gals. 5 pcs 13/4"x 3'-5" 66" 30.0 gals. 51/2 pcs 13/4"x 3'-5" 72" 32.0 gals. 6 pcs 2" x 3'-5" 84" 35.0 gals. 7 pcs 2"x 3'-5" b. TYLOX Types "C", "C-P" or "CR" rubber gaskets, as applicable, as manufactured by Hamilton Kent Manufacturing Company, Kent, Ohio, or approved equal. All gaskets, lubricants, adhesives, etc., shall be manufactured, constructed, installed, etc., as recommended by the manufacturer of the rubber gasket material and conform to ASTM Designation: C-443. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish to the City, for approval, manufacturer's brochures detailing the complete use, installation, and specifications of concrete pipe and rubber gaskets before any rubber gasket material is used on the project. All rubber gaskets shall be fabricated from synthetic rubber. c. Cement Mortar is prohibited from jointing pipe except at manholes, pipe junctions, etc., or where specifically approved by the Engineer. d. Geotextile for wrapping pipe joints shall be Class "A" subsurface drainage type in accordance with AASHTO M288. 027402 Page 3 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Reinforced concrete pipe culverts shall be constructed from the specified materials in accordance with the following methods and procedures: 1. Excavation. All excavation shall be in accordance with the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022020 'Excavation and Backfill for Utilities," except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the plans or permitted by the Engineer. When pipe is laid in a trench, the trench, when completed and shaped to receive the pipe, shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of the backfill and bedding material under and around the pipe. The Contractor shall make such temporary provisions as may be necessary to insure adequate drainage of the trench and bedding during the construction operation. Pipe shall be placed such that the identification markings are visible at the top prior to backfill. 2. Bedding. The pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the bedding details shown on the drawings. Bedding shall not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to other work. If the subgrade of the trench is unstable, even if this condition occurs at relatively shallow depths, full encasement of the pipe with crushed stone shall be required. 3. Laing Pipe. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the laying of pipe on the prepared foundation shall be started at the outlet (downstream) end with the spigot or tongue end pointing downstream, and shall proceed toward the inlet(upstream) end with the abutting sections properly matched, true to the established lines and grades. Where bell and spigot pipe are used, cross trenches shall be cut in the foundation to allow the barrel of the pipe to rest firmly upon the prepared bed. These cross trenches shall be not more than two inches larger than the bell ends of the pipe. Proper facilities shall be provided for hoisting and lowering the sections of pipe into the trench without disturbing the prepared foundation and the sides of the trench. The ends of the pipe shall be carefully cleaned before the pipe is placed. As each length of pipe is laid, the mouth of the pipe shall be protected to prevent the entrance of earth or bedding material. The pipe shall be fitted and matched so that when laid in the bed, it shall form a smooth, uniform conduit. When elliptical pipe with circular reinforcing or circular pipe with elliptical reinforcing is used, the pipe shall be laid in the trench in such position that the markings "TOP" or "BOTTOM" shall not be more than 5 degrees ftom the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe. For pipe over 42 inches in diameter, the Contractor may drill two holes not larger than 2 inches in diameter, in the top of each section of the pipe,to aid in lifting and placing. The holes shall be neatly drilled,without spalling of the concrete, and shall be done without the cutting of any reinforcement. After the pipe is laid, the holes shall be filled with mortar and properly cured, and placed such that they are visible ftom the top for inspection prior to backfill. Multiple installations of reinforced concrete pipe shall be laid with the center lines of 027402 Page 4 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 individual barrels parallel. When not otherwise indicated on plans, the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipe shall be used. Diameter of Pipe 18" 24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60"to 84" Clear Distance Between Pipes 0'-9" 0'-11" 1'-1" 1'-3" 1'-5" 1'-7" 1'-11" 2'-0" 4. Jointing. a. If the use of Portland cement mortar joints is allowed, all pipe shall be jointed tight and sealed with stiff mortar, composed of one part Portland cement and two parts sand, so placed as to form a durable water-tight joint. The installation shall be as required by the Engineer. b. Joints using Rubber Gaskets: Where rubber gasket pipe joints are required by the plans, the joint assembly shall be made according to the recommendations of the gasket manufacturer. Water-tight joints will be required when using rubber gaskets. c. Joints using Cold-Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets shall be made as follows: A suitable prime of the type recommended by the manufacturer of the gasket joint sealer shall be brush-applied to the tongue and groove joint surfaces and the end surfaces and allowed to dry and harden. No primer shall be applied over mud, sand or dirt or sharp cement protrusions. The surface to be primed must be clean and dry when primer is applied. Before laying the pipe in the trench, the plastic gasket sealer shall be attached around the tapered tongue or tapered groove near the shoulder or hub of each pipe joint. The paper wrapper shall be removed from one side only of the two-piece wrapper on the gasket and pressed firmly to the clean, dry pipe joint surface. The outside wrapper shall not be removed until immediately before pushing the pipe into its final position. When the tongue is correctly aligned with the flare of the groove, the outside wrapper on the gasket shall be removed and the pipe shall be pulled or pushed home with sufficient force and power(backhoe shovel, chain hoist, ratchet hoist or winch) to cause the evidence of squeeze-out of the gasket material on the inside or outside around the complete pipe joint circumference. The extruded gasket material shall be smoothed out over the joint on the exterior and interior of the pipe. Any joint material pushed out into the interior of the pipe that would tend to obstruct the flow shall be removed. (Pipe shall be pulled home in a straight line with all parts of the pipe on line and grade at all times.) Backfilling of pipe laid with plastic gasket joints may proceed as soon as the joint has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Special precautions shall be taken in placing and compacting backfill to 027402 Page 5of7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 avoid damage to the joints. When the atmospheric temperature is below 60 degrees F, plastic joint seal gaskets shall either be stored in an area warmed to above 70 degrees F, or artificially warmed to this temperature in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Gaskets shall then be applied to pipe joints immediately prior to placing pipe in the trench, followed by connection to previously laid pipe. d. Pipe Joints for storm sewers shall be wrapped with geotextile material. The geotextile wrap shall be at least 2 feet wide and shall be centered on each joint. 5. After the pipe has been placed,bedded and jointed as specified, filling and/or backfilling shall be done in accordance with the applicable requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." If unstable conditions are encountered, fully encase the pipe with crushed stone as described above. When mortar joints are allowed, no fill or backfill shall be placed until the jointing material has been cured for at least six (6)hours. Special precautions shall be taken in placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of the pipe or damage to the joints. For side drain culverts and all other culverts where joints consist of materials other than mortar, immediate backfilling will be permitted. 6. Unless otherwise shown on the plans or permitted in writing by the Engineer, no heavy earth moving equipment will be permitted to haul over the structure until a minimum.of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed thereon. Pipe damaged by the Contractor's equipment shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost. 7. Cleaning and Television Inspection. All enclosed reinforced concrete pipe and manholes installed on this project shall be cleaned and televised in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 027611 "Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Conduits." 4. MEASUREMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforced concrete pipe will be measured by the linear foot. Such measurement will be made between the ends of the pipe barrel along its central axis. Where spurs or branches, or connections to existing pipe lines are involved, measurement of the spur or new connecting pipe will be made from the intersection of its center axis with the outside surfaces of the pipe into which it connects. Where inlets, headwalls, catch basins, manholes,junction chambers, or other structures are included in lines of pipe, that length of pipe tying into the structure wall will be included for measurement but no other portion of the structure length or width will be so included. For multiple pipes, the measured length will be the sum of the lengths of the barrels measured as prescribed above. 027402 Page 6 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 5. PAYMENT Payment for reinforced concrete pipe measured as prescribed above will be made at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for the various sizes of "Reinforced Concrete Pipe" of the class specified. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and transporting the pipe; hauling and placing of earth cushion material where required for bedding pipe; for the preparation and shaping of beds; for hauling, placing and jointing of pipes; for furnishing and installing geotextile pipe joint wrapping; for end finish; for all connections to existing and new structures; for cleaning and television inspection; and for all other items of materials, labor, equipment, tools, excavation, backfill and incidentals necessary to complete the culvert or storm sewer in accordance with the plans and these specifications. 027402 Page 7 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 027404 CONCRETE BOX CULVERTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for constructing, furnishing, and installing reinforced concrete box culverts required to complete the project. All reinforced concrete boxes for this project shall be precast concrete in accordance with TxDOT Standards for precast box culverts and the details shown on the drawings for the appropriate height of fill, and design shall conform to ASTM C1577. Alternate designs of precast boxes will be considered for approval upon submission of shop drawings detailing the box and certifications that the box,as designed,is structurally comparable to or better than the box shown in the contract drawings and is designed to support HS20 loading per ASSHTO M273. The shop drawings and certifications shall be signed and sealed by a Texas registered professional engineer. 2. MATERIALS 1. Concrete. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,Class "C"concrete shall be used for cast-in- place boxes,conforming to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete" and City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures",except that Class "S"concrete will be required for top slabs of direct traffic cast- in-place boxes. Concrete for precast (machine-made) boxes shall meet the requirements of ASTM C76 Sections: "Cement", "Aggregates" and "Mixture", and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5,000 psi. 2. Reinforcement. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel" and the details shown on the plans. 3. Jointing. Materials for jointing shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 027402 "Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts". 4. Membrane Curing. Materials. for membrane curing shall conform to City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 5. Geotextile. Geotextile fabric for wrapping joints shall be Class 1 geotextile for subsurface drainage with an average opening size(AOS)of 0.22mm and in accordance with AASHTO M288. 3. FABRICATION The requirement of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete" and City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete for Structures"shall govern for cast-in-place 027404 Page 1 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 concrete box culverts and for precast(formed)boxes except where otherwise specified herein. Forms for precast(machine-made)boxes shall be made of steel. Forms for cast-in-place boxes and precast(formed) boxes may be either wood or steel. Forms shall be mortar-tight and of sufficient strength to prevent excessive bulging or misalignment of adjacent boxes. They shall be constructed to permit their removal without damage to the concrete. Offsets at form joints shall not exceed one-eighth inch (1/8"). Forms shall be clean and free of extraneous matter when concrete is placed. Positive means of supporting steel cages in place throughout forming and concrete placement shall be required and subject to the approval of the Engineer. Welding of reinforcing steel will be permitted only where shown on the plans. Welding shall be done by a qualified welder and shall conform to industry standards. Precast(machine-made)boxes shall be cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of the concrete in the forms and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure dense concrete. Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit mixed concrete shall not be acceptable for use in precast(machine-made)boxes. 4. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION 1, Physical Requirements. Precast boxes shall meet the requirement of ASTM C 1577. Testing shall be done by a materials engineering testing laboratory which meets the requirements for membership in the American Council of Independent Laboratories. 2. Fabrication Tolerances. Precast boxes shall conform to the following tolerances: When two box sections are fitted together on a flat surface, in proper alignment and in the position they will be installed, the longitudinal opening at any point shall not exceed one inch (1"), Not more than four lifting holes may be provided in each box to facilitate handling. They may be cast-in, cut into the fresh concrete after form removal or drilled, and shall not be more than 2 inches in diameter or 2 inches square. Cutting or displacement of the reinforcement will not be permitted, Spalled areas around the holes shall be repaired. Concrete boxes shall be given an"Ordinary Surface Finish" in accordance with Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 3. Certification. Certification of quality shall be provided with each delivery of materials to the job site by the manufacturer. Certification shall be a written report by the materials engineering testing laboratory. 5. DEFECTS AND REPAIRS Fine cracks or checks on the surface of the member which do not extend to the plane of the nearest reinforcement will not because for rejection unless they are numerous and extensive. Cracks which extend into the plane of the reinforcing steel but are acceptable otherwise, shall be repaired in an 027404 Page 2of3 Rev.1030.2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 approved manner. Small damaged or honeycombed areas which are purely surficial in nature may be repaired. Excessive damage,honeycombing or cracking will be subject to structural review. Repairs shall be sound, properly finished, and cured in conformance with the pertinent specifications. When fine cracks or hairline cracks on the surface indicate poor curing practices,further production of precast boxes shall be discontinued until corrections are made and proper curing provided. 6. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Excavation and backfill shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities" and City Standard Details for Stormwater. Bedding for precast concrete box culverts located under pavements shall consist of 6 inches of cement-stabilized sand containing a minimum of 1%2 sacks of Standard Type I or Type H Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,the Contractor may use any of the jointing materials, except rubber gaskets, and shall comply with the jointing requirements specified in the City Standard Specification Section 027402 "Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts". All box j oints shall be wrapped with geotextile fabric. The wrap shall be at least two (2)feet wide and centered on the joints. Lifting holes shall be filled with mortar or concrete and cured to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, concrete box culverts shall be measured by the linear foot for each size of box installed. The measurement will be made between the ends of the box along the centerline. For boxes used in the multiple barrel structures,the measured length will be the sum of the lengths of all barrels. Payment shall be made at the contract bid price and shall fully compensate the Contractor for furnishing, transporting and installing the box culverts; for bedding materials and bed preparation including compaction; for excavation and backfill of trenches; for all connections to existing and new structures;and for all labor,materials,tools,equipment and incidentals required to complete the work as shown on the contract drawings and as specified herein. 027404 Page 3 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 027602 GRAVITY WASTEWATER LINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing, handling and installing gravity wastewater lines required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS A. Pipe and Fittings: 1. POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC)PIPE and fittings shall be in accordance with the following: 6"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM D3034 DR 26 8" Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM D3034 DR 26 10"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM D3034 DR 26 12"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM D3034 DR 26 15"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM D3034 DR 26 18"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR 26 24"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR 26 30" Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR 26 36" Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR 26 PS 115 42"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR35 PS46 48"Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F679 DR35 PS46 Pipe and fittings shall have push-on compression gasket joints in accordance with ASTM D3212 and shall be a non-blue color. 2. POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE shall be AWWA C900 or C905 integral green (non-blue color) with a minimum pressure rating of not less than 150 psi, made of Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin compounds, as defined in ASTM D1784. One (1) 20-ft. section of PVC pressure pipe, with appropriate adapters or as an encasing pipe over the carrier pipe, shall be used for gravity wastewater lines at all waterline crossings, and shall be centered under/over the waterline as indicated on the drawings. Maintain a minimum of 2 feet vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses over a new non-pressurized wastewater line. Maintain a minimum of 6 inches vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses over a pressurized wastewater line. In all instances of water crossing wastewater, center a joint of water pipe over the wastewater pipe such that a minimum of 9 feet of horizontal offset exists from each water joint to the wastewater carrier pipe. 027602 Page 1 of 6 Rev.7-1-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Alternatively, at waterline crossings, the PVC gravity wastewater pipe may be encased in a 20-ft.joint of pressure pipe with a minimum pressure rating of 150 psi that is at least two nominal sizes larger than the carrier pipe. The carrier pipe shall be supported in the casing at five foot (5) intervals with spacers, or shall be filled to the spring line with clean washed sand. The casing pipe shall be centered under/ over the waterline as indicated on the drawings, and both ends of the casing shall be sealed with cement grout or manufactured seal. B. Bedding and Backfill Materials: 1. BEDDING AND INITIAL BACKFILL is that material from beneath the pipe to an elevation 12 inches above the top of the pipe. The bedding and initial backfill material shall be in accordance with Table I on Wastewater Standard Details, Sheet 3,unless otherwise specified. 2. FINAL BACKFILL is that material placed on the initial backfill. The material shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities" and as shown on the standard details. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Trench Excavation: See City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." B. Handling of Materials: 1. HANDLING AND CARE of pipe shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Pipe shall be unloaded at the point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the site by the Contractor. Materials shall be handled with care and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. STORAGE AND SECURITY of materials shall be provided by the Contractor. Any material delivered to the site that is not to be incorporated into the work within 10 working days shall be properly stored off the ground. Stacking and handling of materials shall be done as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. REJECTED OR DEFECTIVE materials are those having cracks, flaws or other defects. Rejected materials shall be marked by the Engineer and removed from the job site by the end of the day by the Contractor. 4. DISTRIBUTION OF MATERIALS at the work site shall be allowed provided that they are incorporated into the work within 10 working days. Materials shall not be placed on private property, unless written permission has been obtained from the owner by the Contractor. Materials shall not be placed within five feet of the back of curb or edge of pavement without permission of the Engineer or the designated representative. 027602 Page 2 of 6 Rev.7-1-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 C. Alignment and Grade: 1, All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required line and grade. 2. NO DEVIATIONS from design line and grade shall be allowed, unless authorized by the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall provide offsets and out sheets. The Contractor may use batter boards, laser, or other approved methods necessary to construct the wastewater line to design line and grade, D. Pipe Placement: 1. GENERAL: Proper implements, tools, etc., shall be used by the Contractor for safe and efficient execution of work. All pipes shall be carefully lowered into the trench by suitable equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage. Under no circumstances shall pipe be dropped or dumped into the trench. The Contractor shall not lay pipe in the trench until the bedding and condition of the trench have been approved by the Engineer. The trench shall be free of water and maintained in that condition until the pipe has been laid, the joints have been completed, and the initial backfill has been completed. All pipe markings shall be placed face up for inspection prior to backfill, 2. CLEAN PIPE: All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe before lowering pipe into trench. The interior of pipe shall be maintained free of dirt during the remaining installation operations. E. Jointing Pipe: POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE shall have mating surfaces of the gasketed joint wiped clean of dirt and foreign matter. A lubricant recommended by the coupling manufacturer shall be applied to the bell and spigot mating surfaces just prior to joining. The spigot shall then be centered on grade into the bell of the previous pipe and shall be shoved home to compress the joint and to assure a tight fit between the inner surfaces. Pipe shall not be assembled in reverse order by pushing bell onto spigot. When the pipe is being thusly installed, bell holes shall be excavated in the bedding material. When the joint has been made, the bell hole shall be carefully filled with material to provide for adequate support of the pipe. The spigot shall be centered within 1/4 inch of the home line marked on the spigot. F. Bedding and Initial Backfill: POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE: Bedding and initial backfill of PVC pipe shall be in accordance with the details provided in the drawings. Bedding shall be well tamped regardless of type. The type of bedding required shall depend upon the depth of cut and ground water condition and shall be as specified below: 027602 Page 3 of 6 Rev.7-1-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BOTTOM OF TRENCH IN GROUNDWATER Depth of Cut Required Bedding Less than 20 feet Gravel or Crushed Stone Over 20 feet Crushed Stone BOTTOM OF TRENCH NOT IN GROUND WATER Depth of Cut Required Bedding Less than 15 feet Sand, Gravel, or Crushed Stone Less than 20 feet Gravel or Crushed Stone Over 20 feet Crushed Stone G. Final Backfill: See City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." H. Bypass Pumping: Contractor shall follow operational requirements for bypass pumping as set forth in Specification Section 027200 Control of Wastewater Flows. 4. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION A. Leakage Testing: (Required for all types of pipe) 1. EQUIPMENT FOR LEAKAGE TESTING shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall test the entire system for leaks. This work shall be witnessed by the Engineer. 2. POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)PIPE shall be tested in accordance with Uni- Bell Plastic Pipe Association - Standard UNI-B-6 "Recommended Practice for Low- Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe"; the requirements of which are summarized by the following equation: T=0.00237D2L [Equation 1] Where: T=Minimum allowable time (seconds)for a pressure drop of one(1)psi gage pressure D=Nominal pipe diameter(inches) L=Length of pipe run(feet) The test section shall be plugged and subjected to a test pressure not in excess of five (5)psi. The time required for a one (1)psi pressure drop shall be measured and shall not exceed the value obtained in Equation 1 above. 027602 Page 4 of 6 Rev.7-1-2016 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B. Deflection Testing: (Required for PVC Pipe) 1, EQUIPMENT FOR DEFLECTION TESTING shall be provided by the Contractor. Mandrels shall be provided by the Contractor and will be of machined rigid corrosion-resistant pipe with a length not less than L5 diameters. Mandrels will be sized for SDR 26 PVC pipe at 5% deflection, The outside diameter of the standard mandrels shall be as follows: Nominal Size(inches) Mandrel O.D. (inched 8 7.11 10 8.87 12 10.55 15 12.90 18 15.76 21 18.56 24 20.87 27 23.51 30 27.14 2. TESTING shall be done by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer. All pipe shall be tested for deflection no less than 30 days after placement of backfill. The Contractor may wish to check pipe immediately after backfilling for job control. However, this shall not qualify as acceptance testing. No pipe can be tested for formal acceptance until it has been in place, complete with backfill, for at least 30 days. 3, Belly: Pipe shall be rejected if belly exceeds 5% based on the readings from the video inspection. C. Retesting: ANY DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIALS shall be corrected or replaced by the Contractor and retested. This shall be repeated until all work and materials are acceptable D. Cleaning and Televising: All wastewater lines and manholes installed on this project shall be cleaned and televised in accordance with Standard Specification Section 027611 "Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Conduits". 5. SOIL BORINGS The City does not assume responsibility for subsurface information. Soil data and other subsurface information, if shown on the drawings or in the appendix, are without warranty as to correctness of fact or interpretation. 027602 Page 5 of 6 Rev.7-1-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 6. BRACING AND SHORING Trenching operation shall comply with Worker Safety Requirements for Excavation and Trenching Operations. If, for whatever reason, the trench width at the top of pipe must exceed that width indicated in the bedding details, the Contractor shall modify bedding as required by the Engineer to accommodate the additional load on the pipe. 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, gravity wastewater lines shall be measured by the linear foot for each size and depth of wastewater line installed, as follows: A. Between centers of manholes. B. From the center of a manhole to the end of the line. C. From the end of an existing stub to the end of the line or center of the existing manhole. Depth shall be measured from flow line of pipe to ground surface over centerline of the pipe at the time of construction. Measurements to be made at manholes, at inteivals not to exceed fifty feet, and at breaks in ground profile. Bedding shall not be measured for pay, but shall be considered subsidiary to pipe, unless included as a separate bid item in the Bid Form. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, de-watering shall not be measured for pay,but shall be considered subsidiary unless included as a separate bid item in the Bid Form for well-pointing. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, pipe, bedding, de-watering, hauling, trench excavation and backfill,leakage and deflection testing, cleaning, televising, bypass pumping, and all cleaning up and other incidentals necessary to install the pipe complete in-place. 027602 Page 6 of 6 Rev.7-1-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 055420 FRAMES GRATES RINGS AND COVERS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the furnishing and installation of frames, grates, rings and covers for inlets, manholes and other structures in accordance with those details. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A36 "Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel". 2. MATERIALS Welded steel grates and frames shall conform to the member size, dimensions and details show on the plans and shall be welded into an assembly in accordance with those details. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A36. Castings, whether Carbon-Steel, Gray Cast Iron or Ductile Iron, shall conform to the shape and dimensions shown on the plans and shall be clean substantial castings, free from burnt-on sand or blow holes, and shall be reasonable smooth. Runners, risers, fins, and other cast-on pieces shall be removed from the castings and such areas ground smooth. Bearing surfaces between manhole rings and covers or grates and frames shall be cast or machined with such precision that uniform bearing shall be provided throughout the perimeter contact area. Pairs of machined castings shall be matchmarked to facilitate subsequent identification at installation. Steel castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A27 "Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application". Grade 70-36 shall be furnished unless otherwise specified. Cast Iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A48 "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings", Class 30. Ductile iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A536 "Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings", Grade 60-40-18 shall be used otherwise specified. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Frames, grates, rings and covers shall be constructed of the materials as specified and in accordance with the details shown on the plans, and shall be placed carefully to the lines and grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. All welding shall conform to the requirements of the latest American Welding Society Specifications. Frames, grates, rings and covers shall be given one coat of a commercial grade red lead and oil paint and two coats of commercial grade aluminum paint. 055420 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Painting on gray iron castings will not be required, except when used in conjunction with structural steel shapes. Con-unercial grade galvanized bolts and nuts shall be used. The zinc coating shall be uniform in thickness, smooth and continuous. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, fiames, grates, rings and covers will not be measured for payment,but shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 055420 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Part T TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL RE UIREMENTS DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARD POOL SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Articles and portions of articles of the Division 1 not amended, supplemented or superseded by the Standard Form of Agreement shall remain in effect. B. Contractor shall utilize the Procore Construction Management system with www.procore.com. (888)-847- 0744 or approved equal. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal Procedures B. Schedules C. Reports,Warranties,Certificates and Manuals D. Schedule of Submittals E. Construction Schedule 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Identify long lead or specialty submittals(pool equipment,windows structural steel, and site features,etc.) and submit within first 30 days of contract B. Submit shop drawings and product data in the quantity as required by the various sections of the Specifications or if not specified, submit three copies for the use of the Architect/Engineer, plus the number of copies the contractor's needs may dictate. In no case shall fewer than seven copies be submitted.All submittals,regardless of the source of origin,shall be submitted via the General Contractor. C. For each product specified or noted on the Drawings, submit six copies of product data with installation directions as applicable to the construction requirements of this project, together with any required samples for approval. Shop drawings and product data shall be submitted within 30 days of Notice to Proceed. D. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. E. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review for verification of product required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work and coordination of information, is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. F. Provide space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps. G. Revise and resubmit submittals as required;identify all changes made since previous submittal. H. Submittals shall be executed in sufficient time to allow at least three weeks for each review by the Architect/Engineer. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Submittals 01300-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Each product submitted shall be submitted with it's own transmittal form, stating the product name, manufacturer and related specification section. Number each submittal consequently in order of submission (1, 2, 3, etc.), also reference the Project Manual specification number for the submittal identity. (example: 07270- 1 for the first submittal for Firestopping and 07270-2 for the second item submitted under the same section). Revised submittals should have original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix.(example: IA for a revised submittal). 1.4 SCHEDULES A. The following schedules must be prepared and submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval within twenty(20) calendar days (unless noted otherwise) after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. Failure to submit any of the following items to the Architect/Engineer within the time allotted shall be grounds for withholding Contractor's Certificate for Payment. 1. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers, including category of work, contact name, address, and telephone number. 2. 24 Hour Emergency Contact Numbers for: a. Contractor b. Major Sub-Contractors 3. Construction Schedule.Refer to Paragraph 1.7 below. 4. Schedule of Values.Refer to Section 01020,Paragraph 1.4. 5. Cash flow schedule of anticipated amount of monthly estimates. 6. Schedule of Submittals. 7. Requests for Substitutions: Submit within 30 days, in accordance with Section 01600, Paragraph 1.5. 8. Schedule of Operation and Maintenance Data for Manuals.Refer to Section 01700,Paragraph 1.7. 1.5 REPORTS,WARRANTIES, CERTIFICATES AND MANUALS A. Warranties: 1. On all materials for a period of one year or as per the maintenance bond and as required by various specification sections. 2. For General Contractor and roofing subcontractor on roofing. 3. Warranty on wood and veneered fire doors. B. Special warranties in conjunction with mechanical equipment. C. Test reports and certificates in conjunction with electrical equipment. D. City of Corpus Christi Certificates: 1. Electrical inspector's certificate for compliance with city requirements. 2. Plumbing inspector's certificate for compliance with city requirements. 3. Fire department inspector's certificate for occupancy. 4. Building department certificate for occupancy. 5. Provide as required by the City of Corpus Christi Building Inspection Department a letter of certification from an independent,registered surveyor verifying that the accepted grading plan has been accomplished. E. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.Refer to Section 01700,Paragraph 1.7. F. Concrete Design and Test Reports: 1. In conjunction with concrete paving. 2. In conjunction with structural concrete. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Submittals 01300-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3. Earthwork and Compaction. 4. Leakage and pressure. 1.6 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS A. Provide list of all items requiring shop drawings,product data or samples. B. Organize list by specification sections,and provide exact break down of phased portions of work. C. Provide proposed date for each initial submittal.Allow sufficient time as may be required for resubmittals. 1.7 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. The Construction Schedule shall be prepared in the form of a bar graph, identifying the first work day of each week and provide dates for completion of phases in the various categories of the work. B. Revise and resubmit as required. Submit revised schedule with each Application for Payment. C. The purpose of the Construction Schedule shall be to allow the Owner and Architect/Engineer to evaluate the Contractor's performance and adherence to the schedule on a monthly basis along with the Contractor's Application for Payment. D. Liquidated Damages will be paid by the Contractor to the Owner at a rate of Five Hundred dollars ($500.00) for each and every project site and calendar day that actual Substantial Completion exceeds the time for Final Completion authorized under the terms of this Contract. END OF SECTION 01300 Kenley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Submittals 01300-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Submit to the Architect/Engineer shop drawings,product data,and samples required by specification sections. B. Contractor shall utilize the Procore Construction Management system with www.procore.com. (888)-847-0744 or approved equal. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Prepared by a qualified detailer. B. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail numbers shown on Contract Documents. C. Shop Drawings shall be submitted only to clarify,amplify,or revise information shown or called for in the contract documents. 1.3 PRODUCT DATA A. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: 1. Modify drawings to delete information which is not applicable to the work. 2. Supplement standard information to provide additional information specifically applicable to the work. B. Manufacturer's catalog sheets,brochures,diagrams, schedules,performance charts,illustrations, and other standard descriptive data: 1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials,products or models. 2. Show dimensions and clearances required. 3. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. 1.4 SAMPLES A. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of product or material,with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color samples. B. Field Samples and Mock-ups: 1. Erect at project site at location acceptable to Architect/Engineer. 2. Construct each sample or mock-up complete,including work of all trades required in finish work. 3. Provide mock-up samples for a. Site paving(4'H X 4'W) b. Building Mock-Ups A total of three (3) exterior wall mock-ups of locations noted on plans shall be built by the contractor for a review by the Architect or Owners Representative. Construction of above slab building components shall not begin until the mock-ups have been reviewed and authorization to proceed has been provided. The mock-ups shall be full height and of an Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 01340-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL adequate width to show the indicated material combinations. All materials for finish construction are to be inclided. The mock-ups are not to be included in finish construction. They are to be preserved on site as a reference in evaluating final construction. Any finish construction not meeting the standards set forth in the mock- ups shall be removed and replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense and the contractor shall be responsible for any associated liquated damages. C. Pool Finishes Coping Tile,Plaster,Pool(2'H X 2'W) 1.5 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit shop drawing and product data as soon as practicable after award of contract but not later than 30 days before dates reviewed submittals will be needed. B. Submit all office samples as soon as practicable but not later than 30 days after award of contract in order to facilitate color selections and coordination of the various materials.Final color selections and release of shop drawings contingent upon color selection will not be made until all office samples have been submitted,coordinated,and approved. C. Submittals shall be posted on Procore. D. Submittals shall include: 1. Date and revision dates. 2. Project title and number. 3. Names of Contractor, subcontractor,supplier,and manufacturer. 4. Identification of product or material and specification section number. 5. Relation to adjacent structure,materials or other critical features. 6. Field dimensions,clearly identified as such. 7. Applicable reference standards. 8. A blank space 4"x 8"for Architect/Engineer's stamp. 9. Other pertinent data required by specifications. 10. Identification of variation from contract documents. if. Contractor's stamp,initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal,verification of field measurements,compliance with contract documents, and coordination with requirements of the work. Note:Absence of the Contractor's stamp shall constitute grounds for rejection of the submittal until such time as the submittal has been processed in accordance with this requirement. 1.6 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Resubmission:Make corrections and changes in submittals required by Architect/Engineer and resubmit until approved. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Revise initial drawings and resubmit as specified for initial submittal. 2. Indicate on drawings any changes which have been made,other than those requested by Architect/Engineer. C. Product Data and Samples: Submit new data and samples as specified for initial submittal. 1.7 DISTRIBUTION OF SUBMITTALS AFTER REVIEW Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 01340-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Distribute reviewed copies of shop drawings and product data which carry Architect/Engineer's stamp as follows: 1. Job Site File. 2.Record Documents File. 3. Other affected contractors. 4. Subcontractors. 5. Supplier or Fabricator. Architect/Engineer will retain three(3)copies: one for his file,one for his consultants, and one for the owner. END OF SECTION 01340 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 01340-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Articles and portions of articles of the Division 1 not amended, supplemented or superseded by the Standard Form of Agreement shall remain in effect. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cooperate with the Owner's selected testing agency(T.B.D.)and all others responsible for testing and inspecting work. B. Provide such other testing and inspecting as are specified to be furnished by the Contractor in this Section and/or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. C. Where no testing requirements are described,but the Owner decides,that testing is required,the Owner may require such testing to be performed under current pertinent standards for testing. Payment for such testing will be made as described in Paragraph 1.3. D. The Owner reserves the right to hire and independent lab for Quality Assurance purposes at the cost of the Owner. 1.3 PAYMENT FOR TESTING A. Initial Testing: The Owner will select a pre-qualified independent testing laboratory and pay for all initial services of the testing laboratory as required by the Contract Documents and testing. B. Retesting: When initial testing indicates non-compliance with the Contract Documents, subsequent retesting required by the non-compliance shall be performed by the same testing agency,and costs thereof will be paid by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. In the event an area is not ready for testing. Any charges for trip changes will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.4 LABORATORY DUTIES A. Cooperate with Architect/Engineer and Contractor;provide qualified personnel after due notice. B. Perform specified inspections,sampling and testing: 1. Comply with specified standards. 2. Ascertain compliance of materials and work procedures with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Promptly notify Architect/Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or deficiencies of work or products. D. Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection;one copy each to Owner,Contractor and Engineer,and two copies to Architect/Engineer and City of Corpus Christi Building Inspector. Each report shall include: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number 3. Testing laboratory name, address and telephone number. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Testing Laboratory Services Amin i DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 5. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions. 7. Date of test. 8. Identification of product and specification section. 9. Location of sample or test in the Project. 10. Type of inspection or test. 11. Interpretation of test results,when requested by Architect/Engineer. E. Perform additional tests as required by Architect/Engineer of the Owner. 1.5 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY A. Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release,revolve,alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor. 4. Stop the Work. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Schedule all testing with laboratories. B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel,provide access to Work. C. Furnish copies of Products tests reports as required. D. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to Work to be tested. 2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site. 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 4. For storage and curing of test samples. E. Notify Architect/Engineer and Laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. F. Payment for all retesting required because of non-conforming work,of materials and for calls for inspection when work is not ready for testing. 1.7 SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS A. Section 02200—Earthwork(refer to Geotechnical Report and Specifications) 1. Tests and analysis of fill material will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D698. 2. Frequency of Tests: Field density tests should be taken as each lift of fill material is placed. As a guide,one field density test per lift for each 5,000 square feet of compacted area is recommended.For small areas or critical areas the frequency of testing may need to be increased to one test per 2,500 square feet.A minimum of two tests per lift should be required. B. Section 03200—Concrete Reinforcement 1. Prior to each concrete pour,inspect reinforcing sizes,bending of bars,quantities,spacing, placement,clearance of reinforcing from forms and tying in accordance with the Contract Documents and ACI 315. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Testing Laboratory Services 01410-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2. Inspect support and securement of reinforcing. 3. Inspect condition of reinforcing. 4. Prior to each concrete pour,inspect positioning of steel inserts and assemblies, sizes and spacing of reinforcement and inspect fusion-welded anchors and sheer connectors. C. Section 03300—Cast-In-Place Concrete(Building) 1. Refer to all building and related specifications for additional testing requirements. D. Section 03310-Cast-In-Place Concrete 1. Sample Cylinders:During the progress of the work,test cylinders shall be made from each different mix.Four compression test cylinders will be taken during the pour for every pour of 100 cubic yards or part thereof. One tested at 7 days,two tested at 28 days,and one retained in reserve for further testing. 2. Make a slump test in accordance with ASTM C-143 slump shall be a minimum of 4 inches to a maximum of 6 inches for each 60 cubic yards,or portion thereof,of concrete placed. 3. If tests of concrete do not meet the specified strength,coring shall be required.All coring shall be at the Contractor's expense. 4. Testing and coring shall be in compliance with ACI, Section 301. 5. Mix design: The Contractor shall submit a concrete mix design for approval. E. Section 03361—Pneumatically Placed Concrete for Swimming Pools 1. Sample Cylinders:During the progress of the work,test cylinders shall be made from each different mix.Four compression test cylinders will be taken during the pour for every pour of 100 cubic yards or part thereof. One tested at 7 days,two tested at 28 days,and one retained in reserve for further testing. Test beams may be required in lieu of cylinders. Provide method and quantity as directed by geotechnical engineer. 2. Make a slump test in accordance with ASTM C-143 slump shall be a minimum of 4 inches to a maximum of 6 inches for each 60 cubic yards,or portion thereof,of concrete placed. 3. If tests of concrete do not meet the specified strength,coring shall be required.All coring shall be at the Contractor's expense. 4. Testing and coring shall be in compliance with ACI, Section 301. 5. Mix design: The Contractor shall submit a concrete mix design for approval. END OF SECTION 01410 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Testing Laboratory Services DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Articles and portions of articles of the Division 1 not amended, supplemented or superseded by the Standard Form of Agreement shall remain in effect. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products B. Transportation and Handling,Storage and Protection C. Substitutions D. Manufacturer's Directions E. Color Schedule 1.3 PRODUCTS A. Products include new material,machinery, components, equipment,fixtures, and systems fonning the Work, but do not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components specifically identified for reuse. . 1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport,handle,store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Materials shall be new, delivered and stored in authorized locations in unopened containers and in ample quantity to prevent delay. Ordering of materials shall be made well in advance so as not to hinder the progress of work.Grade marks,labels,etc. shall be kept readable. 1.5 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function,dimension,appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. B. The details on the Drawings and the requirements of the Specifications shall be based on the first listed materials, products or equipment in the Contract Documents. All other products will be considered substitutions. If the Contractor desires to use any of the other listed materials,products or equipment other than that listed first or if the Contractor substitutes a material, product or equipment, the Contractor alone shall be responsible for the correct function, operation and accommodation of the other materials, products or equipment into the spaces allotted on the Drawings. C. The "listing" of a manufacturer does not imply "acceptance" or "approval" of any standard product of that manufacturer. D. Limitations of Substitutions: Kenley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Materials and Equipment 01600-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Substitutions will not be considered when indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals by subcontractor or supplier, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 2. Substitute product shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance. 3. Only one request for substitution for each product will be considered. If substitution is not accepted,Contractor shall provide specified product. 4. Architect/Engineer will determine acceptability of substitutions and the Architect/Engineer's decision of approval or disapproval of a requested substitution shall be final. 5. All proposed substitutions shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect/Engineer for approval prior to bid opening. E. Whenever, in any of the Contract Documents, any material, product or equipment is defined through the use of any federal association or other standard specification, the Contractor shall present satisfactory evidence of compliance with the particular specification for the material, product or equipment he proposes to furnish. F. Request for Substitution Submittal Procedures: 1. No substitution will be considered unless three copies are submitted on General Contractor's Request for Substitution Form(see Section 0 163 0-3 and 01630-4). 2. Request for Substitution during the bidding period: a. Substitutions shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of bids by the General Contractor. b. If the Architect/Engineer approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 3. Request for Substitution after award of contract: a. Substitutions shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer within at least 30 (thirty) calendar days after the award of contract. No substitutions will be considered after that tune and the Contractor must provide the specified product. 1.6 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS A. All manufactured articles, material, appliance and equipment shall be delivered, stored, applied, installed,connected, erected,used,cleaned,conditioned and placed in operation,as directed by the respective manufacturers, insofar as these directions are applicable to this particular project and are not in conflict with superior requirements in the Specifications or requirements of applicable Building Codes. 1.7 COLOR SCHEDULE A. After receipt of all submittals requiring a color selection, the Architect/Engineer will prepare a Color Schedule, listing each product with the colors, patterns and textures selected, and where color changes occur. B. From the date of receiving all submittals requiring a color selection, the Architect/Engineer shall have three(3)weeks to prepare the schedule. C. After Owner approval,the Architect/Engineer shall issue the Color Schedule to the Contractor. D. No color selections shall be made until the issuance of the Color.Schedule. END OF SECTION 01600 Kenley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Materials and Equipment 01600-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 01610 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Articles and portions of articles of the Division 1 not amended,supplemented or superseded by the Standard Form of Agreement shall remain in effect. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Documentation of exclusion of Hazardous Materials from the Work, including Asbestos Containing Materials(ACM's)and lead in conjunction with potable water system. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01600-Materials and Equipment. 2. Section 01700-Project Closeout. 1.3 REQUIREMENTS A. As a condition of Final Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer a written and notarized statement certifying that all materials used in the construction of this Project contain less than 0.10 percent by weight of asbestos and for which it can be demonstrated that, under reasonably foreseeable job site conditions, will not release asbestos fibers in excess of 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter. Certification letter shall be dated, shall reference this specific Project, and shall be signed by not less than two officers of the construction company. If the Architect/Engineer has inadvertently specified an ACM not meeting this condition for use on this Work, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to discover and to bring to the attention of the Architect/Engineer any such conflict in the intent of the Contract Documents. 1. The manner of resolution of such a conflict shall be handled as either a Field Order or as a Change Order, as proves appropriate and fair in the sole judgment of the Architect/Engineer,whose opinion on this matter shall be final. 2. Accreditation by the State of Texas or by EPA shall be required of the inspector representing the Contractor on this matter. B. The Contractor's statement required by this section shall specifically warrant against the installation of any of the following during the course of work. 1. Any fiiable ACM; 2. Any friable suspected ACM; 3. Any nonfriable ACM that is newly friable; and/or 4. Any thermal system insulation ACM. C. The Contractor's statement required by this section shall include the following information. 1. Name of accredited inspector. 2. Signature of accredited inspector. 3. Date of the inspection performed for this purpose. D. Contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer a letter addressed to the Owner certifying that all materials used in conjunction with potable water systems contain no lead. Certification letter shall be dated, shall reference this specific project, and shall be signed by not less than two officers of the construction company. END OF SECTION 01610 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Hazardous Materials 01610-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 01630 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish and install products specified,under conditions for options and substitutions stated in this Section. 1.2 PRODUCTS LIST A. Within 30 days after award of Contract,submit to Architect/Engineer six copies of complete list of major Products which are proposed for installation. B. Tabulate Products by Specification Section number and title. C. For products specified only by reference standards,list for each such Product: 1. Name and address of manufacturer. 2. Trade name. 3. Model or catalogue designation. 4. Manufacturer's data: a. Reference standards. b. Performance test data. 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For Products specified only by reference standard,select Product meeting that standard,by any manufacturer. B. For Products specified by naming several Products or manufacturers,select anyone of products and manufacturers named which complies with Specifications. C. For Products specified by naming only one Product and manufacturer,there is no option and no substitution will be allowed(unless substitution is approved prior to bid opening). 1.4 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A. Prior to the Bid Date:Architect/Engineer will consider substitutions only as specified in Section 01600. B. After the Bid Date:Architect/Engineer will consider formal written requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified only when submitted in accordance with the requirements of this Section.One or more of the following conditions must be documented. 1. The substitution must be as required for compliance with final interpretation of code requirements or insurance regulations. 2. The substitution must be due to the unavailability of the specified products,through no fault of the Contractor.Long delivery period will not qualify as unavailability. 3. The substitution may be requested when subsequent information discloses the inability of the specified products to perform properly or to fit in the designated space. 4. The substitution may be due to the manufacturer's or fabricator's refusal to certify or guarantee performance of the specified product as required. 5. The substitution may be requested when it is clearly seen,in the judgement of the Architect/Engineer that a substitution would be substantially to the Owner's best interests in terms of cost,time or other considerations. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Substitutions and Product Options 01630-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Submit a separate request for each substitution on a copy of the request form attached to this section. Support each request with: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification,including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature; C. Samples,as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used,and date of each installation. 2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with product specified;list significant variations. 3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 4. Any effect of substitution on separate contracts. 5. List of changes required in other work or Products. 6. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution with product specified. a. Amount of any net change to Contract Sum. 7. Designation of required license fees or royalties. 8. Designation of availability of maintenance services, sources of replacement materials. D. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from Contractor. 2. They are requested directly by a subcontractor or supplier. 3. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. E. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of Architect/Engineer and Owner. F. Architect/Engineer and Owner will detennine acceptability of proposed substitutions. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making formal request for substitution Contractor represents that: 1. He has investigated proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. He will provide same warranties or bonds for substitution as for product specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the Work,and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 4. He waives claims for additional costs caused by substitution which may subsequently become,apparent. 5. Cost data is complete and includes related costs under his Contract,but not: a. Costs under separate contracts. b. Architect/Engineer's costs for redesign or revision of Contract Documents. 6. He will reimburse the Owner separately for fees paid to the Architect/Engineer for redesign,revision of Contract Documents, and review of each substitution request. 1.6 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Notify Contractor,in writing,of decision to accept or reject requested substitution. END OF SECTION 01630 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Substitutions and Product Options 01630-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION (Submit seven copies.) Request No. Date Project Name: Project Name: Contractor Name and Address: Hereby requests approval of the following product or system as an"approved substitution." Specification Section No. Page(s) Paragraph Drawing No(s). Detail or Section No(s). USE SEPARATE FORM FOR EACH SUBMITTAL Name and description of submittal for substitutions. Manufacturer: Address: Telephone: Vendor: Address: Telephone: Are maintenance services and replacement parts available through vendor? Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? For finish materials and prefinished equipment,list the colors available for the proposed substitution: Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: ❑Same ❑ Different. Explain differences on an attachment. Reason for not giving priority to specified item: Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Substitutions and Product Options 01630-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL Substitution affects other material or systems: ❑ No ❑ Yes(If yes, attach complete data.) Enclosed data is(with specific marks related to substitution): ❑ Catalog ❑ Drawings ❑ Sample ❑ Tests❑ Reports ❑ Other List items or elements that are the same as the specified item. Attach list of similar projects using the product attachment.Include Owner,and Owner's representative to contact. State effects of substitution on construction schedule, and changes in other work or project. What license fees or royalties are required? The undersigned states that the function,appearance,quality and results are equivalent or superior to the specified items and that Substantial Completion will not be affected. Submitted by: Contractor's Signature Firm Address Telephone Date Owner's Signature: For the Design Professional ❑ Accepted ❑ Accepted as noted ❑ Not accepted ❑ Received late By: Date: Remarks: Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Substitutions and Product Options 01630-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Articles and portions of articles of the Division 1 not amended,supplemented or superseded by the Standard Form of Agreement shall remain in effect. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Final Completion B. Cleaning C. Record Drawings D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals E. Warranties F. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials 1.3 FINAL COMPLETION A. After the Work has been cleaned and finished to a state of Final Completion,the Contractor shall prepare a list of items to be completed or corrected. The Contractor shall give the Architect 10 days written notice of the date the Work, or a portion of the Work, will be ready for each inspection. B. First Inspection: Upon receipt of the list of items to be completed or corrected, if the Architect agrees that the level of completeness meets the standards established,the Architect will inspect the project for compliance with the Contract Documents. The Architect shall verify and amend the Contractor's list.The Architect will designate specific items on the list which must be completed or corrected before the Certificate of Final Completion will be issued. C. If, in the Architect's opinion,the Contractor is not making the proper effort to complete or correct listed items, the Architect may report same to the Owner who will have the option of engaging other contractors to complete the work of the project. Such contractors shall be employed as stipulated in the Standard Form of Agreement. D. Second Inspection: When items have been corrected to meet Final Completion, the Contractor shall notify the Architect to perform a second Final Completion inspection. If, in the opinion of the Owner and Architect, the work has been performed in compliance with the Contract Documents, and if documents defined in this Section and in the Standard Form of Agreement have been prepared and received by the Owner, the Architect will issue the Certificate of Final Completion with the remaining items to be completed or corrected for final acceptance on an attached list. E. Items to be Completed or Corrected: The list of items attached to the Certificate of Final Completion is a guideline of items to be corrected for final acceptance. Items may be added to the list after the date of Final Completion as a guide of items to review at final inspection and as a record of the warranty date for those items. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Project Closeout 01700-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1.4 CLEANING A. Execute cleaning prior to final completion reviews and final inspections. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view. C. Clean debris from entire site,roofs,gutters,downspouts,and drainage systems. D. Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish,and construction facilities from the site. E. The Contractor shall turn the work over in clean condition. Clean up shall include removal of smudges, marks, stains, fingerprints, soil, dirt,paint, dust, lint, unnecessary labels, discoloration's and other foreign materials. Clean all fmished surfaces, such as (but not limited to)walks, drives, curbs, paving, fences, grounds, walls and screens. Slick surfaces shall be left with a clear shine. Remove all temporary facilities and job signs, including surface materials and temporary roads and walkways. 1.5 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. The contractor shall provide to the Architect complete record documents at the completion of the project which includes the drawings and project manual. B. The contractor shall acquire and pay for a set of blueline prints of the drawings on heavy weight paper and one Project Manual with a laminated cover at the beginning of the project to be kept in a safe,neat environment at the site. The blueline prints and project manual will be labeled with neat bold letters"Record Drawings Prints" and"Record Project Manual". The edges of the prints shall be protected with clear tape. C. During the course of performing the work, the contractor shall neatly record all changes to the Contract Documents on the "Record Drawing Prints" and "Record Manual", including but not limited to: 1. All Addendum's issued by the Architect. 2. All Change Orders approved by the Owner. 3. All Architect's Supplemental Instructions issued by the Architect. 4. All answers issued by the Architect in response to"Requests for Interpretation"issued by contractor that change any drawing or specification. 5. All changes by the contractor of piping routings, duct layouts, electrical equipment placement, circuiting, etc.that deviate from locations shown on the Contract Documents, shall be carefully recorded. The contractor shall show and label all valves with the corresponding tag number. 6. All underground utility locations shall be reviewed with the Architect and consequently recorded on the"Record Drawing Prints". D. Prior to application for payment each month, the Architect will review the "Record Drawing Prints" and"Project Manual"to verify that any changes during that pay period have been properly recorded. The contractor shall keep a log on the cover sheet of the drawings and a log in the front of the Project Manual indicating which Addendum's, Change Orders, Supplemental Instructions, R.F.I.'s, etc.have been posted,the date they were posted, and by whom they were posted. Failure to record the changes that have occurred in that pay period will be grounds to withhold payment until they are recorded. E. As part of Project Close-out,the Record Documents,shall be submitted to the Architect for review and approval after final completion and prior to final payment. F. The"Record Cad Drawings"shall be prepared on Autocad,by a professional Cad drafting service approved by the Architect. The CAD drafting service will be paid by the contractor. All of the information marked on the "Record Drawing Prints" as outlined above shall be properly drawn Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Project Closeout 01700-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL into the drawings. The result will be a set of drawings that represent exactly what was built as if originally drawn that way. The Architect will furnish the Contractor with AutoCad drawing files without the Architect/Engineer's seals. The files will come compressed (bridge zipped) onto a CD. The CAD drafting must be performed using the same file names, layers, colors,pen settings, etc. as provided by the Architect. The"Record Cad Drawings" shall be plotted on T-15 vellum. G. As part of Project Closeout, the "Record Documents", both the "Record Cad Drawings", plotted on vellum paper, and the laminated"Record Project Manual" shall be submitted to the Architect for review after final completion and prior to final payment. The Architect will compare the "Record Documents"to his own record set. The Architect will return the"Record Documents"to the contractor who will promptly correct any deficiencies or discrepancies to the satisfaction of the Architect and replot the appropriate sheets. The contractor will then submit to the Architect all drawing files, compressed(bridge zipped) onto one (1) CD,the final record vellums,two (2) sets of blueline prints of the final vellum plots, one (1) marked up copy of the "Record Project Manual",and one(1)pdf of all files. H. The Contractor shall show a reasonable sum of money for"Record Documents" as a line item on his schedule of values. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Furnish the Owner, through the Architect, two copies of operating instructions and maintenance recommendations for all work installed in the building, including that installed by General Contractor's own forces and all work done by subcontractors. B. Operating instructions and maintenance recommendations shall be furnished in a form approved by the Architect and shall be neatly typewritten and complete, bound into Operations and Maintenance Manuals. C. These manuals shall be prepared and transmitted to the Architect for approval so they can be given to the Owner no less than 10 days prior to Final Completion. D. The work covered by these manuals will not be inspected for Final Completion until Owner has received the manuals described above. E. Provide the Owner with an affidavit of all bills paid and consent of surety. 1.7 WARRANTIES A. Warranties and Certificates: Prior to the final payment, Contractor and subcontractors shall forward to the Architect, copies of warranties and certificates as required by the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall furnish written warranties, covering their respective work or equipment for a minimum period of one year from the date of acceptance, against defects of material or workmanship at no cost to the Owner. Some work may be specified to be covered under a longer period of warranty.All warranties shall be signed by the responsible Contractor and subcontractor. C. Wherever defects occur within the time limit of the warranty, if such unsatisfactory condition is due to the use of materials,or workmanship which are inferior,defective or not in accordance with the Contract,the Contractor,whenever notified, shall immediately: 1. Place any such warranted work and/or materials in satisfactory condition in every particular. 2. Make good any work or materials, or the equipment or contents of said structures or grounds,which are damaged in fulfilling any such warranty at no cost to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Architect. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Project Closeout 01700-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. Should the Contractor fail to proceed promptly with the terms of this warranty the Owner may have such work performed as he may deem necessary to fulfill the warranty, charging the cost thereof against the Contractor. 1.8 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide Products, spare parts,maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification Sections. END OF SECTION 01700 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Project Closeout 01700-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 01710 CLEANING UP PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Execute cleaning,during progress of Work,and at completion of Work, as required by the Contract Documents and as supplemented in this section. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Contract Documents B. Cleaning up required for specific Products or work;Specification Section for that work. 1.3 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Fire Protection: Store volatile waste in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily. B. Pollution Control: Conduct clean-up and disposal operations to comply with local codes, ordinances and anti-pollution laws. 1. Burning or burying of rubbish and waste materials on the project site is prohibited. 2. Disposal of volatile fluid wastes,(such as mineral spirits,oil or paint thinner),in storm or sanitary sewer systems or into streams or waterways is prohibited. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use only cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute periodic cleaning to keep Work,site and adjacent properties free from Accumulations of waste materials,rubbish and debris,resulting from construction operations. B. At not less than every week during progress of Work,clean up site and access and legally dispose of waste materials,rubbish and debris away from site. C. Provide on-site dump containers for collection of waste materials,rubbish and debris. D. Do not allow waste materials,rubbish and debris to accumulate and become an unsightly or hazardous condition. E. Lower waste materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible;do not drop or throw materials from heights. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Cleaning Up 01710-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL F. Execute weekly mowing to keep all vegetation with-in the construction site maintained at 3" maximum height. 3.2 CLEAN-OUT SITES FOR CONCRETE TRUCKS A. If the Contractor allows concrete trucks to be washed out on the site,their residue and waste shall be washed or dumped directly into two(2')feet deep pits provided by the Contractor near a water source. B. When use of a pit is terminated,its contents and contaminated soil shall be excavated as"waste" per Section 02100,and pit shall be filled with soil stockpiled from its excavation. C. The original grade shall be restored. 3.3 DUST CONTROL A. Sprinkle dusty debris with water. B. Vacuum clean interior building areas when ready to receive finish painting and continue vacuum cleaning on an as needed basis until building is ready for acceptance or occupancy. C. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly painted surfaces. 3.4 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning. B. Remove grease,mastics,adhesives, dust,dirt,stains,labels,fingerprints and other foreign materials from sight an exposed interior and exterior surfaces. C. Repair,patch and touch up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. D. Broom clean paved surfaces;rake clean other surfaces of grounds. E. Ventilating system: 1. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. 2. Clean ducts,blowers and coils if air conditioning units were operating without filters during construction. F. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. G. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. H. Sweep and buff resilient floors and base. I. Vacuum carpeted floor areas. J. Replace broken or scratched glass with new glass. K. Prior to final completion,or Owner occupancy,conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and all work areas,to verify that entire Work is clean. END OF SECTION 01710 Kenley-Horn and Associates, Inc. Cleaning Up 01710-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION/TREE PROTECTION FENCING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: Work in this section includes furnishing all labor,materials, equipment, and services required for clearing and grubbing, minor demolition, removal and disposal of items as specified herein and on the plans. In cases of discrepancies between work described below and the geotechnical report for the project, the geotechnical report shall prevail. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Geotechnical Report B. Section 02200—Earthwork C. Existing Conditions,Removal and Demolition Items,and Grading Plan:Refer to plan sheets. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 No products are required to execute this work,except as the Contractor may deem necessary. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING: A. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of removing all natural and artificial objectionable materials from the project site or from limited areas of construction specified within the site. B. In general, clearing and grubbing shall be performed in advance of grading and earthwork operations and shall be performed over the entire area of earthwork operations. C. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, all trees and shrubs of three (3") inches caliper and less (caliper is the diameter as measured twelve (12") inches above the ground) and all scrub growth, such as cactus, yucca, vines, and shrub thickets, shall be cleared. All dead trees, logs, stumps, rubbish of any nature, and other surface debris shall also be cleared. D. Buried material such as logs, stumps,roots of downed trees that are greater than one and one-half (1-1/2") inches in diameters, matted roots, rubbish, and foreign debris shall be grubbed and removed to a minimum depth of twenty-four(24")inches below proposed fmished grades. E. Ground covers of weeds, grass, and other herbaceous vegetation shall be removed prior to stripping and stockpiling topsoil from areas of earthwork operations. Such removal shall be accomplished by"blading"off the uppermost layers of sod or root-matted soil for removal. 3.2 TREES AND SHRUBS TO BE PRESERVED AND PROTECTED: A. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, trees and shrubs with calipers greater than three (3") inches shall not be cleared(removed)provided that both of the following conditions are met: 1. The vegetation exists in an area that is not proposed for pavement, a structure, or the playing bounds of an athletic field. 2. The vegetation is in an area where the cut or fill does not exceed six(6")inches. B. The Owner will assist the Contractor in identifying trees that are to be saved from clearing. The Contractor will protect such trees from construction damage such as trunk impacts and scrapes, limb breakage,compaction of soil within the drip line,and other injurious construction activities. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. If necessary, the Owner may direct the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, to erect protective stockades along the drip lines of trees that the Owner considers vulnerable to damage. Such stockades shall be of eight (8') foot long x six (6") inch diameter posts vertically buried three(3')feet deep at six(6')foot intervals along the drip line. C. Where grading or clearing and grubbing operations are to occur between trees that are to be preserved and protected, the Contractor will prune the lower branches of these trees as necessary to prevent their breakage and to permit access by construction machinery.Branches will be cut off to the trunk or major limb in a workmanlike manner. The Architect/Engineer may direct that the Contractor remove additional branches in such a manner that the tree presents a balanced appearance. Scars will be treated with a heavy coat of an approved tree sealant. 3.3 PAVEMENT REMOVAL: A. Bituminous and concrete pavements shall be removed to neatly sawed edges. Saw cuts shall be made to a minimum depth of one and one-half(1-1/2") inches. If a saw cut in concrete pavement falls within three (3') feet of an existing score joint, construction joint, saw joint, cold joint, expansion joint, or edge,the concrete shall be removed to that joint or edge.All saw cuts shall be parallel and/or perpendicular to the line of existing pavement. If an edge of a cut is damaged subsequent to saw cutting,the concrete shall again be sawed to a neat, straight line for the purpose of removing the damaged area. B. Concrete curb and gutter shall be removed as specified above. No section to be replaced shall be smaller than thirty(30")inches in length or width. 3.4 UTILITIES REMOVAL: In general,those utilities on the site that are to be removed or abandoned and that belong to the Owner shall be removed or abandoned by the Contractor. The Owner is responsible for arranging the relocation or removal of other utilities owned by utility companies or other parties. 3.5 MISCELLANEOUS DEMOLITION: There may be certain items on the site such as old building foundations, fences and other undetermined structures and improvements that must be removed before construction can commence. Unless otherwise specified, such items become the property of the Contractor for subsequent disposal. 3.6 USE OF EXPLOSIVES: The use of explosives will not be pennitted in site preparation operations unless specifically permitted by the Owner in writing. 3.7 BACKFILLING: All holes, cavities, and depressions in the ground caused by site preparation operations will be backfilled and tamped to normal compaction and will be graded to prevent ponding of water and to promote drainage. In areas that are to be immediately excavated,the Architect/Engineer may permit holes, etc.,to remain open. 3.8 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS: A. Unless otherwise stated,materials generated by clearing, grubbing,removal, and demolition shall be known as "waste" or "spoils" and shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the Contractor. Similar materials may be unearthed or generated by earthwork operations or by the drilling of piers. Unless otherwise specified any merchantable items become the property of the Contractor. B. In certain cases,the Owner or Architect/Engineer may grant special pernission for the Contractor to dispose of certain"wastes"or"spoils"by deep burial on the site. Such material would be buried in an approved area; would not be organic, biodegradable, or crushable; and would be buried in lifts or layers with soil thoroughly compacted around and over the material. A minimum of thirty (30")inches of cover would be required over the burial site. END OF SECTION 02100 Kenley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Site Preparation/Tree Protection Fericin)z DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 TYPICAL TREE PROTECTION FENCING ///TYR,STEEL DRIVEIN POSTS Ek-14ON- " CUMB'FE•NCE MAY- • -•�—;-"-�-• �*'�"''"""-'-� BE SOCIARE•A$ " INOICATED�W SITUATION C, • a p POSTS TO BE AT APPROX. B'O.C. "; TEEL DRIVE IN POST AND NON-CLIMB FENCE PAST DRIP UNE OF ALL TREES. TREE IN OPEN AREAS W/GRASS OR PLANTING POSSEVERAL TTREES IN OPEN AREAS W/GRASS OR PLANTS SITUATION " "A" SI.TtJATIt?N „B„ DRIVE IV POSTS ' MOVABLE STEEL :. ; POSTS WITH NON- " - CLIMB FENCE HIST MOVE MOVAkE CURB LINE DRIP LINE. FENCE POSTS a FENCE OPENING IN MOVABLE POSTS MAY BE ROUND AS ONTO ISLAND 4 r PAVEMENT + INDICATED W�� WHILE WORKING NON-CUMB FENCE AROUND SJTUATION A. ON PAVING _,._ -� BEYOND DRIP TREES POSTS TO BE LINE APPROX.8 d.C. •PAVED AREA J TREE IN CONCRETE-OR PAVED AREAS TREE IN A TRAFFIC ISLAND OR PROJECTION. SITUATIC3N "'C . . 'SITUATION "B•, ' DRIVE IN POSTS ROADWAY ROADWAY AND-NON-CLIMB CURB LINE FENCE DRIVE IN POSTS a�NON- CURB LINE CLIMB FENCE PAST DRIP GRASS OR� LINE ,POSTS TO BE PLANTING7 afirl APPRac 8' O.C. GRASS OR,PLANTING WALKWAY TREE BETWEEN WALK AND riOAD TREE IN SOIL AREA IN CORNER SITUATION " E" SITUATION „ F " ROADWAY CURB UNDER NO CONDITIONS WILL THE CONTRACTOR BE PERMITTED LINE IVE IN POSTS TO TRAM TREE, ALL PERSONNEL- IND MUST BE DONE BY GROUNDS MAINTE:SR:ASS OR 1- AND NON-CLIMB ! FENCE FENCING 6 POSTS MUST AT ALL TIMES BE KEPT A MINIMUM NTING OF '3'-0"FROM TREE TRUNK. WALKWAY. BEE STANDARDS SI{EET FOR FENCING, FOR DETAILS OF TREE PROTECTION FENCING. FENCING INSTALLED PAST DRIP LINE MUST BE FAR ENOUGH TO PROTECT LIMBS FROM TRUCKS AND MOVING MECHANICAL 7- EQUIPMENT. , WHERE LOCATION OF TREE PRECLUDES ADAPTATIONS AS BHOWN AT BITUATIONJ"D","E".'F*�a"G",CONTRACTOR WILL INSTALL TREE ONT�TION AB DIRECTED BY PROJECT ARCHITECT/ENG{ S"ITUAT [ 6-1 " G " GENERAL NOTES : DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WILL CITY PARK POOL SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: Work in this section includes furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and services required to construct, shape, and finish earthwork to the required lines, grades, and cross sections as specified herein and on the plans. In cases of discrepancies between work described below and the geotechnical report for the project,the geotechnical report shall prevail. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Geotechnical Report B. Section 02100—Site Preparation C. Grading Plan:Refer to plan sheets. 1.3 TEST REPORTS: The Owner will bear the cost of all testing requirements (unless re-testing is required) and the Testing Laboratory will submit test reports from a commercial testing laboratory as specified herein and in the Conditions of the Contract. 1.4 METHOD OF PAYMENT: Earthwork is a necessary and incidental part of the work. The total cost will be included in the Bid Proposal. Payment will not be made on a unit price basis or by any other separate measured payment method. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION: Unclassified excavation shall consist of all excavation, unless separately designated, within the limits of the work. Unclassified excavation includes all material encountered regardless of its nature or the manner in which it is to be excavated. 2.2 UNCLASSIFIED FILL: A. Unclassified fill shall consist of all fill within the limits of the work.All suitable native materials removed in unclassified excavation, or similar imported materials, shall be used insofar as practicable as unclassified fill. Properly deposited, conditioned, and compacted fill is hereinafter referred to as"earth embankment." B. Rock: Minor quantities of rock not greater than four (4") inches in greatest dimension are permissible in fill materials used to construct earth embankment. Minor quantities of rock of greater dimensions may be placed in the deeper fills in accordance with the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation requirements for construction of rock embankments, provided such placement of rock is not immediately adjacent to structures or piers.Also,rock may be placed in the portions of embankments outside the limits of the completed graded width where the size of the rock prohibits their incorporation in the normal embankment layers. 2.3 TOPSOIL: Shall be as follows: A. On-Site Topsoil: Topsoil shall consist of an average depth of six(6")inches of native surface soil left in place after the ground cover of herbaceous vegetation and other objectionable matter has been cleared by "blading," as specified in Section 02100, "Site Preparation." Topsoil may be greater or less than the upper six (6") inches in depth. However, it must be removable without contamination by the subsoil or substratum or other objectionable matter that would render it as "unsuitable material"as described herein. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Earthwork 02200-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WILL CITY PARK POOL B. Imported Topsoil: In the event that there is insufficient topsoil for a full 6" layer, import clean sandy loam topsoil free of roots,rocks, and deleterious materials. Submit sample for approval. C. Full 6"Depth of Topsoil: All areas to receive turf grass will have a full 6" depth of replaced(new or existing)topsoil. 2.4 IMPORTED FILL: A. Imported fill materials shall be used for the construction of earth embankment in the event that(1) the volume of unclassified excavation is less than the volume of fill required for earth embankment and/or(2)the condition of materials removed in unclassified excavation makes them unsuitable for use in the construction of earth embankment. B. The Contractor shall haul and place imported fill obtained from off-site sources as necessary to construct the embankment and various other details of the construction plans. All costs related to such imported fill will be included in the contract price, and no additional or separate payment for imported fill will be due the Contractor. C. A sample of the proposed imported fill must be provided by the Contractor and be approved by the Architect/Engineer.In general, imported material must be equal to or better than native material in quality and engineering characteristics. The Architect/Engineer may also require the Contractor to provide a material analysis test of the proposed fill. 2.5 SELECT MATERIALS: A. Select materials shall be imported form off-site sources,unless they are available from specifically designated areas on the site as marked on the plans. B. Select Fill: The recommendations as called for in the "Geotechnical Investigation" shall be used for select fill. If none are provided in the "Geotechnical Investigation", the select fill shall be as follows: select fill shall be used for the construction of subgrades under building foundations, slabs on grade, and other concrete construction as shown and detailed on the plans. All select fill shall be sandy material or other suitable granular material (more than fifty (50%) percent by weight retained on a No.200 sieve)and shall have a plasticity index not less than four(4)or more than fifteen(15). Properly deposited, conditioned, and compacted select fill is hereinafter referred to as"select embankment." C. Testing Requirements: 1. The Contractor shall have the testing lab to provide a material analysis test of a pit sample of select fill prior to hauling it to the site. This test will include the percentage by weight retained on a No. 200 sieve, the plasticity index, a physical description of the material, and the Standard AASHTO Density and optimum moisture content as required in the execution of"DENSITY CONTROL" in this specification. Tests performed on samples of fill material used for other projects are unacceptable. 2. The Contractor shall have the testing lab to provide a maximum of four additional material analysis tests as described above for specimens chosen until after an entire lift of select fill material is hauled and deposited on the prepared subgrade, and all steps have been executed except for conditioning and compaction as required in the execution of "EARTH EMBANKMENT" and"SELECT EMBANKMENT" of this specification. The Owner or Architect/Engineer may call for a series of tests from the same lift or from any given lift of deposited material. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Earthwork 02200-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WILL CITY PARK POOL 2.6 UNSUITABLE MATERIALS: A. Topsoil, select material, imported fill, or unclassified fill will be declared as "unsuitable" by the Owner if, in his opinion, any of the following conditions or matter and particles are present to a degree that is judged detrimental to the proposed use of the material. 1.Moisture. 2.Decayed or undecayed vegetation. 3.Hardpan clay,heavy clay, or clay balls. 4.Rubbish. 5. Construction rubble. 6. Sand or gravel. 7.Rocks,cobbles,or boulders. 8. Cementious matter. 9.Foreign matter of any kind. B. Unsuitable materials will be disposed of as"waste"as specified in Section 02100. C. Wet Material: If fill material is unsatisfactory for use as embanlanent solely because of high moisture content, the Architect/Engineer may grant the Contractor permission to process the material to reduce the moisture content to a usable optimum condition. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SITE PREPARATION: In general, "site preparation," as specified in Section 02100, shall be performed in advance of grading and earthwork operations and shall be completed over the entire area of earthwork operations. 3.2 TOPSOIL: A. The removal and storage of topsoil shall occur after site preparation is complete and before excavation and embankment construction begin. Likewise, topsoil will be replaced after excavation and embankment construction are complete. B. Removal: Topsoil shall be stripped to an average depth of six (6") inches from areas where excavation and embankment construction are planned. Topsoil may be obtained from greater depths if it is uncontaminated by the substratum and it is of good quality in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer. C. Storage: Topsoil shall be stored in stockpiles conveniently located to areas that will later receive the topsoil. Stockpiles shall be out of the way of earthwork operations in locations approved by the Owner or Architect/Engineer. Stored topsoil shall be kept separate from other excavated materials and shall be protected from contamination by objectionable materials that would render it unsuitable. D. Timing: Topsoil will not be replaced (deposited) until construction activities are complete that would create undesirable conditions in the topsoil, such as overcompaction or contamination. Trenching for items such as electrical conduit and irrigation pressure lines must be complete before topsoil replacement may begin. E. Replacement: Topsoil will be deposited in a single layer or lift. It will be placed, processed, compacted, and graded to leave a finished layer of topsoil not less than six (6") inches in depth. Unless otherwise indicated,topsoil will be replaced over all areas of earthwork(including slopes), except where pavement is planned. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Earthwork 02200-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WILL CITY PARK POOL F. Grading: Topsoil will be final graded to the elevations shown on the plans. Unless otherwise indicated,the final plane of compacted topsoil will be between 0.10 foot and one (1") inch below adjacent paved surfaces. Fine grading will be accomplished with a weighted spike harrow, weighted drag, tractor box blade, light maintainer, or other acceptable machinery. Grading operations and equipment will be such that topsoil does not become overcolnpacted. Bulldozer blades and front-end loader buckets are not acceptable devices for topsoil grading operations. G. Plant Bed Areas: Excavate to a depth of 12"to receive proposed soil mix. H. Acceptability:Finished areas of topsoil are satisfactory if they are true to grade,true in plane,even in gradient(slope), uniform in surface texture, and of normal compaction. Areas of loose granular pockets or of overcompacted soils are not acceptable and will be reworked. Finished areas will promote surface drainage and will be ready for turfgrass planting. 3.3 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION: A. All excavated areas shall be maintained in a condition to assure proper drainage at all times, and ditches and sumps shall be constructed and maintained to avoid damage to the areas under construction. B. Surplus Material: 1. Surplus excavation is that quantity of material that may be left over after the grading plan is executed, and all earthwork operations, including excavation, embankment construction, topsoil replacement, and final grading, are completed. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall dispose of surplus material as "waste" as specified in Section 02100. 2. In certain cases, if the on-site excavation and embankment quantities are not balanced and there is a surplus of excavated material, the Architect/Engineer may permit the Contractor to"waste"the surplus by constructing additional embankment in an approved location.No additional payment for such work would be due that Contractor. C. Excavation in Rock: The use of explosives will not be permitted unless specifically permitted in writing by the Owner. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, excavation in solid rock shall extend six (6") inches below required subgrade elevation for the entire width of the area under construction and shall be backfilled with suitable materials as indicated on the plans. 3.4 EARTH EMBANKMENT: A. Earth embankment is defined as embankment composed' of suitable materials removed in unclassified excavation and/or imported fill. The construction of embankment includes preparing the area on which fill is to be placed and the depositing, conditioning, and compaction of fill material. B. General: Except as otherwise required by the plans, all embankment shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to the fmished grade of the graded area, and each layer shall be so constructed as to provide a uniform slope as shown on the grading plan. Embankments shall be constructed to correspond to the general shape of the typical sections shown on the plans, and each section of the embankment shall correspond to the detailed section or slopes established by the drawings. After completion of the graded area, embankment shall be continuously maintained to its fmished section and grade until the project is accepted. C. Preparation: Prior to placing any embankment, all preparatory operations will have been completed on the excavation sources and areas over which the embankment is to be placed. Stump holes or other small excavations in the limits of the embankments shall be backfilled with suitable Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Earthwork 02200-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WILL CITY PARK POOL material and thoroughly tamped by approved methods before commencing embankment construction. The surface of the ground, including plowed, loosened ground, or surfaces roughened by small washes or otherwise, shall be restored to approximately its original slope by blading or other methods, and,where indicated on the plans or required by the Architect/Engineer, the ground surface,thus prepared,shall be compacted by sprinkling and rolling. D. Scarification: The surface of all areas and slopes over which fill is to be placed, other than rock, shall be scarified to a depth of four(4")to six(6") inches to provide a bond between the existing surface and the proposed embankinent. Scarification shall be accomplished by plowing,discing,or other approved means. The material that has been loosened shall be recompacted with the new embankment. E. Benching: Scarification is normally adequate for sloping surfaces. However, in certain cases where fill is to be placed against hillsides or existing embankment with slopes greater than four to one (4:1),the Architect/Engineer may direct the Contractor to key the fill material to the existing slopes by benching. A minimum of two (2') feet normal to the slope shall be removed and recompacted to insure that the new work is constructed on I a firm foundation free of loose or disturbed material. F. Depositing: Fill material shall be placed in horizontal layers or lifts, evenly spread, not to exceed eight(8") inches in loose depth before conditioning and compaction. Unless otherwise permitted, each layer of fill material shall cover the length and width of the area to be filled and shall be conditioned and compacted before the next higher layer of fill is placed. Adequate drainage shall be maintained at all times. G. Watering: At the time of compaction, the moisture content of fill material shall be such that the specified compaction will be obtained and the fill will be fine,hard, and unyielding. Fill material, which contains excessive moisture, shall not be compacted until it is dry enough to obtain the specified compaction. H. Compacting: Each layer of earth fill shall be compacted by approved tamping or sheepsfoot rollers, pneumatic tire rollers, or other mechanical means acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. Hand-directed compaction equipment shall be used in areas inaccessible to vehicular compactors. L Grading: Embankments shall be constructed in proper sequence and at proper densities for their respective functions. All embankment serves in one capacity or another as subgrade (e.g., under topsoil,under concrete and asphalt pavement,under structures, etc.). Accordingly,the upper layer of embankment shall be graded to within plus or minus 0.10 foot of proper subgrade elevation prior to depositing topsoil,and prior to the construction of pavements, slabs,etc. 3.5 SELECT EMBANKMENT: Select embankment is defined as embankment constructed of select fill material.In general,it is constructed the same as earth embankment,except as described below. A. Subgrade: In cases where select fill is to be placed on a subgrade surface that is proposed to be within 0.50 foot in elevation of the existing surface grade,the top six (6") inches of soil shall be stripped and removed as unsuitable waste. A minimum of six (6") inches of fill comprising the subgrade for the select embankment shall be prepared and compacted as"earth embankment under select embankment"(see Density Control paragraph). D. Mixing: If the select fill is non-uniform in material composition, the Contractor may elect to mix with discing or pulverizing machinery to ensure that it meets the specified density and material analysis testing requirements. During mixing, care shall be taken neither to disturb the subgrade nor to incorporate the subgrade material into the select material. Mixing would occur between the depositing and watering steps described in the embankment construction process. Also, see "Testing Requirements" under "SELECT MATERIALS" of the PRODUCTS section of this specification. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Earthwork 02200-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WILL CITY PARK POOL E. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to provide a select material of such quality that it can be"set-up"and"finished"to provide a stable support for the hot mix asphaltic concrete pavement. In addition to the density requirements, the subgrade must have sufficient strength at time of paving to support the proposed hot mix paving operation including paving machine, haul trucks, and rollers. If significant deterioration of the fmished subgrade occurs during paving operations, paving shall be suspended until the required remedial action is taken by the Contractor. Approval of submitted samples of select material by the Architect/Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of this responsibility. All irregularities, depressions, or weak spots which develop in the subgrade shall be corrected prior to paving by scarifying the areas affected, adding suitable material as required, reshaping and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. Should the select material subgrade, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density, or finish before surfacing is complete, it shall be recompacted and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor. 3.6 DENSITY CONTROL: A. Backfill Placement and Compaction: The backfill material should be placed in maximum of eight (8)-inch lifts and compacted to a density ranging between 93 and 98 percent of maxunum Standard Proctor (ASTM D 698) dry density at a moisture content ranging from one (1) percentage point below optimum to four(4)percentage points above optimum(-1 to+4). B. Non-Expansive, Select Fill: The select fill should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding nine (9) inches in uncompacted thickness, and be uniformly compacted to a minimum of ninety-three (93) percent of the maximum dry density determined by Standard Proctor (ASTM D 698). The moisture content of the fill at the time of compaction should be from minus two (2)to plus three (3)percentage points of optimum(-2 to+3). C. Pavement Subgrade: The subgrade should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard Proctor(ASTM D 698)at a moisture content ranging from optimum to four(4)percentage points above optimum(0 to+4). For additional information,refer to the Subsurface Investigation,located in Part I of the Project Manual. 3.7 MOISTURE MAINTENANCE: The specified moisture content shall be maintained in all embankments that are to function as subgrade for structures, areas of pavement, or for select embankment. After completion of the embankment,the Contractor shall prevent excessive loss of moisture in the embankment by sprinkling as required.Loss of moisture in excess of two(2%)percent below optimum in the top twelve (12")inches of the fill will require that the top twelve(12")inches of the embankment be scarified,wetted, and recompacted prior to placement of the structure, select fill or pavement. If desired,,the Contractor may place an asphalt membrane of emulsified or cutback asphalt over the completed embankment and thus eliminating the sprinkling requirement. 3.8 TESTING: Spot field tests of embankment densities shall be required of the Contractor by the Owner at the place and time of their choosing. Any area not meeting density control requirements shall be immediately excavated, reconstructed, and retested, at the expense of the Contractor, until satisfactory results are obtained. See Section 01410. END OF SECTION 02200 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Earthwork 02200-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 02361 TERMITE CONTROL PART I-GENERAL 1.1 Section Requirements A. Submittals: Product Data and product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that products used comply with U.S. EPA regulations for termiticides. Include application instructions and EPA-Registered Label. B. Engage a licensed professional pest control operator to apply termite control solution. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.1 Termiticides A. Provide an EPA-registered termiticide complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, in a soluable or emulsible, concentrated formulation that dilutes with water or foaming agent. Use only soil treatment solutions that are not harmful to plants. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum termiticide concentration allowed for each specific use, according to the product's EPA-Registered Label, PART III-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Prepare surfaces and apply treatment at rates and concentrations recommended in manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply termite control to the following: 1. At foundations. 2. Under concrete floor slabs on grade. 3. At hollow masonry. 4. At expansion and control joints and slab penetrations. 5. Treat adjacent areas including around entrance platform, porches, and equipment bases. Apply overall treatment only where attached concrete platform and porches are on fill or ground. C. Post warning signs in areas of application. D Reapply soil termiticide treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation or other construction activities following application. END OF SECTION 02361 Davis and Davis,Inc. Termite Control 02361 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 02380 DRILLED PIERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: The extent of drilled piers is shown on the drawings.In general,the work includes the excavation for piers,the furnishing and installation of reinforcing steel for piers,the furnishing and installation of concrete for the piers, and the clean up and removal of all waste materials and spoils created by work under this section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 02200-Earthwork. B. Section 03200-Concrete Reinforcement. C. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Codes and Standards: Comply with codes,standards, and specifications indicated in Section 03200 and 03300 of this specification. B. Concrete Testing Service: Shall be provided as required for in Section 03300. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit to the Engineer in conformance with the requirements of the Conditions of the Contract. B. Laboratory Test Reports, Concrete: Submit in accordance with Section 03300. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: A. Section 03200-Concrete Reinforcement. B. Section 03300-Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Steel Casings:Inside diameter one(1")inch greater than size concrete pier shown on drawings. 2.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND PRODUCTION:Refer to Section 03300. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT FABRICATION:Refer to Section 03200. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 DRILLING PROCEDURE: A. After the layout for pier locations has been completed and certified correct by the Contractor,the drilling may be started. B. Drill placement shall be such as to insure accuracy of location and plumbness,to a maxhnum lateral deviation not to exceed one and one-half(1-1/2")inch,and out of plumb deviation not to exceed one- Drilled Piers Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. r 02380-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL eighth(1/8")inch per foot for any portion of the pier or one-sixteenth(1/16")inch per foot for its entire length. C. The spoils from the pier excavation shall not be allowed to build up around that shaft opening. Excavated materials shall be removed from the area during the drilling operation.At the completion of drilling,the area adjacent to the excavation shall be cleared of spoils at working grade level for a distance of not less than four(4")feet in each direction and the top of the shaft wall shall be chamfered one(1")inch at its periphery. D. Provide a pump on the site and use it to keep holes dry. E. If free ground water is uncontrollable by pumping and/or if the nature of the overburden is such that caving or any probability of caving of the excavated shaft is evident,the Contractor shall,with approval of the Architect/Engineer, install temporary steel casings. F. If the nature of overburden is such that very large voids are created by caving of shaft walls during the drilling process,the casing shall be installed. G. Concrete shall be placed in excavated shafts as soon as is practical after drilling and cleaning has been completed and, in no case, shall the time lapse between the completion of the shaft excavation and placement of concrete therein exceed eight(8)hours. 3.2 REINFORCEMENT FOR DRILLED PIERS: A. The reinforcing shall be carefully fabricated with all the verticals parallel. The entire assembly shall be straight,true,and without twist or warp.Provide extra X-tie bracing around perimeter of cage as required to hold cage straight and true.The Owner's Representative shall approve each cage before placement. B. All anchor bolt assemblies for light pole footings shall be welded in place in the reinforcing cage prior to concrete placement. 3.3 CONCRETE PLACEMENT: A. Reinforcing cage shall be accurately centered.Concrete shall be placed with an approved type tremie to direct the flow of concrete through the center of the pier. Stop the pour at regular intervals and check the proper positioning of the reinforcing.Pour concrete to top of pier elevation as shown on the drawings. B. When concrete is placed in temporary casings the casing shall be removed and shall be kept exactly vertical during the pulling operation. Care shall be,exercised during casing withdrawal to insure that steel remains within established limits,and to insure that no separation of freshly placed concrete occurs.It is imperative that no rotation or vibration of the casing be permitted during withdrawal and that the head of plastic concrete within the casing be sufficient at all times to prevent squeezing and/or encroachment of ground water,slush, or caving materials into the freshly placed concrete below the pier top elevation. 3.4 FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING: A. To facilitate the inspection of open shafts and reinforcing,the Contractor shall make available,for the Architect/Engineer and Owner, electric drop cords with spot type bulbs,reflectors,and guards. B. All concrete testing shall be as required in Section 01410. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Drilled Piers 02380-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.5 EXISTING UTILITIES: A. Prior to any drilling operations,the Contractor shall have verified all existing utility locations. If there is a conflict between the proposed pier location and an existing utility the Contractor shall contact the Architect/Engineer and/or Owner for directions. B. Any existing utility damaged shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 3.6 FINISHES OF EXPOSED CONCRETE PIERS: A. Exposed portions of piers for light poles or waterslide foundations must be perfectly formed as a true circular shape. B. Skim coating will not be permitted. Form marks from sonatubes will be rubbed and ground smooth. END OF SECTION 02380 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Drilled Piers 02380-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 02630 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE STORM DRAINS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: The work to be performed under this section shall consist of furnishing unplasticized polyvinyl chloride(PVC)plastic sewer pipe and fittings for gravity flow sewers,including all clearing and grubbing excavation,sheetings,shoring,dewatering,pipe laying,jointing,backfilling and any other work that is required or necessary to complete the installation as shown on the plans and as specified herein. 1.2 SUBMITTALS:The Contractor shall furnish an affidavit that the pipe,specials,fittings,and appurtenances furnished comply with all provisions of this and the ASTM specifications as shown herein. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: A. Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe;All PVC plastic pipe furnished on this project shall meet the requirements of ASTM Standard D 1784,"Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride)and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride)Compounds," and ASTM Standard D 3034(SDR-35),"Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Sewer Pipe and Fittings,"latest revisions.Pipe and fitting markings shall include appropriate ASTM Designations and Cell Classification Numbers(12454-B or 12454-C or other approved classifications).Pipe and fittings not so marked will be rejected.Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer,pipe lengths may be glued or joined utilizing elastomeric gaskets as referenced in D 3034,and shall be tested per the requirements of ASTM Standard D 3212,"Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals." B. Fittings:All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and spigot configurations identical to that of the pipe. Coupling adapters shall be used to tie into existing pipe for any service lines and at structures.No separate payment will be made for adapters,tees,bends,or other necessary fittings used in the installation of this line,but shall be considered subsidiary to the various other unit prices. C. Deck and Trench Drains: Shall be as manufactured by NDS Ph: (888) 825-4716 or approved equal. See"L"Sheets of construction plans for details. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 BEDDING:All PVC pipe shall receive a sand backfill under pavement areas. Reference Construction Details. 3.2 LAYING AND JOINTING: A. Installation:Pipe shall be installed in full compliance with the recommended practice for "Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe,"ASTM Standard D 2321. B. Cutting and Beveling Pipe:For shorter than standard pipe lengths,field cuts may be made with either hand or mechanical saws or plastic pipe cutters.Ends shall be cut square and perpendicular to the pipe axis. Spigots shall have burrs removed and ends smoothly beveled by a mechanical beveler or by hand with a rasp or file.Field spigots shall be stop-marked with felt tip marker or wax crayon for the proper length of assembly insertion.The angle and depth of field bevels and lengths to stop-marks shall be comparable to factory pipe spigots. C. Bell Holes for Elastomeric Seal Joints: The bell hole shall be not larger than necessary to accomplish proper joint assembly.When the joint has been made,the void under the bell should Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Storin Drains 02630-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL be filled with bedding or haunching material to provide adequate support to the pipe throughout its entire length. D. Assembly of Joints:All joints shall be assembled in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.Proper jointing may be verified by rotation of the spigot by hand or with a strap wrench.If unusual joining resistance is encountered or if the insertion mark does not reach the flush position,disassemble the joint,inspect for damage,reclean the joint components and repeat the assembly steps. 3.3 BACKFILL: A. Initial Backfill:Pipe shall be installed in an"envelope"of embedment material extending from six (6")inches below the pipe to twelve(12")inches above the pipe. The granular embedment material shall be placed in three(3")to six(6")inch lifts and compacted to ninety(90%)percent of maximum dry density in areas that will not be under future paving or walks.Where paving or sidewalks will be over the pipe, compaction shall be ninety-five(95%)percent of maximum dry density. The area requiring compaction shall include the bed side fill material and also the material placed above the pipe for a distance of six(6")to twelve(12")inches over the top of the pipe. B. Final Backfill-Native Material:Material excavated from the ditch may be used for backfill provided that all hard rock, stones or boulders having any dimensions greater than six(6")inches and debris and roots larger than two(2")inches are removed.If hand pneumatic tampers are used, the backfill shall be placed in layers not exceeding six(6")inches in compacted thickness and thoroughly tamped.If heavy tampers are used such as those operated by combustion engine, electric motor,or hydraulic cylinders,the thickness of layers may be increased to twenty-four (24")inches provided the required density is obtained.Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers completely across the trench,and compaction shall progress in an orderly and uniform manner. During the tamping process,care shall be taken to avoid pipe damage. C. Final Backfill- Sand:At the option of the Contractor,granular embedment material may be used as backfill material.If this option is selected, sand shall be placed on the embedment material in lifts not exceeding six(6')feet in thickness. END OF SECTION 02630 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Storm Drains 02630-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PLAINVIEW AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 02825 VINYL COATED CHAIN LINK FENCING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Drawings, Standard General Conditions of Contract, Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED: All labor and materials necessary to install all chain link fence and gates as shown on the plans and specified herein. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Furnish shop drawings on all fencing and gates. Submit samples on each component part, including caps,latches,hinges and other required incidentals. B. Fabric Test: Submit a manufacturer's certified test results that PVC and zinc wire coatings conform to CLFMI standards. 1.4 REFERENCE: A. Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute(CLFMI)Product Manual,latest edition. B. ASTM Standards 1. A-90 Test for Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)Iron or Steel Articles 2. A-370 Mechanical testing of Steel Products 3. A-569 Specification for Steel,Carbon Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip,Commercial Quality 4. B-6 Specification for Zinc Metal (Slab Zinc) 5. B-117 Specification for Salt Spray Testing of Coatings 6. D-1499 Recommended Practice for Operating Light-and-Water-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc type)for Exposure of Plastics 7. D-1535 Specifying Color by the Munsell System 8. D-1729 Visual Evaluation of Color Differences of Opaque Materials 9. D-1735 Specification for Humidity Testing of Coatings 10. E-8 Tension testing of Metallic Materials 11. E-376 Measuring Coating Thickness by Magnetic-Field or Eddy-Current Test Methods 12. F-552 Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Chain Link Fencing 13. F-668 Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fencing 02825-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PLAINVIEW AQUATIC CENTER 14. F-669 Standard Specification for Strength Requirements of Metal Posts and Rails for Industrial Chain Link Fence 15. G-23 Recommended Practice for Operating Light-and-Water-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc type)for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 16. G-26 Recommended Practice for Operating Light-and-Water-Exposure Apparatus (Xenon-Arc type)for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials. C. Federal Standards 1. Fed. Std.No. 123 Marking for Domestic Shipments, Civilian 1.5 QUALITY CONTROL: The fence installer shall have a minimum of five(5)years experience with vinyl coated chain link fencing as the primary business enterprise and revenue source.Fencing installer shall have completed no less than 20 installations within Dallas,Tarrant and contiguous counties.Fence installer shall have his primary place of business within 100 miles of the project site and shall provide documentation of such. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING: Protect fence fabric and pipe from damage,including scratches, dents and other defects, during storage, handling and installation. Touch up minor scratches and defects in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Severely damaged fence materials, as determined solely by the Owner,will be removed and replaced. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All fencing shall be chain link of the overall heights shown on the drawings when erected. B. All Fence Products shall conform to the specifications of the CLFMI Product Manual,latest edition. 2.2 FABRIC A. CLFMI Class 2b,consisting of Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)extruded fused coating over zinc coated steel wire. Galvanized steel core wire shall have been coated with zinc by either the hot-dip or electrolytic process. Selvage shall be knuckled on top and bottom edges. 2.3 FITTINGS All fence post caps,fence fittings, and incidentals shall be galvanized and PVC or polyester powder coated to match the fence fabric. 2.4 CONCRETE POST FOOTINGS AND EDGING All concrete used shall be 3,000 psi at 28 days using 5 sacks of cement per cubic yard of mix with a maximum of 7 gallons of water per sack. Concrete work shall conform to Division 3—Concrete. 2.5 TOLERANCE Standard mil tolerance on all framework members and chain link fabric will apply. PART 3-EXECUTION Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fencing 02825-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PLAINVIEW AQUATIC CENTER 3.1 INSTALLATION All fences shall be installed by skilled and experienced fence erectors and on lines and grades as shown on the drawings.All posts shall be set plumb, and as indicated on the drawings.Fence posts shall be set in their concrete footing and allowed to set prior to placement.Toprail shall run with finish grade with no discernable humps,valleys,or bends. 3.2 COORDINATION The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the concrete subcontractor as to the location of all posts and the timing of post placement.All post footings shall be a minimum of 5"below the finished concrete surface or finish grade,as applicable. 3.3 WELDING No welding of fence framework is required or permitted. 3.4 FABRIC All fabric shall be placed on the outside of the pool. END OF SECTION 02825 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fencing 02825-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 02900 TREE, SHRUB AND GROUNDCOVER PLANTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE:This work includes all final fine grading and minor leveling of planting areas,soil preparation,and planting.Furnish all labor,materials,equipment and services required as herein specified and indicated on the drawings.Refer to planting details on plans.NOTE:Plant beds to be left I'below adiacent paving and slabs after settling. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 02200-Earthwork. B. Section 02810-Landscape Irrigation System. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 TOPSOIL: A. All planting bed topsoil shall be soil/compost mix as produced by Living Earth Resources,Dallas, Texas,or approved equal. B. Submittal: Submit 1 gallon samples to Landscape Architect for Approval. 2.2 COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER: A. Shall be organic base fertilizer containing the following minimum percentages of available plant nourishment,by weight 5-10-5 (N-P-K),mixed nitrogen,not less than fifty(50%)percent from an organic source and trace elements,Wacco brand or approved equal.Any fertilizer which becomes caked or otherwise damaged,making it unsuitable for use,will not be accepted. B. Commercial fertilizer shall be a complete organic fertilizer,part of the element of which is derived from organic sources.It shall be the type percentages and applied at the rate specified in the soil analysis.Fertilizer shall be delivered mixed as specified in standard size bags,showing weight, analysis,and name of manufacturer,and shall be stored in a weatherproof storage place,and in such a manner that it will be kept dry and its effectiveness will not be impaired. C. Submittal: Submit labels to Landscape Architect for Approval. 2.3 SOIL AMENDMENTS: (None required.) 2.4 MULCH: A. Shall be shredded cypress bark mulch. B. Submittal: Submit a one(1)quart sample of proposed mulch for approval by Landscape Architect. 2.5 ROOT ACTIVATOR: (Not required.) 2.6 WATER:Water shall be available at the site via irrigation system.Water required in connection with planting will be furnished and paid for by the Owner provided it is not used in a wasteful manner.Any hose or other watering equipment shall be provided by the Landscape Contractor to water planting areas until the job is accepted by the Owner. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Tree, Shrub and Groundcover Planting 02900-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.7 PLANT MATERIALS: A. Plant Name and Location: The names and locations of all plants are noted on the drawings. The nomenclature of all plant materials is per Standardized Plant Names, 1942 edition and Manual of Cultivated Plants by L.H.Bailey.Plant materials not conforming to these two references will be rejected by the Architect/Engineer. B. Quality and Size:All plant materials shall be first class representatives of their normal species or variety unless otherwise specified. They shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and shall be healthy, shapely,well-rooted,and vigorous.All plant materials shall be free from insect pests,plant diseases,and injuries. The containers and balls of all plants delivered to the site shall be free from any weeds or grasses which could be considered noxious or objectionable;i.e., nutgrass or Johnsongrass.ALL PLANT MATERIALS SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR EXCEED THE MEASUREMENTS SPECIFIED ON THE PLANTING PLAN WHICH ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES They shall be'measured after pruning with the branches in normal position. The requirements for measurement,branching,grading,quality,balling and burlapping of plants specified generally follow the code of the standards currently recommended by the American Association of Nurserymen,Inc.,in the American Standards for Nursery Stock. C. Packaging: 1. Container Grown Plants:Plants designated as"gal. can"on the plans shall be full or heavy grade and shall have been growing in the specified size container for one full season prior to delivery to the site. 2. Balled and Burlapped Plants(B&B):Plants designated`B&B"on the plans shall be balled and burlapped. They shall be dug with firm,natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the fibrous and feeding root system necessary for full recovery of the plant.Balls shall be firmly wrapped with burlap or similar materials and bound with twine, cord,or wire mesh. Where necessary,to prevent breaking or cracking of the ball during the process of planting,the ball may be secured to a platform. 3. Alternate to B&B:Plants grown in containers may be accepted as B&B provided that the plant has been growing in the container for one full growing season prior to delivery. Alternate must be approved by Owner. D. Substitutions: Substitutions will be permitted only upon submission of proof that any plant is not obtainable and authorization by the Owner or his representative by a Change Order providing for the use of the nearest equivalent obtainable size or variety of plant having the same essential characteristics with an equitable adjustment of contract price. 2.8 SOIL STERILANT: (Not required.) 2.9 WEED CONTROLLER: Shall be"Round-Up"as manufactured by Monsanto,Inc. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 LAYOUT:Location and spacing for plants and outline of areas to be planted shall be as denoted by stem location or by notations on the plan.All tree and shrub planting locations shall be staked by the Landscape Contractor and shall be approved by the Owner prior to digging the planting pits. 3.2 SCARIFICATION A. All bed areas to receive planting shall be scarified to a depth oftwelve(12")inches and all debris, stone,rubbish, and weeds shall be removed from the site. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Tree, Shrub and Groundcover Planting 02900-2_ DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Weed Control:Prior to scarification the Contractor shall apply"Round-Up"herbicide to all bed areas.Follow manufacturer's directions as to timing requirements for effective weed control 3.3 BED PREPARATION: A. Planting areas shall be dug and soil fully prepared,graded,and made ready to receive the plants before delivery of plant materials.After planting,all beds shall be one(1")inch above finished grade to allow for settling. B. Groundcover and Vine Planting Areas: 1. Commercial Soil Mix:All planting beds shall be excavated to twelve(12")inches below finished grade by Landscape/General Contractor,and all debris,stone,rubbish,weeds, and topsoil shall be removed from the site.The subgrade shall then be tilled to a depth of six(6")inches and the planting bed shall be backfilled with soil compost mix as available from Living Earth Resources,Inc.,Dallas,Texas,or approved equal.Upon replacement of topsoil with mix and after watering in,the bed should be at the specified level. C. Tree and Shrub Planting Pits: 1. Planting Pits:After scarifying,the planting pits shall be excavated.All shrub pits shall be a minimum of six(6")inches larger in diameter and three(3")inches deeper than the shrub ball or root spread.All tree pits shall be a minimum of twelve(12")inches larger in diameter and six(6")inches deeper than the tree ball or root spread. 2. Soil Mix: Soil mix for backfilling the tree and shrub planting pits shall be soil/compost mix as specified for Groundcover and Vine Planting Areas. D. Raised Planters: 1. Backfilling:Planters shall be backfilled with specified commercial soil mix. 3.4 DELIVERY OF PLANT MATERIALS:Plants shall be packed and protected during delivery and after arrival at the site,against climatic,seasonal,wind damage,or other injuries, and at no time shall be allowed to dry out. 3.5 PROTECTION OF PLANT MATERIALS:All plants shall be handled so that roots are adequately protected at all times from drying out and from other injury.The balls of balled plants which cannot be planted immediately on delivery shall be"heeled in"for protection with soil mulch, straw,or other acceptable material. 3.6 SETTING THE PLANTS:All plants shall be planted in pits,centered, and set to touch such depth that the finished grade level at the plant after settlement will be the same as that at which the plant was grown.Each plant shall be planted upright and faced to give the best appearance or relationship to adjacent plants or structures.No burlap shall be pulled out from under balls or balls broken when taken from containers.All broken or frayed roots shall be cut off cleanly.Prepared soil shall be placed and compacted carefully to avoid injury to roots and to fill all voids.When the hole is nearly filled, add water and root activator,mixed per manufacturer's recommendations,and allow it to soak away.Fill the hole to finished grade and form a shallow saucer around each tree or shrub by placing a ridge of topsoil around the edge of each pit after planting. 3.7 MULCHING:All plants will be mulched after planting with a two(2")inch deep layer of mulch material entirely covering the area around each plant.In the groundcover and massed shrub areas,the entire area between the plants is to be so treated,regardless of plant spacing. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Tree, Shrub and Groundcover Planting 02900-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.8 GRADING: The surface of all planting areas shall slope as shown on the plans.Unless otherwise shown, slope one-quarter(1/411)inch per foot(two(2%)percent gradient)away from foundations and walk. 3.9 CLEANUP:All excess soil,soil preparation materials,fertilizer,or plant containers shall be removed form the site upon completion of the work. 3.10 PRUNING AND SPRAYING:Each tree will be pruned to preserve the natural shape and character of the plant.All pruning will be done after delivery to the site,under supervision of the Architect/Engineer.All soft wood or sucker growth and all broken or badly bruised branches shall be removed.All pruning diameter will be painted with tree surgery paint,applied on all cambium and other living tissues immediately after cuts are made.Immediately after planting and staking,all plant material except coniferous evergreens must be sprayed with an antidesiccant,if required,using an approved power sprayer for applying an adequate film over trunks,branches, and foliage.Antidesiccants and surgery paint shall be delivered in manufacturer's sealed containers and used in accordance with their recommendations. 3.11 MAINTENANCE: The Landscape Contractor is responsible for watering, cultivating,and other necessary maintenance until the completion and acceptance of all the work. 3.12 INSPECTION FOR ACCEPTANCE: A. Inspections:Inspection of work and planting to determine completion of the work, exclusive of possible warranty plant replacement,will be made by the Owner upon notice by the Landscape Contractor. The Owner needs not less than two(2)days notice prior to the anticipated date, enabling him to schedule the inspection. B. Acceptance:Acceptance of all work and planting,exclusive of possible plant replacements subject to guarantee,will be granted to the Landscape Contractor,provided there are no deficiencies at inspection time.After inspection,the Landscape Contractor will be notified by a letter of acceptance of work by the Owner. All plants must be healthy(not dry or wilted)to be accepted. 3.13 GUARANTEE: A. Terms:All shrubs and groundcover shall be guaranteed for one(1)year and all trees for one(1) year. Guarantee begins upon completion of the Landscape Contractor's work and acceptance of work by the Owner. B. Plant Replacement:At the end of each guarantee period,inspection will be made by the Owner and the Landscape Contractor.Any plant material required under this contract that is dead or not in satisfactory growth condition shall be removed and replaced with the same size and kind of plant specified, at no cost to the Owner. 3.14 MAINTENANCE GUIDE: The Landscape Contractor,upon delivery of the plant materials,shall deliver to the Owner a brief,written maintenance guide. This guide should describe recommended planting maintenance procedures,methods,products, quantities,timing,etc. END OF SECTION 02900 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Tree, Shrub and Groundcover Planting n)onn n DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 02930 TURFGRASS PLANTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE:This work includes all labor,materials,and equipment for soil preparation,fertilization,planting, and other requirements regarding turfgrass planting areas shown on the plans. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 02200-Earthwork 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS:None in this section. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Delivery Receipts and Invoices:All delivery receipts and copies of invoices for materials used for this work shall be subject to checking by the Owner or his representative and shall be subsequently delivered to the office of the Owner. B. Samples and Producers' Specifications:Various samples,certificates, and specifications of seed, fertilizer, sand,compost,other soil amendments,and other materials shall be submitted for approval as required by subsequent sections of this specification. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 TURFGRASS: A. Bermudagrass Seed: Turfgrass seed shall be"Cynodon dactylon"(Common Bermudagrass).The seed shall be harvested within one(1)year prior to planting,free of Johnsongrass,field bind weed, dodder seed,and free of other weed seed to the limits allowable under the Federal Seed Act and applicable seed laws.The seed shall not be a mixture.The seed shall be hulled,extra fancy grade, treated with fungicide,and have a germination and purity that will produce, after allowance for Federal Seed Act tolerances, a pure live seed content of not less than 85%using the formula: purity%times(germination%times plus hard or sound seed%). Seed shall be labeled in accordance with U.S.Department of Agriculture rules and regulations. 1. Certificate Submittal:Prior to planting,provide the Owner or his representative with the State Certificate stating analysis of purity and germination of seed. B. Sod: Turfgrass sod shall be"Cynodon dactylon"(Common Bermudagrass). Sod shall consist of stolons,leaf blades,rhizomes,and roots with a healthy,virile system of dense,thickly matted roots throughout the soil of the sod for a thickness not less than three-quarters(3/4")inch. Sod shall be alive,healthy,vigorous,free of insects,disease,stones,and undesirable foreign materials and grasses.The grass shall have been mowed prior to sod cutting so that the height of the grass shall not exceed two(2")inches. Sod shall have been produced on growing beds of clay or clay- loam topsoil. Sod shall not be harvested or planted when its moisture condition is so excessively wet or dry that its survival will be affected.All sod is to be harvested,delivered,and planted within a thirty-six(36)hour period of time. Sod shall be protected from exposure to wind,sun, and freezing.If sod is stacked,it shall be kept moist and shall be stacked roots-to-roots and grass- to-grass. 1. Dimensions:All sod shall have been machine cut to uniform soil thickness of one(1") inch plus or minus one-quarter(1/4")inch.All sod shall be of the same thickness. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Turfgrass Planting 02930-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL Rectangular sections of sod may vary in length,but all shall be of equal width and of a size that permits the sod to be lifted,handled,and rolled without breaking.Broken pads and torn,uneven ends will be unacceptable. 2.2 FERTILIZER: A. General:Fertilizer shall be a commercial product,uniform in composition,free flowing,and suitable for application with approved equipment,Fertilizer shall be delivered to the site in fully labeled original containers.Fertilizer which has been exposed to high humidity and moisture has become caked or otherwise damaged malting it unsuitable for use will not be acceptable. B. Initial Planting Application: Fertilizer for the initial planting application shall be of an organic base containing by weight the following(or other approved)percentages of nutrients: 15-15-15 (N-P-K),also containing 10-15%sulphate and traces of iron and zinc as required and approved by the Owner. 1. Specification Submittal: Submit a sample label or specification of the fertilizer proposed to be used for the Owner's approval. C. Post Planting Application:Fertilizer for the post planting application will be a chemical base fertilizer containing by weight the following percentages of nutrients: 21-0-0(N-P-K)ammonium sulphate or the nitrogen equivalent of 33-0-0 ammonium nitrate. 1. Specification Submittal: Submit a sample label or specification of the fertilizer proposed to be used for the Owner's approval. 2.3 HYDRO-MULCH MATERIALS: (Not required.) 2.4 SOIL AMENDMENTS: (Not required.) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL:All turfing operations are to be executed across the slope,parallel to finished grade contours. 3.2 SOIL PREPARATION: A. Contractor shall hill all vegetation prior to soil preparation. B. Tillage: Tillage shall be accomplished to loosen the soil, destroy existing vegetation,and prepare an acceptable seed/sprig/sod bed.All areas shall be tilled with a heavy duty disc or a chisel-type breaking plow,chisels set not more than ten(10")inches apart.Initial tillage shall be done in a crossing pattern for double coverage,then followed by a disc harrow.Depth of tillage shall be five (5")inches.A heavy duty rototiller may be used for areas to be planted with sod. C. Cleaning: Soil shall be further prepared by the removal of debris,building materials,rubbish, weeds,and stones larger than two(2")inches in diameter. D. Fine Grading:After tillage and cleaning,all areas to be planted shall be leveled,fine graded,and drug with a weighted spike harrow or float drag. The required result shall be the elimination of ruts,depressions,humps,and objectionable soil clods. This shall be the final soil preparation step to be completed before the commencement of fertilizing and planting. E. Rock Removal: During the soil preparation process,a"Rock Pick"or other approved piece of machinery shall be used to gather surface stones as small as three-quarter(3/4")inch in diameter. The Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of collected materials as waste per"Clean Up" Paragraph 3.9. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Turfgrass Planting 02930-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.3 FERTILIZING: A. Initial Planting Application: The specified fertilizer shall applied at the rate of(18)pounds per one thousand(1,000)square feet(800 pounds per acre). 1. Timing: The initial planting application of fertilizer for seeded/sprigged areas shall be applied after the soil preparation,but not more than two(2)days prior to turfgrass planting. (Fertilizer shall be applied over sodded areas after planting,but not more than two(2)days later.) B. Post Planting Application: Thirty(30)days after planting,turfgrass areas shall receive an application of 21-0-0 or 33-0-0 fertilizer at the rate of nine(9)pounds per one thousand(1,000) square feet(400 pounds per acre). 1. Timing: The Owner or his representative will determine if it is too late in the growing season for the post planting application.In the event that it is,the application shall be made in the spring of the next year,or the cost of the application may become a credit due to the Owner. 2. Post Planting Maintenance: See Paragraph 3.6.Areas without a uniform stand(complete coverage)that must be maintained later than thirty (3 0)days after the initial planting shall receive subsequent applications of fertilizer, as described above,every thirty(30)days until a uniform stand is achieved. 3.4 PLANTING: A. Seeding:Following soil preparation and initial fertilizing,apply Bermudagrass seed at the rate of two(2)/three(3)pounds per one thousand(1,000)square feet(90/130 pounds per acre)/ryegrass seed at the rate of eight(8)pounds per one thousand(1,000)square feet(350 pounds per acre). Seed shall be uniformly placed with a Brillion seeder-cultipacker, or the seed shall be broadcast uniformly,followed by rolling with a weighted lawn roller. 1. Timing:Bermudagrass shall not seeded in planting periods other than the following unless special permission is granted by the Owner:April 15 to June 15, and August 15 to September 15. B. Solid Sodding:Prior to laying the sod,the planting bed shall be raked smooth to true grade and moistened to a depth of four(4")inches,but not to the extent causing puddling. The sod shall be laid smoothly,tightly butted edge to edge, and with staggered joints.The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed by rolling or by hand tamping with an approved tamper so as to eliminate all air pockets,provide a true and even surface,and insure knitting without displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas.Following compaction, fine screened soil of good quality shall be used to fill all cracks between sods.Excess soil shall be worked into the grass with suitable equipment and shall be well watered. The quantity of fill soil shall be such that it will cause no smothering of the grass. 3.5 PROTECTION:No heavy equipment shall be moved over the planted lawn area unless the soil is again prepared,graded,leveled, and replanted.It will be the responsibility of this Contractor to protect all paving surfaces,curbs,utilities,plant materials, and any other existing improvements from damage.Any damages shall be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Owner. This Contractor will also locate and stake all irrigation heads,valve risers,etc.,prior to beginning any soil preparation work. 3.6 ESTABLISHMENT AND ACCEPTANCE:Regardless of unseasonable climatic conditions or other adverse conditions affecting planting operations and the growth of the turfgrass,it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to establish a uniform stand of turfgrass as herein specified. When adverse conditions such as drought,cold weather,high winds,excessive precipitation,or other factors prevail to Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Turfgrass Planting 02930-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL such an extent that satisfactory results are unlikely,the Owner may, at his own discretion,stop any phase of the work until conditions change to favor the establishment of turfgrass. 3.7 POST-PLANTING MAINTENANCE:Maintenance shall begin immediately after each portion of grass area is planted.All planted areas will be protected and maintained by watering,weed control,and replanting as necessary for at least thirty(30)days after,initial planting and for as much longer as necessary to establish a UNIFORM STAND WITH COMPLETE COVERAGE OF THE SPECIFIED GRASS.It is anticipated that a minimum of one(1)mowing will occur before the grass areas are accepted by the Owner. Only those areas which are not completely covered with the specified grass at the end of thirty(30)days will continue to be replanted and maintained by the Contractor until complete coverage and acceptance are achieved. The automatic irrigation system will be available for the Contractor's use.Any other water equipment deemed necessary by the Contractor will be provided by the Contractor. A. Watering:Use the automatic irrigation system to apply at least one-half(1/2")inch of water over the entire planted area every three days. Contractor shall water thoroughly and infrequently once grass is established to encourage deep root growth. B. Mowing: Once grass is established the planted area shall be mowed at least once a week during the growing season. Grass shall be mowed to a height of one(1")inch. Mowing during dormant season will be done as necessary. C. Weed Control:No sooner than 45 days after grass has germinated any weed growth shall be arrested by applying MSMA broadcasted over the entire planted area.Additional applications of MSMA will be required to eliminate weed growth that continues to grow after the initial application.MSMA will only be used during the growing season.All weed growth during the dormant season will be controlled with spot applications of"Round-Up.""Round-Up"will not be used until the grass is totally dormant. 3.8 GRADING:All grading and placing of topsoil on any given area will be done by others prior to the beginning of this Contractor's work in that area. It will be this Contractor's responsibility to maintain the existing grades and leave them in a true and even condition after planting turfgrass. Finish condition of turf grass will be such that sod sits flush with paving(topsoil 1"below paving)and such that drainage grades and swales function and to not trap draining on the paving. 3.9 EROSION CONTROL: Throughout the project and the maintenance period for turfgrass,it is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain the topsoil in place at specified grades. Topsoil and turfgrass losses due to erosion will be replaced by the Contractor until establishment and acceptance is achieved. 3.10 CLEAN UP: This Contractor shall remove any excess material or debris brought onto the site or unearthed as a result of his turfgrass operations. 3.11 GUARANTEE: This Contractor shall guarantee all materials used for this work to be the type,quality,and quantity specified. END OF SECTION 02930 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Turfgrass Planting 02930-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 03010 CONCRETE FOR POOL STRUCTURES (Cast-In-Place) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION: This section shall govern the furnishing of all labor,materials,tools,plant,performing all operations required to install all concrete and reinforcing steel,and completely finishing the concrete items in strict accordance with the requirements of these specifications and the applicable drawings and subject to all conditions of the contract including but not limited to the following: A. Pool, Slab-on-Grade and Walls B. Refer to Section 03361 -"Pneumatically Placed Concrete for Swimming Pools."(This is the primary option provided to Contractors in lieu of Cast-In-Place Concrete.) PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: A. Reinforcing Steel: Reinforcement shall confirm to the requirements of Section 03200. B. Cement: The cement shall be either Type I or Type III of a standard brand of Portland cement which shall conform to ASTM Specification C-150. The Contractor,if he so elects in order to facilitate his own operations,may use Type III cement. All cement shall be protected against dampness, and no cement will be accepted which has become calved. C. Water: Water for use in concrete mixtures shall conform to the provisions of AASHTO Test Method T- 26 for quality of water. D. Coarse Aggregate:Aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-33. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not be larger than one-fifth(1/5)of the narrowest dimension between forms of the member for which concrete is to be used nor large than three-fourths(3/4)of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. E. Fine Aggregate: The fine aggregate shall consist of sand conforining to ASTM designation C-33. The sand shall not contain more than 1-1/2%clay and shall not show darker than very light amber when tested by the colorimetric method. The fine aggregate shall conform to the following grade requirements: Retained on 3/8"screen 0%by weight Retained on 1/4"screen 0 to 5%by weight Retained on No.20 sieve 15 to 50%by weight Retained on No. 100 sieve 85%to 100%by weight F. Admixtures: Generic Product: Approved Products: Required Usage: High Range Water Reducer(Super Master builders Rheobuild: ALL vertical structural walls or plasticizer)ASTM C-494 Type F/G 716-Temp.—80 degree F other work requiring two-sided 1000-Temp.—80 degree F forming and tightly confined concreting;concrete columns above grade;Concrete drops >5'0" Kiinley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Concrete for Pool Structures 03010-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL Air-Entrainer ASTM C-260 Master Builders Micro Air All concrete except pneumatic Accelerator ASTM C-494 Type C Pozzolith 555-Accelerator Pozzolith Concrete placed on permanent 122-HE(chloride)Pozzutec 20(low steel floor and deck systems; temp) bridge deck repair;concrete pavement patching;tilt walls Retarder ASTM C-494 Types B/D Pozzolith 100-XR For delayed set;with approval of Engineer only All concrete shall have air entrainment based on the maximum size coarse aggregate: Max. Size Aggregate Total Air Percent F, 6.0%+/- 1% Install admixtures per manufacturer's instructions. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 CONCRETE QUALITY: The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement fine aggregate,coarse aggregate, and water,all as specified herein. The concrete shall be homogenous,readily placeable and uniformly workable. The maximum allowable water content and minimum compressive strength shall meet the requirements of the structural documents. The net amount of water shall be the amount added at the mixer,plus the free water in the aggregate, and minus the absorption of the aggregate based on a thirty-minute absorption period. No allowance will be made for evaporation of water after batching. A. Class Requirements: Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the plans or Special Provisions all concrete is Class A. The following are maximum slumps and the class of concrete required for various types of construction. (Slump test prior to addition of plasticizer.) Type of Construction Slump Inches yp Maximum Class of Concrete Pool Slab on Grade Match Lab Slump A Sections Pool Walls Match Lab Slump A Sections B. Characteristics of Mix: Concrete shall be of such consistency as to insure the required workability and result in compact masses having dense,uniform surfaces. In cases where the characteristics of the aggregates are such that with the maximurn allowable amount of water,the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied,additional aggregates,mineral filler or aggregates of a different character may be furnished to produce the desired results. If these materials are not provided,then the mix design will be modified to insure proper workability by adding additional cement. Concrete temperature shall not be less than 50 degrees F nor more than 90 degrees F. In general,the consistency of the concrete mixtures shall be such that: (a) The cement will cling to the coarse aggregate. (b) The aggregates will not segregate in the concrete when it is transported to the place of the deposit. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Concrete for Pool Structures 03010-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL (c) The concrete and mortar will show no free water when removed from the mixer. (d) The surface of the finished concrete will be free from a surface film of"laitance." Any concrete mix failing to meet the above outlined consistency requirement,although meeting the slump requirements,will be considered unsatisfactory, and the mix shall be changed to correct such unsatisfactory conditions. In cases where the characteristics of the aggregates furnished are such that, with the maximum allowable amount of water,the specified slumps and consistency requirements are not met, aggregates of an improved grading must be furnished and the mix design must be modified to meet the slump and consistency requirements by adding either cement or mineral filler,or both,as may be necessary. In case mineral filler is used,the combined total quantity of mineral filler and fine aggregate passing the 100 mesh sieve shall not exceed twenty percent(20%)of the weight of the fine aggregate. It is the intent of these specifications to secure for every part of the work, and particularly so where the concrete is to be liquid containing,concrete of homogeneous structure having the required strength and resistance to weathering,which is free of honeycomb,concealed voids or other defects,and which for the various structures and appurtenances shall develop the minimum compressive strengths as indicated in these specifications. The minimum quantity of cement and mixing water should be used that will safely produce concrete of the strength required,in order to minimize heat of hydration and shrinkage in the concrete. PART 4-MIXING CONDITIONS 4.1 GENERAL: The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use,and any concrete which is not in place within thirty(3 0)minutes after being discharged from the mixer shall not be used. Re-tempering of concrete will not be permitted. Concrete improperly mixed shall not be placed in the structure. Ready- mixed concrete will comply with the following requirements: 1. Central mixed concrete shall be mixed completely in a stationary mixer and mixed concrete transported to the point of delivery in a truck agitator or in a truck mixer operating at agitator speed. 2. Shrink-mixed concrete shall be partially mixed in a stationary mixer,and the mixing completed in a truck mixer. 3. Transit-mixed concrete shall be completely mixed in a truck mixer. 4. Mixers and agitators shall be operated within the limits of capacity and speed of rotation as designated by the manufacturers. 5. When a stationary mixer is used for partial mixing of the concrete,the mixing time in the stationary mixer may be reduced to the minimum required to intermingle the ingredients(about 30 seconds). 6. When a truck mixer is used either for complete mixing or to finish partial mixing in a stationary mixer, each batch of concrete shall be mixed not less than 50 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum or blades at the rate of rotation designed by the manufacturer of equipment as mixing speed. Additional mixing,if any,shall be at the speed designed by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. 7. Delivery of concrete to the site of the work,and its discharge from the truck mixer,agitator or non- agitating equipment shall be completed within the time limits shown in the following table,after the introduction of the mixing water to the cement and aggregates,unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Concrete for Pool Structures 03010-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL Temperature-Time Requirements Concrete Temperature _T_Maximum Time(No retarding ff�agent) mer (With retarding at tint of placement) agent)Minutes Minutes Non-Agitated Concrete All Temperature 30 45 Agitated Concrete Above 90 degrees F 45 75 Above 75 degrees F 60 90 through 90 degrees F 75 degrees F and below 90 120 'Normal dosage of retarder All transit mix delivery tickets shall have the time of departure from the plant as well as water, cement, aggregates and admixture contents. Hand mixing of concrete will be permitted;it shall be done on a watertight platform. The fine aggregate and cement shall first be mixed until a uniform color is attained,and then spread over the mixing board in a thin layer. The coarse aggregate shall be thoroughly saturated with water,and it shall then be spread over the fine aggregate and cement in a uniform layer, and the whole mass turned as the additional water is added. After all ingredients have been added,the mass shall be turned at least six times, or more if necessary,to make the mixture uniform in color and smooth in appearance. Hand mixed batches shall not exceed a two(2)bag batch volume. PART 5—FORM WORK 5.1 GENERAL: The Contractor shall provide forms that will produce correctly aligned concrete. The centering shall be true and rigid,and thoroughly braced both horizontally and diagonally. The forms shall be sufficiently strong to carry the dead weight of the concrete as a liquid without deflection,and tight enough to prevent leakage of mortar. 1. For exposed interior and exterior concrete surfaces of columns and walls,plywood or other approved forms,thoroughly cleaned and tied together with approved corrosion resistant devices shall be used. 2. Rigid care shall be exercised in seeing that all poured walls and columns are plumb and true and thoroughly cross-braced to keep them so. 3. Beveled strips shall be provided in form angles and in corners of column and beam boxes for chamfering of corners where shown on drawings or directed by the Engineer. 4. The inside of the forms shall be coated with an approved oil or thoroughly wetted. Oil shall be applied before reinforcement is placed. 5. Temporary openings for cleaning and inspection shall be provided at the base of vertical forms and other places where they are necessary. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Concrete for Pool Structures 03010-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL Forms may be removed at the following minimum times: *Over 95 Below 50 degrees F 70-95 degrees F 60-70 degrees F 50-60 degrees F degrees F Walls 5 days 1 day 2 days 3 days Do not remove Columns 7 days 2 days 3 days 4 days Forms until site Beam 10 days 4 days 5 days 6 days Cured test Structural 10 days 5 days 6 days 7 days Cylinder Slabs over Develops 50% 5"Thick Of *Where exposed surfaces of concrete can be effectively sealed to prevent loss of water,these times may be reduced to the 70-95 degrees F.time. PART 6-DEPOSITING CONCRETE 6.1 GENERAL: A. Prior to Placement: Before placing concrete,thoroughly clean the forms of wood chips, shavings or other debris. Do not deposit concrete in standing water. Before placing new concrete on or against concrete which has acquired its initial set,retighten forms,roughen hardened surfaces, clean off foreign matter and laitance, and saturate with water. Immediately before depositing new concrete, coat the contact surface with neat cement grout. B. Placement: Concrete shall be deposited,when practicable,in its final position without segregation, rehandling,or flowing. When possible,concreting shall be continuous until the section is complete. Concrete shall be spaded and vibrated with approved mechanical vibrator to maximum subsidence, without segregation,and adjacent to forms and joints. When stoppage of concreting operations occurs for any reason,construction joints shall be placed either horizontally or vertically as needed,provided with keys to resist shear,and dowels to develop bond. Before concreting operations are resumed,the surface of the concrete shall be cut or chipped to remove all laitance and expose the aggregate. Shot- crete applied concrete can be used provided the concrete has been batch mixed. Water accumulating during placing should be removed. Concrete shall not be deposited in such accumulations. Conveying and chuting of concrete shall be done only with equipment which will insure a continuous flow without segregation. Concrete without super plasticizer admixtures shall not be dropped more than five feet(5')without a tremie or"elephant trunk." Super plasticized concrete may be dropped(free fall)from a height of 15 feet or less. C. Weather Protection: In threatening weather,which may result in conditions that will adversely affect the quality of the concrete to be placed,the Engineer may order postponement of the work. Where work has been started and changes in weather conditions require protective measures to be used,the Contractor shall furnish adequate shelter to protect the concrete against damage from rainfall or damage due to freezing temperatures. No concrete shall be placed without the approval of the Engineer when air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F. (taken in the shade away from artificial heat)and falling. If authorized by the Engineer,concrete may be placed when the air temperature is at 35 degrees F. and rising. D. Expansion/Isolation Joints: Expansion/isolation joints shall be of the type and size shown on the plans. E. Floor Coatings or Color: Any areas designated on the plans for colored or coated floors shall be so treated in accordance with other Sections of these specifications and in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications as approved by the Engineer. F. Curing Concrete: Unless they are to receive further treatment such as plaster,tile or paint coatings, pool slabs and walls shall be sprayed with an approved curing compound to retard evaporation of water if spraying is not objectionable because of subsequent finish. Curing operations shall begin as soon as Concrete Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. for Pool Structures 03010-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL the concrete has attained initial set. All materials and facilities for curing concrete shall be on hand and ready for use before concrete is placed. Concrete shall be protected from freezing temperatures for a minimum of five days after placement. G. Water Proofing: Polyethylene vapor barrier,if shown on the plans,shall be 6 mil thickness,fungi resistant sheets fastened with adhesive backed polyethylene tape. Seal tightly against penetrations. Seal all punctures with tape before placing concrete. H. Test on Concrete: One set of three test cylinders shall be made by the Contractor for compressive strength tests performed by an approved independent testing laboratory(all at the expense of the Owner)for each thirty(30)cubic yard lot or a minimum of one set for each days pour. Slump tests shall be made on each batch tested in accordance with ASTM designation C-143. Each of the test cylinders shall be tested at 7 days and 28 days for compressive strength. The Contractor shall coordinate tests with the Owner's designated laboratory. If the average strength of the laboratory control cylinders for any portion of the structure falls below compressive strength required for the design,the Engineer shall order further standard ASTM test procedures be performed at Contractor's expense upon concrete sections in question. Should these further tests indicate that any concrete does not meet the requirements of these specifications;the concrete shall be removed and replaced with acceptable concrete by the Contractor and at Contractor's expense. Copies of reports of all tests shall be furnished to the Engineer and Contractor as soon as available. Tests on concrete shall conform to the following applicable ASTM designations: ASTM C-173 or C-231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete. ASTM C-172 Standard Method of Sampling Fresh Concrete. ASTM C-143 Standard Method of Slump Test. ASTM C-39 Standard Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders. ASTM C-31 Standard Method of Malting and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimen in the Field. PART 7-PROTECTION 7.1 GENERAL: Protect the work from freezing,from rainfall,blowing dust or other natural hazards. The Contractor is responsible for protecting from acts of vandalism from the time concrete is placed until the project is completed and accepted by the Owner. Remove any graffiti or other defacing of concrete. PART 8—MEASUREMENT 8.1 GENERAL: The concrete quantities of the various classifications which constitute the completed and accepted structure will not be measured unless otherwise noted in the proposal,but will be considered as a part of the lump sum payment for the item constructed. PART 9—PAYMENT 9.1 GENERAL: All concrete shall be considered as a part of the lump sum price bid for the various items of construction. The lump sum price shall include full compensation for furnishing,hauling,and mixing all concrete materials;placing, curing,and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing;furnishing and placing all drains,forms, and falsework,labor,tools,equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. END OF SECTION 03010 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Concrete for Pool Structures 03010-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: The extent of formwork is indicated by the concrete items shown on the drawings.The work includes the design,construction,erection,maintenance,and removal of all formwork for concrete paving, curbs, and any other appropriate concrete item called for. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 03200-Concrete Reinforcement. B. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete(Buildings). C. Section 03310-Cast-In-Place Concrete. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS: Comply with provisions of the following codes,specifications,and standards,except as modified or amended herein. A. ACI 347R-94,"Recommended Practice for Concrete Fornwork." B. ACI 301-99,"Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DESIGN OF FORMWORK: A. Design,erect,support,brace and maintain formwork so that concrete items will be of the correct size,shape,alignment, elevation,and position. B. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock,or damage to the cast-in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. C. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt all joints and provide backup material at joints as may be required to prevent leakage and fns. D. Wood Forms: Shall be No.2 common southern yellow pine,or equivalent,materials milled to reasonably uniform width and thickness, at least two(2)edges and one(1)side dressed for tight fit. E. Metal Forms: Clean,unpainted,and in good condition to provide members of widths and depths required. Severely damaged or indented forms are not acceptable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK: A. All forms shall be observed by the Architect/Engineer prior to placement of concrete.The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer at least twenty-four(24)hours prior to placing concrete. B. Forms shall be built to the shapes and dimensions of the concrete on the drawings,shall be set to lines and grades,braced and secured to withstand placing of concrete. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Concrete Formwork n1l110-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.2 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES: A. Coat the contact surfaces of forms with a form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain,or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatment of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion nor impede the wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds. Thin form-coating compounds only with the thinning agent of the type and in amount and under the conditions of the form-coating compound manufacturer's directions.Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed.Apply in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Coat steel forms with a non-staining,rust preventive form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust stained steel formwork is not acceptable. 3.3 REMOVAL OF FORMS:Forms shall not be removed until concrete has adequately hardened and in any event,not less than two(2)days. 3.4 RE-USE OF FORMS: Clean and repair the surfaces of forms that are to be re-used in the work,except that warped,split,frayed,delaminated,or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form-coating compound material to all concrete contact form surfaces as specified for new formwork. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement,thoroughly clean surfaces,remove fins and laitance,and tighten forms to close all joints.Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets.Do not use "patched"forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. A. All formwork shall comply with ACI 302.1R-96."Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction." END OF SECTION 03100 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Concrete Formwork 03110-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: The extent of concrete reinforcement is shown on the drawings and in schedules.The work includes fabrication and placement of reinforcement for the cast-in-place concrete,including bars,ties and supports. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 03100—Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03300—Cast-In-Place Concrete(Buildings). C. Section 03310—Cast-In-Place Concrete. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS: Comply with requirements of the following codes and standards,except as herein modified: A. American Concrete Institute,ACI 315-92"Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures." B. American Welding Society,AWS,D 12.1 "Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel,Metal Inserts and Connection in Reinforced Concrete Construction, C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute,"Manual of Standard Practice." 1.4 SUBMITTALS: Submit to the Engineer in conformance with the requirements of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. A. For information only,submit two(2)copies of steel producer's certificates of mill tests for reinforcing steel. B. Submit shop drawings for fabrication,bending,and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315-92"Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures." Show bar schedules,stirrup spacing,diagrams of bent bars, arrangements and assemblies,as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement. 1.5 PRODUCT,DELIVERY,HANDLING,AND STORAGE: A. Deliver reinforcement to the project site bundled,tagged,and marked.Use metal tags indicating bar size,lengths,and other information corresponding to markings shown on placement diagrams. B. Store concrete reinforcement materials at the site to prevent damage and accumulation of dirt or excessive rust. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: A. Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A615 of grade shown on drawings with minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Concrete Reinforcement 03200-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Supports for Reinforcement:Bolsters,chairs,spacers,and other devices for spacing,supporting, and fastening reinforcement in place. 1. Use wire bar type supports or plastic-type chairs,complying with P57-66,unless otherwise indicated. Do not use wood,brick, and other unacceptable materials. 2. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces,where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are plastic or plastic-tipped metal. 2.2 FABRICATION: A. General: Shop-fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to required shapes and dimensions with fabrication tolerances complying with ACI 315-92.In case of fabricating errors, do not re-bend or straighten reinforcement in a manner that will injure or weaken the material. B. Unacceptable Materials:Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be permitted in the work: 1 Bar lengths, depths and bends exceeding specified tolerances. 2. Bends or kinks not indicated on drawings or final shop drawings. 3. Bars with reduced cross section due to excessive rusting or other cause. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: Comply with the specified codes and standards and the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute recommended practice for"Placing Reinforcing Bars"for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as herein specified. A. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale,earth,ice,and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. B. Position,support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction or concrete placement operations.Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs,runners,bolsters, spacers, and hangers,as required. C. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum coverages for concrete protection.Arrange,space, and securely tie bars and bar supports together with No.16 gauge wire to hold reinforcement accurately in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so that ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces. D. Provide sufficient numbers of supports and of strength to carry reinforcement.Do not place reinforcing bars more than two(2")inches beyond the last leg of any continuous bar support.Do not use supports as bases for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads. E. Splices:Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping ends,placing bars in contact, and tightly wire tying. Comply with requirements of ACI 318-99 for minimum lap of spliced bars. END OF SECTION 03200 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Concrete Reinforcement 03200-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 03250 METAL FASTENERS AND BOLTS FOR CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 This section shall govern furnishing and installing anchoring bolts for securing machinery,railings,structural steel,metal frames or other incidental equipment to concrete or masonry walls. The bolt or system selected by the Contractor from the approved materials shall be appropriate for the type and direction of load,clearances, and thickness of the anchoring concrete. Refer to manufacturer's specifications. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FASTENING SYSTEMS: Anchoring bolts and fasteners shall be equal to Hilti Corporation,Tulsa, Oklahoma(800)933-9235 whose item and catalog numbers are referred to herein. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. In general,use zinc chromate coated fasteners except for supporting or anchoring stainless steel in which case stainless steel bolts are required. B. Unless approved otherwise the following anchoring systems are required. Application Anchor Diameter Method 1. Heavy duty anchoring to concrete or 3/4", 1",or 1-1/4" HVA Adhesive Anchor ASTM A-307 stone dynamic loading;machinery, Grade A;has anchor rod with nut& pumps,motors,blowers. washer 2. Medium duty anchoring concrete for 1/4"to 1" Kwik-Bolt II Stud Anchor shelf angles,channels,minor Expansion Bolt dynamic loads;small pumps,hand or rails. HDI Drop in Impact Expansion 3. Medium duty anchoring to hollow 3/16"to 1/2" Sleeve Anchor HX;Expansion Bolt concrete block shelf angles, channels, hand rails. 4. Medium duty anchoring to solid brick 3/16"to 3/4" Sleeve Anchor HX;Expansion Bolt shelf angles,channels,hand rails. 5. Special duty to dowel rebar or 3/8"to 1-1/4" HIT Dowelling Anchor;chemical threaded roads into concrete,hard bonding to base stone, or soft natural stone. C. Do not exceed manufacturer's loading limitations. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JOB: The Contractor shall furnish all anchors not supplied by the manufacturer of special equipment. Satisfy this specification if items supplied by manufacturer are,in the Engineer's opinion,unsuitable for the intended purpose. END OF SECTION 03250 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Metal Fasteners and Bolts for Concrete 03250-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE(BUILDINGS) PART I-GENERAL 1.1 Section Requirement A. Submittals: Concrete mix designs and laboratory test reports. B. Comply with ASTM C 94; ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete"; ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials";and CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice." C. Engage a qualified independent testing agency to design concrete mixes. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. Deformed Reinforcing Bars:#3 bars Grade 40,all others ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60. B. Plain Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn. C Steel Welded-Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185,flat sheets not rolls. D. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type I or HI. E. Aggregates: ASTM C 33,uniformly graded. F. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. G. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C 494,water reducing. H. Vapor Retarder: refer to section 07130,07131 and 07132. I. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309,clear,Type 1,Class B,waterborne. J. Repair Underlayment: Factory-packaged, portland or blended hydraulic cement-based, polymer- modified, self-leveling underlayment with minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4100 psi. K. Repair Topping: Factoiy-packaged,portland or blended hydraulic cement-based,polymer-modified, self- leveling traffic-bearing topping with minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5700 psi. 2.2 Mixes A. Proportion normal-weight concrete mixes to provide the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. ASTM specification C-94, "Standard Specifications for Ready-Mix Concrete.",Verify with structural specs. 2. Slump Limit: 3 to 5 inches at point of placement. Astm specifications C-143. Verify with structural specs. 3. Air Content: 5%plus or minus 1-1/2% for concrete exposed to freezing and thawing, elsewhere at contractor's option.Verify with structural specs. Davis&Davis,Inc. Cast in Place Concrete(Buildings) 03300-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART III-EXECUTION 3.1 Concreting A. Construct formwork and maintain tolerances and surface irregularities within ACI 117 limits of Class A for concrete exposed to view and Class C for other concrete surfaces. B. Set water stops where indicated to ensure joint watertightness. C. Place vapor retarder or waterproofing membrane on prepared subgrade, with joints lapped and sealed with fluid applied waterproofing as per manufacturer's recommendations to produce a watertight seal. D. Accurately position,support,and secure reinforcement. E Install construction, isolation, saw cuts and contraction joints where indicated. Install full-depth joint- filler strips at isolation joints.Refer to structural for locations. F. Foundation subgrade must be well compacted and damp but not wet before placing the concrete. Foundation subgrade must meet standards of geotechnical report and structural engineer recommendations. Geotecnical or structural engineer must observe and approve foundation subgrade prior to placing concrete.Foundation subgrade is to be tested as per project testing requirements. G. Concrete shall not be placed until all reinforcement is correctly and securely fastened in place, nor until the forms have been inspected and approved and have been properly cleaned, oiled and wetted. Structural engineer to observe and approve steel placement prior to concrete being placed. H. ALL FLOOR DRAINS ARE TO BE SET 1/8" LOWER THAN FINISH BUILDING SLAB ELEVATION AND HAVE A 1% SLOPE RADIUS OF 12". ADJUST RADIUS AS PER FIELD CONDITIONS, BUT IN NO CASE EXCEED 2% SLOPE. BLEND FOR A SMOOTH TRANSITION AT TOP OF SLOPE AND TOP OF SLAB. 1. Place concrete in a continuous operation and consolidate using mechanical vibrating equipment. J. Protect concrete from physical damage, premature drying, and reduced strength due to hot or cold weather during mixing,placing,and curing. K. Formed Surface Finish: Medium broom finish,non-slip. L. Slab Finishes: Medium broom finish to all areas. Where plans call for concrete floors, screed the concrete to a true surface and float when hard enough to support knee boards, float with a leveling darby and wood float. Fill low spots with fresh concrete. Again trowel and float sufficiently to eliminate all irregularities and to produce a smooth,hard finish,free from defects. Finally they shall be gone over with a float to produce a fine, non-slip finish. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THREE (3) TEST PANELS FOR ARCHITECT / ENGINEER AND OWNER REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PLACEMENT. EACH PANEL SHALL HAVE A DIFFERENT DEGREE OF SLIP RESISTANCE AND SHALL BE 36"X 36"IN SIZE AND CONTAIN A FLOOR DRAIN. THE SELECTED PANEL SHALL BE MARKED AND HELD ON SITE TO VERIFY ACTUAL SLAB FINISH. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DELIVERING THE REQUIRED FINISH. M. Begin curing concrete slabs after finishing. Apply membrane-forming curing compound to concrete. N. Owner will engage a testing agency to perform field tests,slmnp tests,compression tests. O. Compression and slump tests shall be made of each 50 cubic yards of concrete placed. Make 4 cylinders for each compression test, 2 for 7 day test and 2 for 28 day test. The cylinders shall be made on the job Davis&Davis,Inc. Cast in Place Concrete(Buildings) 03300-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL by the laboratory representative and shall be cured and tested in accordance with ASTM specifications C- 31 and C-39. Payment responsibility shall be established in the Project Manual. Coordinate slump and compression testing with geotechnical report and structural engineer requirements. The more stringent shall apply. P. Protect concrete from damage. Repair surface defects in formed concrete and slabs. Q. Repair slabs not meeting surface tolerances by grinding high areas and by applying a repair underlayment to low areas receiving floor coverings and a repair topping to low areas to remain exposed. R. Apply concrete sealer as per Section 07110. END OF SECTION 03300 Davis&Davis,Inc. Cast in Place Concrete(Buildings) 03300-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARKK POOL SECTION 03310 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: This item shall consist of concrete paving and miscellaneous concrete items composed of Portland cement concrete,with reinforcing steel,constructed as herein specified on an approved subgrade,and in conformance with the lines and grades shown on the plans and details. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 03100-Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03200-Concrete Reinforcement. C. Section 02200-Earthwork. D. Section 07900-Caulking and Sealing. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS: Comply with the following codes and standards except as modified or amended herein: A. ACI 301-99"Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." B. ACI 318-99`Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." C. ACI 304R-00"Recommended Practice for Measuring,Mixing,Transporting and Placing Concrete." 1.4 TESTING:Refer to Section 01410. 1.5 WORKMANSHIP:All concrete work which does not conform to the specified requirements,including strength,tolerances,and finishes,shall be removed and replaced or corrected as directed by the Architect/Engineer at the Contractor's expense,without extension of time. 1.6 SUBMITTALS: Submit to the Architect/Engineer in conformance with the requirements of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. A. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit two(2)copies of laboratory test reports for concrete materials, mix design tests,and field quality control tests as specified under"Testing." B. Delivery Tickets:Furnish duplicate delivery tickets to the Architect/Engineer as specified under "Production of Concrete." C. Color Samples of Gun-Applied Sealants: Submit manufacturer's chart of standard colors for color selection by the Architect/Engineer. D. Aggregate for Exposed Aggregate Concrete Paving: Submit a one(1)quart sample of the specified aggregate for approval by the Architect/Engineer. 1.7 SPECIALTY SUBCONTRACTOR: Sealants shall be furnished and applied only by an applicator who can present positive proof of having successfully applied materials and used methods specified herein under comparable conditions over a period of at least five(5)years. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Cast-In-Place Concrete 03310-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARKK POOL PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE:All concrete shall be 3,000 psi or greater at twenty-eight(28)days,portland cement mix, reinforced as specified, and shall be of the size,dimension,and detail shown on the drawings and in accordance with these specifications. A. Cement:Provide Portland cement,Type 1,ASTM C150,except as otherwise indicated. B. Aggregates for Normal Weight Concrete; 1. Coarse: Shall conform to ASTM C33 and as herein specified.Use clean,uncoated, processed aggregate containing no clay,mud,loam,or foreign matter. Shall be crushed stone,processed from natural rock or stone or washed gravel, either natural or crushed. Use of pit or bank run gravel is not permitted. 2. Fine: Shall conform to ASTM C33 and as herein specified.Use clean,sharp,natural sand,free from loam,clay lumps,or other deleterious substances. 3. In proportioning,fine and coarse aggregates shall be regarded as separate ingredients. Each size of coarse aggregate,as well as combination of sizes when two or more are used,shall conform to the appropriate grading requirements of applicable ASTM specifications.Maximum sizes of aggregates shall be determined by proportioning requirements. 4. Provide aggregates of each type from one source to ensure uniformity of color,size, and shape. 5. Maximum size of coarse aggregate and proportion of design mix as follows: CONCRETE FOOTINGS, 4" or 5"THICK CONCRETE WALLS AND 6" or 7" PAVING AND OTHER CONCRETE PAVING CONCRETE Maximum Water and Cement 6(max.) 6 Ratio,Gal/Sack Aggregate,Maximum Size 1-1/2" 3/4" Weight Normal Normal Slump Range,Inches 3-5 3-5 Percent Air Entrainment --- PSI 4,000 min. 4,000 min. C. Water for Mixing and Curing: Clean,fresh,free from oil,acid,organic matter,or other deleterious substances.Provide water for curing that does not contain impurities in sufficient amount to etch concrete surfaces or cause discoloration to concrete indicated to remain exposed and unpainted. 2.2 REINFORCING STEEL: Reinforcing steel shall be as called for on the drawings and shall conform to Section 03200. 2.3 SUBGRADE:All subgrade for concrete paving shall be compacted or lime treated as shown on the drawings and as specified in the Geotechnical Report. 2.4 EXPANSION JOINTS:Material for expansion joints shall be one-half(1/2")inch or three-quarter(3/4") inch pre-molded fiber or synthetic joint material to the thickness of the concrete paved cross section as shown on the plans.Provide a zip-strip to facilitate joint sealing. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Cast-In-Place Concrete 03310-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARKK POOL 2.5 EXPANSION JOINT DOWELS: A. Dry Brush 4"or 5"Thick Concrete Paving: Shall be No.4 smooth bar dowels eighteen (18") inches long,with one(1)end capped with felt or polyethylene film and placed at twenty-four (24")inches on center(areas shown)through the center of each expansion joint. 2.6 FORMS: Concrete forms shall conform to Section 03100-Concrete Formwork. 2.7 CHAIRS:Use wire-bar type supports or plastic-type chairs,as approved by the Architect/Engineer.Do not use wood,brick or other unacceptable materials. 2.8 EXPANSION JOINT SEALER: A. Walks:All joint sealer for concrete sidewalks,expansion joints at backs of curbs and other expansion joints occurring in walks shall be a two-part pourable polyurethane sealant, conforming to Interim Federal Specification TT-S-00227E and shall be Pecora Corporation's Urexpan NR-200 or Tremco Manufacturing Company's THC/900 sealant,colors to be selected by Architect/Engineer. Sonneborne paving joint sealer will be acceptable with prior approval. B. Walls: Sealant for vertical walls shall be Pecora,Dynaflex-2, Sonneborne NP-2,or Tremco Dymeric Elastomeric Sealant. 2.9 SAND CUSHION:Not permitted. 2.10 CURING COMPOUND: Curing compound shall be Type I(clear or translucent)or Type II(white- pigmented),as defined by ASTM Designation C309.Products offered by manufacturers which comply with the requirements include the following: Horncure 301):A. C.Horn/W.R. Grace. Clear-Bond: Guardian Chemical Company. LR 151:Protex Industries,Inc. 2.11 ANCHORAGE MATERIALS:All threaded inserts,anchors,etc.,shall be the type,size, and location as shown on the plans. 2.12 EPDXY-RESIN ADHESIVE BINDER:Provide a two(2)component,mineral filled,epoxy polysulfide polymer complying with FS-MMM-G-650,Type I or Il,Grade A.Complying products include the following: Epoxite Grout:W.R. Grace Colma Dur: Silica Chemical PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1. GENERAL: Concrete work will have a thickness as shown on the details and shall be placed subgraded as shown. Standard slopes for paving,unless otherwise shown on the plans,will be one-quarter(1/4")inch per foot. 3.2 GRADES:Verify proposed grades,establishing surface elevation of paving as shown on the drawings. Before proceeding with the work,all such proposed grades shall be verified in consideration of the drainage conditions and job conditions.The intent of this contract is to require grades which will permit proper drainage of the site,proper drainage away from the various constructed surfaces thereon.Any grade or condition,proposed or existing,which,in the opinion of the Contractor,represents a hazard to such drainage shall be brought to the Architect/Engineer's attention immediately. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Cast-In-Place Concrete 03310-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARKK POOL 3.3 FORMS:All formwork shall be observed and approved by the Owner's Representative prior to placing any concrete. See Section 03100-Concrete Formwork.Forms shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position during the placement of concrete. A. Forms for Making Placed Concrete:Forms shall be set true to line and grade in advance of the concreting for a distance sufficient to permit a finished subgrade for a length of one hundred (100')feet ahead of the concrete. They shall be joined neatly and tightly and shall be set with exactness to grade and alignment.All forms must be in firm contact with the subgrade throughout their entire length and base width and securely staked with at least three(3)pins per ten(10')foot section.If the subgrade becomes unstable,the forms shall be reset using heavy stakes or other additional supports such as may be required to provide sufficient stability to withstand vibration and movement of all equipment operated thereon. 1. If forms settle over one-eighth(1/8")inch under finishing operation,paving operations shall be stopped;forms shall then be reset to line and grade,and pavement brought up to standard section and thickness. 2. Forms must be cleaned and oiled before concrete is placed against them. 3. Fonns shall remain in place until the concrete is at least twelve(12)hours old, and removal of forms shall be followed immediately by coating the sides of the slab with curing compound and then banking earth against the sides of the slab and wetting same. 3.4 PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT:All reinforcement shall be placed in the center of formwork and securely held in place by the use of chairs. 3.5 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE: A. Concrete shall be transit mixed(on-site batching optional)as specified herein.All plant facilities are subject to acceptance of the Architect/Engineer. B. Ready Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C94,and as herein specified, provided the quantity and rate of delivery will permit unrestricted progress of the work in accordance with the placement schedule.Proposed changes in mixing procedures other than specified herein must be accepted by the Architect/engineer before implementation.Modifications to ASTM C94 are as follows: 1. Provide concrete materials,proportions,and properties as herein specified in lieu of ASTM Section 4. 2. Slump: Slump range in inches shall be within 3"-5"in lieu of ASTM Section 5.1. 3. Mixing and Delivery:Delete the references for allowing additional water to be added to the batch of material with insufficient slump.Addition of water to be batch will not be permitted as specified in ASTM Section 9.7.In addition to the requirements of ASTM Section 9.7,when the air temperature is between 85 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit reduce the mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes,and when the air temperature is above 90 degrees Fahrenheit reduce the mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.When the truck mixer is used for the complete mixing of the concrete,begin mixing operation within 30 minutes after the cement has been intermingled with the aggregate. 4. Certification:Furnish duplicate delivery tickets with each load of concrete delivered to the site.In addition to the requirements of ASTM Section 14.1,provide the following information on delivery tickets:type and brand of cement,cement content per cubic yard of concrete,maximum size of aggregate,amount and brand name of each admixture,and total water content expressed as water/cement ratio. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Cast-In-Place Concrete 03310-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK K POOL 5. Strength:Delete ASTM Section 15 and comply with concrete testing requirements as herein specified. 6. Maintain equipment in proper operating condition with drums cleaned before changing each batch. Schedule rates of delivery in order to prevent delay of concrete too long in the mixer before the addition of water admixtures. C. Cold Weather Requirements:No concrete shall be placed when the temperature is below forty(40) degrees Fahrenheit or when the temperature is fifty(50)degrees and dropping. 3.6 EMBEDDED ITEMS: Set and build,into the work,anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work,including,but not restricted to,metal inserts,mechanical and electrical inserts,as required. Refer to drawings for location,type,size,etc. 3.7 DRY BRUSH FINISH CONCRETE PAVING: A. Placing:Prior to placing concrete,the subgrade shall be moistened and then concrete shall be placed in forms and thoroughly tamped in place so that all honeycombs will be eliminated and sufficient mortar will be brought to the surface.The surface shall be troweled with a steel trowel and then brushed to obtain a smooth uniform brush finish. B. Curing:As soon as possible after the concrete has been poured and finished,it shall be cured by the use of the specified curing compound.The curing compound shall be applied full strength or as recommended by the manufacturer.It shall in no way be diluted by the addition of petroleum products. C. All faces adjacent to the forms shall be spaded so that the forms are stripped.The surface of faces will be smooth and free of honeycombs.Edges of all walks shall be finished to a one-half(1/2") inch radius with a suitable finishing tool. D. Expansion Joint Sealing:Expansion joints shall be sealed by an experienced applicator with the sealant specified to a depth equal to joint width with a minimum depth of one-half(1/2")inch. 1. Preparation:All surfaces in contact with compounds shall be dry, sound,well brushed and wiped free.Remove curing compounds,oil, and other such materials by wire brushing. 2. Application:The ambient temperature shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturers when sealants are applied.Gun-apply compounds with nozzles of proper sizes to fit joints.Force into grooves with sufficient pressure to expel air and fill grooves solidly. Joints shall be free of wrinkles and tooled smooth. 3. Cleaning: Clean surfaces adjoining sealed joints of smears and other soiling resulting from sealing application.Clean up all debris caused by the work of this section,keeping the premises clean and neat at all times. 3.8 PROTECTION:After concrete is placed,fmished,and cured as required,permit no traffic thereon for three (3)days thereafter and further protect the surface from damage due to other causes.Vehicles of all types shall be kept off sidewalks,curbs,gutters,etc.,during the construction period. 3.9 STRIPPING OF FORMS: A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete,such as edges of slabs,etc.,may be removed twelve (12)hours after placing concrete provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by removal operations and provided that curing and protection operations are maintained. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Cast-In-Place Concrete 03310-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARKK POOL B. After forms are removed and prior to backfilling with earth,the edges of the slabs shall be coated with membrane-curing compound. 3.10 4"or 5"CONCRETE PAVING JOINTS: A. Contraction Saw Joints: Shall be one-eighth(1/8")inch wide by one(1")inch deep,joints placed on ten(10')foot centers,unless otherwise shown. Contraction joints will not be required to be sealed.Joints will be sawed as soon as sawing can be performed without stripping aggregate from the concrete,generally within eighteen(18)to twenty-four(24)hours after placement. B. Doweled Expansion Joints: Shall be placed where concrete paving abuts the back of all concrete curbing,at points between pours and at intersections with other walks or concrete paved areas. 3.11 EFECTIVE CONCRETE:Any concrete which,in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer,has crazed or cracked considerably or possesses a bad finish or is not at the proper grade, size or location or does not meet the specified strength will be subject to rejection, and it shall be removed and replaced,at the Contractor's expense.Any concrete which needs to be repaired shall be repaired by methods approved by the Architect/Engineer. 3.12 CLEANUP:It is the intent of this contract to ensure that an adequate cleanup job will be performed by the Contractor as soon during the construction procedure as possible.In particular, all concrete edging and sidewalk shall be backfilled as soon as possible.Before the project is accepted by the Owner, all rocks, stones, and other construction debris shall be removed.All necessary cleanup work shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items in this contract. 3.13 SCHEDULE OF TEST SPECIMENS:Provide the indicated number of sets of specimens for testing,there being three cylinder specimens per set as described in this specification. Specimens shall be taken during placement of concrete as directed by the Owner or Architect/Engineer and under the supervision of a representative of the laboratory testing agency. Provide one(1)set per truck. END OF SECTION 03310 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Cast-In-Place Concrete 03310-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 03361 PNEUMATICALLY PLACED CONCRETE FOR SWIMMING POOLS (PRIMARY METHOD) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT: The conditions of the Contract'(General, Supplementary and other Conditions)and the General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section. 1.2 SCOPE: This section shall govern the furnishing and placing of pneumatically placed concrete"shot- crete"for the pool shell. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS: A. ACI 304.2R-71,"Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods" B. ACI 305R-77,"Hot Weather Concreting" C. ACI 306R-78,"Cold Weather Concreting" D. ACI 506.2-77,"Specifications for Materials,Proportioning and Application of Shotcrete" E. ACI 506.3R-82,"Guide to Certification of Shotcrete Nozzlemen" F. ACI 308-81,"Standard Practice for Curing Concrete" G. ACI 318-99,`Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" 1.4 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 03310—Cast-In-Place Concrete. B. Section 03100 Concrete Formwork PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: The cement,water,and sand shell conform to the requirements of Section 03010, "Concrete for Pool Structures." 2.2 Bar reinforcement shall also conform to the requirements of Section 03200. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING: Unless otherwise specified,the pneumatically placed concrete shall be batch mixed. At the beginning of work the Engineer may require that cylinders be made to represent the quality of the pneumatically placed concrete. Additional cylinders or test beams will be made during prosecution of the work as directed by the Engineer. If in the opinion of the Engineer,the cylinder strengths are indicating undesirable variation in the concrete,the Contractor may be required to change the mix design and/or method of placing so as to correct this condition. All concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 days. The Contractor shall furnish specially constructed cylinders six inches in diameter and twelve inches high,made of 3/4"square mesh hardware cloth. Test cylinders for pneumatically placed concrete shall be shot with the same air pressure and nozzle tips as the pneumatically placed concrete. At the end of the first 24 hours curing period,the hardware cloth form shall be removed and the cylinders stored and cured,as directed by the Engineer. 3.2 OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: The compressor or blower used to supply air shall be capable of delivering a sufficient volume of oil free air,at a pressure range of 30 to 85 psi as required by the size of the nozzle employed. Required capacity of compressor and operating pressures are shown in the table Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Pneumatically Placed Concrete for Swimming Pools 03361-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL below for the various nozzle sizes. Steady pressure must be maintained throughout the placing process. The water pump shall be sufficient size and capacity to deliver the water to the nozzle at a pressure of not less than 15 psi in excess of the required air pressure. Compressor Capacities Maximum Size of Nozzle Operating Air Pressure Compressor Capacity Hose Diameter Tip Cubic feet per Minute Inches Inches Psi 250 1 3/4 40 315 1-1/4 1 45 365 1-1/2 1-1/4 55 500 1-5/8 1-1/2 65 600 1-3/4 1-5/8 75 750 2 1-3/4 85 The values shown in the above table are based on a hose length of 150 feet with the nozzle not more than 25 feet above the delivery equipment. Operating pressures shall be increased approximately 5 psi for each additional 50 feet of hose and approximately 5 psi for each 25 feet the nozzle is raised. 3.3 REBOUND: Rebound recovered clean and free of foreign matter may be reused as sand in quantity not to exceed 20 percent of the total sand requirements. 3.4 FORMING: The top edge of the pool shall be formed with wood forms and finished to accommodate the coping and tile work as detailed on the plans. 3.5 PLACING AND FINISHING: Pneumatically placed concrete shall be placed in accordance with the details and to the dimensions shown on the plans. Set taut wire or fine fishing line at the top inside edge of proposed finished wall and intermediate lines as necessary to control vertical faces and meet tolerances. Before the concrete is placed the pool area shall be compacted uniformly and thoroughly,and brought to a uniform moist condition. Reinforcement shall be supported properly throughout placement of concrete using wire chairs or plastic chairs made for this purpose. Brick,block,wood or similar reinforcing support shall be removed as placement progresses,and not incorporated into the work. Proper consistency shall be controlled at the nozzle valve by the operator and a low water-cement ratio must be maintained. The mix shall be sufficiently dry so that it will not sag or fall from vertical or inclined surfaces or separate in horizontal work. The placed concrete shall be struck off with a screed or float to an even line,grade and smooth radius. Removable grade stakes shall be set in walls and floors not more than 25 feet on centers to assure minimum thicknesses of concrete are installed. The surfaces of the pneumatically placed concrete shall be given a trowel finish. The original surface and each surface which is permitted to harden before applying succeeding layers shall be washed with water and air blast or a stiff hose stream,and loosened material removed. Sand which rebounds and does not fall clear of the work or which collects on horizontal surfaces shall be blown off from time to time to avoid leaving sand pockets. Concrete shall not be applied to a surface containing frost or ice. Where standing or running water is encountered it shall be removed before applying the concrete. Contractor shall coordinate the installation of light niches,steps, anchors,sleeves, drains,and other appurtenances. These fixtures shall be set inn as the gunnite is shot or blocked in for later installation. Gouging out after the concrete is set shall not be allowed. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Pneumatically Placed Concrete for Swimming Pools 03361-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL No work shall be done without the permission of the Engineer when the temperature is lower than 40 degrees F. After placing,the concrete shall be protected from freezing or quick drying. 3.6 TOLERANCES: (a) Floors: Floors shall be placed to the depths,lines and dimensions shown on the plans plus or minus 1-inch. Floors shown to be planar shall not vary more than(+/-)1/4-inch from a 10-foot straight edge. (b) Walls: Tolerances for pool wall dimensions shall be maintained as follows: Top 36"below water end Variance between length Course Length walls all lanes Club Level(Default) +/- 1" No more than 1/2"from plumb 3.7 CURING: Immediately following the finishing operation,the shell shall be cured by frequent moisture application using misting spray nozzles. END OF SECTION 03361 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Pneumatically Placed Concrete for Swimming Pools 03361-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 04100 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 Related Document A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 Section Includes A. Mortar and grout for masonry. 1.3 Submittal A. Samples: Submit 2 strips, 1/4"x 6"in size,illustrating mortar color and color range. 1.4 Environmental Conditions A. Cold Weather Requirements: Make provisions to conform to ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. B. Hot Weather Requirements: Make provisions to conform to ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. PART II—PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. Portland Cement: Refer to structural B. Mortar Aggregate: Refer to structural C. Hydrated Lime: Refer to structural D. Mortar Color: as selected by the Architect. E. Grout Aggregate: Refer to structural F. Water: Clean and potable. G. Source Limitations: Mortar ingredients shall be of a uniform quality, including color, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component,and from one source or producer for each aggregate. 2.2 Mortar Mixes A. Mortar for Load Bearing and Non-load Bearing Walls and Partitions: ASTM C270, Type S using the Property Specifications. Coordinate with structural. Davis&Davis,Inc. Mortar and Masonry Grout 04100-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.3 Mortar Mixing A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C270. B. Add mortar color in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. 2.4 Grout Mixes A. Grout for Load Bearing and Non-load Bearing Walls and Partitions: ASTM C476,using the Proportion Specification. 2.5 Grout Mixing A. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476 Fine Grout. B. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of the grout. PART III—EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A Install mortar in accordance with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. END OF SECTION 04100 Davis&Davis,Inc. Mortar and Masonry Grout 04100-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 04210-R BRICK MASONRY UNITS PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 Related Documents Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 1.2 Work Included A. Brick units. B. Reinforcement,anchors,and accessories. 1.3 Work Installed But Furnished Under Other Sections A. Section 07620—Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim B. Section 07670—Thm-Wall Flashing. 1.4 Related Work A. Section 03300—Cast in Place Concrete-Buildings. B. Section 04100—Mortar and Grout. C. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry. D. Section 07920—Joint Sealants. 1.5 Submittals Submit samples of brick to reflect the full range of color, shades and surface texture of brick specified. The contractor is to submit a Efflorescence Mitigation Plan noting the precautions that wil be employed to prevent Efflorescence. 1.6 Mockup A. As soon as the brick and stone samples have been approved, deliver enough brick to the job site to construct a as per Section 01340. B. Construct the mockup panel using the brick,mortar,reinforcing,weep holes,tooling,and cleaning as specified. C. The approved sample panel shall be standard of workmanship. D. As construction proceeds, the first full panel of brickwork between expansion joints shall become the standard of workmanship for issues,such as head joint alignment,that are not apparent on the smaller mockup panel. E. Mockup panel shall not be removed until masonry work as required by this section has been completed. 1.7 Environmental Conditions A. Follow hot weather and cold weather requirements in the masonry code and specifications,TMS 402 and TMS 602. Davis&Davis,Inc. Brick Masonry Units 04210-R- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1.08 Delivery,Storage And Handling Of Materials Deliver, store, and handle materials to prevent inclusion of foreign materials and damage by water or weather. Store packaged materials in their original packages. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from the premises. Brick units are to be stored directly on the ground. Brick units are to be kept covered and protected from water and salt intrusion prior to use. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Acceptable Brick Manufacturers A. Products specified are manufactured by Acme Brick Company and are listed as a standard of quality. Brick shall manufacturer's standard selection. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 Brick Units A. Standard Face Brick: a. Modular in size, 2 1/4 x 3 5/8 x 7 5/8 inches, and conform to the requirements of ASTM C 216 or C 652, Grade SW. B. Special shape face bricks shall be as detailed and at locations as indicated on the drawings. C. Furnish special uncored face brick in locations where cores would be exposed in finish work. 2.3 Anchors And Ties A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products of Hohmann and Barnard and Heckman Bldg. Products, conforming to specification requirements are acceptable. 2. Substitutions: Under provisions of the General Provisions. B. Anchors: 1. HB—5213 Adjustable Veneer Anchor shall be used with masonry backup walls. Hot d-dipped galvanized and 14 ga are specified. 2. Zinc coating shall comply with ASTM A153-132. 2.4 Accessories A. Weep Holes: Open head joints every third brick at lintels and other locations. B. Compressible Filler: Premolded, flexible cellular neoprene rubber filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade RE41E1,capable of compression up to 35%of width and thickness indicated. C. Mortar Trap: Install as per manufacturer recommendation along base of air space to catch mortar drippings. High- density polyethylene, 90% open mesh, dovetail shape. Uses with QV-Quadro vent weep hole. Select thickness of mortar trap to match cavity width. D. As an alternate to Mortar Net, every third brick may be left out at base of air space and cavity cleaned and inspected to be free of mortar droppings. Davis&Davis,Inc. Brick Masonry Units 04210-R-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 Laying And Setting Brick A. Pre-wet all brick having initial rate of absorption greater than 30 before laying. B. Heat water and sand in cold weather. Do not lay brick in temperature below freezing unless such heating of materials and protection of work is properly provided for. C. The exterior surfaces of concrete and concrete masonry backup walls shall be damp-proofed before face brick are laid. D. All brickwork shall be laid true to dimensions, plumb, square, and in bond. All courses shall be level with joints of uniform width and height. E. Vertical joints in facing bond work shall be spaced so as to line up plumb and true,and all joints shall be as uniform as the type of brick will allow. F. Lay facing brick in full mortar bed with shoved head joints. Completely fill joints with mortar. Do not deep furrow bed joints. G. Allow space for caulking of joints at frames. H. Bond for facing brick shall be running bond or as shown on drawings. Match existing bond patterns unless noted otherwise. I. Anchor facing brick to metal studs or masonry backup at 16 inches o.c.vertically and 16 inches o.c.horizontally with adjustable anchors and ties. J. Joint thickness shall be such as to provide coursing pattern to match existing brickwork. When the joints have become thumbprint hard,all exposed joints shall be tooled with a sled-jointing tool. The jointer shall be larger than the width of the joints so that a complete contact is made along the edges of the units, compressing and sealing the surface of the joint. Joints shall be pointed as the tool proceeds. K. Form weep holes in head joints at face brick over shelf angles and lintels and where shown on the drawings. Rake out bed joint mortar to clean flashing surface. Weep holes shall be filled with preformed mesh type vent at bottom of head joints not more than 24 inches o.c. L. Keep air space clean of mortar at all times. Where brick extends below grade,fill brick cavity solid to level of flashing and slope mortar slightly to outside under flashing. M. When flashing is to be laid on or against masonry,the surface of the masonry shall be smooth and free from projections which might puncture the flashing material. N. Where fresh masonry joins masonry that is partially set or totally set,the exposed surface of the set masonry shall be cleaned and lightly wetted so as to obtain the best possible bond with the new work. All loose brick and mortar shall be removed. O. Expansion Joints: 1. Vertical: Locate where indicated on drawings coordinate with structural plan/notes. Lay units to form a vertical joint free of mortar and of same width as normal head joint UNO. 2. Horizontal: Locate under shelf angles and other dissimilar materials abutted by brick. Maintain a clear space at least 1/4-inch thick free of mortar.Inspect with trowel before installing backer rod and sealant. 3. Sealant: Shall be in accordance with Section 07920. Davis&Davis,Inc. Brick Masonry Units 04210-R-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.2 Flashings Build in,as the work progresses all flashings which enter the masonry using the material and following the instructions of the appropriate section of the specifications. Extend all flexible flashing F past face of wall and trim after tooling joints. Where metal flashing or drip edge is shown, align drip with face of brick. Edge of flashing or drip edge shall be a simple hem rolled edge and not turned down. 3.3 Openings And Holes A. Provide all openings and holes in masonry work. Provide all chases and recesses in masonry work of all types as indicated on the drawings and as required for pipes, ducts, and other work of Mechanical and Electrical contractors. Such work shall be accurately located by the contractor requiring the work,but masonry work shall not be constructed without giving other contractors due notices and opportunity to lay out or install such items as may be required for their work. B. Where required for installation of work of other contractors,leave openings as indicated on the drawing or as required to receive a later installation. C. After work of other contractors is in place, openings shall be neatly filled with masonry of the same type as in the adjoining surfaces. 3.4 Setting And Building-In A. Build-in materials occurring in any type of masonry construction that are furnished by other contractors. All built-in work shall be accurately placed,secured,held in position,and located by the contractor requiring the work. B. Set and built -in items of miscellaneous iron such as loose lintels and anchors required to complete all parts not connected to building framing. C. Set all anchor bolts required for the attachment of work to masonry. D. Build-in recesses,flashings,receivers,slots,anchors,sleeves and other work shown on Drawings. 3.5 Protection A. At the end of each day's work, cover the tops of walls with canvas or other suitable material weighted down to keep water out of wall. The contractor is to take all necessary precautions to prevent efflorescence. 3.6 Cleaning Brickwork A. After pointing is done and wall is dry,clean face brick surface with dry brush. B. After 3 days clean with water and mild detergent or cleaners recommended by brick manufacturer. Do not use muriatic acid. a. Wet brick surfaces thoroughly before applying cleaning solution. b. Apply cleaning solution with bucket and brush or LOW PRESSURE spray. c. Remove all stains and mortar streaks using stiff fiber bristle brush. d. Rinse THOROUGHLY with water. Davis&Davis,Inc. Brick Masonry Units 04210-R-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL e. Protect windows,landscaping,and surrounding masonry surfaces from cleaning solution and rinse water. f. Apply Graffiti Sealer:Graffiti Guard IIIS—(sacrifical type) a. Tex-Cote decorative protection coating system. Textured coatings of America. Panama City,FL or approved equal. END OF SECTION 04210-R Davis&Davis,Inc. Brick Masonry Units 04210-R- 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 04711 CAST STONE MASONRY PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENT A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Cast stone trim. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 04 Section"Unit Masonry" for installing cast stone units in unit masonry. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cast Stone: Architectural pre-cast concrete building units intended to simulate natural cut stone. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details,material descriptions,dimensions of individual components and profiles,and finishes for cast stone units. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for cast stone units. Include dimensions,details of reinforcement and anchorages,if any,and indication of finished faces. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For colored mortar. D. Samples for Verifications: 1. For each color and texture of cast stone required, 10 inches square in size. 2. For colored mortar. Make Samples using same sand and mortar ingredients to be used on Project. Label samples to indicate types and amount of pigments use. E. Mockup Samples: Furnish sample unites for each color and texture of cast stone required of sufficient size to be placed in wall mock up. F. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and testing agency. 1. Include copies of material test reports for completed projects,indicating compliance of cast stone wit ASTM C 1364. G. Quality-Control Plan: Manufacturer's written quality-control plan that includes all elements of the Cast Stone Institute's"Quality Control Procedures Required for Plant Inspection". H. Material Test Reports: For each mix required to produce cast stone,based on testing according to ASTM C 1364,including test for resistance to freezing and thawing. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualification: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. 1. Manufacturer is a producing member of the Cast Stone Instiute. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: As independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated,as documented according to ASTM E 548. C. Source Limitations for Cast Stone: Obtain cast stone unties through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color,from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. Davis and Davis,Inc. Cast Stone Masonry 04711-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Coordinate delivery of cast stone with unit masonry work,to minimize the need for on- site storage and to avoid delaying the work. B. Pack,handle,and ship cast stone units in suitable packs or pallets. 1. Lift with wide-belt slings;do not use wire rope or ropes that might cause staining. Move cast stone units,if required using dollies with wood supports. 2. Store cast stone unites on wood skids or pallets with non-staining,waterproof covers. Arrange to distribute weight evenly and prevent damage to units. Ventilate under covers to prevent condensation. C. Store installation materials on elevated platforms,under cover,and in a dry location. D. Store mortar aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists,the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,products specified. 2.2 CAST STONE MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1364 and the following: B. Portland Cement:ASTM C 150,Type I, containing not more than 0.60 percnet total alkali when tested according to ASTM C 114. C. Course Aggregates: Granite,quartz, or limestone complying with ASTM C 33;gradation as needed to produce required textures and colors as needed to produce required cast stone colors. D. Fine Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone complying with ASTM C 33,gradation as needed to produce required textures and colors as needed to produce required cast stone colors. E. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979,synthetic mineral-oxide pigments or colored water- reducing admixtures;color stable,free of carbon black,non-fading,and resistant to lime and other alkalis. F. Admixtures: Do not use admixtues unless specified or approved in writing by Architect. I Do not use admixtures that contain m ore than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. 2. Use only admixtures that are certified by manufacturer to be compatible with cement and other admixtures used. 3. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. Add to mixes for units exposed to the Exterior at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in an air content of 4 to 6 percent,except do not add to zero-slump concrete mixes. 4. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type A. 5. Water-Reducing,Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494/M, Type D. 6. Water-Reducing,Accerlerating Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494/M,Type E. G. Reinforcement: Deformed steel bars complying with ASTM A 615/A 615M. Use Galvanized or epoxy-coated reinforcement when covered with less than 1-1/2 inches of Cast stone material. H. Embedded Anchors and Other Inserts: Fabricated from stainless steel complying with ASTM A 240/A 240/M A 276,or ASTM A 666,Type 304, 2.3 CAST STONE UNITS A. Provide cast stone units complying with ASTM C 1364 using the wet-cast method. Davis and Davis,Inc. Cast Stone Masonry 04711-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Provide units that are resistant to freezing and thawing as determined by Laboratory testing according to ASTM C 666,Procedure A,as modified by ASTM C 1364. B. Design Mix: Cast stone manufacturer is responsible for preparing design mix to attain compressive strength of 7,000 psi at 28 days when tested in accordance with referenced requirements. C. Fabricate units with sharp arris and details accurately reproduced with indicated texture on all exposed surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Slope exposed horizontal surfaces 1:12,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide raised fillets at backs of sills and at ends indicated to be built into jambs. 3. Provide drips on projecting elements,unless otherwise indicated. D. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Variation in Cross Section: Do not vary from indicated dimensions by more than 1/8 inch. 2. Variation in Length: Do not vary from indicated dimensions by more than 1/360 of the length of unit or 1/8 inch,whichever is greater,but in no case by more than 1/4 inch. 3. Warp,bow,Twist: Not to exceed 1/360 of the length of unit or 1/8 inch, whichever is greater. 4. Location of Grooves,False Joints,Holes,Anchorages,and Similar Features: Do not vary from indicated position by more than 1/8 inch on formed surfaces of units and 3/8 inch on unformed surfaces. E. Cure units by one of the following methods: 1. Cure units with dense fog and water spray in enclosed warm curing room at 95 to 100 percent relative humidity for 24 hours. F. Acid etch units after curing to remove cement film from surfaces to be exposed to view. G. Styles,Colors and Textures: Provide units with fine-grained texture and no color. All units are to be painted. 2.4 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Provide mortar materials that comply with Division 04 Section"Unite Masonry". B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type I or II,except Type III may be used for cold- weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207,Type S. D. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. E. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides,compo uned for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. F. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to Produce required mortar color. H. Water: Potable. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Anchors: Type and size indicated,fabricated from stainless steel complying with ASTM A 276,or ASTM A 666,Type 304. B. Dowels: Round stainless-steel bars complying with ASTM A 276,Type 304,and 1/2-inch diameter. C. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength,general-purpose cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains,efflorescence,and other construction stains from new masonry surfaces without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended use by cast stone manufacturer and expressly approved by cleaner manufacturer for use one cast stone and adjacent masonry materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance wit requirements,provide one of the following: a. SureKlean No. 600 Detergent Prosoco,Inc. b. SureKlean Vantrol: ProSoCo,Inc. Davis and Davis,Inc. Cast Stone Masonry 04711-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Prior approved equal. 2.6 MORTAR MIXES A. Comply with requirements in Division 04 Section"Unit Masonry" for mortar mixes. B. Do not use admixtures,including pigments,air-entraining agents, accelerators,retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds,or other admixtures,unless otherwise indicated. C. Comply wit ASTM C 270,Proportion Specification. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar. 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to Portland cement,mortar cement,and lime. D. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product or select and proportion pigments with Ingredients to produce color required. E. Colored-Aggregate Mortar: Color as noted in Rendered Building Elevations. 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Employ an independent testing agency to sample and test cast stone units according to ASTM C 1364. 1. Include one test for resistance to freezing and thawing. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions,with Installer present,for compliance with require- ments for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of cast stone. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 SETTING CAST STONE IN MORTAR A. Install cast stone units to comply with requirements in Division 04 Section"Unit Masonry." B. Set cast stone as indicated on Drawings. Set units accurately in locations indicated with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and incicated tolerances. C. Wet joint surfaces thoroughly before applying mortar or setting in mortar. D. Set units in full bed of mortar with full head joints,unless otherwiest indicated. 1. If not indicated,set units with joints I/4 to 3/8 inch. 2. Build anchors and ties into mortar joints as units are set. 3. Fill dowel holes and anchor slots with mortar. 4. Fill collar joints solid as units are set. 5. Build concealed flashing into mortar joints as units are set. 6. Keep head joints in coping and other units with exposed horizontal surfaces open to receive sealant. 7. Keep joints at shelf angles open to receive sealant. E. Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depths of not less than 3/4 inch. Rake joints to uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides. Scrub faces of units to remove excess mortar as joints are raked. F. Point mortar joints by placing and compacting mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch. Compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. G. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard,using a jointer larger than joint thickness,unless otherwise indicated. H. Provide expansion,control,and pressure-relieving joints of widths and at locations Indicated,or as per industry standard if not shown on plans. Keep joints free of mortar and other rigid materials. I. Form open joint of width indicated,but not less than 3/8 inch. Davis and Davis,Inc. Cast Stone Masonry 04711-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL I. Prepare joints indicated to receive sealant and apply sealant of type and locations indicated to comply with applicable requirements in Division 07 Section"Joint Sealants". I. Prime cast stone surfaces to receive sealant and install compressible backer rod in joints before applying sealant,unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plumb: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet,or 1/2 inch maxhnum. B. Variation from Level: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, '/4 inch in 20 feet,or V2 inch maximum. C. Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary joint thickness more than 1/8 inch in 36 inches or one-fourth of nominal joint width,whichever is less. D. Variation in Plan between Adjacent Surfaces(Lipping): Do not vary from flush alignment with adjacent units or adjacent surfaces indicated to be flush with units by more than 1/16 inch,except due to warpage of units within tolerances specified. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace stained and otherwise damaged units and units not matching samples. Cast stone may be repaired if methods and results are approved by Architect. B. Replace units in a manner that results in cast stone matching approved smples, complying with other requirements,and showing no evidence of replacement. C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean cast stone as work progresses. 1. Remove mortar fns and smears before tooling joints. 2. Remove excess sealant immediately,including spills,smear,and splatter. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean of exposed cast stone as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 3. Wet surfaces with water before applying cleaners;remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 4. Clean cast stone by bucket-and brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes No,20. 5. Clean cast stone with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not damage adjacent materials or finishes. END OF SECTION Davis and Davis,Inc. Cast Stone Masonry 04711-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 04810-R UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Section Requirement A. Submittals: 1. Samples for clay face brick and smooth face concrete masonry units,and split face. 2. Mix Designs: for each type of mortar and grout. 3. Statement of Compressive Strength of Masonry: for each combination of masonry unit type, provide statement of average net-area compressive strength of masonry units, mortar type, and resulting net area, compressive strength of masonry determined according to IMS 602 ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 4. Product Data: for each type of product. 5. Material Certificates: For joint reinforcement and accessories. B. Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. C. Mockups at each Project Job Site: Construct a sample wall panel approximately 64 inches long by full height with all materials to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.This is to be coordinated with all trades involved. D. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: Store masonry components in a dry location and uncontaminated by dirt and oil. E. Field Conditions: 1. Comply with Cold-Weather Requirements of TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE6 when cold weather conditions apply. 2. Comply with Hot-Weather Requirements of TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE6 when hot weather conditions apply. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.1 Unit Masonry General A. Masonry Standard Comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE6,unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 Masonry Units A. Normal weight. B. Standard or Smooth Face Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90;Weight Classification,Normal,type 1. Masonry Units as manufactured by Featherlite Building Products Corporation, 3815 Singleton Blvd., Dallas,Texas 75212, (214)-637-2720,or approved equal. 1. Special shapes for lintels,corners,jambs,sash,control joints,and other special conditions. Davis&Davis,Inc. Unit Masonry Assemblies 04810-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2. Bullnose units for outside corners of all exposed interior building areas, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Use 4"thick solid block x 12"below windows G1 and G2. Color to match field. 4. No integral color for interior building walls. 5. Include integral color for exterior building walls. 6. Include Integral Water Repellent. C. Split Face Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90;Weight Classification,Normal type 1. Masonry Units as manufactured by Featherlite Building Products Corporation,3815 Singleton Blvd.,Dallas,TX 75212, (214)637-2720,or approved equal. 1. Finish: Exposed exterior faces of units to be split-face where noted on plans. 2. Include Integral Water Repellent. 3. Special shapes for lintels,corners,jambs,sash,control joints,and other special conditions. 4. All units to have integral color. Standard color to be determined. 5. G5 is 4"thick solid block x 16"with bullnose outside corner. Color to match ground face band. D. Water Repellents 1. Concrete Masonry Water Repellent Protection (Field Applied): WRP-700 as distributed by Featherlite Building Products Corporation, 508 McNeil Road, Round Rock, Texas, (512) 255- 2573. 2. Concrete Masonry Acrylic Sealer(field Applied): FBP-707 as distributed by Featherlite Building Products Corp,508 McNeil Rd,Round Rock,Texas 78682.9512)255-2573. E. Graffiti Guard Sealer: (All exterior concrete masonry units and brick) 1 Produsts:Graffiti Guard IIIS—(Sacrificial Type) a. Tex-Cote Decorative Protection Coating Systems:Textured Coatings of America,Inc., Panama City,Fl. Or equal if approved by Architect. 2.3 Mortar and Grout A. Mortar: ASTM C 270, proportion specification. With 28-day compressive strength to meet fm requirements in Part 1. Coordinate with structural. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar. 2. For reinforced masonry,use Type S. 3. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load-bearing walls; for interior non-load-bearing partitions, and for other applications where another type is not indicated,use Type S. 4. Colored Mortar: For all integral colored masonry units,use colored cement or cement-lime mix of color selected by Architect. B. Grout: ASTM C 476 2000 PSI in 28 days. Coordinate with structural and section 04100. 2.4 Reinforcement,Ties,and Anchors A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615,Grade 60. B. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire unites designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells and to hold reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch steel wire,hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of bars indicated. Davis&Davis,Inc. Unit Masonry Assemblies 04810-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A 951, at 16" on center, vertical, unless noted otherwise in Structural Drawings. 1. Coating: Hot-dip galvanized at both interior and exterior walls. 2. For single-wythe masonry,provide either ladder design or truss design. 3. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.148-inch diameter. 4. Wire Size for Cross Rods:0.148-inch diameter. 5. Provide in lengths o not less than 10 feet,with prefabricated corner and tee units. 2.5 Miscellaneous Masonry Assemblies A. Compressible Filler: Premolded strips complying with ASTM D 1056,Grade 2A1. B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall;made from styrene-butadiene rubber or PVC. PART III-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation,General A. Cut masonry units with saw. Install with cut surfaces and,where possible,cut edges concealed. B. Mix units for exposed unit masonry from several pallets or cubes as they are placed to produce uniform blend of colors and textures. C. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back units;do not tooth. D. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts,and similar items,unless otherwise indicated. E. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height and install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. F. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard,unless otherwise indicated. G. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Strike joints facing cavities flush. H. Fill all cells of the first course of concrete masonry units with grout in all walls. L Lay masonry in a running bond pattern,unless otherwise indicated. J. Bed face shells and webs of masonry units in mortar, unless otherwise indicated. Make head joints of depth equal to bed joints,unless otherwise indicated. K. Use a minimum cover of 5/8"for entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar. L. Provide vertical control joints as per structural specs. 3.2 Lintels Davis&Davis,Inc. Unit Masonry Assemblies 04810-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Provide masonry or steel lintels where shown. Use CMU "U" block file lintels made from concrete matching concrete masonry units in color,texture, and compressive strength and with reinforcement bars indicated or required to support loads indicated. The "U"block is the lower course. If noted on plans use pre-cast structural lintels.Finish to be smooth and from manufacturer's standard color selection. B. Minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb,unless otherwise indicated by structural. 3.3 Cleaning A. Clean masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. B. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly cured, remove large mortar particles, scrub, and rinse unit masonry. 1. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying acidic cleaner, then remove cleaner promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 2. After all exposed exterior masonry has been cleaned apply water repellants, sealer and Graffiti Guard to all exterior concrete masonry units as per manufactures directions. 3. DO NOT USE ANY MURIATIC ACID. 3.4 Field and Quality Control A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas as needed to perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Refer to the Structural Drawings for the list of required special inspections. END OF SECTION 04810 Davis&Davis,Inc. Unit Masonry Assemblies 04810-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 Section Requirements A. Submittals: Model code evaluation reports for treated wood and engineered wood products. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.1 Wood Products,General A. Lumber: Provide dressed lumber, S4S, 15 percent maximum moisture content for 2-inch nominal thickness or less,marked with grade stamp of inspection agency. B. Engineered Wood Products: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. C. Wood Structural Panels: DOC PS 2. Provide plywood complying with DOC PS 1, where plywood is indicated. 1. Comply with"Code Plus"provisions in APA Form No.E30K. 2.2 Treated Materials D. Preservative-Treated Materials: AWPA C2 lumber and AWPA C9 plywood, labeled by an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. After treatment,kiln-dry lumber and plywood to 19 and 15 percent moisture content,respectively. Treat indicated items and the following: 1. Wood members in connection with roofing,flashing,vapor barriers,and waterproofing. 2. Concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 4. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 2.3 Lumber E. Dimension Lumber: The following grades are per inspection agency indicated: 1. Framing Other Than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions: No.2: Douglas fir south: WWPA; or Southern pine: SPIB. 2. Exposed Framing: Select Structural No.2, hand selected: Spruce-pine-fir: NELMA, NLGA, WCLIB,or WWPA;or Southern pine: SPIB. F. Concealed Boards: 19 percent maximum moisture content: Mixed southern pine: No.2 per SPIB rules. Davis&Davis,Inc. Rough Carpentry 06100-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL G. Miscellaneous Lumber: Construction, Stud, or No. 3 grade of any species for nailers, blocking, and similar members. 2.4 Engineered Wood Products A. Engineered wood products with allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be demonstrated by comprehensive testing. B. Laminated-Veneer Lumber: Manufactured with exterior-type adhesive complying with ASTM D 2559. Allowable design values determined according to ASTM D 5456. 1. Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending,Edgewise: 2850 psi for 12-inch nominal-depth members. 2. Modulus of Elasticity,Edgewise: 2,000,000 psi. 2.5 Panel Products A. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I sheathing. B. Plywood Subflooring: Exterior, Structural I single-floor panels or sheathing. C. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire-retardant treated,not less than 1/2 inch thick. 2.6 Miscellaneous Products A. Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 1. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. 2. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated,flat washers. B. Metal Framing Anchors: Hot-dip galvanized steel of structural capacity,type, and size indicated. C. Building Paper: Refer to Section 07552. D. Sill-Sealer: Glass-fiber insulation, 1-inch thick,compressible to 1/32 inch. E. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: APA AFG-01. PART III EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines,with members plumb,true to line, cut,and fitted. Locate nailers,blocking,and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. Davis&Davis,Inc. Rough Carpentry 06100-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Securely attach rough carpentry to substrates,complying with the following: 1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule for Structural Members," in the 2000 International Building Code. C. Fastening Methods: Comply with recommendations and "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form No.E3 OK and the following: 1. Sheathing: Nail to framing. 2. Provide 1/8"space around all sides of roof sheathing. 3. Provide approved metal clips on top and bottom of all roof sheating. END OF SECTION 06100 Davis&Davis,Inc. Rough Carpentry 06100-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 06105 MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL Section Requirements A. Submittals: 1. Model code evaluation reports for treated wood. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.1 Wood Products,General A. Lumber: Provide dressed lumber, S4S, 15 percent maximum moisture content for 2-inch nominal thickness or less,marked with grade stamp of inspection agency. B. Wood Structural Panels: DOC PS 2. Provide plywood complying with DOC PS 1, where plywood is indicated. 1. Comply with"Code Plus"provisions in APA Form No.E30K 2.2 Treated Materials A. Preservative-Treated Materials: AWPA C2 lumber and AWPA C9 plywood, labeled by an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. After treatment,kiln-dry lumber and plywood to 19 and 15 percent moisture content,respectively. Treat indicated items and the following: 2. Wood members in connection with roofing,flashing,vapor barriers,and waterproofing. 3. Concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 4. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 5. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 6. Wood plates bolted to concrete masonry units and steel beams. 2.3 Lumber A. Other Framing: Construction or No.2 grade: Douglas fir-larch: NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA; or Southern pine: SPIB. B. Exposed Boards: To match ceiling or soffit wood. C. Concealed Boards: Mixed southern pine: No.2 per SPIB rules. D. Miscellaneous Lumber: Construction, Stud, or No. 3 grade of any species for nailers, blocking, and similar members. Davis&Davis,Inc. Miscellaneous Carpentry 06105-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.4 Interior Wood Trim A. Refer to Section 06200, 2.5 Panel Products A. Miscellaneous Concealed Plywood: Exposure 1 sheathing,span rating to suit framing in each location. B. Particleboard Underlayment: ANSI A208.1,Grade PBU, C. Hardboard Underlayment: AHA A135.4,Class 4(Service), SIS;with backside sanded. D. Miscellaneous Exposed Plywood: A-D Interior,thickness as indicated,but at least 1/2 inch. 2.6 Fasteners A. Fasteners of size and type indicated. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. PART III EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope for accurate fit. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized standards. C. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler. D. Installation of Panel Products: Comply with recommendations and "Code Plus"provisions in APA Form. No.E30K E. Install wood trim with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Cope at returns and miter at corners to produce tight-fitting joints with full- surface contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. 1. Match color and grain pattern across joints. 2. Install trim after gypsum board joint finishing operations are completed. 3. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining trim with 1/32- inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch maximum offset for reveal installation. END OF SECTION 06105 Davis&Davis,Inc. Miscellaneous Carpentry 06105-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1-GENERAL Section Requirements A. Submittals: 1. Model code evaluation reports for treated wood. 2. Sample of ceiling, soffits and trim. PART2-PRODUCT 2.1 Materials General A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. B. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1. C. Hardwood Plywood: HPVA HP-L 2.2 Exterior Finish Carpentry A. Exterior Lumber Trim: Smooth-textured,2 Common hem-fir . B. Exterior Wood Soffit(Non Structural): NA 2.3 Interior Standing and Running Trim A. Interior Softwood Lumber Trim: Grade D Select (Quality), Eastern white, Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa,or sugar pine. B. Interior Wood Plank Ceiling: 1"x6" Shiplap V-Grooved, No. 1 Douglas Fir or Hem Fir at random lengths. 2.4 Miscellaneous Materials A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: hot-dip galvanized steel nails. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation Davis&Davis,Inc. Finish Carpentry 06200-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Condition finish carpentry in installation areas for 24 hours before installing, B. Prime and backprime lumber for painted/stain finish exposed on the exterior. C. Install finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Scribe and cut to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts. D. Install standing and running trim with minimum number of joints practical,using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Stagger joints in adjacent and related trim. Cope at returns and miter at corners. E. Nail siding at each stud. Do not allow nails to penetrate more than one thickness of siding, unless otherwise recommended by siding manufacturer. Seal joints at inside and outside corners and at trim locations. F. Select and arrange paneling for best match of adjacent units. Install with uniform tight joints. END OF SECTION 06200 Davis&Davis,Inc. Finish Carpentry 06200-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 06402-R INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Section Requirement A. Submittals: Product Data for solid-surfacing materials Shop Drawings and Samples showing the full range of colors,textures,and patterns available for each type of finish. B. Quality Standard: Architectural Woodwork Institute's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards." C. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is completed,and HVAC system is operating. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. B. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2,Grade MD. C. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1,Grade M-2. D. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1. E. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-1. F. Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Comply with LMA SAT---1. G. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3. 2.2 Cabinet Hardware and Accessory Materials A. Hardware Standards: Comply with BHMA A156 series standards. B. Exposed Hardware Finishes: Comply with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated. 1. Finish: Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. C. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to 15 percent moisture content. Davis&Davis,Inc. Interior Architectural Woodwork 06402-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.3 Interior Woodwork A. Complete fabrication before shipping to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble only as needed for shipping and installing. Where necessary for fitting at Project site, provide for scribing and trimming. B. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members, kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished Work. C. Laminate-Clad Cabinets and Cabinet Toe Recess(Plastic-Covered Casework): Custom grade. 1. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush inset with face frame. 2. WIC Construction Style: Style,Face Frame. 3. WIC Door and Drawer Front Style: Flush. 4. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid hardwood. 5. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood. 6. All surfaces interior and exterior are to be laminate covered,no melamine accepted. D. Countertops: Solid Surface as per Section 06611-R 1. Grain Direction: Parallel to cabinet fronts. 2. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. 3. All surfaces interior and exterior other than countertops are to be laminate covered,no melamine accepted. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Condition woodwork to prevailing conditions before installing. B. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work,seal cut surfaces,and repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Install trim with minimum number of joints possible,using full-length pieces to greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. E. Anchor countertops securely to base units. Seal space between backsplash and wall. 3.2 Cabinet Hardware and Accessory Schedule A. Butt Hinges: 2-3/4-inch, 5-knuckle steel hinges made from 0.095-inch- thick metal; BHMA A156.9, B01361 for flush doors and BHMA A156.9,B01521 for overlay doors. B. Concealed(European-Type)Hinges: BHMA A156.9,B01602. C. Pulls: Wire pulls,4 inches long,5/16 inches in diameter. D. Catches: Magnetic catches,BHMA A156.9,B03141. E. Adjustable Shelf Standards: BHMA A156.9,B04071;with shelf rests,BHMA A156.9,B04081. Davis&Davis,Inc. Interior Architectural Woodwork 06402-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL F. Drawer Slides: Side-mounted, zinc-plated steel drawer slides with steel ball bearings, complying with BHMA A156.9,Grade 1 and rated for the following loads: 1. Box Drawer Slides: 75 lbf. 2. File Drawer Slides: 150 lbf. 3. Pencil Drawer Slides: 45 lbf. G. Door Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07121. All doors receive locks. Key each room separately. Lockset within each room is same. H. Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.11,E07041. All drawers receive locks. Key each room separately. Lockset within each room is same. L Grommets for Cable Passage through Countertops: 1-inch- OD brown, molded-plastic grommets with plastic cap to match laminate. Locations and quantity to be identified upon shop drawing review, a minimum of 3 locations will be required at built-in sales counter in room 102 and 3 in built-in counter in room 101. END OF SECTION 06402 Davis&Davis,Inc. Interior Architectural Woodwork 06402-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 06611-R SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:Provide solid surfacing fabrications including but not limited to following: 1. Millwork counter tops with sinks and cove backsplashes. 2. Window sills as noted on plans. B. Related Sections:Following description of work is included for reference only and shall not be presumed complete: 1. Provision of plumbing and plumbing fixtures. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Abbreviations and Acronyms: 1. LEED°:Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design;www.cagbc.org. 2. MDF:Medium Density Fiberboard. 3. SCAQMD: South Coast Air Quality Management District;www.agmd.ov. 4. VOC:Volatile Organic Compound. B. Definitions: 1. Solid Surface: Non-porous, homogeneous material maintaining the same composition throughout the part with a composition of acrylic polymer,aluminum trihydrate filler and pigment. C. Reference Standards: 1. ANSI/NPA A208.2-09 -Medium Density Fiberboard(MDF)For Interior Applications 2. ASTM C920-14a - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 3. ASTM D638-10 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics 4. ASTM D785-08 - Standard Test Method for Rockwell Hardness of Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials 5. ASTM D790-10 - Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials 6. ASTM D5420-10 - Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Flat,Rigid Plastic Specimen by Means of a Striker Impacted by a Falling Weight(Gardner Impact) 7. ASTM E84-14 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 8. ASTM E228-11 - Standard Test Method for Linear Thermal Expansion of Solid Materials with a Push-Rod Dilatometer 9. ASTM G21-13 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi 10. ASTM G22-76(96) - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Plastics to Bacteria 11. ASTM G155-13 - Standard Practice for Operating Xenon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Non-Metallic Materials Davis&Davis Inc. Solid Surfacing Fabrications Section 06611 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 12. CSA B45.5-11/ IAPMO Z124-2011 -Plastic Plumbing Fixtures 13. NFPA 255-06 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 14. NSF/ANSI 51-07 -Food Equipment Materials 15. SCAQMD Rule 1168 -Adhesive and Sealant Applications(amended January 2005) 16. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 17. UL Environment/ - Standard for Chemical Emissions for Building Materials, GREENGUARD - Finishes and Furnishings, Section 7.1 UL 2818 18. UL Environment/ -Gold Standard for Chemical Emissions for Building Materials, GREENGUARD - Finishes and Furnishings, Section 7.1 and 7.2 UL 2818 19. UL 2824 -GREENGUARD Certification Program,Method for Measuring Microbial Resistance from Various Sources Using Static Environmental Chambers ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS D. Preinstallation Meetings: Arrange preinstallation meeting 1 week prior to commencing work with all parties associated with trade as designated in Contract Documents or as requested by Architect. Presided over by Contractor, include Architect who may attend, Subcontractor performing work of this trade, Owner's representative,testing company's representative and consultants of applicable discipline.Review Contract Documents for work included under this trade and determine complete understanding of requirements and responsibilities relative to work included, storage and handling of materials, materials to be used,installation of materials, sequence and quality control,Project staffing,restrictions on areas of work and other matters affecting construction,to permit compliance with intent of work of this Section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:Indicate Product description including solid surface sheets,sinks,bowls and illustrating full range of standard colors, fabrication information and compliance with specified performance requirements. Submit Product data with resistance to list of chemicals. B. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings for work of this Section in accordance with Section O1 30 00.Indicate plans,sections,dimensions,component sizes,edge details,thermosetting requirements, fabrication details, attachment provisions, sizes of furring, blocking, including concealed blocking and coordination requirements with adjacent work. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures,faucets,soap dispensers,waste receptacles and other items installed in solid surface. C. Coordination Drawings: Submit coordination drawings indicating plumbing and miscellaneous steel work indicating locations of wall rated or non-rated,blocking requirements, locations and recessed wall items and similar items. D. Samples: Submit samples in accordance with Section 01 30 00. Submit minimum 6" x 6" samples. Cut sample and seam together for representation of inconspicuous seam. Indicate full range of color and pattern variation.Approved samples will be retained as standards for work. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operational and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's care and maintenance data,including repair and cleaning instructions. Include in Project closeout documents. 2. Provide a commercial care and maintenance kit and video.Review maintenance procedures and warranty details with Owner upon completion. Davis&Davis Inc. Solid Surfacing Fabrications Section 06611 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Installers:Provide work of this Section executed by competent installers with minimum 5 years experience in the application of Products,systems and assemblies specified and with approval and training of the Product manufacturers. B. Mock-Ups: 1. Prior to final approval of Shop Drawings,erect 1 full size mock-up of each component at Project site demonstrating quality of materials and execution for Architect review. 2. Should mock-up not be approved,rework or remake until approval is secured.Remove rejected units from Project site. 3. Approved mock-up will be used as standard for acceptance of subsequent work. 4. Approved mock-ups may remain as part of finished work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements:Deliver no components to Project site until areas are ready for installation. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store components indoors prior to installation. 2. Handle materials to prevent damage to finished surfaces. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: Provide manufacturer's standard warranty for material only for period of 10 years against defects and/or deficiencies in accordance with General Conditions of the Contract.Promptly correct any defects or deficiencies which become apparent within warranty period, to satisfaction of Architect and at no expense to Owner. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer List: Products of following manufacturers are acceptable subject to conformance to requirements of Drawings, Schedules and Specifications: 1. Conan'by DuPont;www.corian.com 2. Samsung Chemical USA;www.staron.com 3. Wilsonart Contract;www.wilsonartcontract.com B. Substitution Limitations: This Specification is based on Corian° Products. Comparable Products from manufacturers listed herein will be accepted provided they meet requirements of this Specification. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Description: Davis&Davis Inc. Solid Surfacing Fabrications Section 06611 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Performance/Design Criteria: Property Requirement Test Procedure (min or max) 1. Solid Surface Based Products: a. Tensile Strength 6000 psi min ASTM D638 b. Tensile Modulus 1.5 x 106 psi min ASTM D638 C. Tensile Elongation 0.4%min. ASTM D638 d. Flexural Strength 10000 psi min ASTM D790 e. Flexural Modulus 1.2 x 106 psi min ASTM D790 f. Hardness >85-Rockwell"M" scale min. ASTM D785 g. Thermal Expansion 2.2 x 10-5 in./in./°F ASTM E228 h. Fungi and Bacteria Does not support microbial growth ASTM G21 &G22 i. Microbial Resistance Highly resistant to mold growth UL 2824 j. Ball Impact No fracture- 1/2 lb.Ball: NEMA LD 3, 6 mm slab -36"drop Method 3.8 12 mm slab- 144"drop k. Weatherability AE*94<5 in 1,000 hrs ASTM G155 1. Flammability ASTM E84,NFPA 255 &UL 723 All Colors 6 mm 12 mm In. Flame Spread <25 <25 n. Smoke Developed <25 <25 o. Class A A NFPA 101®,Life Safety C. Solid Surface Material: Industry standard is to use 1/2" thick Products. 1/4" thick Product is used vertically only. D. Non-porous, homogeneous material maintaining the same composition throughout the part with a composition of acrylic polymer, aluminum trihydrate filler and pigment; not coated, laminated or of composite construction;meeting following criteria: E. Flammability: Class 1 and A when tested to UL 723. F. Food Equipment Material Compliance:Food Zone to NSF/ANSI 51. 1. Ensure material has minimum physical and performance properties specified under "Performance/Design Criteria". 2. Ensure superficial damage to a depth of 0.010"is repairable by sanding and polishing. G. Adhesive for Bonding to Other Products: One component silicone to ASTM C920. Davis&Davis Inc. Solid Surfacing Fabrications Section 06611 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL H. Sealant: A standard mildew-resistant, FDA/UL° and NSF/ANSI 51 compliant in Food Zone area, recognized silicone color matched sealant or clear silicone sealants. L Sink/Bowl Mounting Hardware: Manufacturer's approved bowl clips, brass inserts and fasteners for attachment of undermount sinks/bowls. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Counter Perimeter Frame: Ensure 1/2" min thick, moisture resistant cores for counter tops in wet areas having sinks or lavatories are 3/4" thick exterior grade plywood with waterproof adhesive, Fir or Poplar plywood,veneer core only. MDF core conforming to ANSI/NPA A208.2 balanced design,manufactured from recycled materials, meeting ANSI Standards for emissions, of minimum density of 48 lb/cu ft and surface character to match sample approved by Architect. Ensure fire retardant Product contains fire- retardant chemicals injected with raw materials during manufacturing and achieves a maximum flame- spread rating of 25 with a maximum smoke development of 200 when tested to ASTM E84. B. Lavatory Tops with Seamed Bowls: 1/2" min thick countertop of solid polymer or 100% acrylic or polyester-acrylic blend solid surfacing material, cast to desired profiles and sizes having edge details as indicated on Drawings conforming to CSA B45.5/IAPMO Z124, complete with bowl. Provide countertops complete with backsplashes of size shown on Drawings.Ensure countertop and backsplash is single color as selected by Architect. Standard color selection. C. Lavatory Tops with Undermount Bowls: 1/2" min thick countertop of solid polymer or 100% acrylic or polyester-acrylic blend solid surfacing material, cast to desired profiles and sizes having edge details as indicated on Drawings conforming to CSA B45.5/IAPMO Z124, complete with [1] undermount bowl. Provide countertops complete with backsplashes of size shown on Drawings. Use undermount hardware according to manufacturer's instructions. Ensure vanity top and backsplash is single color as selected by Architect. D. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate components in shop to greatest extent practical to sizes and shapes indicated,in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and solid polymer manufacturer requirements.Form joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive without conspicuous joints.Provide factory cutouts for plumbing fittings and bath accessories as indicated on Drawings. 2. Where indicated,thermoform corners and edges or other objects to shapes and sizes indicated on Drawings,prior to seaming and joining. Cut components larger than finished dimensions and sand edges to remove nicks and scratches.Heat entire component uniformly prior to forming. 3. Ensure no blistering,whitening and cracking of components during forming. 4. Fabricate backsplashes from solid surfacing material with optional radius cove where counter and backsplashes meet as indicated on Drawings.Backsplashes for most colors may be fabricated by traditional means discussed in K-25294 Backsplashes. Colors with metallic/mica particle or veined colors creating directional aesthetics(K-26833 Directional Aesthetics)may require the techniques in Technical Bulletin K-28235 Thermoformed Backsplash. 5. Fabricate joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive.Ensure joints are inconspicuous in appearance and without voids.Attach 50 mm(2")wide reinforcing strip of solid polymer material under each joint.Reinforcing strip of solid polymer material is not required when using DuPontTM Joint Adhesive 2.0. 6. Provide holes and cutouts for plumbing and bath accessories as indicated on Drawings. 7. Rout and finish component edges to a smooth,uniform finish.Rout cutouts,then sand edges smooth.Repair or reject defective or inaccurate work. Davis&Davis Inc. Solid Surfacing Fabrications Section 06611 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 8. Finish:Ensure surfaces have uniform finish: a. Matte,with a 60°gloss rating of 5 -20. 9. Fabrication Tolerances: a. Variation in Component Size:+/-1/8". b. Location of Openings:+/-1/8"from indicated location. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: 1. Examine substrates and conditions,with fabricator present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2. Verify actual site dimensions and location of adjacent materials prior to commencing work. 3. Examine cabinets upon which counter tops are to be installed.Verify cabinets are level to within 1/8"in 10'- 0". 4. Notify Architect in writing of any conditions which would be detrimental to installation. B. Evaluation and Assessment: Commencement of work implies acceptance of previously completed work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install components plumb, level, rigid, scribed to adjacent finishes in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings and Product installation details. B. Fabricate field joints using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, with joints being inconspicuous in finished work. Exposed joints/seams are not permitted. Keep components and hands clean when making joints. Reinforce field joints as specified herein. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns. C. Route radii and contours to template. Anchor securely to base component or other supports. Align adjacent components and form seams to comply with manufacturer's written recommendations using adhesive in color to match work. Carefully dress joints smooth,remove surface scratches and clean entire surface. D. Install countertops with no more than 1/8"sag,bow or other variation from a straight line. E. Adhere undermount/submount/bevel mount sinks/bowls to countertops using manufacturer's recommended adhesive and mounting hardware. F. Adhere topmount sinks/bowls to countertops using manufacturer recommended adhesives and color- coordinated silicone sealant. [Secure seam mount bowls and sinks to counter tops using color matched joint adhesive.] G. Seal between wall and components with joint sealant as specified herein and in Section 07 92 00, as applicable. Davis&Davis Inc. Solid Surfacing Fabrications Section 06611 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL H. Provide backsplashes and endsplashes as indicated on Drawings. Adhere to countertops using a standard color-coordinated silicone sealant. Adhere applied sidesplashes to countertops using a standard color- matched silicone sealant. Provide coved backsplashes and sidesplashes at walls and adjacent millwork. Fabricate radius cove at intersection of counters with backsplashes to dimensions shown on reviewed Shop Drawings.Adhere to countertops using manufacturer's standard color-coordinated joint adhesive. L Keep components and hands clean during installation. Remove adhesives, sealants and other stains. Ensure components are clean on date of Substantial Completion of the Work. J. Coordinate connections of plumbing fixtures with Mechanical. 3.03 REPAIR A. Repair minor imperfections and cracked seams and replace areas of severely damaged surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's"Technical Bulletins". 3.04 SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Non-Conforming Work: Replace damaged work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired, restored or cleaned,to satisfaction of Architect at no cost to Owner. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive and sealant from visible surfaces. B. Clean surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's"Care and Maintenance Instructions". 3.06 PROTECTION A. Provide protective coverings to prevent physical damage or staining following installation for duration of Project. B. Protect surfaces from damage until date of Substantial Completion of the Work. END OF SECTION 06611 Davis&Davis Inc. Solid Surfacing Fabrications Section 06611 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 B DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07110 CONCRETE SEALER for MAIN BUILDING&PUMP/FILTRATION BUILDING PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 Liquid concrete sealer/densifier/hardener 1.2 Related Requirements A. Section 03300—Cast in Place Concrete 1.3 Reference Standards A. Ohio DOT—Spec Reference 705.24 B. American with Disabilities Act Slip Fall Resistance Test C. EPA—Environmental Protection Agency 1. Modified EPA Test Method 300 D. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 1. AASHTO T 259 Modified Crack Sealing Capabilities E. ASTM C 666—Concrete Durability Test F. ASTM C 672—Scaling Resistance G. ASTM C 642—Absorption H. ASTM C 779—Abrasion Resistance I. ASTM E 274—Skid Resistance 1.4 Submittals A. Comply with Section 01-Administrative Requirements,for administrative and procedural requirements for processing of submittals during the construction phase. B. Product Data: Provide data on material characteristics,performance criteria,limitations,and installation instructions. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation methods. D. Certificates: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1. Low emitting VOC E. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Submit invoices and documentation form manufacturer indicating Volatile Organic Compounds(VOC)content for products specified. F. LEED Submittals: 1. LEED,IEQ Credit 4.2—Low-Emitting Materials Paints and Coatings: Provide documentation for performance-based standards of products to be used on project in accordance with credit requirements. Davis&Davis,Inc. Concrete Sealer 07110-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL G. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.5 Quality Assurance A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section,with not less than three years of documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of his section with minimum 3 years of experience and approved by manufacturer. C. Pre-Installation Meeting: 1. Convene preinstallation meeting at the work site. 2. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this section,including Contractor,and applicator. 3. Review surface preparation,mixing,application,protection,and coordination with other work. 1.6 Delivery, Storage,and Handling A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging,with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: Store materials in clean,dry,inside area in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.7 Warranty A. See Project Manual for Closeout Submittals,for additional warranty requirements. B. Manufacturer Warranty: Length of warranty shall be scheduled or selected by the architect form the manufacturers standard warranties. 1. Warranty states that the product shall meet its current specifications. 2. Warranty shall be limited to repair of defects from faulty materials or workmanship developed during the guarantee period or replacement with new materials/components at no expense to owner. 3. Warranty is not effective in the case of consequential or incidental damages of any kind. PART II PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturer A. Chemtec International(or approved equal) 1. Contact Information: 7771 Woodstone Drive, Suite 100 Cincinnati,OH 45244-2855 a. Phone: (512)474-2090 b. Website: www.coneretesealer.net 2.2 Concrete Sealer/Hardener/Densifier Davis&Davis,Inc. Concrete Sealer 07110-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Description: Water-based,chemically reactive, silicate-blend,concrete floor sealer,hardener, and densifier. For application to freshly placed,new,and existing concrete floors for both interior and exterior application. 1. Appearance: Colorless 2. Total Solids: Proprietary 3. Specific Gravity: 1.08% 4. Toxicity:None 5. flash Point: None 6. VOC: Grams/L=0 7. Scale of pH: 11.3 2.3 Location A. Refer to Finish Schedule-Flooring PART III EXECUTION 3.1 Verification of Conditions A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive this work. B. Examine substrate surfaces,with installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions effecting performance. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 Preparation A. New Concrete:prepare surface by removing coatings of wax,grease,recently applied surface sealer,rubber, acrylic paint or other imperious materials that exist on the surface where this work is being applied. Allow surfaces to dry completely before application. Acid washed concrete is unacceptable. B. Existing Concrete: Clean all surfaces so that they are water permeable. Strip off coatings,sealers, paint or other contaminant that would prevent the process from penetrating the concrete. Surface must be completely dry before application. Acid washing is unacceptable. C. Protect adjacent and underlying surfaces by masking or other means. Protect asphaltic and mastic surfaces form spillage or overspray. Cover aluminum and glass. 3.3 Application A. Apply in accordance with architectural drawing and in accordance with manufacturer instructions. B. Materials are to be premixed and agitated for use according to manufacturer's instructions. C. Mixture will be applied by pouring,pumping or spraying using equipment recommended by manufacturer. D. Test Area: Contractor shall treat an area and textures to establish physical and visual effects of application and absorption level to establish coverage rates. Let set and secure approval of Owner prior to completing install. Davis&Davis,Inc. Concrete Sealer 07110-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL E. Application on steel troweled surfaces: 1. Do not apply on wet concrete. 2. Apply sealer in one application at manufacturers recommended rate. (Except during heavy duty use that requires two coats.) 3. On new floors,can install immediately after steel troweled process has been completed and the surface is hard enough not to mark. 4. Saturate substrate with sealer keeping the entire surface wet. 5. Use bristle brooms or mechanical scrubbing to keep material fluid until chemical reaction is evident and material is slippery under foot. z 6. Do not allow surfaces to prematurely dry. Re-misting is acceptable. 7. Do not let material puddle and dry on surface. 3.4 Protection A. Penetrating concrete sealer is slightly irritating to human tissue 1. Protect skin and eyes. 2. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapors and mist. 3. For use in confined areas,recommend use of NIOSH approved respirator,chemical goggles or face shield,and rubber or plastic gloves. 3.5 Maintenance A. Comply with manufacturers recommendations B. Immediately remove debris and residue form surface after installation. END OF SECTION 07110 Davis&Davis,Inc. Concrete Sealer 07110-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCIMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07130 BELOW GRADE VAPOR RETARDER—MAIN BUILDING and PUMP/FILTRATION BUILDING ON GRADE MAIN FLOOR SLAB PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 Section Includes A. Surface preparation. B. Application of an underslab vapor retarder. 1.2 Related Sections A. Section 03300-Concrete. 1.3 References A. ASTM D 1709-09 Standard Test Methods for Impact Resistance of Plastic Film by the Free-Falling Dart Method. B. ASTM E96- Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. C. ASTM El 54- Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs. D. ASTM E1643 -Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. E. ASTM E1745 -Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. F. ASTM F1249-01 Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission Rate Through Plastic Film and Sheeting Using a Modulated Infrared Sensor. 1.4 Submittals A. Comply with Section 01 - Submittal Procedures. B. Submit manufacturer's product data and application instructions. 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Use an experienced installer and adequate number of skilled personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the application of the vapor retarder. B. Obtain vapor retarder materials from a single manufacturer regularly engaged in manufacturing.the product. C. Provide products which comply with all state and local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds(VOCs). 1.6 Preconstruction Meeting Davis&Davis,Inc. Below Grade Vapor Retarder 07130-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCIMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Pre-Construction Meeting: Convene one week prior to installation of underslab vapour retarder. Attendees to be as follows: -Architect,Engineer,General Contractor,Vapor Retarder Installer,and Vapor Retarder Manufacturer to discuss the application in detail. 1.7 Delivery, Storage,and Handling A. Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original,unopened containers and packaging,with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer. B. Store materials in a clean,dry area in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Protect materials during handling and application to prevent damage or contamination. D. Ensure membrane is stamped with manufacturer's name,product name, and membrane thickness at intervals of no more than 85"(220 cm). 1.8 Environmental Requirements A. Product not intended for uses subject to abuse or permanent exposure to the elements. B. Do not apply on frozen ground. PART II PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturer A. W.R.MEADOWS,INC.,PO Box 338,Hampshire,Illinois 60140-0338. (800)342-5976. (847)683- 4500.Fax(847)683-4544.Web Site www.wrmeadows.com. , or approved equal. 2.2 Materials A. Plastic Vapor Retarder 1. Performance-Based Specification: Vapor retarder membrane shall be manufactured from virgin polyolefin resins and shall meet or exceed all requirements of ASTM E1745,Class A. a. Maximum Water Vapor Peimeance(ASTM E154 Sections 7, 8, 11, 12, 13,by ASTM E96,Method B or ASTM F1249) i. As received: 0.0183 perms. ii. After Wetting and Drying: 0.0219 perms. iii. Resistance to Plastic Flow and Temperature: 0.0197 perms. iv. Effect Low Temperature and Flexibility: 0.0212 perms V. Resistance to Deterioration from Organisms and Substances in Contacting Soil: 0.0198 perms. b. Puncture Resistance(ASTM D1709): >3,500 grams. C. Tensile Strength ASTM E154, Section 9: 52 Lb.Force/Inch 2. Proprietary-Based Specification: a. PERMINATOR 10 mil by W.R.MEADOWS,or approved equal. 2.3 Accessories A. Seam Tape 1. High Density Polyethylene Tape with pressure sensitive adhesive. Minimum width 4"(100 mm). a. Perminator Tape by W.R.Meadows. Davis&Davis,Inc. Below Grade Vapor Retarder 07130-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCIMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Pipe Collars 1. Construct pipe collars from vapor retarder material and pressure sensitive tape per manufacturer's instructions. PART III EXECUTION 3.1 Surface Preparation A. Prepare surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Level,tamp,or roll earth or granular material beneath the slab base. 3.2 Examination A. Examine surfaces to receive membrane.Notify architect if surfaces are not acceptable.Do not begin surface preparation or application until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. 3.3 Application A. Install the vapor retarder membrane in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM E 1643-98. B. Unroll vapor retarder with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the pour. C. Lap vapor retarder over footings and seal to foundation walls. D. Overlap joints 6"(152 mm)and seal with manufacturer's tape. E. Seal all penetrations(including pipes)with manufacturer's pipe boot. F. No penetration of the vapor retarder is allowed except for reinforcing steel and pennanent utilities. G. Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of vapor barrier,overlapping damaged area 6" (152 min)and taping all four sides with tape. END OF SECTION Davis&Davis,Inc. Below Grade Vapor Retarder 07130-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07131 SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATEPROOFING FOR BELOW GRADE PUMP PIT WALLS–FILTRATION BUILDING PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 Related Documents A. All of the Contract Documents,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I General Requirements,apply to the work of this section. 1.2 Summary A. The work of this section includes,but is not limited to,the following: 1. Rubberized asphalt sheet membrane waterproofing 2. Protection board B. Related Sections: Other specification sections which directly relate to the work of this section include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Section 03300–Cast-In-Place Concrete(Buildings) 2. Section 07920–Joint Sealants 3. Section 07132-Pre-applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 4. Section 07150 PVC Waterstops 1.3 Reference Standards A. The following standards and publications are applicable to the extent referenced in the text. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) C 836 Standard Specification for High Solids,Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Course D 412 Standard Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension D 570 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics D 882 Standard Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting D 903 Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds D 1876 Standard Test Method for Peel Release of Adhesives(T-Peel) D 1970 Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection D 3767 Standard Practice for Rubber-Measurements of Dimensions D 5385 Standard Test Method for Hydrostatic Pressure Resistance of Waterproofing Membranes E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials E 154 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs,on Walls,or as Ground Cover 1.4 Submittals Davis&Davis,Inc. Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing for Below Grade Pump Pit Walls-Filtration Building 07131 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data,installation instructions,use limitations and recommendations. Include certification of data indicating VOC(Volatile Organic Compound)content of all components of waterproofing system. B. Samples: Submit representative samples of the following for approval: 1. Sheet membrane 2. Protection board 1.5 Quality Assurance A. Manufacturer: Sheet membrane waterproofing shall be manufactured and marketed by a firm with a minimum of 20 years experience in the production and sales of self-adhesive sheet membrane waterproofing. Manufacturers proposed for use but not named in these specifications shall submit evidence of ability to meet all requirements specified,and include a list of projects of similar design and complexity completed within the past 5 years. B. Installer: A firm which has at least 3 years experience in work of the type required by this section. C. Materials: For each type of material required for the work of this section,provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer. D. Pre-Installation Conference: A pre-installation conference shall be held prior to commencement of field operations to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. Agenda for meeting shall include review of special details and flashing. 1.6 Delivery, Storage,and Handling A. Deliver materials and products in labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions,recommendations and material safety data sheets. Protect from damage from sunlight,weather,excessive temperatures and construction operations. Remove damaged material from the site and dispose of in accordance with applicable regulations. 1. Do not double-stack pallets of membrane on the job site. Provide cover on top and all sides, allowing for adequate ventilation. 2. Protect mastic and adhesive from moisture and potential sources of ignition. 3. Store drainage composite or protection board flat and off the ground. Provide cover on top and all sides. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays,but minimize on-site storage. 1.7 Project Conditions A. Perform work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by the manufacturer of the materials and products used. B. Proceed with installation only when substrate construction and preparation work is complete and in condition to receive sheet membrane waterproofing. 1.8 Warranty A. Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Provide written 5 year material warranty issued by the membrane manufacturer upon completion of the work. Davis&Davis,Inc. Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing for Below Grade Pump Pit Walls-Filtration Building 07131 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PARTII-PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: BitutheneO 3000/Low Temperature Membrane by Grace Construction Products; a self-adhesive,cold-applied composite sheet consisting of a thickness of 1.4 mm(0.056 in.)of rubberized asphalt and 0.1 mm(0.004 in.)of cross-laminated,high density polyethylene film.Provide rubberized asphalt membrane covered with a release sheet, which is removed during installation. No special adhesive or heat shall be required to form laps. B. Sheet Membrane Waterproofing PHYSICAL PROPERTIES FOR BITUTHENE 3000/LOW TEMPERATURE MEMBRANE: Property Test Method Typical Value ColorDark gray-black Thickness ASTM D 3767 Method A 1.5 mm 0.060 in. nominal Flexibility, 180°bend over ASTM D 1970 Unaffected 25 mm(1 in.)mandrel at -43°C -45°F Tensile Strength,Membrane ASTM D 412 Modified' 2240 kPa(325 lbs/in.2) Die C minimum Tensile Strength,Film ASTM D 882 Modified' 34.5 MPa(5,000 lbs/in.2) minimum Elongation,Ultimate Failure of ASTM D 412 Modified' 300%minimum Rubberized Asphalt Crack Cycling at-32°C(-25°F), ASTM C 836 Unaffected 100 Cycles Lap Adhesion at Minimum ASTM D 1876 Modified2 700 N/m(4 lbs/in.)—Bituthene Application Temperature 3000 880 N/m 5 lbs/in. —Low Tem Peel Strength ASTM D 903 Modified' 1576 N/m 91bs/in. Puncture Resistance,Membrane ASTM E 154 222 N 50 lbs minimum Resistance to Hydrostatic Head ASTM D 5385 60 in 200 ft of water Peimeance ASTM E 96, 2.9 ng/m2sPa Section 12—Water Method 0.05 erns maximum Water Abso tion ASTM D 570 0.1%maximum Footnotes: 1. The testis run at a rate of 50 nnn(2 in.)per minute. 2. The testis conducted 15 minutes after the lap is for?ned and run at a rate of 50 inn? (2 in.)per minute at 4-C(25°F). 3. The 180°peel strength is run at a rate of 300 inn? (12 in.)per n?inute. C. Protection Board: 1. Expanded Polystyrene Protection Board: 25 mm(1 in.)thick for vertical applications with the following characteristics. Adhere to waterproofing membrane with Bituthene Protection Board Adhesive. Normal Density: 16 kg/m'(1.0 lb/ft') Thermal Conductivity,K factor: 0.24 at 5°C(40°F),0.26 at 24°C(75°F) Davis&Davis,Inc. Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing for Below Grade Pump Pit Walls-Filtration Building 07131 -3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL Thennal Resistance,R-Value:4 per 25 mm(1 in.)of thickness. D. Waterstop:Refer to Section 07150. E. Miscellaneous Materials: Surface conditioner,mastic,liquid membrane,tape and accessories specified or acceptable to manufacturer of sheet membrane waterproofing. PART III-EXECUTION 3.1 Examination A. The installer shall examine conditions of substrates and other conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify the contractor,in writing,of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 Preparation of Substrates A. Refer to manufacturer's literature for requirements for preparation of substrates. Surfaces shall be structurally sound and free of voids, spalled areas,loose aggregate and sharp protrusions. Remove contaminants such as grease,oil and wax from exposed surfaces. Remove dust,dirt,loose stone and debris. Use repair materials and methods which are acceptable to manufacturer of sheet membrane waterproofing. B. Cast-In-Place Concrete Substrates: 1. Do not proceed with installation until concrete has properly cured and dried (minimum 7 days for normal structural concrete and minimum 14 days for lightweight structural concrete). 2. Fill form tie rod holes with concrete and finish flush with surrounding surface. 3. Repair bugholes over 13 mm(0.5 in.)in length and 6 mm(0.25 in.)deep and finish flush with surrounding surface. 4. Remove scaling to sound,unaffected concrete and repair exposed area. 5. Grind irregular construction joints to suitable flush surface. C. Related Materials: Treat joints and install flashing as recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. 3.3 Installation A. Refer to manufacturer's literature for recommendations on installation,including but not limited to,the following: 1. Apply primer at rate recommended by manufacturer. Recoat areas not waterproofed if contaminated by dust. Mask and protect adjoining exposed fmish surfaces to protect those surfaces from excessive application of primer. 2. Delay application of membrane until primer is completely dry. Dry time will vary with weather conditions. 3. Seal daily terminations with troweled bead of mastic. 4. Apply protection board and related materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Davis&Davis,Inc. Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing for Below Grade Pump Pit Walls-Filtration Building 07131 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.4 Cleaning and Protection A. Remove any masking materials after installation. Clean any stains on materials which would be exposed in the completed work. B. Protect completed membrane waterproofing from subsequent construction activities as recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION Davis&Davis,Inc. Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing for Below Grade Pump Pit Walls-Filtration Building 07131 - 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07132 Pre-Applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing (Underside of Pump Pit Slab-Filtration Building) PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 Summary A. The Work of this Section includes,but is not limited to,pre-applied sheet membrane waterproofing that forms an integral bond to poured concrete for the following applications: 1. Vertical Applications: Membrane applied against soil retention system prior to placement of concrete foundation walls; 2. Horizontal Applications: Membrane applied on prepared subbase prior to placement of concrete slabs. B. Related sections include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Section 03300–Cast-in-Place Concrete(Buildings) 2. Section 07150–PVC Waterstops 3. Section 07131–Self-Adhering sheet waterproofing for below grade pump pit walls 1.2 Submittal A. Submit manufacturer's product data,installation instructions and membrane samples for approval. 1.3 Reference Standards A. The following standards and publications are applicable to the extent referenced in the text. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): C 836 Standard Specification for High Solids,Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Course D 412 Standard Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension D 903 Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds D 1876 Standard Test Method for Peel Release of Adhesives(T-Peel) D 1970 Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection D 3767 Standard Practice for Rubber-Measurements of Dimensions D 5385 Standard Test Method for Hydrostatic Pressure Resistance of Waterproofing Membranes E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials E 154 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs,on Walls, or as Ground Cover 1.4 Quality Assurance A. Manufacturer: Sheet membrane waterproofing system shall be manufactured and marketed by a firm with a minimum of 20 years experience in the production and sales of sheet membrane waterproofing. Manufacturers proposed for use but not named in these specifications shall submit evidence of ability Davis&Davis,Inc. Pre-Applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 07132-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL to meet all requirements specified,and include a list of projects of similar design and complexity completed within the past 5 years. B. Installer: A firm which has at least 3 years experience in work of the type required by this section. C. Materials: For each type of material required for the work of this section,provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer. D. Pre-Installation Conference: A pre-installation conference shall be held prior to commencement of field operations to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. Agenda for meeting shall include review of special details and flashing. E. Schedule Coordination: Schedule work such that membrane will not be left exposed to weather for longer than that recommended by the manufacturer. F. Observation:Prior to placement of concrete the manufacturer's representative shall observe the preparation to ensure the system has been installed properly. 1.5 Delivery, Storage,and Handling A. Deliver materials in labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Protect from damage from weather,excessive temperature and construction operations. Remove and dispose of damaged material in accordance with applicable regulations. 1.6 Project Conditions A. Perform work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by the manufacturer of the materials used. Proceed with installation only when the substrate construction and preparation work is complete and in condition to receive sheet membrane waterproofing. 1.7 Warranty A. Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Provide written 15 year material warranty issued by the membrane manufacturer upon completion of work. B. Manufacturers representative is to monitor conditions to validate warranty. PART II- PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. Pre-applied Integrally Bonded Sheet Waterproofing Membrane:Preprufe®30OR Plus Membrane[or Preprufe 30OLT Plus Membrane for application temperatures between 25°F(-4°C,)and 60°F(+16°C)] by Grace Construction Products,a 1.2mm(0.046 in)nominal thickness composite sheet membrane comprising 0.8 mm(0.030 in.)of high density polyethylene film,layers of specially formulated synthetic adhesive layers,release liner free with an adhesive to adhesive bond at the side laps. The membrane shall form an integral and permanent bond to poured concrete to prevent water migration at the interface of the membrane and structural concrete. Provide membrane with the following physical properties: Davis&Davis,Inc. Pre-Applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 07132-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES FOR PREPRUFE 30OR Plus(or 30OLT Plus)MEMBRANE: Property Test Method Typical Value Color White with Yellow and Blue Zip Strips in the Side Lap Area Thickness ASTM D 3767 Method A 0.046 in. 1.2 mm nominal Lateral Water Migration Resistance ASTM D 5385 Modified' Pass at 231 ft(71m)of hydrostatic head pressure Low Temperature Flexibility ASTM D 1970 Unaffected at-20°F -29°C) Resistance to Hydrostatic Head ASTM D 5385 Modified2 231 ft 71m Elongation ASTM D 412 Modified' 500% Tensile Strength,film ASTM D 412 4,000 psi 27.6 MPa Crack Cycling at-9.4°F(-23°C), ASTM C 836 Unaffected,Pass 100 Cycles Puncture Resistance ASTM E 154 221 lbs 990 Peel Adhesion to Concrete ASTM D 903 Modified' 5.0 lbs/in. 880 N/m Lap Peel Adhesion at 72°F 22°C ASTM D 1876 Modified' 8.0 lbs/in. 1408 N/m Lap Peel Adhesion at 40°F 4°C ASTM D 1876 Modified' 8.0 lbs/in. 1408 N/m Permeance to water vapor ASTM E 96 Method B 0.01 perms(0.6 ng/Pa.s X m2) transmission Footnotes: 1. Lateral water migration resistance is tested by casting concrete against membrane with a hole and subjecting the membrane to hydrostatic head pressure with water. The test measures the resistance of lateral water migration between the concrete and the blind side ivateproofnng membrane.A hydrostatic head pressure of 71 in(231 ft)of ivater is the limit of the apparatus. 2. Hydrostatic head tests are peformed by casting concrete against the membrane with a lap. Before the concrete sets a 3 num(0.125 in) spacer is inserted perpendicular to the membrane to create a gap. The cured block is placed in a chamber where water is introduced to the membrane surface up to ahead of 71 in(231 ft)of water which is the limit of the apparatus. 3. Elongation of membrane is run at a rate of 50 nun(2 in.)per minute. 4. Concrete is cast against the protective coating surface of the membrane and allowed to cure(7 days minimum). Peel adhesion of membrane to concrete is measured at a rate of 50 nun(2 in.)per minute at roonn temperature. 5. The test is conducted 15 minutes after the lap is fornned as per manufacturer's instructions and rim at a rate of 50 min(2 nn.)per minute at 72°F(22°C. C. Waterstop:Refer to section 07150 PVC Waterstop. PART III-EXECUTION 3.1 Execution A. The installer shall examine conditions of substrates and other conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify the Contractor,in writing,of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 Substrate Preparation A. It is essential to create a sound and solid substrate to eliminate movement during the concrete pour. Substrates must be regular and smooth with no gaps or voids greater than 0.5 in. (12 mm). Grout around all penetrations such as utility conduits,etc.for stability. 1. Horizontal Surfaces-The substrate must be free of loose aggregate and sharp protrusions. Avoid curved or rounded substrates. When installing over earth or crushed stone,ensure substrate is well compacted to avoid displacement of substrate due to traffic or concrete pour. The surface does not need to be dry,but standing water must be removed. Davis&Davis,Inc. Pre-Applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 07132-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.3 Installation,Horizontal Applications A. Strictly comply with installation instructions in manufacturer's published literature,including but not limited to,the following: 1. Place the membrane HDPE film side to the substrate with the yellow zip strip facing towards the concrete pour. End laps should be staggered to avoid a build-up of layers. 2. Leave the yellow and blue zip strips in position until overlap procedure is completed. 3. Accurately position succeeding sheets to overlap the previous sheet 3 in. (75 mm)along the marked selvedge. The blue zip strip on the underside of the membrane shall be positioned on top of the yellow zip strip on the top of the succeeding sheet. Ensure the underside of the succeeding sheet is clean,dry and free from contamination before attempting to overlap. 4. Peel back and remove both the yellow and blue zip strips in the overlap area to achieve and adhesive to adhesive bond at the overlap. 5. Ensure a continuous bond is achieved without creases and roll firmly with a heavy roller. 6. Apply related materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations 3.4 Installation,Roll Ends,and Cut Edges Overlap all roll ends and cut edges by a minimum 3 in. (75 mm)and ensure the area is clean and free from contamination,wiping with a damp cloth if necessary. 1. Allow to dry and apply Preprufe Tape LT(or HC in hot climates)centered over the lap edges and roll firmly. 2. Immediately remove printed plastic release liner from the Preprufe Tape. 3.5 Waterstop Installation 1. Strictly comply with installation instructions in manufacturer's published.literature. 3.6 Protection A. Protect membrane in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations until placement of concrete. Inspect for damage just prior to placement of concrete and make repairs in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION Davis&Davis,Inc. Pre-Applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 07132-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07150 PVC WATERSTOPS—FILTRATION BUILDING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Section Include A. Provision of waterstops embedded in all subgrade concrete and spanning control, expansion,and/or construction joints to create a continuous diaphragm to prevent fluid migration.Located in the vertical and horizontal below grade joints of the pump pit. B. Non-metallic waterstops for use in concrete joints subjected to chlorinated water, seawater,and many waterborne chemicals. 1.2 References A. PVC WATERSTOP 1. Corps of Engineers: CRD-C 572-74 2. American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM) 3. Bureau of Reclamation: C-902 4. Canadian General Standards Board: 41-GP-35M Types 1 &3 1.3 Quality Assurance A. Waterstop manufacturer and installer shall demonstrate five years(minimum)continuous,successful experience in production and installation of waterstops.The installer shall be approved by the manufacturer. 1.4 Delivery, Storage,and Handling A. Store waterstops under tarps to protect from oil,dirt, and sunlight. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. Provide flexible PVC(polyvinyl chloride)waterstop as manufactured by Greenstreak, 1-800-325- 9504.Manufacturer to provide appropriate profile style to secure a 15 year watertight warranty. B. The PVC waterstop shall be extruded from an elastomeric plastic material of which the basic resin is prime virgin polyvinyl chloride. The PVC compound shall not contain any scrapped or reclaimed material or pigment whatsoever. C. Performance Requirements as follows: Property Test Method Required Limits Water absorption ASTM D 570 0.15%max Tear Resistance ASTM D 624 300 lb/in 52.5 kN/m min. Ultimate Elongation ASTM D 638 350%min. Tensile Strength ASTM D 638 2000 psi 13.78 M a min. Low Temperature Brittleness ASTM D 746 No Failure -35°F(-37° C) Stiffrress in Flexure ASTM D 747 700 psi 4.82 M a min. Specific Gravity ASTM D 792 1.38 max. Hardness, Shore A ASTM D 2240 79+3 Tensile Strength after accelerated CRD-C 572 1600 psi(9.54 Mpa)min. extraction Elongation after accelerated CRD-C 572 300%min. Davis&Davis,Inc. PVC Waterstops 07150- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL extraction Effect of Alkalies after 7 days: between-0.10%/+0.25% Weight Change CRD-C 572 /_5 points Hardness Change 2.2 Accessories A. Provide factory made waterstop fabrications for all changes of direction,intersections, and transitions leaving only straight butt joint splices for the field. B. Provide hog rings or grommets spaced at 12 inches on center along length of waterstop. C. Provide Teflon coated thermostatically controlled waterstop splicing irons for field butt splices. PART III-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Field butt splices shall be heat fused welded using a Teflon coated thermostatically controlled waterstop splicing iron at approximately 380 degrees F. Follow approved manufacturer recommendations. Lapping of waterstop,use of adhesives,or solvents shall not be allowed. B. Center waterstop in joint and secure waterstop in correct position using hog rings or grommets spaced at 12 inches on center along the length of the waterstop and wire tie to adjacent reinforcing steel. 3.2 Field Quality Control A. Waterstop splicing defects which are unacceptable include,but are not limited to the following: 1. Tensile strength less than 80 percent of parent section. 2. Misalignment of centerbulb,ribs, and end bulbs greater than 1/16 inch. 3. Bond failure at joint deeper than 1/16 inch or 15 percent of material thickness. 4. Misalignment that reduces waterstop cross section more than 15 percent. 5. Visible porosity in the weld. 6. Bubbles or inadequate bonding. 7. Visible signs of splice separation when cooled splice is bent by hand at a sharp angle. 8. Charred or burnt material. END OF SECTION 07150 Davis&Davis,Inc. PVC Waterstops 07150-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07210-R BUILDING INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Description: A. Work Included: 1. Ceilings and conditioned space walls. 1.2 Product Handling: A. Protection: 1. Deliver materials to site,store in dry place with labels intact. 2. Protect materials before,during,and after installation. 3. Protect installed work of other trades. B. Replacements: In event of damage,make necessary repairs and replacements. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Building Insulation A. Insulation shall be the product indicated or an equal approved in advance by the Architect. B. Basis of Design: 1. Wall and Ceilings unfaced fiberglass batt insulation: a. Owens-Corning,3-1/2""thick R-13 for walls. b. Owens-Corning, 8"thick R—25 for ceilings. C. Owens-Corning 9 '/z:thick R030 for ceilings. d. Owens-Corning, 10 1/2"thick R-30 for celings. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Surface Conditions A. Inspection: 1. Prior to work of this Section, inspect installed work and verify that this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that insulation may be installed in accordance with original design and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Discrepancies: Davis&Davis,Inc.. Building Insulation 07210-R- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. In event of discrepancy,notify Architect. 2. Do not proceed until discrepancies have been resolved. 3.2 Installation: A. General: Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's current edition of insulation application instructions. 3.3 Inspection: A. Verify that all insulation work is properly installed and complete. END OF SECTION 07210-R Davis&Davis,Inc.. Building Insulation 07210-R-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07211 -R FOAM BOARD INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Summary A. Section Includes: Provide FOAMULAR®extruded polystyrene rigid board insulation. 1.2 References A. Materials shall meet the property requirements of one or more of the following specifications as applicable to the specific product or end use: 1. American Society for Testing of Materials(ASTM): a. ASTM C 578: Standard Specification for Rigid Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. b. ASTM C 518: Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. C. ASTM E 84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. International Code Council Evaluation Service(ICC-ES),Evaluation Report. 1.3 Submittals A. Product Data: Submit data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and limitations, including installation instructions. B. Sustainable Design: Submit manufacturer's sustainable design certifications as indicated. C. Warranty: Submit documentation for limited product warranty. 1.4 Quality Assurance A. Source Limitations: Obtain exterior building insulation through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Each insulation board must be labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name, ASTM material specification reference, and identification of the third party inspection agency used for building code qualification. 1.5 Delivery, Storage,and Handling A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original packaging. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Store in a dry area and protect from water,direct sunlight,flame,and ignition sources. Do not install insulation that has been damaged or wet. 1. In the event the board insulation becomes wet,wipe dry prior to installation. Davis&Davis,Inc. Insulation Board 07211-R- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturer A. Basis of Design: Owens Corning Insulating Systems,LLC,Toledo,OH 43659;www.owenscoming.com, or approved equal. 2.2 Foam Plastic Board Insulation A. Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 578, Type [X, 15 psi minimum compressive strength, 1.30 lb/cu.ft.(21 kg/cu.m)] [IV,25 psi minimum compressive strength, 1.55 lb/cu. ft. (26 kg/cu. m)] [VI, 40 psi minimum compressive strength, 1.80 lb/cu. ft. (29 kg/cu. m)] [VII, 60 psi minimum compressive strength,2.20 lb/cu.ft.(35 kg/cu.m)] [V, 100 psi compressive strength,3.00 lb/cu. ft. (48 kg/cu.m)]. 1. Thermal Resistance: (180 day real-time aging as mandated by ASTM C578, measured per ASTM C 518 at mean temperature of 75F): [R-5.0, 5.6]per inch of thickness,with 90%lifetime limited warranty on thermal resistance. 2. Blowing Agent Formulation:Zero ozone depleting. 3. Edge Condition: [Square,Tongue&Groove,Ship-Lap]. 4. Surface Burning Characteristics (ASTM E 84): Flame spread less than 25, smoke developed less than 450,certified by independent third party such as Underwriters Laboratories(UL). 5. Indoor Air Quality: Compliance certified by independent third party such as GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified®and/or GREENGUARD Children and Schools Certifieds"" 6. Recycled Content: Minimum 20%, certified by independent third party such as Scientific Certification Systems. 7. Warranty:Limited lifetime warranty covering all ASTM C578 physical properties. 8. Panel Size: Provide 1"thick by 4 ft.wide by 8 ft.long. PART 3-EXECUTION [Not Used] END OF SECTION 07211-R Davis&Davis,Inc. Insulation Board 07211-R-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07280 FLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR AND WATER BARRIERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes vapor-permeable,fluid-applied air and water barriers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 04210 'Brick Masonry Units" 2. Section 04711 "Cast Stone Masonry"for stone masonry ties and flashing installation. 3. Section 07211 "Insulation Board"for installation of exterior insulation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Weather Barrier:A combination of materials and accessories that do the following: 1. Prevent the accumulation of water as a water-resistive barrier. 2. Minimize the air leakage into or out of the building envelope as a continuous air barrier. 3. Provide sufficient water vapor transmission to enable drying as a vapor permeable membrane. B. Water-Resistive Barrier:A combination of materials and accessories that prevent the accumulation of water within the wall assembly in accordance with IBC Section 1403.2. a. Primary Layer:Water-resistive barrier(fluid-applied)installed closest to building interior with all flashings and terminations integrated to this layer. b. Secondary Layer: Outermost part of a double-layer system and where drainage is required behind claddings such as stucco,adhered masonry,and installation methods utilizing a lath. C. Continuous Air Barrier: The combination of interconnected materials,assemblies,and sealed joints and components of the building envelope that minimize air leakage into or out of building envelope in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1 Section 5.4.3.1. D. Vapor-Permeable Membrane:The property of having a water-vapor penneance rating of 10 perms or greater,when tested in accordance with the desiccant method using Procedure A of ASTM E 96 in accordance with defmition in International Building Code.Vapor-permeable material permits passage of moisture vapor through vapor diffusion. E. Vapor Diffusion:A slow movement of individual water vapor molecules from regions of higher to lower water vapor concentration(higher to lower vapor pressure). Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner,Architect,Manufacturer's Certified Installer,weather barrier manufacturer's designated field representative,and installers of work that interfaces with or affects weather barrier. 2. Review methods and procedures related to weather barrier installation,including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction, and verify availability of materials,Installer's personnel, equipment,and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Examine substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements. 5. Review flashings, special weather barrier details,weather barrier penetrations, and condition of other construction that affects weather barrier. 6. Review weather barrier manufacturer's Project registration and observation process. 7. Review Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan"Moisture Protection for Absorbent Materials." 8. Review temporary protection requirements for weather barrier during and after installation. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:For each type of product. 1. For weather barrier,include data on air and water-vapor permeance based on testing in accordance with referenced standards. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Test Reports:Envelope testing and verification of the following: a. Water-Spray Test. b. Air Infiltration Test. C. Water Penetration Test. 2. Product Data:Including the following information: a. Provide Health Product Declarations(HPDs). b. Provide Environmental Product Declarations(EPDs). C. SDS (formerly MSDS), third-party certifications, or product technical data confirming systems that meet or exceed emissions guidelines for volatile organic compounds(VOCs) and hazardous air pollutants (HAPS), as follows: 1) Commercial weather barrier complies with California Department of Public Health(CDPH) Standard. 2) Adhesives and sealants wet-applied on-site that meet/exceed VOC content requirements for wet applied products comply with SCAQMD Rule 1168. 3) Flashing systems comply with SCAQMD Rule 1168 on VOC limits. C. Preconstruction Laboratory Mockup Testing Submittals: 1. Owner will engage in a third-party testing program: Developed specifically for Project. 2. Test Reports: Prepared by a qualified preconstruction testing agency for each mockup test. Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3. Record Drawings: As-built drawings of preconstruction laboratory mockups showing changes made during preconstruction laboratory mockup testing. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Show details of weather barrier at terminations, openings, and penetrations. 2. Show details of weather barrier applications. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Instructions:For installation of each product specified. B. Qualification Data:For Installer. C. Sample Warranty:For manufacturer's warranty. D. Reports:Field test and inspection reports. E. Installer's weather barrier manufacturer training certificate. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications:A qualified firm that is certified by weather barrier system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product. B. Laboratory Mockup Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified in accordance with ASTM E 699 for testing indicated and accredited by IAS or ILAC Mutual Recognition Arrangement as complying with ISO/IEC 17025. C. Mockups:Build mockups to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build integrated mockups of exterior wall assembly as indicated on Drawings,incorporating backup wall construction, external cladding, window, storefront, door frame and sill, insulation, ties and other penetrations, and flashing to demonstrate surface preparation, crack and joint treatment, application of air barriers, and sealing of gaps, terminations, and penetrations of air-barrier assembly. a. Include junction with roofing membrane[,building corner condition,] [and] [foundation wall intersection] [fenestration and wall surface]. b. If Architect determines that mockups do not comply with requirements,reconstruct mockups and apply weather barrier until mockups are approved. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Mockups are not to be included in completed work. They will remain separate. D. Preconstruction Laboratory Mockups: 1. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform testing on preconstruction laboratory mockups. 2. Build preconstruction laboratory mockups at testing agency facility; use personnel, products, and methods of construction that will be used at Project site. Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL a. Size and Configuration:As indicated on Drawings. b. Notify Architect [seven] <Insert number> days in advance of the dates and times when preconstruction laboratory mockups will be constructed and tested. 3. Preconstruction Laboratory Mockup Testing Program: Test preconstruction laboratory mockups in accordance with requirements in "Performance Requirements" Article in Part 2. Perform the following tests on base wall to conform to ASTM E2357 Section A2.2.1.2 Specimen 2 for penetrated assemblies. a. ASTM E 331 Test Parameters: [2.86 psf(137 Pa)] [12.5 psf(575 Pa)] pressure for [15] <Insert time>-minute duration. b. AAMA 501.1 Test Parameters: [2.86 psf(137 Pa)] [12.5 psf(575 Pa)] <insert pressure> pressure for[15]<Insert time>-minute duration. C. ASTM E 330 Test Parameters: [2.86 psf(137 Pa)] [75 psf(3500 Pa)] <Insert pressure> pressure for[10-second]<Insert time>duration. d. AAMA 501.5 Test Parameters: 1) Cycle Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F(-18 to+82 deg Q. 2) Number of Cycles: [3] [28]<Insert number of cycles>. 3) Repeat test[ASTM E 331] [AAMA 501] [ASTM E 330] after thermal cycling. e. Test Results: Laboratory mockup passes if the following results are achieved by the above tests [individually][collectively]: 1) No water penetration. 2) No structural failure. 3) No expansion or contraction failures. 4) <Insert test results> E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Register Project with weather barrier manufacturer prior to installation of weather barrier and comply with weather barrier manufacturer's Project Registration and Observation process. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Remove and replace liquid materials that cannot be applied within their stated shelf life. B. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. C. Store in a dry environment between 50 and 80 deg F. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Product Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace weather barrier product that fails in materials within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of product purchase. Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain weather barrier assembly components,including weather barrier,weather barrier flashing from same manufacturer as weather barrier. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Installed weather barrier and accessories shall withstand specified wind pressures, liquid water penetration, and water vapor pressures, without failure due to defective manufacture of products. B. High-Performance Installations: 1. For installation with one of the following building envelope performance or structural characteristics: a. Exceeding 65 mph equivalent structural load. b. Exceeding 15 mph equivalent wind-driven rain water infiltration. C. Non-wood based primary structure such as steel,light-gauge steel,masonry,or concrete. 2.3 WEATHER BARRIER A. Basis-of-Design Product:DuPont de Nemours Inc.DuPontTM Tyvek®Fluid Applied WB B. Fluid-Applied Membrane: ASTM E 2357 passed,Air Barrier Association of America(ABAA) evaluated air barrier assembly, and assembly water resistance in accordance with ASTM E 331;with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84;UV stabilized for nine-month exposure;and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Air Permeance, Product: Not more than 0.001 cf m/sq. ft. at 1.57 lbf/sq. ft when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178. 2. Air Permeance,Assembly:Not more than 0.04 cfm/sq. ft. at 1.57 lbf/sq. ft when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2357 and evaluated by the ABAA. 3. Water Penetration Resistance, Product: Hydrostatic-head resistance greater than 92.5 inches in accordance with AATTC 127. 4. Water Penetration Resistance, Assembly: Assembly wall specimen described in ASTM E 2357 to water resistance in accordance with ASTM E 331 to 2.86 lbf/sq. ft. 6.24 lbf/sq.ft. (300 Pa)] [10.41bUsq. ft. (500 Pa)] [12.51bf/sq. ft. (575 Pa)]. 5. Water-Vapor Permeance: Not less than 10 perms (570 ng/Pa x s x sq.m) in accordance with ASTM E 96/E 96M, Desiccant Method (Procedure A) or not less than 20 perms (1100 ng/Pa x s x sq.m)in accordance with ASTM E 96B 96M,Water Method(Procedure B). 6. Allowable UV Exposure Time: Not less than nine months, when tested in accordance with ASTM G 155 (accelerated weathering). 7. Flame Propagation Test: Test materials and construction in accordance with NFPA 285. 8. Weather barrier system shall have a VOC content of 30 g/L or less. Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.4 WEATHER BARRIER FLASHING A. Conformable Weather Barrier Flashing: Composite flashing material composed of micro-creped, polyethylene laminate with a 100 percent butyl-based adhesive layer; AAMA 711 Class A (no primer), Level 3 thermal exposure of 176 deg F for seven days. 1. Basis-of-Design Product:DuPont de Nemours Inc.DuPont"'FlexWrapT"' 2. Conformability:Able to create a seamless sill pan extending up the jambs without cuts,patches,or fasteners. 3. Water Penetration:No leakage at 15 psf in accordance with ASTM E 331. 4. Low Temperature Adhesion:Exceeds minimum value of 1.51b./in,at 25 deg F as Class A(without primer use). 5.. Adhesion After Water Immersion: Exceeds minimum value of 1.5 lb./in., after AAMA 800, Sections 2.4.1.3.1/2.4.1.4.3 Test B. B. Strip Flashing: Composite flashing material composed of spunbonded polyethylene laminate with a 100 percent butyl-based adhesive layer; AAMA 711, Class A (no primer), Level 3 thermal exposure of 176 deg F for seven days. 1. Basis-of-Design Product:DuPont de Nemours Inc.DuPont'Tyvek®StraightFlash 2. Water Penetration:No leakage at 15 psf in accordance with ASTM E 331. 3. Low Temperature Adhesion:Exceeds minimum value of 1.5 lb./in. at 25 deg F as Class A without primer use. 4. Adhesion After Water Immersion: Exceeds minimum value of 1.5 lb./in. after AAMA 800, Sections 2.4.1.3.1/2.4.1.4.3 Test B. C. Primer for Flashings: Synthetic rubber-based product. Spray applied. Strengthen the adhesive bond at low temperature applications between weather products, such as self-adhered Flashing Products, Commercial Building Wraps, and common building sheathing materials. 1. Basis of Design Product:DuPont de Nemours Inc.DuPont`Adhesive/Primer 2. Peel Adhesion Test: Passes ASTM D 3330,Test Method F,for the following: a. Peel Angles: 0,25,72, and 180 degrees. b. Substrates: Concrete masonry units (CMU), exterior gypsum sheathing, oriented strand board(OSB), aluminum, and vinyl. 3. Chemical Compatibility per AAMA 713: Pass. 4. Flame Spread Index per ASTM E 84: 5. 5. Smoke Development Index per ASTM E 84: 0. 2.5 FLUID APPLIED FLASHING AND SEALANT A. Fluid Applied Flashing: Trowel or brush applied, non-water soluble, single component, silyl terminated polyether technology(STPE),vapor permeable,flashing material. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: DuPont de Nemours Inc. DuPont"' Tyvek®Fluid Applied Flashing and Joint Compound 2. VOC Content:ASTM C 1250,less than 2 percent by weight and less than 30 g/L. 3. Water Vapor Transmission:ASTM E 96,Method B,greater than 20 perms at 25 mils thick. Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 4. Minimum Tensile Strength: ASTM D 412, 165 psi. 5. Minimum Elongation at Break:ASTM D 412,360 percent. B. Fluid Applied Sealant:ASTM C 920 1. Extension-Recovery/Adhesion per ASTM C 736: 100 percent recovery. 2. Accelerated Weathering/Low Temperature Flexibility per ASTM C 793:Pass. 3. VOC Percentage by Weight per ASTM C 1250:Less than 2 percent. 4. VOC per ASTM C 1250:Less than 30 g/L. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that substrates are sound and free of oil,grease,dirt,excess mortar,or other contaminants. 2. Verify that substrates have cured and aged for minimum time recommended in writing by weather barrier manufacturer. 3. Verify that substrates are visibly dry and frost-free. a. Fluid-applied weather barrier may be applied to damp surfaces. b. Surfaces are considered damp if there is no visible water on the surface, and no transfer of water to the skin when touched. C. Apply accessory products only to clean and dry surfaces. 4. Verify that substrates are free of efflorescence and mold. 5. Verify that masonry joints are flush and filled with mortar. 6. Verify that top-of-wall system has been capped or covered to prevent water getting behind the facade and into wall cavity. 7. Verify continuous path for moisture drainage. a. Verify that continuous path for drainage is not blocked or disrupted,which results in excess moisture buildup in wall cavity. 8. Verify that surfaces to receive weather barrier are above grade. B. Verify that substrate and surface conditions are in accordance with commercial weather barrier manufacturer recommendations prior to installation. 1. Verify that rough sill framing for doors and windows slopes downward towards the exterior and is level across width of opening. C. Verify air and surface temperatures are above 25 deg F with a maximum surface temperature of 140 deg F Do not install once ambient temperature exceeds 95 deg F,unless surface is shaded. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-7 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean, prepare, treat, fill, and seal substrate and joints and cracks in substrate in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and details. Provide clean, dust-free, and dry substrate for air-barrier application. B. Remove grease, oil, bitumen, form-release agents, paints, curing compounds, and other penetrating contaminants or film-forming coatings from concrete. C. Remove fins,ridges,mortar,and other projections and fill honeycomb,aggregate pockets,holes,and other voids in concrete with substrate-patching material. D. Remove excess mortar from masonry ties,shelf angles,and other obstructions. E. At changes in substrate plane,apply sealant or termination mastic beads at sharp corners and edges to form a smooth transition from one plane to another. F. Cover gaps in substrate plane and form a smooth transition from one substrate plane to another with stainless-steel sheet mechanically fastened to structural framing to provide continuous support for air barrier. G. When spraying is method of application,taper ends of the joint treatment to assist maintaining a wall system free of pinholes and voids. H. Treat all non-moving transition joints to beams,columns,and dissimilar materials by applying a 2-inch- wide by 60-mil-thick coat of fluid-applied flashing across the joint. 1. Apply 25-mil- thick coat of fluid-applied flashing, extending a minimum 2 inches on each surface, and treat the following conditions: 1. Joints up to 1/4 inch. 2. Joints 1/4-to 1/2-inch reinforce with fiberglass-mesh tape. 3. Joints and transitions up to 1 inch;treat using strip flashing. J. Bridge isolation joints expansion joints and discontinuous wall-to-wall, deck-to-wall, and deck-to-deck joints with air-barrier accessory material that accommodates joint movement in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and details. K. When spraying is method of application,taper ends of fluid applied corner treatment to wall substrate. L. Treat inside and outside corners by applying a 25-mil-thick coat of fluid applied weather barrier a minimum 2 inches on each adjoining surface.Apply fillet bead of fluid-applied sealant to inside corners to ensure continuity.Alternatively,treat corners using strip flashing.Press strip flashing into inside corners; ensure that it is fully adhered to substrate. M. Seal penetrations using fluid-applied flashing or sealant.Extend fillet bead 1/2 inch onto both surfaces. N. Treat embedded masonry anchors by applying a coat of fluid-applied weather barrier or fluid-applied flashing around base of the anchor. 3.3 ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Install accessory materials in accordance with air-barrier manufacturer's written instructions and details to form a seal with adjacent construction and ensure continuity of air and water barrier. Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-8 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Coordinate installation of air barrier with installation of roofing membrane and base flashing to ensure continuity of air barrier with roofing membrane. 2. Install transition strip on roofing membrane or base flashing,for a minimum 3 inches coverage over each substrate. 3. Unless manufacturer recommends in writing against priming,apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow to dry. 4. Use recommended primer when applying self-adhered flashing products on concrete,masonry, and fiber faced exterior gypsum board substrates.Priming is generally not required for adhering self-adhered flashing products to wood.However,adverse weather conditions or colder temperatures may require a primer to promote adhesion.Priming is not required when applying fluid-applied products,except on cut edges of exterior gypsum sheathing. 5. Apply pressure along entire surface of strip flashing for good bond using a J-roller or firm hand pressure.Remove all wrinkles and bubbles by smoothing surface and repositioning as necessary. B. Connect and seal exterior wall air-barrier material continuously to roofmg-membrane air barrier, concrete below-grade structures, floor-to-floor construction, exterior glazing and window systems, glazed curtain- wall systems, storefront systems, exterior louvers, exterior door framing, and other construction used in exterior wall openings,using accessory materials. C. When applying self-adhered flashing products over a cured fluid-applied membrane,first apply a wet bed of fluid-applied product. D. Seal fasteners of mechanically attached supports or furring strips in high-performance building envelope designs. 1. Apply double-sided butyl tape to back of support bracket at fastener location. 2. Embed support bracket into an additional wet bed of fluid applied product. 3. Adhere butyl-based flashing patch to wall at fastener location. 4. Use alternate method as approved by the manufacturer. E. At end of each working day, seal top edge of strips and transition strips to substrate with manufacturer approved product. F. Apply joint sealants forming part of air-barrier assembly within manufacturer's recommended application temperature ranges.Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Flashing Sill Area for Windows and Doors: 1. Use 6-inch- wide conformable flashing for 2-by 4-inch) fi•aming and 9-inch-wide conformable flashing for 2-by 6-inch framing.When rigid back dams are required or desired,one option to use is a 3/4-inch corner guard(back dam), cut to length of sill,and nailed into place on interior edge of sill prior to installation of 9-inch- wide conformable flashing. Afterward, install 9-inch- wide conformable flashing over sill and corner guard back dam. 2. Install without stretching conformable flashing when installing along sills or jambs. Conformable flashing is intended to be stretched when covering corners or curved sections. H. Apply fluid-applied flashing products from head of opening down.Use a corner trowel to smooth corners. L Repairs: 1. Coat small damaged areas with layer of fluid-applied product. 2. Reinforce large damaged areas with fiberglass mesh or replace damaged substrate before reapplying fluid-applied product. Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-9 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.4 PRIMARY AIR-BARRIER MATERIAL INSTALLATION A. Apply air-barrier material to form a seal with strips and transition strips, and to achieve a continuous air barrier in accordance with air-barrier manufacturer's written instructions and details. Apply air-barrier material within manufacturer's recommended application temperature ranges. 1. Unless manufacturer recommends in writing against priming,apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow it to dry. 2. Limit priming to areas that will be covered by air-barrier material on same day. Reprime areas exposed for more than 24 hours. 3. Where multiple prime coats are needed to achieve required bond, allow adequate drying time between coats. 4. Fluid applied products may be overcoated once a touch-free skin has formed.Exterior insulation and cladding may be installed once the membrane has cured sufficiently to resist damage during installation. B. Apply air barrier material in accordance with air-barrier manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. Roller Application: a. Nap rolling:Use a roller cover with a 1/2-to 3/4-inch nap. 2. Spray Application: a. Mask off adjoining surfaces not covered by air barrier to prevent spillage and overspray affecting other construction. b. Use spray guard. C. Back Rolling:Use a roller cover with a 1-1/2-to 3/4-inch nap.Apply fluid-applied product in a single coat at 25 mils thick. Control thickness by applying appropriate volume over a marked area and spot checking with a wet-mil gauge. C. Integrate fluid-applied product with through-wall flashing and window and door flashing by overlapping flashing with fluid-applied product a minimum 2 inches. D. Inspect surfaces to ensure that fluid-applied products are continuous and free of any voids or pinholes. E. Do not cover air barrier until it has been tested and inspected by the testing agency. F. Correct deficiencies in or remove air barrier that does not comply with requirements;repair substrates and reapply air-barrier components. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. ABAA Quality Assurance Program: Perform examinations, preparation, installation, testing, and inspections under ABAA's Quality Assurance Program. B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified third-party testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Inspections: Air-barrier materials, accessories, and installation are subject to inspection for compliance with requirements.Inspections may include the following: 1. Continuity of air-barrier system has been achieved throughout the building envelope without gaps, holes,or pinholes. Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-10 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2. Air-barrier dry film thickness. 3. Continuous structural support of air-barrier system provided. 4. Masonry and concrete surfaces are smooth, clean, and free of cavities, protrusions, and mortar droppings. 5. Site conditions for application temperature,and dryness of substrates are maintained. 6. Maximum exposure time of materials to UV deterioration not exceeded. 7. Surfaces primed,where applicable. 8. Laps in strips and transition strips comply with minimum requirements, are shingled in correct direction(or mastic applied on exposed edges),and are without fishmouths. 9. Termination mastic applied on cut edges. 10. Strips and transition strips firmly adhered to substrate. 11. Compatible materials used. 12. Transitions at changes in direction and structural support at gaps provided. 13. Connections between assemblies (air-barrier and sealants) comply with requirements for cleanliness, surface preparation and priming,structural support,integrity,and continuity of seal. 14. Each penetration sealed. D. Field Quality Control Testing:Perform the following test on mockups. 1. Air Infiltration Whole Building:ASTM E 779 at not more than [0.40 cfm/sf(2.00 L/s per sq. m)] [0.25 cfm/sf(1.25 L/s per sq. m)] [0.15 cfm/sf(0.75 L/s per sq. m)] at 1.57 lb/sq.ft. (75 Pa). 2. Water Penetration: ASTM E 1105 at a minimum [uniform] [and] [cyclic] static-air-pressure differential of 0.67 times the static-air-pressure differential specified for laboratory testing in "Performance Requirements" Article in Part 2, but not less than [2.86 lbf/sq. ft. (137 Pa)] [6.24 Ibf/sq.ft.(300 Pa)] [10.4 Ibf/sq.ft.(500 Pa)] [12.51bf/sq.ft.(600 Pa)].No water penetration shall occur as defined in ASTM E 1105. a. Perform a minimum of [two] [three] <Insert number> tests in areas as directed by Architect. b. Perform tests in each test area as directed by Architect.Perform a minimum three tests,prior to [I0,30,and 70 percent completion]<Insert requirements>. 3. Adhesion Testing: Air-barrier assemblies will be tested for required adhesion to substrate in accordance with ASTM D 4541 for each [600 sq. ft. (56 sq.m)] <Insert value> of installed air barrier or part thereof. E. Air barriers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 1. Apply additional air-barrier material,in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions,where inspection results indicate insufficient thickness. 2. Remove and replace deficient air-barrier components for retesting as specified above. F. Repair damage to air barriers caused by testing;follow manufacturer's written instructions. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect air-barrier system from damage during application and remainder of construction period, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Protect air barrier from exposure to UV light and harmful weather exposure as recommended in writing by manufacturer.If exposed to these conditions for longer than recommended,remove and replace air barrier or install additional, full-thickness, air-barrier application after repairing and Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-11 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL preparing the overexposed materials in accordance with air-barrier manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Protect air barrier from contact with incompatible materials and sealants not approved by air-barrier manufacturer. B. Clean spills, stains, and soiling from construction that would be exposed in the completed work using cleaning agents and procedures recommended in writing by manufacturer of affected construction. C. Remove masking materials after installation. END OF SECTION 07280 Davis&Davis,Inc. Fluid Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier 07280-12 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCMUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07411 —R METAL ROOF PANELS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Section Includes A. Mechanically,standing seam metal roof panels,with related metal trim and accessories. 1.2 Related Requirements A. Division 06 Miscellaneous Carpentry B. Division 07 Building Insulation for thermal insulation installed under metal panels. C. Division 07 Section Self Adhered Roofing Underlayment. D. Division 07 Section"Metal Wall Panels" for factory-formed metal wall and soffit panels. E. Division 07 Section"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for formed sheet metal copings, flashings, reglets, and roof drainage items in addition to items specified in this Section. F. Division 07 Section Roof Accessories for manufactured copings, reglets, and roof drainage items in addition to items specified in this Section. G. Division 07 Section"Joint Sealants"for field-applied joint sealants. 1.3 References A. American Architectural Manufacturer's Association(AAMA): www.aamanet.=: 1. AAMA 621 - Voluntary Specifications for High Performance Organic Coatings on Coil Coated Architectural Hot Dipped Galvanized(HDG)&Zinc-Aluminum Coated Steel Substrates. 2. AAMA 809.2-Voluntary Specification Non-Drying Sealants. B. American Society of Civil Engineers(ASCE): www.asce.org/codes-standards: 1. ASCE 7 -Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. C. ASTM International(ASTM): www.astm.or : 1. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. ASTM A 755 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot-Dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil-Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products. 3. ASTM A 792/A 792M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55 % Aluminum-Zinc Alloy- Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 4. ASTM A 980- Standard Specification for Steel,Sheet,Carbon,Ultra High Strength Cold Rolled. 5. ASTM C 645 - Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members. 6. ASTM C 920- Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. Davis and Davis,Inc. Metal Roof Panels 07411-R- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCMUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 7. ASTM D 226 - Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 8. ASTM D 2244 - Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. 9. ASTM D 4214-Test Methods for Evaluating Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films. 10. ASTM E 1592- Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 11. ASTM E 1980 - Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low-Sloped Opaque Surfaces. D. International Accreditation Service(IAS): 1. IAS AC 472 -Accreditation Criteria for Inspection Programs for Manufacturers of Metal Building Systems,Part B. E. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. (UL): www.ul.com: 1. UL 580-Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies 1.4 Administrative Requirements A. Preinstallation Meeting: Prior to erection of framing, conduct preinstallation meeting at site attended by Owner, Architect, manufacturer's technical representative, inspection agency and related trade contractors. 1. Coordinate building framing in relation to metal panel system. 2. Coordinate openings and penetrations of metal panel system. 3. Coordinate work of Division 07 Sections. 1.5 Quality Assurance A. Manufacturer/Source: Provide metal roof panel assembly and accessories from a single manufacturer providing fixed-base roll forming,and accredited under IAS AC 472 Part B. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Approved manufacturer listed in this Section with minimum five years experience in manufacture of similar products in successful use in similar applications. 1. Approval of Comparable Products: Submit the following in accordance with project substitution requirements,within time allowed for substitution review: a. Product data, including certified independent test data indicating compliance with requirements. b. Samples of each component. C. Sample submittal from similar project. d. Project references: Minimum of five installations not less than five years old,with Owner and Architect contact information. e. Sample warranty. f. IAS AC 472 certificate. 2. Substitutions following award of contract are not allowed except as stipulated in Division 01 General Requirements. 3. Approved manufacturers must meet separate requirements of Submittals Article. 4. Any substitution request must be accompanied with appropriate TDI windstorm certification. Davis and Davis,Inc. Metal Roof Panels 07411-R-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCMUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Installer Qualifications: Experienced Installer certified by metal panel manufacturer with minimum of five years experience with successfully completed projects of a similar nature and scope. 1. Installer's Field Supervisor: Experienced mechanic certified by metal panel manufacturer supervising work on site whenever work is underway. D. Buy American Compliance: Materials provided under work of this Section shall comply with the following requirements: 1. Buy American Act of 1933 BAA-41 U.S.0 §§ IOa—IOd. 2. Buy American provisions of Section 1605 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009(ARRA). 1.6 Action Submittals A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets for specified products. B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of metal panels. Include details of each condition of installation, panel profiles,and attachment to building.Provide details at a minimum scale 1-1/2-inch per foot showing edge conditions, joints, fastener and sealant placement, flashings, openings, penetrations, roof accessories, lightning arresting equipment,and special details. Make distinctions between factory and field assembled work. 1. Indicate points of supporting structure that must coordinate with metal panel system installation. 2. Include data indicating compliance with performance requirements. 3. Include structural data indicating compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each exposed product specified including sealants. Provide representative color charts of manufacturer's full range of colors. D. Samples for Verification: Provide 12 inch color long section of each metal panel profile. Provide color chip verifying color selection. 1.7 Informational Submittals A. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance of products with requirements,witnessed by a professional engineer. B. Qualification Information: For Installer firm and Installer's field supervisor. C. IAS Accreditation Certificate: Indicating that manufacturer is accredited under provisions of IAS AC 472. D. Buy American Certification: Manufacturers' letters of compliance acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,indicating that products comply with requirements. E. Florida State Building Code Certificate. F. Manufacturer's Warranty: Sample copy of manufacturer's standard warranty. 1.8 Closeout Submittals A. Maintenance data. Davis and Davis,Inc. Metal Roof Panels 07411-R-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCMUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Executed copy of manufacturer's standard warranty, water tightness, panel finish warranties. 1.9 Delivery, Storage,And Handling A. Protect products of metal panel system during shipping, handling, and storage to prevent staining, denting,deterioration of components or other damage. Protect panels and trim bundles during shipping. 1. Deliver, unload, store, and erect metal panel system and accessory items without misshaping panels or exposing panels to surface damage from weather or construction operations. 2. Store in accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions. Provide wood collars for stacking and handling in the field. 1.10 Coordination A. Coordinate sizes, profiles, and locations of roof curbs and other roof-mounted equipment and roof penetrations,based upon sizes of actual selected equipment. 1.11 Warranty A. Special Weathertightness Warranty: On manufacturer's standard form, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace metal panel assemblies that fail to remain weathertight, including leaks, 1without monetary limitations jup to cost limitation,within 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Panel Finish Warranty: On Manufacturer's standard form, in which Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace metal panels that evidence deterioration of factory-applied finish within 25 years from date of Substantial Completion,including: 1. Fluoropolymer Two-Coat System: a. Color fading in excess of 15 Q Hunter units per ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of No. 18�rating per ASTM D 4214. C. Failure of adhesion,peeling,checking,or cracking. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturer. A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: MBCI Metal Roof and Wall Systems, Division of NCI Group, Inc.; Houston TX.Tel: (877)713-6224;Email: info a)mbci.com;Web: www.mbci.com. 1. Provide basis of design product,or comparable product approved by Architect prior to bid. 2.2 Performance Requirements A. General: Provide metal roof panel system meeting performance requirements as determined by application of specified tests by a qualified testing facility on manufacturer's standard assemblies. B. Structural Performance: Provide metal panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of indicated loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on uniform pressure, importance factor, exposure category, and basic wind speed indicated on structural drawings. Davis and Davis,Inc. Metal Roof Panels 07411-R-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCMUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL a. Wind Uplift Testing: Certify capacity of metal panels by actual testing of proposed assembly per ASTM E 1592. 2. Snow Loads: as per structural drawings. 3. Deflection Limits: as per structural drawings. 4. Seismic Performance: Comply with ASCE 7, Section 9, "Earthquake Loads." C. Wind Uplift Resistance: Comply with UL 580 for wind-uplift class JUL-90j. D. Florida State Building Code Compliance: Comply with requirements of Florida State Building Code. www.floridabuilding.org/pr/pr app srch.aspx E. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from variations in both ambient and internal temperatures. Accommodate movement of support structure caused by thermal expansion and contraction. Allow for deflection and design for thermal stresses caused by temperature differences from one side of the panel to the other. F. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Underlayment : refer to Section 7 Self Adhered Roofing Underlayment 2.3 Metal Roof Panels A. Mechanically-seamed, Concealed Fastener, Metal Roof Panels: Structural metal roof panel consisting of formed metal sheet with vertical ribs at panel edges, installed by lapping and mechanically interlocking edges of adjacent panels, and attaching panels to supports using concealed clips and fasteners in a weathertight installation. 1. Basis of Design: MBCI,LokSeam,www.mbci.com/lokseam.html. Second paragraph below describes Galvalume Plus with clear acrylic coating for use as exposed metallic finish. 2. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, structural quality, Grade 50. Coating Class AZ50 (Grade 340, Coating Class AZM150),prepainted by the coil-coating process per ASTM A 755/A 755M. a. Nominal Coated Thickness: [24 gage]. b. Panel Surface: Smooth with striations in pan C. Exterior Finish: Fluoropolymer two-coat system d. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors 3. Panel Width: 16 inches 4. Panel Seam Height: 1.75 inch(44.4 mm). 2.4 Metal Roof Panel Accessories A. General: Provide complete metal roof panel assembly incorporating trim, copings, fasciae, gutters and downspouts, and miscellaneous flashings, in Imanufacturer's standard profiles] [profiles as indicated]. Provide required fasteners, closure strips, thermal spacers, splice plates, support plates, and sealants as indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. B. Flashing and Trim:Match material,thickness,and finish of metal panel face sheet. C. Panel Clips: ASTM C 645, with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z180)hot-dip galvanized zinc coating, configured for concealment in panel joints, and identical to clips utilized in tests demonstrating compliance with performance requirements. Davis and Davis,Inc. Metal Roof Panels 07411-R- 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCMUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws and other acceptable corrosion-resistant fasteners recommended by roof panel manufacturer. Where exposed fasteners cannot be avoided, supply fasteners with EPDM or neoprene gaskets,with heads matching color of metal panels by means of factory-applied coating. E. Joint Sealers: Manufacturer's standard or recommended liquid and preformed sealers and tapes, and as follows: 1. Factory-Applied Seam Sealant: Manufacturer's standard hot-melt type. 2. Tape Sealers: Manufacturer's standard non-curing butyl tape,AAMA 809.2. 3. Concealed Joint Sealant:Non-curing butyl,AAMA 809.2. Specifier: Retain one or more of the following four optional paragraphs as required by Project. F. Steel Sheet Miscellaneous Framing Components: ASTM C 645, with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180)hot-dip galvanized zinc coating. G. Roof Accessories: Approved by metal roof panel manufacturer. Refer to Section 07 "Roof Accessories" for requirements for curbs, equipment supports, roof hatches, heat and smoke vents, ventilators, and preformed flashing sleeves. 2.5 Fabrication A. General: Provide factory fabricated and finished metal panels and accessories meeting performance requirements,indicated profiles,and structural requirements. B. Fabricate metal panel joints configured to accept factory-applied sealant providing weathertight seal and preventing metal-to-metal contact and minimizing noise resulting from thermal movement. C. Form panels in continuous lengths for full length of detailed runs, except where otherwise indicated on approved shop drawings. D. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings. Form from materials matching metal panel substrate and finish. 2.6 Finishes A. Finishes, General: Prepare,pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers'written instructions. B. Interior Finish: 0.5 mil total dry film thickness consisting of primer coat and wash coat of manufacturer's standard light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 Examination A. Examine metal panel system substrate and supports with Installer present. Inspect for erection tolerances and other conditions that would adversely affect installation of metal panel installation. 1. Inspect metal panel support substrate to determine if support components are installed as indicated on approved shop drawings. Confirm presence of acceptable supports at recommended spacing to match installation requirements of metal panels. Davis and Davis,Inc. Metal Roof Panels 07411-R- 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCMUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2. Panel Support Tolerances: Confirm that panel supports are within tolerances acceptable to metal panel system manufacturer but not greater than the following: a. 1/4 inch(6 mm)in 20 foot(6.1 m)in any direction. B. Correct out-of-tolerance work and other deficient conditions prior to proceeding with insulated metal roof panel system installation. 3.2 Preparation A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, girts, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members according to ASTM C 754 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Apply in accordance with underlayment manufacturer's written instructions; apply primer if required. Apply at locations indicated below.Roll laps with roller. 1. Apply over the entire roof surface. C. Flashings: Provide flashings as required to complete metal roof panel system. Install in accordance with Section 07 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and approved shop drawings. 3.3 Metal Panel Installation A. Install as per SUP#3, Texas Department of Insurance Product Evaluation #RC61-0317. B. Snap-Joint-Seamed, Standing Seam Metal Roof Panels: Install weathertight metal panel system in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings. Install metal roof panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated, free of waves, warps, buckles, fastening stresses, and distortions. Anchor panels and other components securely in place. Provide for thermal and structural movement. C. Attach panels to supports using clips, screws, fasteners, and sealants recommended by manufacturer and indicated on approved shop drawings. 1. Fasten metal panels to supports with concealed clips at each location indicated on approved shop drawings,with spacing and fasteners recommended by manufacturer. 2. Snap Joint: Nest standing seams and fasten together by interlocking and completely engaging factory-applied sealant. 3. Provide weatherproof jacks for pipe and conduit penetrating metal panels of types recommended by manufacturer. 4. Dissimilar Materials: Where elements of metal panel system will come into contact with dissimilar materials,treat faces and edges in contact with dissimilar materials as recommended by manufacturer. 3.4 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install metal panel trim, flashing, and accessories using recommended fasteners and joint sealers, with positive anchorage to building, and with weather tight mounting. Provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal panel assembly, including trim, copings, flashings,sealants,closure strips,and similar items. 2. Comply with details of assemblies utilized to establish compliance with performance requirements and manufacturer's written installation instructions. Davis and Davis,Inc. Metal Roof Panels 07411-R- 7 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCMUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3. Provide concealed fasteners except where noted on approved shop drawings. 4. Set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints, and seams that will be permanently weather resistant. B. Joint Sealers: Install joint sealers where indicated and where required for weathertight performance of metal panel assemblies,in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Prepare joints and apply sealants per requirements of Division 07 Section"Joint Sealants." 3.5 Field Quality Control 3.6 Cleaning And Protection A. Remove temporary protective films immediately in accordance with metal roof panel manufacturer's instructions. Clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. B. Replace damaged panels and accessories that cannot be repaired to the satisfaction of the Architect. END OF SECTION Davis and Davis,Inc. Metal Roof Panels 07411-R- 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 07412-R HORIZONTAL METAL WALL PANEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Description Of Work A. This Section covers the pre-finished,pre-fabricated Factory Manufactured Architectural Concealed attachment Metal Wall system. All metal trim, accessories, fasteners, insulation, and sealants indicated on the drawings as part of this section. B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including general and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications, apply to this section C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Roof Deck structural steel, flat roof systems,preformed metal standing seam roofing,perimeter edge systems, roof hatches, firestopping not included in this section 1.2 Summary A. Section Includes 1. Factory formed metal wall panels B. Related work specified elsewhere (Note: select from the below or add appropriate sections) 1. Wood Framing and Decking: Division 6 Rough and Miscellaneous Carpentry 2. Flashing and Trim: Division 7- Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 3. Sealants: Division 7 Joint Sealers Sections 1.3 Quality Assurance A. Petersen Aluminum Corp products establish a minimum of quality required. 1. Tyler, TX, 800-441-8661 B. Manufacturer and erector shall demonstrate experience of a minimum of five (5)years in this type of project. C. Sheet Metal Industry Standard: Comply with Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)Architectural Sheet Metal Manual and National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) details applicable to wall panels and wall flashings. D. Panels shall be factory-produced only. No portable, installer-owned or installer-rented machines will be permitted 1.4 Substitutions A. The material,products and equipment specified in this section establish a standard for required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 1.5 System Description A. ASTM A653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy Coated by the Hot-Dip Process 1.6 Wall Panel System Performance Testing A. Air Penetration: When tested per ASTM E-283 @ 6.24 PSF the air penetration shall be .005 or less when tested in accordance here. B. Water Penetration: When tested per ASTM E-331 @ 12.48 PSF for the 15 minute test period, the water penetration shall be none. C. Dynamic Water Penetration: When tested per AAMA 501 @ 15 PSF, the water penetration shall be none. D. Structural Performance: When tested per ASTM E 1592, withstand the effects of wind loads and deflection limits of the span as indicated on the drawings. E. Negative Load Testing per ASTM E-330: The panel shall have been tested per ASTM E- 330 to show negative wind uplifts at spans of 1'0"through 4'0" spans, both double and triple spans and the Manufacturer shall provide a Negative Wind Uplift Table for this panel at the above-listed spans, with current 2.0 Safety Factor as per IBC current code and 1.65 Safety Factor as per US Corps of Engineers. 1.7 Warranties A. Finish warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace wall panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finish within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panels Finish—deterioration includes the following: a. Color fading more than 5 hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244 (varies for Award Blue/Cardinal Red) b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214 (varies for Award Blue/Cardinal Red) c. Cracking, checking,peeling or failure of a paint to adhere to a bare metal. 2. Warranty Period (specifier to select): a. 30 Years from the date of substantial completion b. 20 Years from the date of substantial completion 1.8 Submittals A. Furnish detailed drawings showing profile and gauge of exterior sheets, location and type of fasteners, location, gauges, shape and method of attachment of all trim locations and type of sealants, and any other details as may be required for a weather-tight installation. B. Provide finish samples of all colors specified. C. Shop drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of metal wall panels or metal soffit panels, details of edge conditions, side-seam joints,panel profiles, corners, anchorages, trim, flashings, closures and accessories, and special details. Distinguish between factory and field-assembled work DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 D. Coordination Drawings: Roof plans, drawn to scale, on which the following are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installer of the items involved: E. LEED Submittals 1. Product data for Credit MR 4.1 and credit MR 4.2: Indicating the percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for products having recycled content 1.9 Delivery, Storage And Handling A. Ordering: Comply with manufacturer's ordering instruction and lead time requirements to avoid construction delays. B. Deliver components, sheets, metal soffit panels and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal soffit panels for protection during transportation and handling. C. Unload, store and erect metal soffit panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting and surface damage. D. Stack metal wall panels on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. E. Store metal wall panels to ensure dryness. Do not store metal wall panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting or other surface damage. F. Protect strippable protective coating on any metal coated product from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to the extent necessary for material installation. 1.10 Project Conditions A. Weather Limitations: proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit metal roof panel work to be performed. B. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of construction contiguous with metal roof panels by field measurements before fabrication PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Panel Design A. Provide factory-formed wall panels that shall be concealed attachment in nominal 12" width with 7/8" high panel corrugations that are mechanically attached to wall supports and do not have any exposed fasteners on the panel face for attachment to the wall supports. Panels can be specified with extended fastening leg. B. Architect to select from the following: 1. PAC Precision Series HWP Panel, 12" width, 7/8" High, Four-rib profile with concealed clip. 2.2 Acceptable Manufacturers DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 A. Basis of Design: Petersen Aluminum Corporation, Elk Grove Village, IL: PAC Precision Series HWP panels 2.3 Material And Finishes A. Preformed metal panels shall be fabricated of 24 GA G-90 Galvanized steel. B. Color shall be PAC-CLAD *Standard Pac-Clad Finish, to be determined. C. Finish shall be Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 Flurocarbon coating with a top side film thickness of 0.70 to 0.90 mil over 0.25 to 0.31 mil prime coat to provide a total dry film thickness of 0.95 to 1.25 mil. Bottom side shall be coated with a primer with a dry film thickness of 0.25 mil. Finish shall conform to all tests for adhesion, flexibility and longevity as specified by Kynar 500 or finish supplier. D. Field protection must be provided by the Contractor at the job site so material is not exposed to weather and moisture. E. Forming: use continuous and rolling method. No "portable rollforming" machines will be permitted on this project; no installer-owned or installer-rented machines shall be permitted. It is the intent of the Architect to provide Factory-Manufactured wall panel systems only for this project. F. Trim: Trim shall be fabricated of the same material and finish to match the profiled sheeting and press broken in lengths of 10 — 12 feet. Trim shall be formed only by the manufacturer or their approved dealer. Trim to be erected in overlapped condition. Use lap strips only as indicated on drawings. Miter conditions shall be factory welded material to match the sheeting. G. Accessories/Fasteners: Fasteners shall be of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power and other properties required to fasten miscellaneous framing members to substrates. Accessories and their fasteners shall be capable of resisting the specified design wind uplift forces and shall allow for thermal movement of the wall panel system. H. Exposed fasteners shall not restrict free movement of the wall panel system resulting from thermal forces, except at designed points of wall panel fixity. May require the use of PAC factory clips to alleviate thermal movement for panels over 20' in length. Consult PAC factory on use of wall panel clips. L Closures: Use composition or metal profiled closures at top of each elevation to close ends of the panels. Metal closures to be made in the same material and finish as face sheet. J. Fasteners: Fasteners shall be galvanized steel, dished washers,galvanized steel with bonded neoprene. K. Zees: Where required by design of primary structural framing system shall be used to span between beams and/or joists. L. Insulation: See Section 07 210: Building Insulation. M. Sealants 1. Provide two part polysulfide class "B"non-sag type for vertical and horizontal joints, brand name: NP-1. Geocell 2300, Weathermaster"Titebond" or similar performing caulking. 2. One part polysulfide not containing pitch or phenolic extenders, or; 3. Exterior grade silicone sealant recommended by roofing manufacturer, or; DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 4. One part non-sag, gun grade, exterior type polyurethane recommended by roofing manufacturer. 2.4 Fabrication A. Comply with dimensions,profile limitations, gauges and fabrication details shown and if not shown and, if not shown,provide manufacturer's standard product fabrication. B. Fabricate components of the system in factory, ready for field assembly. C. Fabricate components and assemble units to comply with fire and performance requirements specified. D. Apply specified finishes in conformance with manufacturer's standards, and according to manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Inspection A. Examine alignment of structural steel and related supports prior to installation and do not proceed until the defects are corrected by the responsible contractor. B. For the record,prepare written report, endorsed by installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 Fasteners A. Secure units to supports. B. Place fasteners as indicated in manufacturer's standards. 3.3 Installation A. Panels shall be installed plumb and true in proper alignment and relation to the structural framing. The erector must have at least five years successful experience with similar applications. B. Install metal panels, fasteners, trim and related sealants in accordance with approved shop drawings and as may be by manufacturer's installation instructions and details for this wall panel system C. Remove all strippable coating and provide a dry wipe-down cleaning of the panels as they are erected. D. Panels attached to any TREATED LUMBER MUST HAVE AN APPROPRIATE VAPOR BARRIER INSTALLED OVER THE TREATED LUMBER PRIOR TO INSTALLING ANY SOFIT PANELS OR RELATED FLASHINGS. DO NOT ALLOW ANY METAL PRODUCTS TO COME INTO DIRECT CONTACT WITH TREATED LUMBER DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 3.4 Damaged Material A. Upon determination of responsibility, repair or replace damaged metal panels and trim to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. END OF SECTION 07412 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 07412-R VERTICAL METAL WALL PANEL PART I - GENERAL 1.1 Description Of Work A. This Section covers the pre-finished,pre-fabricated Factory Manufactured Architectural Concealed attachment Metal Wall system. All metal trim, accessories, fasteners, insulation, and sealants indicated on the drawings as part of this section. B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including general and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications, apply to this section C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Roof Deck structural steel, flat roof systems,preformed metal standing seam roofing,perimeter edge systems, roof hatches, firestopping not included in this section 1.2 Summary A. Section Includes 1. Factory formed metal wall panels B. Related work specified elsewhere (Note: select from the below or add appropriate sections) 1. Wood Framing and Decking: Division 6 Rough and Miscellaneous Carpentry 2. Flashing and Trim: Division 7- Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 3. Sealants: Division 7 Joint Sealers Sections 1.3 Quality Assurance A. Petersen Aluminum Corp products establish a minimum of quality required. 1. Tyler, TX, 800-441-8661 B. Manufacturer and erector shall demonstrate experience of a minimum of five (5)years in this type of project. C. Sheet Metal Industry Standard: Comply with Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)Architectural Sheet Metal Manual and National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) details applicable to wall panels and wall flashings. D. Panels shall be factory-produced only. No portable, installer-owned or installer-rented machines will be permitted 1.4 Substitutions A. The material,products and equipment specified in this section establish a standard for required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 1.5 System Description A. ASTM A653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy Coated by the Hot-Dip Process 1.6 Wall Panel System Performance Testing A. Air Penetration: When tested per ASTM E-283 @ 6.24 PSF the air penetration shall be .005 or less when tested in accordance here. B. Water Penetration: When tested per ASTM E-331 @ 12.48 PSF for the 15 minute test period, the water penetration shall be none. C. Dynamic Water Penetration: When tested per AAMA 501 @ 15 PSF, the water penetration shall be none. D. Structural Performance: When tested per ASTM E 1592, withstand the effects of wind loads and deflection limits of the span as indicated on the drawings. E. Negative Load Testing per ASTM E-330: The panel shall have been tested per ASTM E- 330 to show negative wind uplifts at spans of 1'0"through 4'0" spans, both double and triple spans and the Manufacturer shall provide a Negative Wind Uplift Table for this panel at the above-listed spans, with current 2.0 Safety Factor as per IBC current code and 1.65 Safety Factor as per US Corps of Engineers. F. Comply with Florida Building Code Product Approval 423225.6 for installation. Product Precision Series Highline B2 (16"nom.) 24ga steel w/clip. Refer to Sp46. 1.7 Warranties A. Finish warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace wall panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finish within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panels Finish—deterioration includes the following: a. Color fading more than 5 hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244 (varies for Award Blue/Cardinal Red) b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214 (varies for Award Blue/Cardinal Red) c. Cracking, checking,peeling or failure of a paint to adhere to a bare metal. 2. Warranty Period (specifier to select): a. 20 Years from the date of substantial completion 1.8 Submittals A. Furnish detailed drawings showing profile and gauge of exterior sheets, location and type of fasteners, location, gauges, shape and method of attachment of all trim locations and type of sealants, and any other details as may be required for a weather-tight installation. B. Provide finish samples of all colors specified. C. Shop drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of metal wall panels or metal soffit panels, details of edge conditions, side-seam joints,panel profiles, corners, DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 anchorages, trim, flashings, closures and accessories, and special details. Distinguish between factory and field-assembled work D. Coordination Drawings: Roof plans, drawn to scale, on which the following are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installer of the items involved: 1.9 Delivery, Storage And Handling A. Ordering: Comply with manufacturer's ordering instruction and lead time requirements to avoid construction delays. B. Deliver components, sheets, metal soffit panels and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal soffit panels for protection during transportation and handling. C. Unload, store and erect metal soffit panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting and surface damage. D. Stack metal wall panels on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. E. Store metal wall panels to ensure dryness. Do not store metal wall panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting or other surface damage. F. Protect strippable protective coating on any metal coated product from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to the extent necessary for material installation. 1.10 Project Conditions A. Weather Limitations: proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit metal roof panel work to be performed. B. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of construction contiguous with metal roof panels by field measurements before fabrication PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 Panel Design A. Provide factory-formed wall panels that shall be concealed attachment in nominal 16" width with 13/8" high panel corrugations that are mechanically attached to wall supports and do not have any exposed fasteners on the panel face for attachment to the wall supports. Panels can be specified for clip attachment. B. Basis of Design: 1. PAC Precision Series Highline B2, 15.356" width, 1 3/8" High, double reveal profile with raised flat pan with concealed clip attachment. 2.2 Acceptable Manufacturers A. This project is detailed around the wall panel product of Petersen Aluminum Corporation, Elk Grove Village, IL: PAC Precision Series Highline panels DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 2.3 Material And Finishes A. Preformed metal panels shall be fabricated of 24 GA G-90 Galvanized steel. B. Color shall be PAC-CLAD *Standard Pac-Clad Finish, to be determined. C. Finish shall be Kynar 500 Flurocarbon coating with a top side film thickness of 0.70 to 0.90 mil over 0.25 to 0.31 mil prime coat to provide a total dry film thickness of 0.95 to 1.25 mil. Bottom side shall be coated with a primer with a dry film thickness of 0.25 mil. Finish shall conform to all tests for adhesion, flexibility and longevity as specified by Kynar 500 finish supplier. D. Field protection must be provided by the Contractor at the job site so material is not exposed to weather and moisture. E. Forming: use continuous and rolling method. No "portable rollforming" machines will be permitted on this project; no installer-owned or installer-rented machines shall be permitted. It is the intent of the Architect to provide Factory-Manufactured wall panel systems only for this project. F. Trim: Trim shall be fabricated of the same material and finish to match the profiled sheeting and press broken in lengths of 10 — 12 feet. Trim shall be formed only by the manufacturer or their approved dealer. Trim to be erected in overlapped condition. Use lap strips only as indicated on drawings. Miter conditions shall be factory welded material to match the sheeting. G. Accessories/Fasteners: Fasteners shall be of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power and other properties required to fasten miscellaneous framing members to substrates. Accessories and their fasteners shall be capable of resisting the specified design wind uplift forces and shall allow for thermal movement of the wall panel system. H. Exposed fasteners shall not restrict free movement of the wall panel system resulting from thermal forces, except at designed points of wall panel fixity. May require the use of PAC factory clips to alleviate thermal movement for panels over 20' in length. Consult PAC factory on use of wall panel clips. L Closures: Use composition or metal profiled closures at top of each elevation to close ends of the panels. Metal closures to be made in the same material and finish as face sheet. J. Fasteners: Fasteners shall be galvanized steel, dished washers,galvanized steel with bonded neoprene. Refer to Sup 46. K. Zees: Where required by design of primary structural framing system shall be used to span between beams and/or joists. L. Sealants 1. Provide two part polysulfide class "B"non-sag type for vertical and horizontal joints, brand name: NP-1. Geocell 2300, Weathermaster"Titebond" or similar performing caulking. 2. One part polysulfide not containing pitch or phenolic extenders, or; 3. Exterior grade silicone sealant recommended by roofing manufacturer, or; 4. One part non-sag, gun grade, exterior type polyurethane recommended by roofing manufacturer. 2.4 Fabrication DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 A. Comply with dimensions,profile limitations, gauges and fabrication details shown and if not shown and, if not shown,provide manufacturer's standard product fabrication. B. Fabricate components of the system in factory, ready for field assembly. C. Fabricate components and assemble units to comply with fire and performance requirements specified. D. Apply specified finishes in conformance with manufacturer's standards, and according to manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 Inspection A. Examine alignment of structural steel and related supports prior to installation and do not proceed until the defects are corrected by the responsible contractor. B. For the record,prepare written report, endorsed by installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 Fasteners A. Secure units to supports. B. Place fasteners as indicated in manufacturer's standards. 3.3 Installation A. Panels shall be installed plumb and true in proper alignment and relation to the structural framing. The erector must have at least five years successful experience with similar applications. B. Install metal panels, fasteners, trim and related sealants in accordance with approved shop drawings and as may be by manufacturer's installation instructions and details for this wall panel system C. Remove all strippable coating and provide a dry wipe-down cleaning of the panels as they are erected. D. Panels attached to any TREATED LUMBER MUST HAVE AN APPROPRIATE VAPOR BARRIER INSTALLED OVER THE TREATED LUMBER PRIOR TO INSTALLING ANY SOFIT PANELS OR RELATED FLASHINGS. DO NOT ALLOW ANY METAL PRODUCTS TO COME INTO DIRECT CONTACT WITH TREATED LUMBER 3.4 Damaged Material A. Upon determination of responsibility, repair or replace damaged metal panels and trim to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. END OF SECTION 07429-R DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SECTION 07410 - R SOFFIT AND LINER PANELS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 Description Of Work A. This section covers the pre-finished,pre-fabricated Factory Manufactured Aluminum Soffit System. All metal trim, accessories, fasteners, insulation and sealants indicated on the drawings are part of this section B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Roof Deck structural steel, flat roof systems,preformed metal standing seam roofing,perimeter edge systems, roof hatches, firestopping not included in this section 1.2 Quality Assurance A. Petersen Aluminum Corp, Tyler, TX, 800-441-8661 products establish a minimum of quality required. B. Manufacturer and erector shall demonstrate experience of a minimum of five (5)years in this type of project. 1.3 Substitutions A. The material,products and equipment specified in this section establish a standard for required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. 1.4 System Description A. Material to comply with: 1. ASTM B209 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 1.5 Soffit System Performance Testing A. Soffit System shall be designed to meet Standard Building Code wind load requirements. B. Soffit System shall be designed to meet applicable Local Building Code and the Soffit System shall have been tested by the Manufacturer per ASTM E-330 and have the applicable Load Tables published from this Air Bag testing for negative loads. C. Comply with Florida Building Code Product Approval 423157 for installation. Product PAC CLAD 850 Aluminum Soffit 12"wide .032 Aluminum. Solid, Fully or �/z vented. Refer to Sup.47. 1.6 Warranties DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 A. Finish warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace standing seam metal roof panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finish within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panels Finish - deterioration includes the following: a. Color fading more than 5 hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244 b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214 c. Cracking, checking,peeling or failure of a paint to adhere to a bare metal. 2. Warranty Period: 20 Years from the date of substantial completion 1.7 Submittals A. Furnish detailed drawings showing profile and gauge of exterior sheets, location and type of fasteners, location, gauges, shape and method of attachment of all trim locations and types of sealants, and any other details as may be required for a weather-tight installation. B. Provide finish samples of all colors specified. 1.7 Delivery, Storage And Handling A. Deliver components, sheets, metal soffit panels and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal soffit panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store and erect metal soffit panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting and surface damage. C. Stack metal soffit panels on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal soffit panels to ensure dryness. Do not store metal soffit panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting or other surface damage. D. Protect strippable protective coating on any metal coated product from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to the extent necessary for material installation. 1.8 Project Conditions A. Weather Limitations: proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit metal roof panel work to be performed. B. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of construction contiguous with metal roof panels by field measurements before fabrication PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 Panel Design A. Soffit panels shall be 12" wide by 3/8" deep and manufacturer shall be able to provide all three options of panel surface: Full Vent, Half Vent or Solid Soffit in the specified color (s). DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 2.2 Acceptable Manufacturers A. Basis of Design: Petersen Aluminum Corporation, Petersen Aluminum Corp, Tyler, TX, 800-441-8661, PAC-850 Soffit. 2.3 Materials And Finishes A. Materials: ASTM B-209 quality aluminum, 3105-H14 Alloy and Temper material. Aluminum shall be tension leveled (temper passed and stretcher leveled) with camber of a maximum of 1/4" in 20 feet, manufactured in the USA, and shall be .032" thick aluminum, US standard grade. 1. Color shall be PAC-CLAD Kynar 500 *Standard Pac-Clad Finish 2. Panel Surface shall be: Full Vent Half Vent, or Solid based upon location shown on plans. B. Finishes: Finish shall be Kynar 500 Fluorocarbon coating with a top side film thickness of 0.70 to 0.90 mil over 0.25 to 0.31 mil prime coat to provide a total dry film thickness of 0.95 to 1.25 mil. Finish shall conform to tests for adhesion, flexibility and longevity as specified by Kynar 500 finish supplier. C. Field protection must be provided by the Contractor at the job site so material is not exposed to weather and moisture. D. If any strippable film coating is applied to any pre-finished panels or materials for protection during shipping, strippable film shall be removed prior to installation. E. Forming: use continuous and rolling method. No end laps on panels. No "portable rollforming" machines will be permitted on this project; no installer-owned or installer- rented machines shall be permitted. It is the intent of the Architect to provide Factory- Manufactured soffit systems only for this project. F. Trim: Trim shall be fabricated of the same material and finish to match the profiled sheeting and press broken in lengths of 10 - 12 feet. Trim shall be formed only by the manufacturer or their approved dealer. Trim to be erected in overlapped condition. Use lap strips only as indicated on drawings. Miter conditions shall be factory welded material to match the sheeting. G. Fasteners: Fasteners shall be 400 series stainless steel, dished washers stainless steel with bonded neoprene. H. Zees: Where required by design of primary structural framing system, zees shall be used to span between beams and/or other joists. Thermally responsive base and top clips shall be fastened to the zees on 12" centers. 2.4 Sealants A. Provide two-part polysulfide class B non-sag type for vertical and horizontal joints or B. One part polysulfide not containing pitch or phenolic extenders or C. Exterior grade silicone sealant recommended by roofing manufacturer or D. One part non-sag, gun grade exterior type polyurethane recommended by the roofing manufacturer. 2.5 Fabrication DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 A. Comply with dimensions,profile limitations, gauges and fabrication details shown and if not shown,provide manufacturer's standard product fabrication. B. Fabricate components of the system in factory, ready for field assembly. C. Fabricate components and assemble units to comply with fire performance requirements specified. D. Apply specified finishes in conformance with manufacturer's standard, and according to manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Inspection A. Examine alignment of structural steel and related supports,primary and secondary roof framing, solid roof sheathing,prior to installation. B. For the record,prepare written report, endorsed by installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 Fasteners A. Secure units to supports B. Place fasteners as indicated in manufacturer's standards. 3.3 Installation A. Panels shall be installed plumb and true in a proper alignment and in relation to the structural framing. The erector must have at least five years successful experience with similar applications. B. Install soffit panels, fasteners, trim and related sealants in accordance with approved shop drawings and as may be required for a weather-tight , complete and architecturally pleasing installation. C. Remove all strippable coating and provide a dry-wipe down cleaning of the panels as they are erected. D. Panels attached to any TREATED LUMBER MUST HAVE AN APPROPRIATE VAPOR BARRIER INSTALLED OVER THE TREATED LUMBER PRIOR TO INSTALLING ANY SOFIT PANELS OR RELATED FLASHINGS. DO NOT ALLOW ANY METAL PRODUCTS TO COME INTO DIRECT CONTACT WITH TREATED LUMBER 3.4 Damaged Material A. Upon determination of responsibility, repair or replace damaged metal panels and trim to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. END OF SECTION 07429 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07552 SELF–ADHERED ROOFING UNDERLAYMENT PART GENERAL 1.1 Summary A. This Section specifies a self-adhering sheet membrane used as underlayment for sloped roofs. 1. High temperature application,30OF resistance,extended period. B. Related Sections:Refer to the following specification sections for coordination: 1. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 07210–Building Insulation 2. Section 07411–Metal Roof Panels. C. Referenced Standards: Comply with the requirements of the following standards published by ASTM International to the extent referenced in this section. 1. ASTM D412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension. 2. ASTM D461 -Standard Test Methods for Felt. 3. ASTM D 903 - Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds. 4. ASTM D1970 - Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection. 5. ASTM D3767-Standard Practice for Rubber—Measurement of Dimensions. 6. ASTM E96-Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 7. ASTM G90–EMM Aqua test. 1.2 Submittal A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and applicable codes at the location of the project. B. Manufacturer:Minimum 10 years experience producing roofing Underlayment. C. Installer:Minimum 2 years experience with installation of similar underlayment. d. Warranty: Provide 20 year manufacturer watertightness warranty. Refer to manufacturer for requirements. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in unopened factory labeled packages.Protect from damage. B. Cover materials and store in dry condition between temperatures of 40 and 90 degrees F (5 and 32 degrees C).Use within one year of date of manufacture.Do not store at elevated temperatures as that will reduce the shelf life of the product. Davis&Davis,Inc. Self-Adhered Roofing Underlayment 07552- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART II-PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturer A. Manufacturer: Grace Construction Products, 62 Whittemore Avenue, Cambridge,MA 02140, Toll Free 866-333-3726, www.na. raceconstruction.coin, Or equal submitted prior to award of contract. 2.2 Materials A. Self-Adhering Sheet Membrane Roof Underlayment: Provide Grace Ultra by Grace Construction Products with the following characteristics: 1. Material: Cold applied, self-adhering membrane composed of a high strength polyethylene film coated on one side with a layer of butyl rubber adhesive and interwound with a disposable release sheet. An embossed, slip resistant surface is provided on the polyethylene. 2. Color: Gray-black. 3. Membrane Thickness: 30 mil(0.76 mm)ASTM D3767 method A'. 4. Tensile strength,Membrane: 250 psi(1720 kN/m2)ASTM D412(Die C modified). 5. Elongation,Membrane: 250%ASTM D412(Die C modified). 6. Low Temperature Flexibility: Unaffected @-20°F(-29°C)ASTM D1970. 7. Adhesion to Plywood: 3.0 lbs/in width(525 N/m)ASTM D903. 8. Permeance(max): 0.05 Perms(2.9 ng/m2s Pa)ASTM E96. 9. Material Weight Installed(max): 0.221b/ft2(1.1 kg/m2)ASTM D461. 10. Service Temperature: 300 degrees F(148.8 degrees C)per ASTM D1204 10. Primer: Water-based Perm-A-Barrier WB Primer by Grace Construction Products. 11. Code and Standards Compliance: Grace Ultra meets the following requirements: a. International Conference of Building Officials(ICBO)Report No. 3997. b. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. R13399 Class A fire classification under fiberglass shingles and Class C under organic felt shingles. c. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Classified Sheathing Material Fire Resistance Classification Design Numbers P225, P227, P230, P237, P259, P508, P510, P512, P514, P701, P711, P717, P722,P723,P732,P734,P736,P742,P803,P814,P818,P824. PART III-EXECUTION 3.1 Examination A. Prior to start of installation, inspect existing conditions to ensure surfaces are suitable for installation of roofing underlayment. Verify flashing has been installed. Starting work indicates installers acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 Installation A. Installation: Install roofing underlayment on sloped surfaces at locations indicated on the Drawings,but not less than at hips, ridges, eaves, valleys, sidewalls and chimneys, and surfaces over interior space within 36 inches(914 mm)from the inside face of the exterior wall. Strictly comply with manufacturer's installation instructions including but not limited to the following: 1. Schedule installation such that underlayment is covered by roofing within the published exposure limit of the underlayment. 2. Do not install underlayment on wet or frozen substrates. 3. Install when surface temperature of substrate is a minimum of 40 degrees F (5 degrees C) and rising. 4. Remove dust,dirt,loose materials and protrusions from deck surface. 5. Install membrane on clean, dry, continuous structural deck. Fill voids and damaged or unsupported areas prior to installation. Davis&Davis,Inc. Self-Adhered Roofing Underlayment 07552-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 6. Prime concrete and masomy surfaces using specified primer at a rate of 500-600 square feet per gallon(12-15 sgrr/L).Priming is not required for other suitable clean and dry surfaces. 7. Install membrane such that all laps shed water. Work from the low point to the high point of the roof at all times. Apply the membrane in valleys before the membrane is applied to the eaves. Following placement along the eaves,continue application of the membrane up the roof.Membrane may be installed either vertically or horizontally after the first horizontal course. 8. Side laps minimum 3-1/2 inches (89 mm) and end laps minimum 6 inches (152 mm) following lap lines marked on underlayment. 9. Patch penetrations and damage using manufacturer's recommended methods. 3.02 Cleaning and Protection A. Protection: Protect from damage during construction operations and installation of roofing materials. Promptly repair any damaged or deteriorated surfaces. B. Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove and replace work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired in the opinion of the Architect. C. Provide temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protective film and reclean as necessary immediately before final acceptance. END OF SECTION-07552 Davis&Davis,Inc. Self-Adhered Roofing Underlayment 07552-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07620 SI4EET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Summary A. Related Documents: 1. Drawings and general provisions of the Subcontract apply to this Section. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Flashing and sheet metal work. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section"General Requirements." 2. Division 01 Section"Special Procedures." 1.2 References A. General: 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated.Where differences exist between codes and standards,the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. Unless otherwise noted,the referenced standard edition is the current one at the time of commencement of the Work. 3. Refer to Division 01 Section"General Requirements"for the list of applicable regulatory requirements. B. BAAQMD Regulation 8-51 -Adhesive and Sealant Products. 1.3 Submittals A. Submit under provisions of Division 01 Section"General Requirements." B. Product Data: 1. Specifications,materials list and schedule for surface preparation procedures. 2. Material safety data sheets. C. Shop Drawings:Details showing each condition separately and cross-referenced with applicable details on the Drawings. D. Closeout Submittals: 1. Material Safety Data: Sealant and adhesive quantity use in accordance with requirements of BAAQMD Regulation 8-51. 2. Signed guaranty. 1.4 Quality Assurance A. Comply with pertinent recommendations contained in"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual," latest edition,of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association,Inc. Davis&Davis,Inc. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Take field measurements required for proper and adequate fabrication and installation of the work. Exact measurements are the Subcontractor's responsibility. Furnish templates for exact locations of items to be embedded. 1.5 Guarantee A. Guarantee sheet metal and flashing work provided under this section to be watertight for 5 years after substantial completion. Guarantee shall include that other work and materials damaged by leaks shall be promptly repaired at no cost to the Owner. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. General:Furnish sheet metal in minimum 20-gauge, except 24-gauge for downspouts and gutters, or as otherwise indicated.Unless otherwise noted,all sheetmetal shall be galvanized,FS QQ-S-775d,Class d, ASTM A525 Class 1.25 commercial galvanizing. 1. Pre-manufactured Reglets: Snap-on type,for two piece flashing,metal to match flashing and sheet metal,factory formed and sealed corners. Fry Reglet Corp./Springlok System,MM Systems Corp./Snap-Tite System,Morrison&Co./Cushion-lok,or equal. 2. Pre-manufactured Roof Curbs:Box section design,custom heights,minimum 16 gage galvanized steel,continuous mitered and welded corner seams,integral base plate,single and compound roof pitch requirements,combustible materials and wood of any kind are not permitted. Custom Curb,Ino,(800- 251-3001),Roof Products& Systems Corp. (708-595-7320),or equal. B. Lead: ASTM B749,Type L51121,minimum 41bs./sq.ft.(0.0625 inches thick). C. Solder: For use with steel or copper,Class A,Grade I,half-and-half,pig lead and block tin,ASTM B32, Type 50-50,with rosin flux. 1. For use with stainless steel, 60-40 tin/lead solder,ASTM B32,with acid-chloride flux, except use rosin flux over tinned surfaces. D. Mastic:FS SS-S-153,Type 1,black plastic cement. E. Nails and Screws: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal,or other non-corrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer, Stronghold type,with large flat heads and sharp points.Use length sufficient to penetrate wood framing a minimum of 7/8-inch(22 mm). Use lead or neoprene washers where indicated. Use sheet metal screws or self-tapping screws to fasten sheet metal to other metal. Match finish of exposed heads with fmish of material being fastened. F. Lap Joint Sealer:Polyisobutylene non-hardening,non-skinning,non-drying,non-migrating sealant. G. Coating for Dissimilar Metals: Bitumastic paint or as required to be compatible with adjacent materials and fmishes. Coordinate requirements with paint systems and coatings furnished under Division 09 Section "Painting" . H. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part non-corrosive metal seam cementing compound recommended by metal manufacturer for exterior/interior non-moving joints including riveted joints. 1. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproof/weatherproof seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet. J. Paper Slip-Sheet: 5-lb(2.27 kg)rosin-sized building paper. Davis&Davis,Inc. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL K. Polyethylene Underlayment:Minimum 6-mil carbonated polyethylene film. L. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal clips,straps,anchoring devices,and similar accessory units as required for installation of work,matching or compatible with material being installed,non-corrosive,size and gage as required for performance. M. Gutter and Conductor-Head Guards: 20-gauge bronze or nonmagnetic stainless steel mesh or fabricated units, with selvaged edges and noncorrosive fasteners. Use materials compatible with gutters and downspouts. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 Coordination A. Review drawings for sheet metal work. Coordinate to achieve proper incorporation of this work within membrane waterproofing work. 3.2 Fabrication and Installation A. Perform work in accordance with Drawings and Specifications. B. Fabricate shapes as detailed and approved. C. Accurately fabricate and fit parts,with surfaces free from warp,wave,buckle,dent or other defects,and with square corners and angles,unless otherwise shown. D. Install water and weather tight where exposed to the weather,with the provision for free expansion and contraction without causing leaks. E. Clean soldered surfaces prior to soldering. Fully flow soldered joints fully. Scrape and finish exposed solder smooth. Remove traces of flux or acid. F. Provide locked-butt joints. Where impractical and unless otherwise detailed,provide joints with full backup strips,riveted to one end and soldered;lap other end and seal with lap joint sealer. Turn lock joints,where exposed,in direction of flow. 1. Solder joints and miters. 2. Make ample provisions for expansion and contraction in sheet metal assemblies, and provide by slip joints. In long runs,provide slip joints every 20 feet(6 m)minimum,unless otherwise shown on Drawings.In runs less than 20 feet(6 m),provide one slip joint. 3. Provide reinforcements as required. 4. Shop fabricate corners at parapet wall copings with miters and all joints soldered. G. Exposed fasteners are not permitted. H. Provide heavy coating of bitumastic paint to insulate dissimilar metals from each other. L Fold,bead,hem or return exposed edges of fabricated sheetmetal;no raw edges will be permitted. J. Close all ends. K. Etch sheet metal surfaces which will be concealed in the finish work with an approved acid wash,and then shop paint with one coat of approved galvanized primer. Sheet metal surfaces which will be exposed in the finished work are specified to be treated and prime-painted under Division 09 Section"Painting". Davis&Davis,Inc. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Confirm compatibility of shop primers and surface preparation used on concealed surfaces with paints and coatings provided in Division 09 Section"Painting". L. Underlayment:Where stainless steel is to be installed directly on ceinentitious or wood substrates,install a slip sheet of red rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment. M. Install continuous gutter guards on gutters,arranged as hinged units to swing open for cleaning gutters. Install "beehive"-type strainer guards at conductor heads,removable for cleaning downspouts. 3.3 Cleaning A. Immediately upon completion of this work,remove from site all debris and scrap material and clean up all dust and dirt resulting from this work. END OF SECTION 07620 Davis&Davis,Inc. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07712 MANUFACTURED GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Related Documents A. The provisions included under Division 1,General Requirements,are included as part of this section as though bound herein. 1.2 Summary A. Provide labor,material, and equipment necessary for furnishing a complete installation of commercial gutter system. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Division 5 Sections 2. Division 6 Sections 3. Division 7 Sections 1.3 Submittals A. Product Data:Each type of product specified. Submit manufacturer's detailed technical product data, installation instructions and recommendations,dimensions of individual components,profiles,and finishes B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation of commercial gutter system including fully dimensioned roof plans,expansion joint locations,sections and details of components and other related trims. C. Finish&Color Selection:Furnish manufacturer's technical data for specified finish and color chart showing full range of colors available. Color to match roof. 1.4 Quality Assurance A. Where pre-engineered manufactured products are specified,other field fabricated or shop/field fabricated substitutions will not be accepted.However,where shop/field fabrications are indicated pre- engineered systems will be considered with Architect approval. B. Obtain all components and related accessories from one single source manufacturer. C. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installing commercial gutter system.Follow primary roofing manufacturer's printed instructions for installing associated roof material for flashing gutter system to roof. 1.5 Delivery, Storage,and Handling A. All products delivered shall be stored in a clean dry location prior to installation. B. Products furnished with strippable protective masking shall not be exposed to direct sunlight for more than 30 minutes without removing masking. C. Do not install finished materials with scars or abrasions. Davis&Davis,Inc. Gutters and Downspouts 07712-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1.6 Project Conditions A. Coordinate work of this Section with adjoining work for proper sequencing to ensure protection from inclement weather and to protect materials and their finish against damage. B. Do not install commercial gutter system during inclement weather.When installing in cold climates, warm adhesives,caulks, and primers to at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit prior to application. PART II PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers A. Basis of Design:provide commercial gutter system, accessories,and drainware as manufactured by Perimeter Systems, a division of Southern Aluminum Finishing Company,Inc. 8370 East Hwy 78, Villa Rica,GA 30180, (800)334-9823, Online at http://www.saf.com/persys 2.2 Type A. Provide Perimeter Systems'SMACNA Series Gutter System,Figure 1-2, Style A,Box Style. Minimum size 6"x6",with vertical corner splash guards at all valleys. 2.3 Materials and Fabrication A. Gutter: Shall be manufactured from 0.040"mill finished aluminum in 10'-0"lengths. Gutter shall be: 1. Manufactured with 1"telescoping and notched end. 2. Factory punched with fastening holes elongated to allow for thermal movement. 3. Gutters shall be press formed on a CNC Press to provide repeated true and accurate profiles. B. Support Bracket: Shall be manufactured from 0.125"x 1.00"aluminum,factory punched for fasteners. Match gutter color,maximum of 36"oc. spacing. C. Interior Straps: Shall be manufactured from 0.125"x 1.00" aluminum,maximum 36"oc spacing. 2.4 Accessories A. Mitered Corners:Miter shall be precision saw cut with a continuous heliarc weld watertight joint. B. End Caps:Provide factory end caps at all gutter ends and wall abutments. C. Liner Expansion Joint:Provide manufacturer's elastomeric expansion joints with cover plates at 40' intervals or as shown on shop drawings. D. Sealant: Shall be polyurethane or silicon based water-proofing type,compatible with aluminum gutter, downspout,and abutting dissimilar materials for intended application. 2.5 Drainware A. Downspout&Elbows:Provide downspout Model Number DS-FM 6"x6"size.Downspouts shall be manufactured from 0.040 aluminum,fmished to match gutter.Downspout elbows shall have heliarc welded joints. B. Outlets:At all downspout locations provide aluminum outlets to connect liner to downspout. Davis&Davis,Inc. Gutters and Downspouts 07712-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Wall Brackets:Provide Style 1 Wall brackets at 60"maximum spacing(minimum 2 brackets). Brackets shall be manufactured from 0.125"x 1.00"aluminum,finished to match downspout. D. Discharge Adapter:Provide black pvc adapter gasket from downspout to site stoian drain system unless noted otherwise. 2.6 Finishes A. General:Apply coatings to exposed aluminum components after fabrication for maximum coating performance and to prevent crazing,abrasion, and damage to finished surfaces. B. Pretreatment:Aluminum components shall be pretreated with solutions to remove organic and inorganic surface soils,remove residual oxides,followed by a chrome phosphate conversion coating to which organic coatings will firmly adhere. C. Coating Type:High Performance Coating,two-coat,shop applied,70%Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF)coating based on Elf Arkema Chemicals,Inc.Kynar 500 or Ausimont U.S.A.,Inc.Hylar 5000 resin,meeting AAMA 2605 specification. D. Color: Gutter match roof color, down spout color to be determined from standard line of colors. PART III EXECUTION 3.1 Examination A. The installer must examine substrates and conditions under which commercial gutter system will be installed.All wood plates and/or fascia boards shall be installed true,straight,and free of splits,cracks, or other irregularities.Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 Preparation A. Prior to the installation of the commercial gutter system,soffits,extenders, and associated cornice profiles shall be installed. B. Installer shall thoroughly read and follow manufacturer's installation instructions before proceeding with installation. 3.3 Installation A. General:The commercial gutter system shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.Deviations from the instructions are not allowed. B. Support Brackets:Layout support brackets to provide 1/2"slope in 40 linear feet.Install support brackets with#10 x 2" stainless steel wood screws, or appropriate type to coordinate with mounting substrate. C. Gutter:Install gutter onto support brackets and fasten to substrates with 1-1/2" aluminum or stainless steel nails.Rivet and seal liner joints with high grade exterior sealant as recommended by gutter manufacturer. D. Expansion Joints:Install elastomeric expansion joints as shown on plans and/or shop drawings. Maximum expansion joint spacing shall be 40'centers. Davis&Davis,Inc. Gutters and Downspouts 07712-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL E. Install interior straps by fully engaging them into gutter's henuned edge,complete by securely riveting. F. When down spout is not tied into site storm drain system all open site drains will discharge away from building.Install concrete splash block/pad when in landscape beds. The open site drain will have all edges and corners returned or hemmed to prevent any sharp edges or corners. END OF SECTION 07712 Davis&Davis,Inc. Gutters and Downspouts 07712-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07720 ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Related Document A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specifications Sections, apply to this section. B. The General Contractor shall provide all labor,material and equipment to completely install all roof curbs and ridge vents. C. Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings,and color Samples. 1.2 Summary A. This Section includes the following: L Roof Curbs. 2. Ridge Vents. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alclad Alloy 30051-125, or alloy and temper required to suit forming operations,with mill finish,unless otherwise indicated. B. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T52, or alloy and temper required to suit structural and finish requirements,with mill finish,unless otherwise indicated. C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M,G90. 2.2 Roof Accessories A. Roof Curbs and Equipment Supports: Fabricate from minimum .080, 30031-114 aluminum, or heavier as required to support the load, with fully mitered and heli-arc welded corners, integral base plates, with water diverter cricket. B. Ridge Vents: Provide vented ridge. 1. Products: a. MBCI ridge flash with perforated vent drip. 2. Finish: Fabricated from sheet steel of the same gauge,finish,and color as the roof panels. Davis&Davis,Inc. Roof Accessories 07720-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Installation: Unless otherwise indicated, install roof accessory items according to construction details of NRCA's "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual." Coordinate with installation of roof deck,vapor barriers, roof insulation, roofing, and flashing to ensure combined elements are secure, waterproof, and weathertight. END OF SECTION 07720 Davis&Davis,Inc. Roof Accessories 07720-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS(SITE) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and color Samples. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants,joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions. B. Sealant for Use in Wall Expansion Joints: 1. Single-component, neutral-curing silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses T, M, and O, with the additional capability to withstand 50 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 100 percent movement. C. Sealant for Exterior Traffic-Bearing Joints,Where Slope Allows Use of Pourable Sealant: 1. Single-component, pourable urethane sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade P; Class 25; Uses T, M,G,A,and O. D. Sealant for Exterior Pool Deck Joints: I. Refer to Division 13 —Swimming Pools. 2.2 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non-staining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants,primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Bond-Brealcer Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid,inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Joint Sealants 07900- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C 1193. B. Comply with ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications. END OF SECTION 07900 Kimley-Horn and Associates,Inc. Joint Sealants 07900-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BELL WITT CITY PARK POOL f SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS-BUILDINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 Section Requirements A. Submittals: Product Data and color Samples. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Joint Sealants A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants,joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions. B. Sealant for Use in Building Expansion Joints: 1. Single-component, neutral-curing silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses T, M, and O, with the additional capability to withstand 50 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 100 percent movement. C. Sealant for Exterior Traffic-Bearing Joints,Where Slope Allows Use of Pourable Sealant: 1. Single-component, pourable urethane sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade P; Class 25; Uses T, M,G,A, and O. D. Sealant for Use in Interior Joints and Other Hard Surfaces in Kitchens and Toilet Rooms and Around Plumbing Fixtures: 1. Single-component, mildew-resistant silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT,G,A, and O;formulated with fungicide. E. Sealant for Interior Use at Perimeters of Door and Window Frames: 1. Latex sealant, single-component, nonsag, mildew-resistant, paintable, acrylic-emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834. F. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed Interior Joints: 1. Nonsag,paintable,non-staining,latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. G. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: 1. Non-drying, non-hardening, non-skinning, non-staining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. Davis&Davis,Inc. Joint Sealants 07920-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.2 Joint-Sealant Backing A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non-staining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants,primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid,inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Comply with ASTM C 1193. B. Comply with ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications. END OF SECTION 07920 Davis&Davis,Inc. Joint Sealants 07920-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 d DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 08110-R HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 Summary A. Section Includes: 1. Standard and custom hollow metal doors and frames. 2. Steel sidelight,borrowed lite and transom frames. 3. Louvers installed in hollow metal doors. 4. Light frames and glazing installed in hollow metal doors. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for embedding anchors for hollow metal work into masonry construction. 2. Division 08 Section"Glazing"for glass view panels in hollow metal doors. 3. Division 08 Section"Door Hardware". 4. Division 09 Sections "Exterior Painting" and "Interior Painting" for field painting hollow metal doors and frames. C. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1. ANSI/SDI A250.8- Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. ANSI/SDI A250.4-Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames,Frames Anchors and Hardware Reinforcing. 3. ANSI/SDI A250.6 -Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 4. ANSI/SDI A25010 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. 5. ANSI/SDI A250.11 -Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 6. ASTM A1008 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High- Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. 7. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy- Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 8. ASTM A924- Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet,Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 9. ASTM C 1363 - Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus. 10. ASTM E283 - Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimens. 11. ASTM E330- Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows,Curtain Walls,and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 12. ASTM E 413 -Classification for Rating Sound Insulation. Davis and Davis,Inc. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08110-R- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 13. ANSI/ASA 512.60 — Acoustical Performance Criteria, Design Requirements, and Guidelines for Schools 14. ASTM E1332- Standard Classification for Determination of Outdoor-Indoor Transmission Class. 15. ANSI/BHMA Al 56.115-Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Frames. 16. ANSI/SDI 122-Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 17. ANSI/NFPA 80-Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows;National Fire Protection Association. 18. ANSI/NFPA 105: Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 19. NFPA 252-Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies;National Fire Protection Association. 20. NFRC 102—Procedure for Measuring the Steady State Thermal Transmittance of Fenestration Systems. 21. NFRC 400—Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Air Leakage. 22. UL l OC-Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 23. UL 1784- Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.3 Submittals A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include installation instructions, construction details, material descriptions,core descriptions,hardware reinforcements,profiles, anchors, fire-resistance rating, and finishes. B. Door hardware supplier shall furnish templates,template reference number and/or physical hardware to the steel door and frame supplier in order to prepare the doors and frames to receive the finish hardware items. C. Shop Drawings: Shall include the following: 1. Elevations of each door design. 2. Details of doors,including vertical and horizontal edge details and metal thicknesses. 3. Frame details for each frame type,including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5. Details of anchorages,joints,field splices,and connections. 6. Details of accessories. 7. Details of moldings,removable stops,and glazing. 8. Details of conduit and preparations for power,signal,and control systems. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Samples are required E. Provide compliance of exterior doors meeting the installation standards of TDI Windstorm Product Evaluation Review DR-901,dated June 1,2018,as SUP44,or Florida FL 15493 R2 11 MDI001 SS 2016- 08-25. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule. 1.4 Quality Assurance A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Provide hollow metal doors and frames from an SDI Certified manufacturer www.s(celdooi-oi-�.,/s(iic(��ilil-i(��(.ls,li,�s. B. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow metal doors and frames through one source from a single manufacturer wherever possible. C. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, furnish SDI-Certified manufacturer products that comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8,latest edition,"Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames". Davis and Davis,Inc. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08110-R-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. Fire-Rated, Borrowed-Light Frame Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled,by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,for fire-protection ratings indicated,based on testing according to NFPA 257.Provide labeled glazing material. E. Energy Efficient Exterior Openings: Comply with minimum thermal ratings, based on ASTM C1363. Openings to be fabricated and tested as fully operable,thermal insulating door and frame assemblies. 1. Thermal Performance (Exterior Openings): Independent testing laboratory certification for exterior door assemblies being tested in accordance with ASTM C1363 and meet or exceed the following requirements: a. Door Assembly Operable U-Factor and R-Value Ratings: U-Factor 0.395, R-Value 2.53, including insulated door,thermal-break frame and threshold. 2. Air Infiltration (Exterior Openings): Independent testing laboratory certification for exterior door assemblies being tested in accordance with ASTM E283 to meet or exceed the following requirements: a. Rate of leakage of the door assembly shall not exceed 0.25 cfm per square foot of static differential air pressure of 1.567 psf(equivalent to 25 mph wind velocity). F. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier, Installer, and Contractor to review proper methods and procedures for installing hollow metal doors and frames and to verify installation of electrical knockout boxes and conduit at frames with electrified or access control hardware. 1.5 Delivery, Storage,And Handling A. Deliver hollow metal work palletized,wrapped,or crated to provide protection during transit and Project site storage.Do not use non-vented plastic. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames,tack welded to jambs and mullions. C. Store hollow metal work under cover at Project site. Place in stacks of five units maximum in a vertical position with heads up, spaced by blocking, on minimum 4-inch high wood blocking. Do not store in a manner that traps excess humidity. 1. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. Door and frames to be stacked in a vertical upright position. 1.6 Project Conditions A. Field Measurements:Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication. 1.7 Coordination A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors.Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.8 Warranty A. Provide standard Manufacturer Warranty. Davis and Davis,Inc. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08110-R-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers A. Basis of Design: Products shall be manufactured by a member of the Steel Door Institute. Steel Door Institute Members are as follows: 1. Mesker Door,Inc. B. Substitutions: Must provide acceptable certification from the Texas Department of Insurance for Windstorm Certification, equal to DR-901.June 1,2018. Florida FL15493_R2_11_MDI001 SS 2016-08- 25. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule. 2.2 Materials A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel(CS),Type B; suitable for exposed applications. B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet:ASTM A 653/A 653M,Commercial Steel(CS),Type B;with minimum G60 (Z180)or A60(ZF180)metallic coating. C. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60(Z180)or A60(ZF180)metallic coating. 2.3 Hollow Metal Doors A. General: Provide 1-3/4 inch doors of design indicated,not less than thickness indicated; fabricated with smooth surfaces,without visible joints or seams on exposed faces unless otherwise indicated.Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. B. Exterior Doors(Energy Efficient):Face sheets fabricated of commercial quality hot-dipped zinc coated steel that complies with ASTM A924 A60. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model,and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level. 1. Design:Flush panel. 2. Core Construction: Foamed in place polyurethane and steel reinforced core with no stiffener face welds. a. Provide 16 gauge steel vertical reinforcements 6 inches apart and welded in place. Foamed in place polyurethane core is chemically bonded to all interior surfaces.No face welding is permitted. b. Thermal properties to rate at a fully operable minimum U-Factor 0.374 and R-Value 2.53, including insulated door,Mercury thermal-break frame and threshold. 3. Level/Model:Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A(Extra Heavy Duty),Minimum 16 gauge (0.053-inch- 1.3-mm)thick steel,Model 2. 4. Vertical Edges: Vertical edges to be mechanically interlocked with hairline seam. Beveled Lock Edge, 1/8 inch in 2 inches(3 mm in 50 mm). 5. Top and Bottom Edges: Reinforce tops and bottoms of doors with a continuous steel channel not less than 16 gauge,extending the full width of the door and welded to the face sheet.Doors with an inverted top channel to include a steel closure channel,screw attached,with the web of the channel flush with the face sheets of the door.Plastic or composite channel fillers are not acceptable. 6. Hinge Reinforcement:Minimum 7 gauge(3/16")plate 1-1/4"x 9". 7. Hardware Reinforcements: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcing plates from same material as door face sheets. Davis and Davis,Inc. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08110-R-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Manufacturers Basis of Design: D. Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated of commercial quality cold rolled steel that complies with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level: 1. Design:Flush panel. a. Fire Door Core:As required to provide fire-protection and temperature-rise ratings indicated. 2. Level/Model: Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty),Minimum 18 gauge(0.042- inch- 1.0-mm)thick steel,Model 2. 3. Top and Bottom Edges: Reinforce tops and bottoms of doors with a continuous steel channel not less than 16 gauge,extending the full width of the door and welded to the face sheet. 4. Hinge Reinforcement:Minimum 7 gauge(3/16")plate 1-1/4"x 9"or minimum 14 gauge continuous channel with pierced holes,drilled and tapped. 5. Hardware Reinforcements: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcing plates from same material as door face sheets. 2.4 Hollow Metal Frames A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile. B. Thermal Break Frames: Subject to the same compliance standards and requirements as standard hollow metal frames. Tested for thermal performance in accordance with NFRC 102, and resistance to air infiltration in accordance with NFRC 400. Where indicated provide thermally broken frame profiles available for use in both masonry and drywall construction. Fabricate with 1/16"positive thermal break and integral weatherstripping. C. Exterior Frames: Fabricated of hot-dipped zinc coated steel that complies with ASTM A 653/A 653M, Coating Designation A60. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners.Profile as indicated on drawings. 2. Frames:Minimum 14 gauge(0.067-inch-1.7-mm)thick steel sheet. 3. Manufacturers Basis of Design: D. Interior Frames:Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet that complies with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners.Profile as indicated on drawings. 2. Frames:Minimum 16 gauge(0.053-inch-1.3-mm)thick steel sheet. 3. Manufacturers Basis of Design: E. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 Table 4 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames. 2.5 Frame Anchors A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, formed from A60 metallic coated material,not less than 0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long;or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick. 2. Stud Wall Type:Designed to engage stud and not less than 0.042 inch thick. Davis and Davis,Inc. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08110-R-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Floor Anchors:Floor anchors to be provided at each jamb,formed from A60 metallic coated material,not less than 0.042 inches thick. C. Mortar Guards:Formed from same material as frames,not less than 0.016 inches thick. 2.6 Louvers A. Metal Louvers: Door manufacturer's standard metal louvers for interior doors. For exterior door louvers refer to the Door and Frame Schedule. 1. Blade Type:Vision proof inverted V or inverted Y. 2. Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.040 inch thick, factory primed for paint finish with baked enamel or powder coated finish.Match pre-finished door paint color where applicable. 2.7 Light Openings And Glazing A. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lights where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints at fabricator's shop. Fixed and removable stops to allow multiple glazed lights each to be removed independently.Coordinate frame rabbet widths between fixed and removable stops with the type of glazing and installation indicated. B. Moldings for Glazed Lights in Doors and Loose Stops for Glazed Lights in Frames: Minimum 20 gauge thick, fabricated from same material as door face sheet in which they are installed. C. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of 5/8 inch(16 mm)high unless otherwise indicated. Provide fixed frame moldings and stops on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. D. Preformed Metal Frames for Light Openings: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.048-inch-thick, cold rolled steel sheet; with baked enamel or powder coated finish; and approved for use in doors of fire protection rating indicated.Match pre-finished door paint color where applicable. E. Glazing:Refer to Store Front and Window Schedule. 2.8 Accessories A. Mullions and Transom Bars:Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors. B. Grout Guards:Formed from same material as frames,not less than 0.016 inches thick. 2.9 Fabrication A. Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles,with minimum radius for thickness of metal.Where practical,fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. When shipping limitations so dictate, frames for large openings are to be fabricated in sections for splicing or splining in the field by others. B. Tolerances:Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in ANSI/SDI A250.8. C. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Exterior Doors:Provide optional weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape where specified. Davis and Davis,Inc. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08110-R-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2. Glazed Lights: Factory cut openings in doors with applied trim or kits to fit. Factory install glazing where indicated. 3. Louvers:Factory cut openings in door and install louvers into prepared openings where indicated. 4. Astragals:Provide overlapping astragals as noted in door hardware sets in Division 08 Section"Door Hardware" on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated.Extend minimum 3/4 inch beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted. 5. Continuous Hinge Reinforcement:Provide welded continuous 12 gauge strap for continuous hinges. D. Hollow Metal Frames: 1. Shipping Limitations:Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint,fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 2. Welded Frames:Weld flush face joints continuously;grind,fill,dress,and make smooth,flush,and invisible. a. Welded frames are to be provided with two steel spreaders temporarily attached to the bottom of both j ambs to serve as a brace during shipping and handling. Spreader bars are for bracing only and are not to be used to size the frame opening. 3. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints,fabricated from same material as door frame.Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 4. High Frequency Hinge Reinforcement: Provide high frequency hinge reinforcements at door openings 48-inches and wider with mortise butt type hinges at top hinge locations. 5. Continuous Hinge Reinforcement: Provide welded continuous 12 gauge straps for continuous hinges specified in hardware sets in Division 08 Section"Door Hardware". 6. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated for removable stops,provide security screws at exterior locations. 7. Hospital (Terminated) Stops: Where indicated on the drawings,provide frame stops that terminate six inches above the bottom of each jamb. Close the bottom of the stop at a 45 degree angle. 8. Mortar Guards:Provide guard boxes at back of hardware mortises in frames at all hinges and strike preps regardless of grouting requirements. 9. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor. 10. Jamb Anchors:Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Masonry Type:Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame.Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high. 4) Four anchors per j amb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 120 inches high. b. Stud Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) Three anchors perjamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Five anchors per j amb from 90 to 96 inches high. 4) Five anchors per j amb plus 1 additional anchor per j amb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. 5) Two anchors per head for frames above 42 inches wide and mounted in metal stud partitions. Davis and Davis,Inc. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08110-R-7 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 11. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped or gasketed doors,drill stops to receive door silencers. Silencers to be supplied by frame manufacturer regardless if specified in Division 08 Section"Door Hardware". 12. Frame Undercoating:Where frames are fully grouted with an approved Portland Cement based grout or mortar, coat inside of frame throat with a water-based frame undercoating or asphaltic emulsion coating to a minimum thickness of 3 mils DFT,tested in accordance with UL l OC and applied to the frame under a 3rd party independent follow-up service procedure. E. Hardware Preparation:Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive template mortised hardware;include cutouts,reinforcement,mortising,drilling,and tapping according to the Door Hardware. 1. Locate hardware as indicated,or if not indicated,according to ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive non-template,mortised and surface mounted door hardware. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250 specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. 4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with Division 26 Sections. 2.10 Steel Finishes A. Prime Finishes: Doors and frames to be cleaned, and chemically treated to insure maximum finish paint adhesion. Surfaces of the door and frame exposed to view to receive a factory applied coat of rust inhibiting shop primer. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead and chromate free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A25010 acceptance criteria; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; and compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 Examination A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. General Contractor to verify the accuracy of dimensions given to the steel door and frame manufacturer for existing openings or existing frames(strike height,hinge spacing,hinge back set,etc.). C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. Install as per the standards of SUP44, Texas TDI Windstorm Product Evaluation Review DR-901, dated June 1,2018 and/or Florida FL 15493 R2 11 MDI001 SS 2016-08-25. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove welded in shipping spreaders installed at factory.Restore exposed finish by grinding,filling,and dressing,as required to make repaired area smooth,flush,and invisible on exposed faces. B. Prior to installation, adjust and securely brace welded hollow metal frames for square, level, twist, and plumb condition. C. Tolerances shall comply with SDI-117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." Davis and Davis,Inc. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08110-R-8 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive non-template,mortised,and surface-mounted door hardware. 3.3 Installation A. General: Install hollow metal work plumb,rigid,properly aligned, and securely fastened in place;comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow Metal Frames: Install hollow metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11 and NFPA 80 at fire rated openings. 1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, leveled, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete and frames properly set and secured, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with post-installed expansion anchors. 3. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with mortar. 4. Grout Requirements: Grout shall be mixed to provide a 4 inch (102 mm) maximum slump consistency,hand troweled into place. Grout mixed to a thin "pumpable" consistency shall not be used. C. Hollow Metal Doors:Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames,within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. 1. Non-Fire-Rated Standard Steel Doors: a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. C. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold:Maximum 3/8 inch. d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor(No Threshold):Maximum 3/4 inch. 2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors in accordance with NFPA 80. D. Field Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing" and with hollow metal manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 Adjusting And Cleaning A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow metal work that is warped,bowed,or otherwise unacceptable. B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow metal work immediately after installation. C. Prime-Coat and Painted Finish Touchup:Immediately after erection,sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat,or painted finishes,and apply touchup of compatible air drying,rust-inhibitive primer,zinc rich primer(exterior and galvanized openings)or finish paint. END OF SECTION 08110-R Davis and Davis,Inc. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08110-R-9 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 08411 -R ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 Summary A. Section Includes:Architectural Aluminum Storefront Systems,including perimeter trims,stools,accessories, shims and anchors,and perimeter sealing of storefront units. 1. Types of Kawneer Aluminum Storefront Systems include: a. IR 501T/IR 501UT Framing-Impact Glazing 1.3 Definitions A. Definitions: For fenestration industry standard terminology and definitions refer to American Architectural Manufacturers Association(AAMA)-AAMA Glossary (AAMA AG). 1.4 Performance Requirements A. Storefront System Performance Requirements: 1. Wind loads: Provide storefront system; include anchorage, capable of withstanding wind load design pressures of(70)lbs./sq. ft. inward and(70)lbs./sq. ft. outward. The design pressures are based on the (IBC)Building Code; (2015)Edition. 2. Air Leakage:The test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 283.Air Leakage rate shall not exceed 0.06 cfm/ft2(0.3 Us • m2)at a static air pressure differential of 6.2 psf(300 Pa)with interior seal,or,rate shall not exceed 0.06 cfm/ft2(0.3 I/s • m2)at a static air pressure differential of 1.6 psf(75 Pa)without interior seal. 3. Water Resistance:The test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 331.There shall be no leakage at a minimum static air pressure differential of 15 psf(720 Pa)as defined in AAMA 501. 4. Uniform Load:A static air design load of 30 psf(1436 Pa)shall be applied in the positive and negative direction in accordance with ASTM E 330. There shall be no deflection in excess of L/175 of the span of any framing member. At a structural test load equal to 1.5 times the specified design load,no glass breakage or permanent set in the framing members in excess of 0.2%of their clear spans shall occur. 5. Comply with Texas Department of Insurance Evaluation report CWSF-33,Wet Glazed. 6. Energy Efficiency: a. Thermal Transmittance (U-Factor): When tested to AAMA specification 507 or NFRC100 the thermal transmittance(U-Factor)shall not be more than: IR 501T: 1) (With 2-Piece Mullion) Provide aluminum windows simulated for thermal performance according to AAMA 507 and NFRC 100 with a thermal transmittance (U-Factor) of 0.27 to 0.57 BTU/hr/sf/°F. (Based on center of glass U-Factor range 0.10 to 0.48). 2) (With 3-Piece Mullion) Provide aluminum windows simulated for thermal performance according to AAMA 507 and NFRC 100 with a thermal transmittance (U-Factor) of 0.24 to 0.55 BTU/hr/sf/°F. (Based on center of glass U-Factor range 0.10 to 0.48). b. Thermal Transmittance (U-Factor): When tested to AAMA Specification 1503, AAMA Specification 507 or NFRC 100 the thermal transmittance(U-Factor)shall not be more than; 7. Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance Performance: Shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 1886, information in ASTM E 1996 and TAS 201/203. Davis and Davis,Inc. Aluminum Framed Store Fronts 08411-R- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTTUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL a. Large-Missile Impact: For aluminum-framed systems located within 30 feet(9.1 m)of grade. b. Small-Missile Impact: For aluminum-framed systems located above 30 feet(9.1 m)of grade. 1.5 Submittals A. Product Data: Include construction details,material descriptions,dimensions of individual components and profiles,hardware,finishes,and installation instructions for each type of aluminum-framed storefront system indicated. 1. Recycled Content: a. Provide documentation that aluminum has a minimum of 50% mixed pre- and post-consumer recycled content with a sample document illustrating project specific information that will be provided after product shipment. b. Once product has shipped,provide project specific recycled content information,including: 1) Indicate recycled content; indicate percentage of pre- and post-consumer recycled content per unit of product. 2) Indicate relative dollar value of recycled content product to total dollar value of product included in project. 3) Indicate location recovery of recycled content. 4) Indicate location of manufacturing facility. 2. Environmental Product Declaration(EPD): a. Include a Type III Product-Specific EPD created from a Product Category Rule. 3. Material Ingredient Reporting: a. Include documentation for material reporting that has a complete list of chemical ingredients to at least 100ppm(0.01%)that covers 100%of the product. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, and attachments to other work, operational clearances and installation details. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes including samples of hardware and accessories involving color selection. D. Samples for Verification: For aluminum-framed storefront system and components required. E. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency for each type,of aluminum-framed storefront. F. Fabrication Sample: Of each vertical-to-horizontal intersection of aluminum-framed systems, made from 12"(304.8 mm)lengths of full-size components and showing details of the following: 1. Joinery,including concealed welds. 2. Anchorage. 3. Expansion provisions. 4. Glazing. 5. Flashing and drainage. 1.6 Quality Assurance A. Installer Qualifications: An installer which has had successful experience with installation of the same or similar units required for the project and other projects of similar size and scope. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of providing aluminum-framed storefront system that meet or exceed performance requirements indicated and of documenting this performance by inclusion of test reports,and calculations. C. Source Limitations: Obtain aluminum-framed storefront system through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of aluminum-framed storefront system and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Product Requirements".Do not modify size and dimensional requirements. 1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects,as judged solely by Architect,except with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed,submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. Davis and Davis,Inc. Aluminum Framed Storefronts 08411-R-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL E. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup for type(s)of storefront elevation(s)indicated,in location(s)shown on Drawings. F. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section"Project Management and Coordination". 1.7 Project Conditions A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of aluminum-framed storefront openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.8 Warranty A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit,for Owner's acceptance,manufacturer's standard warranty. 1. Warranty Period: Two (2)years from Date of Substantial Completion of the project provided however that the Limited Warranty shall begin in no event later than six months from date of shipment by manufacturer. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers A. Basis-of-Design Product: 1. IR 501T/IR 501UT Framing—Impact Glazing B. Substitutions: Refer to Substitutions Section for procedures and submission requirements. 1. Pre-Contract(Bidding Period)Substitutions: Submit written requests ten(10)days prior to bid date. 2. Product Literature and Drawings: Submit product literature and drawings modified to suit specific project requirements and job conditions. 3. Certificates: Submit certificate(s) certifying substitute manufacturer (1) attesting to adherence to specification requirements for storefront system performance criteria, and(2)has been engaged in the design,manufacturer and fabrication of aluminum storefront for a period of not less than ten(10)years. (Company Name) 4. Test Reports: Submit test reports verifying compliance with each test requirement required by the project. 5. Samples: Provide samples of typical product sections and finish samples in manufacturer's standard sizes. C. Substitution Acceptance: Acceptance will be in written form, either as an addendum or modification, and documented by a formal change order signed by the Owner and Contractor. 2.2 Materials A. Aluminum Extrusions: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum storefront manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance,and application of required finish and not less than 0.070"wall thickness at any location for the main frame and complying with ASTM B 221: 6063-T6 alloy and temper. B. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel or other materials to be non-corrosive and compatible with aluminum window members,trim hardware,anchors,and other components. C. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or zinc-coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions or other suitable zinc coating; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. D. Reinforcing Members: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or nickel/chrome-plated steel complying with ASTM B 456 for Type SC 3 severe service conditions, or zinc-coated steel or iron complying with ASTM B 633 for SC 3 severe service conditions or other suitable zinc coating;provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. Davis and Davis,Inc. Aluminum Framed Store Fronts 08411-R-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTTUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL E. Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated storefront system, provide permanently elastic, non- shrinking,and non-migrating type recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint size and movement. F. Tolerances: Reference to tolerances for wall thickness and other cross-sectional dimensions of storefront members are nominal and in compliance with AA Aluminum Standards and Data. G. Red List Free:All parts and materials comply with the Living Building Challenge/DECLARE Red List and the Cradle-to-Cradle(C2C)Banned List. 1. PVC free 2. Neoprene free 2.3 Storefront Framing System A. Thermal Barrier: 1. IR 501T - Kawneer SINGLE IsoLockTM Thermal Break with one (1) 1/4" (6.4 mm) separations consisting of a two-part chemically curing, high-density polyurethane, which is mechanically and adhesively joined to aluminum storefront sections. a. Thermal Break shall be designed in accordance with AAMA TIR-A8 and tested in accordance with AAMA 505. B. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant,nonstaining,nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.Where exposes shall be stainless steel. C. Perimeter Anchors: When steel anchors are used,provide insulation between steel material and aluminum material to prevent galvanic action. D. Packing, Shipping, Handling and Unloading: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. E. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions. Handle storefront material and components to avoid damage. Protect storefront material against damage from elements,construction activities,and other hazards before,during and after storefront installation. 2.4 Glazing Systems A. Glazing: As specified in Drawings. B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard compression types;replaceable,extruded EPDM rubber. C. Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric type. D. Bond-Breaker Tape: Manufacturer's standard TFE-fluorocarbon or polyethylene material to which sealants will not develop adhesion. E. Glazing Sealants: For structural-sealant-glazed systems, as recommended by manufacturer for joint type, and as follows: 1. Structural Sealant: ASTM C 1184, single-component neutral-curing silicone formulation that is compatible with system components with which it comes in contact, specifically formulated and tested for use as structural sealant and approved by a structural-sealant manufacturer for use in aluminum- framed systems indicated. a. Color: Black 2. Weatherseal Sealant: ASTM C 920 for Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, G, A, and O; single- component neutral-curing formulation that is compatible with structural sealant and other system components with which it comes in contact; recommended by structural-sealant, weatherseal-sealant, and aluminum-framed-system manufacturers for this use. 3. Color: Matching structural sealant. 2.5 Accessory Materials A. VersoleilTM SunShade: An aluminum sunshade (consisting of outriggers, louvers, and fascia which may be selected from standard configurations),that is anchored directly to the vertical mullions. Anchors shall be painted (Select from Kawneer's standard paints and colors. Custom colors are available upon request). Davis and Davis,Inc. Aluminum Framed Storefronts 08411-R-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL Louvers and fascia shall be painted or anodized(Select from Kawneer's standard paints and colors,custom colors are available upon request or Kawneer's anodized finishes). B. InLightenTM Light Shelf: aluminum light shelf system consisting of anchor channels, support beams, fascia trims and Aluminum Composite Material (ACM) panels that is anchored directly to the intermediate horizontal members. 1. Light Shelf:Interior mounted shelf to reflect daylight deeper into interior space. 2. Light Shelf System to consist of: a. Aluminum Composite Material(ACM)panel,4mm thick. b. Translucent polycarbonate panel,4mm/16mm thick. c. ACM finish on upper and lower surface shall be selected from Kawneer standard finishes. d. Extruded aluminum outriggers and fascia. e. Extruded aluminum anchor designed to secure to compatible verticals of framing system. Anchor shall be designed to engage shelf so as to allow the shelf to rotate down and hang on its own safely for cleaning. f. Extruded aluminum shear blocks designed to hinge on the anchors to allow rotating individual shelves for cleaning. g. Panel/Shelf projection shall not exceed 30"(762mm). h. Mullion spacing of framing system shall not exceed 6'(1.83 m)on center. i. Panel/Shelf deflection shall not exceed L/120 of horizontal span length. 3. Framing System to Support Light Shelf shall be: (select appropriate framing system) a. Curtain Wall framing system. b. Storefront framing system. 4. Submittals. a. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. b. Samples for Verification. 1) Factory applied finish as selected by architect. 2) Functioning Light Shelf sample demonstrating operation. c. Shop Drawing including: 1) Plans,elevations,sections,fabrication and installation details. 2) Validation from manufacturer of single-source for light shelf and framing system and compatibility between the system. C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. D. Joint Sealants: For installation at perimeter of aluminum-framed systems,as specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants". E. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied, asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except containing no asbestos; formulated for 30 mil(0.762 mm)thickness per coat. 2.6 Fabrication A. Framing Members,General: Fabricate components that,when assembled,have the following characteristics: 1. Profiles that are sharp,straight,and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fit joints; make joints flush,hairline and weatherproof. 3. Means to drain water passing joints, condensation within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. 4. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 5. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 6. Provisions for field replacement of glazing. 7. Fasteners,anchors,and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. B. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops. C. Storefront Framing: Fabricate components for assembly using manufacturer's standard installation instructions. Davis and Davis,Inc. Aluminum Framed Store Fronts 08411-R-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTTUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. After fabrication,clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.7 Aluminum Finishes A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. B. Factory Finishing: 1. Kawneer PermanodicTM AA-MIOC21A31, AAMA 611, Architectural Class II Clear Anodic Coating (Color#17 Clear)(Standard). PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Examination A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. Verify rough opening dimensions,levelness of sill plate and operational clearances.Examine wall flashings, vapor retarders,water and weather barriers, and other built-in components to ensure a coordinated,weather tight sliding door installation. 1. Masonry Surfaces: Visibly dry and free of excess mortar,sand,and other construction debris. 2. Wood Frame Walls: Dry,clean, sound,well nailed,free of voids, and without offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in opening and within 3 inches(76 mm)of opening. 3. Metal Surfaces: Dry; clean; free of grease, oil, dirt, rust, corrosion, and welding slag; without sharp edges or offsets at joints. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 Installation A. Comply with Drawings, Shop Drawings, and manufacturer's written instructions for installing aluminum framed storefront system,accessories,and other components. B. Install aluminum-framed storefront system level,plumb, square,true to line,without distortion or impeding thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction. C. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets,as indicated,for weather tight construction. D. Install aluminum-framed storefront system and components to drain condensation,water penetrating joints, and moisture migrating within aluminum-framed storefront system to the exterior. E. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. 3.3 Field Quality Control A. Field Tests:Architect shall select storefront units to be tested as soon as a representative portion of the project has been installed, glazed, perimeter caulked and cured. Conduct tests for air infiltration and water penetration with manufacturer's representative present. Tests not meeting specified performance requirements and units having deficiencies shall be corrected as part of the contract amount. 1. Testing:Testing shall be performed by a qualified independent testing agency.Refer to Testing Section for payment of testing and testing requirements.Testing Standard per AAMA 503,including reference to ASTM E 783 for Air Infiltration Test and ASTM E 1105 Water Infiltration Test. a. Air Infiltration Tests:Conduct tests in accordance with ASTM E 783.Allowable air infiltration shall not exceed 1.5 times the amount indicated in the performance requirements or 0.09 cfm/ft2, whichever is greater. b. Water Infiltration Tests: Conduct tests in accordance with ASTM E 1105. No uncontrolled water leakage is permitted when tested at a static test pressure of two-thirds the specified water penetration pressure but not less than 6.2 psf(300 Pa). Davis and Davis,Inc. Aluminum Framed Storefronts 08411-R-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Manufacturer's Field Services:Upon Owner's written request,provide periodic site visit by manufacturer's field service representative. 3.4 Adjusting,Cleaning,and Protection A. Clean aluminum surfaces immediately after installing aluminum-framed storefronts. Avoid damaging protective coatings and finishes.Remove excess sealants,glazing materials,dirt,and other substances. B. Clean glass immediately after installation. Comply with glass manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance.Remove nonpermanent labels,and clean surfaces. C. Remove and replace glass that has been broken,chipped,cracked, abraded,or damaged during construction period. END OF SECTION 08411-R Davis and Davis,Inc. Aluminum Framed Store Fronts 08411-R-7 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 Section Includes A. Hinges and Pivots. B. Cylindrical Locksets and Deadbolts. C. Exit Devices. D. Surface Door Closers. E. Miscellaneous Trim. 1.2 Related Sections A. Section 06100- Rough Carpentry: Door Frames. B. Section 08110- Fierglass Doors and Frames. C. Section 08200- Wood and Plastic Doors. 1.3 References A. ANSI At 17.1 - American National Standard for Accessible and Useable Buildings and Facilities. B. ANSI/BHMA A156.1, 'Butts and Hinges" (copyrighted by BHMA,ANSI approved). C. ANSI/BHMA A156.2- American National Standard for Bored and Preassembled Locks&Latches. D. ANSI/BHMA A156.3 - American National Standard for Exit Devices. E. ANSI/BHMA A156.4- American National Standard for Door Controls- Closers. F. ANSI/BHMA A156.5 - American National Standard for Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products. G. ANSIBHMA At 56.6, "Architectural Door Trim" (copyrighted by BHMA,ANSI approved). H. ANSI/BHMA A156.7, "Template Hinge Dimensions"(copyrighted by BHMA,ANSI approved). I. ANSI/BHMA A156.8, "Door Controls-Overhead Holders"(copyrighted by BHMA,ANSI approved). J. ANSI/BHMA A156.13-American National Standard for Mortise Locks and Latches Series 1000. K. ANSI/BHMA At 56.15-Life Safety Closer/Holder/Release Devices. L. ANSI/BHMA A156.16-Auxiliary Hardware. M. ANSI/BHMA A156.18-Materials and Finishes. N. ANSI A156.19-American National Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors. Davis&Davis,Inc. Door Hardware 08710-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL O. ANSI A156.23 -American National Standard for Electromagnetic Locks P. ANSI A156.24-American National Standard for Delayed Egress Locks Q. ANSI A156.25 -American National Standard for Electrified Locking Devices R. ANSI Al 56.28-American National Standard for Keying Systems S. ANSI A156.29-American National Standard for Exit Locks and Alarms,Exit Locks with Exit Alarms and Alarms for Exit Devices T. ANSI A156.31 -American National Standard for Electric Strikes and Frame Mounted Actuators U. NFPA 80-Standard for Fire Doors,Fire Windows. V. NFPA 252-Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. W. Underwriters Laboratories(UL). - Fire Resistance Directory. X. ANSI/UL l OC-Standard for Safety for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.4 Performance Requirements A. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with requirements of Local building code, and Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA),Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.5 Submittals A. Submit under provisions of Division O 1. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog cuts on each product to be used. C. Shop Drawings:Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware, schedules, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Schedule: 1. Submit schedule indicating each type of hardware for each door. 2. List manufacturer's name with each manufacturer's hardware number together with finishes in US standards. 3. Show door number/location,handing,door and frame material,manufacture and catalog numbers,all fmishes and keying information.Explain fully all abbreviations. E. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. 2. Supply templates to door and frame manufacturer(s)to enable proper and accurate sizing and locations of cut-outs for hardware. 3. Detail any conditions requiring custom extended lip strikes,or any other special or custom conditions. 4. Wiring diagrams including point to point and riser diagrams,function statements and system descriptions for all electrical hardware F. Verification Samples: For each fmish product specified. 1. If required by the Architect,submit one sample of each type of typical hardware required illustrating style,color, and finish. 2. Approved samples may be incorporated into Work. G. Closeout Submittals: Davis&Davis,Inc. Door Hardware 08710-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Project Record Documents: Schedule showing actual locations of installed cylinders and their master key code. 2. Parts lists and maintenance instructions including data on operating hardware,lubrication requirements,and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. 3. Keys:Deliver with identifying tags to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier. 1.6 Quality Assurance A. Manufacturer Qualifications:A manufacturer with a minimum of ten years experience manufacturing door hardware. B. Supplier Qualifications:A supplier with a minimum of two years demonstrated experience in the sale and distribution of builders'hardware for commercial projects and who has successfully completed at least three projects of similar complexity to the project specified. C. Hardware Supplier Personnel:Employ Architectural Hardware Consultant(AHC)or equally qualified person to supervise and prepare all schedules,details, and services required for the project. 1.7 Delivery, Storage,and Handling A. Package hardware items individually with necessary fasteners and installation templates when necessary;label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. B. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. C. Protect materials from exposure to moisture.Do not deliver until after wet work is complete and dry. D. Store materials in a dry,warm,ventilated weathertight location. 1.8 Project Conditions A. Maintain environmental conditions(temperature,humidity,and ventilation)within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 1.9 Warranty A. Provide factory warranty against defects in material and workmanship as follows: 1. Overhead Surface Closers,Grade 1,25 Year Warranty. 2. Mortise locks,Grade 1, 10 Year Warranty. 3. Cylindrical locks,Grade 2, 5 Year Warranty. 4. Electrical components 2 Year Warranty. 5. 9000 series exit devices 10 year mechanical/2 years electrical 1.10 Maintenance Materials A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. 1.11 Coordination A. Coordinate work with other directly affected components involving manufacture or fabrication of internal reinforcement for door hardware and recessed items. B. Coordinate work with other directly affected components involving electrical wiring and components. Davis&Davis,Inc. Door Hardware 08710-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers A. Acceptable Manufacturer: 1. DORMAKBA, 2. Stanley Hinge 3. Trimco 4. National Guard Products 5. Select Hinge B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Division 01. 2.2 Hinges and Pivots A. Hinges:ANSI A156.1,full mortise template type complying with following general requirements unless otherwise scheduled. 1. Widths: Sufficient to clear trim projection when door swings 180 degrees. 2. Number:Furnish minimum three hinges to 90 inches(2 286 mm)high,four hinges to 120 inches(3 048 mm)high for each door leaf. 3. Size and Weight:4-1/2 inch(114 mm)heavy weight typical for 1-3/4 inch(44 mm)doors. a. Doors Over 40 inches(1 016 mm)Wide:Extra heavy weight ball or oilite bearing hinges. b. Doors 1-3/8 inch(35 mm)Thick: 3-1/2 inch(89 mm)size. C. Doors 2 inch(50 mm)Thick: 5 inch(125 mm)extra heavy weight ball or oilite bearing. d. Doors Over 48 inches(1 220 min)Wide: 5 inch(125 mm)extra heavy weight ball or oilite bearing, 4. Pins:Furnish nonferrous hinges with non-removable pins(NRP)at exterior and locked outswinging doors,non-rising pins at interior doors. 5. Tips:Furnish with matching plug. 6. Material: Steel-Polished and plated. 7. Material: Stainless Steel-Polished and satin finished. 2.3 Cylindrical Locksets and Deadbolts A. Lockset:DORMA CL700 Series, 1. Standards: a. ANSI Conformance-ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 2. b. U.L. and C.U.L. listed for use on 3-hour fire-rated doors and for all positive pressure applications. C. U.L. and C.U.L.listed for UL l OB/1OC. d. Lever trim meets ANSI A117.1 and ADA requirements. 2. Features: a. Auxiliary support springs. b. Optional through-bolted chassis. C. Door thickness range 1-3/8 inch to 1-3/4 inch. 3. Function: a. As noted on the hardware schedule attached to this section. 4. Trim: a. Lever:LGC,3-15/16 inch(84 mm)rose. 5. Lock Cylinder: a. Patented SKC key system. 6. Finish: a. Finish:As specified in the Door Hardware Schedule. Davis&Davis,Inc. Door Hardware 08710-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.4 Keying A. Keying: 1. Keying:Factory Keyed as directed by Architect. 2. Interchangeable Core with temporary construction cores. a. Provide temporary construction corers. 3. Patented Key Control Cylinders: DORMA SKC(Serialized Key Control)Cylinders, ANSI A156.5,Grade 1,seven nickel-silver pin cylinders. B. Keys: 1. Supply keys in the following minimum quantities: a. Master keys 2. b. Control Keys 2 C. Construction keys 10. d. Change keys 2. 2.5 Surface Door Closers A. Closers used in conjunction with overhead stops and holders shall be templated and coordinated to function properly. Properly detail closers to meet application requirements by providing drop plates, brackets, etc.to meet application and installation requirements as indicated. B. 8916 Series:ANSI A156.4,Grade 1,compact design surface door closer. 1. Standard independent,latch, sweep and backcheck intensity valves. 2. Compliant with UL10C for positive pressure. 3. Non-handed. 4. Finish:As specified in the Door Hardware Schedule. 2.6 Miscellaneous Trim A. Push/Pulls:ANSI A156.6;push plates minimum 0.050 inch(1.27 mm)thick. 1. Size:Push plates shall be ANSI J302,size 4 inches(102 mm)by 16 inches(406 mm), thickness .050 inch. 2. Size:Pull plates shall be ANSI J405,size 4 inches(102 mm)by 16 inches(406 mm),thickness .050 inch. 3. Cut plates for cylinder or thumb piece when used with deadlock. 4. Provide with through bolts to secure from opposite door face. 5. Finish:As specified in the Door Hardware Schedule. B. Flush Bolts:ANSI A156.16 Grade 1 top and bottom flush bolts,with dust-proof floor strike. 1. Manual. 2. Automatic. 3. Finish:As specified in the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Kickplates,Mop Plate,Armor Plates:ANSI A156.6,metal;height indicated in Schedule by 1 inch(25 mm)less than door width: 1. Minimum 0.050 inch(1.27 mm)thick stainless steel. D. Weather stripping and thresholds as specified in hardware sets. E. Stops:Provide for all doors to control the desired limit of opening helping to prevent damage to adjacent walls,columns,equipment,the door or its hardware 1. Provide floor or wall stops when overhead stops have not been listed except in areas where Davis&Davis,Inc. Door Hardware 08710-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL their location would impede traffic. Stops of correct height shall be used on exterior and interior doors. 2. Doors with surface closers may be provided with S-DS or S-IS dead stop arms 3. Use roller type stops in areas where the interfering swing of one door may cause damage through contact with another door. 4. Floor Stops:ANSI A156.1 Grade 1: a. Dome type. b. Finish:As specified in the Door Hardware Schedule. F. Silencers for Metal Door Frames:ANSI A156.16,Type L0301 l;grey rubber,minimum diameter 1/2 inch(13 mm);fabricated for drilled-in application to frame,specifically designed to form an air pocket to absorb shock and reduce noise of door closing. Provide 2 silencers for each pair of doors,3 silencers for each single door. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Examination A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. Verify doors and frames are ready to receive door hardware and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. C. Verify electric power is available to power operated devices and is of correct characteristics. D. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer,notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 Installation A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate mounting heights with door and frame manufacturers.Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. C. Install with fasteners provided by hardware item manufacturer. D. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. 3.3 Protection A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up,repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08710 Davis&Davis,Inc. Door Hardware 08710-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 08900 FIXED LOUVERS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Summary A. Related Sections: 1. Fixed,extruded-aluminum louvers. B. See Division 15 Sections for louvers that are a part of mechanical equipment. 1.2 Performance Requirements A Design: Design louvers, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer,using structural performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Louvers shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated without permanent deformation of louver components, noise or metal fatigue caused by louver blade rattle or flutter,or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on a uniform pressure as required for the project(150 lbs./sq. ft. [7182 Pa]maximum pressure)acting inward or outward. C. Louver Performance Ratings: Provide louvers complying with requirements specified,as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's stock units identical to those provided, except for length and width according to AMCA 500-L. D. Miami-Dade protocols: Louver design shall pass the following tests. 1. PA 201-94 Large Missile Impact. 2. PA 202-94 Uniform Pressure(for±150 psf wind load). 3. PA 203-94 Cyclic Wind Pressure. 1.3 Submittals A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. For louvers specified to bear AMCA seal,include printed catalog pages showing specified models with appropriate AMCA Certified Ratings Seals. B. Shop Drawings: For louvers and accessories. Include plans,elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Show frame profiles and blade profiles,angles,and spacing. C. Samples: For each type of metal fmish required. D Submittal: Comply with structural performance requirements and design criteria indicated.Note structural design load on drawings. Davis&Davis,Inc. Fixed Louvers 08900- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL E. Product Test Reports: Based on tests performed according to AMCA 500-L. 1.4 WARRANTY: Standard manufacturer warranty PART II-PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221M,Alloy 6063-T5. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209M,Alloy 3003 with temper as required for forming. C. Fasteners: Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions. 1. For fastening aluminum,300 series stainless-steel fasteners. 2.2 Fabrication,General A. Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated,with allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances,adjoining material tolerances,and perimeter sealant joints. B. Join frame members to each other and to fixed louver blades with welds concealed from view welds, threaded fasteners, or both, as standard with louver manufacturer unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assembly makes bolted connections between frame members necessary. 2.3 Fixed,Extruded-Aluminum Louvers A Horizontal High Performance Blade Hurricane Louver: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Architectural Louvers(www.archlouvers.com,phone: 888-568-8371)by Harry,LLC;Model E6WF. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the specified product or comparable product by one of the following: a. Manufacturers of equivalent products submitted and approved in accordance with Section 01 -Product Substitution Procedures. 2. Louver Frame Depth: 6 inches(150 mm) 3. Louver Blade Depth:4 inches(100 mm) 4. Blade Profile: Plain blade without center baffle. 5. Frame and Blade Nominal Thickness: Not less than 0.080 inch(2.03 mm). 6. Louver Performance Ratings: a. Free Area: Not less than 8.2 sq. ft. (0.76 sq.m)for 48-inch- (1220-mm-)wide by 48-inch- (1220-mm-)high louver. b. Air Performance: Not more than 0.20-inch wg(50-Pa)static pressure drop at 700-fpm(3.6- m/s)free-area velocity. C. Wind-Driven Rain Performance: Not less than 99 percent effectiveness when subjected to a rainfall rate of 3 inches (75 mm)per hour and a wind speed of 29 mph(13 m/s) at a core- area intake velocity of 680 fpm(3.5 m/s). 7. AMCA Seal: Mark units with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. 8. Miami-Dade County Approval: Mark units with approval number Davis&Davis,Inc. Fixed Louvers 08900-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.4 Louver Screens A General: Provide screen at each exterior louver. B. Louver Screen Frames: Same kind and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens are attached. C. Louver Screening: Same kind of metal as indicated for louver. 1. Insect Screening: Aluminum, 16 x 18 square mesh,0.011-inch wire. 2.5 Aluminum Finishes A .High-Performance Organic Finish: 3-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pre-treat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers'written instructions. 1. Color and Gloss:As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. PART III-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Locate and place louvers and vents level,plumb,and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weather-tight connection. C. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated. D Repair damaged finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot be refmished in the field to the factory and refmish entire unit or provide new units. E Protect galvanized and nonferrous-metal surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals from corrosion and galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint. END OF SECTION 08900 Davis&Davis,Inc. Fixed Louvers 08900-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 09250-R GYP BOARD PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Description A. Work included: 1. Gupsum drywall is required ceiling and wall surfaces where scheduled or indicated on the drawings. 2. Related Work Described Elsewhere: a. Miscellaneous carpentry Section 06105. 1.2 Quality Assurance B. Qualifications of Installers: 1. Use only skilled and experienced gypsum drywall installers for laying up the gypsum board, fastening,taping and finishing. 2. In the acceptance or rejection of installed gypsum drywall,no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of the installers. B. Manufacturer's recommendations: C. The Manufacturers' recommended methods of installations shall be the basis for acceptance or rejection of actual installation methods used in this work. 1.3 Submittals A. Manufacturer's recommendations: B. Submit two copies of the manufacturer' current method of installation for each item. 1.4 Product Handling A. Protection: keep materials dry and in a conditioned space away from other tracks. B. Protect gypsum drywall materials, the installed work and materials of other trades before, during and after installation. C. Replacements: D. In the event of damage,immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Interior Gypsum Panels A. Provide in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. Davis&Davis,Inc. Gypsum Wallboard 09250-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. WALLS: Gypsum Wallboard ASTM C1396, 5/8" thickness behind FRP panels. Tough Rock Modguard Gypsum guard,by Georgia Pacific. C. WALLS AND CEILINGS: Gypsum Wallboard: Paperless Interior Drywall ASTM C1629, D3273 and E136, 5/8" thickness with taped edges.Dens Armor Plus abuse resistant Interior Panel by Georgia Pacific. 2.2 Joint System A. General: B. A compatible system as recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum panels. C. Components: 1. A single compound may be used for embedment of tape, skim coating, and finishing if recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum panels. 2.3 Fasteners A. Length and pattern recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum panels. 1. Wood trusses:Annular ring nails. 2.4 Texture A. "Orange Peel"Texture to be used. 2.5 Water A. Clean,fresh, and free from deleterious amounts of foreign material. 2.6 Other Materials A. Materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of gypsum drywall:as selected by the Contractor and approved by the Architect. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Surface Conditions A. Inspection: 1. Inspect the installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. Verify that gypsum drywall may be installed in accordance with the original design, pertinent codes and regulations,and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Discrepancies: 2. In the event of discrepancy, do not proceed with installation until such discrepancies have been fully resolved. Davis&Davis,Inc. Gypsum Wallboard 09250-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.2 Installation A. General: 1. Install all panels plumb,level,and with vertical joints on bearings. B. Cutting: 1. Cut by scoring and breaking or by sawing,working from the face side 2. Smooth cut ends and edges of panels to obtain a smooth joint. 3. Make holes and cut-outs by sawing or by such other methods as will not fracture the core or tear the covering and with such accuracy that plates,escutcheons,or trim will cover the edges. 4. The use of"score-and-knockout"method will not be permitted. C. Fastening: 1. Properly space fasteners in careful accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and code requirements.Drive head slightly below the surface without breaking paper cover. 2. Loosely butt joints to be taped,firmly butt joints to be untreated. 3. Stagger end joints and joints between panels. D. Ceilings: 1. Install prior to installing walls where possible. 3.3 Taping and Finishing A. Environmental Conditions:Minimum temperature: 55 degrees F. B. Level of finish and preparation: 1. Level 4,ASTM C840 and GA—214-96 C. First Coat: 1. Spread compound evenly over joints. 2. Fill joint recesses and metal trim. 3. Center reinforcing tape on joint and press into fresh compound, wiping down with sufficient pressure to remove excess compound but leaving sufficient compound under tape for proper bound. 4. Feather edges and leave surface free from blisters and tape wrinkles. 5. Apply compound to fastener recesses,leaving flush with adjacent surfaces. 6. Fold reinforcing tape along its centerline and apply to interior angles, following same procedure as for joints. D. Second Coat: 1. Lightly sand dry compound with fine sandpaper to remove irregularities. 2. Apply second coat of compound to joints, feathering approximately three inches beyond edges of tape. 3. Apply second coat to fastener recesses,allow to dry. E. Third Coat: 1. Lightly sand dry compound with fine sandpaper to remove irregularities. 2. Apply final skim coat,feathering out approximately two inches beyond second coat. Davis&Davis,Inc. Gypsum Wallboard 09250-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3. Apply third coat to fastener recesses,metal trim and interior angles; allow to dry. F. "Orange Peel Texture"Finish: 1. Where orange peel finish is called for on the drawings,and where no other finish is called for on the drawings,uniformly apply orange peel finish. 2. Neatly trim interface of orange peel finish and other gypsum wall board finishes. 3.4 Cleaning Up A. Maintain premises in a neat and orderly condition. In the event of spilling or splashing compound onto other surfaces,immediately remove material and all trace of residue. END OF SECTION 09250 Davis&Davis,Inc. Gypsum Wallboard 09250-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 09671 BREATHABLE DECORATIVE QUARTZ FLOORING SYSTEM&WALL BASE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 Work Included A.Furnish necessary material,labor,and equipment required to prepare designated areas and install a Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System. 1.2 Related Work A.Drawings and general provisions of contract including General and Special Conditions and Division I, excepting special Submittal and Quality Assurance provisions in this section. 1.3 Quality Assurance A.Manufacturer's Qualifications Obtain Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System materials from a single manufacturer with a minimum of 10 years verifiable experience providing materials of the type specified in this section. B. Contractor's Qualifications Installation must be performed by a manufacturer approved contractor with skilled mechanics having not less than three years satisfactory experience in the installation of the type of system as specified in this section, and must be approved in writing by the manufacturer of the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System. C.Floor System Thickness Verification At the owner's discretion and under his supervision the contractor shall take(4)- 1"random cores per 1,000 sq.ft.through the system into the substrate to verify proper system thickness. Cored areas less than specified thickness shall be removed and replaced or increased in thickness by the installing contractor, in a manner that does not affect the performance or integrity of the system. Cored areas that comply with the recommended system thickness shall be built-up to match the surrounding surface elevation prior to applying the seal coat(s). Cores taken and patched will be noticeable,therefore,cores should be taken from areas where aesthetics are less critical. 1.4 Warranty A.The contractor and the manufacturer shall furnish a standard guarantee of the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System for a period of one year after installation.The labor and material guarantee shall include loss of bond and wear-through to the concrete substrate from normal use. B.Not included in the warranty are damage due to structural design deficiencies including but not limited to slab cracking from lateral,vertical or rotational movement,and gouging or other damage due to fork lifts,other equipment,delamination caused by vapor transmission,Acts of God, or other elements beyond the scope of protection of this system nor causes not related to the system materials. Davis&Davis,Inc Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System&Wall Base 09671-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C.In case of a warranty claim,the owner will notify the manufacturer and contractor in writing within 30 days of the first appearance of problems covered under this warranty. The owner will provide free and unencumbered access to the area during normal working hours for warranty rework.Property protection is also the owner's responsibility.Remedy is limited to direct repair of the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System. 1.5 Submittal A. System Data Submit manufacturer's specifications on cured system and individual components of the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System,including physical properties and performance properties and tests described in part 2.01 B and submit Material Safety Data Sheets.Each individual component of the system will be evaluated on the basis of these standards.For any tests not listed in the manufacturer's standard nationally published data,the manufacturer must supply the missing data accompanied by the independent testing laboratory's test results which prove compliance in accordance with the referenced standard(s). Furnish 5 sets of this information. Manufacturer's standard color chart shall also be submitted and must afford the owner color selection from at least 20 standard colors and computerized custom color matching shall be available upon request.Furnish 5 sets of this information. B. The contractor shall submit a 6" x 6" cured system sample which the contractor has made for verification purposes and finish texture approval. Provide 5 samples,each with a different degree of slip resistance. The selected sample shall be retained to verify against the installed product.In the 6" x 6"samples the contractor shall demonstrate the alternative admixtures for producing the grit and slip resistant surface.Prior to placing the complete flooring system the contractor will install a maximum of(3)- 3'x 3' samples of the complete selected system for Owner review and approval prior to installation of the complete floor.The Owner shall preform a wet,bare foot slip resistance test for acceptance of the final product to be installed.The selected combination can remain with the any non-selected options to be removed. C. Contractor Experience The contractor shall furnish a list of projects using either specified material or equivalent that they have installed during the last 5 years. Information shall include:project name,square footage,owner,contact name with owner's address and phone number.Also,the contractor shall furnish resumes detailing the experience of key project personnel including supervisors and mechanics. D. Substitutions will be considered only when submitted in accordance with the Project Manual. E.The contractor shall submit a copy of the manufacturer's packing slip,tagged for this specific job,along with calculations, signed by an officer of the primary material supplier demonstrating that the quantity of material furnished for the project will achieve the specified coverage and mil thickness. 1.6 MATERIAL DELIVERY,HANDLING,AND STORAGE A.Primary system materials shall be delivered in the manufacturer's undamaged,unopened containers. Each container shall be clearly marked with the following: -Product name(s)and/or number(s) -Manufacturer's name -Component designation(A,B,etc.) -Product Mix Ratio -Health and Safety Information Davis&Davis,Inc Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System&Wall Base 09671-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL •CHEMTREC Emergency Response Information B.Provide equipment and personnel to handle the materials by methods which prevent damage. C.The contractor shall promptly inspect direct jobsite material deliveries to assure that quantities are correct,comply with requirements and are not damaged. D.The contractor shall be responsible for materials furnished by him,and he shall replace,at his own expense,such materials that are found to be defective in manufacture or that have become damaged in transit,handling or storage. E. Store material(s)in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,with seals and labels intact and legible. Maintain temperatures within the required range.Do not use materials which exceed the manufacturer's maximum recommended shelf life. 1.7 Job Conditions A.Prior to placement of the building slab the flooring system contractor shall meet with the concrete contractor and general contractor to verify acceptable building slab fmish for the specified flooring system. B.The contractor shall visit the jobsite prior to beginning the installation of the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System to evaluate substrate condition,including substrate moisture content,and the extent of repairs required,if any. Concrete substrates shall be tested to verify that the moisture content of the substrate does not exceed Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System manufacturers'recommendations. C..The contractor should exercise care during surface preparation and system installation to protect surrounding substrates and surfaces,as well as in-place equipment.The contractor shall prepare the substrate to remove laitance and open the surface.This shall be achieved by light brush grit blasting. Surface profile achieved shall be similar to medium grit sandpaper and free from bond-inhibiting contaminants. Costs incurred that are associated with damage from negligence or inadequate protection shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor. D. Sub floor tolerances are specified in accordance with ACI 302.Each drain in the installation area must be working and raised or lowered to the actual finished elevation of the Urethane Decorative Flooring System. E. System must be protected by the General Contractor or,as a separate bid item,by the installing contractor until it is inspected and turned over to the owner. F.The minimum slab temperature must be conditioned to 40°F before commencing installation,during installation,and for at least 72 hours after installation is complete. G.Maintain lighting at a minimum uniform level of 50 or more foot-candles in areas where the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System is being installed.It is the recommendation of the manufacturer that the permanent lighting be in place and working during the installation. H.Leaks from pipes and other sources must be corrected prior to the installation of the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials Davis&Davis,Inc Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System&Wall Base 09671-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. System Overview The Basis of design is: The General Polymers FasTop Ceramic Carpet Flooring System as manufactured by Sherwin-Willams consists of 4080 Binder Resin,with 5035 Neutral Aggregate as slurry,3745 Self-Leveling Epoxy as bonding coat,grout and seal coat, 5900 Ceramic Quartz for broadcast,and cove base 3561v Part A&B with 5900 color quartz aggregate and 3745 topcoat. B. Typical Physical Properties @ 73°F(unless otherwise noted) Typical Physical Properties Color Decorative Pre-Blended Colors, Custom color Blends available Cure Time Recoat 8-12 hours Foot Traffic 18-24 hours Full Service 36-48 hours Abrasion Resistance 20-30 mgs lost ASTM D 4060,CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 Cycles F Hardness,Shore D 75 ASTM D 2240 Tensile Strength 550-600 psi ASTM C 307 fCompressive Strength 5,000 psi ASTM C 579 F_ Flexural Strength 3,700 psi ASTM C 580 Impact Resistance Withstands 16 ft.lbs.without cracking, MIL-D-3134, Sec.4.7.3 delamination or chipping Part 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 Surface Preparation For thorough instructions regarding preparation of concrete substrates consult General Polymers "Instruction for Concrete Surface Preparation"(Form G-1).Remove all the and mortar bed as required and shotblast. 3.2 Installation A. General Apply each component of the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System in compliance with manufacturer's written installation instructions and strictly adhere to mixing and installation methods, Davis&Davis,Inc Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System&Wall Base 09671-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL recoat windows,cure times and environmental restrictions. The Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System may be installed directly over non-moving control joints and cracks which have been treated with semi-rigid epoxy and the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System will terminate at the edge of isolation and expansion joints as designated by the Architect,Engineer or Design Professional.Integral cove base shall be installed where specified in the drawings. Cove Base to have a feathered top edge.With a caulk bead top. B. Cracks For information pertaining to the treatment of cracks in concrete substrates,consult General Polymers Concrete 102. C.Control Joints For information pertaining to the treatment of control joints in concrete substrates, consult General Polymers Concrete 103. D.Isolation/Expansion and Other Joints Subject to Movement For information pertaining to the above, consult General Polymers Concrete 105. E. Slurry Installation 4080 Binder Resin 5035 Neutral Aggregate 5900 Color Quartz F.Bonding Coat/Broadcast 3745 Self-Leveling Epoxy 5900 Color Quartz G. Grout Coat 3745 Self-Leveling Epoxy H. Seal Coat 3745 Self-Leveling Epoxy I. Cove Base System 3561V Part A&B with 5900 color quartz aggregate. 3745 Topcoat. 3.3 Curing,Cleaning, and Protection A. Cure Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System materials in compliance with manufacturer's directions,taking care to prevent contamination during stages of the installation and prior to completion of the curing process. B.Protect the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System from damage and wear during other phases of the construction operation,using temporary coverings as recommended by the manufacturer,if required. Remove temporary covering just prior to final inspection.Clean the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System just prior to final inspection,using materials and procedures suitable to the system manufacturer. C. Some cleaners will affect the color,gloss or texture of your polymer floor surfaces.To determine how your cleaner will perform,General Polymers recommends that you first test each cleaner,in a small area, utilizing your cleaning technique. This precaution will demonstrate the effect of your cleaner and technique.If no deleterious effects are observed, continue with the procedure. If deleterious effects do occur,modify the cleaning material and/or procedure.For recommendations regarding types of cleaners, contact the Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System manufacturer. Davis&Davis,Inc Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System&Wall Base 09671-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL END OF SECTION 09671 Davis&Davis,Inc Breathable Decorative Quartz Flooring System&Wall Base 09671-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 09720 DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 Summary A. Section Includes: Prefmished polyester glass reinforced plastic sheets and adhered to unfmished gypsum wallboard. 1. PVC trim. 2. PVC Wall base. B. Products Not Furnished or Installed under This Section: 1. Gypsum substrate board. 2. Resilient Base. 1.2 Related Sections A. Section 09250—Gypsum board. B. Section 06105—Miscellaneous Carpentry C. Section 09910-Painting D. Section 09653 -Resilient Wall Base 1.3 References A. American Society for Testing and Materials: Standard Specifications(ASTM) 1. ASTM D 256- Izod Impact Strengths(ft#/in) 2. ASTM D 570- Water Absorption(%) 3. ASTM D 638- Tensile Strengths(psi)&Tensile Modulus(psi) 4. ASTM D 790- Flexural Strengths(psi)&Flexural Modulus(psi) 5. ASTM D 2583-Barcol Hardness 6. ASTM D 5319-Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polyester Wall and Ceiling Panels. 7. ASTM E 84-Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.4 Submittals A. Product Data: Submit sufficient manufacturer's data to indicate compliance with these specifications, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. B. Shop Drawings: Submit elevations of each wall showing location of paneling and trim members with respect to all discontinuities in the wall elevation. Davis&Davis,Inc. Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09772- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Selection Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard color pattern selection samples representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. D. Samples for Verification: Submit appropriate section of panel for each fmish selected indicating the color,texture,and pattern required. 1. Submit complete with specified applied fmish. 2. For selected patterns show complete pattern repeat. 3. Exposed Molding and Trim: Provide samples of each type,fmish,and color. E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for adhesives, sealants and other pertinent materials prior to their delivery to the site (available as downloads for most Marlite's products at http://www.marlite.com/tech-details.aspv or by contacting Marlite at info�ccmarlite.com). 1.5 Quality Assurance A. Conform to building code requirements for interior fmish for smoke and flame spread requirements as tested in accordance with: 1. ASTM E 84(Method of test for surface burning characteristics of building Materials) a. Wall Required Rating—Class [A] [C]. B. Sanitary Standards: System components and fmishes to comply with: 1. United States Department of Agriculture(USDA)requirements for food preparation facilities, incidental contact. 2. Food and Drug Administration(FDA) 1999 Food Code 6-101.11. 3. Canadian Food Inspection Agency(CFIA)requirements. 1.6 Delivery, Storage,and Handling A. Deliver materials factory packaged on strong pallets. B. Store panels'and trim lying flat,under cover and protected from the elements. Allow panels to acclimate to room temperature(range of 60 to 75°F)for 48 hours prior to installation. 1.7 Project Conditions A. Environmental Limitations: Building are to be fully enclosed prior to installation with sufficient heat (70°)and ventilation consistent with good working conditions for fmish work B. During installation and for not less than 48 hours before,maintain an ambient temperature and relative humidity within limits required by type of adhesive used and recommendation of adhesive manufacturer. 1. Provide ventilation to disperse fumes during application of adhesive as recommended by the adhesive manufacturer. 1.8 Warranty A. Furnish one year guarantee against defects in material and workmanship. Davis&Davis,Inc. Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09772-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Product Basis of Design A. Marlite; 1 Marlite Drive,Dover,OH 44622. 800-377-1221 FAX(330)343-4668 Email: info@marlite.com www.marlite.com or approved equal. B. Product: 1. Standard FRP 2.2 Panels A. Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting polyester resin panel sheets complying with ASTM D 5319. 1. Coating: Multi-layer print,primer and finish coats or applied over-layer. 2. Dimensions: a. Thickness-0.090"(2.29mm)nominal b. Width-4'-0" (1.22m)nominal C. Length-8'-0"(2.4m)nominal 3. Tolerance: a. Length and Width: +/-1/8"(3.175mm) b. Square- Not to exceed 1/8"for 8 foot(2.4m)panels B. Properties: Resistant to rot,corrosion,staining, denting,peeling,and splintering. 1. Flexural Strength- 1.0 x 104 psi per ASTM D 790. (7.0 kilogram-force/square millimeter) 2. Flexural Modulus-3.1 x 105 psi per ASTM D 790. (217.9 kilogram-force/square millimeter) 3. Tensile Strength-7.0 x 103 psi per ASTM D 638. (4.9 kilogram-force/square millimeter) 4. Tensile Modulus- 1.6 x 105 psi per ASTM D 638. (112.5 kilogram-force/square millimeter) 5. Water Absorption-0.72%per ASTM D 570. 6. Barcol Hardness(scratch resistance)of 35 55 as per ASTM D 2583. 7. Izod Impact Strength of 72 ft.lbs./in ASTM D 256 C. Back Surface: Smooth. Imperfections which do not affect functional properties are not cause for rejection. D. Front Finish:Pebble a. Color: 1) Marlite Standard FRP is available in a variety of colors. Color to be selected from Manufacturers standard colors. b. Fire Rating Class A Fire Rating C. Size: a) 48"x 96" [1.2m x 2.4m]x.090"(3mm)nom. 2.3 Base A. Refer to Section 09653-Resilient Flooring Base Davis&Davis,Inc. Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09772-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.4 Moldings A. PVC Trim: Thin-wall semi-rigid extruded PVC. 1. M 350 Inside Corner, 8' length 2. M 360 Outside Corner, 8' length 3. M 365 Division, 8' length 4. M 370 Edge, 8' length 5. V 177 135°Inside Corner 8' length 6. V 179 135°Outside Corner 8' length 7. Match Wall panels B. Outside Corner Guard: 1. M 961 PVC Outside Corner Guard a. Color:Match wall panel, 8' length 2.5 Accessories A. Fasteners: Non-staining nylon drive rivets. 1. Match panel colors. 2. Length to suit project conditions. B. Adhesive: Either of the following construction adhesives complying with ASTM C 557. 1. Marlite C-551 FRP Adhesive-Water-resistant,non-flammable adhesive. 2. Marlite C-915 Construction Adhesive-Flexible,water-resistant,solvent based adhesive, formulated for fast,easy application. 3. Titebond Advanced Polymer Panel Adhesive—VOC compliant,non-flammable,environmentally safe adhesive. C. Sealant: 1. Marlite Brand MS-250 Clear Silicone Sealant. 2. Marlite Brand MS-251 White Silicone Sealant. 3. Marlite Brand-Color Match Sealant. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation A. Examine backup surfaces to determine that corners are plumb and straight, surfaces are smooth,uniform, clean and free from foreign matter,nails countersunk,joints and cracks filled flush and smooth with the adjoining surface. 1. Verify that stud spacing does not exceed 24"(61cm)on-center. B. Repair defects prior to installation. 1. Level wall surfaces to panel manufacturer's requirements. Remove protrusions and fill indentations. 3.2 Installation A. Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence. Davis&Davis,Inc. Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09772-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Cut sheets to meet supports allowing 1/8"(3 mm)clearance for every 8 foot(2.4m)of panel. 1. Cut and drill with carbide tipped saw blades or drill bits,or cut with shears. 2. Pre-drill fastener holes 1/8"(3mm)oversize with high speed drill bit. a. Space at 8"(200mm)maximum on center at perimeter,approximately 1"from panel edge. b. Space at in field in rows 16' (40.64cm)on center,with fasteners spaced at 12"(30.48 cm) maximum on center. C. Apply panels to board substrate, above base,vertically oriented with seams plumb and pattern aligned with adjoining panels. L Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints. a. Adhesive trowel and application method to conform to adhesive manufacturer's recommendations. b. Drive fasteners for snug fit. Do not over-tighten. D. Apply panel moldings to all panel edges using silicone sealant providing for required clearances. 1. All moldings must provide for a minimum 1/8" (3mm)of panel expansion at joints and edges,to insure proper installation. 2. Apply sealant to all moldings,channels and joints between the system and different materials to assure watertight installation. 3.3 Cleaning A. Remove excess sealant from panels and moldings. Wipe panel down using a damp cloth and mild soap solution or cleaner. B. Refer to manufacturer's specific cleaning recommendations Do not use abrasive cleaners. END OF SECTION 097,720 Davis&Davis,Inc. Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Wall Panels 09772-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 09910-R PAINTING (BUILDING) PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Section Requirements A. Summary: Paint exposed surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Paint the back side of access panels. 2. Color-code mechanical piping in accessible ceiling spaces. 3. Do not paint prefinished items, items with an integral finish, operating parts, and labels, unless otherwise indicated. B. Submittals: Product Data and Samples. C. Mockups: Full-coat finish Sample of each type of coating,color,and substrate,applied where directed. D. Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from same manufacturer as finish coats. E. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner 1 gal. of each color and type of finish coat paint used on Project, in containers,properly labeled and sealed. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Paint A. Products: 1. Sherwin Williams,Kelly Moore,Pratt&Lambert or equal with prior approval. 2. Colors: As selected. B. Material Compatibility: Provide materials that are compatible with one another and with substrates. C. Material Quality: Manufacturer's best-quality paint material of coating types specified that are formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation A. Remove hardware lighting fixtures and similar items that are not to be painted. Mask items that cannot be removed. Reinstall items in each area after painting is complete. B. Clean and prepare all surfaces in an area before beginning painting in that area. Schedule painting so cleaning operations will not damage newly painted surfaces. Davis&Davis,Inc. Painting(Building) 09910-R - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.2 Application A. Apply coatings by brush, roller, spray or other applicators according to coating manufacturer?s written instructions. 1. Use brushes only for exterior painting and where the use of other applicators is not practical. 2. Use rollers for finish coat on interior walls and ceilings. B. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform appearance. Provide a finish free of cloudiness, spotting,holidays,laps,brush marks,runs,sags, ropiness,or other surface imperfections. C. Transparent(Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps,runs, cloudiness, color irregularity,brush marks, orange peel,nail holes, or other surface imperfections. 3.3 Exterior Paint Application Schedule A. Concrete: 1. Low-Luster Acrylic: One coat over primer. B. Concrete and Brick Masonry Units: 1. Graffiti Guard Sealer, ( See section 04810 & 04210). C. Exterior Ceilings and Wood Soffits: 1. Acrylic Latex Stain(Semi-Transparent):Two coats over sealer. D. All other Exterior Wood Construction: 1. Acrylic Latex Stain(Semi-Transparent):Two coats over sealer. E. Ferrous Metal: 1. Full-Gloss,Alkyd Enamel: Two coats over rust-inhibitive primer. F. Zinc-Coated Metal: 1. Low-Luster Acrylic: Two coats over galvanized metal primer. G. Aluminum: 1. Semigloss,Acrylic Enamel: Two coats over primer. H. Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Semi-gloss acrylic designed for metal doors: two over primer. 3.4 Interior Paint Application Schedule Refer and coordinate locations with room finish schedule. Davis&Davis,Inc. Painting(Building) 09910-R -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Semigloss,Acrylic Enamel: Two coats over block filler. 2. Semigloss:Two part Epoxy:Two coats over block filler. B. Gypsum Board: 1. Semigloss, Alkyd Enamel: Two coats over primer. (Tape,bed and texture) C. Stained Woodwork: 1. Alkyd-Based, Satin Varnish: Two coats over sealer and wood stain. D. Natural-Finish Woodwork: 1. Alkyd-Based, Satin Varnish: Two coats over sealer. E. Ferrous Metal: 1. Full-Gloss,Alkyd Enamel: Two coats over ferrous metal primer. F. Zinc-Coated Metal: 1. Low-Luster ,Acrylic Enamel: Two coats over galvanized metal primer. G. Metal Doors and Frames: semi-gloss acrylic designed for metal doors: two coats over primer. END OF SECTION 09910-R Davis&Davis,Inc. Painting(Building) 09910-R -3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 10155 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 Summary A. Section Includes: 1. Solid plastic toilet compartments. B. Related Sections: 1, Division 01:Administrative,procedural,and temporary work requirements. 1.2 References A. ASTM International(ASTM): 1. B221 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods,Wire, Profiles,and Tubes. 2. E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)286-Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth. 1.3 Submittals A. Submittals for Review: 1. Shop Drawings: Include dimensioned layout,elevations,trim,closures,and accessories. 2. Product Data:Manufacturer's descriptive data for panels,hardware,and accessories. 3. Samples: [2 x 3]inch samples showing available colors. 1.4 Quality Assurance A. Manufacturer Qualifications:Minimum 10 years experience in manufacture of solid plastic Toilet compartments with products in satisfactory use under similar service conditions. B. Installer Qualifications:Minimum 5 years experience in work of this Section,under the same company name. 1.5 Warranties A. Provide manufacturer's 25 year warranty against breakage,corrosion,and delamination under normal conditions. PART II PRODUCTS 2.1 Toilet Compartments and Screens Davis&Davis,Inc. Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments 10155 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Products:Basis of Design: Scranton Products,Inc. 801 Corey St. Scranton,PA 18505 B. Acceptable alternate suppliers: 1. General Partitions Mfg. Corp. P O Box 8370 Erie Pa. 16505 2. Bradley Corp. P O Box 309,Menomonee Falls,Wi. 53052 2.2 Materials C. Panel,Pilaster,and Door Material: 1. Solid-Plastic, Polymer Resin: (H.D.P) High-density polymer with homogenous color, not less than 1 inch thick,with seamless construction and eased edges. 2. Color: As selected. D. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves(Caps): Solid plastic,polymer resin,not less than 3 inches high. E. Brackets: Continuous. 1. Material: Solid plastic Manufacturer's standard. 2.3 Fabrication F. Toilet Compartments: Overhead braced and floor anchored. ( Maintain 6'-8" clear under overhead braceing.) G. Doors: Unless otherwise indicated, 24-inch- wide in-swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch- wide out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- wide clear opening for compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. H. Door Hardware: Clear anodic aluminum. Provide units that comply with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. 1. Hinges: Wrap around self-closing type, adjustable to hold door open at any angle up to 90 degrees. 2. Latches and Keepers: Surface-mounted unit designed for emergency access and with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper. 3. Coat Hook: Sized to prevent door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. Install within ADA/TAS acceptable reach range. 4. Door Bumper: Rubber-tipped bumpers at out-swinging doors or entrance screen doors. 5. Door Pull: Provide at out-swinging doors. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. PART III-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Install units rigid,straight,level,and plumb,with not more than 1/2 inch between pilasters and panels and not more than 1 inch between panels and walls. Provide brackets, pilaster shoes, bracing, and other Davis&Davis,Inc. Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments 10155 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL components required for a complete installation. Use theft-resistant exposed fasteners finished to match hardware. Use sleeve nuts for through-bolt applications. 1. Stirrup Brackets: Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. 2. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors and swing doors in entrance screens to return to fully closed position. END OF SECTION 10155 Davis&Davis,Inc. Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments 10155 -3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 10211 SOLID PLASTIC SHOWER COMPARTMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Summary A. Section Includes: 1. Solid plastic shower compartments. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01:Administrative,procedural,and temporary work requirements. 1.2 References A. ASTM International(ASTM): 1. B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods,Wire,Profiles, and Tubes. 2. E84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)286- Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth. 1.3 Submittals A. Submittals for Review: 1. Shop Drawings: Include dimensioned layout,elevations,trim,closures,and accessories. 2. Product Data:Manufacturer's descriptive data for panels,hardware, and accessories. 3. Samples:2 x 3 inch samples showing available colors. 1.4 Quality Assurance 'A. Manufacturer Qualifications:Minimum 10 years experience in manufacture of solid plastic shower and dressing compartments with products in satisfactory use under similar service conditions. B. Installer Qualifications:Minimum 5 years experience in work of this Section,under the same company name. 1.5 Warranties A. Provide manufacturer's 25 year warranty against breakage,corrosion,and delamination under normal conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers A. Products:Basis of Design Scranton Products. (www.scrantonproducts.com),or approved equal. B. Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 01;acceptable alternate suppliers: 1. General 2.Bradley Davis&Davis,Inc. Solid Plastic Shower Compartments 10211-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.2 Materials A. Doors,Panels and Pilasters: 1. High density polyethylene(HDPE),fabricated from polymer resins compounded under high pressure, forming single thickness panel. 2. Waterproof and nonabsorbent,with self-lubricating surface,resistant to marks by pens,pencils,markers, and other writing instruments. 3. 1 inch thick with radiused edges. 4. Fire hazard classification:Not required. 5. Color: To be selected from manufacturer's full color range. B. Aluminum Extrusions:ASTM B221,6463-T5 alloy and temper. C. Shower Curtains:Vinyl,width as per plan,x 72 inches high,hung with aluminum curtain hooks with self- lubricating Delrin slides. D. Doors: Refer to Section 10155 and to plans. Doors are to have continuous self closing hinge,rather than standard wrap around hinge. 2.3 Components A. Panels: 76 inches high,mounted to pilasters with continuous brackets and to panels with continuous extruded aluminum brackets or continuous extruded aluminum shower corner brackets. B. Pilasters: 82 inches high,fastened to panels with continuous brackets. C. Headrail:Heavy-duty extruded aluminum,anti-grip design,clear anodized finish,fastened to headrail brackets and top of pilaster using stainless steel tamper-resistant Torx head screws. D. Headrail Brackets:20 gage stainless steel, secured using stainless steel tamper-resistant Torx head screws. E. Brackets: 76 inches long,extruded aluminum,clear anodized finish,attached using stainless steel tamper- resistant Torx head screws. PART EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Install compartments in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings. B. Install rigid,straight,plumb,and level. C. Not Acceptable:Evidence of cutting,drilling,or patching. END OF SECTION Davis&Davis,Inc. Solid Plastic Shower Compartments 10211-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 10440-R FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 Related Document A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 Summary A. Section includes portable,fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. 1.3 Submittals A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rating and classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher and mounting brackets B. Product Schedule: For fire extinguishers. Coordinate final fire extinguishers with mounting brackets. C. Remaining paragraphs are defined in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" as "Information Submittals. "Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals. D. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 Quality Assurance A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 Coordination A. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire protection mounting brackets to ensue fit and function. B. Prior to purchase and installation, verify location / quantity and type with local authorities. Provide a minimum of TWO,locations to be determined.. 1.6 Warranty Davis&Davis,Inc. Fire Extinguishers 10440-R-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Portable,Hand-Carried Fire Extinguishers A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket indicated. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Larsen's Manufacturing Company;MP 10,or comparable product by one of the following: 2. Valves: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Handles and Levers: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B and bar coding for documenting fire extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance,and recharging. B. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type in Brass container: UL-rated 4-A:80-B:C, 10-1b nominal capacity,with monoammonium phosphate-based dry chemical in chrome-plated brass container. 2.2 Mounting Brackets A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard galvanized steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or black-backed-enamel finish. Brackets for Mechancial Building are to be stainless steel. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Larsen's Manufacturing Company;Model 4846,or comparable product by one of the following: a. Amerex Corporation. b. Ansul Incorporated;Tyco International Ltd. C. Badger Fire Protection; a Kidde company. d. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. e. Fire End&Croker Corporation. f. J.L.Industries,Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group. B. Identification: lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing,and location. Locate as indicated by Architect. 1. Identify bracket-mounted fire extinguishers with the words"FIRE EXTINGUISHER"in red letter decals applied to mounting surface. a. Orientation: Vertical Davis&Davis,Inc. Fire Extinguishers 10440-R-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 Examination A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged,defective,or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 Installation A. General: Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Mounting Brackets: 48 inches above finished floor to top of fire extinguisher B. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces,square and plumb,at location Indictated. END OF SECTION 10440-R Davis&Davis,Inc. Fire Extinguishers 10440-R-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 10505-R SOLID PLASTIC LOCKERS 1.1 Summary A. Section includes: 1. Solid plastic lockers. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01: Administrative,procedural,and temporary work requirements. 2. Division 04:Unit Masonry Assemblies 3. Division 06: Rough carpentry. C. References 1. UL—GREENGUARD certified low emitting materials. 2. ASTM-B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods,Wire, Profiles,and Tubes. 3. ASTM—A167- Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet,and Strip. 1.2 Submittals A. Submittals for Review: 1. Shop Drawings: Include dimensioned layouts,elevations,trim,closures and accessories. 2. Product Data: Manufacturer's descriptive data 3. Samples: 3 x 3 inch samples showing available colors 1.3 Quality Assurance A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum 10 years of experience in manufacture of solid plastic lockers with products in satisfactory use under similar service conditions. B. Installer Qualifications: Minimum 5 years of experience in work of this Section. Certified installer through manufacturer's installation certification program. 1.4 Delivery, Storage,and Handling A. Store in an upright condition. Protect plastic lockers from exposure to direct sunlight. This product is not intended for outdoor use. 1.5. Warranty A. Provide manufacturer's 25 year warranty against breakage,corrosion,and delamination under normal conditions. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers A. Basis of Design: Scranton Products.Tuffreck Lockers(www.scrantonproducts.com),or approved equal. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01. C. Materials Davis&Davis,Inc. Solid Plastic Lockers 10505-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. High Density Polyethylene(HDPE): polyethylene thermoplastic formed into solid plastic components with homogeneous color throughout,with smooth orange peel finish. 2. Heavy Duty Extruded Aluminum: B221,6063-T6 3. Chromium Plated Steel: A167 4. Color:To be selected from manufacturer's color range. 2.2 Standard Plastic Lockers A. Locker Configuration: Five tier,TOTAL 90 COUNT FOR GUEST LOCKERS&30 STAFF LOCKERS. B. Locker Dimensions: 1. Height,Nominal 60 inch 2. Width: 12 inch 3. Depth: 18 inch C. Material: High density polyethylene(HDPE)plastic, 100 percent post-consumer recycled material. D. Sides,Tops,Bottoms,Backs,and Shelves: 3/8 inch thick HDPE plastic,grey finish. 1. Sides: 3/8 inch thick HDPE plastic,grey finish,with horizontal side venting. E. Locker Tops: .Flat top finished in same color as locker door FOR STAFF LOCKERS. Slope top finished in same color as locker door FOR GUEST LOCKERS. F. Doors and Frame: '/2 inch thick HDPE plastic 1. Doors: '/2 inch thick HDPE plastic with horizontal venting 2. Handle: ADA compliant ergonomic handle,injection molded plastic 3. Locks: Standard hasp to accept user supplied locks. 4. Hinge: Heavy duty extruded aluminum with corrosion free stainless steel pin with black finish. 5. ADA Compliance Package: 3134 aluminum Series 1100,H18,satin matte finish ADA plaque,adjustable 3/8 inch HDPE plastic shelf with plastic clips.Manufacturer to determine appropriate quantity and location. 6. Latch Bar: 3/8 inch thick HDPE plastic with multiple latch points,fastened with stainless steel tamper- resistant screws G. Assembly profile: Full height of lockers,PVC plastic,snap fit assembled onto locker sides. H. Accessories 1. End Panels: '/2 inch thick HDPE plastic,color and finish same as locker door 2. Filler Panels and Trim: '/2 inch thick HDPE plastic,color and finish same as locker door 3. Number Plate: 3134 aluminum, Series 1100,H18,satin matte finish, fastened to locker with corrosion resistant stainless steel rivets 4. Locker Base: 1 inch thick HDPE plastic,with black finish 6 inch,for STAFF LOCKERS; field assembly required.No base for GUEST LOCKERS.Lockers will sit on concrete base. 5. Color to be selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.3 Fabrication A. Fabricate locker components square and rigid; finish free from scratches and chips. B. Fabricate locker components for snap-together assembly or slide-together dovetail connections providing solid and secure,anti-racking construction. C. Fabricate adjacent lockers with common side panel. D. Fabricate locker units for assembly in maximum of three adjacent lockers. Davis&Davis,Inc. Solid Plastic Lockers 10505-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART III-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Install lockers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings. B. Set lockers on prepared locker base. C. Set plumb,level,rigid,and aligned. D. Attach lockers to supporting construction with anchors best suited to substrate conditions. 3.2 Adjusting A. Adjust doors and latches to operate correctly. END OF SECTION 10505 Davis&Davis,Inc. Solid Plastic Lockers 10505-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 10730-R PROTECTIVE COVERS PART 1—GENERAL 1.01 Work Included: Provision,fabrication and installation of Extruded Aluminum Walkway Covers&Building Hung Canopies,as shown on drawings and specified herein,and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.02 Related Work: 1. Division 01 Alternates 2. Division 07 Flashing 3. Division 07 Sealants 4. Division 03 Concrete 1.03 Reference Standards: (Specifications for) 1. The Aluminum Association—Aluminum Design Manual 2010 2. American Welding Society-AWS D1.2/D1.2M:2008 3. ASTM B 209 Aluminum&Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate 4. ASTM B 221 Aluminum&Aluminum Ally Extruded Bars,Rods,Wire, Shapes,and Tubes 1.04 Samples: 1. Submit samples in accordance with Division 01 2. Product data: manufacturer's brochures,manuals and literature. 3. Shop Drawings: a. Includes the complete layout,sections,details,components,finishes,sizing,spacing,and fasteners specific to the project. The site-specific shop drawings shall show reactions at surface attachment points and bear the seal of a Registered Structural Engineer,licensed in the State of Texas. b. General Contractor shall submit shop drawings for approval by the Architect prior to fabrication of any materials. c. General Contractor to verify all dimensions and elevations prior to submittal to Architect. d. Manufacturer shall field verify dimensions prior to fabrication. 4. Finishes: samples of canopy finishes. 1.05 Quality Assurance: 1. Canopy shall be designed to comply with state and local building codes. 2. Canopy manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years' experience in designing and installing the specified system. 3. The installation of the canopy shall be performed by the manufacturer to assure single source responsibility. 1.06 Materials: 1. Delivery, Storage,and Handling: protect components from one another during shipping,storage and handling. Exercise care when unloading,storing,and erecting to prevent damage. 1.07 Warranty: 1. Provide manufacturer's 1-year warranty against defects in material and workmanship. Davis&Davis Inc. Protective Covers 10730-R- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Basis of Design for Extruded Aluminum Walkway Covers&Building Hung Canopies: Subject to strict compliance with the specified requirements and the plans,the following manufacturer is acceptable: Mapes Architectural Canopies Jones Aluminum 7748 N 5611'St or 9805 Mallut Road Lincoln,NE 68514 Beaumont,TX 77713 888-273-1132 409-866-5585 2.02 Materials: 1. Components: all components shall be 6063,6061,or 6005 alloy extruded aluminum. 2. Design Criteria: all components shall be sized to comply with live load and wind load requirements of the project and shall not be less than the dimensions shown on the plan.Engineered/stampes and sealed shop drawings shall be submitted to comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements for Windstorm Certification of the Project Zone. Refer to TDI Product Evaluation CAN-01, SUP45. 2.02 Components: 1. Configuration: as shown on the drawings 2. Sizes: minimum sizing as shown on the drawings 3. Columns: all columns shall have radius corners 4. Beams: beams are open at top to drain canopy system internally into columns 5. Deck: deck thickness shall be at least.080"thick 6. Flashing: flashing thickness shall be at least.040"thick 2.03 Fasteners,Connections,And Fittings: 1. Bolted Connections:All bolts,nuts,washers,and screws used in joining the members shall be stainless steel up to 3/8"diameter. Over 3/8"diameter may be Hot Dipped Galvanized. 2. General Contractor shall provide structural attachment points flush with the outside surface of the building. 3. Rafters shall be heliarc welded to wall mounting plates which are bolted to walls. 4. Beams are fastened to Rafters with Concealed Clips. 5. Blades are mechanically fastened to structure with Stainless Steel Screws,concealed where able. 2.04 Finish: 1. AAMA 607.5 Kynar 500 Flouropolymer Based Painted 2 Coat/Color:To be determined. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 Installation: 1. The components and accessories are to be supplied and installed by the manufacturer. 2. Install canopy in strict accordance to manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Erect canopy after concrete and masonry work in the vicinity is completed and washed down. 3.02 Workmanship: 1. Take extreme care to prevent damage or scratching. Replace damaged components prior to installation. All workmanship must be top quality with meat miters and fitted joints. 3.03 Cleaning: 1. Just prior to completion of project,strip protective coatings of covering from aluminum and clean all parts. Repair to new condition to replace any materials damaged during installation. END OF SECTION 10730-R Davis&Davis Inc. Protective Covers 10730-R- 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 10800 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 Summary A.Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General Conditions,apply to work of this section. B.Extent of each type of toilet accessory is shown on Drawings and schedules and may include but is not limited to: 1)Toilet Tissue Dispensers. 2)Grab Bars. 3)Mirrors. 4)Soap Dispensers. 5)Paper Towel Dispensers. 6)Hand Dryers. 7) Shower Curtain Rod. 8)Diaper Changing Station. 9)Fold down ADA dressing bench. 1.2 Related Work A. Section 06200—Finish Carpentry. B. Section 09300-Tile. C. Section 10155-Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments. D. Section 10211—Solid Plastic Shower Compartments 1.3 References A. Comply with local all codes and Health Department requirements. 1. Toilet accessory components,mounting heights,and locations shall comply with applicable accessibility codes. 2.When noted or shown on plans paper towel dispensers shall be stainless steel finished and able to dispense the C-fold or 525 multifold towels. 3.Provide a toilet tissue dispenser at each water closet and at the highest accessible height and location. 4.Provide stainless steel grab bars with peened or smooth(as noted on plans)surfaces and flanges for exposed mounting at accessible toilets a. Grab bars and the installation of grab bars shall comply with ADA accessibility code requirements. b.Provide vandal resistant fasteners and backing in partition or wall for sufficient anchoring to resist a 250-pound force applied from any direction. 5. Grab bars,shower seats and dressing room bench seats systems shall be designed to resist a single concentrated load of 250 pounds applied in any direction at any point. 1.3 Submittals A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each toilet accessory prior to work. B. Submit full-size samples of units to Architect for review of design and operation. Acceptable samples may be used in work. Davis&Davis,Inc. Toilet Room Accessories 10800-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C.Provide shop drawings,templates,instructions,and directions for installation of anchorage devices. 1.4 Quality Assurance A.Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be built into masonry;coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. Provide and install solid blocking at the proper locations. B.Locations: Coordinate with other work to avoid interference and to assure proper operation and servicing of accessory units. C.Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed in same areas,unless noted otherwise in the Drawings or as approved by Architect. PART II-PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS 2.1 Products A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements and Architect's approval for product substitutions,provide toilet accessories as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment,Inc,or equivalent products from one of the following: a) Bradley Corporation. b) American Specialties Inc. B. Washroom Accessories: 1.Toilet Tissue Dispensers: Surface-mounted,single Jumbo-Roll toilet tissue dispenser, stainless steel with theft-resistant heavy-duty spindles and tumbler lock keyed like other bathroom accessories. Mount at 28"to top of unit for barrier-free.Provide single Jumbo-Roll paper dispenser by Bobrick:B-2890, or approved equal. 2. Grab Bars: Lengths and configurations as indicated on drawings and as specified in this section. Heavy duty with peened non-slip gripping surface in showers and smooth surface at water closets, 1-1/2"diameter, stainless steel,with 1-1/2"wall clearance and vandal,theft-proof exposed fasteners. Straddle bars,wall to floor with socket and horizontal grab bars according to manufacturer's model/series numbers.Provide grab bars by Bobrick: B-6806 Series or approved equal. 3.Mirrors: Stainless Steel,Welded,Angle Frame Mirrors: 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick Model B-2909.1836. a. Overall Size: 24 inches W x 36 inches H.refer to plan for location. b. Overall Size: 48 inches W x 48 inches H.refer to plan for location. 2. Angle Frame: a. Materials: Type 304 stainless steel angle 3/4 inch x 3/4 inch(19 xl9mm),with satin fmish with vertical grain on exposed surfaces. b. Construction: One-piece,roll-formed construction with continuous integral stiffener. C. Design: Beveled design on front of angle to hold mirror tightly against frame; prevents exposure to sharp edges. d. Corners: Heliarc welded,ground, and polished smooth. 3. Mirror: Davis&Davis,Inc. Toilet Room Accessories 10800-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL a. 1/4 inch(6mm)laminated glass,electrolytically copper-plated. b. Edges: Protected with plastic filler strips. C. Back of Mirror: Protected by full-size,shock-absorbing,water-resistant,non- abrasive 3/16 inch(5mm)thick polyethylene padding. Mounting: Removable,galvanized steel back with integral horizontal hanging brackets located at top and bottom for mounting on Concealed one-piece rectangular wall hanger(s);galvanized steel back fastened to frame with Concealed screws to permit glass replacement; attachment by rivets or tabs is not acceptable;Concealed Phillips head locking setscrews secure mirror to wall hanger in bottom of frame. Note: All mirrors are 1/411 laminated glass.This supersedes any plan notes. 4. Soap Dispensers,Wall Mounted,stainless steel container,liquid type,with refill indicator,and with 40 oz. stainless steel soap container and tumbler lock keyed like other bathroom accessories.Concealed wall fastening.Hinged filler-top requires special key to open.Vandal-resistant.Barrier-Free mounting height at 50 7/8"to top of unit with pushbutton 44"above floor.Provide soap dispenser as manufactured by Bobrick:B-2111 Classic Series or approved equal in family restroom. 5.Paper Towel Dispenser:NA 6.Hand Dryers:Recessed hand dryer shall have a one-piece cast iron cover with white vitreous enamel finish.Nozzle shall adjust for hand and face drying. Nozzle shall automatically return to hand drying position;and cannot be used as a vessel to hold liquids.International graphic operating symbols shall be permanently fused into vitreous enamel cover. Cover shall have no exposed air inlet grille.Motor shall be 1/10 h.p.,6200 rpm,with automatic thermal overload switch. Centrifical fan shall direct air flow through heating element at 150 cf n.Heating element shall be rated at 2300 watts,shall be located on inlet side of fan,shall heat air without hot spots,and be inaccessible to vandals.Electronic sensor shall automatically turn dryer on when hands or nozzle are held under the outlet and will shut-off automatically when hands or nozzle are removed. Sensor shall shut-off automatically after 90 seconds if an inanimate object is used to activate dryer and resets itself after inanimate object is removed.Unit shall be U.L. listed and CSA approved.Unit shall be protected by a limited 10-year warranty on all parts except motto brushes. Motor brushes shall be warranted for a period of three years from date of installation.Manufacturer's service and parts manual shall be provided to building owner/manager upon completion of project.Recessed automatic hand dryer shall be Bobrick Model B-750(white),or approved equal 7. Shower Curtain Rods: Type 304 stainless steel,satin finish. 18-gauge 1 1/4" diameter rod.Flanges are 2 1/2" square. Length as indicated in the Drawings or as required: 36",48",60" and 72"lengths.Provide vinyl shower curtains model-204-3 and stainless steel shower curtain hook model 204-1.Provide curtain shower curtain rods as manufactured by Bobrick:B-6047 Classic Series or approved equal. 8.Diaper Changing Stations:Vertical and Horizontal Wall-Mounted Baby Changing Stations capable of supporting static load up to 400-lbs. Steel-on-steel hinges with 12-gage steel mounting supports. Changing Stations shall be ADA-compliant with properly installed child protection straps and diaper bag hook.FDA-approved blow-molded high density polyethylene with Microban Antimicrobial additive. Construction shall be of reinforced full-length steel-on-steel mechanism,with 11-gage steel mounting plates and hardware.Molded-in graphics and safety messages shall be in six languages and Braille.The contoured changing surface area shall be at least 442 sq.in.The overall dimensions shall be:36"L x 22"W x 4"H. Provide Baby Changing Station as Davis&Davis,Inc. Toilet Room Accessories 10800-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL manufactured by Bobrick(Koala Kare Products)Model#KB 101 or KB 200 depending on location or approved equal. 9.Folding Dressing Bench: Frame,swing down legs,wall flanges, and hinges are to be 304 stainless steel tubing capable of support of a minimum of 250 lbs. Swing down legs automatically level when the seat is lowered to a horizontal sitting position. The seat automatically locks itself when raised into the"up"position. The seat shall be White Phenolic''/z"bolted with stainless steel screws to frame. The mounting height is 17"min.-19"max. The seat size is 42"long x 20"wide. Mount with 1 ''/z"clearance to wall on each side. Model#D-101-PW Folding Dressing Bench available from Access-Able Designs 877-853-7816 or approved equal meeting Federal and Texas Accessibility Standards for installation,materials, and use. 2.2 Materials A. Stainless Steel:AISI Type 302/304,with polished No.4 fmish,22 gauge minimum,unless otherwise indicated. B.Brass:Unleaded,flat products,FS QQ-B-613;Rods, shapes,forgings, and flat products with finished edges,FS QQ-B-626. C. Chromium Plating:Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal,ASTM B 456,Type SC 2. D. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices:ASTM A 386,hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. E.Fasteners:Vandal-resistant screws,bolts and other devices of same material as accessory unit or of stainless steel in exposed surfaces and galvanized steel where concealed.Use the manufacturer's fasteners to meet warranty requirements. F. Stamped names or labels on exposed faces of toilet accessory units are not permitted. Wherever locks are required for a toilet accessory,provide same keying throughout project.Furnish two keys for each lock,tagged and marked which shall be delivered to the Owner. G.Fabricate units of all welded construction,without mitered comers.Hang doors or access panels with full-length stainless-steel piano hinge.Provide anchorage which is fully concealed when unit is closed. H.Lavatory Insulation Kit: Where lavatories are noted to be insulated for ADA compliance, provide Safety Covers conforming to ANSI Al 17.1 and consisting of insulation kit of molded closed-cell vinyl construction, 1/8-inch nominal thick,white color,for insulating tailpiece,P-trap, valves, and supply piping.Furnish with weep hole and angle valve access covers. Manufacturer: Truebro,Lav-Guard. PART III—EXECUTION 3.1 Inspection A.Do not proceed with the work of this section until conditions detrimental to the proper and tiunely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B.Verify that all support system for grab bars,diaper changing stations and other accessories are properly prepared to receive work according to FBC(structural)and ADA requirements. 3.3.1 Adjusting and Cleaning Davis&Davis,Inc. Toilet Room Accessories 10800-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items.After installation,clean toilet room accessories so as not to damage finish and in conditions satisfactory to Architect. B.Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing labels and protective coatings. END OF SECTION 10800 Davis&Davis,Inc. Toilet Room Accessories 10800-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 13 - SWIMMING POOL DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 13150 SWIMMING POOLS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed in the Table of Contents,be included in,and made a part of this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY OF WORK (for general guidance-not inclusive) A. Introduction 1. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to construct the pools. This work must include the structures and installation of pool finishes as well as products listed in Part 2 of Section 13150. B. Work included in this section: 1. It is the intent of this section to place the entire responsibility for the construction of the pools (including the construction of the pool shells)under one vested CONTRACTOR. Under this section the Swimming Pool Contractor will provide but is not necessarily limited to the following: a. Provide equipment and services required for erection and delivery onto the premises the equipment or apparatus provided. Remove equipment from premises when no longer required. b. Layout, excavate,remove from the construction site,replace, and grade materials as required beyond the limits of excavation of the pool shell to complete the work described in this section. Reference Division 2- Site Work. C. Grade and replace load bearing or high plasticity index soil,pump and dewater as necessary to keep excavations free from water during construction and provide sub-surface drainage beneath the Lap Pool surge tank as needed or required in the project geotechnical report. Reference Division 2-Site Work. d. Provide and maintain proper shoring and bracing for existing utilities, sewers and building foundations where required for related excavations. Reference Division 2-Site Work. e. Provide electrical conduit,wiring,junction boxes etc.to low voltage pool equipment within pool filter/chemical rooms per Division 16-Electrical. (Low voltage is considered less than 110 V.) f. Coordinate for required bonding and grounding of the pool shell,fittings,and equipment. g. Provide necessary piping and valving as shown on the drawings and specified herein. h. Provide individually sized housekeeping pads for each pool pump.Provide housekeeping pads for pool equipment as required in the drawings. i. Provide the main drain hydrostatic relief system and a sight sump as shown on the drawings. Reference Division 2-Site Work. j. Provide winterization products and services for the outdoor Leisure Pool for a period not less than 12 months including a minimum of one (1) closing and one (1) opening. Provide one (1) additional opening if the outdoor facility is open for less than 40 days. Include winterization procedures with owner training. k. Construct the cast in place or pneumatically applied concrete pool shells and cast in place Lap Pool surge tank as described in these specifications and detailed on the drawings, including reinforcement steel,inserts,fittings,fiberglass main drain sumps and embedded items(piping, anchors,etc.)for the pools.Reference Division 3-Concrete and Structural. Before commencing the placement of concrete,verify electrical bonding of the pool embedded items and reinforcing Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL steel. Also, coordinate and arrange required electrical,plumbing and or building inspections. Backfill and compact fill around the pool structure,piping trenches and excavations required by this work. Reference Division 2-Site Work. 1. Provide a proprietary aggregate cementitious finish in the pools with a slip resistant surface with a vertical tile band. Provide specialty tile for the perimeter tile deck band, gutter nosing, wall targets, recessed steps, floor lane markings, depth markings and warning signs, construction joint installation bands and other tile installation within the pool structures. Reference Section 13154- Swimming Pool Tile-including the tolerance requirements for the concrete substrate. In. Provide fully assembled cleaning and maintenance equipment for the pools as specified herein. n. Provide for the storage of pool related equipment, materials, and systems. Items are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR until accepted by owner. o. Obtain final acceptance by jurisdictional health department. P. Start, test, calibrate and adjust mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, recirculation, chemical, and other supplied systems including deck, loose, maintenance, and safety equipment. Instruct the Owner's representative in the systems operation and maintenance as described herein. q. Provide a one-year license and basic startup training for aquatic facility management application. r. Provide the heating system for the Lap Pool. Include piping,heaters,heat exchangers,booster pumps, controls, gauges, thermostats, control valves and wiring required to draw water from the recirculation line, heat the water and return it back to the recirculation line and interlock with pool recirculation pumps. C. Related work specified in other sections: 1. Section 13153—Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish 2. Section 13154—Swimming Pool Tile 3. Section 13155—Waterslides 4. The following work related to the swimming pools must be completed by other trades. a. Provide,erect,and maintain necessary barricades,signs,lights,and flares for pool construction to protect workers and the public. b. Provide and maintain proper shoring and bracing for existing utilities, sewers and building foundations where required for swimming pool related excavations. Reference Division 2 - Site Work. C. Construct pump pit including reinforcement,inserts,wall sleeves,anchors,access hatches,and fittings. Reference Division 3 -Concrete. d. Layout, excavate,remove from the construction site,replace, and grade materials as required beyond the limits of excavation of the pool shells to complete the work described in this section. Reference Division 2-Site Work. e. Prior to concrete pours,verify electrical bonding of the pool embedded items. Coordinate and arrange required electrical,plumbing and or building inspections that must be performed on embedded items.Reference Division 16-Electrical. f. Provide sanitary sewer and storm drain connections.Reference Division 15-Mechanical. g. Provide deck mounted anchors, sockets, and inserts for the pools and coordinate construction locations for each. h. Provide deck finish beyond perimeter tile band. Reference Division 9-Finishes. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL i. Provide rules and regulations signage as required by code. Reference Division 1 - General Requirements. j. Provide chlorine resistant caulking(sealant)and backer rod on pool decks.Reference Division 7-Thermal and Moisture Protection. D. Related work specified in Plumbing section. Reference Division 15 - Mechanical. Work that must completed by others. 1. Provide trench drains and area drains on pool deck. 2. Provide sanitary sewer piping from the filter room including floor drains,sumps,and sump pump. 3. Provide water service to hose bibbs, flush hydrant boxes and auto-fill bypass to air gap above fill funnels. Provide the slow closing solenoid valves in the bypass auto-fill piping. 4. Provide water meter on the fresh water supply line upstream of the manual fill valve and the slow closing solenoid valve. E. Related work specified in Mechanical section. Reference Division 15 —Mechanical. Work that must completed by others. 1. Provide air recirculation systems for pool related spaces. F. Related work specified in Electrical sections. Reference Division 16 — Electrical. Work that must completed by others. 1. Provide power to the exhaust fans for the chemical rooms. 2. Provide motor starters, auxiliary contacts, magnetic relays, and other electrical control devices necessary for the complete operation of the pool systems. Provide power to Variable Frequency Drive pool pump starters and power from VFD to the pool pump motor. 3. Ground and bond pool structures,fittings,and equipment in accordance with Article 680 of the N.E.C. Test and verify that the system electrical ground is true and solid. Provide certification to this effort. 4. Obtain permits, inspections, and approvals of wiring including grounding and bonding of metal components associated with the pool in accordance with Local, State and National Electrical Codes. 5. Provide power,conduits,electrical boxes,and wiring for the underwater lights and junction boxes. 6. Confirm electrical conduits that penetrate the pool shell are watertight and installed per N.E.C.Article 680. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The specifications and drawings illustrate and detail two(2)swimming pool systems that are utilized for both competitive and recreational use. Certain technical aspects of the design are common only to pool systems planned for public use. Understanding these aspects, their functions and interaction through experience is vital to completing a successful operating system. It is a mandatory requirement that bidders will have achieved such experience as a prerequisite forbidding this project. 1. CONTRACTOR to refer to section 002113 — INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS for bonding requirements. 2. The SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR must include a bid bond from an approved surety company registered in the State of Texas certifying that the SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR has adequate bonding capacity to provide a bid for this project. The SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR must submit a copy of the bid bond for review prior to SWIMMING POOL Contractor's selection. 3. If the Contractor has not received prior written approval for this project or has not been included in the pre-approved list of Contractors, they must submit a list of projects meeting the aforementioned qualifications,including contact information of the General Contractor must be submitted for review and approval at least 10 days prior to bidding of the project. The Contractor must have completed at Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL least five(5)public-use pools with individual water surface areas in excess of 6500 square feet and a depth of 9'-0"or more within the past 10 years. 4. The Contractor must submit prior to the start of construction the name of the on-site Project Superintendent including their relevant experience. The Contractor's on-site Project Superintendent must have completed at least five(5)public-use pools with individual water surface areas in excess of 6500 square feet and a depth of 9'-0"or more within the past 10 years. A list of projects meeting the aforementioned qualifications, including contact information of the General Contractor as well as Owner must be included with the experience submittal. Project Superintendent must not change on the project unless written authorization has been provided by the Architect and Owner. 5. The Owner reserves the right to reject a bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligation of the contract and to complete the work described or if the bidder does not have the qualifications stated herein. Subject to compliance with item 2 above on this specification. 6. The following bidders have been pre-approved. Bidders must meet the requirements listed above. Sunbelt Pools Wescon,Inc. Rob Morgan,Jon Collins Steve Kraft 10555 Plano Rd. P.O. Box 1483 Dallas, TX 75238-1305 7301 Jefferson St.,NE p)214.343.1133 Albuquerque,NM 87109 f)214.343.1201 p)505.345.2511 f)505.345.2512 California Commercial Pools Progressive Commercial Aquatics David Jackson,Lee Jackson Tim Phelps, Steve Davis 2255 E Auto Center Dr. 2510 Farrell Road Glendora, CA 91713 Houston, TX 77073 p) 909.394.1280 p)512.848.4677 f)909.394.4579 1)281.443.1524 Atlantis Aquatic Group Dennis Watson, Terry Smith 7700 TX-71 #160 Austin, Texas 78735 p) 512-243-6877 f)210-579-7308 1.4 REGULATORY AGENCY REQUIREMENTS AND ENGINEERING SERVICES A. The system must comply with necessary pre-construction approvals obtained by the Owner and Owner's Consultants from local regulatory agencies governing the design and construction of public swimming pools. B. Give necessary notices,obtain permits,and pay government fees,and other costs in connection with his work, including the filing of necessary as-built drawings, prepare documents and obtain necessary approvals of governmental departments having jurisdiction over their work. Obtain required certificates of inspection for his work and deliver same to the Owner and Owner's Consultants before requesting acceptance and final payment for the work. C. Include in the work,without extra cost to the Owner,labor,materials, services, apparatus,or drawings in order to comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations, whether or not shown on drawings and/or specified. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1.5 COORDINATION AND CLARIFICATION A. Coordinate with other contractors or subcontractors work relating to this section. B. Must establish with other contractors or subcontractors,having related work in this section,that work necessary to complete the pools as shown on the drawings and in the specifications is included in the base bid and alternates to the Owner. C. If in doubt regarding the responsibility for work covered in this section and/or discovery of errors or omissions in the bidding documents, notify the Architect through channels established by the specifications and request a clarification ten(10)days prior to the bid date. 1.6 ALTERNATES A. Review the description of the alternates in Division 1 and on the drawings for possible effect upon work in this section. Alternates related to the work in this section are described in this division and on the bid proposal form. B. Pool Alternates 1. Alternate#1:Enclosed flume waterslide and associated mechanical systems. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S ALTERNATE PROPOSAL A. Submit bid to the owner based on materials, equipment and methods as specified in this Section. No substitutions of material will be allowed. B. It is the intent of the contract documents to encourage competition. The base proposal must include the construction methods and equipment as specified and detailed. Proposed system substitutions must have prior written approval by the Architect. C. If there is a deviation from the basis of design equipment,confirm that engineering criteria are appropriate for the substituted equipment. D. Substitutions of specified construction methods and equipment must include a complete submittal as required by these specifications and drawings of appropriate scale incorporating required changes. Provide a list of at least ten (10) satisfactory installations comparable to this project that have been manufactured and installed under the manufacturer's current legal name. Submit a list of such projects with the name,address and current telephone number of the Owner's Operator and Architect of Record to the Architect on the bid date. E. Changes or modifications to the Contract Documents that are not authorized by the architect are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals must be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 -General Requirements and in strict compliance with the following procedures and guidelines. B. One (1) set of shop drawings and engineering data must be tabbed, indexed, and referenced to the specifications, compiled into an electronic submittal, and submitted in two stages. The first stage must include items for the pool shells,reference swimming pool structural specifications. The second stage must be for remaining items. Each section of items must be prefaced by a cover sheet listing the items submitted within the section. Electronic submittals must be organized,numbered, and submitted in the same format and order as the project specifications. Only complete sets will be reviewed. 1. Engineering data covering systems,equipment,structures,and fabricated materials,which will become a permanent part of the work under this contract,must be submitted for review. This data must include drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail and scale to show the kind,size,arrangement, and operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorage and supports required;performance characteristics;fabrication and dimensions needed for installation and correlation Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL with other materials and equipment. A certification, in writing, must be provided indicating that equipment will fit in the space allotted and as shown on the drawings. 2. Submittals regardless of origin must be stamped with the approval of the CONTRACTOR and identified with the name and number of this contract, CONTRACTOR'S name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and contract drawings. Each submittal must indicate the intended use of the item in the work. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items must be clearly identified. The current revision, issue number, and date must be indicated on drawings and other descriptive data. 3. The submittals will not be accepted from anyone but the CONTRACTOR. Submittals must be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. 4. The CONTRACTOR'S stamp of approval is a representation that the CONTRACTOR accepts full responsibility for determining and verifying quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data, and that he has reviewed or coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the work and the contract documents. 5. Each submittal must include a statement prepared by the originator of the drawings and data,certifying compliance with the contract documents except for deviations,which are specifically identified. 6. Deviations from the contract documents must be identified on each submittal and must be tabulated in the CONTRACTOR'S letter of transmittal. Such submittals must,as pertinent to the deviation,indicate essential details of changes by the CONTRACTOR(including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation)and required piping and wiring diagrams. 7. The CONTRACTOR must accept full responsibility for the completeness of each submission, and, in the case of a resubmission,must verify that exceptions previously noted have been considered. In the event that more than one resubmission is required because of failure of CONTRACTOR to respond to exceptions and rejections previously noted, CONTRACTOR must make further resubmissions in person at the consultant's office. 8. The need for more than one resubmission,or a delay in obtaining review of submittals,will not entitle the CONTRACTOR to an extension of the contract time unless delay of the work is directly caused by a change in the work authorized by a change order. 9. Review of drawings and data submitted by CONTRACTOR will cover only general conformity to the drawings and specifications,external connections and dimensions that affect the layout. Review does not indicate a thorough review of dimensions,quantities,and details of the material,equipment,device, or item shown. Review of submittals does not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors, omissions,or deviations,or responsibility for compliance with the contract documents. 10. When the drawings and data are returned marked REJECTED, REVISE AND RESUBMIT or SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM,the corrections must be made as noted thereon and as instructed and six corrected copies(or one copy and one corrected reproducible copy)resubmitted. 11. Resubmittals must bear the number of the first submittal followed by a letter(A,B,etc.)to indicate the sequence of the resubmittal. Resubmittals must be indexed, tabbed,referenced to the specifications, and bound in a three-ring binder and submitted at one time. 12. When corrected copies are resubmitted,the CONTRACTOR must,in writing,direct specific attention to revisions and must list separately revisions made other than those called for on previous submissions. 13. When the drawings and data are returned marked NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN or MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED,no additional copies must be provided unless specifically requested to do so for record. C. Permits,Receipts and Test Reports 1. Provide the Architect with copies of permits and receipts for fee payments. 2. Submit a sample format for each test report intended for use. Submit test reports required herein only on approved forms. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. Include complete product data indexed,tabbed, and referenced to specifications with 8 ''/z"x 11" cover sheet covering: 1. Paragraph 2.01 -Overflow System 2. Paragraph 2.02-Pumping Equipment 3. Paragraph 2.03 -Filtration Equipment 4. Paragraph 2.04-Recirculation Fittings 5. Paragraph 2.05-Piping Systems 6. Paragraph 2.06-Chemical Treatment Systems 7. Paragraph 2.07-Chemistry Monitoring and Control Systems 8. Paragraph 2.08-Flow Meters 9. Paragraph 2.09-Water Level Controllers 10. Paragraph 2.10-Deck Equipment 11. Paragraph 2.11 -Loose Equipment 12. Paragraph 2.12-Maintenance Equipment 13. Paragraph 2.13 -Safety Equipment 14. Paragraph 2.14-Thermometers 15. Paragraph 2.15-Swimming Pool Finishes 16. Paragraph 2.16-Waterproofing 17. Paragraph 2.17-Sealants 18. Paragraph 2.18-Aquatic Facility Management Application 19. Paragraph 2.19-Underwater Lights 20. Paragraph 2.20-Water Features and Support Equipment 21. Paragraph 2.21 -Pool Concrete Coping 22. Paragraph 2.22-Pool Heaters E. Include engineering/construction drawings for the pool structure. 1. Reference Division 3 -Concrete. F. Include engineering construction drawings for pool piping. G. Provide a complete set of structural drawings for the waterslide and associated feature footing structures bearing the seal, signature, and date of a licensed professional engineer in the State of Texas. Drawings must include plans, elevations, cross sections,details, and calculations required to construct the waterslide and associated feature footing structures. Structural drawings must clearly identify reinforcement, construction joints, embedded items including water stops, excavation lines and finish concrete elevations,under drainage requirements,under drain routing, clean out locations and location dimensions of accessory items provided under this section. A licensed professional engineer must utilize existing soils and geotechnical data in the preparation of the structural design criteria.Provide design calculations and support data required to show compliance with performance requirements specified, including design assumptions concerning element restraint. Calculations must be certified and sealed by the licensed professional engineer. Provide a design in response to actual site conditions. H. Installation of the waterslide and associated feature footings must not commence until detailed plans and specifications are approved by the department of Building and Safety. The responsibility for costs associated with obtaining such approval must be part of the General Construction contract. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-7 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL L Reference Section 13153—Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish J.Reference Section 13154—Swimming Pool Tile K. Reference Section 13155—Waterslides 1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS A. Detailed operation and maintenance information must be supplied for equipment requiring maintenance or other attention. The equipment supplier and/or CONTRACTOR must prepare an operation and maintenance manual for equipment. Parts lists and operating, and maintenance instructions must be provided. B. Each operation and maintenance manual must include the following: 1. Equipment function and calibration,normal operating characteristics,and limiting conditions. 2. Assembly,installation,alignment,adjustment and checking instructions. 3. Operating instructions for startup,routine and normal operation,regulation,and control,shut down and emergency conditions. 4. One(1)copy of instructional videos. 5. Operating cycles must be specifically described in outline format and in referenced detail. A wall- mounted color-coded piping flow diagram must be provided in the pool equipment room. The diagram must be engraved on laminated plastic with color-coded piping to match color of coding on piping, and including valves identified with number on tags. The minimum size is 11-inch x 17 inch. 6. Include manufacturer recommended maintenance schedule,parts lists,piping diagram(to agree with wall mounted diagram)and trouble-shooting information for pool mechanical equipment. 7. Using reference to keyed valves and wall diagram,include specific written instructions for procedures that must be followed for the following: a. Emptying and refilling the pools including de-watering during the period that the pools will be empty. b. Water level control adjustment and chemical control operation. C. Normal surge tank operation and balancing. d. Filter operation and backwashing;and e. Super chlorination. 8. Lubrication and maintenance instructions. 9. Guide to"trouble-shooting". 10. Parts list and predicted life of parts subject to wear. 11. Outline,cross section,and assembly drawings;engineering data and wiring diagrams. 12. Test data and performance curves,where applicable. 13. Specific written instructions for procedure for emptying and refilling the pools including de-watering during the period that the pool will be empty. Provide a yellow warning sign 8-1/2 in. x 11 in.,that must be mounted in the filter room,that reads: WARNING Prior to emptying Pool Consult O&M Manuals for Procedures Add another sign that reads: Keep Caps,Plugs and Tops Tight Fitting to Prevent Escape of Fumes. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-8 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 14. One set of applicable submittals must be included in each manual. C. The operation and maintenance manuals must be in addition to instructions or parts lists packed with or attached to the equipment when delivered,or which may be required by the CONTRACTOR. D. Manuals and other data must be printed on heavy,first quality paper,8-1/2 x 11-inch size with standard 3-hole punching and inserted in plastic covers. Drawings and diagrams must be reduced to 8-1/2 x 11 inches or 11 x 17 inches. Where reduction is not practical,larger drawings must be folded separately and placed in envelopes that are bound into the manuals. Each envelope must bear suitable identification on the outside. E. Six(6)bound volumes of each manual must be submitted. Parts lists and information must be assembled in substantial manuals and permanent,three-ring or three-post binders. Material must be assembled and bound in the same order as specified, and each volume must have a table of contents and suitable index tabs. F. Material must be marked with project identification. Non-applicable information must be marked out or deleted. G. Shipment of equipment will not be considered complete until required manuals and data have been received. H. Contractor must provide,assemble,and inventory all deck,loose, safety, and maintenance equipment including any loose mechanical equipment prior to the Owner taking possession of the pools. Contractor must provide a checklist that has been signed by the Owner verifying receipt of all items listed in Part 2-Products. 1.10 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original,unopened containers and crates with labels intact and legible. B. Deliver materials in sufficient time and quantity to allow continuity of work and compliance with approved construction schedule. C. Handle materials in a manner to prevent damage. D. Store materials on clean raised platforms with weather protective coverings. Provide continuous protection of materials against damage or deterioration. E. Remove damaged materials from site. 1.11 WARRANTIES A. The CONTRACTOR warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment provided under the contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the contract documents,that the work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted,and that the work will conform with the requirements of the contract documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized will be considered defective. The CONTRACTOR'S warranty will exclude remedies for damage or defect caused by abuse, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operations, modifications not executed by the CONTRACTOR or improper wear and tear under normal use. If required by the Architect, provide satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. B. The CONTRACTOR must agree to repair or replace defective or non-complying work at no cost to the Owner upon written notification from the Owner within the warranty period. Pro-rated warranties are not acceptable. C. Warranties must be for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion or the owner begins using the pool unless otherwise specified. Submit warranties covering,but not limited to the following: 1. Defects in material or workmanship of the pool and Lap Pool surge tank structure causing a loss of water for a period of three(3)years. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-9 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2. Defects in material, manufacture and installation of the filtration, backwash, chlorination, pH adjustments and cleaning systems,including controls for a period of one(1)year. 3. Defects in material, manufacture or installation of the recirculating overflow system and interior coating of the gutter and trench drains for a period of one(1)year. 4. Manufacturer's minimum ten (10) year warranty against defective materials, components, and workmanship in the Lap Pool gutter grating system. 5. Defects in material,workmanship,and installation of the pool pumps for a period of one(1)year. 6. Manufacturer's minimum eighteen(18)month warranty against defective materials,components, and workmanship in the variable frequency drive system. 7. Manufacturer's minimum fifteen (15)year warranty on the filter tank against defective materials or workmanship of the tank and components. (Additional warranty time may be purchased from the manufacturer.)Prorated warranties are not acceptable 8. Defects in material,workmanship,and installation of the pool piping system and recirculation fittings for a period of three(3)years. 9. Manufacturer's minimum one (1) year warranty against defective materials, components, and workmanship in the sanitizing feed system. 10. Manufacturer's minimum one (1) year warranty against defective materials, components, and workmanship in the pH buffer feed system. 11. Manufacturer's minimum one (1) year warranty against defective materials, components, and workmanship in the ultraviolet sanitizing system (excluding the UV lamps, quartz, and seals). Medium pressure ultraviolet bulbs must be warranted for a period of 8,000 hours. Intermittently operated lamps(> 1 on/off cycle per day)will be replaced free of charge should failure occur prior to 4,000 hours and replacement will be prorated between 4,000 and 8,000 hours. 12. Manufacturer's minimum five (5) year warranty against defective materials, components, and workmanship in the pool chemical controller. ORP,pH,flow and temperature sensors must be covered by a standard two (2)year warranty. Other sensors and flow cell components must be covered by a standard one(1)year warranty. 13. Manufacturer's minimum one (1) year warranty against defective materials, components, and workmanship in the pool water level control system. 14. Defects in material,workmanship,and installation of loose,deck,maintenance,and safety equipment including deck anchors for a minimum period of one(1)year. 15. Defects in material,workmanship,and installation of the pool cementitious finish against cracking and delamination for a period of three(3)years. 16. Defects in material,workmanship,and installation of the tile finish against cracking and delamination for a period of five(5)years. 17. Manufacturer's minimum fifteen(15)year systems warranty against defective materials,components and workmanship in the pool tile setting materials. 18. Defects in material, workmanship and installation of the pool, surge tank and gutter waterproofing finish against delamination for aperiod of one(1)year. 19. Manufacturer's minimum two (2) year warranty against defective materials, components, and workmanship in the pool underwater lights. 20. Defects in material, workmanship and installation of the Leisure Pool coping against cracking and delamination for a period of one(1)year. 21. Manufacturer's minimum five(5)year warranty on the complete heat exchanger assembly.Parts must be covered by a standard one(1)year warranty. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-10 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 22. Play Structure: a. A 5-year warranty on stainless steel Play Events/Products,and stainless steel anchoring systems. b. A 5-year warranty on brass components including; spray nozzles, spray caps and spray heads. High- density polyethylene components, polyurethane components, and ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene components. c. A 2-year warranty on color coatings, stainless steel hardware & moving parts, fiberglass products, Seeflow Polymers, Soft Touch Elastomers (Toe Guards),polyvinyl chloride (PVC);piping,fittings, ball valves, check valves, electrical relays, terminal blocks, actuated valves, programmable logic controller(PLC controller),time switches,manual switches,transformers,breakers, electrical wiring and connections. d. All warranties are to be managed by the equipment supplier. 1.12 SYSTEM TRAINING A. A qualified representative of the CONTRACTOR performing work under this section must put the equipment into operation and instruct the Owner's representatives in the operation of this equipment to the Owner's satisfaction immediately after project's substantial completion. B. The CONTRACTOR'S training representative must have completed the equipment/system's manufacturer's training requirements and be certified,by the manufacturer,to provide and teach system training. C. The representative from the CONTRACTOR must be either a CPO(Certified Pool Operator)or have an AFO(Aquatic Facility Operator)certification. D. Training periods to consist of 32 hours of on-site training and scheduled as follows: 1. 16 hours of initial training on the complete swimming pool system. Training to include winterization procedures—Refer to Section 1.02 for winterization protocol. The 16 hours of initial training must be comprised of at least 4 hours of training on water chemistry analysis and adjustment. The water chemistry training will include in depth review of the use of the Langlier index and its computation. 2. The initial 16 hours of training must include information on the care, operation, adjustment, and maintenance of items provided by the CONTRACTOR under the "Part 2—Products" section of this specification. 3. 16 hours of training after the Owner's staff has had experience operating the system. This time may be requested after the pool has been placed in operation within a period of one(1)year from the time the pool was accepted by the Owner. The additional training must contain at least 2 hours of review of water chemistry. 4. Provide a project specific video recording instruction manual in addition to the training sessions. The video instructions must be project specific and must include information on the care, operation, adjustment,and maintenance of items provided by the CONTRACTOR under the"Part 2—Products" section of this specification. This video recording must be done separate from the Owner training. 5. The CONTRACTOR must include one(1)copy of video recording instructions in each Operations and Maintenance Manual. 1.13 POOL FILL WATER QUALITY A. The Owner is to bear the cost of the water required for two (2)complete fillings of the pool(the initial water tightness test and the final filling). Removal of iron or copper (if in excess of.3 ppm) will be required for the final fill to avoid staining of the pool finish. Subsequent fillings or partial fillings(more than 25%)of the pool is by the CONTRACTOR,at its own expense. B. Provide the necessary plant equipment so that the temperature of fill water will be within plus or minus 10 degrees of the ambient air and/or the pool structure at the time of filling. Extreme caution is urged if the temperature variance is greater than 10-degree F. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-11 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Provide the necessary chemicals and to adjust and balance the water chemistry in the pools to the following levels: pH 7.4-7.6 Calcium Hardness 200-400 PPM Total Alkalinity(Calcium Hypochlorite) 60-80 PPM Langelier saturation index -0.3 -+0.3 Total Dissolved Solids(TDS) not to exceed 1,500 PPM 1.14 START-UP CHEMICALS A. The CONTRACTOR must maintain the chemical balance of the pool water (including the cost of chemicals required) until the pool and mechanical systems are fully operational and accepted by the Architect and the Owner. B. Provide the Owner with sufficient quantities of the necessary chemicals to maintain the pool operation after the owner begins using the pool. 1. Contractor is required to provide chemical quantities as shown on the drawings for the following chemicals: a. Calcium Hypochlorite b. Sodium Bisulfate 2. Contractor is required to provide chemical quantities as shown on the drawings for the following balancing chemicals: a. Sodium Bicarbonate b. Calcium Carbonate C. Sodium Thiosulfate C. Chemicals must be provided to the Owner must include those required by the chemical feed systems provided. 1.15 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Provide a complete set of record drawings of the entire pool systems including sub-systems. Record drawings must be prepared in accordance with the requirements of Section 01720 and must be a complete, stand-alone set. The CONTRACTOR is permitted to obtain original documents and copy them for this purpose only. Provide the record set on compact disk (AutoCAD Release 2010 or compatible software). PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 OVERFLOW SYSTEM A. It is the intent of the specifications that the perimeter overflow system and surface cleaning be maintained under conditions of normal operation and that no water be discharged to waste except when cleaning the filters or emptying the pool. B. Lap Pool Concrete Perimeter Overflow System 1. A perimeter overflow system consisting of a continuous concrete and tile overflow channel must be provided as detailed and shown on the drawings for the pools. The bottom of the trough must be level throughout. 2. The complete gutter trough interior,must be coated with epoxy paint. Refer to section 2.16. Areas not meeting the manufacturer's recommended thickness will be recoated without additional cost to the Owner. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-12 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3. Grating corner installations must be prefabricated thermo-welded corner sections provided by the grating manufacturer and installed with adequate support per manufacturer recommendations. Butting grating sections together at corners is not permitted. 4. The grating must be formed of molded PVC sections. Modular, interlocking pieces of UV stabilized PVC grating. The top surface must have a raised,diamond ridge design to create good friction,wet or dry and be 11/16"wide with an outside depth of 1.0" and a middle depth of 1-3/8"for extra strength. The space between pieces must not exceed 3/8". Each piece of grate must have a slotted hole at the ends for insertion of a stainless-steel fastener clip and anchor screws every 5 feet and must be easily removable. Grating surface bars must run parallel to the pool wall and with the gap,provide at least 35% open space per foot for unrestricted water flow. The color of the grate must be selected by the Architect. The width of the grating must allow the insertion of the touchpad holding brackets between the grating and the gutter lip. a. Basis of Design: Grating must be manufactured by Lawson Aquatics supplied by Neptune- Benson,Daldorado,or approved equal. 5. Materials,anchors,and fasteners must be 304L stainless-steel. C. Leisure Pool Skimmer Overflow System 1. Provide skimming system consisting of units as shown on the drawings. Skimmers must be located to ensure maximum skimming action. a. Basis of Design: Pool skimmers must be Sta-Rite model U-3 #08650-1403 white, #08650- 3403 gray, #08650-2403 tan, or approved equal. Hayward model#SP1082-1 or Waterway model#810-0054.0618 Renegade Gunite skimmer are acceptable. Equalizer suction fittings must have a Federal Pool and Spa Safety Act (ANSI/APSP-16 2017) compliant cover manufactured by Aquastar,or approved equal. 2. The piping and other pertinent components of skimming equipment must be designed for a total capacity of the required filter flow of the recirculation system, and no skimmer can be designed for a flow-through rate of less than 30 gallons per minute or 5 gallons per minute per lineal inch of weir. 3. The skimmer weirs must be automatically adjustable and must operate freely with continuous action to variations in water level over a range of at least 4 inches. The weirs must operate at flow variations. The weir must be of such buoyancy and design so as to develop an effective velocity. 4. An easily removable and cleanable basket or screen through which overflow water passes must be provided to trap large solids. 5. The skimmer must be provided with a device to prevent air lock in the suction line. An equalizer pipe must be used and must provide an adequate amount of water for pump suction if the water of the swimming pool drops below the weir level. 6. The equalizer piping and fittings must be sized to meet the capacity requirements of the filter and pump and in no case be less than 2 inches in diameter. The pipe must be connected to the main drains / The pipe must be located at least one (1) foot below the lowest overflow level of the skimmer. The equalizer float valve assembly must remain tightly closed under normal operating conditions but will automatically open when the water level drops below the lowest weir operating level. 7. The equalizer fitting must be a design that reduces the possibility of hair entrapment in the fitting. 8. The skimmer must be of sturdy,corrosion-resistant materials. 9. Each skimmer must be equipped with a variable orifice trimming device to allow balancing of flow. 10. Skimmers must be NSF approved. 11. Provide a solid aluminum or fiberglass lintel plate spanning the top of each skimmer throat opening in the pool wall to support the pool coping. Lintel to have dimensions of 7-3/4" by 2'-0" and be 3/8"thick. Aluminum lintel plates require bonding in accordance with NEC Article 680. Fiberglass Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-13 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL lintel plates must be of rigid design with factory finished or field sealed edges to prevent exposed jagged surfaces and moisture intrusion into the fiberglass material. 2.2 PUMPING EQUIPMENT A. Proposed substitutions must include a mechanical drawing incorporating required changes in layout, piping, and valves. The cost of such changes must be included in the price of the substitute. Confirm correct pump motor voltage prior to ordering pump. Motors must be capable of continuously running without overloading at points on the characteristic curve of the pump without overload or damage. Confirm by 1/4-inch scale shop drawing that the pumps provided will fit within the available space and can be reasonably removed for servicing. 1. Pumps must be certified by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) and bear the certification mark. 2. If the pump is powered with a VFD,the impeller must be trimmed to a maximum diameter based on the most limiting condition of either the diameter of the maximum non-overloading rated motor horsepower at the design point or a diameter resulting in 10%greater head than the specified head. 3. Pump motor must be totally enclosed,fan cooled(TEFC) and premium efficiency of the horsepower and speed specified. A pump requiring larger horsepower is not acceptable unless submitted as a substitute and approved by the engineer,in which case necessary electrical revisions must coordinated and provided. 4. Entire pumping unit must be mounted on a base using cap screws to preserve the back-pull-out feature of the pump. Pumps must not be secured with floor studs or"all-thread". The pump base must be coated with the same epoxy coating as the pump. An OSHA approved guard must protect coupling and exposed rotating components of the pump and motor where required. 5. Recirculation and Feature Pumps—Metallic Components a. Provide horizontally mounted centrifugal pumps as shown on the drawings and described in these specifications. Each pump must be of a straight centrifugal, end suction, bronze fitted, close coupled type. b. Pumps manufactured by Paco, Griswold,Aurora or Herbomer are considered equal,provided they meet the requirements. C. Pump casing must be cast iron fitted with a replaceable bronze case wear ring. Mechanical seals must be provided specific for a chlorinated water application. Pump impeller must be enclosed type of cast bronze or 316L stainless-steel, statically, and dynamically balanced, and trimmed for the specified design conditions. If a VFD must be used in conjunction with a pump, the impeller must be trimmed to the maximum diameter based on the rated motor horsepower. Bronze materials must be suitable for use in a chlorinated environment. Suction and discharge flanges must be provided and tapped for gauge connections. Provide steel or cast-iron bases with equivalent epoxy coating for corrosion protection. d. Provide a fusion-bonded epoxy coating on wetted parts to protect pump internals from corrosion, including pump volute interior and complete pump impeller (bronze impellers only). Sandblast to bare,white metal. Thickness must be 8 to 12 mils(heavy film). Verify thickness by non-destructive testing. Coat parts as recommended by manufacturer,including preheating parts to 400 degrees and electrostatic deposition or fluidized bed technique. Provide primers if required to resist chlorinated water<10 ppm. Coating must be Scotchkote 134 manufactured by Fusecote or approved equal. e. Provide a hair and lint strainer, for each pump, of fiberglass or epoxy coated stainless-steel construction with a clear observation top in the sizes(or pipe sizes)indicated on the drawings. Provide hair and lint strainers with perforations no greater than 1/16"for feature pumps(PP5 and PP6). Verify and coordinate pipe and pump suction sizes in the field. Strainer must be of a low pressure drop full-open or a tapered eccentric reducing type. Straight reducing type strainers will not be acceptable without the addition of an approved tapered eccentric reducer Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-14 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL between the strainer and the pump (in which case, sufficient space in the pump pit must be verified). Provide a stainless-steel basket with at least 4 times the free open area as the inlet pipe,and one spare basket with each strainer. 1) Basis of Design: As manufactured by MerMade Filter Inc.,or Neptune/Benson Inc.,or Fluidtrol Process Technologies,Inc. f Recirculation pumps must be provided by the same manufacturer. Confirm voltages prior to ordering pumps. 6. Recirculation and Feature Pumps—Composite Components a. Provide horizontally mounted, self-priming, centrifugal pumps as shown on the drawings and described in these specifications. The pumps must be of a straight centrifugal,end suction,non- corrosive PPO Resin material construction, closed coupled type, with integral hair and lint strainer. b. The pump body, seal plate, and attached hair and lint strainer must be constructed of non- corrosive PPO Resin materials, and close-coupled to an electric motor by means of an adaptor of the same material. C. The pump must have a PPO Resin diffuser to aid in priming and it must contain a replaceable bronze wear ring for the impeller. The impeller must be of the closed type and PPO Resin,non- overloading at points on the performance curve. The mechanical shaft seal must be constructed of ceramic and carbon seal faces,with stainless steel,brass, and Buna N materials in the spring bellows portion. The impeller must be secured to the motor shaft by means of a stainless-steel key and locking screw into the end of the motor shaft. The pump must be capable of operating at up to 50 psi, 104°F continuous water temperature. d. The electric motor coupled to the pump must be of the NEMA Rated series JM construction with stainless steel shaft inside a removable shaft sleeve of 300 series stainless steel. Motors must be continuous duty rated at 40° C (or realign better) ambient and be suitable for outdoor installation. e. Pumps must meet Department of Energy (DOE)minimum efficiency standards for dedicated- purpose pool pump(DPPP)motors. f. The pump strainer must consist of a PPO Resin body,Polycarbonate Resin Thermoplastic cover with O-ring seal, and Cam and Ramp Lid, and a strainer basket of mineral reinforced polypropylene material. g. The strainer basket must be securely positioned below the suction inlet of the trap,with access for inspection and cleaning through a removable trap body lid.The trap body lid must be secured by means of a locking ring. Provide one spare basket for each strainer. 7. Other System Pumps and Motors a. Provide one(1)portable utility pump. The pump must be a 1 HP,3600 RPM, 115/230-volt, 1 phase,60 cycle unit capable of 60 GPM at 25 ft. TDH. 1) Basis of Design:Pump must be a Godwin GSP 10 or approved equal. B. Variable Frequency Drive Starters 1. Provide variable frequency drive starters (VFD)for the pool pumps. VFDs must be Eco-Flow-C by H2Flow Controls,AcuDrive by Pentair,GreenDrive by Neptune Benson,or approved equal. a. Basis of Design:AcuDrive by Pentair 2. Ensure that equipment is provided with the correct operating voltage and that interconnected electrical and electronic equipment must adequately communicate and operate the specified pumping equipment. Equipment installations must meet or exceed the requirements of the National Electric Code and other local and state regulations. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-15 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3. Variable Frequency Drive Capabilities a. Provide complete VFD as specified herein or in the equipment schedule for loads designated that must be variable speed or variable flow. b. The VFD must convert incoming fixed frequency three-phase AC power into a variable frequency and voltage for controlling the speed of three-phase AC induction motors. The VFD must be a six-pulse input design, and the input voltage rectifier must employ a full wave diode bridge. The output waveform must closely approximate a sine wave. The VFD must be of a PWM output design utilizing current IGBT inverter technology and voltage vector control of the output PWM waveform. C. Indoor Applications: VFD must be fully enclosed in a corrosion resistant NEMA 12/IP54 UL listed enclosure. d. VFD and required options will be incorporated by the VFD manufacturer into an integrated package,with a single input feed and main disconnect. e. VFD must have a fused disconnect and battery back-up, for the purpose of maintaining programming in the event of a power outage. f. The VFD must produce an output waveform capable of handling maximum motor cable distances of up to 1,000 ft. (unshielded)without tripping or derating. g. The VFD must provide rated RMS fundamental output voltage. The VFD must utilize VVCILUs an output voltage-vector switching algorithm, or equivalent,in both variable and constant torque modes. This allows the motor to operate at a lower temperature rise, extending its thermal life. h. The VFD selected must be able to source the motor's full load nameplate amperage (fundamental RMS) on a continuous basis and be capable of running the motor at its nameplate RPM,voltage,current, and slip without having to utilize the service factor of the motor. i. The VFD must offer a programmable motor parameter that allows the total number of poles of a motor that must be programmed to optimize motor performance. j. VFD must automatically boost power factor at lower speeds. k. The VFD will be capable of running either variable or constant torque loads. In either CT or VT mode,the VFD must be able to provide its full rated output current continuously and 110%of rated current for 60 seconds. 1. An Automatic Energy Optimization (AEO) selection feature must be provided in the VFD to minimize energy consumption in variable torque applications. in. VFD must offer a motor spinning test that will run the motor at 5 Hz until the OK button is pressed. This feature will allow the user to determine if the motor is running in the correct direction. n. Switching of the input power to the VFD must be possible without interlocks or damage to the VFD at a minimum interval of 2 minutes. o. Switching of power on the output side between the VFD and the motor must be possible with no limitation or damage to the VFD and must require no additional interlocks. P. An Automatic Motor Adaptation(AMA)function must measure motor stator resistance and reactance to optimize performance and efficiency. q. Cooling must be via an aluminum heat sink and must prevent the introduction of ambient air to the electronics for cooling. With the exception of the water-resistant heat sink fan, electronics must be fully sealed within the enclosure. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-16 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL r. The VFD must have temperature-controlled cooling fans for quiet operation, minimized internal losses, and greatly increased fan life. S. VFD must provide full torque to the motor, given input voltage fluctuations of up to+10% to -10%of the rated input voltage. t. The VFD must include additional contacts for interface with a remote start/stop panel and/or emergency stop function. 4. Harmonics: a. The VFD must provide internal DC link reactors to minimize power line harmonics and to provide near unity power factor. b. The VFD must be provided with line-side harmonic reduction,as required,to ensure that the current distortion limits, as defined in table 10.3 of IEEE 519-1992, are met. C. Harmonic solutions must be designed to withstand up to 2%-line imbalances with the maximum Current Distortion not to exceed 11% at 100%load. d. Harmonic solutions must be capable of withstanding up to 2% ambient voltage distortion with the maximum Current Distortion not to exceed 12% at 100%load. 5. Protective Features: a. VFD must have input surge protection utilizing MOV's, spark gaps, and Zener diodes to withstand surges of 2.3 times line voltage for 1.3 msec. b. VFD must include circuitry to detect phase imbalance and phase loss on the input side of the VFD. C. Printed Circuit boards must be conformal coated to reduce the corrosion effect from environmental gases and other conditions. The conformal coating must meet IEC 61721-3- 3, Class 3C2 as standard. d. Automatic "No-Flow Detection" must be available to detect a no-flow situation in pump systems where valves can be closed. This must be functional in closed loop control or when controlled by an external signal. e. Dry-pump detection must be available to detect if the pump has run dry. If this condition occurs, the drive will be safely stopped. A timer must be included to prevent nuisance tripping. f. End-of-Pump curve detection must stop motor when the pump is operating outside of its programmed pump curve. g. VFD must provide a flow compensation program to reduce energy by adjusting the Setpoint to match changes in flow(friction loss). h. VFD must include current sensors on three-output phases to detect and report phase loss to the motor. The VFD will identify which of the output phases is low or lost. 6. Interface Features: a. VFD must provide an alphanumeric backlit display keypad (LCP) which may be remotely mounted using a standard 9-pin cable. VFD may be operated with keypad disconnected or removed entirely. Keypad may be disconnected during normal operation without the need to stop the motor or disconnect power to the VFD. b. VFD Keypad must feature an INFO key that,when pressed,must display the contents of the programming manual for the parameter that is currently viewed on the display. C. VFD Display must have the ability to display 5 different parameters pertaining to the VFD or the load including: current, speed,DC bus voltage,output voltage,input signal in mA,or other values from a list of 92 different user-selectable parameters. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-17 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL d. A red FAULT light, a yellow WARNING light and a green POWER-ON light must be provided. These indications must be visible both on the keypad and on the VFD when the keypad is removed. e. Two-level password protection must be provided to prevent unauthorized changes to the programming of the VFD. f. A quick setup menu with factory preset typical parameters must be provided on the VFD to facilitate commissioning. g. A digital elapsed time meter and kilowatt hour meter must be provided in the display. h. VFD must offer as standard an internal clock. The internal clock can be used for: Timed Actions, Energy Meter, Trend Analysis, date/time stamps on alarms, Logged data, Preventive maintenance,or other uses. i. A battery back-up must be provided to maintain internal clock operation during power interruptions. j. Inputs and outputs must be optically isolated. k. The VFD must have two analog signal inputs. Inputs must be programmable for either 0 - lOV or 0/4-20 mA. 1. One programmable analog output must be provided for indication of the drive status. This output must be programmable for output speed,voltage,frequency,motor current and output power. The analog output signal must be 0/4-20 mA. in. The run permissive circuit must be capable of sending an output signal as a start command to actuate external equipment before allowing the VFD to start. n. The VFD must be equipped with a standard RS-485 serial communications port and front- of-drive accessible USB port. 7. Adjustments: a. The VFD must have an adjustable output switching frequency. b. Four complete programming parameter setups must be provided, which can be locally selected through the keypad or remotely selected via digital input(s), allowing the VFD to program for up to four alternate control scenarios without requiring parameter changes. C. In each programming setup, independent acceleration and deceleration ramps must be provided. Acceleration and deceleration time must be adjustable over the range from 0 to 3,600 seconds to base speed. d. The VFD must have four programmable "Bypass frequencies" with adjustable bandwidths to prevent the driven equipment from running at a mechanically resonant frequency. The feature must offer a Semi-Automatic program to simplify the set-up. e. VFD must include an automatic acceleration and deceleration ramp-time function to prevent nuisance tripping and simplify start-up. f. The VFD will include a user-selectable Reset function, which enables the selection of between zero and twenty restart attempts after a self-clearing fault condition(under-voltage, over-voltage, current limit, inverter overload, and motor overload), or the selection of an infinite number of restart attempts. The time between restart attempts must be adjustable from 0 through 600 seconds. g. An automatic"on-delay"function may be selected from 0 to 120 seconds. h. The VFD will include a user-selectable Auto-Restart function that enables the VFD to power up in a running condition after a power loss,to prevent the need to manually reset and restart the VFD. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-18 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 8. Bypass a. Provide a manual bypass in conjunction with the VFD for the recirculation pumps and feature pumps consisting of a door interlocked main fused-disconnect pad lockable in the off position, a built-in motor starter and a four position DRIVE/OFFBYPASS/TEST switch controlling three contactors.In the DRIVE position,the motor is operated at a programmable speed or flow rate from the VFD. In the OFF position,the motor and VFD are disconnected. In the BYPASS position, the motor is operated at full speed from the AC power line and power is disconnected from the drive so that service can be performed.In BYPASS Position, a soft starter will be in the circuit to allow the motor to avoid an across the line start. In the TEST position,the motor is operated at full speed from the AC line power. This allows the drive to give an operational test while continuing to run the motor at full speed in bypass. 9. Parallel operation of recirculation pumps: When specified in the project's scope, the VFD will be required to operate two identically sized pumps simultaneously. In this configuration,the VFD must be rated to simultaneously operate pumps at full load.Bypass Control must be included.Bypass Control must include an Overload Relay configured in such a way as to protect the motors when in either VFD control or Bypass control. If`constant flow' via analog flow transducer signal is enabled for multiple pumps,it must be disabled when one of the pumps is taken out of service. 10. Individual VFD options such as bypass,motor selection contactors,etc.must be incorporated by the manufacturer onto a single panel with single input feed and main disconnect function. Enclosures must be UL listed and fully assembled by the VFD manufacturer. 11. Service Conditions: a. The ambient operating temperature of the VFD must be-10°C to 50°C(14 to 122°F). b. 0 to 95%relative humidity,non-condensing. C. Elevation to 3,300 feet(1000 meters)without derating. d. VFD's must be rated for line voltage of 525 to 690VAC,380 to 480VAC,or 200 to 240VAC; with+10%to -10%variations. Line frequency variation of f 2%is acceptable. C. Pump Gauges 1. Pressure gauges must be provided on the discharge of the pumps. 2. Compound gauges must be provided at the intake port of the pumps,after the hair and lint strainer. 3. Gauges must be liquid filled, 316L stainless-steel bourdon tube type with a minimum 2-1/2-inch diameter dial, high impact polypropylene or stainless-steel case, corrosion resistant white scale with black divisions and numerals, 300 Series stainless-steel heavy duty rotary bushed movement, black enameled balanced Micrometer pointer. a. Basis of Design: Gauges must be as manufactured by Weksler Instrument Corporation or approved equal. 4. Scale ranges must be selected to indicate the normal system operating pressure of each system or location within the system. Pressure ranges must be calibrated in psig(0-60 psi)and compound gauge must be calibrated in inches of mercury(0-30 in Hg/0-60 psi). 5. A stainless-steel filter type pressure snubber must be provided for each pressure gauge consisting of a 3/8-inch diameter by 1/8-inch-thick micro metallic stainless-steel filter and placed in the line just before the pressure gauge. Provide isolation brass valves or brass gauge cocks at each gauge for easy replacement and maintenance. D. Pump Hoist Beam Trolley:Provide CM Series 632 close radius trolley by CM Industrial must be mounted on hoist I-beam at pool pump pit(refer to structural). Trolley must be sized adequately to provide hoist capabilities for pump/motor combinations located in the pump pit. Provide with double row ball bearing wheel design,bearings pre-packed with lifetime lubricant. Confirm trolley size is compatible with beam configuration.Minimum rated capacity of 2 tons. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-19 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.3 FILTRATION EQUIPMENT A. The filter system must consist of high-rate pressure sand filter tanks as shown on the drawings. Every aspect and component of the filter system must be certified by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)and bear the certification mark. The filter must have an engraved metal data plate permanently affixed on the face of the system that describes operational data and instructions and indicates startup date. B. It is the intent of these specifications to describe a filtration system complete in every respect with accessory items and supplied and warranted by one manufacturer. C. Horizontally Oriented Fiberglass Tanks 1. The filter tanks must be horizontally oriented single cell fiberglass tanks, minimum 48 inches in diameter. The filter system must be listed as approved by National Sanitation Foundation prior to bid date. a. Basis of Design:Fiberglass filters must be the product of Stark/Pentair,Waterco,or Neptune Benson provided they meet the specifications and layout. System design based upon Neptune-Benson. Valves must be provided to backwash one filter at a time. 2. Filter tanks must incorporate components and feature as described in this section. 3. Two (2) saddle style bases must be provided for tank support. Systems that incorporate stacked tanks must include similar bases and mounting saddles for the upper vessel. Tank supports and connections must be seismic rated to support the filter tanks for the appropriate seismic zone where the project is located. Access to the tank must be provided by a 14" x 18" manhole with two (2) curved yokes. Manhole seal must be complete with a one-piece 1/4"neoprene gasket and positioned so that internal pressure from the filter will augment the seal. No additional hardware or through bolts will be allowed. 4. Each filter tank must be equipped with the necessary flanges and connections for the internal and external piping. Connections must be comprised of fiberglass flanges and schedule 80 PVC flanges. 5. Tank connections 2 inches and smaller must be 150 lb. Type 316L stainless-steel threaded full couplings. Tank connections 3 inches and larger must be heavy steel bosses drilled and tapped both sides to receive standard flanged fittings or Sch. 40 Type 316L stainless-steel nipples. 6. The discharge from the automatic air release valve must be hard piped to waste. Each filter tank must have a means of releasing air. Each coupling or orifice must be provided with a slotted PVC sand retainer or stainless-steel strainer. An automatic air release system must be provided for each tank. 7. The drain system must consist of a 3/4-inch 316L stainless-steel coupling mounted at the lowest point in the bottom head. This drain must be valved and piped to the nearest floor drain or backwash tank. 8. Filter Piping-Internal a. The lower internal distribution system must be a horizontal header/lateral arrangement. The header must be Schedule 80 PVC construction, capped on one end and flanged or threaded at the other end for field connection. Lateral connections must be spaced no more than 6 inches on centers and must be 1-1/2-inch FPT connections. Attachments to header must be solvent welded and thermo-welded to ensure integrity of connection. b. Under drain system must be factory installed and constructed of extra heavy Schedule 80 high impact PVC. Multiple PVC main headers must be tapped and threaded to receive laterals. C. Laterals must consist of 1-1/2-inch Schedule 80 PVC pipe with openings as required. Each lateral must be fabricated complete with socket cap on one end and male adapter on the other end.Both fittings must be solvent welded to the slotted pipe. Laterals must be designed and Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-20 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL sized at the factory, so they are installed in the field and over the entire cross sections area of the filter. d. The upper distributor must consist of PVC piping Schedule 80 and/or deflector plate per manufacturer standard design. e. Each filter must be supplied with a pressure equalizing upper internal distribution system consisting of a horizontal header/lateral arrangement. The header piping must be constructed of Schedule 80 PVC. The header/lateral piping and connections must be designed and sized to provide uniform distribution and unrestricted flow during the filtration and backwash cycles. f. Upper laterals must be constructed of Schedule 80 PVC pipe with machine slotted openings or orifices. Machined slots or orifices must be clean,de-burred and free of obstructions that would not permit the free flow of water through the opening. Details of the lateral attachment to the header must be submitted for review and approval. g. The lower and upper distribution systems must be properly supported and anchored. Hardware in wetted areas must be Type 316L stainless-steel or non-metallic. Tank interiors must be inspected prior to the media being placed in the filters. 9. Filter Piping-External(Face) a. External face piping must be Schedule 80 PVC pipe and fittings. Flanges must be located so as to allow for easy dismantling of face piping. Fittings must be solvent cemented. b. Piping must be drilled and tapped where necessary to accommodate gauge tubing connectors. C. Valves 3" and larger must be constructed with cast aluminum S12A alloy (as defined by ASTM B275)housing and fully coated with Rilsan on interior and exterior surfaces. Internal components include EPDM resilient lining, Rilsan coated ductile iron disc and 316L stainless-steel shaft. Valves must be rated for 150 psi bubble tight shutoff. Unless otherwise specified, nuts and bolts must be stainless-steel with stainless-steel washers and used when secured to PVC flanges. Systems incorporating solenoid, pneumatic, pressure amplified, hydraulic or multi-directional valves are not acceptable. d. Standard accessory items must include sight glass rated for 50 psi with polycarbonate glass, remote mounted gauge panel with two 4/2" diameter pressure gauges, '/4" petcocks, '/4" poly vent tubing with PVC compression adapters. 10. Backwash Control a. The filter manifold face piping must be designed to allow for one(1)filter tank to backwash at a time while the recirculation system is operating. A manual backwashing system must be provided with the filter system. b. Manual Backwash System 1) The manual backwash system must be equipped with a face piping configuration such that the operator must be manually control and operator both the time and sequencing of the backwash cycle. Valving on the filter face piping must be a mechanical linkage device allowing the operator to simultaneously move two(2)valves at once. Mechanical linkage components must be PVC or Type 316L Stainless-steel. 11. Automatic Air Relief Valve a. A 1"valve must be provided to automatically and continuously release air in the filter. The valve must be fabricated of plastic with Buna-N seals. A plumbing kit must be provided with two(2)PVC ball valves to allow manual air relief and isolation of the automatic valve. Valves fabricated of cast iron,bronze or stainless-steel valves will not be accepted. 12. Filter Media Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-21 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL a. Filter media must be a carefully selected grade of hard uniformly graded silica material. Media must be milled angular shaped particles of silica quartz. The filter sand must have a particle size between 0.45 mm and 0.55 mm and have a uniformity coefficient not to exceed 1.53. Specific gravity must not be less than 2.5 with a pH of 7.0. b. Media (sand) must be cleaned and free from clay or limestone deposits. Bottom layer of support media must be placed by hand to avoid damage to the under-drain system and leveled before the addition of the upper layer of filter media. C. Media must be delivered after approval by the manufacturer of the filter and stored in 100- pound bags for ease of handling and elimination of possible contamination. d. Media must be supplied by the filter manufacturer and approved by the filter manufacturer prior to shipping. 13. Support Media a. A Gravel support media of a hard-coarse aggregate with a sub-angular grain shape with a particle size of 1/8" x 1/4" must be used on the inside of the bottom head to the elevation where the filter media commences. The specific gravity must not be less than 2.5. Support media must be placed by hand to avoid damage to the under-drain system and leveled before the addition of the upper layer of filter media. Concrete under fill is not recommended. Support gravel must be delivered and stored in 100-pound bags (approximately one cubic foot)for ease of handling and elimination of possible contamination. Media must be free from minerals which can precipitate onto pool surfaces. b. Sand must be a carefully selected grade of hard, uniformly graded silica material. Media must be naturally rounded particles of silica or milled angularly shaped particles of silica quartz. Sand must have a particle size between 0.45mm and 0.55 mm(#20). No more than 1.5%is allowed to pass through a#40 sieve(.0164"). Uniformity coefficient must not exceed 1.53. Specific gravity must be not less than 2.5. Filter must contain a minimum bed depth as recommended by the manufacturer. Systems which do not provide a minimum bed depth will not be accepted. Sand must be delivered and stored in 100-pound bags(approximately one cubic foot)for ease of handling and elimination of possible contamination. Media must be free from minerals which can precipitate onto pool surfaces. D. Polyethylene Filter Backwash Tank 1. Polyethylene filter backwash tank shall be open top 2,000 gallon capacity cylindrical open top tank with drainage connections and valving as shown on the plans. Tank shall be furnished with either a concrete or hot-dipped galvanized steel stand. Tank diameter 84 inches,tank height 84 inches. Backwash tank shall be as manufactured by Chemtainer Industries,Part#TC8484AA,represented by Steve Golomski of Sun-Day Corporation 314-961-0197 or equal. 2.4 RECIRCULATION FITTINGS A. Main drains must be PVC/Fiberglass box with PVC grating as sized on the drawings. Grate openings must not exceed 11/32 inch in width,providing an open flow area to allow water velocity not to exceed 1.5 fps. The grate must be PVC and fit closely and flush with top surface of frame and secured to frame with vandal proof fasteners. Exposed edges of main outlets must be rounded and smooth,free of burrs and sharp edges. Main drain covers must comply with the Virginia Graeme Baker Act and ANSI/APSP-16 2017. B. Provide a water bonding fitting PB-SK-20 manufactured by Perma-cast Swimming Pool Products or approved equal. Bonding fitting must be installed at the lowest point of the main drains. C. Provide hydrostatic relief valves consisting of a 2"cycolac relief valve connected to an FPT commercial style Schedule 80 PVC collector tube. The collection tube must have seepage holes, 3/8 inch in diameter, and must be screwed securely to the valve body. The hydrostatic relief valve must be designed to seal with minimum pressure and must have a non-plugging, self-cleaning raised valve Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-22 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL seat. Hydrostatic relief valve must be Hayward model#SP 1056 with collector tube model#SP 1055, Aquastar model#HVC101 or approved equal. D. Concrete dropout boxes(converters)must be concrete sumps with 12-gauge 316L stainless-steel frame and PVC grating and sized as shown on the plans. Grate openings must not exceed 11/32 inch in width,providing an open flow area to allow water velocity not to exceed 1.0 fps. The grate must be PVC and fit closely and flush with top surface of frame and secured to frame with vandal proof fasteners. Provide no-leak seal flange at the midpoint of the boxes. E. Wall inlet fittings must be cycolac directional inlet Hayward model#SP-1421-E(1"opening),Hayward model #SP-1421-D (3/4" opening) mounted in model #SP-10225, Aquastar model #3301 (1" opening),Aquastar model#3301B (3/4"opening)or approved equal from Sta-Rite. F. Static water line inlet fitting for the automatic water level controller must be provided consisting of a cycolac body, grate, and construction shield. The body must have a 1-1/2-inch solvent weld connection and provided with an integral molded "knock-out" membrane to facilitate line pressure testing. The static waterline inlet fitting must be a Hayward model#SP-1026 mounted in model#SP- 10225,Aquastar model#CFM-101 mounted in model#ES1022WB01 or approved equal. G. The outlet fitting grate from the fill funnel piping to the pool must be a 9"x 9"cycolac frame and grate. H. Adjustable floor inlet fittings must be provided each consisting of an ABS plastic body and adjusting top plate with a positive locking device. A spanner wrench must be provided to facilitate flow adjustment. The inlet body must be provided with a 2-inch cycolac solvent weld connection and internal NPT threads to facilitate line pressure testing. Floor inlet fittings must be Sta-Rite model #8417-0000-white/#8417-0100-gray/#8417-0200-black, Aquastar model #4DIV101(white)/ #4DIV102(black)/#4DIV103 (gray)or approved equal. L Sight sump frame and cover must provide access to the vertical sight sump standpipe as indicated in the plans. Frame and cover must be provided as a pan-filled, removable access lid that can receive the surrounding deck finish. Lids must be model#SQ201 PAL (Tan), #SQ201 PAL (Gray)or#SQ201 PAL (Frosted)manufactured by Pour-A-Lid or approved equal. Refer to architect for color selection. J.Valve box covers and frames that are not specified on the drawings or specifically identified as another size or material must be Quazite polymer concrete enclosure model #PC1730BA12 and cover model #PC1730CA00. Cover must be provided with stainless-steel vandal-resistant fasteners. Quazite cover color selected by Architect—standard color is concrete grey K. Anti-vortex plates must be provided at the suction points of the main recirculation pumps in the surge tank. Each plate must be connected to the suction pipe via a PVC flange and must be'/2 in.thick with minimum dimension of at least 2.5 times the connecting pipe diameter. The plate must be located 4 inches above the finished floor of the surge tank. Four(4)3/4 in. stainless-steel threaded rods,nuts, anchor bolts and washers must be used to fix the offset distance and provide a secure base for the suction pipe. Manufactured fiberglass or PVC anti-vortex plates by Daldorado,Neptune-Benson or approved equal. 2.5 PIPING SYSTEMS A. General 1. Provide recirculating piping between the pools and the filter room,fill receptor and interconnecting piping to and from the chemical feed systems and chemical controller. 2. Provide necessary pipe supports and support systems required to support associated piping and valves. 3. Provide other tubing,conduit,or piping associated with equipment specified herein. Coordinate with other trades. B. Pipes 1. Pipe routing as shown and detailed on the contract drawings is diagrammatic only and is not intended to show minor details or exact locations of piping systems. Installation is required and must be adjusted to accommodate interference and adjustments anticipated and encountered. Pipe sizes on plans refer to nominal inside diameter of the pipe. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-23 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2. PVC swimming pool piping must be NSF approved and conform to the requirements of ASTM D- 1785. 3. PVC pipes must be the product of one manufacturer. Approved manufacturers of PVC piping are Eslon,Harvel,and Chemtrol or approved equal. 4. Swimming pool piping above the floor or deck in the filter room must be Schedule 80 PVC. 5. Swimming pool piping below the filter room floor or deck must be NSF approved,Schedule 80 PVC. 6. Swimming pool piping under the pool floor must be NSF approved,Schedule 80 PVC that is backfilled within a 3/4" minus fine crushed aggregate conforming to ASTM C136, and per recommendations indicated in the project geotechnical report. Fill material must be submitted to the Architect for review and approval prior to placement of below grade pool pipe. 7. Below grade swimming pool piping not located beneath the pool floor can be backfilled with native granular material free of ice,clay,debris,organic matter,and rocks larger than 4" across their greatest dimension,and per recommendations indicated in the project geotechnical report. 8. The influent and effluent lines to the heat exchanger unit must be CPVC. Connections between metallic piping and/or equipment and PVC must be flanged. 9. PVC and CPVC fittings must be the product of one manufacturer. Molded fittings must be as manufactured by Asahi,Eslon, Chemtrol, Harvel, Spear,Lasco or acceptable substitute. Fabricated fittings must be as manufactured by Harrison Machine,Plastinetics,or acceptable substitute. 10. Vertical sight sump piping must be NSF approved, Schedule 40 PVC. Horizontal sight sump piping must be NSF approved, Schedule 40 PVC that is perforated and wrapped with fabric and have 3/8" diameter holes located top and bottom on 4 ft centers. Horizontal sight sump piping must extend 1 ft minimum beyond the main drain. 11. Chemical feed lines from chemical feeders to recirculation piping must be Schedule 80 PVC piping. Piping must be hard piped into the recirculation piping via tee or saddle per the drawings. Required valves must be of PVC construction. 12. Splash collars for the fill funnels must be clear Schedule 80 PVC and manufactured from a Type I, Grade I PVC compound with a Cell Classification of 12454 per ASTM D1784. The pipe must be manufactured in compliance to ASTM D1785. 13. Y-strainers for piping sized 4" or smaller must be Hayward YS Series strainers with FPM O-rings or approved equal. Y-Strainers for piping sized 6"or larger must be Fluidtrol WYE Series strainers with EPDM gaskets or approved equal. Provide an extra perforated screen with each strainer. 14. Flanged plumbing connection hardware must be stainless-steel. 15. Materials must be installed by workmen thoroughly skilled in their trades and work must present a neat and mechanical appearance when complete. At no additional expense to the Owner,replace or correct work not judged acceptable by the Architect,Owner's testing agency,or their consultants. 16. Support hardware,brackets,fasteners,hangers, etc.furnished and installed in the surge tank must be 316L stainless-steel. 17. No installation allowed that will provide a cross-connection or interconnection between a distributing supply for drinking purposes and the swimming pool, or between the pool and a sanitary or storm water sewer system that will permit a backflow of water into the pool water system. 18. Piping must be hydrostatically (water) pressure tested for leaks before and after backfilling to guarantee water tightness. Pneumatic(air)pressure test not allowed. 19. Provide water seals for watertight penetrations of concrete walls and floor slabs. a. Pool Concrete: Water seals must be coupling or sleeve type with a thermo welded or molded flange and the O.D. must be sized to 150% of the O.D. of the pipe. The thermo-welded type must be welded from both sides. Water seals must be located at the centerline of the wall or slab Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-24 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL being penetrated prior to placing the concrete to assure a watertight seal. Manufactured fiberglass and PVC water seal fittings by Daldorado, A.S.A. Manufacturing, Aqaulogic or approved equal. b. Pump Pit: Link seals must be provided in the sizes and quantities shown on the drawings and installed to provide a flexible watertight penetration. Metal parts must be made of 316L stainless-steel. Links must form a continuous rubber seal that is tightened with a series of stainless-steel bolts to form a watertight seal. Link seals must be manufactured by GPT, Calpico Inc. or approved equal. Xypex Patch'n Plug or approved equal must be used to seal pipe penetration. Link seals must be installed with either a cored hole or a Century Line pipe sleeve. C. Surge Tank: Water seals must be coupling type with a thermo welded or molded flange and the O.D. must be sized to 150%of the O.D. of the pipe. The thermo-welded type must be welded from both sides. Water seals must be located at the centerline of the wall or slab being penetrated prior to placing the concrete to assure a watertight seal. Manufactured fiberglass and PVC water seal fittings by Daldorado,A.S.A.Manufacturing,Aqualogic or approved equal.Link seals are also acceptable with a cored hole or a Century Line pipe sleeve. 20. Adhere to the applicable provisions in Division 15 - Mechanical, "General Provisions" and 'Basic Materials and Methods"for installation of piping system. 21. Mechanical equipment must be connected into the recirculation piping system must be connected utilizing flanged or union connections. 22. Provisions must be made to purge pipes in the system. 23. Concentric reducers must be fiberglass by MerMade Filter,Inc.,or equivalent reducers of schedule 80 PVC construction. C. Pipe Hangers and Supports 1. Manufacturer a. Subject to compliance with these specifications, pipe hanger and support systems must be manufactured by Cooper B-line (basis of design), Inc, TOLCO, and Anvil International or approved equal. 2. Hangers a. Pipes 2 inches and smaller 1) Adjustable steel clevis hanger,B-Line models B3100 or B3104. 2) Adjustable steel swivel ring(band type)hanger,B-Line model B3170. b. Pipes 2-1/2 inches and larger 1) Adjustable steel clevis hanger,B-Line model B3100. 2) Adjustable steel yoke pipe roll,B-Line model B3114. 3. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers a. Trapeze hangers must be constructed from 12-gauge roll formed ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 structural steel channel, 1-5/8 by 1-5/8-inch minimum,B-Line B22 strut or stronger as required. b. Mount pipes to trapeze with 2-piece pipe straps sized for outside diameter of pipe,B-Line B- 2000 series. 4. Wall Supports a. Pipes 2-1/2 inches and smaller 1) Steel offset"Y'hook hanger,B-Line model B3600. b. Pipes 3 inches and larger Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1) Welded strut bracket and pipe straps,B-Line models B3064 and B2000 series. 2) Welded steel bracket B-Line model B3066 or B3067 with roller chair or adjustable steel yoke pipe roll.B-Line model B3120 or B3110. 5. Floor Supports a. Electroplated carbon steel adjustable pipe saddle and nipple attached to steel base stand sized for pipe elevation. B-Line model B3092 and B3088T or B3090 and B8088.Pipe saddle must be screwed or welded to appropriate base stand. 6. Vertical Supports a. Steel riser clamp sized to outside diameter of pipe,B-Line model B3373. 7. Plastic Pipe Supports a. V-Bottom clevis hangers with galvanized 18-gauge continuous support channel, B-Line models B3106 and B3106 V,to form a continuous support system for plastic pipes smaller than 1 inch or flexible tubing. b. A vented and sloped continuous PVC Schedule 40 pipe no smaller than 1-1/2 inch outside diameter will be used to route flexible tubing with the appropriate pipe supports. 8. Supplementary Structural Supports-Design and fabricate supports using structural quality steel bolted framing materials. Channels must be roll formed, 12-gauge ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33 steel, 1-5/8 inch or greater as required by loading conditions. Submit design for pipe tunnels,pipe galleries etc. for approval.Use clamps and fittings designed for use with the strut system. D. Hanger Attachments 1. Upper Attachments a. Beam Clamps 1) Beam clamps must be used where piping must be suspended from building steel. Clamp type must be selected on the basis of load supported and load configuration. 2) C-Clamps must be locknuts and cup point set screws similar to B-Line model B351L or B3036L.Top flange c-clamps must be used when attaching a hanger rod to the flange of structural steel, B-Line model B3034 or B3033 or approved equal. Refer to manufacturer's recommendations for set screw torque. Retaining straps must be used to maintain the clamp position on the beam where required. 3) Center load beam clamps must be used where specified. Steel clamps must be B-Line models B3050 or B3055. Forged steel beam clamps with cross bolt must be B-Line B3291-133297 series or approved equal as required to fit beams. b. Concrete Inserts 1) Cast in place spot concrete inserts must be used applicable,either steel or malleable iron body, B-line B2500 or B3014 or approved equal. Spot inserts must allow for lateral adjustment and have means for attachment to forms. Select inserts to suit threaded hanger rods sizes,B-line models N2500 or B3014N series. 2) Continuous concrete inserts must be used where applicable.Channels must be 12 gauge, ASTM A 1011 Grade 33 structural quality carbon steel,complete with Styrofoam inserts and end caps with nail holes for attachment to forms. The continuous concrete insert must have a load rating of 2,000 lbs/ft.in concrete,B-Line models B22I,32I,or 52I or approved equal. Select channel nuts suitable for strut and rod sizes. E. Hanger Accessories Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-26 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Hanger rods must be threaded on both ends or continuously threaded rods of circular cross section. Use adjustable lock nuts at upper attachments and hangers. No wire, chain, or perforated straps are allowed. F. Hanger Finish 1. Indoor Finishes a. Hangers must be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633 or must have an electro-deposited green epoxy finish. b. Strut channels must be pre-galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653 SS Grade 33 G90 or must have an electro-deposited green epoxy finish. C. Zinc Plated hardware is not acceptable for use in chemical rooms. G. Valves 1. Valves 3 inches and larger must be butterfly type valves,with PVC body, 150# SWP with stainless- steel shaft, PVC or polypropylene disc and replaceable resilient seat bonded to a rigid shaft and guaranteed for bubble tight shutoff from 27-inch vacuum to 150 PSI. Extended neck 2 inch beyond flanges for insulated piping must be provided with handle for manual operation. Valve components must be suitable for swimming pool chlorinated water service. Butterfly valves must be Georg Fischer Type 563,Asahi/America Type SP Pool-Pro, Chemtrol Model-B, Simtech VP series, Colonial Valve 411 Series,or approved equal. 2. Valves smaller than 3 inches must be PVC true union ball valves,full port,three-piece construction, blowout-proof stem,Viton seal with socket end connectors. 3. Check valves must be a quick closing non-slam type, either self-aligning wafer or flanged type, of corrosion resistant materials suitable for use in a swimming pool environment. Provide check valves in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Locate check valves at least 5 pipe diameters from pumps and fittings. Provide check valves as indicated,where two pumps are used in parallel and on water feature or water play equipment systems where water is being pumped significantly above the source pool water level. Check valves must be Technocheck Corp., model 5050,with epoxy coated cast iron body and bronze swing plates on a stainless-steel spring, Colonial Valve model 601N or 601NP PVC valve with EPDM O-ring and stainless-steel spring or approved equal,for installation between 150 lb.flanges. 4. Modulating float valve in the Lap Pool surge tank must have PVC body and stainless-steel wafer disc. Hardware must be non-corrodible. The float-operated valves must be provided horizontally on the main drain lines in the Lap Pool surge tank. Valve must consist of non-corrosion components including shaft, float arm, pins, and floats. Valve must be suitable for mounting on a 125E class standard PVC flange. The float arm leverage weight and pivot lengths must be adjustable to obtain desired ratio of surge tank level change to pool gutter overflow level change. Two floats and stabilizer required. Valve must be model F V-D XWB(Extra Weight Ball)as manufactured by MerMade Filter, Inc. or approved equal manufactured by Neptune-Benson, EPD, or Fluidtrol Process Technologies, Inc. 5. Submerged valves up to 3 inches must be PVC true union ball valves. Submerged valves over 3 inches must be PVC bodied, wafer type,butterfly valves with stainless-steel handle extensions as required. Valves must be by approved manufacturers listed above. Submerged valves must be provided with stainless-steel connectors. The stem housing extensions must be properly supported and braced. 6. Butterfly type valves 8 inches and larger must be fitted with a watertight gear operator. 7. Valves located 7 feet or greater off the floor must be fitted with a chain operator. 8. Submerged valves,valves buried below grade,or valves not readily accessible,must be provided with a stainless-steel reach rod and handle. 9. Valve hardware must be 316L stainless-steel and meet ANSI hardware installation guidelines. H. Pipe and valve identification Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-27 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Exposed pool piping must be equipped with color coded flow directional arrows at thirty (30) inch intervals per local and state swimming pool health code. Verify that pool piping identification is in accordance with local and state health regulations. 2. Valves must be identified with minimum 1-1/2-inch diameter brass tags stamped with minimum 1/2- inch-high numbers and attached to valves with#16 brass jack chain. (Plastic laminate engraved tags with nylon attachment acceptable.) Valves must be described as to their function and referenced in the operating instruction manual and wall mounted piping diagram that must be prepared. 2.6 CHEMICAL TREATMENT SYSTEMS A. Calcium Hypochlorite(Chlorine Tablets) 1. Shop drawings complete with a piping diagram depicting the location in which the dry chlorination feeder is connected to the system must be provided and approved prior to installation. Installation of the system must be as specified in the manufacturer's directions with no exceptions taken. Provide either of the calcium hypochlorite systems specified in this section that meets the capacity requirements shown on the drawings. 2. A factory-authorized representative must provide training to the owner and the training must be video recorded per 13150, Section 1.12 of the project contract documents. 3. Accu-Tab PowerBase a. General Description 1) The system must be designed to feed low concentrations of calcium hypochlorite in solution intermittently or continuously as required for pool applications. The system must be a single pre-assembled, package unit with a welded aluminum frame consisting of chlorinator,electrical box,centrifugal pump, and solution tank for ease of installation and operation. The system must be the Accu-Tab PowerBase. Only Accu-Tab Blue SI calcium hypochlorite tablets must be used, the patented blue colorant added for safety (to help prevent accidental mixing with other chemicals). 2) System must use an NSF Standard 50 listed erosion feeder and tablet combination and must be capable of meeting requirements of the Health Department having jurisdiction over the installation. b. System Features 1) A maximum chlorine solution level of 0.05% (500 ppm) must be maintained to prevent calcification in system components. Systems producing chlorine concentrations higher than 0.05% are not acceptable. 2) Delivery must be by erosion feed technology to control accurate and consistent concentration limits in the chlorine treatment solution. Soaking type, spray and/or vortex technology systems are not acceptable. 3) The chlorinator must automatically and continuously feed a limited quantity of chlorine in solution as needed;when the system is not running,no more chlorine than that amount which can be fed in one minute or less must be left in the tank to prevent dilution. Batch systems preparing excess quantities of solution for delivery over an extended period are not acceptable. 4) A centrifugal pump wired to the system electrical box must feed freshly mixed chlorine treatment solution only as required for maximum efficiency. Batch systems requiring the use of a metering pump or pumps to feed pre-prepared standing solution are not acceptable. 5) Piping in the chlorinator unit must be Schedule 40 PVC. Systems with flexible tubing are not acceptable. C. System Components Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-28 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1) Accu-Tab PowerBase chlorinators are designed exclusively for Accu-Tab Blue SI calcium hypochlorite tablets. Tablets are placed on a sieve plate inside the chlorinator; as water flows across the sieve plate, the tablets erode at a rate proportional to the flow rate. 2) Inlet Water Supply Connection. a) Model 1030: 1.5" (water supply of 10 GPM required) b) MOdel 3070AT: 2" (water supply of 20 GPM required) c) MOdel 3140AT: 2.5" (water supply of 60 GPM required) d) Model 3500: 2.5" (water supply of 60 GPM required) 3) Inlet Water Filter: A filter to protect chlorinator components from start-up debris and sand from broken filter laterals. 4) Flow Meter: a) A rotameter flow meter,measuring the flow of the water-eroding stream to the chlorinator. (For models 1030,3070AT,3140AT) b) Clamp-on flow meter, measuring the flow of the water-dissolving stream to the chlorinator. (For model 3500) 5) Solution Tank: PowerBase 3500 made of HDPE;others made of PVC. 6) Capacities: a) Model 1030: 7 gallon b) MOdel 3070AT: 22 gallon C) MOdel 3140AT: 22 gallon d) Model 3500: 30 gallon 7) Primary Solution Tank Level Control: Made form Schedule 80 PVC and 316L stainless-steel. The float valve opens to maintain the pump rate as it is manually throttled. 8) Overflow Protection: Two(2)level switches in the upper portion of the solution tank will run the pump from high to lower level to prevent system overflow. 9) Solution Delivery Pump: Delivers chlorinated solution to the return line. A single- stage centrifugal pump is provided for systems with pressures up to 20 PSIG. 10) Primary Backflow Prevention: A PVC swing check valve prevents reverse flow of water into the system. 11) Discharge Control Valve(manual): PVC gate valve allows operator to adjust flow of solution to the system. 12) Outlet Connection: a) Model 1030: 1" b) Model 3070AT: 1.5" C) Model 3140AT: 2" d) Model 3500: 2" 13) Aluminum Frame: Type 6061-T. 14) NEMA 4X Electrical Enclosure 4. Pulsar System Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-29 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL a. The sanitization system for the pools must be a Pulsar system and must operate in a non- pressurized manner to ensure optimum safety and ease of operation. b. A post filter recirculation loop will be added to the main pool recirculation system to supply the chlorination system. The recirculation loop will provide the inlet water supply to the chlorinator as well as the vacuum to evacuate the chlorinated solution. C. The sanitization system must be N.S.F. listed. d. The sanitization system must incorporate the principle of High-Capacity Erosion (TICE) technology. Water must rise through the grid of briquette basket from the force of an upward facing nozzle contacting the Pulsar Plus Dry Chlorinator Briquettes. The briquettes must be in contact with the water for a period of time creating a chlorinated solution which will exit the dissolving bowl at a specific height and fall into the discharge tank by gravity. The chlorinated solution must be drawn by the vacuum from the discharge tank and introduced into the recirculation system. The output must operate with a vacuum range between 5" and 29"Hg. e. The vacuum is created by a Mazzei venturi,model 1585X,which is installed in the post filter recirculation loop driven by a Pulsar booster pump. The venturi is installed on the discharge side of the Pulsar pump creating a flow though the venturi,which provides the suction on the discharge valve evacuating the discharge tank.An emergency overflow switch must ensure that water flow to the spray manifold is shut off in the unlikely event that the discharge tank has not emptied properly. f. The system will operate with an inlet water pressure of 25-45 psig. The inlet water is supplied from the Pulsar booster pump. g. The briquette tank must have a capacity of: 1) Pulsar Precision: Seventy(70)pounds of Pulsar Plus Dry Chlorinator Briquettes 2) Pulsar Precision (Duo): One hundred forty (140)pounds Pulsar Plus Dry Chlorinator Briquettes h. The chlorine output must be controlled by the chemical controller. The timer has eight settings and will be controlled by PCB/TIMI. 1) Pulsar Precision: The timer will allow a minimum available chlorine(AvCl)output of 3 lbs/day and will allow a maximum available chlorine(AvCl)output of 165 lbs/day. 2) Pulsar Precision (Duo): The timer will allow a minimum available chlorine (AvCl) output of 6 lbs/day and will allow a maximum available chlorine(AvCl)output of 330 lbs/day. i. The sanitization system must be capable of functioning in temperature between 40°F.and 115° F. j. The sanitization system must operate with Pulsar Plus Dry Chlorinator Briquettes having 65% minimum available chlorine with a 0.4 to 0.6%scale inhibitor(by weight). k. The system must incorporate a dustless loading feature to capture the dust from the briquettes while replenishing the hopper contents. 1. The sanitization system must be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. B. pH Buffering System(Dry Acid) 1. Shop drawings complete with a piping diagram depicting the location in which the dry acid feeder is connected to the system must be provided and approved prior to installation. Installation of the system must be as specified in the manufacturer's directions with no exceptions taken. 2. Acid Rite a. General Description Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-30 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1) The system must be designed to erode Acid-Rite tablets, creating an acid solution, and feeding the solution intermittently or continuously as required for pool applications. The system must be a single pre-assembled,package unit with a welded aluminum frame consisting of an Acid-Rite feeder,electrical box, centrifugal pump, and balance tank for ease of installation and operation. The system must be the Acid- Rite pH Adjustment System by Axiall,a Westlake Company. Only Acid-Rite Tablets by Axiall must be used with a red colorant added for safety(to help prevent accidental mixing with other chemicals). 2) System must use an NSF Standard 50 listed erosion feeder and tablet combination and must be capable of meeting requirements of the Health Department having jurisdiction over the installation. b. System Features 1) Delivery must be by erosion feed technology for accurate control of acid addition. Soaking type, spray and/or vortex technology systems are not acceptable. 2) The acid feed system must automatically and continuously feed a limited quantity of acid solution as needed. When the system is not running,no more acid solution than that amount which can be fed in 2 minutes or less must be left in the tank to prevent dilution. Batch systems preparing excess quantities of solution for delivery over an extended period are not acceptable. 3) A centrifugal pump wired to the system electrical box must feed freshly mixed acid solution only as required for maximum efficiency. Batch systems requiring the use of a metering pump or pumps to feed pre-prepared standing solution are not acceptable. 4) Piping in the acid feed system must be Schedule 80 PVC. Systems with flexible tubing are not acceptable. C. System Components 1) Acid Feeder: Acid-Rite feeders by Axiall are designed exclusively for Acid-Rite tablets by Axiall. Tablets are placed on a plate inside the feeder;as water flows across the plate,the tablets erode at a rate proportional to the flow rate. The lid color must be red,matching the pail lid color to avoid mixing chemicals. 2) Inlet Filter: A filter is included to prevent debris from entering the float valve. 3) Inlet Water Supply Connection: V Socket(water supply of 10 GPM required). 4) Solution Tank Capacity: a) Model 2500: 22 gallons b) Model 450: 6 gallons 5) Primary Solution Tank Level Control: Made from Schedule 80 PVC and 316L stainless-steel,this V float valve meters the flow through the feed system. The float valve opens or closes to maintain the pump rate as it is manually throttled. 6) Solution Delivery Pump: Delivers acid solution to the aquatic system return line. A single-stage centrifugal pump is provided for systems with pressures up to 20 PSIG. 7) Solution Injection Pump Air Bleed: Used to prime the pump at start-up. 8) Flow Meter: A flow meter, measuring the flow of the water-dissolving stream through the feed system. 9) Primary Backflow Prevention: A PVC check valve prevents reverse flow of water into the system. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-31 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 10) Discharge Flow Control Valve (manual): PVC gate valve allows operator to adjust flow of solution to the pool system. 11) Overflow Port: A 1"FPT port is located on the back side of the feeder solution tank. 12) Stacking Cartridge: a) Model 2500: Utilizes divider plates to permit control of lower delivery rates. b) Model 450: Utilizes a stacking cartridge that allows 1-7 stacks of tables to permit control of lower deliver rates. 13) Outlet Connection: 1" 14) NEMA 4x Electrical Enclosure 15) Aluminum Frame: Type 6061-T. C. Ultraviolet Dechloramination and Disinfection System 1. Medium Pressure UV a. Ultraviolet Disinfection Equipment: Must operate within the UVC electromagnetic spectrum emitting wavelengths in the range of 200nm to 400nm. This required wavelength will provide constant disinfection/inactivation of bacteria, algae, molds, viruses, and destruction of Monochloramines, Trichloramines, and Dichloramines. Ultraviolet Lamp/Chamber and Spectra Touch Control Panel by Evoqua Technologies Ltd. or approved equal. Deviations/exceptions must be provided in writing to and approved by the designer prior to the bid date. 1) Ultraviolet disinfection equipment by Aquionics and Prominent are approved equals. b. The UV System must have a MET or equivalent(ETL, CSA,or UL)listing,be NSF-50 2016 certified including Section 14.18 (crypto inactivation) and 3rd party validated to the USEPA UVDGM 2006 Guidelines. 1) Equipment General Description: The Ultraviolet System must be provided in a complete package to include a stainless-steel chamber, Spectra Control System located in NEMA 12 (IP52)rated panel, Medium Pressure Bulbs designed to emit wavelengths within the UVC electromagnetic spectrum,automatic wiper system,and Project Commissioning by a Certified Ultraviolet Technician. C. Wafer(WF)Units:Ultraviolet manufacturer to offer unit capability of a horizontal OR vertical installation application using state of art design and direct flow through characteristics. Unit must be a medium pressure system with 94%UVT at the indicated design flow rate. Systems validated or designed for flows based on 98%UVT are not acceptable. Chamber and Control Cabinet must be as indicated on the drawings. d. Ultraviolet Lamp 1) Ultraviolet lamp must be medium pressure high intensity. Lamp must be designed to emit continuous Ultraviolet wavelengths in the range of 200nm to 400nm. This will provide optimal disinfection benefits and destruction of the Monochloramine, Dichloramine,and Trichloramine compounds. The lamps must remain unaffected by temperature variance of 0 degrees F (-17 C) to 200 degrees Fahrenheit(93 degrees Celsius). 2) The lamp system must provide a constant dose of not less than 60 mJ/cm2 until the end of the lamp life for indoor applications and not less than 40 mJ/cm2 for outdoor disinfection and this must be based on constantly monitoring the full recirculating flow rate,not on a side stream treatment. The system must be equipped with infinitely variable power control of the lamp intensity & dose.Power stepping not acceptable. The lamps must be capable of turndown to 30%of the nominal rated power. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-32 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3) The lamp must be connected via means of a plug connector and must have a mechanical interlock to prevent lamp removal when lit for safety reasons. e. Ultraviolet Reactor 1) The unit must be constructed of 316L stainless steel electropolished and passivated to prevent corrosion within the harsh pool environment. 2) The Ultraviolet chamber must come complete with the following equipment: Ultraviolet intensity monitor factory calibrated to provide intensity in mWcm2, monitors providing percentage of lamp output not acceptable. It must include a built- in alarm system to notify operator when output level drops below required level of 60 mJ/cm2 for indoor pools or 40mJ/cm2 for outdoor pools (or operator set dosing levels). 3) UV Reactor will be a validated system with third party testing to a recognized international standard such as the USEPA DGM. 4) Ultraviolet temperature monitoring system must be provided to maintain system integrity in the event of flow interruptions to the chamber. 5) Ultraviolet chamber must come complete with annealed quartz sleeve with"O"ring seals for water tightness. System must be complete with advanced seal arrangement to reduce risk of quartz over-compression on the seal face. f. Automatic Wiper System 1) An automatic cleaning system must be provided for cleaning of quartz sleeve and Ultraviolet monitor probe. The system must travel the entire length of the quartz sleeve twice per desired cleaning cycle. Precision molded wiper rings must be provided to ensure thorough quartz tube cleaning and quartz tube protection. Wiper cycle must be user selectable and adjustable within a range of 5 minutes to 24 hours depending on anticipated application and deposit build-up. 2) The wiper system must have the following characteristics: a) System must utilize direct drive with square faced coupling and acme threaded shaft to prevent slippage and pin shearing. Systems utilizing shear pins or complicated gear boxes will be unacceptable. b) Wiper power supply must be 24-volt DC for improved safety. Higher voltage not acceptable. C) System must incorporate Direct Shaft Encoding for positional location. Systems relying on external limit switches or internally located magnets will be unacceptable. d) Wiper interval must be operator selectable with optional override switch. e) Wiper faults must be indicated on the control system display. I) Wiper System to utilize "Intelligent Operation" for automatic start-up commissioning. 3) Records wiper position at chamber ends. Position must be fixed and not dependent on a timed interval or component striking end of chamber. 4) Establish a travel run without using limit switches to ensure system integrity and longevity. g. UV Strainer 1) The UV system must be provided with a downstream strainer to protect against the possibility of lamp/quartz breakage traveling downstream. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-33 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL h. Ultraviolet Control System 1) Control cabinet must be a SPECTRA control unit and or pre-approved equal. 2) The power must be controllable to provide full power,half power and infinite variable power based on real time interface with changes in UVT, Flow Rate or Combined Chloramines. The power panel must house the electronic ballasts required to ignite and power the lamps. 3) Three levels of operation must be provided to meet the needs of the operator and pool environment: Simple Control (start, stop and reset), Full Parameter Display, and Customized Operator Configuration. 4) Modes of operation must be password protected to secure system critical setup functions. Touch Control system must have clearly identifiable start, stop, and reset icons(suitable for gloved operation)with Running and Fault LCD indicators. 5) The display must include the following: a) Ultraviolet calculated dose b) Ultraviolet intensity (as a% and mW/cm^2) C) Lamp Current d) Flow rate(as gallons per minute or m^3/hour) e) Chamber Temperature I) Operation hour meter g) Fault indicators to include Lamp fault,low UV&temperature alarm, ground fault trip,wiper fault. h) Alarm functions must have simple text message display to assist in fault finding. i. Ultraviolet Control System Interface 1) The Control system must have a minimum of the following system interface control: a) Remote operation b) Process interrupt features(from valves&flow meters) C) Low UV dose d) Flow meter input e) Auto-Restrike. I) Half to full power UV setting with 24 hour/7 day settable timer. g) Variable power/Dose pacing interface 2) Control system must have built in data-logging capabilities to record the following information: a) UV intensity required. b) UV intensity measured. C) Lamp current d) Chamber Temperature e) Flow Rate I) Time and date stamp,every alarm generated. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-34 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL j. Manufacturer must maintain spare or replacement parts in the USA for same day or not longer than next day delivery in North America. 2.7 WATER CHEMISTRY MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS A. A programmable pool chemical automation system must be provided for continuous monitoring and control of the pools water chemistry and related disinfection equipment. Installation of the system must be per the manufacturer's specification. A factory trained/authorized representative must provide training to the Owner and the training must be video recorded per 13150, Section 1.12 of the project contract documents. Water chemistry controllers must be provided by ProMinent Fluid Controls, BECS Technology, SB Control Systems, or a technically equal system capable of providing equal performance for operating functions. B. The water chemistry control systems for the pools must feature and be capable of the following. Water chemistry controllers without these capabilities and features are not considered equal. Water chemistry control system requirements are based upon the following products: ProMinent DCM513,BECSys5, Chemtrol 3000. 1. Continuous,real-time monitoring and control of pH and ORP. 2. Free chlorine in PPM, system flow rate, water chemistry balance calculations, water temperature, and other readings and control as deemed necessary for the project per this section. 3. The controller must manage the recirculation pump with a programmable Fireman Cycle feature, which automatically turns off the Heater, UV, and Auxiliary systems prior to shutting off the recirculation pump. 4. Management of the recirculation pump on/off status. 5. Management of the heater on/off status based on real-time water temperature reading. 6. Management of the water level in the pool or surge tank and must provide programming to lock out chemical feed during potable water fill events. 7. The utilization of simultaneous ORP and PPM(bracketing)control for managing both the quantity and quality of the sanitizer/oxidizer. Controllers that do not have the ability to control simultaneously to ORP and PPM control points or that utilize an alternate chlorine set point or boost function will not be considered an equal. 8. Actuating outputs in the following operator selectable modes: off,manual, automatic,proportional and must have a manual on fail-safe timer to ensure that if the controller is left in manual mode,the controller will revert back to automatic mode to prevent an over-feed event. 9. Programmable events can be time set to occur daily,weekly,or monthly. 10. Remote monitoring of the recirculation flow rate of the system when installed with compatible magmeters. 11. Provide use of flow signal as a supplemental chemical feed interlock to prevent the dosing of chemicals during a system low flow/no flow condition. 12. Controller must continuously monitor, data-log while being monitored and control via two-way remote communication. 13. Controller must continuously calculate and display the L angelier Saturation Index and Ryznar Index using either sensor data and/or manual input for pH,temperature, and calcium hardness. 14. Programmable high and low alarm levels for control functions with operator-selectable feed lockout and alarm buzzer options. C. Performance and Certifications 1. The controller system must be NSF/ANSI 50 listed for automatic controller equipment for swimming pools,spas,and other recreational water facilities. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-35 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2. The controller system must be certified to UL61010/IEC61010 standards. 3. The controller must automatically activate the appropriate chemical feeders in order to maintain the sanitizer/oxidizer level: a. Within +/- 0.1 parts per million (PPM) or +/- 10 mV (millivolts) of oxidation reduction potential(ORP) b. The pH within+/-0.1 pH unit of the set points selected by the operator. C. Set point and calibration levels must be adjustable with a keypad mounted on the front panel of the unit as well as the remote interface. d. The controller must use pH sensor with+/-0.04 accuracy in the operational range of 6.8—8.2 as certified by NSF. e. An ORP sensor with an accuracy of+/-3%mV as certified by NSF. f. A free chlorine sensor that operates in a range of 0.1 parts per million(PPM)up to 10.0 parts per million (PPM) within a 9% accuracy as tested by NSF or another third-party certifying agency. D. System Supply 1. The controller must be factory supplied with: a. ORP,pH,temperature,and free chlorine sensors. b. Provide cyanuric acid and/or hydrogen resistant free chlorine sensors available for specific application use with stabilized water or saline pools. C. A flowrate sensor to measure system flowrate. E. Hardware 1. The controller must have: a. A minimum of seven(7)fully configurable digital inputs. b. A minimum of four(4)fully assignable digital outputs. C. A minimum of nine(9)configurable analog inputs. d. A minimum of five(5), 115 VAC fully assignable relays. e. The controller must be capable of expanded capabilities with an optional input/output expansion card kit. f. High voltage field wiring must be through a separate NEMA 4X factory engineered and supplied enclosure that precludes direct access to controller electronics. High voltage connections must be clearly identified,and a field wiring diagram must be provided with the controller for installer reference. Controller high-voltage relay assignment parameters must be programmed at the factory prior to delivery to installation location. g. The controller must include a sensing flow cell that is hydraulically designed to allow verified correct flow and consistent pressure across sensors.Flow cell will be clear PVC that is modular in concept and have the flexibility to add supplementary water chemistry sensors as desired. The sensing flow cell must include a safety flow switch sensor,water spigot,and isolation valves. F. Communications 1. The controller must have as a standard feature: a. Controller must include the capability of ethernet connection and secondary wireless communication. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-36 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL b. The controller must allow full two-way remote communication and full control of parameters. C. Accessibility with a standard internet browser using a fully interactive Ethernet TCP/IP graphical interface that includes security access codes. d. Real-time monitor/control with real-time auto polling, data logging, email and text alarms and providing both graphical and report formats via a personal computer, smartphone, or tablet device. e. Controller must have the ability to facilitate email or text alarm notifications, historical graphing,and real-time control via a personal computer, smartphone,or tablet device. f. Controller must have the ability to export a.csv file once per day with reading type,time, and reading. The export must be done via email and must include the controller serial number. Export data must include ORP,Free Available Chlorine,pH,and Temperature. g. The controller must have the ability to allow software upgrades and programming as needed in the field. 2. The controller must communicate with the Building Automation System. a. Ethernet with MODBUS TCP/IP.The controller must come with a standard,integral I00BaseT Ethernet connection that supports a MODBUS TCP/IP connection to 3rd party applications such as EMS, BMS, BAC and SCADA systems. The MODBUS TCP/IP connection must support access to Inputs (current readings), System Information, Set Points, Alarm Points, Control Status and Alarms. Set Points and Alarm Points must be modifiable from the 3rd party application via the MODBUS TCP/IP interface. G. Commissioning and Manuals 1. The control system must be provided with on-site start-up operator training performed by a representative trained and authorized by the controller manufacturer. 2. Manufacturer must supply an operation and maintenance manual describing features, operating instructions,maintenance procedures and replacement parts. 3. Installation of the system must be per the manufacturer's specification and no exceptions must be allowed. A factory trained/authorized representative must provide training to the owner and the training must be video recorded per 13150,paragraph 1.12 of the project contract documents. 2.8 FLOW METERS A. Flow Meter 1. Flow meters (2 required)must be provided according to the manufacturer in the filtered water return lines to each of the pools. Flow sensor must be the GF Signet 2551 insertion magmeter. Provide the coaxial cable from the sensor to the display/transmitter. Flow meter accuracy must be +/- 2% of reading. 2. Backwash piping flow meter(2 required)must be a pilot,impact ball,variable area type with one piece, impact resistant machined acrylic plastic body. GPM scale must be permanently etched or imprinted on the meter. Flow rate indicator must be of stainless-steel material. Scale range must be appropriate for specific flow rate. Pipe size to accommodate backwash rate. Backwash piping flow meter must be BLUE-WHITE series F-300 or approved equal. 2.9 WATER LEVEL CONTROLLERS A. In Surge Tank Water Level Controller 1. Provide a water level sensing and control system for the pools that will monitor the water level in the surge tank and automatically activate the auto water make-up control valve. For sensing water level and activating make-up water control valve for each pool,use Series ELC-810 Controller housed in a Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-37 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL watertight NEMA 4X UL94 5V UL flammability rated polycarbonate enclosure to meet IP66 and NEMA 4,4X, 12 and 13 ratings. The Controller must utilize two sensor to control water level. ELC- 810 series must have a menu-driven LCD display screen and utilize a five-switch user interface for navigation through the menu. The menu must allow changing the following settings: delay to shutoff, alternate sensor option,maximum time on,manual override,delay to normal,type of sensor,high level option, flow sensor active, and sounder with alarm. Menu settings must be capable of password protection. The Controller must be capable of displaying the following data: last fill time, last drain time, last alarm. The Controller must be capable of determining the following: maximum time on exceeded, over current to solenoid valve, no valve/valve wiring problem, and sensor not working properly. The Controller must have a low voltage interlock with auto water make-up solenoid valve, must provide adjustable time delay for increasing level and manual override;and requires 115 VAC, 1 phase, 60 Hz power. Manufactured by AquatiControl Technology, model ELC-810-DS-ST-XXX (Coordinate the specific lengths of cable required for each controller prior to ordering). Refer to drawings for additional information. 2. Provide a proximity switch sensor that must be sensitive to within+/- 1/8" (4mm) of nominal water level. Supply voltage to sensor must be 12V to 24V DC from Controller. Current consumption must be <or= 15mA. Response frequency must be 1001-1z. Maximum control output must be 200mA. Sensor operating temperature must be-25 Deg. C to 70 Deg. C. Operating humidity must range from 35%RH to 95%RH. Sensor must be mounted in a V SCH80 PVC pipe(length must be determined by depth of surge tank). Sensing pipe must be mounted to surge tank wall with composite/non-metallic hangers and stainless-steel hardware. Sensing pipe must be capable of being submerged under water safely. Refer to drawings for additional information. 3. Wiring from the sensor to the Controller must be provided and must be connected to the terminal points mounted within a corrosion resistant,nonmetallic NEMA 4X enclosure. Wiring connections must be made through the bottom of the enclosure. The enclosure size must be no less than 8"wide x 5"high x 4"deep. The access door must be the entire front face panel of the enclosure. Confirm location in field. 4. Major components must be plugged in using WAGO terminal blocks for ease of installation and replacement. Unit must be designed to activate a 24-volt AC solenoid valve. 5. Provide a make-up water solenoid valve,normally closed, stainless-steel fitted,bronze body,24 VAC slow closing type. Size to pipe. Interlock with automatic water level control system. Refer to the Drawings for additional information. Such as ASCO or approved equal. 6. Discharge of make-up water must be into a fill funnel and piping to the Lap Pool or connected to the recirculation pump suction line upstream of the isolation valve(provide approved backflow preventer). Refer to the Drawings for additional information. B. In Deck Water Level Controller 1. Provide a water level sensing and control system for the pools that will monitor the water level in a well located in the deck at the side of the pool and which will automatically activate the auto water make-up control valve. For sensing water level and activating make-up water control valve for each pool,use Series ELC-810 Controller housed in a watertight NEMA 4X UL94 5V UL flammability rated polycarbonate enclosure to meet IP66 and NEMA 4,4X, 12 and 13 ratings. The Controller must utilize one sensor to control water level. ELC-810 series must have a menu-driven LCD display screen and utilize a five-switch user interface for navigation through the menu. The menu must allow changing the following settings: delay to shutoff,alternate sensor option,maximum time on,manual override,delay to normal,type of sensor,high level option,flow sensor active,and sounder with alarm. Menu settings must be capable of password protection. The Controller must be capable of displaying the following data: last fill time, last drain time, last alarm. The Controller must be capable of determining the following:maximum time on exceeded,over current to solenoid valve,no valve/valve wiring problem, and sensor not working properly. The Controller must interlock with auto water make-up solenoid valve and must provide adjustable time delay for increasing level and manual override; 115 VAC, 1 phase, 60 Hz. Manufactured by AquatiControl Technology,model ELC-810-SS-DW-XXX(Coordinate the Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-38 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL specific lengths of cable required for each controller prior to ordering). Refer to drawings for additional information. 2. Provide a proximity switch sensor that must be sensitive to within+/- 1/8" (4mm) of nominal water level. Supply voltage to sensor must be 12V to 24V DC from Controller. Current consumption must be < or= 15mA. Response frequency must be 100Hz. Maximum control output must be 200mA. Sensor operating temperature must be-25 Deg. C to 70 Deg. C. Operating humidity must range from 35%RH to 95%RH. Sensor must be housed within a fiberglass deck well. The deck well must consist of two compartments—a wet well connected to the pool via a 1'/z"static line,and the dry well to consist of a rigid plastic enclosure which houses the sensor and attaches to a11/2'static line connected to the wet side. The dry side must incorporate a 1'/z"overflow drain and a/4"female threaded connection to allow connection of sensor cable conduit. Coordinate for the provision of conduit from deck well to Controller by Electrical and plug drain from deck well to waste. 3. Wiring from the sensor to the Controller must be provided and must be connected to the terminal points mounted within a corrosion resistant,nonmetallic NEMA 4X enclosure. Wiring connections must be made through the bottom of the enclosure. The enclosure size must be no less than 8"wide x 5"high x 4" deep. The access door must be the entire front face panel of the enclosure. Confirm location of Controller in Field. 4. Major components must be plugged in using WAGO terminal blocks for ease of installation and replacement. Unit must be designed to activate a 24-volt AC solenoid valve. 5. Provide a make-up water solenoid valve,normally closed, stainless-steel fitted,bronze body,24 VAC slow closing type. Size to pipe. Interlock with automatic water level control system. Refer to the Drawings for additional information. Such as ASCO or approved equal. 6. Discharge of make-up water must be into a fill standpipe and piping to the pools. Refer to the Drawings for additional information. 2.10 DECK EQUIPMENT,INSERTS&ANCHOR SOCKETS A. The following items must be supplied unless otherwise noted. Proprietary names are to designate performance only. Equal products will be accepted. 1. Grab rails must be provided as required in the quantities and to the dimensions as shown on the drawings. Grab rails must be fabricated of one continuous length of polished and buffed tubing. The tubing must be ASTM-A-554 grade 304L stainless-steel, 1.50-inch OD x 0.120-inch minimum wall thickness,polished and buffed to 320 grit finish and must be passivated, in compliance with ASTM A967-99, incorporating organic acid passivation techniques for maximum corrosion resistance. Bends must be smooth and free of wrinkles. Grab rails must be pretzel bend style with dimensions as indicated in the plans and as manufactured by Spectrum Products,SR Smith,Paragon or approved equal. Anchor sockets for grab rails must be of the wedge type,cast bronze or stainless-steel,4 inches in depth and made to receive 1.50-inch OD tubing as manufactured by Paragon#28105, SR Smith#AS-200B, Spectrum #54052 or approved equal. The wedge must be cast bronze, incorporate a stainless-steel tightening bolt,and flat washer,and be designed as the sacrificial element to the anchor system. Metallic components must be passivated, in compliance with ASTM A967-99, incorporating organic acid passivation techniques for maximum corrosion resistance.Anchors must be provided with flush closure caps and escutcheons with set screws where indicated. Escutcheons must be of the keyhole or oblong shape, similar to the casted, electro-polished stainless-steel escutcheon with set screw by Paragon #28303 SS, SR Smith#IEP-200, Spectrum#24095 or approved equal. 2. Recessed steps must be a single molding of white ABS with an integral slip resistant tread surface. The step must be 16.5 inches wide by 6 inches deep. Portions of the backside must be completely filled with non-shrink grout and set into the wall block-out and mortared in with non-shrink grout. Steps by Paragon, S.R. Smith, Spectrum Products or approved equal. 3. Entry rails must be provided as shown on the drawings,fabricated from one continuous piece of polished and buffed ASTM-A-554 grade 304L stainless-steel, 1.50-inch OD x 0.120-inch wall thickness, polished and buffed to 320 grit finish and must be passivated for maximum corrosion resistance. Bends Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-39 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL must be smooth and wrinkle free. Custom rails as manufactured by Spectrum Products,Paragon, SR Smith or approved equal. Custom rail submittal drawings must be complete with details of custom fabrication and installation information. Anchor sockets for railings must be of the wedge type, cast bronze or stainless-steel,4 inches in depth and made to receive 1.50-inch OD tubing as manufactured by Paragon#28105, SR Smith#AS-200B, Spectrum#54052 or approved equal. The wedge must be cast bronze, incorporate a stainless-steel tightening bolt, and flat washer, and be designed as the sacrificial element to the anchor system. Metallic components must be passivated,in compliance with ASTM A967-99,incorporating organic acid passivation techniques for maximum corrosion resistance. Anchors must be provided with flush closure caps and escutcheons with set screws where indicated. Escutcheons must be of the keyhole or oblong shape, similar to the casted, electro-polished stainless- steel escutcheon with set screw by Paragon #28303SS, SR Smith #IEP-200, Spectrum #24095 or approved equal. 4. Stanchion posts (backstroke and false start)must be provided as required and in the quantities shown on the drawings. The posts must be a straight length of type 304L stainless-steel tubing, 1.90-inch OD x 0.145-inch wall thickness x 8-foot overall length,polished and buffed to 320 grit finish. Stanchions must be capped at one end with a closure plug containing a U-shaped hook and fitted with a stainless- steel eyebolt attached to an adjustable nickel-plated bronze sliding collar. Stanchion with sliding collar and eyebolt as manufactured by Paragon#38106 with#38301, SR Smith#10167-MG with#35-102, Spectrum Products#23614 with#23625 or approved equal. Anchor sockets for stanchions must be of cast bronze or stainless-steel, sized to receive a full 6 inches penetration of 1.90-inch OD tubing as manufactured by Paragon #38201TC, Spectrum Products #23626, Kiefer #700103, SR Smith #AS- 1001) or approved equal. Each anchor socket must be provided with a flush threaded, vandal proof closure cap Paragon#38201TC, Spectrum Products#23628,or Kiefer#700103C and a grounding lug with screw. Provide Paragon#38303,Spectrum Products#23630,Kiefer#700103K or approved equal spanner wrenches for removing the closure cap.Anchors or sockets must be provided with flush closure caps and escutcheons with set screws where indicated. 5. Starting Platforms a. Single post starting platforms for the fully recessed/rollout/parapet/deck level gutter/bulkhead (11 required, 10 plus 1 spare)must have number plates on both sides numbered 1 through 10. Spare block must not be numbered. Platform block height must be 29-1/2" inch above water level. The platform top (24" wide x 32" deep) and intermediate rear (8" x 12") must be constructed of UV inhibited high density polypropylene. The surface must have a non-skid dual cross-grooved sand textured finish. The top must be permanently positioned at a 10°tilt towards the pool. Frames must be 2.5 square inch x 0.125-inch wall thickness 304 stainless-steel tubing with a powder coated finish. Architect/Owner to select colors. Verify height of platform above water before ordering. Backstroke bar must be 1" diameter and allow both horizontal and vertical grab positions. Blocks must have raised side grip handles and adjustable back plate. Platforms must be custom blocks as detailed on the plans similar to the Track Start Quickset with adjustable backplate and hand grip kit by Paragon,Velocity with adjustable backplate and side handle option by SR Smith, Riptide with adjustable backplate and hand grip option by Kiefer, Xcellerator by Spectrum Products or approved equal. Refer to architect for color selections. Each starting platform must have two labels affixed stating"Warning—For Use by Trained Competitive Swimmers Only—Execute Shallow Racing Dives Only-Impact with Pool Bottom Can Cause Permanent Injury." b. Anchors sockets for single post starting platforms located on the deck level gutter must be designed to prevent rocking. A stainless-steel cap must be provided to flush mount on the deck when platform is removed. Anchor socket must be cast T304 stainless-steel with wedge assembly consisting of a bronze wedge and T304 stainless-steel hardware. Anchors for starting platforms must be by the starting block manufacturer-Paragon Quickset Dual-wedge anchor, SR Smith Rock Solid anchor, Spectrum Products Record Breaker anchor, or Kiefer Riptide anchor. C. Starting platform safety covers(11 required) are designed to keep unwanted users off starting platforms. The cover is made of 1/16"thick tough,lightweight plastic with a UV stabilizer and Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-40 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL fits 24" x 32"platform tops. The conical shape and safety orange color act as a deterrent of stating platform use. Each cover is provided with a bungee cord for securing cover platform top. 6. Lifeguard Chairs a. Lifeguard chairs must be constructed of UV inhibited recycled HDPE chairs. Maximum seat height must be 48" above the pool deck. Joints must be secured using T- 316L stainless- steel screws. Chair must include umbrella guide and holders. Refer to architect for color finish. 1) Lifeguard chairs(6 required)must be Spectrum Products Mendota#45023, Tailwind Furniture#LG510,Kiefer Forever Guard Chair#500231,SR Smith Sentry#SLGC42 or approved equal. 7. Surge tank access hatch(1 required)must be provided as shown on the drawings. The access hatch must be a single door 3'-2"x 2'-6"with 1"fillable pan to receive ceramic tile and grout or concrete fill to match the surrounding deck. The frame must be '/4 inch extruded aluminum with built in neoprene cushion and continuous anchor flange. Door must be'/4"aluminum plate reinforced with aluminum stiffeners as required. Door must be equipped with heavy continuous stainless-steel hinges and must have compression spring operators for easy operation. Door must open to 90 degrees and lock automatically in that position. Door must be built to withstand a live load of 150 lbs. per square foot and equipped with a continuous Type 316L stainless-steel hinge, tubular type, and an automatic hold open arm with release handle. Hardware must be type 316L, 18-8, stainless- steel. A flush lift handle and a snap lock with removable key wrench must be provided. Factory finish must be mill finish with bituminous coating applied to the exterior of the frame. The access door must be Type TER-3 single leaf pan type door as manufactured by the Bilco Company. 8. Sleeves for surge tank valve extensions must be Spectrum Products Valve Extension Body#1910387 with Lid and Key #36450, or Spectrum Products Bronze Anchor Kit 1.90-inch O.D. x 6-inch-deep Anchor(field modification required)with Lid and Key#23638-00. 9. Surge tank ladder rungs must be '/z inch Grade 60 steel encased with co-polymer polypropylene plastic as manufactured by M.A. Industries,Inc,or approved equal. 10. Pool Lift a. Pool lift (1 required) must be a battery powered handicap lift with footrest assembly. Lift must comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act Access Guidelines (ADAAG), be capable of lifting 400 lbs and must include a seat belt assembly. The following accessories must also be provided: caddy, arm rest assembly, lift cover, extra battery, wired controls. Stainless-steel components must be 304L. Lift must be a SR Smith Splash Aquatic Lift, #300-0000, Spectrum Products Motion Trek BP 400 #163145, Aqua Creek Products LLC Mighty 400 #F-MTY400 or approved equal. Confirm pool lift fits on pool perimeter and operates correctly. b. Pool lift (1 required) must be a battery powered handicap lift with footrest assembly. Lift must comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act Access Guidelines (ADAAG), be capable of lifting 400 lbs and must include a seat belt assembly. The following accessories must also be provided: caddy, arm rest assembly, lift cover, extra battery, wired controls. Stainless-steel components must be 304L. Lift must be a SR Smith Splash Aquatic Lift Extended Reach#370-0000, Spectrum Products Motion Trek BP 400#163145,Aqua Creek Products LLC Mighty 400 #F-MTY400 or approved equal. Confirm pool lift fits on pool perimeter and operates correctly. C. The anchor for the pool lift must be furnished with the lift. The anchor must be an embedded sleeve made of glass reinforced copolymer, 300 series stainless steel, or bronze. The depth of the anchor must be 6 inches, and the anchor must include a lug for proper bonding with the pool structure. The anchor must be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, including required or recommended support footings. Manufacturer must provide an anchor cap and key for times when the lift is not in use. Sockets must be provided as stainless-steel or cast bronze for swimming pool accessories. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-41 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 11. Provided a ship's ladder or Lapeyre Stair in the size and shape shown on the drawings. Ladder must be aluminum with aluminum stiffeners if required by OSHA. Refer to the Architect. 2.11 LOOSE EQUIPMENT A. The following items must be supplied unless otherwise noted. Proprietary names are to designate performance only. Equal products will be accepted. 1. Competition floating lane ropes must be as shown on the drawings and described in these specifications. Floating lane ropes must be a non-turbulent type with wave quelling floats and 3/16" stainless-steel coated cable. Floats must be injection-molded polyethylene. Colors to alternate the length of the pool with a contrasting solid color for the final 15 feet(Architect/Owner to select colors). Floating lane ropes must be provided as completely assembled and installed with take up reel,type 304 stainless-steel spring and cable lock,hooks, and wrench. 5/8"wrench must be made of a forged steel shaft with a polished chrome finish. The take up reel must be constructed of type 304 stainless-steel. The spool must be a bronze nickel-plated casting with a nylon sleeve. Floating lane ropes must be similar to Competitor Swim Products, Competitor Gold Medal 6"Racing Lanes, Advantage II (6")Racing Lanes, or Anti- Wave Maximum(6")Racing Lanes,Malmsten Gold Pro(6")Racing Lanes pre-assembled and sized to fit the length of the pool.Floating lane ropes with disconnects for shorter distance is acceptable. Provide contrasting disks located 15 meters from each end to meet resurfacing requirement. This requirement must be met for each possible course length. Quantities: Competition Pool: Provide 11 at 25 yards Provide 1 additional extension hooks Provide one spare floating lane rope that can accommodate racecourses (disconnects are acceptable) 2. Cup anchors for floating lane ropes must be incorporated into the perimeter overflow system. Cup anchors must be 316L stainless-steel with stainless-steel threaded eyebolts. The heavy-duty cup anchors must be 3-3/8-inch diameter. Cup anchors must be Paragon#14-505. 3. Backstroke flags: a. Backstroke flags must be made of Nylon material, triangular in shape (12" wide x 17"long), and alternating in color,and sewn onto a Nylon tape. Additional tape must be provided at both ends for fastening to the stanchions. Submit samples for review and approval. Equipment must be Kiefer Nylon Backstroke Flags(#600120),with braided nylon cord and snap hook on each end (#600806) or approved equal from Competitor Swim Products. Provide backstroke flags with team name on one side and lane identification on the other. 4. Lane Rope Storage Reel a. Lane rope storage reel must be fabricated from two powder-coated enclosed aluminum wheels joined together by a 1-1/4-inch aluminum axle. This unit must ride easily on four 6" stainless- steel casters with individual brakes. The reel must have a collapsible tow handle for safe movability. The storage reel should be able to hold 902' of 4" lane ropes or 492' of 6" lane ropes. The storage reel must come assembled. The correct number of storage reels must be provided to store the lane lines. Lane line storage reel must be Competitor Swim Products Elite Stor Lane Reel#200 850 with Competitor storage reel cover#200 861, SR Smith XL Capacity Lane Line Reel#38000 with SR Smith lane line reel cover#36100 or approved equal. 5. Pace Clocks a. Portable digital pace clock(2 required)must be portable and provided with LED digits and the color options of red or amber with a 4 x 8-character matrix. Portable pace clock must have the capability of being programmed by a hand-held console for pacing functions. Portable pace clock must have the capability of being mounted on the deck level or wall. The pace clock must be the basic pace clock (PC-Portable) manufactured by Colorado Time Systems or approved equal. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-42 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 6. Lifeline must be 3/4-inch blue and white polyethylene rope with floats that are 5-inch diameter by 9- inch-long. Floats must be spaced on five-foot centers. Metallic rope hooks must be stainless-steel. Provide lifeline at five-foot break between shallow and deep water as shown on the drawings. Lifeline must be equal to Recreonics #14-438.BW or Lincoln Aquatics #44-115 safety line rope, Recreonics #14-381, Lincoln Aquatics #44-190 or Competitor Swim #350EZBW locking 5" x 9" floats, and Recreonics#14-456 or Lincoln Aquatics#44-125 rope end hooks. 7. Water Basketball-Deck mounted water basketball(1 goal required)must be provided at the locations shown on the drawings. a. Fixed position Basketball Goal 1) The vertical post must be made of 2.5-inch O.D.x 0.120-inch wall(63.5 mm x 3.05 mm) type 304 stainless-steel square tube. The horizontal and diagonal bars must be made of 1.5"x 0.065 wall (38.1 mm x 1.65 mm)type 304 stainless-steel square tube. The post must be coated in a black vinyl powder for added resistance against corrosion. 2) The competition quality backboard(minimum size of 30"x 40")must be made of acrylic and should be bolted to the post. The regulation basketball rim must be bolted to backboard. The rim and square frame must be coated in black vinyl to protect them. A net must be included along with a water basketball. 3) The anchor must be made of a stainless-steel housing,polyurethane sleeve, and a brass wedge assembly.The anchor must be 6"(152.4 mm)deep.The anchor must have abrass grounding screw.A stainless-steel cap must be provided to mount flush on the deck when the post is removed. 4) The water basketball unit must be the S-BASK-ERS from SR Smith, S-BASK-ERS-ER from SR Smith, #2010523 by Spectrum Products, #193400 by Spectrum Products, HydroSport 11 provided by First Team Inc. or approved equal. 8. T-wrench for operation of valve extensions must be fabricated of 3/4' diameter SCH 40 stainless- steel pipe. The T-wrench must be 4'-0"in length with a 24"long welded"T"handle. The wrench must be fitted with a 3/4' square stainless-steel male end, 1" in length, for operation of valve extensions at the surge tank. Two complete T-wrenches must be provided. 2.12 MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT A. The following items must be supplied unless otherwise noted. Proprietary names are to designate performance only. Equal products will be accepted. 1. Wall brush(4 required)-Brush backing must be a flexible polyethylene material with five(5)rows of nylon bristles. Pool brush holder must be permanent mold cast aluminum with hydrofoil flap. Holder must have stainless-steel screws to facilitate brush changes. Handle bracket must be quick detachable mount to fit standard 1 1/4 or 1 '/2 inch diameter handles. Brush must be Recreonics#10-135,Lincoln Aquatics#31-020,or approved equal. 2. Skimming net (4 required) - Skimmer head must consist of one-piece molded plastic frame with a reinforced,integral handle bracket suitable for quick attachment to a standard 11/4 or 1 '/2 inch diameter handle using bolts and wing nut. The standard nylon net must be attached to the frame using the groove and spline method. Net depth must be 16 inches minimum in the center. Skimming net must be manufactured by Recreonics#10-124,Lincoln Aquatics#31-103 or approved equal. 3. Telescopic Poles (4 required) - Cleaning tool handle must be of the telescopic design and fabricated from corrosion resistant,high-quality anodized aluminum. Poles must be fully adjustable, to desired length,with a simple twist of a cycolac threaded locking device. Poles must consist of a 1-inch tube fitted inside a 11/4 inch tube and be adjustable from a range of 8 ft.to 16 ft. Handle must be adjustable from 8 ft. to approximately 16 ft. having a threaded bushing type clamp to lock handle at desired position. Poles must be Recreonics#10-323,Lincoln Aquatics#30-050 or approved equal. 4. Portable Vacuum Poles Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-43 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL a. Telescopic poles fiberglass poles(4 required)-Vacuum head attachment poles are to have a super-tough 1'/4 inch fiberglass handle. Poles must be 8 ft. each,totaling a 24 ft. length for vacuum head attachment. Poles must be Recreonics #10-370 with quick change adapter Recreonics#10-374 or approved equal. 5. Test Kits a. Provide two(2)test kits: 1) The first test kit must feature liquid reagents, color comparator, waterproof instructions and treatment charts, chemistry guide and water gram. Test kit to have the ability to test for free and total chlorine(0.5—5.0 ppm),bromine(1-10 ppm),pH (7.0 — 8.0), acid and base demand, total alkalinity, calcium hardness and cyanuric acid. Test kit must be Taylor Complete 2005 test kit or approved equal. 2) The second test kit must be photometric and utilize tablet reagents for stability that will allow accurate measurement of free and total chlorine(0-10 ppm),bromine,pH, alkalinity, calcium hardness, and cyanuric acid. The test kit must have solid-state digital electronics and built-in filters. The test kit must be direct reading with automatic blank settings, automatic power cut-off, and store the last 10 results in nonvolatile memory. Test kit must be a Lumiso Pooltest 6 system. Provide LMP106C Pooltest 6 with Hard Carry Case Kit and LMC001 Check Standard by Lumiso or AquaPRO 6 Test Kit manufactured by Orbeco-Hellige Inc and Reference Standard Kit(LP275680). 6. Vacuum Cleaner a. Vacuum cleaner(filtered water return to pool) - (2 required)must be complete with a 36-inch dual manifold head with 75 feet of 1-1/2-inch floating hoseHose must be Recreonics,#10-429, Lincoln Aquatics#29-115 or approved equal. 24 ft. stainless-steel pole must be available for attachment. The portable cartridge vacuum cleaner system must include a 155 square foot T- 316 stainless-steel up-flow single cartridge filter,a 1 HP self-priming thermoplastic self-priming pump 1-1/2-inch suction and discharge connection and 110 cubic inch strainer capacity. Cartridge must be Harmsco#ST/155 or approved equal. The system must be provided with one spare cartridge filter. The pump motor is 115-volt single phase,open-drip proof and must be UL and NSF listed. The pump motor must be provided with a 120-volt Hubbell switch, weatherproof switch cover,in-line pre-wired GFCI and a 100' power cord. The cord must be wired to a 20-amp, 115-volt switch which must be mounted on pump motor. Interconnecting pipe and fittings must be schedule 40 PVC. The entire assembly must be bolted to a T-316 stainless-steel cart and must have pneumatic wheels with grease fittings and roller bearing hubs. Unit must be Recreonics #10-806, Lincoln Aquatics #27-010 or approved equal. Accessories must include a 1-1/2-inch x 25 ft. discharge hose with stainless-steel hose clamp. Hose must be Recreonics#10-440,Lincoln#29-140 or approved equal. 7. Robotic Pool Cleaner a. Provide two (2)dual pump floor only automatic commercial robotic pool cleaner. The pool cleaner must provide up to 9,750 square feet per hour of cleaning coverage as well as filter up to 9,600 gallons per hour. Unit must have 3-, 4- and 6-hour cleaning cycles. The pool cleaner must be provided with 150 feet of cable,PVC/PVA wall brushes,two (2)2-micron filter bags and remote control for"spot cleaning". Features must include zero-depth entry sensor,infrared system, and transportation trolly. Unit requires a dedicated 120-volt circuit receptacle with GFCI to transformer which provides 29-volts to the automatic pool cleaner. The automatic pool cleaner must be #RUCL-UMIO-BLA98 Ultramax XL as manufacturer by Aquatron Robotic Technology or approved equal. 8. Stainless-steel Cleaner-Provide a stainless-steel cleaner. The cleaner must comprise of one(1)gallon of organic passivation solution. It must be complete with instructions for proper maintenance of stainless-steel surfaces and material safety data sheets for the passivation solution. The cleaner must Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-44 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL be the Spectra-Clean System 2 as manufactured by Spectrum Products. Product must be applied with 3M scouring pad,or equivalent. 2.13 SAFETY EQUIPMENT A. The following items must be supplied unless otherwise noted. Proprietary names are to designate performance only. Equal products will be accepted. 1. Ring buoy and extension rope(6 required)—Buoy must be 24-inch diameter vinyl clad PVC foam with a metal ring molded inside. Buoy must have a 3/8-inch polyethylene rope attached to it at four points and be a minimum 60 feet in length. Preserver must be U.S.C.G. approved. Buoy and rope must be mounted at each lifeguard chair on hooks. Ring buoy must be Recreonics#12-252,Lincoln#44-075 or approved equal. Throw rope must be Recreonics #12-261, Lincoln Aquatics #42-050, or approved equal. 2. Life hook and fiberglass pole (6 required) - Life hook must be an anodized aluminum 3/8-inch OD "shepherd's crook" with a 1-1/8-inch OD handle attachment suitable for a 11/4-inch 16 ft. fiberglass extension pole. Each life hook must be provided with a separate 16 ft pole. Hook must be of looped construction. Each pole must be provided with a set of spring type stainless-steel pole clamps for mounting on each lifeguard chair. Life hook must be manufactured by Recreonics#12-239,Lincoln #42-060 or approved equal. Pole clamps must be Recreonics#10-353,Lincoln#30-135 or approved equal,and fiberglass poles must be equal to Recreonics#10-372. 3. Spineboards (6 required) - Spineboard must be 72" long x 20" wide, constructed of 100% virgin high density polyethylene. The design must provide stiffness and torsional rigidity while remaining lightweight. The spineboard must accommodate up to 500 lbs and must feature customizable buoyancy that allows users to adjust the buoyancy by inserting polyethylene foam rods (supplied with the spineboard). There must be (10) handholds around the perimeter of the board. The spineboard must be supplied with one (1) 2-piece head immobilizer, one (1) head strap, four (4) body straps, one (1)head immobilizer with head bed, and two (2) flotation rods. The spineboard must be CJ Rescue 6 package as manufactured by CJ spineboard or approved equal. Provide one (1) set of heavy-duty stainless-steel utility hooks per spineboard for storing the spineboard at a convenient and readily accessible location near the pool(Recreonics#10-362). 4. First aid kit (2 required) - First aid kit must be a 24-unit kit per American Red Cross standards as manufactured by Swift First Aid,Recreonics#12-013,Lincoln#47-084 or approved equal. 5. Bloodborne pathogen kit (2 required) — Bloodborne pathogen kit must include a protective gown, medical-grade latex gloves,face mask with eye shield,antimicrobial hand wipes,and body fluid clean- up supplies. Kit must include a wall-mountable hard storage case. Bloodborne pathogen kit must be Recreonics#12-041,Lincoln Aquatics#48-056 or approved equal. 6. Rescue tube (12 required) - Provide one rescue tube for each lifeguard chair. Rescue tube must be Recreonics#12-293,Lincoln#42-030 or approved equal. 7. Safety eyewash station(2 required)- Safety eyewash station must be a self-contained system in which eyewash bottles are securely positioned in a portable holder. Eyewash bottles must be 32 ounces and easily removable from case, and must contain a sterile, saline solution with the ability to neutralize a varying quantity acids or caustics. Eyewash stations must be equipped with a double back screw and holes for easy mounting in location determined by the Architect. Stations must be Recreonics#12-033, Lincoln Aquatics#49-026,or approved equal. 8. Safety eyeglasses - Provided a safety eyeglass dispenser station containing ten (10) pairs of safety glasses. Eyeglasses must be ANSI/OSHA accepted. 9. Bag Valve Masks—Provide two (2) bag valve mask assistant resuscitation systems, one size Adult (1500ml tidal volume) and one size Infant/Child (450ml tidal volume). Product must be a latex free disposable bag mask unit with support strap,transparent patient valve,and textured surface to eliminate slipping. Integral swivel valve, available with a closed reservoir system. Standard pack includes resuscitator,oxygen reservoir and a transparent bag for storage. Bag Valve Masks must be Ambu SPUR 11 or approved equal. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-45 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 10. AED—Provide one(1)Automated External Defibrillator and one(1)trainer AED corresponding to the chosen AED per facility level for the aquatic facility. Product location must be coordinated with the Owner and Architect.AED must be Recreonics#12-430,Lincoln Aquatics#48-013,or approved equal and must have an available training AED device. AED Cabinet must be Recreonics#12-434,Lincoln Aquatics#48-023,or approved equal. 2.14 THERMOMETERS A. The following items must be supplied unless otherwise noted. Proprietary names are to designate performance only. Equal products will be accepted. 1. Portable thermometer (2 required) must be a molded ABS plastic tube body type with the ability to measure temperature in both degrees Fahrenheit and Celsius. A 3 ft.polyethylene cord must be attached to thermometer. Thermometer must be manufactured by Pac-Fab/Rainbow #R141036 or approved equal. 2. Inline thermometer must be near the heating loop and must have a 9-inch adjustable angle with a minimum 6-inch stem. There must be a minimum of two(2)thermometers per loop and must have ability to read temperature in both degrees Fahrenheit and Celsius. Thermometers must be Recreonics#32-702,Lincoln Aquatics#21-125,or approved equal. 3. Digital temperature indicator (2 required) must be a 115-volt, wall mounting case, sensor, and a stainless-steel immersion well. Weiss Instruments 20DT or approved equal. Digital thermometer not required if function is provided by the Water Chemistry Controller. 2.15 SWIMMING POOL FINISHES A. Pool Cementitious Finish, Diamond Brite — Reference specification section 13153, Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish. B. Pool Tile—Reference specification section 13154, Swimming Pool Tile. 2.16 WATERPROOFING A. Products 1. Interior surfaces of gutter and surge tankwith NO additional finishes: Apply two (2)coats of Vandex BB White, Xypex Modified,Xypex Megamix I,Miracote BC Pro or Basecrete directly to surface of gutter and surge tank. 2. For waterproofing applications that are to receive a painted finish:Apply two(2)coats of Aquron CPSP, LATICRETE Hydro Ban,or Miracote MiraPrime Aqua-Blok XL directly to surface of pool structure. 3. For waterproofing applications that are to receive cementitious finish: Apply two (2)coats of Aquron CPSP,Miracote MiraPrime Aqua-Blok XL or Basecrete directly to surface of the pool structure. 4. For waterproofing applications that are to receive ceramic tile finish: Apply two (2)coats of MAPEI AquaDefense or LATICRETE Hydro Ban directly to surface of the pool structure. Prior to the application of the waterproofing material thoroughly inspect the structure for cracking and repair cracks as needed. Upon completion of proper curing apply flexible or polymer modified thin/thick-set tile adhesive over topcoat. B. Surface Preparation 1. Surface must be structurally sound and free of foreign substances and debris that could reduce or impair adhesion. Surfaces must be roughened by sand blasting or water blasting. Shot blasting, scarifying,or grinding can also be accepted methods of surface preparation. Surface defects or holes must be patched per manufacturer's recommendations. a. National Plasterers Council Surface Preparation Definitions 1) Pressure Washing: The washing or cleaning of a surface by a stream of water ejected from a nozzle at high velocity,typically in the range of 1,000 psi—4,000 psi. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-46 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2) Water Blasting: The cutting, abrading, or removal of a surface or substrate by a stream of water ejected from a nozzle at ultra-high velocity,typically in the range of 10,000 psi—40,000 psi. C. Application 1. Do not apply materials under conditions where the ambient air temperature is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit,or to a frozen substrate. 2. Mixing of products, quantities and application procedures must be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.17 SEALANTS A. Provide sealed expansion joints as shown on the pool and pool structural drawings or noted on the construction/expansion joint layout, and as required. Expansion joints must be constructed and sealed as indicated and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. Sealant must be manufactured by LATICRETE International,Inc.,Mapei,or Deck-O-Seal. 1. For submerged joints: a. Latasil,one component,neutral cure,high performance, 100%silicone sealant in the colors as selected. Must be used in conjunction with Latasil 9118 Primer per manufacturer's recommendations. b. Mapesil T, 100%silicone sealant in the colors as selected. 2. For joints behind the coping,or other horizontal deck joints: a. Deck-O-Seal,two component(gun-grade or pourable, self-leveling),high resilience,non-sag, non-flowing,poly sulfide-based sealing compound in the colors as selected. Must be used in conjunction with P/G Primer per manufacture's recommendations. B. Material Storage 1. Materials must be stored in the original unopened factory containers in a cool dry location at 60 to 80 degrees F. Protect from the elements and the hazards of construction. C. Joint Preparation 1. Clean the joints of deleterious material,to sound,clean and dry substrate. 2. In mixing the slurry it is recommended that the water be added first,then the cement, and finally the bentonite. The more bentonite the faster the set. Do not get the slurry on the joint itself. 3. Joint must be formed or filled with an approved,resilient,non-asphaltic,closed cell,polyethylene joint filler material down to firm substrate. Allow space at the top of the jointfor the installation of approved closed cell polyethylene backer rod and install same to the required depth below the surface of the slab to control the depth of the sealant bead to within manufacturer requirements. D. Surface Preparation 1. Concrete surfaces to receive sealant must be fully cured, clean, dry, and free of dirt, dust, curing compounds and other foreign material that might compromise the adhesion and performance of the sealant. Curing aids, form release agents and joint former residue must be completely removed, if necessary,by sand blasting and/or grinding. Loose dust must be brushed off. 2. Prime surfaces to receive Latasil sealant with Latasil 9118 Primer prior to sealant application, and surfaces to receive Deck-O-Seal sealant with P/G Primer prior to application. E. Application 1. Apply sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Tool the joint immediately after application to ensure a firm,intimate contact with the joint interface. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-47 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3. Remove excess sealant and smears from adjacent surfaces with Xylol or Toluol before sealant cures. 4. After the sealant has fully cured (generally a minimum period of five days at 72 degrees and 50% humidity),paint the surface of the sealant with a chlorine resistant chlorinated rubber or equivalent pool paint, such as Ramuc, in a compatible color as selected by the Architect. NOTE: Latasil cannot be painted. 2.18 AQUATIC FACILITY MANAGEMENT APPLICATION A. Provide a one-year license and basic start-up training for a CMAHC Certified web-based digital application for managing the aquatic facility. Digital application must include fully customizable check lists, pool testing documentation with NSPF dosage calculations and MAHC references,MAHC compliant lifeguard in service documentation with the ability to link to employee tracking module,pool closure forms, and incident reports. Web-based digital application must be HydroApps Facility Manager,Lifeguard Manager, Schedule Manager and Pool Test(contact Kirsten Barnes at(303) 323-8531 or online at https://counsilmanhunsaker.com/shop or approved equal.) B. Must have web-based digital application representative provide one-hour of online training. C. Must set up web-based digital application in Owner's name 30 days prior to facility opening. 2.19 UNDERWATER LIGHTS A. Underwater lights must be equivalent to 500 watts of incandescent light. Underwater lights must be UL listed and, in the quantities, shown and as detailed in the construction drawings and as described in these specifications. Coordinate for proper installation. Refer to the drawings for quantities and locations. B. The pool underwater lights must be 120VAC or 12VAC, 55 watts LED-type, and equivalent to 500 watts of incandescent light. Fixture housing must be stainless-steel construction with minimum wall thickness of 0.020 inch per UL 676 underwater pool lighting standard. The niche must be stainless-steel with cast brass mounting ring or PVC plastic with stainless-steel mounting ring. Brass construction pressure grounding lug on interior and exterior services. Lens must be 8-3/8 diameter clear tempered heat resistant glass. Gasket must be single piece "U" shaped santoprene or silicone. Fasteners must be silicon-bronze or stainless-steel. The light fixture must be supplied with a#16-3 STW(120V)or 12-3 SJTW(12V)submersible cord with ground wire positively grounded inside the fixture.Cord entrance must be a watertight seal and epoxy encapsulated.Light fixture must be IntelliBrite 5g White LED pool light series by Pentair Commercial Pool and Aquatics or approved equal. Underwater lights must be provided with cord length as required to allow for deck relamping of fixtures. C. Junction boxes must be provided in the quantities required and must be located at least 8" above the pool coping and 5'from the pool edge. Refer to the Electrical drawings. Cord length must be sufficient to run from fixture to the junction box with sufficient cable in the niche to re-lamp the fixture on the deck. Provide junction boxes that must be installed by Electrical. D. Transformers for 12V underwater lights must be Intermatic PX Series low voltage landscape and swimming pool light transformer or approved equal as specified by Electrical designer. These safety transformers are specifically designed to supply 12 volts to pool lights,submersible fixtures,and outdoor garden lights. The built-in circuit protection will disconnect power to the transformer in case of defect or overload. These transformers are suitable for direct connection to underwater pool and spa lights. Refer to manufacturer information for cabling distance and gauge requirements. Coordinate transformer locations with Electrical. 1. Model PX100 and PX100S: 100 W Transformers-input 120 VAC,output 12 VAC or 13 VAC 2. Model PX300 and PX300S: 300 W Transformers-input 120 VAC,output 12 VAC, 13 VAC,or 14 VAC 2.20 WATER FEATURES AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT A. Play Features 1. 60"MUSHROOM MAZE(1 required) a. Model number WO10-60. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-48 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL b. Interactive water effect must consist of a circular falling shower of water. c. Shaft must consist of a straight 4.5"diameter type 304 stainless steel with machined type 304 base plate. d. Anchor base must consist of type 304 stainless steel machined to mate with shaft base plate. e. Gasket must consist of a 1/8"thick flat neoprene. f. Fasteners must consist of tamper resistant 18/8 stainless steel. g. Finish must consist of a textured aliphatic urethane with a UV and chlorine resistant sealer coat. h. Color selection shall be made by Owner/Architect. i. Anchor bolts must consist of four, 3/8" x 12" x 2" 18/8 stainless steel with two leveling nuts and washers per bolt. j. Hydraulic Requirements 1) 20-30 GPM at 4-6 PSI/10-14 ft of head. 2. BUBBLER(4 required) a. Model number W091. b. Interactive water effect must consist of a low aerated mound of water. c. Housing must consist of a 20 gauge deep-drawn stainless steel with V FPT bottom connection, grounding lug, and stainless-steel anchor bolts with leveling nuts and washers. d. Construction cover must consist of a 7"diameter high density polyethylene(HDPE). e. Top plate must consist of a 7"diameter domed cast bronze coated with skid resistant UV protected aliphatic urethane and 70 durometer EPDM O-ring. f. Top plate color selection will be determined by Owner/Architect. g. Fasteners must consist of tamper resistant '/4"-20 18/8 fasteners supplied with protective construction sleeves. h. Nozzle must consist of precision machined brass and copper. i. Hydraulic Requirements 1) 12"height;35 GPM at 6 PSI/14 ft of head. B. Crossing Feature 1. General a. The specifications for products in this section have been developed utilizing designs and data provided by PLAYTIME. All materials and components of the waterwalk system shall be designed, manufactured,and/or supplied by PLAYTIME,(303)662-0302,BoMar Floatables,or approved equal. 2. Materials a. Waterwalk Floatables i. Two(2)Log Slices;3'-6"L x 3'-6"W x 7"H ii. Two(2)Log Floats;3'-6"L x 3'-6"W x 7"H iii. Three(3)Chest Floats;3'-6"L x 3'-6"W x 7"H b. All shall be constructed as shown on the drawings and anchored to the pool bottom to provide a floating walkway across the pool as shown in the plans. The pads are to be constructed as follows: i. Heavy duty stainless steel inner structure; Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-49 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL ii. High gloss vibrant colors; iii. Coated foam impact attenuating protection on all surfaces; iv. One stainless steel U-bolt inset to a stainless steel plate inside each floatable element located in the center of each pad for connection to the floor tether;and v. Tethered to the pool floor cup anchor by two(2)5/16"stainless steel shackles,a 5/16"eye- to-jaw swivel,and a 9/32"stainless steel chain. c. Overhead Netting i. Provide overhead Netform System that spans the pool over the waterwalk suspended from the posts shown in the plans. Ropes should be fed through the holes in the column at the desired height and secured to the posts using stainless steel turnbuckles on each end to allow for height adjustment. The rope shall be 3/4"diameter and come with a steel core and have integral Schedule 40 stainless steel spreader bars to reduce sag. High density polypropylene knot connections shall be provided. All connection hardware shall be stainless steel and have strength consistent with rope. Netting and connectors shall be supplied by PLAYTIME,or approved equal. d. Safety Padding i. Provide a minimum 2"thick safety padding according to the manufacturer's recommendations at the entry and exit to the waterwalk. Refer to the drawings for the required extent of the padding. e. Posts i. Structural calculations to support the waterwalk shall be supplied by PLAYTIME,BoMar Floatables,or approved equal. Provide four(4)support posts for the overhead netting system,two(2)at the waterwalk entry and two(2)at the waterwalk exit as shown on the drawings. The pre-engineered posts shall have a diameter of 10"and a height of 10'-0". Structural calculations to support the waterwalk shall be provided by the manufacturer. C. Play Structure 1. Outdoor multi-level aquatic play structure by Whitewater. Play structure designs by Vortex, Splashtacular,Inc.,Waterplay Solutions Corp., and Aquatix by Landscape Structures,will be considered as equal provided they are equivalent size and include similar features and play value to the specified model. Contractor shall submit alternate proposal in accordance with Contractor's Alternate Proposal guidelines described in Part I of this section. 2. AquaPlay AP 150-TB (a) The Participatory Water Play System will be suitable for installation in public swimming facilities and specifically designed for use by children and adults. (b) Materials (i) All materials are structurally sound and suitable for safe play. Durability is insured on all steel components by the use of proven coatings such as galvanization. Main piping of the structure is of schedule 40 steel pipe. (ii) All parts not required to be structural may be fabricated from PVC or fiberglass and suitably protected from ultraviolet deterioration. (iii)All nozzles(if required) are stainless steel,brass,or PVC. (c) Manifold System Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-50 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL (i) The play system has integrated into its overall design a manifold system for regulating the water flows and pressures to each individual effect. The manifold is constructed of PVC, steel or fiberglass and utilizes PVC ball valves. (ii) The manifold system is accessible for adjustment and each valve will be permanently labeled as to the location it controls. (d) Hardware (i) Primary structural fasteners(bolts,nuts,washers and screws) are stainless steel or galvanized. Secondary fasteners are stainless steel where required (slides and skirting). No bare steel hardware is allowed. (e) Decks and Stairs (i) All decks and stairs are fiberglass and have an integral non-slip finish on the exposed surface. Each fiberglass panel is structurally capable of supporting a minimum load of 489kg/m2(100 lbs/ft2). (f) Slides (i) All slides are to be of high quality SILKTEK fiberglass. The body of the flume having a minimum 3/16"thickness and joint flanges a minimum'/4"thick. Premium quality isothphalic resins are to be used throughout. Interior of waterslide to have a minimum 0.020 inches thick gelcoat. Exterior of slides are to be protected by a flood coat of gelcoat or urethane. Slides shall have integral run-out lanes. Fiberglass Laminate Materials: (ii) Finish: All FRP waterslide parts are to have a smooth surface finish. 600 grit or better inside the riding surface and 400 grit or better outside the riding surface. (iii)Process: At least 95%of all FRP waterslide parts are to be manufactured using a Resin Transfer Molding(RTM)system or Vacuum Assisted Resin Transfer Molding(VARTM) system. Both A-side and B-side molds shall have a 600 grit surface finish or better. (iv) Gelcoat: Interior and exterior gelcoat shall be high quality isophthalic polyester with U.V. inhibitors. 20 wet mils applied to ride surface,20 wet mils applied to exterior coating. (v) Resins: All resin matrix systems shall be Thixotropic promoted isophthalic polyester resin. No fillers are allowed along the riding surface. (vi) Glass Reinforcement: All glass reinforcement shall be E Glass type or better. (g) Crawl Tunnels (i) The tunnel body is 685mm (27") or 610mm (24") or 813mm (32") diameter,fabricated from fiberglass or molded polyurethane. (h) Side Panels (i) All areas below platforms and stairs less than 1.5m - 1.8m (5' - 6')high are completely sealed off from the public and secured with a 9.5mm(3/8")reinforced PVC or fiberglass panels. All panels are ultra-violet protected with a polyurethane or gelcoat finish. (i) Valves (i) Main operating valves: All operational wheel valves are fabricated of stainless steel and EPDM seat or 100%PVC. (ii) Wheels and connecting hardware is specially fabricated so as to provide minimum opportunity for injury during rotation. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-51 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL (iii) All rope operated valves are self-closing with stainless steel or brass bodies and/or operating parts. The valves as well as the supply pipe are capable of withstanding a 79kg(175 lb)live load. (j) Waterguns (i) All waterguns are manufactured with trigger or handle operated mechanisms so water flow may be controlled completely by the operator. This operating mechanism is encased and isolated inside of a sealed galvanized steel tube. (ii) The watergun is mounted on a swivel base that will allow the gun to travel approximately 60° horizontally and 45°vertically. (k) Finishing (i) All exposed galvanized metal and PVC components are first prepped and primed with two coats primer then painted with a top coat which is chemical and ultraviolet resistant. This topcoat provides a high gloss finish that is extremely hard and damage resistant. 2.21 POOL CONCRETE COPING A. Cast-In-Place Coping 1. The coping must have the shape as shown on the construction drawings. Concrete must have an equal strength and reinforcing per Division 3—Concrete. The concrete forms must be by Stegmeier Corporation, Commercial Form part number 3CF000 or approved equal. The expansion joint control must be done with Stegmeier (Frontier Deck Joint)part number SDJl and (Frontier Nose Cap) 3NC or approved equal. Joint strip and nose clip color must be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color options. Control joints must be saw cut joints, deep hand tooled joints, or must utilize the same Frontier Deck Joint system as expansion joints and placed at a maximum of 4'-0" on center. Full depth expansion joints must be placed at radius points along perimeter of pool or at a maximum of 20'-0" spacing. Expansion joint detailing and locations must conform to the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Follow manufacturer guidelines and recommendations for the concrete mix and concrete finishing procedure. Per Stegmeier's recommendations,the minimum concrete mix design requirements are the following: a. A minimum of 3500 psi. b. Use pea gravel or an equivalent small 3/8" size stone aggregate. C. 4 11/2'to 5 11/2' slump. d. Air entrainment,if added must not exceed 6%. e. Fiber-mesh must be considered if structural steel is lacking. 3. Schedule an on-site training session on proper installation technique with Stegmeier Corporation at the time of purchasing. B. Precast Coping 1. The precast pool coping must be SBN/DBN style by Federal Stone (www.federalstone.com), equivalent by Dallas Cast Stone,Co. (www.dallasstone.com),or approved equal. Coping must have the shape and dimensions as shown on the construction drawings. Custom cast radius coping sections must be provided where required to match the pool profile. Concrete must have an equal strength and reinforcing per Division 3 — Concrete. Coping color selections by Owner/Architect. Include manufacturers complete range of custom color options in the base bid. 2. Precast Coping Sealer a. When recommended by coping manufacturer, coping must be sealed with Sure Klean Weather Seal Siloxane PD by Prosoco,or equivalent sealer product,to reduce the possibility Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-52 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL of staining. Refer to coping manufacturer requirements. Ensure that sealer does not create a slip-resistance issue on coping surface. 3. Precast Coping Installation& Setting Materials a. Surface preparation must be in accordance with ACI 302. The horizontal surface of the pool beam must be structurally sound and free of foreign substances and debris that could reduce or impair adhesion. Sound and remove loose concrete to firm substrate. Surfaces must be roughened to a CSP of 3 to 5 (reference ICRI CSP Standards 7 to 9 for acceptable profile height). Thoroughly wash/rinse with clean potable water. Surface defects or holes in the substrate must be patched per manufacturer's recommendations. b. Slurry Bond Coat 1) Horizontal surface of the pool beam where coping will be set must receive a slurry bond coat of either Laticrete 254 Platinum one-step, polymer-fortified, thin-set mortar,or Mapei 4:1 bag mix with Planicrete AC Additive in compliance with ANSI A108.1A (2.2 & 5.2), prior to thick bed mortar application. As manufactured by Laticrete International,Mapei,Inc.,or approved equal. 2) The complete underside surface of each piece of pool coping must also receive a slurry bond coat of either Laticrete 254 Platinum one-step,polymer-fortified,thin-set mortar,or Mapei 4:1 bag mix with Planicrete AC Additive in compliance with ANSI A108.1A(2.2& 5.2),prior to final setting in thick bed mortar. As manufactured by Laticrete International,Mapei,Inc.,or approved equal. 3) Ensure bond coat is continuous and free of voids prior to application of mortar bed and setting of coping stone. Mortar bed must be set over slurry bond coat while bond coat is still moist. Refer to manufacturer recommendations for proper setting and curing procedures. C. Mortar&Leveling Beds 1) Provide a dry pack,thick mortar bed on horizontal surface of pool beam for setting and leveling of coping stones. Mortar bed must consist of either Laticrete 3701 Fortified Mortar Bed, or Mapei, 4:1 bag mix with Planicrete AC Additive. Apply over a properly prepared slurry bond coat. Maximum lift thickness not to exceed 2". Refer to manufacturer recommendations for proper setting and curing procedures. d. Coping Grout 1) Use either Laticrete Penn aColor Grout or Mapei Ultracolor Plus Grout in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements for grout joints between coping stones. Grout products must be as manufactured by Laticrete International,Mapei,Inc.,or approved equal. e. Elastomeric Sealant 1) Use Laticrete Latasil sealant for expansion/movement joints. Apply sealant over Latasil 9118 primer. Primer and sealant installation must be in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. As manufactured by Laticrete International, Inc., or approved equal. 2) Provide sealed expansion joint with full depth expansion joint material and backer rod at back of coping stone where coping is adjacent to pool deck slab or other structures. Expansion joint material must be non-crosslink polyethylene foam. Ensure joint sealant is installed level with coping/deck surface and that ponding of water does not occur at joint. Sealant must be Laticrete Latasil sealant as manufactured by Laticrete International,Inc. or approved equal. Sealant color must match coping/grout color. 3) For straight runs of coping over 40 feet in length,provide an expansion joint between coping stones every 20 feet maximum. Expansion joint must be installed for the full Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-53 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL depth of the coping stone and through the mortar setting bed. Expansion joint material must be non-crosslink polyethylene foam, trimmed to fit the void of the coping joint,and leaving a 3/8"recess at the coping surface and nosing for installation of sealant material. Sealant must be Laticrete Latasil sealant as manufactured by Laticrete International, Inc. or approved equal. Sealant color must match coping/grout color. f. Mixing and application procedures must be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. The manufacturer's representative must visit the site to verify field conditions, confirm materials and application requirements and ascertain those materials and systems are installed. Documentation must be provided to this effect. 2.22 POOL HEATERS A. Provide the pool water heating system. Heating system to include piping,heaters,booster pumps, controls, gauges,thermostats,control valves and wiring required to draw water from the recirculation piping,heat the water and return it back to the recirculation piping. Interlock pool heating system with pool recirculation pumps. B. Pool heater manufacturer representative must be on site to start and adjust pool heaters. Copies of the startup report must be sent to the Architect/Engineer. C. The heaters system must consist of a direct gas fired boiler boiler as shown on the drawings. Proposed substitutions must include a mechanical drawing incorporating required changes in layout,piping valves,gas, venting and electrical connections. The cost of such changes must be included in the price of the substitute. Confirm by 1/4-inch scale shop drawing that the alternate heaters must be provided will fit within the available space. D. The pool heaters must have an input rating as shown on the drawings and must be orificed for operation on (Natural Gas)(L.P. Gas). E. Direct Gas Fired Boiler(with Internal Pumped Bypass) 1. Basis of Design: Lochinvar Copper-Fin 2,Raypak HiDelta,or approved equal. a. The heaters must be constructed with a heavy gauge galvanized steel jacket assembly,primed and pre-painted on both sides with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.70 mils. The jacket design must allow single unit venting connection without the use of external draft hood devices. b. The heaters must be certified and listed by CSA International under the latest edition of the appropriate ANSI test standard. The heaters must comply with the energy efficiency requirements of the latest edition of the ASHRAE 90.1 Standard. The heaters must operate at minimum thermal efficiency 83%. The heaters must be ASME inspected, and HLW- stamped and National Board registered for 160 PSIG working pressure, complete with a Manufacturer's Data Report. C. Heat Exchanger 1) The heat exchanger must be of a single-bank, horizontal-grid design with integral cupro-nickel finned tubes, each end of which is rolled into an ASME boiler-quality steel tube sheet. The heaters must be capable of operating at inlet water temperatures as low as 105°F without condensation. d. The heaters must be furnished with a factory supplied pumped bypass assembly to ensure proper operation without condensation. The bypass assembly must include a sealed bronze pump. The bypass assembly must be constructed of schedule 80 CPVC piping with brass inserts and an automatic three-way valve to protect the unit against inlet water temperatures that would cause the heat exchanger to condense. e. The heaters must have an independent laboratory rating for Oxides of Nitrogen(NOx)of less than 30 ppm corrected to 3% 02. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-54 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL f. The heaters must be equipped with controller incorporating software customized for operation of the heaters. Internal safety,operating and ignition controls must be included in the controller. The controller must provide on/off control of the gas supply to the burner, operation of the combustion air blower, ignition of the gas-air mixture, flame proving, control of water temperature set points, and monitoring of safety functions. g. The heaters must feature an LED/LCD display that provides external heaters status/faults. Local communication,programming, and a display of operating and alarm status conditions must be accessible through the control panel. The control panel must contain an on/off main power switch, a digital display of a temperature functions, the operational status of the heaters,or an active alarm fault. h. The heaters must allow 0-10 VDC input connection for BMS control. Supply voltage must be 120 volt/60 hertz/single phase. i. The control system must include redundant proven pilot hot surface ignition with full flame monitoring capability. Multiple main gas valves with redundant valve seats and built-in low gas pressure regulators must be supplied as standard. Gas valves will be referenced to the combustion chamber to ensure proper air/gas mixture for efficient combustion. j. The heaters must be approved for indoor installation. The heaters must be supplied with venting in accordance with the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54 latest edition(Category I). Refer to Mechanical. k. Heater Stacking Kit 1) The heaters must be stacked directly one on top of the other as shown on the drawings. Stacking kit must be provided by heaters manufacturer to minimize footprint. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS,INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Carefully examine of the contract documents for requirements that affect the work of this section. Prior to starting work,notify the General Contractor of defects requiring correction. Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. B. Verify that work by others,related to this section,has been completed. This includes earthwork,concrete work,and mechanical,electrical,and plumbing connections. C. Protect materials and work completed by others from damage while completing the work in this section. 3.2 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify benchmark and pool location prior to layout. B. If field measurements differ from the construction drawing dimensions,notification must be given to the Architect prior to proceeding with work. 3.3 EXCAVATION, REINFORCING STEEL AND SWIMMING POOL PNEUMATICALLY APPLIED OR CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. Reference Division 2- Site Work B. Reference Division 3 -Concrete 3.4 TOLERANCES FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE POOL SHELL A. The completed structures must be constructed level and to the dimensions, elevation, depths, and thickness as shown on the plans. B. The elevation tolerance of the pool shell and gutter lip must be plus or minus 1/8 inch. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-55 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. The vertical wall surface tolerance of the pool shell,for the first 36 inches from the water surface must be plus or minus 1/4 inch from plumb measured with a 6-foot straight edge. D. For competitive racecourses,the following pool shell tolerances must apply: Course Tolerance Minimum Maximum 25 Yard + 1 3/16"/-0" 75'—3/4" 75' — 1 15/16" 1. The above dimensions include allowances for a touchpad at each end of the course. The maximum dimension includes the construction tolerance. 2. The above dimensions apply to a vertical plane extending 1'-0" above and 3'-0"below the surface of the water at points of both end walls. E. Provide the services of a registered engineer or land surveyor who must measure and certify the elevations of the gutter lip at 10-foot centers as well as the length of each lane for each possible racing course. Courses designed with touchpads for competition must be measured and certified with touchpads in place. Course length survey must be made with the pool filled with water between 78- and 82-degrees Fahrenheit. Forms for the lane measurements are available from USA Swimming (719-866-4578) and must be submitted for record. F. Ground wires or grade pins, if used, must be installed in such a manner that they accurately outline the section of the pool shell as indicated on the plans. They must be located at intervals sufficient to ensure proper thickness throughout and must be maintained tight. Grade pins or grounding wires must not be permanently embedded in the pool shell. 3.5 WATER TIGHTNESS TEST A. The water tightness test described within the following section is in accordance with the Hydrostatic Tightness Testing of an Open Concrete Containment Structure as required by American Concrete Institute (ACI) 350.1-10 Section 2. Test reports must be provided and must include test locations within the structure,dates of testing,water level measurements, amounts of evaporation or precipitation,measured volume corrections,retest results(if applicable),actions taken,and final results. B. This test applies to the pool,the Lap Pool surge tank, and the Lap Pool gutter system. C. The water tightness test must be completed prior to the application of the finishes. D. Water Tightness Test Procedure 1. Preparation a. For concrete pools and Lap Pool surge tank: Allow the concrete structure to set 28 days for curing purposes. Once the shell has gained sufficient strength to withstand the test load and after the outlets have been securely sealed,the pool/surge tank must be filled with water. 2. Fill: Fill and then isolate the pools,the Lap Pool surge tank, and the Lap Pool gutter system. The water tightness test must begin after the vessel has been filled for a minimum of three (3) days. During the filling, outlets must be monitored for water tightness and concrete joints,if applicable, must be monitored for visible leakage. If visible leakage from the vessel is observed,the condition must be corrected prior to the start of the test. a. After the initial fill, ground water must be removed from the pool sight sump or the pool location de-watering system. This must be completed prior to the start of the water tightness test.De-watering of the pool sight sump must be maintained during the entire duration of the test. 3. 24-hour Allowable Loss a. Calculate the allowable water loss from the unlined vessels. This is .1% of the total vessel volume.For the example,the vessel has a volume of 200,000 gallons,the 24-hour allowable loss will be 200alg lons. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-56 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL Vessel Total Volume(Gallons) 24-hour Allowable loss 1%or.001 of Total Volume EXAMPLE 200,000 gal 200 gal Leisure Pool Lap Pool Lap Pool Surge Tank Lap Pool Surge Tank 4. Measurement a. Measurements must be taken at the pools,the Lap Pool surge tank, and the Lap Pool gutter system. Multiple test points with averaging are recommended for vessels which will be exposed to wind. Document the separate findings on the chart below. Repeat the measurements and document every 12 hours for a total of three (3) days. The General Contractor must check the pools, the Lap Pool surge tank, and the Lap Pool gutter system for water loss with the Architect or Owner's representative every 12 hours. Submit photo documentation of each measurement with the completed water tightness report. Example measurements are shown in the table below. 5. Evaporation/Precipitation Measurement Procedure a. Fill a floating, restrained, partially filled, calibrated, open pan with water and allow the container to float within the pool during the testing period. This will be used to measure evaporation and precipitation. Vessel 12 hrs. 24 hrs. Day 1 36 hrs. 48 hrs. Day 2 60 hrs. 72 hrs. Day 3 assed -passed TOTAL passed passed TOTAL passed TOTAL Example 0.021 ft 0.010 ft 0.031 ft 0.016 ft 0.019 ft 0.035 ft 0.022 ft 0.017 ft 0.039 ft Pool Example 0.008 ft 0.006 ft 0.014 ft 0.008 ft 0.007 ft 0.015 ft 0.009 ft 0.007 ft 0.016 ft Pan Leisure Pool Lap Pool Lap Pool Sure Tank Lap Pool Gutter Evaporation/ Precipitation Pan 6. Calculate Daily Loss a. Calculate the total daily water loss for the vessels and record in the table below. If a vessel has a daily water loss that is greater than the calculated 24-hour allowable loss, the vessel cannot be considered watertight. 1) Daily Loss=7.481 x Structure Surface Area(SF)x [Total Water Loss per Day (FT) —Evaporation per Day (FT)+Precipitation per Day (FT)] b. For the example, we have a body of water that is 200,000-gallon volume and 3,500 square feet of surface area. Measurements for this example body of water are recorded in the table above. 1) Day 1 Loss = (7.481 gallons per cubic foot) x (3,500 SF) X [(.031 ft water loss) — (.014 ft evaporation)+(0 ft precipitation)] =445 gallons Day 1 loss 2) Day 2 Loss = (7.481 gallons per cubic foot) x (3,500 SF) X [(.035 ft water loss) — (.015 ft evaporation)+(0 ft precipitation)] =524 gallons Da r 2 loss Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-57 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3) Day 3 Loss = (7.481 gallons per cubic foot) x (3,500 SF) X [(.039 ft water loss) — (.016 ft evaporation)+(0 ft precipitation)] =602 gallons Da r 3 loss Vessel Daily Water Daily Water Daily Water Allowable Loss Are daily values Loss Day 1 Loss Day 2 Loss Day 3 (calculated higher than the (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) above, Gal) Allowable Loss? Y/N EXAMPLE 445 gal 524 gal 602 gal 200 gal Y,not watertight Leisure Pool Lap Pool Lap Pool Sure Tank Lap Pool Gutter 7. Absorption a. Waiting 3 days after the initial water fill will allow the concrete to absorb water and must be sufficient to minimize the effect of absorption on the test results. 8. Evaporation a. Evaporation must not have a significant effect on natatoria that are completely enclosed with no air circulation during the water tightness test. However, evaporation will have a significant effect on the water level in natatoria that has air movement across the water surface or are still partially uncovered. 9. If leaks are detected,repair the vessel, and make watertight in accordance with these requirements. 10. With regard to this test,the curing requirements,the final fill, and the cost of the water for two (2) complete fillings must be borne by the Owner. Expenses for subsequent fillings or partial fillings (more than 25%)of the pool must be provided and will not be borne by the Owner. 3.6 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General 1. Provide and erect, according to the best practices of the trade,piping shown on the drawings and required for the complete installation of these systems. The piping shown on the drawings must be considered as diagrammatic in indicating the general run and connections and may or may not in parts be shown in its true position. The piping may have to offset,lowered,or raised as required or as directed at the site. This does not relieve responsibility for the proper erection of the systems or piping in every respect suitable for the work intended as described in the specifications and approved by the Architect. In the erection of piping, it must be properly supported, and proper provisions must be made for expansion, contraction and anchoring of piping. Piping must be cut accurately for fabrication to measurements established at the construction site. Pipe must be worked into place without springing and/or forcing, properly clearing windows, doors, and other openings and equipment. Cutting or other weakening of the building structure to facilitate installation will not be permitted. Pipes must have burrs and/or cutting slag removed by reaming or other cleaning methods in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Changes in direction must be made with fittings. Open ends of pipes and equipment must be properly capped or plugged to keep dirt and other foreign materials out of the systems. Plugs of rags, wool, cotton waste or similar materials will not be used in plugging. Piping must be arranged so as not to interfere with removal and maintenance of equipment, filters, or devices, and so as not to block access to manholes, access openings, etc. Flanges or unions as applicable for the type of piping specified must be provided in Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-58 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL the piping at connections to items of equipment. Piping must be installed to ensure noiseless circulation. Valves and specialties must be so placed to permit easy operation and access. B. Pipe Hangers and Supports 1. Pipes must be adequately supported by pipe hangers and supports as specified. 2. Horizontal PVC Schedule 80 piping must be supported in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for fluid tem erature not exceeding 120 degree F and as listed below: Nominal Pipe Size Hanger Support Spacing Minimum Rod Size for Single Rod Hanger 1-1/4"and less 5'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2"to 3" 6'-0" 1/2" 4"to 6" 8'-0" 5/8" 8"to 12" 10'-0" 7/8" Greater than 12" 12'-0" F 3. Horizontal CPVC Schedule 80 piping must be supported in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for fluid tem erature not exceeding 140 degree F and as listed below: Nominal Pipe Size Hanger Support Spacing Minimum Rod Size for Single Rod Hanger /2'and less* 4'-0" 3/8" 3/4"to 2" 6'-0" 3/8" 2-1/2"to 3" 7'-0" 1/2" 4"to 8" 8'-0" 7/8" Greater than 12" 10'-0" F 4. Round rods supporting the pipe hangers must be of the following dimensions: Nominal Pipe Size Rod Diameter 1/2"to 2"pipe -3/8"rod 2-1/2" to 3"pipe -1/2"rod 4" to 5"pipe -5/8"rod 6"pipe -3/4"rod 5. Hanger rods must be galvanized steel. Provide for controlling level and slope by turn buckles or other approved means of adjustment and incorporate lock nuts. 6. Provide means of preventing dissimilar metal contact such as plastic-coated hangers,copper colored epoxy paint,or non-adhesive isolation tape. 7. Provide hangers to provide a minimum of 1-inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 8. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 9. Support vertical piping independently of connected horizontal piping. Support vertical pipes at every floor. Wherever possible,locate riser clamps directly below pipe couplings or shear lugs. 10. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at the same elevation,provide trapeze hangers as specified. Trapeze hangers must be spaced according to the smallest pipe size or provide intermediate supports according to the support spacing schedules. Provide heavier members as required for the load supported for the entire span distance. Hanger rods must be as specified above and properly sized for the load supported,but not less than 5/8 inches diameter. 11. Piping must be rigidly supported from the building structure by means of hanger assemblies properly selected and sized for the application in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications. Do not support piping from other pipes,ductwork or other equipment that is not building structure.Do not modify building structure for hanger installation. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-59 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 12. Attachment of piping hangers to the building structure must be provided in a manner approved by the Architect. Provide concrete inserts installed by the General Contractor in the building construction at the time the concrete is poured, and hangers must be attached to these inserts. 13. The use of pipe hooks,chains,or perforated iron for pipe hanger supports will not be permitted. 14. A design for piping in a service tunnel, if required, supported by a structure must be submitted for approval. The structure must be non-corrodible and must be of a size and configuration to rigidly support the piping as shown in the plans at a minimum spacing as shown below. C. Concrete Inserts 1. Provide inserts for placement in form work before concrete is poured. 2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Where concrete slabs form finished ceilings,provide inserts must be flush with the slab surface. 4. Provide hook rods to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. D. Piping Installation—Below Grade 1. Trench bottoms must be smooth and free of rocks and debris. If the trench is dug in ledge rock,hardpan or where large boulders are not removed,place 3 inches of sand or compacted fine-grained soil below pipe. Pipe must be supported over its entire length with firm,stable material. Blocking will not be used to change pipe grade or provide intermittent support over low sections in the trench. Surround the pipe with backfill meeting the requirements of Section 02200 with a particle size of 1-1/2 inch or less and in accordance with the project geotechnical report. Compact in layers not to exceed 6 inches with vibratory method. Follow installation methods of ASTM D2774 "Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping". E. Flushing,Draining and Cleaning Pipe Systems 1. Flush out water systems with water before placing them in operation. Other systems must be cleaned by using compressed air or nitrogen. After systems are in operation and during the test period,strainer screens must be removed and thoroughly cleaned. F. Expansion and Contraction 1. Make necessary provisions for expansion and contraction of piping with offsets, loops, flexible connections, and anchors as required to prevent undue strain. Provide shop drawings for method and arrangement for control of expansion and contraction of piping. G. Testing 1. Piping installation and pressure testing must be reviewed by the Owner's testing agency before commencement of backfilling. A minimum notice of one (1) week is required prior to review. Results of review must be documented. 2. Pool related piping must be hydraulically pressure tested (with water, not air) to a pressure of not less than 50 PSI for a period of no less than two (2)hours. 3. Maintain a sustained 20 PSI pressure on pool related piping throughout the course of construction. 4. Adhere to the applicable provisions of Division 15 - Mechanical, "General Provisions" and 'Basic Materials and Methods"for installation of piping system. 3.7 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INSTALLATION A. Provide and assemble equipment,special parts and accessories as shown on pool drawings,specifications, and shop drawings of the equipment suppliers. B. Provide anchors and inserts imbedded in the deck including fittings, inserts and structure sleeves and required anchorage as shown on the plans and as indicated in this section of the specifications. Equipment Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-60 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL must be set true and plumb, using factory jigs where available. Removable equipment items must be easily removable from anchors and must fit without noticeable wobble. C. Provide templates for equipment anchors. Provide anchor bolts of the size and spacing as required by the equipment manufacturer. Anchor bolts must be stainless-steel Type 316L and of a length capable of adequate anchorage into rough slab-on-grade allowing for finish deck tile and setting bed. Anchors must be set and cast into place during building concrete work. Inspect anchor settings for horizontal and vertical alignment prior to placing concrete. D. Provide equipment and systems in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Equipment must be assembled and in place for final observation. E. Items necessary to complete this section are shown on the plans or described in the specifications including items that may be purchased by the Owner. Items are detailed and specified as a guide for dimensional purposes. Make provisions accordingly and submit shop drawings and submittals based on that data. 3.8 START-UP AND INSTRUCTION A. Supply the services of an experienced swimming pool operator/instructor for a period of not less than two days(total 16 hours)after the pools have been filled and initially placed in operation.During this period, the Owner's representatives who will be operating the pools must be thoroughly instructed in phases of the pool's operation. Deliver six (6) complete sets of operating and maintenance instructions for the swimming pool, structures,finishes and component equipment. Prior to leaving the job, obtain written certification from the designated Owner's representative acknowledging that the instruction period has been completed and necessary operating information provided. Include the cost of two (2) additional days(total 16 hours)of instruction and operational check out by the qualified representative during the first season of operation. B. Written reports of each of these visits outlining the pool's operation,competence and performance of the pool's operation personnel, and other pertinent comments must be submitted to the Owner and Architect/Engineer within one(1)week after each visit. C. Provide specific written procedures that must be followed for emptying and refilling the pool as mentioned previously in this section. The procedures must be included in the bound volume of operating instructions and references in the front index with a note headed by the words: "CAUTION-- VERY IMPORTANT". END OF SECTION 13150 Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pools 13150-61 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 13153 SWIMMING POOL CEMENTITIOUS FINISH PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide a conventional proprietary aggregate plaster finish or Diamond Brite to the pool structure(s). Provide installation of bond coat prior to application of pool finishes in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide ceramic tile trim on the pool perimeter the band,vertical tile band, floor, walls, stairs, nosings, the zero entry, recessed wall steps, depth markings, wall targets, floor lane markings and other tile installations as shown and detailed on the contract drawings and in strict accordance with these specifications. B. Provide an acrylic cement deck topping for the zero-depth entry beach entry. C. Provide water analysis and pre-fill requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples L Prepare 12-inch square panel at the site showing color and texture for pool plaster. Finished cementitious finish work must match the approved sample panel. B. Certificates 1. Submit certificates attesting that the materials provided meet the requirements specified,herein. C. Test Report 1. Submit results of domestic water analysis and calculation of amounts of chemicals required to balance pool water on initial fill of pool. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver manufactured materials to site in manufacturers' original unbroken packages or containers bearing manufacturers'name and brand labels. Keep cementitious materials dry until ready to be used and stored off the ground,under cover and away from damp surfaces. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Apply plaster in swimming pool only when ambient temperature is above 40 degrees F and below 90 degrees F and protect applied plaster from rapid drying by sun or wind until curing is completed or pool is filled with water. Confirm and comply with applicable manufacturer's installation requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Plaster installers must have two years'experience in similar pool projects which the Owner may require written proof thereof and proper tools to install plaster. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DIAMOND BRITE A. The CONTRACTOR must provide a slip-resistant proprietary plaster finish in the areas indicated on the drawings. Description:Diamond Brite finish must be a blend of selected quartz aggregates and fortified white Portland cement. Color and texture selected by the Architect. Confirm installation requirements with the manufacturer. B. Surface Preparation Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish 13153-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Surface must be structurally sound and free of foreign substances and debris that could reduce or impair adhesion, fiee of dirt, oil, grease, curing compounds or other foreign materials. Sound and remove loose concrete to firm substrate. Surfaces must be roughened by sand blasting or water blasting, Shot blasting,scarifying,or grinding can also be accepted methods of surface preparation. Pressure-wash the entire surface. Wash with trisodium phosphate (TSP) using a stiff broom. Thoroughly wash/rinse with clean potable water. Surface defects or holes in the substrate must be patched per manufacturer's recommendations. Lightly moisten walls and floors prior to application of Diamond Brite, C. Bond Coat 1. Bond Kote by SGM,Inc.,or approved equal,in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply and cure bond coat per manufacturer's recommendations. After proper curing of bond coat, lightly moisten with clean potable water prior to application of cementitious finish. Ensure bond coat is free of foreign matter prior to plastering. D. Mixing 1. Thoroughly mix Diamond Brite to a homogeneous lump-free consistency using 1-1/2 to 2 gallons of potable water per 80 lb.bag. E. Application 1. Diamond Brite must be applied to a uniform thickness of 3/8"to 1/2"over the entire surface. The walls must be scratch coated followed by a finish coat. Material applied to the floor after the walls have been applied must be accelerated to assure uniform setting time throughout the pool surface. F. Coverage 1. Each 80 lb.bag to cover approximately 25 square feet to a thickness of 3/8". G. Proprietary plaster finish must be applied by a licensed applicator as approved by the manufacturer. 2.2 ACRYLIC CEMENT COATING—Zero-Depth Beach Apron A. Primer 1. On old concrete, saturate surface with Weathermaster CMX-4 acrylic modifier as a bond aid. Apply base coat before the bond aid is completely dry. If the bond aid dries, reapply Weathermaster prior to base coat. B. Base Coat 1. Base coat must consist of three(3)gallons of Weathermaster CMX-4 acrylic modifier, One (1) 100#bag of Type 1 ASTM white Portland cement and One (1) 100# bag of#4 silica sand. Add water in limited quantities based on temperatures and mix must be mixed by hand in clean container. 2. Apply base coat to primer while primer is still damp. (Primer is only necessary on cured concrete). Apply base coat using pattern gun, squeegee or trowel over the area that must be treated to a uniform thickness of 1/16". Allow base coat to sufficiently dry. C. Texture Coat 1. Texture coat mixture must consist of three (3) gallons of Weathermaster CMX-4 acrylic modifier, One (1) 100#bag of Type 1 ASTM white Portland cement and One (1) 100# bag of#4 silica sand. Add water in limited quantities based on temperatures and mix by hand in clean container. 2. Spray texture coating using pattern pistol over 60-70 percent of base coat. Lightly trowel moist texture in a circular motion as required to produce the approved texture. Allow surface to completely dry and sawcut marked expansion joints if plastic joints are not used. D. Finish Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish 13153-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Spray apply Acrylic Finish Coat color to entire application to a uniform color. When dry, remove protective materials from adjacent surfaces. When dry, scrape surface with scrapers to remove loose cement. E. Protection 1. Restricted access and protect acrylic deck coating during the period of installation. No traffic is allowed on acrylic deck coating for at least 48 hours after installation. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES AND BOND COAT A. Surface must be structurally sound and free of foreign substances and debris that could reduce or impair adhesion, free of dirt, oil, grease, curing compounds or other foreign materials. Sound and remove loose concrete to flim substrate. Surfaces must be roughened by sand blasting or water blasting. Shot blasting, scarifying,or grinding can also be accepted methods of surface preparation. Pressure-wash the entire surface. Wash with trisodium phosphate (TSP) using a stiff broom. Thoroughly wash/rinse with clean potable water. Surface defects or holes in the substrate must be patched per manufacturer's recommendations. 1. National Plasterers Council Surface Preparation Definitions a. Pressure Washing: The washing or cleaning of a surface by a stream of water ejected from a nozzle at high velocity,typically in the range of 1,000 psi—4,000 psi. b. Water Blasting: The cutting, abrading, or removal of a surface or substrate by a stream of water ejected from a nozzle at ultra-high velocity, typically in the range of 10,000 psi — 40,000 psi. 2. Apply and cure bond coat in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. After proper curing of bond coat, lightly moisten with clean potable water prior to application of cementitious finish. Ensure bond coat is free of foreign matter prior to plastering. B. Do not apply finish materials to base surfaces containing frost. Provide temporary coverings as required to protect adjoining surfaces from staining or damage by plastering operations. C. Protect or mask adjacent surfaces that are not scheduled to receive cementitious finish. If expansion or construction joints exist in the areas where cementitious finish will be applied cover plastic joints for protection(if plastic joints are used). Additionally,mark joints for saw-cutting if area will be saw- cut. D. Verify that concrete surfaces that are to receive a cementitious finish have cured for a minimum of 5 days. Consideration should be given for the application of a primer for concrete structures that is over 28 days old to improve bonding. 3.2 APPLICATION OF CEMENTITIOUS FINISH A. General 1. Confirm application requirements with the manufacturer. Apply finish plaster to the properly prepared substrate at the minimum thickness required by the manufacturer,but no less than 3/8-inch thickness. Apply finish plaster by hand or machine. If plastering machine is used, control fluidity of plaster to have a slump not exceeding 2-1/2 inches when tested using a 2"by 4"by 6"high slump cone. Do not add additional water to the mix subsequent to determining water content to meet this slump. Perform slump test according to following procedure: a. Place cone on level,dry non-absorptive base plate. b. While holding cone fimly against base plate,fill cone with plaster taken directly from hose or nozzle of plastering machine, tamping with a metal rod during filling to release air bubbles. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish 13153-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Screed off plaster level with top of cone. Remove cone by lifting it straight up with a slow and smooth motion. d. Place cone in a vertical position adjacent to freed plaster sample suing care not to jiggle base plate. C. Lay straightedge across top of cone being careful not to vibrate cone, measure slump in inches from bottom edge of straightedge to the top of slumped plaster sample. 2. Mixing of materials and application procedures must be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. The manufacturer's representative must visit the site to verify field conditions, confirm materials and application requirements and ascertain that materials and systems are so installed. Documentation must be provided to this effect. B. Workmanship 1. Unless otherwise required by the manufacturer, apply finish plaster in two coats by"double-back" method with second coat applied as soon as first coat is tamped and initially floated. Apply plaster with sufficient pressure to provide a good bond on bases. Work plaster to screeds at intervals of from 5 feet to 8 feet on straight surfaces. Apply smooth trowel finish without waves,cracks,trowel marks, ridges, pits, crazing, discoloration, projections, or other imperfections. Form plaster carefully around curves and angles, well up to screeds. Take special care to prevent sagging and consequent drooping of applications. Produce surfaces free of visible junction marks in finish coat where one day's work adjoins another. Finish proprietary plaster as required by the manufacturer. 2. Cementitious finishes must be applied by a licensed applicator as approved by the manufacturer. 3. Waterproofing system must be provided with a manufacturer's warranty of no less than 10 years. C. Curing 1. Curing cementitious finishes with fine fog water spray applied to finish coat as frequently as required to prevent dry-out of surface,or as directed by the manufacturer of the cementitious finish. Keep plaster damp until pool is filled. Prevent damage or staining of plaster by troweling or curing. D. Patching,Pointing,and Cleaning Up 1. Upon completion,cut out and patch loose,cracked,damaged,or defective plaster;patches matching existing plaster in texture, color, and finish, flush with adjoining plaster. Perform pointing and patching of surfaces and plasterwork abutting or adjoining other finish work in a neat and workmanlike manner. If 10 percent or more of the pools plaster finish is found to be defective,the plaster must be removed and replaced complete from surfaces. Remove plaster droppings or spattering from surfaces. Leave plaster surfaces in clean, unblemished condition ready for pool filling. Remove protective coverings from adjoining surfaces. Remove rubbish and debris from the site. 3.3 PRE-FILL SPECIFICATION A. Contractor must employ a qualified water testing agency to analyze the domestic water with which the pool will be filled within 2 weeks of the plaster date and must employ a swimming pool experienced water chemistry consultant to determine types and quantities of chemicals required to ensure calcium-balanced water immediately upon the completion of water filling. Refer to section 13150 for water filling requirements. 1. Have on hand quantities of the chemicals as determine above, plus 25% overage for follow-up treatment. These chemicals, typically including calcium chloride,bicarbonate of soda, and muriatic acid are in addition to standard bromine/chlorine products and alkalizer/pH control products required elsewhere. B. The pool(s)must not be plastered until directed by the Owner's representative and the filtration system and chlorination system are complete and ready for start-up. The Contractor must supply chemicals required for treatment of the pool water. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish 13153-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. The Contractor must submit domestic water analysis to the Owner and/or Architect at least 2 weeks prior to filling the pool(s). END OF SECTION 13153 Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish 13153-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 13154 SWIMMING POOL TILE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The drawings and General Provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to work of this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide a ceramic tile finish on the entire interior surface of the pool and behind the pool edge as shown and detailed on the contract drawings and in strict accordance with these specifications. The cementitious pool finish must have ceramic the markings and trim at locations including the pool perimeter tile band, vertical the band, stairs, nosings, the zero entry,recessed wall steps, depth markings, wall targets, floor lane markings and other tile installations as shown and detailed on the contract drawings and in strict accordance with these specifications. B. The CONTRACTOR must furnish and install the work of this section. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 1—Mock Ups B. Division 7-Joint Sealers C. Division 9-Ceramic Tile D. Section 13150-Swimming Pool E. Section 13153 -Swimming Pool Cementitious Finish 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the following standards unless otherwise required herein. 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) a. A108.01—General Requirements: Subsurfaces and Preparations by Other Trades. b. A108.02—General Requirements:Materials,Environmental,and Workmanship. C. A108.1,Glazed Wall Tile, Ceramic Mosaic Tile, Quany Tile and Paver Tile installed with Portland Cement Mortar. d. A108.1C— Contractor's Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar or Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar or Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry Set or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. e. A 108.5—Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. £ A108.6—Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant,Water Cleanable Tile Setting and Grouting Epoxy for the Epoxy Grouting Installation Process. g. A108.10—Installation of Grout in Tile Work. h. A108.13—Installation of Load Bearing,Bonded,Waterproof Membranes for Thin Set'Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone for the Waterproofing Membrane Installation Process i. A137.1 Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Tile 13154-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL a. C144-99,Aggregate for Masonry Mortar b. C150-00,Portland Cement C. C171-97a, Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete d. C206-97,Finishing Hydrated Lime e. C207-91 (RI 997),Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes f. D5957,Standard Guide for Flood Testing Horizontal Waterproofing Installations g. F-1869, Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride h. F-2170, Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in Situ Probes 3, Tile Council of North America(TCNA);2021 Edition,Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 4, American Concrete Institute a. ACI 302—Guide for Concrete and Floor Slab Construction 5. International Concrete Repair Institute(ICRI) a. Concrete Surface Profile(CSP) B. Tile installers must have two years' experience in similar pool projects which the Owner may require written proof thereof and proper tools to install tile. 1.5 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements provide ceramic tile, mortar, and grout of the following manufacturers: American Olean Tile Co. (tile), Dal-Tile Co. (tile), Buchtal (tile), KlinkerSire (tile), Daldorado (tile), MAPEI, Inc. (thin-set, waterproofing, grout, and admixtures), and LATICRETE International Inc. (thin-set,waterproofing,grout,and admixtures)or approved equal. .1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings indicating tile layout,patterns,joint layout,color arrangement,perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar materials,thresholds and setting details. B. Submit product data indicating material specifications,characteristics,and instructions for using adhesives and grouts. C. Samples: 1. Mount tile and apply grout on 24"x24"backerboard to indicate pattern,color variation and grout joint size variations of each pattern. Furnish mounted tile samples as requested by the architect/owner, D. Submit manufacturer's installation instruction. E. Submit maintenance data. 1. Include recommended cleaning and stain removal methods,cleaning materials. 1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver tile materials to site in unopened factory containers sealed with grade seals bearing printed name or manufacturer and the words "Standard Grade". Keep the grade seals intact and containers dry until tiles are used. Keep cementitious materials dry until used. 1.8 JOB CONDITIONS A. Inspect and verify job conditions. Report defects in base surfaces for correction before proceeding. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Tile 13154-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Maintain environmental conditions, including temperature humidity and ventilation, within limits recommended by the manufacturer. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. C. Do not install mortar, set,or grout tile exterior when inclement weather conditions are expected within 48 hours after work is scheduled to be completed unless proper protection is provided. D. Maintain a temperature range of 50 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees Fahrenheit during installation of the and grout materials. Tile installation should cure for a minimum 14 days with average a temperature of 70 degrees,while maintaining the minimum 40 degrees and maximum 90 degrees Fahrenheit,prior to filling pool with water. E. Vent temporary heaters to outside to avoid carbon dioxide damage to the new tile work. 1.9 COLORS A. Colors must be selected by the Architect or Interior Designer. Note that swimming pool regulations may dictate color selections within the pool tank. See tile materials for price group breakdowns. 1.10 WARRANTIES A. The CONTRACTOR warrants to the Owner that materials and equipment provided under the contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the contract documents,that the work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted and that the work will conform with the requirements of the contract documents. Work not conforming to these requirements including substitutions not properly approved and authorized,may be considered defective. The CONTRACTOR'S warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, modifications not executed by the CONTRACTOR or improper wear and tear under normal usage. If required by the Owner,provide satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. Warranties must be for a period of five years,unless otherwise specified. B. Setting materials must be provided by the same manufacturer. Mixing materials and application procedures must be done in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. Documentation must be provided to this affect by the contractor with verification from the manufacturer. This documentation must be included in the operations and maintenance manual under warranties as documentation qualifying the project for a 15 Year Systems Warranty by LATICRETE International,Inc.,MAPEI,Inc. or approved equal. C. Contractor must contact the tile setting material manufacturer's technical representative to review installation details,job site conditions, selected materials, and their conformance to the manufacturer's warranty requirements prior to the commencement of work. Failure to follow these requirements will not relieve the Contractor of the requirement to provide specified warranties. D. Contractor must agree to repair or replace work at no cost to the Owner upon written notification from the Owner within the warranty period. Pro-rated warranties are not acceptable. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE MATERIALS A. Standard grade conforming to ANSI A137.1. Provide trimmer units as indicated and specified, including special shapes as detailed or required. Tile patterns and colors must be as indicated and specified, colors of approved shades. Mesh mounted or perforated paper backed the is not allowed where the mesh of paper remains as a permanent part of the installation. If dot mounting is used, a minimum of 67%of the depth of the tile must be free from dots to ensure proper grout curing. B. Tile must be"frost-proof'and suited for an outdoor pool installation in a freeze/thaw climate. C. Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Tile 13154-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Slip-resistant porcelain unglazed ceramic mosaic tile, cushion, or all-purpose edges, 2" square from price group 2 for floor,walls,and stair treads unless otherwise noted. Minimum dynamic coefficient of friction must be 0.42 for wet surfaces and 0.65 for ramped surfaces. Where special shapes are required,they must be selected from price group 3. Equivalents provided by Knoxtile, Dal-Tile or American Olean. For wet surfaces: Buchtal Chroma Mosaics with front mount film (seven color options) 2"x2" 7161HVF or American Olean Unglazed color-body porcelain mosaics 2"x2", price group,1-3. For ramps:Buchtal Chroma non-slip mosaics with glass fiber net(four color options)2"x2" 7161H. Or for wet surfaces or ramps:Buchtal Chroma non-slip 5"x5"32020H thirteen color options) or Dal-Tile or American Olean Unglazed color-body mosaics 2"x2"with 7.5%abrasive grain(7 color options). Colors must be selected by the architect. 2. Ceramic the band below the pool gutter lip, crown detail at stairs, and recessed steps with color selected by Architect from Dal-Tile, Keystone Unglazed Mosaic, 2"x2"price group 4, American Olean Unglazed color-body porcelain mosaics 2"x2" price group 1-3, or powder glazed 2"x2" Buchtal Chroma Mosaics provided by Knoxtile. 3. Ceramic the deck band that contains the depth marker letters and numerals and the 15-meter resurfacing markers with color selected by the Architect from Dal-Tile,Keystone Unglazed Mosaic, 2"x2",price group 4,American Olean Unglazed color-body porcelain mosaics 2"x2",price group 1-3. 4. Contrasting ceramic tile nosings at pool stairs, recessed steps, and underwater bench, must be Universal Trim 2"x2" with color selected by the Architect from Dal-Tile, Keystone Unglazed Mosaic,price group 3 and 4,American Olean Unglazed color-body porcelain mosaics 2"x2",price group 1-3, or Safety Edge Tile from Inlays, Inc.; Black CPC00022, Blue CPC00021, Brown CPC00023 and Green CPC00024. 5. Recessed steps must be Universal Trim 2"x2"or 1"x I"with color selected by the Architect from Dal-Tile,Keystone Unglazed Mosaic,price group 3 and 4,American Olean Unglazed color-body porcelain mosaics 2"x2",price group 1-3. 6. 4"wide contrasting ceramic the stripe and 12"lane markers on the pool floor with color selected by Architect from Dal-Tile, Keystone Unglazed Mosaic, 2"x2" price group 3, American Olean Unglazed color-body porcelain mosaics 2"x2"price group 3, or from Knoxtile, as 4"x4" Buchtal Chroma Colors 2201011-717, 5556 Grey Black and 5535 Blue or 2"x2" Mosaic 7160HVF 5535 Grey Black. The main racecourse wall targets and lane markers must be black. The cross-course wall targets and lane markers must be midnight blue. D. Handhold tiles at the pool perimeter must be Buchtal Chroma Handhold Edge from Knoxtile or equivalent Da1LUX handhold tile from Daldorado: System Finland 119x244mm (5"x10") 900402- 55730 White with Dark Blue Safety Strip,Internal Corners(pair) 112xl l2mrn 900402-55732 White with Dark Blue Safety Strip, External Corners 240x119mm 55736-900402 White with Dark Blue Safety Strip. 119x244mm (5"x10") 52-55730 Grey/Beige with Dark Blue Safety Strip, Internal Corners (pair) 112xl12mm 52-55732 Grey/Beige with Dark Blue Safety Strip, External Corners (pair) 240x119mm 55736-52 Grey/Beige with Dark Blue Safety Strip. 119x244mm (5"x10") 55730-340 Grey/Beige with Black Safety Strip, Internal Corners (pair) 112xl 12mm 55732-340 Grey/Beige with Black Safety Strip,External Corners 240x119mm 55736-340 Grey/Beige with Black Safety Strip. E. Provide tile trim units where indicated or necessary for a complete and finished installation. Provide rounded units for external and internal corners and angles. Provide trim units of material and finish identical to the adjoining tile. Provide SCR/L701 units where the C701 hand hold is interrupted to permit draining. Contractor should request via non-standard production. The SCR/L701 units are available through DalTile at 314-997-6970 or 1-800-672-2086. F. Message Tile and Depth Markings Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Tile 13154-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Deck messages must be provided in 1"xl" unglazed ceramic the using "special" characters minimum 5"high as described in American Olean"Ceramic Tile for Swimming Pools"booklet 805 or by Inlays, Inc. Provide 4" high vertical depth markers on the wall just above the water line. Provide waterjet cut solid tile piece, set in a field of 2"x2"tiles as described in Inlays,Inc. catalog "Mosaic Pool Markers". Message the must contrast with the field tile. Refer to Architect for color selections. 2. Horizontal and vertical depth markings and warning signs must be 6"x6"with 4"high numbers and letters. Horizontal depth markers must be slip resistant. Single tile abbreviations must be used for `FT' and`IN'. 2.2 SWIMMING POOL TILE SETTING MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION A. Surface Preparation 1. Surface preparation must be in accordance with ACI 302. The surface must be structurally sound and free of foreign substances and debris that could reduce or impair adhesion,free of dirt,oil,grease, curing compounds,or other foreign materials. Sound and remove loose concrete to firm substrate. Surfaces must be roughened to a CSP of 3 to 5(reference ICRI CSP Standards for acceptable profile height). Thoroughly wash/rinse with clean potable water. Surface defects or holes in the substrate must be patched per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Slurry Bond Coat 1. Horizontal surfaces to receive a thick bed mortar application must be installed over a slurry bond coat of either LATICRETE 254 Platinum one-step,polymer-fortified,thin-set mortar or MAPEI Planislope RS polymer-modified pre-blended, rapid-setting mortar mixed with water only in compliance with ANSI A108.1A(2.2&5.2). As manufactured by LATICRETE International,MAPEI,Inc.,or approved equal. Note that slurry bond coats are not required under vertical applications of the render and scratch coat. C. Mortar&Leveling Beds 1. Bonded Thick Bed Method (Floor/Horizontal Surfaces): Provide a dry pack, thick mortar bed on horizontal surfaces consisting of LATICRETE 3701 Fortified Mortar Bed or MAPEI Planislope RS polymer-modified pre-blended, rapid-setting mortar mixed with water only. Apply over a properly prepared slurry bond coat. Maximum lift thickness not to exceed 2". 2, Render-Scratch and Float Coats(Wall/Vertical Surfaces): Provide wall render(scratch and float coats) on vertical competition turning surfaces to a depth of 4'-0"below the water surface,consisting of either LATICRETE 3701 Fortified Mortar Bed or MAPEI Planislope RS polymer-modified pre-blended, rapid-setting mortar mixed with water only for lift thicknesses up to 1/2". Wall render is made to a plastic consistency when used vertically. Fill holes and bring surface up to line and plane as required. As manufactured by LATICRETE International,MAPEI,Inc. or approved equal. Note that slurry bond coats are not required under vertical applications of the render and scratch coat. (Refer to Course Length Tolerances for competitive pools.) D. Tile Thin-Set 1. Use either LATICRETE 254 Platinum one-step,polymer fortified,thin-set mortar or MAPEI Keraflex Super one-step, polymer modified, thin-set mortar, used in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. As manufactured by LATICRETE International,MAPEI,Inc.,or approved equal. E. Tile Grout 1. Use either LATICRETE PERMACOLOR Grout or MAPEI Ultracolor Plus FA Grout in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. As manufactured by LATICRETE International,MAPEI,Inc., or approved equal. F. Elastomeric Sealant 1. Use LATICRETE LATASIL over LATASIL 9118 primer or MAPEI Mapesil "T" 100% silicone sealant for inside/outside corners, expansion/movement joints, and to seal lighting/plumbing fixture Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Tile 13154-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL penetrations. Primer and sealant installation must be in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements.As manufactured by LATICRETE International,Inc.,MAPEI,Inc.or approved equal. G. Mixing and application procedures must be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. The manufacturer's representative must visit the site to verify field conditions, confirm materials and application requirements and ascertain that materials and systems are so installed. Documentation must be provided to this effect. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Complete water tightness test prior to tile installation. Concrete tank must be watertight per ASTM D5957,the Tile Council of North America,and specification 13150. B. Clean substrates of dust, dirt, oil, grease, curing compounds and other foreign substances and mechanically roughen concrete and shotcrete for bond. Conform to applicable reference standards and to recommendations of manufacturers of materials used and meeting ICRI,CSP of 3-5. C. Substrates to Receive Mortar Setting Beds 1. Dampen concrete substrate to receive tile work according to above referenced standards or tile manufacturer's instructions,as required. D. Substrates to receive thin set tile applications must meet normal construction tolerances of 1/4"in 10' where competition tolerances do not apply and must meet competition tolerances where required elsewhere in these specifications,and must be free of bumps,dips and surface irregularities that may affect the satisfactory installation of the tile. E. Tile Wetting 1, Dampen tile according to above reference standards or tile manufacturer's instructions,as required. F. Screeds 1. Accurately set temporary screeds to control the finish plane of mortar-bed set tile and remove as soon as setting bed is sufficiently hardened. Fill void spaces from screeds with same mortar. 3.2 TILE INSTALLATION A. Arrange tile according to patterns detailed. Set tile with flush well-fitted joints, finished in true planes, plumb, square,joints of uniform size, Provide approved trimmers as shown or required. Cut tile without marring. Carefully grind and joint tile edges and cuts. B. Follow Tile Council of North America installation methods P601 and B417 to achieve total tile system thickness for thin or thick set. 1. Thick Set a. Apply specified setting bed mortar, up to 2" in thickness, on cured and dried concrete pool shell. Tamp and screed to required planes. Spread no more mortar than can be covered with tile before initial set. Do not use re-tempered mortar. Trowel 3/32"to 1/8"thick bond coat over plastic setting bed mortar just before setting tile or apply bond coat to back of each tile placed. 95%coverage of the back of the tile or tile sheet is required. Set tile in position and beat firmly into the setting bed mortar. Bring tile faces to a hue and correct plane. Complete beating and leveling before mortar sets and in no case later than one hour after first placing. When ready,wet and remove paper and glue avoiding excess water. At this time adjust out- of-line or out-of-level tile. 2. Thin Set a. Apply specified bond coat on cured and dried concrete pool shell. Trowel 3/32"to 1/8"thick bond coat over concrete pool shell just before setting tile or apply bond coat to back of each Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Tile 13154-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL the placed. 95%coverage of the back of the tile or tile sheet is required. Set tile in position and beat firmly into the setting bed mortar. Bring tile faces to a true and correct plane. Complete beating and leveling before mortar sets and in no case later than one hour after first placing. When ready, wet and remove paper and glue avoiding excess water. At this time adjust out-of-line or out-of-level tile. C. Finished tile surface must be level and in plane,with no sharp or protruding edges. Tiles out or plane more then 1/16"must be removed and replaced. Sharp edges must be stoned smooth. D. Grout Joint Sizes 1. Unless otherwise approved,install tile with uniform 3/32"joint width. A maximum 1/8"joint width may be utilized to meet specific installation requirements,if required. E. Ceramic Tile Joint Grouting 1. Mix grout to a thick creamy consistency and force into joints for entire thick depth, flush with surface. Clean off excess and fill skips and gaps before grout sets. Color selection by Architect or Interior Designer. Provide dampness for minimum 3-day curing and polish with clean dry cloths (not required when epoxy grouts are used). F. Expansion Joints 1. Place expansion joint per applicable TCNA Method P601MB,P601TB,or P602 and conforming to Method EJ171. Provide shop drawings showing backer rod and joint dimensions. Expansion, control,construction,cold,and seismic joints in the pool structure should continue through the the work, including such joints at vertical surfaces. Movement joints must be placed at changes in direction and elevation. Refer to the structural engineer for additional required movement joints. Joint size must be a minimum of 1/8". Joints through the work directly over structural joints must not be narrower than the structural joint. The Contractor must use cement compatible coatings when using chalk lines for joint layout proposes. G. Fill and Empty Rates 1. Use a fill and drain rate of 2'-0"per 24 hours to minimize thermal'shock and structural movement. Maintain a temperature differential of 10 degrees Fahrenheit or less between the pool water and the substrate during fill and drain cycles. 3.3 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Before filling of the pool, and its subsequent provisional acceptance at substantial completion, the tile installation must be visually inspected and sounded in the presence of the Architects and/or the Owner's representative to verify mortar coverage below the tile to its substrate as well as its overall compliance with the requirements of this Section. B. Tile work found loose, lacking proper mortar coverage, out of plane, misaligned or otherwise non- conforming must be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.4 CLEANING A. Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean tile installation as recommended by TCNA and manufacturers of proprietary materials. Tile must be cleaned with pH neutral solutions,free of both sodium and potassium,in accordance with the tile and grout manufacturer's printed instruction. B. Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped,broken, un-bonded or otherwise defective tile work. C. Protect installed tile work with non-staining Kraft paper,polyethylene sheeting, or other approved heavy covering during the construction period to prevent damage. Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Tile 13154-7 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.5 REPLACEMENT TILE A. Provide Owner with approximately 10% or 25 square feet(whichever is least) of each color and type tile used on the project for Owner's repair and replacement requirements. END OF SECTION 13154 Counsilman-Hunsaker Swimming Pool Tile 13154-8 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 13155 WATERSLIDES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 -specification sections,apply to the work specified in this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Drawings and General Provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 -specification sections,apply to the work specified in this section. A. Furnish labor,material, equipment and services for installation of the fiberglass waterslide(s)including foundations,anchor bolts and support structure. B. The outdoor Open Flume waterslide must have an approximate slide length of 178 lineal feet at the centerline, a vertical drop of approximately 25 feet and consist of multiple turns, entry sections and straight sections as shown on the project plans.Length must include the starter tub and end cap(return flange). C. ALTERNATE#1—ENCLOSED BODY SLIDE The outdoor Enclosed waterslide must have an approximate slide length of 135 lineal feet at the centerline, a vertical drop of approximately 25 feet and consist of multiple tutus,entry sections and straight sections as shown on the project plans.Length must include the starter:tub and end cap(return flange). D. Provide minimum interior cross section,36-inch-wide x 24-inch-deep,with the side riser on the outside of curves forming a 230-degree enclosure. Splashguards on the outside of slide high wall,as necessary, must be an integral part of slide section. Bolt-on sections are not permitted. E. Design, furnish and provide foundation system, structural supports and other related work to meet specified and indicated criteria. F. Furnish and install fiberglass waterslides and special effects as indicated on the drawings, specified herein,and as necessary for proper completion including,but is not necessarily limited to: 1. Fiberglass flume components. 2. Flume structural support systems including foundations and support columns. 3. Tower,platforms,stairways and related supports. 4. Installation supervision,ride testing and certification. 5. Labor,materials and equipment to complete the installation. 6. Operations and maintenance manuals. 7. On site startup training. 8. Proper signage as required. G. Related work specified elsewhere(completed by others): 1. Demolition and repairs to decks,fences and landscaping. 2. Construction of concrete drilled pier or spread footer foundations, columns and flatwork as required. Counsilman-Hunsaker W aterslides 13155-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3. Electrical works,buildings,permits and modifications to the pool walls and waterslide areas. Necessary utilities required for installation and operation of the waterslide and special effects areas (if applicable)as specified by manufacturer. 4. Supply and installation of mechanical equipment and pool piping as necessary for slide operation. 5. Building wall and pool wall penetrations, weather proofing and/or sealing of building penetrations once waterslide is installed. 6. Installation and supply of mechanical and electrical equipment, including but not limited to waterslide pumps,controls and switches,electrical connections and wiring,and related piping clear to starter tubs. a. Drainage,ballast tanks,filtration,pumps,etc.,for runout and splashdown pools if applicable. b. Plumbing connections per manufacturer's schematic, including balanced T-connections for multi-feed waterslides. C. Plumbing supports,including clamps applied to waterslide support tower. d. Electrical bonding/grounding e. Grouting under base plates and installation of weep holes. f. Grating if applicable. 7. The waterslide manufacturer will need adequate access at all times to and around the area of the waterslide. At a minimum, the manufacturer will need unobstructed access for an all-terrain manlift and a 10,000 lb.Lull, Depending on the complexity of the waterslide and at the waterslide manufacturer's sole discretion,a 25-ton crane may also be utilized. H, Concrete foundations: 1. Concrete foundation design must be completed by the slide manufacturer and constructed by the general contractor or pool builder. 2. Anchor bolts for the slide foundations must be supplied by the waterslide manufacturer along with full size paper templates for anchor bolt spacing. I. Materials: L' The waterslide(s),tower and stairways,structural steel supports and fiberglass must be installed by the slide manufacturer or by a manufacturer-certified installation company. J. Color: 1. Color must be integral to the fiberglass. Fiberglass color must be selected from a minimum of 180 RAL standard colors supplied by the waterslide manufacturer. Colors may be different inside and outside or staggered per piece if desired. Translucent colors must be made available if desired for an additional charge. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier must demonstrate their specific experience and competency in the manufacturing and installation of waterslides. B. The supplier must have completed at least five installations comparable to the system specified herein within the last 5 years. Submit a list of such projects with name,address and current telephone number of the Owner's operator and Architect of Record to the Architect with bid on bid date. Counsilman-Hunsaker Waterslides 13155-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. The Owner reserves the right to reject the bid if the evidence submitted by,or investigation of,such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to cavy out the obligation of the contract and to complete work,described or if bidder does not have the qualifications stated herein. 1.3 REGULATORY AGENCY REQUIREMENTS AND ENGINEERING SERVICES A. In addition to complying with applicable codes and regulations, comply with pertinent recommendations contained in: 1. Waterslide flumes must comply with "WWA Considerations for Operating Safety", 1989, as published by the World Waterpark Association. 2. "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" of the American Institute of Steel Construction. 3. "Code for Welding in Building Construction"of the American Welding Society. 4. "Specifications for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel" of the American Institute of Steel Construction. 5. "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures",Publication ACI 315- 92 of the American Concrete Institute. 6. American Concrete Institute.ACI 301-10 Structural Concrete for Buildings.2010. 7. "ASTM"requirements for steel components,of the American Society of Testing Materials. 8. Governing Building Code IBC 2009. B. Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with this specification,the more stringent must govern. 1.4 COORDINATION AND CLARIFICATION A. Coordinate with other trades affecting and affected by work in this section. B. The CONTRACTOR must establish with the selected waterslide installer and with other trades having related work in this Section that work necessary to complete the installation is included in his bid to the General Contractor. Further the waterslide supplier in his bid to the CONTRACTOR will list specifically those items of related work not included in his proposal. C. When in doubt regarding the responsibility for work covered in this section and/or discovery of errors or omissions in the bidding documents,the CONTRACTOR and/or supplier must notify the Architect and request a clarification prior to the bid date. 1.5 CONTRACTORS ALTERNATIVE PROPOSAL A. Suppliers to submit their bid based on materials, equipment and methods as specified in this section. Substitutions of material, equipment or method must be submitted in accordance with the specified procedure described in Division 1. Required changes to the construction documents must be described in writing and costs or changes must be included in the price quoted to complete the installation. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Division 1 requirements. B. Shop Drawings 1. Provide a complete set of checked shop drawings required to fabricate and assemble systems that is signed and sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas. 2. Statements a. Provide the Owner with copies of permits and receipts for fee payments. Counsilman-Hunsaker Waterslides 13155-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3. Test Reports a. Submit a sample form of performance test reports that will be used by the installer following slide erection,prior to beginning slide installation. C. Include complete product data indexed,tabbed and referenced to specifications. D. Include complete shop drawings, directly from the manufacturer at appropriate scale, illustrating the fabrication and installation of the waterslide and support structure. E. Submit engineering design calculations that are prepared and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas,with shop drawings for waterslide layouts,structures and footings. Provide rough- in information for interfacing mechanical and electrical work. Shop drawings must include plans, elevations, cross sections,details, sleeves, inserts and anchors must be cast into concrete, and calculations required to construct the waterslide and associated feature footing structures. Structural drawings must clearly identify reinforcement, construction joints, embedded items including waterstops,excavation lines and finish concrete elevations,under drainage requirements,under drain routing, clean out locations and location dimensions of accessory items provided under this section. A licensed professional engineer must utilize existing soils and geotechnical data in the preparation of the structural design criteria.Provide design calculations and support data required to show compliance with performance requirements specified,including design assumptions concerning element restraint. Calculations must be certified and sealed by the licensed professional engineer. Provide a design in response to actual site conditions. F. Installation of the waterslide and associated feature footings must not commence until detailed plans and specifications are approved by the department of Building and Safety. The responsibility for costs associated with obtaining such approval must be part of the General Construction contract. G. Specify water supply requirements and required pump characteristics to Architect,for approval,prior to preparation of fabrication drawings. H. Guarantee/Warranty 1. Work of this section must be warranted against defects of material and/or application for a period of one(1)year from date of acceptance.Failures that may occur within this warranty period,due to defective installation and/or materials,must upon written notification of such failure be immediately repaired or replaced in a timely manner.The exterior of the fiberglass parts that are exposed to view must have a three(3)year color retention limited warranty such that the parts will not exhibit more than 15% color degradation during the warranty period. The exterior finish of the painted steel structure must have a three(3)year warranty. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit one digital copy of complete operating and maintenance instructions covering installed equipment. Include wiring diagrams,lubrication and user maintenance instructions. B. Include manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule, parts lists, piping diagram and troubleshooting information. C. Include one set of approved submittals as a part of each O&M manual. D. Certification letter: Provide a certification letter from the slide manufacturer to the owner stating that the slide has been installed properly and is functioning according to the slide manufacturer's recommendations. 1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original,unopened containers and crates with labels intact and legible. B. Deliver materials in sufficient time and quantity to allow continuity of work and compliance with approved construction schedule. C. Handle materials in a manner to prevent damage. Counsilman-Hunsaker Waterslides 13155-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. Store materials on clean raised platforms with weather protective covering when stored outdoors. Provide continuous protection of materials against damage or deterioration. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SLIDE CONFIGURATIONS A. The preliminary slide layouts have been developed utilizing a slide path design provided by Splashtacular. Slides by WhiteWater, Avalanche, and Vortex International are acceptable provided they meet deck accessibility and support tower requirements without design changes. 2.2 FIBERGLASS FLUME SLIDE COMPONENTS B. Fiberglass Laminate Materials 1. Gel Coat a. Interior gel coat must be high quality isophthalic polyester with U.V. inhibitors. 18 to 20 mil thick ride surface,20 mils exterior coating. Translucent and opaque fiberglass must also have exterior UV protection clear coat. Follow instructions in Gel Coat Application Procedure ISO PP025.0 and Control Spray Procedure ISO PP020.0. 2. Resins a. Thixotropic promoted low-profile polyester resin with alternate layers of continuous roving chop and 18 oz.woven roving. 3. Structure a. Fiberglass lamination with sandwich panel centerline reinforcement. Standard flume section must be 3/16-inch-thick,minimum weight 20 oz.per square foot. Flanges must be minimum 1/4-inch-thick and extend at least 3-inch from the slide surface, "L" type. Verify gel coat thickness using a mil gauge as described in Mil Gauge Procedure ISO PP095.0. 4. No fill material to fiberglass slide other than aforementioned products are allowed without written approval prior to erection. 5. Confirm proper cure level on the gel coat following the guidelines in Barcol Impressor Procedure ISO PP090.0. 6. Apply chopped glass reinforcement according to specified thickness using Spray Up Procedure ISO PP030.0 and Control Spray Procedure ISO PP020.0. 7. Verify laminate thickness using a mil gauge as described in Mil Gauge Procedure ISO PP095.0. 8. Verify proper cure on the part per guidelines in Barcol Impressor Procedure ISO PP 090.0. 9. Using guidelines in De-Molding Procedure ISO PP075.0,remove the completed part from the mold. 10. Trim edges and perform required cut outs per customer specifications. 11. Inspect part to verify compliance to specifications and apply required quality sticker per Quality Inspection Procedure ISO PP 145 12. The exterior of the fiberglass parts that are exposed to view must be coated with an exterior UV protection clear coat. C. Joints,Connections and Seams 1. Flume to flume joints must be fastened with 3/8-inch stainless steel bolts,washers(2 per bolt)and self- locking nuts.Indoor installations must utilize 316 stainless-steel flange hardware. 2. Flume to support system connections must be made with galvanized hardware and must be connected separately from waterslide section connections to the exterior flange of the flume. Hardware will not be painted. Counsilman-Hunsaker Waterslides 13155-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3. Connections must be external to flume interior. No connection, hardware or penetration must be made to flume interior. 4. Fiberglass joint connections must be made using waterproof, non-shrink caulking with suitable adhesion to fiberglass. Silicone sealants will not be permitted. The slide manufacturer must supply caulking material. 5. Using fiberglass or gel coat over seams within the riding surface is not permitted. Sanding within the slide surface should be minimized to maintain adequate gel coat thickness and gloss. Sanded areas must be polished to a high gloss until undetectable. D. Color 1. Color must be integral to the fiberglass. The color must be selected by the Architect and Owner from available colors submitted with the bid in the form of color chart or color chips. Color variations within the inside and outside of slide must be an option to the Owner. Color may be different inside and outside or staggered per piece on open flumes as well as enclosed slides. Starter tubs will have same interior and exterior color. Non-visible portions of runout sections will not be required to have a gel-coat application. E. Waterslide must be furnished with the following components: 1. Entry tray must be pre-plumbed for water injection downstream of the rider entry point. Rider entry area must be a non-skid surface,with no steps permitted. 2. Waterslide must be constructed so that water loss does not occur. Risers or built-up sections are required for ride safety and to control water loss,must be provided on curved flume sections. Risers must be integral to the flume,and bolt-on sections will not be acceptable. 3. Riser ends to provide a smooth transition at the beginning and ending of each riser must be provided integral to the flume section. 4. End of each slide runout must be complete with an end cap,at least V-6"long,and flush with the sides of the runout. An adjustable PVC or fiberglass weir must be installed per'the drawings at the end of the runout so that flow into the main drain below the end cap can be controlled. 5. Pool entry section must provide a smooth finished end piece,which provides safe pool entry and masks hardware or connections to the pool. 6. Factory pre-drilling of sections. T Waterproof joint sealant 8. Stainless steel assembly hardware 2.3 FLUME SLIDE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SYSTEM A. The flume support towers,tower foundations and stair systems must consist of elements necessary to support the fiberglass flume or tube safely and securely from starting platform to the slide terminus and consist of: 1. Concrete footings and foundations,including excavation,backfill and compaction. 2. Concrete/Steel support columns. 3. Structural steel tower and stair system. 4. Guard railing, balustrades and handrails must be painted galvanized steel tubing. Stainless steel railings are acceptable. 5. Connecting hardware. B. Design of slide supports,and footings must be certified by a Licensed Structural Engineer in the State of Texas. Design must accommodate the local soil conditions as indicated, and the stresses generated by the water flume ride during use. C. Concrete Counsilman-Hunsaker Waterslides 13155-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Cast-in-place a. Minimum compressive strength must be 3,000 psi at 28 days. Maximum size aggregate must be 3/4 inch. Slump must not be more than 3 inches. Concrete must be vibrated but not excessively so as to cause segregation of materials. Check applicable drawings for locations of block-outs,anchors,inserts,etc.before concrete is placed. 2. Reinforcing Steel a. Fy= 60,000 psi min. for: ASTM A615 (deformed bar) or equivalent. ASTM A82 (welded wire fabric)or equivalent. 3. Unless otherwise noted, concrete cover to reinforcing must be as follows; Footing 3 in. and walls, pedestals and columns 1 %2 in. 4. Concrete procedures to conform to latest ACI Building Code. 5. Steel reinforcing lap splices for concrete slab must be a minimum of#6 bar diameter. D. Structural Steel 1. Structural supports,tower andwalkway systems mustbe designedto safely supportthese facilities given the following design criteria: 2. Seismic zone as required for the project location. 3. Wind speed as required for the project location. 4. Snow load(as required where slide is being installed). 5. Live load of 100 psf. 6. Must consist of radial aims with end yoke type fastening assembly for each support point. (Note: A central column support with radial aims may be used to support circular sections of 180 degrees or greater.) 7. Structural steel must be new material of sizes and shapes listed in current AISC handbooks and as indicated on drawings. 8. Shapes and plates a. ASTM A36 or equivalent minimum Fy=36,000 psi(248.2 MpA) 9. Square structural section a. ASTM A500 minimum Fy=46,000 psi(317 MpA). 10. Round steel pipes a. ASTM A53 Grade B minimum Fy=35,000 psi(241.3 MpA). 11. Cast steel: ASTM A27 minimum Fy=35,000 psi or equivalent. 12. Tensionrods,bolts and anchorbolts:ASTM A36 minimum allowable tensile stress Fr19,100 psi(131.7 MpA). 13. Structural bolts a. ASTM A325,friction type or equivalent minimum allowable shear stress,Fv,21,000 psi(144.8 MpA). Minimum allowable tensile stress,Fr44,000 psi(303.4 MpA). 14. Welding electrodes a. E480XX electrode(E70XX). Minimum allowable shear stress,Fv-21,000 psi(144.8 MpA). 15. Grout a. Masterflow 713 or approved equal non-shrink, non-metallic grout. Use as recommended by manufacturer. Counsilman-Hunsaker Waterslides 13155-7 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 16. Plates, shapes and tubes in contact must be welded with 1/4 inch minimum fillet welds around unless otherwise indicated. 17. Unless otherwise noted steel,structure must be galvanized. 18. CONTRACTOR must supply temporary bracing to take care of loads on the structure during erection to ensure the safety of the structure,leave as long as it is required,and remove when safety is assured. 19. Flumes and support arms must be properly set and installed prior to installation of permanent column bracing. Additional column bracing as required by the engineer, in addition to those noted on the drawing,must be provided upon site inspection. 20. Hollow structural sections must be closed airtight with end plates sealed with welds. 21. Steel must be thoroughly cleaned of loose mill scale,loose rust,oil and dirt. 22. Surface must be welded must be free from loose scale,rust,paint or other foreign matter. Care must be taken to minimize stresses due to heat expansion,contraction and distortion by using proper sequence in welding and by other approved methods. 23. Fabrication and erection must conform to the latest editions of the ASTM Specifications and Code of Practice;welding must be done by welders certified with AWS-D-1.1 24. Equivalent structural steel sizes listed in current AISC or CISC Handbook may be used upon approval of the Architect/Engineer. 25. Definitions a. ASTM—American Society of Testing Materials. b. AISC—American Institute of Steel Construction E. Column Systems 1. A single or multiple steel/concrete post system must be used. F. Starting Towers/Stairways/Raifings 1. The starting tower/stairway must consist of: a. A steel/concrete top deck,stair and support system supporting the starting chute for the outdoor slide(s).Guard railing,balustrades and handrails must be galvanized steel tubing. b. Painted galvanized steel or stainless-steel handrails. C. Bracing and structural support(non-corrodible). d. Concrete Foundation,columns and flatwork as required by the design. 2. Design a. An Engineer licensed in the State of Texas must certify the structure design. Structure must be sized to handle the user volumes,the height required by the flume length,and the location on the existing topography. b. Stair design must follow current UBC Code per State Building Codes. C. Coordinate with slide manufacturer. 3. Concrete Footings and Piers a. Must be designed and constructed to support the design loads. b. Concrete must have a minimum twenty-eight(28)day compressive strength of 4,000 psi. C. Footings must be on undisturbed soil. d. Vertical members must be on concrete footings,above grade and be secured with flange plates and anchor bolts. Counsilman-Hunsaker Waterslides 13155-8 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 4. Hardware a. Steel hardware,ASTM A-7 or A-36(hot dipped galvanized). b. Bolts,Federal Specification FF-B-SCI. 5. Starting Tower a. Starting tower structure must be constructed of a galvanized steel support deck with a slip resistant finish surface consisting. Starting tower structure must be concrete and must be supported by its own concrete columns. Coordinate design with building structural engineer and slide manufacturer. b. Awning structure to cover upper slide platform that is designed for local wind loads must be provided. Awning must be high density knitted polyethylene cloth,with an epoxy painted steel frame to support the structure. Bottom of awning must be no less than 7.6 feet above platform. Awning color must be selected by Architect. 6. Stars and Railings a. Prefabricated stairway sections must include stringers constructed of hot dip galvanized steel. Stair treads and landings must be of non-corrosive and impervious fiberglass or vinyl with appropriate non-slip surface. Colors must be chosen fi•om waterslide manufacturer color chart. Stairway systems,handrails and guardrails must comply with applicable codes. Stairs must have precast concrete stringers with non-slip concrete treads and risers. 1) Switchback and wraparound towers: Stair treads will be pultruded fiberglass treads with an integral riser and bottom plate. Stair tread width will be 60" wide (57" between grabrails,with grabrails on both sides of the stairs). b. Rail system must be a minimum of 42-inch-high,including height above starter tub section,non- climbable and designed to prevent accidental exit. Guard railing,balustrades and handrails must be painted galvanized steel tubing. Stainless steel railings are acceptable. Handrails must be provided to meet code requirements. Color selection by Architect/Engineer and Owner. C. Railing must surround top platform on sides (except at slide start area). Railings must be provided along stair section and continue from the top platform area,down to the bottom of the finish deck. d. Stair system from finish deck to top platform must be a minimum of 36 inches in clear width. e. A chain with removable self-closing hook and sign labeled"CLOSED"must be provided across the entry of each waterslide at the top of the waterslide platform. f. A swing gate with self-closing hook and sign labeled"CLOSED"must be provided across the stair entry point on the deck of the waterslide. g. Rules Signage: Provide two(2)rules signs with manufacture's recommended waterslide rules. Mount one sign at the top platform and one(1)at the stair base. Both slide rule signs must be clearly visible to the slide users. 7. Finish a. Steel protection: After galvanizing, steel components must be brush-abrasive blasted in accordance with SSPC-SPS-7. Steel must then be cleaned, rinsed and oven-dried at 400 degrees Fahrenheit. Steel must then be coated with one coat of Powdura RAL Series Super Durable TGIC-Free Polyester powder coating. Powder coating must use the Powder Galv® process and applied by a trained licensed applicator. Coating mils will be determined by the color chosen by the client but at a minimum 2.5 to 3.5 mils will be applied. The steel must then be oven cured at 380 to 390 degrees Fahrenheit. Galvanizing and powder coating must be factory applied. b. Hybrid FRP (fiber reinforced plastic) and hot-dip galvanized steel towers must utilize a combination of FRP, and hot-dip galvanized structural steel shapes. In general, Counsilman-Hunsaker Waterslides 13155-9 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL platform/landing framing, stair stringers, guard railing, decking and treads will be FRP. Support columns and cross bracing(if required)will be hot-dip galvanized steel. FRP shapes must be manufactured in an ISO 9001 certified manufacturing plant. C. Ferrous metal parts(Steel components of waterslide must be factory painted with field touch- up as required.) 1) Surface Preparation a) Blast surfaces that must be coated to the extent of an SSPC-SP6 commercial- grade level of cleanliness. Create a 1.5—2.0 mil profile and prime before lust bloom forms on the surface. 2) Primer a) Spray apply in the shop,one full coat of Tnemec Series 90-97 Aromatic Urethane Zinc-Rich or Amercoat 68 HS primer to a DFT of 4.0 mils. Allow to cure as per data sheet(4 hours at 75 deg.F.)before applying topcoat. 3) Topcoat a) Spray apply in the shop one even finish coat of Tnemec Series 74-Color Endura- Shield. Acrylic Polyurethane or Ameron PSX-700 finish to a minimum DFT of 5.0 mils. Allow to cure as per data sheet (6 hours at 75 deg. F.) before handling/loading in the shop. 4) Field Touchup a) If the broken area of the shop applied film is rough from scaring,disc-abrade that area smooth and then solvent clean it as per an SSPC-SP1,level of cleanliness. Brush or roller apply one coat of Tnemec Series 135 Chembuild or Ameron epoxy primer. Allow to cure as per data sheet. Brush or roller apply one coat of Tnemec Series 74 or Ameron PSX-700 shop applied color to bring the frim up to specification thickness. d. Fiberglass handrail posts 1) Finish a) Tnemec Series 74 or Ameron PSX-700 shop applied at 5.0 mils DFT. 2) Field Touchup a) Tnemec Series 74 or Ameron PSX-700 shop applied at 5.0 mils DFT. 3) Manufacturer a) Tnemec 816/483-3400 or Amercoat 800/244-0025 or pre-approved equal. e. Piping 1) Above grade plumbing must be Schedule 80 PVC, unless otherwise noted. Refer to drawings for sizes and connection details. 2) Above grade waterslide piping must be painted to match waterslide tower color. Paint and primer must be approved for painted PVC application. Primer must be Pro Shield Waterborne Primer/Sealer (05-208) as manufactured by Columbia Paint & Coating; paint must be Industrial Acrylic DTM Polyurethane (05-502) as manufactured by Columbia Paint & Coating or approved equal. Contractor to confirm color with Architect on site prior to painting. f. Top deck and landing must have a non-slip finish.The top deck,and slide entry sections must be protected from sun by a hot-dip galvanized steel frame topped with an acrylic fabric or woven vinyl impregnated polyester yarn shade. Fabric must be attached to pipe frame using Counsilman-Hunsaker Waterslides 13155-10 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL straps, spring clips and ratchet straps. Bottom of fabric must be 7' 6" above the finished floor of the waterslide tower. g. The stair system and treads must consist of galvanized steel pans with brushed finish concrete finish or vinyl tread inserts. Stair treads and decking will be 6063-T6 extruded aluminum with non-slip stripping. Stair treads and platform must have a slip-resistant finish. h. Exposed concrete vertical surfaces must have an exposed aggregate finish. i. Seal concrete with a minimum of two(2)coasts of H&C silicone acrylic concrete sealer,FLR Paints,Inc,or approved equal. j. Colors must be as selected by the Owner and Architect/Engineer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SYSTEMS INSTALLATION A. The waterslide installer must assemble and install equipment,special parts and accessories in accordance with these specifications and detailed layouts and shop drawings of equipment supplier. B. Installer must furnish and provide anchors and inserts must be imbedded including fittings, inserts, structure sleeves and required anchorage. C. Provide equipment and systems in accordance with manufacturer's directions. D. The waterslide must be as described in the specifications. Items are detailed and specified as a guide reference and for dimensional purposes. The CONTRACTOR must make provisions accordingly and submit shop drawings and submittals based on that data. E. Installer must coordinate,supervise and approve work by other trades responsible for work related to this section. Work in this section must be performed by the waterslide installer except as noted. 3.2 SITE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to installation of the work of this section,carefully inspect the installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that fiberglass slide and structural support systems may be fabricated and erected in strict accordance with the original design,the approved shop drawings and the referenced standards. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy,immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with fabrication or installation in areas of discrepancy until such discrepancies are fully resolved. 3.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate the waterslide and structural support systems in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings and referenced standards. B. Use of dissimilar metals in contact is not permitted. 3A INSTALLATION OF FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Foundations must be installed in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings prepared by Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Supplies,labor,and installation will be the sole responsibility of others and not the responsibility of the slide manufacturer. The waterslide manufacturer will supply hot-dip galvanized anchor bolts and associated hardware. Installation must be in accordance with manufacturer's structural drawings and instructions. Counsilman-Hunsaker W aterslides 13155-11 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3,5 INSTALLATION&SUPPLY OF HYDRAULIC PACKAGE A. Minimum Required Water Supply: 1, 42"Open Flume Body Slide:800 GPM 2. 36"Enclosed Body Slide:300 GPM 3.6 WELDING A. General 1. For details of joints,comply with requirements for AWS joints accepted without qualification tests. 2. Use ASTM A-233,E-70XX series electrodes. 3. Follow applicable sections of AWS specifications. B. Types of welds unless otherwise noted.Field welds will not be permitted. 1. Make fillet welds 1/4 inch minimum, 2. Make butt welds full penetration welds. 3.7 ERECTION A. General 1. Erect the fiberglass waterslides and structural support systems in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings and pertinent regulations and standards. B. Tolerance 1. Align structural steel straight,plumb and level with a tolerance of 1 in 500. C. Fiberglass Joints 1. Flange to flange connections must be made utilizing the waterproof caullcing supplied by the fiberglass manufacturer and must be joined in such away as to provide for a safe and matless ride. Joints must be aligned for a completely smooth riding surface,that is, alignment must be within 1/64 inch and in no case must the downstream side of the joint be above the upstream side of the joint. D. Steel Finishes 1. Scarred surfaces must be cleaned and cold galvanized with zinc rich paint. 3.8 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, immediately remove fiberglass, debris and rubbish occasioned by this work to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.9 START-UP AND INSTRUCTION A. Supply the services of an experienced operator/instructor after waterslides have been completed and initially placed in operation. During this period,the Owner's representatives who will be operating the pool must be thoroughly instructed in the phases of the slide operation. Prior to leaving the job, obtain written certification fi'om the designated Owner's representative acknowledging that the instruction period has been completed and necessary operating information provided. A minimum of one(1)2-hour session is required. 3.10 CONCLUSION A. It is the intention of these specifications to provide a complete installation of the waterslides as described. Accessory construction and apparatus necessary or advantageous in the operation or testing or high performance of the work must be included. The omission of specific reference to the work necessary for such complete installation must not be interpreted as relieving the waterslide supplier or installer from Counsilman-Hunsaker Waterslides 13155-12 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL furnishing and installing such parts. Such omission or clarification must be brought to the attention of the Architect prior to bidding. END OF SECTION 13155 Counsilman-Hunsaker Waterslides 13155-13 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Basic Mechanical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 15 Sections, in addition to Division 1 - General Requirements. 1.02 WORK SEQUENCE A. Install work in stages as required to accommodate the Owner's occupancy requirements during the construction period. Coordinate the mechanical schedule and operations with the Owner,Architect and other trades. 1.03 ALTERNATES A. Refer to Division 1. 1.04 REFERENCES A. AABC-Associated Air Balance Council B. AGA-American Gas Association C. AMCA-Air Movement and Control Association D. ANSI-American National Standards Institute E. API-American Petroleum Institute F. ARI -Air-Conditioning&Refrigeration Institute G. ASHRAE-American Society of Heating,Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers,Inc. H. ASME-American Society of Mechanical Engineers 1. ASTM-American Society for Testing and Materials J. ASSE-American Society of Sanitary Engineering K. AWS-American Welding Society L. AWWA-American Water Works Association M. BOCA-Building Officials and Code Administrators N. CISPI-Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute O. DOL-U.S.Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration P. DOT-U.S.Department of Transportation Q. EPA-Environmental Protection Agency R. FM-Factory Mutual S. FS-Federal Specification T. IAMPO-International Association of Plumbing&Mechanical Officials U. MIL-Military Specification V. MSS-Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve&Fittings Industry,Inc. W. NAPHCC-National Association of Plumbing,Heating,Cooling Contractors X. NEBB-National Environmental Balance Bureau Y. NEMA-National Electrical Manufacturers Association Z. NFPA-National Fire Protection Association AA. NSF-National Sanitation Foundation BB. PDI-Plumbing and Drainage Institute CC. SBCCI-Southern Building Code Congress International,Inc. (Standard Plumbing Code) DD. SMACNA-Sheet Metal&Air Conditioning Contractors Nat'l Assoc.,Inc. EE. STI-Steel Tank Institute FF. TDH-Texas Department of Health GG. UL-Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. Engineering Associates Basic Mechanical Requirements July 2022 15010-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL HH. UPC-Uniform Plumbing Code(IAPMO) 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. The number of copies of each submittal shall be per Division 1 but in no case shall it be less than six(6). B. Proposed Products List: Include Products specified in the following Sections: 1. Section 15430-Plumbing Specialties 2. Section 15440-Plumbing Fixtures 3. Section 15450-Plumbing Equipment 4, Section 15787—Split System Air Conditioning Units 5, Section 15870-Power Ventilators 6. Section 15885 -Air Cleaning 7. Section 15890-Ductwork 8. Section 15910-Ductwork Accessories 9. Section 15936-Air Inlets and Outlets 10. Section 15990-Testing,Adjusting and Balancing C. The Contractor shall check all manufacturer's drawings for conformance to the Plans and Specifications and shall indicate his approval of the Drawings before forwarding them to the Architect. The Engineer will not consider any manufacturer's drawings for review which do not bear the Contractor's stamp of approval. D. Forward submittals in sufficient time to permit proper consideration and approval action by the Owner's representative. Time submissions to assure adequate lead time for procurement of contract-required items. Delays attributable to untimely and rejected submittals will not serve as a basis for extending contract time for completion. E. This Contractor shall furnish equipment shop drawings which will indicate power hook up and control connections as required for mechanical equipment. "Stock"wiring diagrams are not acceptable. F. The Contractor is required to submit 1/4"scale sheetmetal coordination drawings showing duct layouts prior to starting work which will be reviewed by the Engineer. Drawings will be used for coordination with other trades. G. Engineer's review of manufacturer's drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in manufacturer drawings and deviations from Drawings or Specifications. H. Items may be referred to in singular or plural on Plans and Specifications. Contractor is responsible for determining quantity of each item. I. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems,products, and accessories in a single submittal. J. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The Base Bid shall be based on equipment as specified. Where items are mentioned thusly,"may be furnished at the contractor's option",the Contractor may use any one of the items named for his Base Bid. Proposal for substitutions are welcomed,but must be noted separately from the Base Bid and applied for in writing at Bid submittal. B. Any proposed equipment or material not specified or listed as an equal must be bid as a substitution on the Substitution Sheet of Form of Proposal. Engineering Associates Basic Mechanical Requirements July 2022 15010-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Where the Contractor furnishes equipment or material specified as equal or which is accepted as a substitution, he is responsible for all modifications required for his work,and work of all other trades to install the equipment and insure performance as originally specified. D. Equipment and materials furnished as equal or as a substitution must be equal in quality, design, features, performances,arrangement,and appearance to that specified as standard. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. This Contractor shall file all Drawings,pay all necessary charges and fees,and obtain all necessary pen-nits and certificates of inspection relative to his work. B. All Plumbing Work shall be performed per local Plumbing Code Requirements. C. All Mechanical Work shall conform to Local Mechanical Code Requirements. D. All pressure piping work shall be installed per ASME Pressure Piping Code-Section B3 Ll E. All Electrical Work shall be performed according to The National Electrical Code No. 70, National Fire Protection Association. F. All Ductwork Installations shall conform to NFPA 90A, Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. G. Nothing contained in the Plans and Specifications shall be construed to conflict with these laws, codes and ordinances and they are hereby made a part of these Specifications. 1.08 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall pay all required fees for new utility connections to existing city mains as well as cost for meter installations,etc. The Contractor shall verify exactly what work will be performed and what costs will be charged by the utility company and have this included in his Bid Price. B. The Contractor shall investigate and locate all utilities prior to construction. C. Each Contractor is responsible for rerouting or replacing existing utilities where necessary to permit installation of his work. D. The identity and location of the existing underground utility facilities known to be located in the construction area have been shown on the plans as accurately as provided by the Owner of the underground utility. The Engineer assumes no responsibility as to the accuracy or the depths of the underground utilities shown on the plans. E. Support,protection and restoration of all existing utilities and appurtenances shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The cost of this work shall be included in the price bid for the various items. F. The Contractor shall alert immediately the occupants of nearby premises as to any emergency that he may create or discover on or near such premises of the underground utility, any break or lealc on its lines or any dent, gouge,groove or other damage. Engineering Associates Basic Mechanical Requirements July 2022 15010-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1.09 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. The Contractor is required to visit the site and fully inform himself concerning all conditions affecting the scope of his work. Failure to visit the site shall not relieve the Contractor from any responsibility in the performance of his contract. B. The Contractor should feel free to contact the Engineer immediately if there is any question regarding the meaning or intent of either Plans or Specifications, or if he notices any discrepancies or omissions in either Plans or Specifications. C. Install Work in locations shown on Drawings,unless prevented by Project conditions. D. Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions,including changes to Work specified in other Sections. Obtain permission of Architect before proceeding. 1.10 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Construct Work in sequence under provisions of Division 1. 1.11 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All material hoisting by trade involved. B. Include any minor details essential to successful operation and any other items specified or shown on the Drawings. C. The Contractor is required to read the Specifications covering all branches of the work and will be held responsible for coordination of his work with work performed under all other Contracts. D. Other than minor adjustments shall be submitted to the Architect for approval before proceeding with the work. E. All connections to,or revisions in, existing piping or facilities shall be done at such time as agreed to by the Architect and Owner and all work shall be scheduled as required under"General Conditions". Revisions to the existing piping systems must be done with the minimum of shutdown time. All piping shall be run to the point of new connections,tested,cleaned and new equipment installed and ready to operate before any connections are made. F. Extreme care shall be taken to avoid interference with the Owner's equipment,especially in the existing portion of the building. Consult with the Architect regarding any points where interferences are likely to occur and follow dimensions carefully where given on the Drawings. Pay particular attention to minimum clear heights when indicated on the Drawings. G. The Contractor,insofar as this Contract is concerned,shall at all times keep the premises and the building in a neat and orderly condition. This includes using a vacuum cleaner in the office areas. H. At the completion of the project,this Contractor shall promptly clean up and remove from the site,all debris and excess materials. I. Factory furnished equipment which has rusted or been damaged shall be cleaned at the completion of the project and rust spots and marred areas shall be refinished and restored to the original factory finish. Engineering Associates Basic Mechanical Requirements July 2022 15010-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1.12 TESTING PIPING SYSTEMS A. After work is completed but before pipe covering has been applied, the Contractor shall test and adjust the systems he has installed. B. The Architect shall be notified of all scheduled tests and adjustment at least 48 hours before they are scheduled so that he may witness same. If the Contractor performs any test or adjustment without the Architect present or without properly notifying the Architect the Contractor will be required to perform the test or adjustment a second time in the presence of the Architect. C. If the Architect determines that any work requires special inspection,testing,or approval,he will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection,testing or approval. The Contractor shall give timely notice so the Architect may observe the inspections,tests or approvals. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof,including compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such failure;otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs,and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. D. Concealed lines shall be tested before being concealed. If this is not done and a leak appears during the final test,this Contractor shall repair leak and all damage resulting therefrom. E: This Contractor shall adjust all his equipment in the mechanical system to obtain proper operation and shall demonstrate to the Owner and Architect that the entire system will function properly. 1.13 OPERATIONS AND STORAGE AREAS A. The Contractor shall confine operations and storage on owner's property in areas approved by the owner. 1.14 CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. These drawings are based on the rendering of a professional service,the essence of which is the providing of advice,judgment,opinion,or similar professional skill. B. Consult all Contract Drawings which may affect the locations of any equipment,apparatus,piping and ductwork and make minor adjustments in location to secure coordination. C. Piping and duct layout is schematic and exact locations shall be determined by structural and other conditions and verified in the field. This shall not be construed to mean that the design of the system may be changed,it refers only to the exact location of piping and ductwork to fit into the building as constructed, and to coordination of all work with piping and equipment included under other Divisions of the Specifications. D. The layout shown on the Drawings is based on a particular make of equipment. If another make of equipment is used which requires modifications or changes of any description fiom the Drawings or Specifications, this Contractor shall be responsible for making all such modifications and changes,including those involving other trades,as a part of this Contract and the cost thereof shall be included in his Bid. In such case,the Contractor shall submit Drawings and Specifications showing all such modifications and changes prior to starting work, which shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. E. The Architect/Engineer reserves the right to make minor changes in the location of piping and equipment up to the time of rough-in without additional cost to the Owner. F. Where certain grades and/or elevations are given on the Drawings, they have been obtained from the best information available;however,they are not guaranteed. This Contractor must assume the full responsibility of verifying present elevations in the field and malting any adjustments as may be necessary,all of which must be included in his Bid Price, Engineering Associates Basic Mechanical Requirements July 2022 15010-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL G. Due to the scale of the Drawings,it is impossible to show all offsets and transitions which may be required. This Contractor shall carefully investigate the conditions affecting all work and shall fiunish all elbows,fittings, transitions,etc.,required to accomplish the desired result at no additional cost to the Owner. H. Install all work as close as possible to walls,ceilings,struts,members,etc.,consistent with the proper space for covering,access,etc.,so as to occupy the minimum of space. L Actual dimensions shown on the Drawings and field dimensions shall take precedence over scaled dimensions. 1.15 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. This Contractor shall thoroughly instruct and supervise the Owner's Maintenance Personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the mechanical system equipment. This Contractor shall be responsible for arranging for the instruction and supervision at a time convenient to the Owner or his representative and for notifying the Architect of the time at least 48 hours in advance. 1, Instructions shall include the following: 2. Location of equipment and explanation of what it does. 3. Reference to "Operating Instructions Manuals" for record and clarity. 4. Coordination of written and verbal instruction so that each is understood by all personnel. 5. Explanation of Temperature Control System including thermostat programming. 6. Specific maintenance to be performed by Owner. B. Furnish one(1) copy of the printed Operating and Maintenance Instructions for the Mechanical Systems for review. Copy shall be neat,legible and bound in a hardback 3-ring notebook. After final approval,provide four(4)copies of Operation and Maintenance Instructions for submittal to Owner. Instructions shall consist of the following items: 1. Title Page: Title of Project, address, date of submittal, names and address of Contractor, name of Architect,name of Engineer. 2. Second Page:Index of Manual Contents. 3. First Section:A copy of each approved shop drawing and submittal with an index at the beginning of the section. 4. Second Section:A list of all equipment used on the project,together with supplier's name and address. 5. Manufacturer's maintenance manuals for each item of equipment furnished under this contract. Manuals shall include such items as parts list,detailed lubrication instructions,procedures for performing normal maintenance functions,preliminary trouble shooting procedures and wiring diagrams. 6. Complete wiring diagrams for the mechanical systems as actually wired including control and interlock wiring. 7. Brief but complete instructions for start-up, shut-down and routing maintenance of each system. 8. Routine and 24-hour emergency information: a) Name,address and telephone number of serving agency. b) Include names of personnel to be contacted for service arrangements. C. Frame one (1) copy of brief start-up, shut-down and routine maintenance instructions and complete system wiring diagrams under glass and mount on the Equipment Room wall. Temperature Control Schematics may be laminated with plastic at the Contractor's option, 1.16 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. The Contractor shall keep an accurate record of deviations from Contract Drawings and Specifications. He shall neatly and correctly enter in colored pencil any deviations on Drawings affected and shall keep the Drawings available for inspection. Extra sets of Drawings will be furnished for this purpose. Engineering Associates Basic Mechanical Requirements July 2022 15010-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. At the completion of project and before final approval,make any final corrections to Drawings and certify to the accuracy of each print by signature and deliver same to Architect. 1.17 SUPERVISION A. This Contractor shall have in charge of the work,on the job during construction,a competent superintendent experienced in the work installed under this Contract. 1.18 UNACCEPTABLE WORK AND OBSERVATION REPORTS A. Work shall be unacceptable when found to be defective or contrary to the Plans,Specifications,Codes specified or accepted standards of good workmanship. B. The Contractor shall promptly correct all work found unacceptable by the Architect whether observed before or after substantial completion and whether or not fabricated,installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such unacceptable work,including compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary thereby. C. During the course of construction,the Engineer will prepare"Observation Reports"with a list of items found to be in need of correction. All items listed shall be corrected by the Contractor. 1.19 FINAL INSPECTION A. When the Contractor determines all work is completed and working properly per the Contract Documents,he shall request a"final"inspection by the Architect in writing. If more than one reinspection is required after this final inspection, the Contractor shall bear all additional costs including compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary thereby. A final inspection will not be made until Operating and Maintenance Manuals and Air Balance Reports are submitted and approved and all prior"Observation Report" punch lists are completed. B. As part of the final checkout of the project, the Engineer will be checking out the operation of the various systems. This Contractor shall provide such assistance as required(including manpower and tools)to start and stop the various systems,open and close valves etc,and simulate summer,winter and other temperature control sequences. The Contractor(not the Engineer)is responsible to turn on the systems and demonstrate they are operating properly. 1.20 GUARANTEE A. This Contractor is responsible for all defects,repairs and replacements in materials and workmanship,for period of one(1)year after final payment is approved by the Architect. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 Not Used PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 Not Used END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Basic Mechanical Requirements July 2022 15010-7 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15055 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 Refer to Division 1,General Requirements PART -PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 Avoid cutting of concrete,masonry and other new work by using inserts and sleeves. 3.02 This Contractor shall perform cutting for openings,when necessary,with such tools and methods as to prevent unnecessary damage to surrounding areas or equipment. 3.03 Cutting of existing walls,concrete floors and certain other openings where indicated on the General Contract Drawings shall be done by the General Contractor. All other cutting by this Contractor. 3.04 The corners of all openings in poured concrete shall be core drilled to minimize overcutting. 3.05 This Contractor shall give the General Contractor locations and sizes of all openings required for the installation of mechanical equipment (other than piping for openings), before walls, etc., are started. If it becomes necessary to cut into new work because of the failure of this Contractor to notify the General Contractor,then the General Contractor shall do any necessary cutting and patching at this Contractor's expense. 3.06 Fill space in all areas where core drilled with packing where required to maintain fire rating. Openings shall be temporarily fire-stopped until permanent fire stopping is done. This includes holes left due to removal of piping,ductwork or equipment. 3.07 All holes cut for the installation of piping,ductwork and equipment shall be neatly patched and refinished with the same materials as,and to match, adjacent surfaces, and damages thereto shall be repaired in kind and to match existing conditions by this Contractor. This includes patching existing ceilings and floors where required and patching holes left by removal of exiting piping,ductwork,equipment,etc. 3.08 No structural member shall be cut into without the expressed permission of the Owner or Architect, END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Cutting and Patching July 2022 15055-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15060 ELECTRICAL WORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE A. Division 16-Electrical 1.02 SCOPE A. This Contractor shall furnish all motors for his equipment. Motor starters,safety switches and wired junction boxes shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor except where specifically specified to be furnished with certain mechanical equipment. This contractor shall be responsible for coordination of this portion of the work. 1.03 WORK INCLUDED-THIS DIVISION A. All control wiring unless otherwise specified. B. 120 volt wiring required for mechanical equipment when not shown or specified elsewhere. C. All conduit and wiring incidental to temperature controls,including switches,controls,transformers and relays shall be the responsibility of this division. 1.04 WORK INCLUDED—DIVISION 16. A. All power wiring. B. Wiring as indicated on the Electrical Drawings. C. Motor starters,contactors,and disconnects where noted under"Products"below. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Electrical Contractor,equipment shop drawings which indicate power hook-up and control connections as required for mechanical equipment. "Stock"Wiring Diagrams are not acceptable. B. Prepare,as a part of Temperature Control shop drawings,complete terminal-to-terminal wiring diagrams. These will show terminal designations on control items and equipment. Wiring diagrams to be compatible with Electrical Drawings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 Refer to Division 16-ELECTRICAL A. Motor starters,contactors,and disconnects are provided and installed by the Electrical Contractor,unless part of package equipment furnished by this Contractor,or otherwise specified. This contractor shall be responsible for coordination of this portion of the work. Engineering Associates Electrical Work July 2022 15060-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 All wiring,conduits,etc.,shall be in strict accordance with the requirements of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code and Division 16,Electrical Specification. 3.02 All wiring,including low voltage wiring, shall be run in conduit(minimum 3/4"), 3.03 Low voltage wiring may be size and type recommended by the Manufacturer and/or Temperature Control Contractor. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Electrical Work July 2022 15060-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15140 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe,duct,and equipment hangers,supports,and associated anchors. B. Sleeves and seals. C. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: Grinnell,B-Line,F&S,Elcen,Penn,Fee-Mason,PHD Manufacturing,Modern Pipe Hangers, Substitutions per Division 1, B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch(12 to 38 min): Carbon steel,adjustable swivel, split ring. Copper plated for copper pipe. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Inches(51 to 100 mm)and Cold Pipe Sizes 6 Inches(150 mm)and Over: Carbon steel,adjustable,clevis. Copper plated for copper piping to 4 Inches(100 nun)and full round lead sleeves for copper piping 5 Inches(127 mm)and over. D. Hangers for insulated copper piping do not require copper plating or lead sleeves if hanger and saddle are sized for outside of the insulation. E. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches(150 mm)and Over:Adjustable steel yoke,cast iron roll,double hanger. F. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods; cast iron roll and stand for hot pipe sizes 6 inches(150 mm)and over. G. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches(76 mm): Cast iron hook. H. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches(100 mm)and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp; adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll for hot pipe sizes 6 inches(150 mm)and over. I. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. Copper plated for copper lines. J. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches(100 mm)and All Cold Pipe Sizes: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle,locknut nipple,floor flange,and concrete pier or steel support. K. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches(150 mm)and Over:Adjustable cast iron roll and stand,steel screws,and concrete pier or steel support. L. Shield for Insulated Piping 2 Inches(51 mm)and Smaller: 18 gage(1.2 nun)galvanized steel shield over insulation in 180 degree segments,minimum 12 inches(300 nun)long at pipe support. M. Shield for Insulated Piping 2-1/2 Inches(62 mm)and Larger(Except Cold Water Piping):Pipe covering Engineering Associates Supports&Anchors July 2022 15140-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL protective saddles. N. Shields for Insulated Cold Water Piping 2-1/2 Inches(62 mm)and Larger: Hard block non-conducting saddles in 90 degree segments, 12 inch(300 mm)minimum length,block thickness same as insulation thickness. 2.02 HANGER RODS A. Steel Hanger Rods: Threaded both ends,threaded one end,or continuous threaded. 2.03 INSERTS A. Inserts:Malleable iron case of steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment,top slot for reinforcing rods,lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.04 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 26 gage(0.5 mm thick)galvanized steel. B. Lead Flashing: 5 ib/sq ft(24.5 kg/sq m)sheet lead for waterproofing;one lb/sq ft(5 kg/sq m)sheet lead for soundproofing. C. Flexible Flashing:47 mil(1.2 mm)thick sheet butyl compatible with roofing. D. Caps: Steel,22 gage(0.8 mm)minimum; 16 gage(1.5 rum)at fire resistant elements. 2.05 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors:Form with 18 gage(1.2 run thick)galvanized steel large enough to allow 1/4 inch(6 mm)clearance all around pipe(around pipe covering on chilled water,cold water,and high or medium pressure steam),except use machine cut copper sleeves for uninsulated copper pipe. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams,Walls,Footings,and Potentially Wet Floors:Form with steel pipe or 18 gage galvanized steel large enough to allow 1/4 inch clearance all around pipe(around pipe covering on cold water),except use machine cut copper sleeves for uninsulated copper pipe. C. Sleeves for Round Ductwork:Form with galvanized steel. D. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork:Form with galvanized steel. E. Stuffing Insulation: Glass fiber type,non-combustible. F. Calls:Acrylic sealant. G. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction(this is especially important for finned tube radiation). Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. 2.06 FINISH A. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces,pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. Engineering Associates Supports&Anchors July 2022 15140-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 Riser clamps shall be used at each floor where required. 3.02 Wall bracket pipe supports shall be installed where required. 3.03 All copper piping is to be shielded from steel pipes or electrical conduit with sheet lead or electrical tape wherever pipes would touch each other. 3.04 Galvanized hangers and strap hangers will not be permitted for supporting copper lines except for hangers sized for outside of insulation. 3.05 Steel pipe to be supported at intervals of not over 10 feet(3.0 m),copper at intervals of not over 8 feet(2.4 in),and at base of each riser. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each joint,with 5 feet(1.5 m) maximum spacing between hangers. Support elsewhere as required in accordance with good workmanship. No pipe shall be supported from another pipe. 3.06 Place a hanger within 12 inches(300 mm)of each horizontal elbow. 3.07 Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch(38 mm)minimum vertical adjustment. 3.08 Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation,provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 3.09 Provide pipe anchors and guides where and as indicated on the drawings and elsewhere as required to properly control pipe. Method to suit job conditions. 3.10 Support piping at pumps and equipment from floor,ceiling,or walls, so that piping weight is not supported directly from pumps or equipment. 3.11 Curbs and supports shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.12 Single pipe seals shall be set in mastic by this contractor,flashing and roof seal by General Contractor unless indicated otherwise on drawings. 3.13 Roof openings and weatherproofing of curbs by General Contractor unless indicated otherwise on drawings. Flashing and Counterflashing by this contractor. 3.14 INSERTS A. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. B. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling,provide inserts to be flush with slab surface. 3.15 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide equipment bases of concrete where indicated. B. Provide templates,anchor bolts,and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. 3.16 FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counterflashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls,floors,and roofs. Engineering Associates Supports&Anchors July 2022 15140-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 3 inches(75 mm)minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked one inch(25 mm)minimum into hub, 8 inches(200 mm)minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches(600 x 600 mm) sheet size. For pipes through outside walls,turn flanges back into wall and calls, metal counterflash and seal. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches(250 mm)clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch(9 10 x 910 mm) sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D. Seal all drains watertight to adjacent materials. 3.17 SLEEVES A. In new construction furnish sleeves to the General Contractor,who installs where directed by this Contractor. Coordinate carefully. B. Sleeves shall be provided for new masonry construction. Sleeves are not required if holes are core drilled through existing walls. C. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. D. Extend sleeves through floors 1/4 inch(6 min)above finished floor level in finished areas,3 inches(76 mm)in unfinished areas. Sleeves in partitions shall be same thickness as finished partition. E. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor,ceiling,or wall,close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with stuffing insulation or fire stopping as required and calls seal air tight. F. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. G. Piping shall not bear on sleeve. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Supports&Anchors July 2022 15140-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15190 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION PART i-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Identification of mechanical products installed under Division 15. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Color:Unless specified otherwise,conform with ANSI/ASME A13.1. B. Plastic Nameplates:Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. C. Plastic Tags:Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter. D. Metal Tags:Brass with stamped letters;tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges. E. Stencils:With clean cut symbols and letters of following size: 1. OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF LENGTH OF SIZE OF 2. INSULATION OR PIPE COLOR FIELD LETTERS 3. 3/4" - 1-1/4" 8" 1/2" 4. 1-1/211 -2" 8" 3/4" 5. 2-1/2" -6" 12" 1-1/4" 6. 811 - 1011 " - 10" 24" 2-1/2" 7. Over 10" 32 3-1/2" 8. Equipment ------------ 2-1/2" F. Stencil Paint: In accordance with Section 09900,semi-gloss enamel. G. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering;minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and fluid being conveyed. H. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers:'Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. I. Underground Plastic Pipe Markers:Bright colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape of not less than 6 inch wide by 4 mil thick,manufactured for direct burial service. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09900 for stencil painting. C. Coordinate labeling with painting. Engineering Associates Mechanical Identification July 2022 15190-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Plastic Nameplates:Install with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners,or screws. Do not use adhesive only. B. Plastic or Metal Tags:Install with corrosive-resistant chain. C. Stencil Painting:Apply in accordance with Section 09900. D. Plastic Pipe Markers: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers:Install complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. F. Underground Plastic Pipe Markers: Install 6 to 8 inches below finished grade,directly above buried pipe. G. Equipment:Identify air handling units,pumps,heat transfer equipment,tanks,and water treatment devices with plastic nameplates. Small devices,such as in-line pumps,may be identified with plastic tags. H. Controls:Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates. I. Valves: Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags. J. Piping:Identify piping,concealed or exposed,with plastic pipe markers,plastic tape pipe markers or stenciled painting. Tags may be used on small diameter piping.Identify service,flow direction,and pressure.Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet(6 m) on straight runs including risers and drops,adjacent to each valve and"T",at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. K. Label all duct access doors which serve fire dampers,smoke dampers and smoke detectors. Access door shall be identified with letters no less than 1/2"in height to indicate the location of fire protection devices. 3.03 VALVE CHART AND SCHEDULE A. Provide valve chart and schedule in aluminum frame with clear plastic shield. In the case of remodeling work when a valve identification system already exists,numbering shall start with the next number after the highest existing number. Install at location as directed. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Mechanical Identification July 2022 15190-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15260 PIPING INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Piping insulation. B. Jackets and accessories. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Materials:Maximum flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 in accordance with ASTM E84,NFPA 255 or UL 723. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Manville, B. Owens Corning, C. Knauf, D. CertainTeed, E. Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. 2.02 INSULATION A. Type A:glass fiber insulation with AP(all purpose vapor barrier jacket);ANSI/ASTM C547;'k'value of 0.24 at 75 degrees F('ksi'value of 0.035 at 24 degrees C);noncombustible. Insulation shall berated for 850 degree F(454 degree C). B. Type B: calcium silicate;ANSI/ASTM C533;rigid white;asbestos free;V value of 0.44 at 300 degrees F('ksi' value of 0.060 at 147 degrees C);noncombustible. Insulation shall be rated for 1200 degree F(649 degree C). C. Type C: elastomeric insulation;ASTM C 534;closed-cell,self-seal pipe insulation,black,'k'value of 0.27 at 75 degrees F('ksi'value of 0.039 at 24 degree C);noncombustible. Insulation shall be rated for 220 degree F (104 degree C). 2.03 JACKETS A. Interior Applications(Type A insulation): 1. Vapor Barrier Jackets:Kraft reinforced foil vapor barrier with self-sealing adhesive joints,all purpose j acket. 2. Fittings shall be wrapped with compressed fiberglass to same thickness as the adjacent pipe insulation and covered with a molded plastic fitting. B. Interior Applications(Type B insulation): Engineering Associates Piping Insulation July 2022 15260-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Secure blocks in place with 16 gauge wire or 1/2" wide stainless steel bands on 12" centers. Where required,provide welded studs,clips,or angles as anchors for the wire or bands. Point all voids with insulating cement to provide a smooth finish. Two 1/4"coats of finishing cement reinforced with 1"hex wire mesh shall be troweled to a smooth finish. All corners are to be reinforced with corner bead. Finish with glass cloth(minimum 6x6 weave/inch,4.3 ounces per square yard(143 g/sq m))adhered and coated with Foster No. 30-36 coating. C. Interior Applications(Type C insulation): 1. No interior jacket required unless indicated otherwise. D. Exterior Applications(Type A insulation): 1. Finish same as for interior application plus: 2. Aluminum Jackets: ASTM B209; 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick; smooth finish. Properly install with sealing compounds,aluminum band joint straps,etc.,to make installation weathertight. E. Exterior Applications(Type B insulation): 1. Same as for interior application except glass cloth finish with coating shall be replaced with: 2. Aluminum Jackets: ASTM B209; 0.020 inch (0.51 min) thick; smooth finish. Properly install with sealing compounds,aluminum band joint straps,etc.,to make installation weathertight. F. Exterior Applications(type C insulation): 1. White solvent-based alkyd finish for use over closed-cell insulation for exterior weather protection. Finish shall be by same manufacturer as insulation to insure compatibility. Apply finish at rate recommended by manufacturer. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch(10 mm)wide;0.015 inch(0.38 mm)thick aluminum. B. Insulating Cement:ANSI/ASTM C195;hydraulic setting mineral wool. C. Finishing Cement:ASTM C449. D. Adhesives: Compatible with insulation and by same manufacturer as insulation to insure compatibility. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Install materials after piping has been tested and approved. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Continue insulation with vapor barrier through penetrations. C. In exposed piping,locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. D. On insulated piping with fluid temperature below ambient-insulate fittings,valves,unions,flanges,strainers, flexible connections,and expansion joints. E. On insulated piping with fluid temperature above ambient but below 250 degrees F(121 degrees C,does not Engineering Associates Piping Insulation July 2022 15260-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL include medium and high pressure steam),do not insulate flanges,valves and unions,but bevel and seal ends of insulation at such locations. F. Provide an insert,not less than 6 inches(150 mm)long,of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation, between support shield and piping,but under the finish jacket,on piping 2 inches(50 mm)diameter or larger,to prevent insulation from sagging at support points.Inserts shall be cork or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range.Factory fabricated inserts may be used. G. Neatly finish insulation at supports,protrusions,and interruptions. H. No covering required on supply and return lines inside heating unit cabinets. 1. Looped piping serving finned radiation elements located above ceilings which are used to heat the ceiling plenum are not to be insulated. J. Application shall be made on clean,dry surfaces with all joints butted firmly together. K. No insulation is required on pipes which are underground or buried under floor slab. L. Insulation shall not be applied until the general construction has progressed sufficiently to insure against physical or moisture damage to the insulation. All damaged insulation shall be replaced at this Contractor's expense. 3.03 SCHEDULE PIPING TYPE PIPE SIZE THICKNESS Inch Inch Domestic Hot Water Supply A all 1 Domestic Cold Water A all 1/2 Cold Condensate Drains A all 1/2 Piping Outside(180 F fluids and above) A all 3 Piping Outside(179 F fluids and below) A all 2 Refrigeration Suction C all 1 END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Piping Insulation July 2022 15260-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15290 DUCTWORK INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Ductwork insulation. B. Insulation jackets. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials:UL listed;flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 in accordance with UL 723. PART 2 -PRODUCTS A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Manville,Owens Corning,Knauf,CertainTeed, Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Type A:Flexible glass fiber;ANSI/ASTM C553;commercial grade; 'k'value of 0.29 at 75 degrees F('ksi' value of 0.042 at 24 degrees C); 1.0 lb/cu ft(16 kg/cu m);0.002 inch(0.05 mm)foil scrim facing. Rated for 450 degree F(232 degree C). B. Type B:Rigid glass fiber;ANSI/ASTM C612,Class 1;'k'value of 0.24 at 75 degrees F('ksi'value of 0.035 at 24 degrees C);6.0 lb/cu ft(96 kg/cu in);0.002 inch(0.05 mm)foil scrim facing.Rated for 350 degree F (177 degree C). C. Type C:Flexible glass fiber;ANSI/ASTM C1071,Type 1;'k'value of 0.24 at 75 degrees F('ksi'value of 0.035 at 24 degrees C); 1.5 lb/cu ft(24 kg/cu m)minimum density;black fire retardant coated air side for maximum 4,000 ft/min(20.3 m/sec)air velocity.Rated for 250 degree F(121 degree C). Liner shall confor ni to the requirements for flexible duct liner material as outlined in the SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction Standards", D. Adhesives:Waterproof fire-retardant type. E. Indoor Jacket: glass cloth,minimum 6x6 weave/inch(6x6 weave/25 mm)4.3 ounces per square yard(145 g/sq m). Adhere and coated with Foster's 30-36 coating. F. Outdoor Jacket:Aluminum Jacket,ASTM B209;0.020 inch(0.51 mm)thick; smooth finish. Properly install with sealing compounds,aluminum band joint straps,etc.,to make installation weathertight. G. Lagging Adhesive:Fire resistive to UL 723. H. Impale Anchors:Galvanized steel, 12 gage(2.5 mm), self-adhesive pad. 1. Joint Tape:2-1/2" (63 mm)wide pressure sensitive tape to match vapor barrier facing. J. Tie Wire:Annealed steel, 16 gage(1.5 mm). Engineering Associates Ductwork Insulation July 2022 15290-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Install materials after ductwork has been tested and approved. B. Clean surfaces for adhesives. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide insulation with vapor barrier. C. Exterior Insulation(Type A or Type B)Application: 1. Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket, 2. Install without sag on underside of ductwork. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. D. Liner(Type C)Application: 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage. Secure insulation with mechanical fasteners on 15 inch(375 mm)centers maximum on top and side of ductwork with dimension exceeding 20 inches(500 mm). Seal and smooth joints. Do not use nail-type fasteners. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. 2. Ductwork dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air flow. Increase ductwork to allow for insulation thickness. 3. Omit liner for a distance of approximately 6"where dampers are installed in ducts to permit proper fit of dampers. 4. Omit liner for approximately 6"where reheat coils are installed in ducts. 5. Seal all leading edges of liner,including at duct joint,coils and dampers,with a thick coat of fire- retardant adhesive to prevent erosion. E. Continue insulation with vapor barrier through penetrations. F. Ductwork required to be lined and is located inside and concealed is not required to be externally insulated. Outside ductwork and interior/exposed ductwork shall be wrapped as specified whether lined or not. G. Cover all variable air volume and mixing box necks as required for inside/concealed supply air ducts. H. Cover top of supply air diffusers above ceilings not in a return air plenum as required for inside/concealed supply air ducts. 1. Cover hot water reheat coils when installed in ductwork or connected to terminal boxes in air conditioning systems as required for inside/concealed supply air ducts. J. Cover locations where lined ductwork is discontinued for dampers as required for inside/concealed supply air ducts. K. Plenums shall be insulated with type"B" insulation with thickness and cover as required for associated duct system type. Engineering Associates Ductwork Insulation July 2022 15290-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL L. All supply air conditioning ducts shall be insulated continuous through floors,walls,ceilings and roofs. M. Return air ducts located in return air plenums or above ceilings in areas with floors above,do not require exterior insulation. 3.03 SCHEDULE INSULATION DUCTWORK TYPE THICKNESS FINISH Inch Supply Air Ducts(inside,concealed) A 1-1/2 FSK Supply Air Ducts(inside,exposed,rectangular) B 1 FSK&INDOOR JACKET Supply Air Ducts(inside,exposed,round or oval) A 1-1/2 FSK&INDOOR JACKET Return Air Duct(inside,concealed) A 1 FSK Return Air Duct(inside, exposed) B 1 FSK&INDOOR JACKET Lined Ductwork(where indicated on drawings) C 1 - END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Ductwork Insulation July 2022 15290-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARD POOL SECTION 15410 PLUMBING PIPING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe and pipe fittings. B. Valves. C. Sanitary sewer and vent piping system. D. A/C condensation drain piping system. E. Domestic water piping system. F. Natural gas piping system. G. Excavation and backfill PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARY SEWER PIPING,BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Pipe:ASTM A74 service weight.Fittings:Cast iron. Joints:Hub-and-spigot,CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. B. PVC Pipe(where permitted by local authority):ASTM D2665 schedule 40 hub&spigot. Fittings:PVC. Joints: elastomeric gaskets. Number 18 copper tracer wire. 2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING,BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Pipe:ASTM A74 service weight.Fittings: Cast iron. Joints:Hub-and-spigot,CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. B. PVC Pipe(where permitted by local authority):ASTM D2665 schedule 40 hub&spigot. Fittings:PVC. Joints: solvent welded. 2.03 SANITARY SEWER PIPING,ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe:ASTM A74, set vice weight. Fittings: Cast iron. Joints:Hub-and-spigot,CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301,hubless,setvice weight.Fittings: Cast iron. Joints:Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies CISPI 310. C. Copper Pipe(2" or smaller):ASTM B306,DWV.Fittings:ANSI/ASME B 16.23.Joints:ANSI/ASTM B32,solder. D. PVC Pipe(where permitted by local authority):ASTM D2665 schedule 40 hub&spigot. Fittings:PVC. Joints: solvent welded. 2.04 A/C CONDENSATION DRAIN PIPING,ABOVE GRADE. Engineering Associates Plumbing Piping July 2022 15410-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Cast Iron Pipe:ASTM A74,service weight. Fittings: Cast iron. Joints:Hub-and-spigot,CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum, B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301,hubless,service weight. Fittings: Cast iron. Joints:Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies CISPI 310. C. Copper Pipe(2" or smaller):ASTM B306,DWV.Fittings:ANSI/ASME B 16.23. Joints:ANSI/ASTM B32, solder. D. PVC Pipe(where permitted by local authority):ASTM D2665 schedule 40 hub&spigot. Fittings:PVC. Joints: solvent welded. 2.05 VENT PIPING,BURIED A. Cast Iron Pipe:ASTM A74,service weight. Fittings: Cast iron. Joints:Hub-and-spigot,CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. B. PVC Pipe(where permitted by local authority):ASTM D2665 schedule 40 hub&spigot. Fittings:PVC. Joints: solvent welded. 2.06 VENT PIPING,ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe:ASTM A74,service weight. Fittings: Cast iron. Joints:Hub-and-spigot,CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe:CISPI 301,hubless,service weight. Fittings: Cast iron. Joints:Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies CISPI 310. C. Galvanized Pipe: Steel pipe, seamless galvanized,ASTM A 53,Type S,Grade B, Fittings:Malleable-iron threaded fittings,galvanized ASME B 16.3. D. Copper Pipe:ASTM B306,DWV.Fittings:ANSI/ASME B 16.23. Joints:ANSI/ASTM B32,solder. E. PVC Pipe(where permitted by local authority):ASTM D2665 schedule 40 hub&spigot. Fittings:PVC. Joints: solvent welded. 2.07 WATER PIPING,BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. 5" and larger:Ductile Iron Pipe:ANSI/AWWA C151. Fittings:ANSI/AWWA C110 Ductile iron,standard thickness. Joints:ANSI/AWWA C111,rubber gasket.Piping,fittings and joints shall be cement mortar lined per ANSI/AWWA C104. Exterior of piping to be covered with ANSI/AWWA C105 polyethylene encasement 10 mil. B. 4" and less: Copper tubing:ASTM B88,Type K hard drawn.Fittings:ANSI/ASME B16.22,wrought copper.Joints: AWS A5.8,braze. C. PVC Pipe(where permitted by local authority): Schedule 40 hub&spigot. Fittings:PVC. Joints: solvent welded. 2.08 WATER PIPING,BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88,Type K hard drawn.Fittings;ANSI/ASME B 16.22,wrought copper.Joints: Engineering Associates Plumbing Piping July 2022 15410-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL AWS A5.8,braze. Under building,use type K soft copper tubing with no joints under slab. B. Ductile Iron Pipe:ANSI/AWWA C151, Fittings:ANSI/AWWA Cl 10 Ductile iron,standard thickness. Joints:ANSI/AWWA C111,rubber gasket.Piping,fittings and joints shall be cement mortar lined per ANSI/AWWA C104.Exterior of piping to be covered with ANSI/AWWA C105 polyethylene encasement 10 mil. C. PVC Pipe(where permitted by local authority): Schedule 40 hub&spigot. Fittings:PVC. Joints: solvent welded. D. PEX with color coding may be used where permitted by local authority. 2.09 WATER PIPING,ABOVE GRADE A. 4" and smaller: Copper Tubing:ASTM B88,Type L hard drawn.Fittings:ANSI/ASME B 16.22,wrought copper. Joints:ANSI/ASTM B32,solder,Grade 95TA. The Pro Press system may be utilized where allowed by local authority. 2.10 NATURAL GAS PIPING,BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BUILDING(MAXIMUM 5 PSIG). A. Polyethylene Pipe:ASTM D2513,SDR 11. Fittings:ASTM D2683 or ASTM D2513 socket type. Joints: Fusion welded. Pipe shall be nonflammable and meet requirements of the local Gas Company and all local codes and be listed for natural gas use. Piping to be buried a minimum of 24" (610 mm)below grade. Piping under parking areas to be buried a minimum 36 inches(925 mm)below grade. Number 18 copper tracer wire. 2.11 NATURAL GAS PIPING,BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING(MAXIMUM 5 PSIG). A. Polyethylene Pipe:ASTM D2513, SDR 11.Fittings:ASTM D2683 or ASTM D2513 socket type. Joints: Fusion welded. Pipe shall be nonflammable and meet requirements of the local Gas Company and all local codes and be listed for natural gas use. Piping may terminate a maximum of one foot above ground when encased in a listed metallic transition riser. 2.12 NATURAL,GAS PIPING,ABOVE GRADE(MAXIMUM 5 PSIG) A. Steel Pipe(EXPOSED):ASTM A53,Schedule 40 black. Fittings:ANSI/ASME B 16.3,malleable iron,or ASTM A234,forged steel welding type. Joints: Screwed for pipe 1-1/4" (32 mm)and under;ANSI/AWS D1.1,welded,for pipe over 1-1/4" (32 mm). 2.13 Steel Pipe(CONCEALED):ASTM A53, Schedule 40 black. Fittings: ASTM A234,forged steel welding type. Joints:ANSI/AWS D 1.1,welded. No valves shall be installed in these locations including return air plenums. 2.14 FLANGES,UNIONS,AND COUPLINGS A. Pipe Size 2 Inches and Under: 150 psig malleable iron unions for threaded ferrous piping;bronze unions for copper pipe,soldered joints.The Pro Press system may be utilized where allowed by local authority. B. Pipe Size Over 2 Inches: 150 psig forged steel slip-on flanges for ferrous piping;bronze flanges for copper piping;neoprene gaskets for gas service; 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene bonded to asbestos. C. Grooved and Shouldered Pipe End Couplings:Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock,designed to permit some angular deflection,contraction,and expansion; "C" shape composition sealing gasket; steel Engineering Associates Plumbing Piping July 2022 15410-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL bolts,nuts,and washers;galvanized couplings for galvanized pipe. D. Dielectric Connections:Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end,copper solder end,water impervious isolation barrier. 2.15 GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: Crane,Hammond, Jenkins,Lunkenheimer,Milwaukee,Nibco,Powell,Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. B. Up to 2 Inches :MSS-SP-80,Bronze body,rising stein and handwheel,inside screw,taper solid wedge disc,threaded ends, 125 lb. S.W.P., C. Over 2 Inches:AWWA C509,Iron body,bronze trim,rising stem OS&Y,resilient wedge,flanged ends, 125 lb. S.W.P.Epoxy coated inside and out.Valves shown with chain on drawings to be chain operated. 2.16 BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: Crane,Hammond, Jenkins,Lunkenheimer,Milwaukee,Nibco,Powell, Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. B. Up to 2-1/2 Inches:FS-WW-V-35,Bronze body,stainless steel ball,teflon seats and stuffing box ring,lever handle,(balancing/memory stops where indicated),threaded ends, 125 lb. S.W.P. 2.17 CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: Crane,Hammond, Jenkins,Lunkenheimer,Milwaukee,Nibco,Powell, Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. B. Horizontal Swing Check: 1. Up to 2 Inches:MSS-SP-80,Bronze,horizontal swing check with bronze disc,screwed ends, 125 lb S.W.P. 2. Over 2 Inches:MSS-SP-71,Iron body,bronze trim,horizontal swing check with bronze disc, flanged ends, 125 lb S.W.P. Epoxy coated inside and out. 2.18 RELIEF VALVES A. Manufacturers: Watts,Cash, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. Bronze body,teflon seat,steel stem and springs,automatic,direct pressure actuated,capacities ASME certified and labeled. 2.19 CURB BOX A. Manufacturers: Mueller,Clow,Hayes,Ford, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. Mueller No.H-10364 two piece adjustable,sliding type,cast iron with cover marked"water",length to suit job requirements. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Engineering Associates Plumbing Piping July 2022 15410-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever joining dissimilar metals. B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. C. Install piping to conserve building space and not to interfere with use of space. D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,joints,or connected equipment. F. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. G. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. H. Provide drain valves at low point of water systems. I. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 3 ft of cover unless indicated otherwise. All non-metallic piping shall be buried with number 18 copper tracer wire. J. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing,scrape,brash clean,and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. K. Prepare exposed pipe,fittings,supports,and accessories not prefinished,ready for finish painting. Not required in Mechanical equipment rooms. L. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal,not inverted. M. Provide one plug cock wrench for every ten plug cocks sized 2 inches and smaller,minimum of one. Provide each plug cock sized 2-1/2 inches and larger with a wrench with set screw. N. Make proper connections to all items of equipment in the Contract as recommended by the Manufacturer or as detailed on the Drawings. O. All joints in copper piping above ground shall be made with 95-5 solder. Solders and fluxes containing lead are prohibited. All copper piping below ground shall be made with Silfos. P. Make all changes of directions with fittings,rather than bending. Q. Install thermometers and gauges so they may be read from the floor level. R. All valves and unions to be installed so as to be accessible thru ceiling,access panels,etc. S. Where piping is installed in accessible chases,keep all piping to sides of chase,except portions which must necessarily be in center of chase. Offset vents to side immediately above connection to waste line. T. Where pipe drops occur in block walls,pipes to enter and leave walls at block joints. Coordinate with General Contractor. U. Properly support all relief valve discharge piping and provide no more than one 90 degree ell. V. Bull head connections are strictly prohibited. W. At the end of each day's work and otherwise as required or directed,provide caps and/or plugs at all openings in piping for protection. Particular attention must be given to avoid the possibility of any foreign materials entering the pipes,whether it be inadvertent or with malicious intent. Engineering Associates Plumbing Piping July 2022 15410-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL X. Copper piping exposed to soil and concrete at floor penetrations shall be protected with a thick tape wrap or other similar material made for this purpose. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners only in accessible locations. B. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. No welded connections shall be made to valves or equipment. C. Install gate valves with caps at all low points of system for drainage of system. D. All exposed piping including traps shall be chrome plated. 3.03 TESTING PIPING SYSTEMS A. Refer to Section 15010 "Basic Mechanical Requirements" for additional requirements. B. After work has been completed but before pipe covering has been applied,the Contractor shall test the systems as follows. At these pressures,the circulation shall be free,piping free of leaks and no drop in pressure over the test period shall occur. System Test Medium Pressure Test Period (Psig) (hr) 1. Water Lines Water 125 6 2. Drainage Systems "IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODES" 3.04 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. Prior to starting work,verify system is complete,flushed and clean. B. After domestic water lines are all installed, sterilize lines,including outside services as prescribed by AWWA-C-651. Sterilization shall be done under the immediate on the job supervision of a water testing laboratory regularly engaged in the service and shall be done per their instructions. All fees for testing and test equipment shall be paid by this Contractor. C. Furnish a Certificate of Sterilization and Approval for Human Consunption signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State regularly in the employ of the Testing Laboratory. Certification shall be furnished to the Architect. D. Sterilization: Chlorinating material either liquid chlorine meeting AWWA Standard B301,sodium or calcium hypochlorite meeting AWWA Standard B300. E, With all outlets closed,fill system to working pressure and close valve at supply main. F. A cleaning solution containing not less than 150 parts per million of chlorine shall be introduced into the system. G. Each outlet,hot and/or cold,shall be tested during fill to prove the presence of chlorine at the outlet and valves and faucets shall be opened and closed several times during the disinfecting time period. H. Water piping systems shall remain filled for a period of 24 hours and each outlet shall be again tested and shall produce not less than 100 parts per million of chlorine at the end of the retention period. Engineering Associates Plumbing Piping July 2022 15410-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL L All outlets shall be opened wide and the main supply valves opened,flushing system with water until chlorine content is not greater than 0.2 parts per million or until approved by the Health Department.Flush drain valves. J. After final flushing all aerators on plumbing brass shall be removed,cleaned and reinstalled. K. Sterilization test may be performed at the same time the pressure test is placed on the system. 3.05 EXCAVATION,TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES (The following shall be utilized where these requirements are not established elsewhere(i.e. Other specification sections in this contract,local authority/code requirements,etc.). A. Backfill Materials: 1. Sand: Obtain bank sand that is free from clay lumps,organic and other deleterious material,and having a plasticity index of 4 or less. 2. Earth:Free fiom roots,rocks larger than 3 inches and building debris with a plasticity index of less than 20. B. Excavation: 1. Safety procedures as described by OSHA shall be followed during excavation and while trench is open. 2. Dig the trench to the proper depth as indicated or required. Trench depth shall not exceed 6 inches below bottom of pipe and shall be properly graded to provide uniform bearing support. Limit clear space on either side of the pipe to 9 inches at and below the top of the pipe. C. Bedding and Initial Backfill 1. Bedding shall be made with bank sand as described above properly compacted to provide a 6 inch bed. Initial backfill to also be made with bank sand properly compacted to 12 inches above utility pipe. Deposit materials in layers not to exceed 6 inches and compact with hand tampers to 95%of maximum density ASTM D698 "Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort". Initial backfill under roadways to be compacted to 95%of maximum density per ASTM D 1557"Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(50,000 ft-lbf/cu.ft.). D. Final Backfill 1. Earth as described above deposited in layers not to exceed 12 inches compacted to 90%of maximum density per ASTM D698 "Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort".Backfill under roadways to be compacted to 95%of maximum density per ASTM D1557"Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (50,000 ft-lbf/cu.ft.). Final grades shall be coordinated with existing conditions or new grades as required. E. Backfill for Appurtenances(i.e.Manholes.Etc.) 1. After manhole or other appurtenance has been set and cured as required,backfill shall be made with earth(final backfill)as described above. F. Repair of damaged surfaces 1. Where utility work by this Contractor is the only work being done and no other surface repair has been planned(i.e.utility work through existing lawns,paved areas,etc.that are intended to remain) This contractor shall then repair work to match existing. G. Depth of utilities shall be a minimum of 3 feet below grade. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Plumbing Piping July 2022 15410-7 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15430 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Floor drains B. Floor sinks C. Roof drains D. Downspout nozzles E. Cleanouts F. Strainers G. Backflow preventors. H. Water hammer arresters. 1. Thermostatic mixing valve J. Hose bibbs and hydrants. K. Trap Primer L. Thermal Expansion Absorber M. Access Doors N. Thermometers O. Pressure Gauges PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 FLOOR DRAINS A. Manufacturers: Zurn, Josam,Wade,J.R. Smith,Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. FD.1:ANSI Al 12.21.l;(floor drains in finished areas,including Showers):Zurn ZN-415,cast iron floor drain with double drainage flange and weepholes,bottom caulk outlet with type B,nickel bronze adjustable strainer. Furnish with clamping collar except floor drains in on-grade locations. Sizes 14/2 inches to 6 inches,refer to drawings for required size. Furnish with trap primer connection. C. FD.2: ANSI Al 12.21.1; (equipment floor drains in finished areas): Zurn ZN-415, cast iron floor drain with double drainage flange and weepholes,bottom caulk outlet with type E,nickel bronze,round,adjustable strainer with funnel. Inside caulk outlet. Sizes 2 inches to 4 inches,refer to drawings for required size. Furnish with trap primer connection. Engineering Associates Plumbing Specialties July 2022 15430-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. FD.3:ANSI Al 12.21.1;(equipment room floor drains):Zurn Z-610,cast iron square hopper floor drain with double drainage flange,weepholes, 12"x 12"(305 mm x 305 mm)top and removable shallow sediment bucket. Inside caulk outlet,lacquered top. Sizes 2 inches(51 mm)to 6 inches(152 mm),refer to drawings for required size. Furnish with trap primer connection. 2.02 FLOOR SINKS (FS) A. Manufacturers: Zurn, Josam,Wade,J.R. Smith, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. FS: Zurn Z-1901, 12"xl2" cast iron `SANI-FLOR'Receptor, 8 inch deep sump,white acid resisting enamel body interior,nickel bronze square frame,loose-set grate,seepage pane and aluminum anti-splash interior dome strainer. Partial grate to be furnished to facilitate connection from indirect equipment drains. Sizes 2 inches to 4 inches,refer to drawings for required size. Furnish with trap primer connection. 2.03 ROOF DRAINS(RD) A. Manufacturers: Zurn, Josam,Wade,J.R. Smith, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. Roof Drains(RD):ANSI At 12.21.2,Zuun ZA-163,cast iron roof drain and overflow drain combination with sump receiver and flange, deck clamps, removable aluminum mushroom type domes, flashing clamp and perforated gravel guard. Sizes 2 inch(51mm)to 8 inch(203 mm),refer to drawings for required size. 2.04 DOWNSPOUT NOZZLES(DN) A. Manufacturers: Zurn, Josam,Wade,J.R. Smith, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. Downspout Nozzle(DS):ANSI At 12.21.2,Zurn ZARB-199,plain bronze body downspout nozzle with pipe connection to suit roof drain down spouts. Sizes 2 inch(51mm)to 8 inch(203 run), refer to drawings for required size. 2.05 CLEANOUTS(WCO,FCO,DCO,GCO) A. Manufacturers: Zurn, Josam,Wade,J.R. Smith, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. (WCO) In walls of finished areas, use cleanout tee and provide cleanout and access cover similar to Zurn ZABN-1460-8,with round polished stainless steel access cover complete with securing screw and bronze hex- head plug. Size to suit cleanout. C. (FCO) 1. In floors of finished areas,provide frame and access cover similar to Zurn ZN-1400-2,cast iron cleanout with round heavy duty scoriated nickel bronze top (screwdown type), adjustable level, inside caulk connection,bronze plug and membrane clamp. 2. In exposed concrete floors of finished areas,provide frame and access cover similar to Zurn Z-1425-25, cast iron cleanout with round,extra heavy duty,scoriated cast iron top,adjustable to finished floor or grade level,vandal proof screw,bronze plug,inside caulk connection. 3. In vehicular areas,provide frame and access cover similar to Zurn Z-1420-27,cast iron cleanout with round,heavy duty, scoriated,non-tilt cast iron top,adjustable to finished floor or grade level,vandal proof screw,bronze plug,inside caulk connection. D. (DCO,GCO)Outside cleanouts shalt be similar to Zurn Z-1425-25,cast iron cleanout with round,extra heavy duty,scoriated cast iron top,adjustable to finished floor or grade level,vandal proof screw,bronze plug,inside caulk connection. Cleanout shall be supported by a minimum 24"x24" x 6 inch thick concrete pad with#4 Engineering Associates Plumbing Specialties July 2022 15430-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL reinforcing each way by this contractor. Cleanouts located in concrete paved areas may serve for support in lieu of above mentioned pad. E. All other cleanouts shall be similar to Zurn ZAB-1470 and be flush with floor or wall and have counter-sunk brass head. F. All cleanouts installed in carpeted areas shall be provided with vandal-proof carpet markers. 2.06 STRAINERS A. Manufacturers: Sarco, Dunham-Bush, Armstrong, Mueller, Wheatley, Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1, B. Sizes 1/2 inch to 2 inch,threaded,bronze body,stainless steel screen 40 mesh- 1/64 inch openings,250 psi WWP at 210 degree F(99 degree Q. C. Sizes over 2 inch,flanged,cast iron body,stainless steel screen 40 mesh-1/64 inch openings, 200 psi WWP at 150 degree F(66 degree Q. Epoxy coated inside and out. 2.07 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Manufacturers: Watts, Clayton, Febco, Aero, Lawler, Hersey, Wilkins, Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. B. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers:ANSI/ASSE 1013,AWWA C511; 3/4 inch to 2 inch shall be similar to Watts LF009QT, rated for 175 psi and 180 degree F (82 degree C), bronze body construction, NPT connections, pressure differential relief valve located in a zone between two positive seating check valves. The assembly shall include two tightly closings shut-off ball valves before and after the device,test cocks and a . protective strainer upstream of the No. 1 valve.The reduced pressure zone backflow preventer shall have all access port covers secured with stainless steel cap screws which are bolted to valve body. Furnish backflow preventer with Watts No. 909AG series fixed air gap. C. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers:ANSI/ASSE 1013,AWWA C511; 2-1/2 inch to 3 inch shall be similar to Watts LF009QT-FDA,LEAD FREE,rated for 175 psi and 110 degree F.FDA approved epoxy coated cast iron check valve bodies with plastic seats,and FDA approved epoxy coated cast iron relief valve with stainless steel trim, FDA approved epoxy coated strainer, epoxy coated quarter turn ball valve shut-offs, test cocks. Furnish backflow preventer with Watts No. 909AG series fixed air gap. D. Double Check Valve Assemblies:ANSI/ASSE 1015;3/4 inch to 2 inch shall be similar to Watts 709,rated for 175 psi and 110 degree F(44 degree C),bronze body construction,stainless steel check seats,NPT connections, gate valve shut-offs,bronze strainer. E. Double Check Valve Assemblies:ANSI/ASSE 1015;2-1/2 inch to 10 inch shall be similar to Watts 709,rated for 175 psi and 110 degree F(44 degree C),FDA approved epoxy coated cast iron check valve bodies with bronze seats,test cocks,FDA approved epoxy coated strainer,outside stem and yoke gate valve shut-offs. 2.08 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS(SHOCK ABSORBERS) A. Manufacturers:Zurn,Josam,Wade,J.R.Smith,Watts,Sioux Chief,Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. ASSE Standard 1010 sized in accordance with PDI WH-201,PDI certified,shall be similar to Wade Shokstop, precharged suitable for operation in temperature range -100 to 300 degrees F (-73 to 149 degrees C) and maximum 250 psig working pressure. Engineering Associates Plumbing Specialties July 2022 15430-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.09 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE(MV) A. Manufacturers:Zurn/Wilkins,Josam,Wade,J.R. Smith, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. Master Mixer-Only where indicated-ASSE 1017 Wilkins ZW-1017XL or Watts LFMMV,NSF rated,lead free,tempering mixing valve,all bronze body with brass and stainless steel internal operating components. 1 inch CU sweat connections, rated at 18 GPM with 105 to 110 degree F outlet temperature. Refer to manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Showers - ASSE 1069 for individual or multiple single temperature shower panels equivalent to Watts LFMMV.All valves to be lead free and have integral check valves,integral screens and adjustment nut with locking feature.Unit to be sized according to the connections indicated on the plan. Single shower minimum flow rate is 1.5 GPM. D, Lavatories or other Hand Washing Fixtures-ASSE 1070 Lead Free equivalent to Watts LFMMV-M1 or Watts LFUSG-B-M2,brass 4-port"H"body.All valves to be lead free and have integral check valves,integral screens and adjustment nut with locking feature.Minimum flow 0.25 -0.5 GPM, 2.10 HOSE BIBBS/HYDRANTS A. Manufacturers: Zurn,Josam,Wade,J.R. Smith, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. Wall/Exterior/Encased(HB,1)-Zurn Z-1320 ECOLOTROL encased,Anti-Siphon,wall hydrant complete with Integral Backflow Preventer, non-freeze type, with bronze casing, all bronze interior parts and non-turning operating rod with flee-floating compression closure valve,length to suit wall. Face shall be stainless steel and complete with operating key. Unit shall have 3/4 inch American National Straight Thread Hose Connection. C. Interior Exposed Hose Bibbs(14B.2)-All interior hose bibbs shall be rough brass angle pattern,screwed,boiler drain valves with packing nuts, 3/4 inch American National Straight Thread Hose Connection and Watts 8A (ASSE No. 10 11)non-removable type vacuum breaker. Equivalent vacuum breakers by manufacturers listed under Backflow Preventers above may be furnished at the contractor's option. 2.11 TRAP PRIMER A. Manufacturers:Zurn,Josam,Wade,J.R. Smith, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. Zurn Z-1022,Sani-Gard Automatic Trap Primer,all bronze body with integral vacuum breaker,non-limiting internal operating assembly with gasketed bronze cover. 1/2 inch IPS union connections,rated at 125 psi and 110 degree F(43 degree Q. 2.12 THERMAL EXPANSION ABSORBER A. Manufacturers: Amtrol,Watts,Equivalent manufacturer's at the Contractors Option, B. Diaphragm-type pre-pressurized expansion tank specifically designed for potable hot water systems. ASME rated for 150 psig and 200 degree F working pressure. Tank construction shall be in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Outer steel shell with rigid polypropylene liner and heavy duty Butyl Diaphragm. All internal wetted parts to comply with FDA regulations and approvals. 2.13 ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: Zurn,Josam,Wade,J.R. Smith, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. Concrete and Masonry Walls-Zurn Z-5000,universal door with rounded safety corners,one piece frame with hinged door, 1-1/4 inch mounting flange, flush mounted, concealed locking mechanism with key operated Engineering Associates Plumbing Specialties July 2022 15430-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL cylinder lock,steel construction,16 gauge panel, 18 gauge frame,inside latch release,unit to be furnished with prime finish. Size as indicated on drawings. C. Drywall Surfaces-Zurn Z-5040,flush access door with rounded safety corners,one piece frame and hinged door, drywall bead, concealed locking mechanism with key operated cylinder lock for wall mounting/slot screwdriver operator for ceiling mountings, steel construction, 14 gauge panel, 16 gauge frame,inside latch release,unit to be furnished with prime finish. Size as indicated on drawings. 2.14 THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: Trerice,Ashcroft,Marsh,Weiss, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. B. Thermometers shall be similar to Trerice"Industrial Type"red reading mercury thermometer with 9 inch cast aluminum case,front double-strength clear glass window,straight or angle pattern as required. Provide brass separable socket. 2.15 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Manufacturers: Trerice,Ashcroft,Marsh,Weiss, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division L B. Pressure Gauges shall be similar to Weiss 4PGA-1,standard single spring,aluminum case,4-1/2 inch diameter face,gauge cock and pigtail. Range as indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate cutting and forming of roof and floor construction to receive drains to required invert elevations. 3.02 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION A. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to pen-nit intended performance. B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface.Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensue clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. D. Furnish and install with each floor drain a cast iron P-trap. Provide trap primer connections when indicated. E. Provide membrane clamps on all floor drains and cleanouts in floors having waterproofing membrane. F. This Contractor shall be responsible for having all drains and cleanouts flush and level with finish floor or wall, coordinate elevations with General Contractor. All cleanouts and drains that are not level with floor or flush with walls shall be removed and replaced to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.03 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Install water hammer arrestor with isolation valve at all flush valve locations with 12"x12"access door. One(1) arrestor may serve multiple flush valves in one(1) chase. Water hammer arrestor sized and located per PDI WH-201. Arrestor to be located between the last two(2)fixtures on a branch and a maximum of 20 feet per arrestor: 1. TABLE P 1:WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS Engineering Associates Plumbing Specialties July 2022 15430-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL No, of Flush Valves PDI WH-201 Arrestor Size a) 2 to 3 B b) 4 to 6 C c) 7 to 11 D d) 12 to 15 E e) 16 to 33 F END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Plumbing Specialties July 2022 15430-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Water closets. B. Urinals. C. Sinks D. Lavatories. E. Mop Basin. F. Drinking Fountain G. Showers 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fixtures:By same manufacturer for each product specified throughout. B. Trim:By same manufacturer for each product specified throughout. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Include fixtures,sizes,rough-in dimensions,utility sizes,trim,and finish. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Division 1. B. Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts lists. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-FIXTURES A. Kohler B. American Standard C. Zurn D. Crane E. Delta F. Just Engineering Associates Plumbing Fixtures July 2022 15440-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL G. Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-FIXTURE TRIM A. Zurn B. Kohler C. American Standard D. Delta E. Crane F. Speakman G. Chicago H, Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-FLUSH VALVES A. Zurn B. Sloan C. Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. 2.04 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-WATER CLOSET SEATS A. Bemis B. Church C. Olsonite D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1, 2.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-FIXTURE CARRIERS A. Zurn B. Josam C. J.R. Smith D. Wade E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1, 2.06 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS—MOP BASIN A, Fiat Engineering Associates Plumbing Fixtures July 2022 15440-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL B. Williams C. Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. 2.07 WATER CLOSET(WALL MOUNTED/FLUSH VALVE/ADA/TAS COMPLIANT)-(WC.1) A. Bowl:ANSI At 12.19.2;Kohler Model K-4330,wall mounted,back outlet, 1.28 gallon per flush,siphon jet, elongated rim, 1-1/2 inch(38 mm)top spud connection,vitreous china, china bolt caps. Fixture must meet ADA/TAS requirements. B. Flush Valve:ANSI At 17.1;Sloan Regal 111-1.28 SFSM,single flush, 1 inch(25 mm)inlet,exposed chrome plated,diaphragm type,sensor activated,wall and spud flanges,adjustable tailpiece,integral supply stop and vacuum breaker. Smart Sense Technology TM provided with(4)four"C" cell alkaline batteries. C. Seat: Olsonite 95,solid white plastic(fire retardant),open front for elongated bowl,extended back,stainless steel self-sustaining hinge,without cover. D. Carrier:ANSI A112.6.1; Zurn series 1203 or 1204,horizontal or vertical carrier as required, adjustable cast iron frame, integral drain hub and vent, adjustable spud,neoprene seal. Lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs with nuts and washers. 2.08 WATER CLOSET(WALL MOUNTED/FLUSH VALVE)-(WC.2) A. Bowl: Same as WC.1, except mounted at standard height. B. Flush Valve: Same as WC.1. C. Seat: Same as WC.1. D. Carrier: Same as WC.1. 2.09 WATER CLOSET(FLOOR MOUNTED/FLUSH VALVE/ADA/TAS COMPLIANT)-(WC.3) A. Bowl:ANSI At 1119,2;Kohler Model K-4405,floor mounted,bottom outlet,1.28 gallon per flush,elongated rim, 1-1/2 inch(38 mm)top spud connection,vitreous china,china bolt caps. Fixture must meet ADA/TAS requirements. B. Flush Valve:ANSI At 17.1;Sloan Regal 111-1.28 SFSM,single flush, 1 inch(25 mm)inlet,exposed chrome plated,diaphragm type,sensor activated,wall and spud flanges,adjustable tailpiece,integral supply stop and vacuum breaker. Smart Sense Technology TM provided with(4)four"C" cell alkaline batteries. C. Seat: Olsonite 95,solid white plastic(fire retardant),open front for elongated bowl,extended back,stainless steel self-sustaining hinge,without cover. 2.10 URINAL(WALL MOUNTED/FLUSH VALVE/ADA/TAS COMPLIANT)-(UR.1) A. Urinal:ANSI At 12,19.2;Kohler Model K-5016-ET, 14 inch elongated rim,0.5 gallon per flush,vitreous china, wall hung siphon jet,flushing rim,integral trap,3/4 inch top spud,2 inch back outlet,wall hanger. Mounted at ADA/TAS height. Fixture must meet ADA/TAS requirements. B. Flush Valve: ANSI At 17.1; Sloan Regal 186-0.5 XL SFSM, 0.5 gallon per flush, 3/4 inch inlet, exposed chrome plated, diaphragm type, sensor activated, wall and spud flanges, adjustable tailpiece, integral screwdriver stop with protective cap,and vacuum breaker. Smart Sense Technology TM provided with(4)four "C" cell alkaline batteries. Engineering Associates Plumbing Fixtures July 2022 15440-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Wall Mounted Carrier:ANSI Al 12.6.1;Zurn Series ZR-1222,cast iron and steel flame with tubular legs,lugs for floor and wall attachment, adjustable support plate,threaded fixture studs for fixture hanger and bearing studs. 2.11 SINK(DOUBLE COMPARTMENT/COUNTER MOUNT/ADA/TAS)-(SK) A. Unit:Just DL-ADA-2233-A-GR, 18 gauge stainless steel,counter mounted 22 inch x 33 inch,self-rimming with fully coated underside sound deadening. J-1174-KS ADA/TAS compliant Gooseneck faucet and ADA-35 drain assembly included for a complete package.Grip Rim Plus with 300 Series Stainless steel mounting channels. B. Trim: 1-1/2 inch polished chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon,1/2 inch loose key angle stops with stainless steel flexible risers and escutcheons. 2.12 LAVATORY(WALL HUNG/PUBLIC/ADA/TAS COMPLIANT)-(L.1) A. Basin: ANSI Z124.3,Z124.6 and ANSI/ICPA SS-1-2001; Bradley MG-2/BIR3 battery powered infra-red activation, wall-hung wash fountain, two user, solid surface polyester resin, vandal resistant, thermostatic mixing valve,p-trap,tailpiece,flexible stainless steel supplies,stainless steel mounting flame and access panel. Provide manual soap dispenser. 2.13 LAVATORY(WALL HUNG/PUBLIC/ADA/TAS COMPLIANT)-(L.2) A. Basin:ANSI Al 12.19.2;Kohler Model K-2007-L,vitreous china wall-hung lavatory 20-1/2 inch x 18-1/4 inch with 4 inch high back,drillings on 4 inch centers,D-shaped bowl,front overflow,back and side splash shields, self-draining deck area,faucet ledge and wall plate mounting. B. Trim:ANSI Al 12.18.1; Sloan SF-2350-BDM,polished chrome plated,deck mounted infrared convergence- type proximity sensor lavatory faucet,4 inch spout with integral 4"cover plate,0.5 GPM water economy vandal resistant aerator, 1-1/4 inch tailpiece with non-removable grid strainer,polished chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon,1/2 inch standard angle stops with flexible stainless risers. The temperature mixing valve,stops,supplies and battery mechanism shall be mounted inside the chase with a single supply tube and wiring harness connected to the faucet.Provide an escutcheon at the wall penetration. Sensor mechanism shall have a non-adjustable factory set sensor range and utilize 4-`AA'batteries.Provide wall access panel below the lavatory to allow servicing the stops,mixing valve and batteries from the finished side of the room. C. Insulation Kit: Similar to Truebro Inc.,Handi Lav-Guard lavatory insulation kit. Insulate water piping(cold and hot water)and drain piping under lavatory. Material shall be molded closed cell vinyl with a nominal 3/16 inch(5 mm)wall,white finish. K value of 1.17 per ASTM C177. Materials shall meet TAS requirements. D, Concealed Arrn Carrier:ANSI Al 12.6.1;Zurn Series Z-1231,cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs,lugs for floor and wall attachment,adjustable headers,concealed arms,steel sleeves,alignment truss and mounting fasteners. 2.14 MOP BASIN-(MB) A. Basin:WWP541;Fiat Products,Terrazzo Service Basin,TSB-3000,24 x 24 x 12 inch deep with 6 inch drop front,one piece precast terrazzo with 2 inch wide shoulders,cast in gray portland cement,stainless steel caps on all curbs,3 inch integral stainless steel strainer plate. Provide P-trap to match sewer piping. B. Trim: ANSI A112.18.1; Fiat 830A rough chrome plated, 5-3/4 inch vacuum breaker spout, 3/4 inch hose thread outlet,pail hook with wall support,integral stop arms,2-1/2 inch metal lever handles,exposed fitting, escutcheons,5 foot hose. Engineering Associates Plumbing Fixtures July 2022 15440-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.15 DRINKING FOUNTAIN—(WALL HUNG/PUBLIC/ADA/TAS COMPLIANT)-(DF) A. Fountain: ANSI/NSF 61; Halsey-Taylor HRFSEBPFR bi-level wall mounted drinking fountain, lead free, stainless steel deck,in-line strainer with elevated bubbler and front push-button. Both fountains shall include contour-formed basins to eliminate splashing and standing water with rounded corners and edges. Vandal resistant,chrome plated projector with hood guard and anti-squirt feature. Furnish with freeze resistant boxes, which mount behind the wall. Unit must meet TAS mounting requirements. 2.16 SHOWER(INDIVIDUAL/ADA/TAS COMPLIANT)-(SH,1) A. Stall:Refer to Architectural drawings. B. Trim:ANSI Al 12.18,1;Bradley SXWS9148FM Dual Head Panel Shower,ASTM(air single temp)metering valve with push button control,front mounting beveled edge body with seamless welded heavy gauge stainless steel construction. Bradley severe service"SX15", 1.5 GPM fixed spray heads,shower heads and push buttons to be chrome plated brass. Unit shall be mounted to comply with ADA/TAS requirements.Provide recessed soap dish and corrosion resistant fasteners. C. Shower Drain: Refer to Section 15430-PLUMBING SPECIALTIES,FD,1-Floor Drains for Showers. 2.17 SHOWER(INDIVIDUAL/STANDARD)-(SH.2) A. Stall:Refer to Architectural drawings. B. Trim:ANSI Al 12.18.1;Bradley SXWS9557FM Single Head Panel Shower,ASTM(air single temp)metering valve with push button control,front mounting beveled edge body with seamless welded heavy gauge stainless steel construction. Bradley severe service"SX15", 1.5 GPM fixed spray head,shower head and push button to be chrome plated brass. Unit shall be mounted at standard height.Provide recessed soap dish and corrosion resistant fasteners. C. Shower Drain: Refer to Section 15430-PLUMBING SPECIALTIES,FD.1-Floor Drains for Showers. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation. B. Verify adjacent construction is ready to receive rough-in work of this Section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install each fixture with trap,easily removable for servicing and cleaning. B. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with loose key stops,reducers,and escutcheons. C. Install components level and plumb D. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall carriers and bolts. E. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Division 7,color to match fixture. F. Install all fixtures according to manufacturer's recommendations. Engineering Associates Plumbing Fixtures July 2022 15440-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL G. Refer to Architectural Drawings for wall hung fixture heights. Where fixtures are required to meet TAS requirements,mount at height to meet these requirements. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. At completion clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. 3.04 FIXTURE ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with following table ofminimum sizes for particular fixtures. Sizes shown on drawings shall take precedence over sizes indicated below. HOT WATER COLD WATER Inch Inch 1. Water Closets(flush valve) - 1 2. Urinals - 3/4 3. Lavatories 1/2(tempered) 4. Sinks 1/2 1/2 5. Mop Basins 1/2 1/2 6. Showers 1/2(tempered) END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Plumbing Fixtures July 2022 15440-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15450 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Water heaters. 1.02 RELATED WORK- A. ORKA. Section 15140-Supports and Anchors. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME Section 8D-Pressure Vessels. B. ANSI/NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. C. ANSI/UL 1453 -Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ensure products and installation of specified products are in conformance with recommendations and requirements of the following organizations: 1. National Sanitation Foundation(NSF). 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME). 3. National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors(NBBPVI). 4. National Electrical Manufacturers'Association(NEMA). 5. Underwriters Laboratories(UL). 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to NSF,ANSI/NFPA 54,ANSI/NFPA 70,requirements for water heaters. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Include dimension drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping. C. Include dimensions of tanks,tank lining methods,anchors,attachments,lifting points,tappings,and drains. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Division 1. E. Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Division 1 that pressure vessels meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Engineering Associates Plumbing Equipment July 2022 15450-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Division 1. B. Include operation,maintenance,and inspection data,replacement part numbers and availability,and service depot location and telephone number. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1. C. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in Place until installation. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide three year manufacturer's non-prorated warranty for domestic water heater and tank under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide a one year warranty for all other equipment. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-WATER HEATERS A. Intellihot B. Bradford White C. Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. 2.02 WATER HEATER A. Water heater-Refer to drawing for manufacture,model number and capacity. Features shall include insulated glass lined storage tank,controls(thermostat,high temperature cut-off),drain valve,baked enamel finish and a minimum 3 year warranty. Unit shall be UL listed and meet ASHRAE standards for energy efficiencies. B. Install service valves unions on inlet and outlet connections. C. Install ASME temperature-pressure relief valve set at 210 degree F and 125 psig.Extend discharge full size to mop basin, Set water supply at 120 degree F. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Install water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to AGA,NSF,NFPA,UL requirements. B. Pipe relief valves to floor drain or other approved receptacle. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Plumbing Equipment July 2022 15450-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15535 REFRIGERATION PIPING AND SPECIALTIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Piping and Pipe Fittings. B. Refrigeration Specialties. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15130-Firestopping B. Section 15140-Support and Anchors C. Section 15190-Mechanical Identification. D. Section 15260-Piping Insulation. E. Section 15787-Split System Air Conditioning Units. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI B 16.18 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings. B. ANSI B 16.22-Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. C. ASTM B32-Solder Metal D. ASTM B1280-Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration field Service. E. AWS A5.8 -Brazing Filler Metal. F. MSS SP-58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports-Materials,Design and Manufacture. G. MSS SP-69-Pipe Hangers and Supports-Selection and Application. H. ASHRAE 15-1992-Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer shall have current Refrigeration License indicating certification in this type of work. B. Split System Components:Product of manufacturer regularly engaged in production of components who issues complete catalog data on total product. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Shop drawings shall indicate assembly,dimensions,and field connection details. Engineering Associates Refrigeration Piping and Specialties July 2022 15535-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Product data shall indicate dimensions,weights,capacities,ratings,and finishes of materials. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Division 1. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Division 1. B. Include pants lists. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Division 1 with factory-installed shipping plugs. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1. C. Store in clean(hy place and protect from weather and construction traffic. Handle carefully to avoid damage. 1.08ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be performed in accordance with EPA requirements for handling refrigerants. 1.09 EXTRA STOCK A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Refrigeration Systems,Above ground: 1. Copper Tube: ASTM B 1280,Type L,ACR Hard Drawn 2. Fittings:ANSI B 16.22,wrought copper. 3. Joints: AWS A5.8,BCuP silver braze. B. Refrigeration Systems,Above ground option: 1. (Contractor's option to provide pre-charged tubing) 2. Copper Tube: ASTM B 1280,Type L,ACR Soft Drawn 3. Fittings:ANSI B 16.22,wrought copper. 4. Joints: AWS A5.8,BCuP silver braze. C. Specialties 1. Sight Glass 2. Filter Drier 2.02 GENERAL A. Piping and tubing shall be installed so as to prevent vibration and stress at joints and connections. B. Provide all additional refrigerant required for proper charging of the system. Engineering Associates Refrigeration Piping and Specialties July 2022 15535-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install pipe and tubing such that it is not subject to damage from external sources. C. Cut and ream pipe and tubing to prevent burrs and debris inside finished j oints. Braze joints in pipe and tubing. During brazing of pipe and tubing connections,purge interior of pipe and tubing continuously with nitrogen. D. Route piping parallel to building structure and maintain proper slope for oil return. E. Effect changes in size with reducing fittings. Make changes in direction of required turns or offsets with fittings. F. Provide pipe sleeves where pipes and tubing pass under ground,through walls, floors,roofs, and partitions. Finish flush at both ends. Extend 2 inches(50 mm)above finished floors.Pack space between pipe or tubing and sleeve,and calk. G. Pressure test and evacuate system prior to covering. H. Insulate piping in accordance with Section 15260 after pressure testing. I. Seal all building penetrations and make weather tight. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Refrigeration Piping and Specialties July 2022 15535-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15787 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Refrigerant cooling coil and condenser. B. Gas fired heating section C. Controls. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15890-Ductwork B. Section 15885 -Air Cleaning 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASHR.AE 15 -Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. B. ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90A-Energy conservation in new building design standard. C. ANSI/NFPA 90B-Installation of warm air heating and air conditioning systems. D. ARI 210-Unitary air conditioning equipment. E. ARI 270-Sound rating of outdoor unitary equipment. F. ARI 360-Commercial and industrial unitary air conditioning equipment testing and rating standard. G. ANSI/ASHRAE/37-Testing unitary air conditioning equipment. H. ANSI/NFPA 70- 1990-National Electric Code. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall indicate assembly,unit dimensions,required clearances, construction details, and field connection details. B. Product data shall indicate dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, fan performance, motor electrical characteristics,and gauges and finishes of materials. C. Provide fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted. D. Submit product data of filter media,filter performance data,filter assembly,and filter frames. E. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Division 1. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA f Engineering Associates Split System Air Conditioning Units July 2022 15787-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Division 1, B. Include manufacturer's descriptive literature,operating instructions,installation instructions,maintenance and repair data,and parts listings. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A, Deliver products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1. C. Protect units fiom physical damage by storing off site until roof mounting fiames are in place, ready for immediate installation of units. 1.07 WARRANTY:PROVIDE 5 YEAR COMPRESSOR WARRANTY 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide one additional set of filters(total of 2 sets). One set to be used during construction and replaced at completion of project. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Carrier B. Trane C. Lennox 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNIT A. Provide high efficiency ductless-split or horizontal,platform-mounted unit with gas heat,having refrigerant as scheduled. Indoor unit shall be self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and pre-wined, consisting of cabinet,heat exchanger,supply fan and evaporative coil. B. Indoor furnace shall be high efficiency condensing type with combination PVC flue and combustion air piping C. Outdoor unit factory package consisting of compressor,condenser coil,condenser fan and controls. D. Refrigerant shall be R-410A. E. Units shall be high-efficiency with SEER values compatible with Equipment Schedule on drawings. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Cabinet: Steel with baked enamel finish. B. Supply Fan:Centrifugal type,resiliently mounted with direct drive,3 speed taps minimum. C. Air Filters:2 inch thick MERV-10 disposable media in metal fi•ames,easily removable. 2.04 EVAPORATOR COIL(INDOOR) Engineering Associates Split System Air Conditioning Units July 2022 15787-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Provide configured aluminum fin surface mechanically bonded to copper tubing coil, B. Provide refrigerant piping connections and factory installed thermostatic expansion valve. C. Provide drain pan,corrosion resistant with drain connection. 2.05 GAS FIRED HEATING(INDOOR) A. High efficiency(condensing)gas heat exchanger shall be of heavy gauge corrosion resistant metal with positive vent,redundant gas valve and pilot flame sensor. Unit shall be rated at 90%thermal efficiency or better.The heating section shall be complete with electronic ignition burner assembly and controls. B. Unit shall be certified by the American Gas Association and so labeled. C. High temperature limit controls shall shut off heating in the event of excessive temperatures resulting from restricted indoor airflow or loss of indoor airflow. D. Provide PVC flue and combustion air piping connected to factory combination fitting at outside wall. E. Provide condensate piping and connections. 2.06 COMPRESSOR(OUTDOOR) A. Provide hermetic compressor,resiliently mounted integral with condenser with positive lubrication,crankcase heater,high and low pressure safety controls,motor overload protection and filter drier. 2.07 CONDENSER(OUTDOOR) A. Air cooled condenser,aluminum fin and copper tube coil,with direct drive aluminum blades axial propeller fan, galvanized fan guard and coil hail guards. 2.08 OPERATING CONTROLS A. All controls shall be furnished with the unit controls to be low voltage(24 volts or less). B. Unit to be controlled by a programmable thermostat with single stage cooling/heating operation.Furnish and install a remote sensor (where indicated) compatible with the thermostat. All thermostats without remote sensors shall be furnished with lockable covers. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide flexible duct connections for ducts at unit. C. Mount fan coil unit horizontally above chase. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Split System Air Conditioning Units July 2022 15787-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15870 POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. In-Line exhausters. B. Roof Exhausters. C. Cabinet and Ceiling exhaust fans. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15890-Ductwork. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AMCA 99-Standards Handbook. B. AMCA 210-Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes. C. AMCA 300-Test Code for Sound Rating Air Moving Devices. D. AMCA 301 -Method of Publishing Sound Ratings for Air Moving Devices. E. SMACNA-Low Pressure Duct Construction Standard. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301,tested to AMCA 300 ,and bear AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. C. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1, B. Provide product data roof exhausters. C. Provide fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted. D. Submit sound power levels for both fan inlet and outlet at rated capacity. E. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Division 1. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS—IN-LINE EXHAUSTERS Engineering Associates Power Ventilators July 2022 15870-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Cook B. Greenheck C. Substitutions with approval. 2.02 IN-LINE EXHAUSTERS A. Unit:As scheduled,direct drive centrifugal wheel,with resilient mounted motor;corrosion resistant birdscreen at connection of outlet duct to louver;duct connections and rubber isolation hangers supported from structure;secured with stainless steel bolts and screws.Fans exhausting corrosive areas shall have baked enamel or other corrosion resistant finishes and the motor shall be totally enclosed. B. Motors shall be rated at the HP and RPM necessary to meet the scheduled conditions,with voltage and phase as indicated.Motor shall be mounted to eliminate vibration. Motor shall have a drive arrangement consistent with the scheduled equipment with permanent lubrication and thermal protection,designed for efficient operation and low noise at the scheduled condition.Motor shall be totally enclosed with an external rotor in corrosive environment application. C. Backdraft Damper: Gravity activated,aluminum multiple blade construction,felt edged with nylon bearings. D. Disconnect Switch:Factory wired,non-fusible,in housing for thermal overload protected motor.Unit shall include a built-in adjustable thernostat. 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-ROOF EXHAUSTERS A. Cook B. Broan C. Fantech D. Substitutions with approval. 2.04 ROOF EXHAUSTERS A. Unit:Direct drive propeller style precision balanced blade,with metal dome.Mesh birdscreen; square base flashing and gasket or caulking; secured with stainless steel self sealing screws. OR other means acceptable to the roof installer. General purpose fans to be aluminum construction.Fans exhausting corrosive areas may be aluminum or other material,but shall have baked enamel or other corrosion resistant finishes and the motor shall be totally enclosed.Refer to scheduled equipment. B. Motors shall be rated at the HP and RPM necessary to meet the scheduled conditions,with voltage and phase as indicated.Motor shall be mounted to eliminate vibration. Motor shall have a drive arrangement consistent with the scheduled equipment with permanent lubrication and thermal protection,designed for efficient operation and low noise at the scheduled condition.Motor shall be totally enclosed with an external rotor in corrosive environment application. C. Roof Flashing: 23 gage metal flashing as part of the fan. May be trimmed to fit between the metal roof flutes. Separate roof curb to be provided where scheduled model number indicates. D. Roof Curbs:Factory standard roof curbs may be furnished with certain fans as scheduled.The curb configuration and size is dependant on the fan and roofing application. E. Disconnect Switch:Factory wired,non-fusible,in housing for thermal overload protected motor.Unit shall Engineering Associates Power Ventilators July 2022 15870-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL include a built-in adjustable thermostat when available. 2.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-CABINET AND CEILING EXHAUST FANS A. Reversomatic B. Cook C. Greenheck 2.06 CABINET AND CEILING EXHAUST FANS A. Centrifugal Fan Unit:Direct driven,with galvanized steel housing lined with 1/2"(13 mm)acoustic insulation,resilient mounted motor,gravity backdraft damper in discharge. B. Disconnect Switch:Factory wired,non-fusible,in housing for thermal overload protected motor. C. Grille:Molded white plastic or aluminum with baked white enamel finish, D. Furnish with wall louver or roof cap as indicated on drawings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Secure wall exhausters with screws to suit wall construction. C. Weather proofing shall be coordinated with the General Contractor, END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Power Ventilators July 2022 15870-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15885 AIR CLEANING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Filters B. Filter fiames. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15787—Split System Air Conditioning Units B. Section 15890-Ductwork. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASHRAE 52.2-2012-Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Filter media shall be ANSI/UL 900 listed,Class 1,as approved by local authorities. B. Provide all filters as product of one manufacturer. C. Assemble filter components to form filter banks from products of one manufacturer. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1 on filter media,filter performance data,filter assembly and filter frames. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Division 1. B. Include instructions for operation,changing,and periodic cleaning. 1.07 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide one extra set of filters(total of 2 sets). 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1, Engineering Associates Air Cleaning July 2022 15885-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Glasfloss B. Air Guard C. Eco Air 2.02 DISPOSABLE,EXTENDED AREA PANEL FILTERS A. Media: Glasfloss Z-Line HV,extended surface,thermally bonded,reinforced synthetic fibers pleated in a tapered radial configuration;supported by and laminated to a heavy-duty,galvanized,rust-resistant metal backing; enclosed in heavy-duty beverage board frame;2" deep filter of nominal size to fit unit. Furnish 1" deep filters for filter return air grilles. B. Rating: ANSI/ASHRAE 52.2-2012;MERV 10,maximum 0.27" static pressure drop at 500 FPM for 2" filter. C. Holding frames shall provide a maximum 1%leakage rate at 3" static pressure drop. Frames shall be suitable for application to allow for easy replacement of filters. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install air filters in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Prevent passage of unfiltered air around filters with felt,rubber,or neoprene gaskets. C. Where indicated,install filter gage static pressure tips upstream and downstream of filters. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Air Cleaning July 2022 15885-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15890 DUCTWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Low pressure ducts. B. Duct cleaning. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15140-Supports and Anchors: Sleeves. B. Section 15290-Duct Insulation. C. Section 15910-Ductwork Accessories. D. Section 15936-Air inlets and Outlets. E. Section 15990-Testing,Adjusting and Balancing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 90-Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)Iron or Steel Articles. B. ASTM A 167-Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate,Sheet,and Strip. C. ASTM A 525 -General Requirements for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process. D. ASTM A 527-Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)by Hot-Dip Process,Lock Fonning Quality. E. ASTM B209-Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate. F. NFPA 90A-Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. G. NFPA 90B -Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. H. NFPA 96-Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and Grease-Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooling Equipment. 1. SMACNA-Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. J. SMACNA-High Pressure Duct Construction Standards. K. UL 181 -Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Duct Sizes:Inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts,maintain sizes inside lining. B. Low Pressure:2 inch WG(500 Pa)positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 2,000 fpm(10 m/sec). All low pressure ductwork shall be contracted per SMACNA standards to meet these requirements. Engineering Associates Ductwork July 2022 15890-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A and NFPA 96 standards. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Division 1, 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Non-combustible or conforming to requirements for Class 1 air duct materials, or UL 181. Ducts exposed to corrosive air shall be coated inside with a corrosion resistant PVC or similar finish.Alternatively, the contractor may install non-metallic ducts that otherwise comply with the size requirements indicated on the drawings. This corrosion resistant requirement also applies to the sections listed below. B. Steel Ducts:ASTM A525 or ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet,lock-forming quality,having zinc coating of 1.25 oz per sq ft(382 g/sq m)for each side in conformance with ASTM A90. C. All exposed round ducts shall be spiral lockseam construction of gauges as recommended by SMACNA and shall be as manufactured by United Sheet Metal,Lindab,Semco,or Eastern. Shop fabricated duct is acceptable as long as the manufacturing standards are equal to or better than those listed. D. All fittings shall be manufactured from 20 gauge thru 36 inches, 18 gauge for 37 inch thru 50 inch, and 16 gauge over 51 inch zinc-coated steel with continuous corrosion resistant welds. E. All 90 degree elbows in sizes 3 inch through 8 inch diameter shall be die-stamped for minimum air friction loss with continuous corrosion-resistant welds. F. Elbows 9 inch and over shall be 5-piece fabrication. G. Tees and laterals-low loss conical type fittings straight or reducing as required. H. Couplings,end caps,slip joints,concentric reducer and transitions to be standard fittings. I. Flexible duct shall comply with NFPA requirements,Pamphlet 90A,and shall be UL listed with flame spread rating of 25 or less and smoke developed rating of 50 or less. Duct shall be a factory fabricated assembly composed of an inner foil skrim kraft liner providing an air seal and bonded permanently to corrosion resistant coated steel wire helix and 1 inch(25 mm)thick fiber glass insulating blanket and low permeability outer vapor barrier of fiber glass reinforced metalized film laminate. 1. Flexible duct shall be terminal duct for supply air system and shall not exceed 8 feet in length. Do not make more than one(1)90 degree bend with flexible duct. Bend radius shall be a minimum of two(2) times duct diameter. 2. Flexible duct shall be Thennaflex or equivalent. 3. Duct shall be rated for minimum 10 inch W.G. (2487 Pa)internal working pressure,for all duct sizes. Engineering Associates Ductwork July 2022 15890-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL J. All fan flexible connections shall be made with commercial grade neoprene coated glass fabric(heavy duty). K. Fasteners:Rivets,bolts,or sheet metal screws. L. Sealant:Non-hardening,water resistant,fire resistive,compatible with mating materials;liquid used alone or with tape,or heavy mastic. All duct sealing compounds,mastics and duct tape shall meet NFPA 90A standards and shall be UL listed with ratings not to exceed 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke development. M. Hanger Rod: Steel,galvanized;threaded both ends,threaded one end,or continuously threaded. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks,except as indicated. Provide duct material,gages,reinforcing,and sealing for 2 inch W.G.(500 Pa) operating pressures. B. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written pennission. C. Construct T's,bends,and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 tunes width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used,provide turning vanes. D. Increase duct sizes gradually,not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees;convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees. E. Provide easements where low pressure ductwork conflicts with piping and structure. Where easements exceed 10 percent duct area,split into two ducts maintaining original duct area. F. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with liquid adhesive plus tape. G. Seal all seams and joints in aluminum ducts. All ducts to be watertight. Pitch ducts to low points and drain all low point in the system. H. Install flexible connections in all duct connections to fans and air handling units,unless otherwise noted. 1. All duct joints induct systems shall be made airtight. Duct tape or joint tape maybe used to seal joints. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers,etc. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems. Pilot tube openings to be capped with plastic test plug. B. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. C. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust fiom entering ductwork system. Engineering Associates Ductwork July 2022 15890-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.03 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL 1. Low Pressure Supply Air Steel(galvanized) 2. Return Air Steel(galvanized) 3. General Exhaust Air Steel(galvanized) 4. Chemical Exhaust Air Corrosion Resistant 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity tlunough duct to remove accumulated dust. To obtain sufficient air,clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dint with temporary filters,or bypass during cleaning. Duct cleaning to take place prior to any painting being started. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Ductwork July 2022 15890-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15910 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Volume control(manual)dampers. B. Gravity backdraft dampers. C. Ceiling and wall access doors. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15890-Ductwork. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 90A-Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. B. SMACNA-Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Division 1. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 VOLUME CONTROL(MANUAL)DAMPERS. A. Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 1.5 sq. ft. (0.14 sq. m.)face area and all round ducts per SMACNA low pressure duct construction standards. B. Rectangular dampers larger than 1.5 sq. ft. (0.14 sq.m.)face area shall be Ruskin Type MD-35/013 opposed blade with molded synthetic bearings,6"wide(152 mm), 16 gauge(1.6 mm)galvanized steel blades,extended shaft and linkage. Equivalent dampers by American Warming and Ventilating or Air Balance maybe furnished at the Contractor's option. C. Provide locking,quadrant regulators on all manual dampers. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets,bases,or adapters. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Ruskin B. Air Balance C. Arrow Engineering Associates Ductwork Accessories July 2022 15910-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D, American Warming and Ventilating E. Vent Products F. Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. 2.03 GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPERS. A. Based on Ruskin Co.Type CBD-6 heavy duty gravity type dampers with extruded aluminum frame of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thickness, 16 gauge (1.8 mm) aluminum blades, vinyl edge seals, zytel bearings, and aluminum linkage. Size as shown on drawings. Use aluminum fasteners for mounting. Counterbalance as required for proper operation. 2.04 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS -CEILING AND WALL ACCESS DOORS A. Zurn B. Josam C. Wade D. J.R. Smith E. Substitutions:Under provisions of Division 1. 2,05 CEILING AND WALL ACCESS DOORS A. Concrete and Masonry Walls-Zurn Z-5000,universal door with rounded safety corners,one piece frame with hinged door, 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) mounting flange, flush mounted, concealed locking mechanism with key operated cylinder lock, steel construction, 16 gauge (1.5 mm)panel, 18 gauge(1.2 mm)frame, inside latch release,unit to be furnished with prime finish. Size as indicated on drawings. B. Drywall Surfaces-Zurn Z-5040,flush access door with rounded safety corners,one piece fi-ame and hinged door, drywall bead, concealed locking mechanism with key operated cylinder lock for wall mounting/slot screwdriver operator for ceiling mountings, steel construction, 14 gauge(1.9 mm)panel, 16 gauge(1.5 mm) frame,inside latch release,unit to be furnished with prime finish. Size as indicated on drawings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install manual balancing dampers with locking quadrants where shown on the Drawings and as required for proper balancing of the systems, Locking quadrants shall be easily accessible. On insulated ducts, locking quadrants shall be installed on outside of insulation by means of a stand-off holding bracket. C. Provide access doors in ducts to all automatic dampers, smoke detectors, and elsewhere as shown on the drawings unless otherwise noted. Doors shall be minimum 12 inch x 24 inch (305 mm x 610 mm), or duct width x 24 inch(6 10 mm),whichever is smaller,unless otherwise noted. Provide minimum 12 inch x 12 inch (305 mm x 305 mm)access doors in each duct where smoke detector element passes through the duct. D. Access doors at smoke detectors shall be identified with letters no less than 1/2" in height to indicate the location of the smoke protection device within. Engineering Associates Ductwork Accessories July 2022 15910-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL E. Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment. 3.02 FLEXIBLE AND ROUND DUCT CONNECTIONS TO RECTANGULAR A. Connection of flexible and round ducts to rectangular ducts to be made with spin-in type fittings complete with extractor and damper with locking operator. 3.03 STATIONARY LOUVERS A. Installation of stationary louvers to be coordinated with the General Contractor. Caulk all around louvers with gun grade"Sonolastic"sealant. Caulking shall be applied with a handgun and work shall be left neat and clean. 1. Finish to be baked enamel,color approved by Architect 2. Caullk color to match louver finish as close as possible. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Ductwork Accessories July 2022 15910-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15936 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Diffusers B. Registers C. Grilles 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Division 9-Painting:Painting of ductwork visible behind outlets and inlets. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ADC 1062-Certification,Rating and Test Manual. B. ANSI/NFPA 90A-Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. C. ARI 650-Air Outlets and Inlets. D. ASHRAE 70-Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets. E. SMACNA-Low Pressure Duct Construction Standard. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test and rate performance of air outlets and inlets in accordance with ADC Equipment Test Code 1062 and ASHRAE 70. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ANSI/NFPA 90A, 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide product data for items required for this project. C. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets indicating type,size,K-Factor location,application,and noise level. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS -REFER TO AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE ON PLANS A. Klueger B. Titus C. Price Engineering Associates Air Outlets and Inlets July 2022 15936-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. Nailor 2.02 SQUARE CEILING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS A. Aluminum square ceiling diffusers. 1. Krueger 5SH,aluminum,surface style,white finish, square neck 2. Krueger 1400,aluminum,lay-in style,white finish,round neck. 2.03 SUPPLY AIR REGISTERS A. Registers with louver face,two-way deflection. 1. Krueger 5880H,aluminum, surface mounted,white finish 2. Krueger 5815,aluminum,surface mounted linear,natural finish. 2.04 RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR GRILLES A. Grilles with louver face. 1. Krueger S580H,aluminum,surface mounted,white finish B. Grilles with perforated face. 1. K-ueger 51190,aluminum,surface mounted,white finish,square neck. 2. Krueger 6590,aluminum,lay-in style,white finish,round neck. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install items in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features,symmetry,and lighting arrangement. Refer to Division 9. C. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. D. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, and grilles and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser,or grille and register assembly. E. All steel registers shall be furnished with factory prime coat of paint. Outlets in ceilings shall be furnished with factory white finish unless otherwise noted. F. Furnish frame and trim compatible with ceilings shown on Architectural drawings. G. All diffusers to have equalizing grid. H. Provide additional support hangers for air devices mounted in lay-in ceilings. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Air Outlets and Inlets July 2022 15936-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 15990 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing,adjustment,and balancing of air system. B. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC system. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 1 -Quality Control: Testing laboratory services: B. Division 1 -Starting of Systems. C. Division 1 -Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing of Systems. D. Section 15787-Split System Air Conditioning Units E. Section 15870-Power Ventilators F. Section 15885 -Air Cleaning G. Section 15890-Ductwork. H. Section 15910-Ductwork Accessories. I. Section 15936-Air Inlets and Outlets. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AABC-National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation,Total System Balance. B. ASHRAE- 1991 HVAC Applications Handbook: Chapter 34,Testing,Adjusting and Balancing. C. NEBB -Procedural Standards for Testing,Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency for approval within 60 days after award of Contract. Testing and balancing agency shall be independent of the HVAC Contractor and shall be hired by the General Contractor, B. Submit test reports as a submittal under provisions of Division 1. C. Prior to commencing work,submit draft reports indicating adjusting,balancing,and equipment data required. D. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Architect/Engineer and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. Engineering Associates Testing,Adjusting and Balancing July 2022 15990-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL E. Provide reports in soft cover,letter size, 3-ring binder manuals,complete with index page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets,and indicating thermostat locations. F. Include detailed procedures,agenda,sample report forms 30 days prior to commencing system balance. 1.05 REPORT FORMS A. Submit reports on AABC National Standards for Total System Balance B. Forms shall include the following information: 1. Title Page: a) Company name b) Company address c) Company telephone number d) Project name e) Project location f) Project Architect g) Project Engineer h) Project Contractor i) Project altitude 2. Instrument List: a) Instrument b) Manufacturer c) Model d) Serial number e) Range f) Calibration date 3. Au Moving Equipment: a) Location b) Manufacturer c) Model d) Air flow, specified and actual e) Return air flow,specified and actual f) Outside air flow,specified and actual g) Total static pressure(total external),specified and actual h) Inlet pressure i) Discharge pressure j) Fan RPM 4. Exhaust/ventilation Fan Data: a) Location b) Manufacturer c) Model d) Air flow,specified and actual e) Total static pressure(total external),specified and actual f) Inlet pressure g) Discharge pressure h) Fan RPM 5. Return Air/Outside Air Data: a) Identification/location Engineering Associates Testing,Adjusting and Balancing July 2022 15990-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL b) Design air flow c) Actual air flow d) Design return air flow e) Actual return air flow f) Design outside air flow g) Actual outside air flow h) Return air temperature i) Outside air temperature j) Required mixed air temperature k) Actual mixed air temperature 1) Design outside/return air ratio m) Actual outside/return air ratio 6. Electric Motors: a) Manufacturer b) B?/BHP c) Phase,voltage,amperage;nameplate,actual,no load. d) RPM e) Service factor f) Starter size,rating,heater elements 7. V-Belt Drive: a) Identification/location b) Required driven RPM c) Driven sheave,diameter and RPM d) Belt,size and quantity e) Motor sheave,diameter and RPM f) Center to center distance,maximum,minimum,and actual 8. Air Distribution Test Sheet: a) Air terminal number b) Room number/location c) Terminal type d) Terminal size e) Area factor f) Design velocity g) Design air flow h) Test(final)velocity i) Test(final)air flow j) Percent of design air flow 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit record documents under provisions of Division 1. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing and balancing agency shall be independent of the HVAC Contractor and shall be hired by the General Contractor. B. Agency shall be company specializing in the adjusting and balancing of systems specified in this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience.certified by AABC or NEBB.Perform Work under supervision of AABC or NEBB Certified Test and Balance Engineer. Engineering Associates Testing,Adjusting and Balancing July 2022 15990-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Total system balance shall be performed in accordance with AABC or NEBB National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance and ASHRAE - 1992 Systems and Equipment Handbook. PART 2-PRODUCTS A. NOT USED PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Before commencing work,verify that systems are complete and operable. Ensure the following: 1. Equipment is operable and in a safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required,install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5. Correct fan rotation. 6. Coil fins have been cleaned and combed. 7. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. B. Report any defects or deficiencies noted during performance of services to Architect/Engineer. C. Promptly report abnormal conditions in mechanical systems or conditions,which prevent system balance. D. If,for design reasons,system cannot be properly balanced,report as soon as observed. E. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide instruments required for testing,adjusting,and balancing operations. Make instruments available to Architect/Engineer to facilitate spot checks during testing. B. Provide additional balancing devices as required. 3.03 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Adjust air handling systems to plus or minus 5 percent for supply systems and plus or minus 10 percent for return and exhaust systems from figures indicated. B. Adjust hydronic systems to plus or minus 10 percent of design conditions indicated. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under provisions of Division 1. B. Recorded data shall represent actually measured,or observed condition. C. Permanently marls settings of valves,dampers,and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. Engineering Associates Testing,Adjusting and Balancing July 2022 15990-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. After adjustment,take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. E. Leave systems in proper working order,replacing belt guards,closing access doors,closing doors to electrical switch boxes,and restoring thermostats to specified settings. F. At final inspection,recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by the Owner. 3.05 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities. B. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. C. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. D. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet. E. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units,including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Testing,Adjusting and Balancing July 2022 15990-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16010 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The general requirements for electrical work are intended to be complementary to and not instead of the General Requirements of the Construction Contract of these Specifications. B. Work Included:Provide complete electrical,and telephone service where shown on the drawings,as specified herein,and as needed for a complete and proper installation including,but not necessarily limited to the following summary of work: 1. Secondary electric service. 2. Service entrance rated Distribution Panelboard. 3. Telephone service entrance. 4. Branch circuit panelboards. S. Pole mounted site and area lighting fixtures and lamps. 6. Entry building interior lighting. 7. Pool lighting. 8. Pool grounding and bonding system. 9. Lighting circuits and controls. 10. Motor circuits and controls. 11. Transformers,contactors and timeclocks. 12. Wiring devices. 13. Branch circuit wiring. 14. Other items and services required to complete the systems. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. Codes:All electrical work shall conform with the requirements and recommendations of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code and all local codes and ordinances. In conflicts between codes, the more stringent requirements shall govern. B. Standards:The specifications and standards of the following organization are by reference made a part of these specifications and all electrical work,unless otherwise indicated,shall comply with their requirements and recommendations wherever applicable: Association of Edison Illuminating Companies(A.E.I.C.)Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers(I.E.E.E.) American National Standards Institute(A.N.S.I.) Engineering Associates General Requirements September 2022 16010-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL American Society for Testing and Materials(A.S.T.M.) Certified Ballast Manufacturers(C.B.M.) Electrical Testing Laboratories(E.T.L.) Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association(I.P.C.E.A.) National Bureau of Standards(N.B.S.) National Electrical Contractors Associations(N.E.C.A.) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association(N.E.M.A.) National Fire Protection Association(N.F.P.A.) Radio-Television Manufacturer's Association(R.T.M.A.) Reflector Luminaire Manufacturers(R.L.M.) Underwriters' Laboratories,Inc. (U.L.) 1.3 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. The requirements and recommendations of the latest edition of the Occupational Safety and Health Act are by reference made a part of these specifications and all electrical work shall comply with their requirements and recommendations wherever applicable. 1.4 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other divisions of the contract documents. Refer to each division's specifications and drawings for all requirements. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of this section. B. Product Data: Submit the following: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under Division 16. 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which,when reviewed by the Engineer, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Submittals required of materials and equipment under this section include the following: 1. Distribution panelboards. 2. Branch circuit panelboards. 3. Safety switches. 4. Transformers. 5. Circuit breakers. 6. Lighting fixtures. 7. Lamps. Engineering Associates General Requirements September 2022 16010-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 8. Conductors. 9. Conduit and fittings. 10. Motor Controls. 11. Cabinets. 12. Contactors,relays,timeclocks and controls. 13. Photo cell controls. 14. Wiring devices and cover plates;receptacles,switches. 15. Grounding and Bonding system components. 1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The use of manufacturers'names and catalog numbers followed by the phrase"or equal"is generally used to establish a standard of quality and utility for the specified items and to provide a dimensional reference for construction documents that are drawn to scale. B. Submittals for"equal"items shall,where applicable,include the following data which are not necessarily required for specified items: 1. Performance characteristics. 2. Materials. 3. Finish. 4. Certification of conformance with specified codes and standards. C. Submittals of"equal"components or systems may be rejected if: 1. The material or equipment would necessitate the alteration of any portion of the mechanical, electrical,architectural,or structural design. 2. Dimensions vary from the specified material or equipment in such a manner that accessibility or clearances are impaired or the work of other trades is adversely affected. D. Proposed substitutions for materials or equipment must be submitted ten(10)days prior to final bid date for consideration as approved equals. Otherwise,such substitutions will not be permitted. Proposals for substitutions shall be made only by the bidders. Manufacturers,distributions,and sub- contractors shall not make proposals to the Owner for substitutions. E. No substitution shall be made unless authorized in writing by the Owner. Should a substitution be accepted,and should the substitute material prove defective or otherwise unsatisfactory for the service intended,and within the guarantee period,the Contractor shall replace this material or equipment with material or equipment specified,at his own expense,and to the satisfaction of the Owner. F. Contractors submitting bids on substitute materials and equipment must also submit a bid on the"as specified"materials and equipment. G. Contractors submitting bids on substitute materials and equipment must also provide a written performance guarantee certifying that the substitute materials and equipment will produce the specified Engineering Associates General Requirements September 2022 16010-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL effects and meet the approval of the Owner. 1.7 UTILITIES AND TEMPORARY POWER A. Verify the location and capacity of existing utility services pertaining to work of Division 16. The location and sizes of electrical lines are shown in accordance with data secured from the Owner's survey. Data shown is offered as an estimating guide without guarantee of accuracy. B. Temporary Power: 1. Provide temporary power in strict accordance with the provisions of these specifications. 2. Provide temporary lighting and power system required by the building trades installed in accordance with OSHA requirements and described in the General Requirements Division 1. 1.8 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING A. Perform excavation and backfilling associated with the work in strict accordance with the provisions of these specifications. B. Perform all excavation and backfilling necessary for the installation of the work. This shall include shoring and pumping in ditches to keep them in dry condition until the work has been installed. All shoring required to protect the excavation and safeguard employees shall be properly performed. C. All excavations shall be made to the proper depth,with allowances made for floor slabs,forms,beams etc. Ground under conduits shall be well compacted before conduits are installed. D. Exterior conduits shall be installed with a minimum of 24 inches of cover below the finished grade, unless otherwise indicated or required by local ordinances. All exterior conduit shall be installed with a minimum of 12"of cover below the finished paving grade,unless otherwise indicated or required by local ordinances. E. Backfilling shall be made with selected soil,free from rocks and debris and shall be pneumatically tamped with 6 inch layers to secure a field density ratio of 90 percent as defined by ASTM Designation D698-58T(Proctor Soil Compaction Test). F. Excavated materials not suitable and not used in the backfill shall be removed from the site. G. Coordinate and verify the locations of all underground utilities. Avoid disturbing these as far as possible. In the event existing utilities are damaged,they shall be repaired at no cost to Owner. H. In a line stabilized area,the lime stabilization shall be fully restored after the excavation is complete. 1. Replace concrete,curbs,paving and other surface improvements cut during excavation to their original condition. 1.9 FLASHINGS, SLEEVES AND INSERTS A. Furnish and install flashings where conduits pass through outside walls. Flashings shall be properly formed to fit around conduit and shall be caulked,with 790 Silicone Building Sealant by Dow Corning Corporation,so as to make a watertight seal between conduit and building. B. Unless otherwise specified, install sleeves for each conduit where it may pass through interior walls or floors. Galvanized 22 gauge sheet iron sleeves shall be used. Finish flush with each finished wall surface. In pipe chases,they shall extend 1-1/2" above the floor slab and be watertight cemented. The sized of sleeves shall be such as to readily permit the subsequent insertion of the proper size conduits Engineering Associates General Requirements September 2022 16010-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL of raceways. C. The conduits and raceways that pass through concrete beams or walls and masonry exterior walls shall be provided with galvanized wrought iron pipe sleeves. The inside diameter of these sleeves shall be at least 1/2 inch greater than the outside diameters of the service pipes. After the pipes are installed in these sleeves,fill the annular space between pipes and sleeves with 790 Silicone Building Sealant by Dow Corning Corporation. The completed installation shall be watertight. D. All roof penetrations shall be provided with counter flashings arranged to provide a weatherproof installation. E. Penetration through walls floors and ceilings shall be done in such a manner to maintain the integrity of the fire rating of the respective wall,floor or ceiling. 1.10 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Perform cutting and patching associated with the work in strict accordance with the provisions of these specifications and the following: 1. Coordinate work to minimize cutting and patching of work. 2. Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work. 3. Request for Architect's Consent: a. Prior to cutting which affects structural safety, submit written request to the Architect for permission to proceed with cutting. b. Should conditions of the work,or schedule indicate a required change of materials or methods for cutting and patching,so notify the Architect and secure his written permission and the required change order prior to proceeding. 4. Perform cutting by methods which will prevent damage to other portions of the work and provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repair and new work. 5. Perform fitting and adjusting of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and finishes. 1.11 ACCESS DOORS A. Provide stamped steel access doors at each location where access is required for junction boxes,pull boxes,outlet boxes and conduit boxes that contain electrical wiring. Access doors shall be fully insulated complete with mounting flange,double thickness door,cam latch,gasket,and retaining wire. No tools shall be required to open the access door. B. The minimum size of each access door shall be sufficient to provide adequate access for the intended purpose of installation. C. Access door finish shall match adjacent architectural finishes. D. Provide access doors equal to Nailor-Hart Industries,Inc.,series 0800. E. Access doors shall be coordinated with the architect prior to installation. Engineering Associates General Requirements September 2022 16010-5 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1.12 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Work required to correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work shall be included as part of the work of this section. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 1.13 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. The drawings show the arrangements of work. Should project conditions necessitate rearrangement,or if the materials or equipment can be installed to a better advantage in a different manner,the Contractor shall,before proceeding with the work,prepare and submit five copies of Drawings of the proposed arrangement for the Engineer's review. B. Should the Contractor propose to install equipment requiring space conditions other than those shown, or rearrange the equipment,he shall assume responsibility for the rearrangement of the space and shall have the Engineer review the change before proceeding with the work. The request for such a change shall be accompanied by shop drawings of the space in question. C. This Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location and size of all slots,holes,or openings in the building structure pertaining to his work,and for the correct locations of pipe sleeves. 1.14 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A. Perform coordination work in strict accordance with provisions of these specifications and the following; 1. Coordinate as necessary with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision for interface with the work in this Section. 2. Coordinate the installation of electrical items with the schedule for work of other trades to prevent unnecessary delays in the total work. 3. Where lighting fixtures and other electrical items are shown in conflict with locations of structural members and mechanical or other equipment,provide required supports and wiring to clear the encroachment. 4. Install all power and control wiring for the installation of equipment furnished under Division 15 sections of work. The Contractor shall furnish all disconnect switches and other equipment as required for the proper operation of the equipment unless such equipment is specified to be factory mounted. 5. Coordinate equipment changes from those scheduled or specified with work affected. Additional compensation to other trades for equipment changes are the responsibility of the Contractor malting the change. B. Data indicated on the drawings and in these specifications are as exact as could be secured,but their absolute accuracy is not warranted. The exact locations,distances,levels,and other conditions will be governed by actual construction and the drawings and specifications should be used only for guidance in such regard. C. Where outlets are not specifically located on the drawings,locate as determined in the field by the Architect. Where outlets are installed without such specific direction,relocate as directed by the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. Engineering Associates General Requirements September 2022 16010-6 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. Field verify all measurements: No extra compensation will be allowed because of differences between work shown on the drawings and actual measurements at the site of construction. E. Branch circuit wiring and arrangement of home runs have been designed for maximum economy consistent with adequate sizing for voltage drops and other considerations. Install the wiring with circuits arranged exactly as shown on the drawings,except as otherwise approved in advance by the Engineer. F. The electrical drawings are diagrammatic,but are required to be followed as closely as actual construction and other work will permit. 1.15 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Provide project record documents associated with the work of Division 16 in strict accordance with the provisions of these specifications. B. Throughout progress of the Division 16 Work,maintain an accurate record of changes in the contract documents that apply to work of Division 16. C. Delegate the responsibility for maintenance of record documents to one person on the Contractor's staff as approved by the Architect. D. Accuracy of Records: 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the record documents,making adequate and proper entries on each page of specifications and each sheet of drawings and other documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the contract documents may rely reasonably on information obtained ftom the approved project record documents. E. Maintain the job set of record documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the work and transfer of all recorded data to the final project record documents. F. Making Entries on Drawings: 1. Using an erasable colored pencil(not ink or indelible pencil),clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. 2. Date all entries. 3. Call attention to the entry by a"cloud"drawn around the area or areas affected. 4. In the event of overlapping changes,use different colors for the overlapping changes. 5. Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. G. Conversion of Schematic Layouts: 1. In some cases on the drawings,arrangements of conduits,circuits,and similar items,are shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor,subject to the Engineer's approval. However,design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the drawings. Engineering Associates General Requirements September 2022 16010-7 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2. Show on the job set of record drawings,by dimension the centerline of each run of items such as all sleeves and conduit below grade,in walls,or in the concrete slab. A surface mounted device indicates the exact location: a. Clearly identify the item by accurate note such as"Rigid Conduit"and the like. b. Show,by symbol or note,the vertical location of the item"under slab,""in ceiling plenum,""exposed,"and the like. C. Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the specifications. H. Final Project Record Documents: 1. The purpose of the final project record documents is to provide factual information regarding all aspects of the work,both concealed and visible,to enable future modification of the work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement,investigation and examination. 2. Present a clean,neat set of reproducible mylars showing"as-build"conditions in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph"Project Record Documents". 1.15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft of the proposed manual or manuals to the Engineer for review and comments. B. Unless otherwise directed in other sections,or in writing by the Architect,submit three copies of the final manual to the Architect prior to indoctrination of operation and maintenance personnel. C. Where instruction manuals are required to be submitted under other sections of these specifications, prepare in accordance with the following. Format: Size: 8 %Z"x 11" Paper: White bond,at least 20 lb.Weight Text: Neatly written or printed Drawings: 11"in height preferable;bird in with text;foldout acceptable;larger drawings acceptable but fold to fit within the manual and provide a drawing pocket inside rear cover or bind in with text. Flysheets: Separate each section of manual with neatly prepared flysheets briefly describing contents of the ensuing section; flysheets may be in color. Bindings: Use heavy-duty plastic or fiber-board covers with binding mechanism concealed inside the manual;3-ring binders will be acceptable;all Engineering Associates General Requirements September 2022 16010-8 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL binding is subject to the Architect's approval. Measurements: Provide all measurements in U.S. standard units such as feet-and- inches,lbs,and cfm;where items may be expected to be measured within ten years in accordance with metric formula,provide additional measurements in the"International System of Units"(SI). D. Provide front and back covers for each manual,using durable material approved by the Architects,and clearly identified on or through the cover with at least the following information: OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Name and Address of Work General subject of this manual Space for approval signature of the engineer and approval date E. Contents:Include at least the following: 1. Neatly typewritten index near the front of the Manual,giving immediate information as to location within the manual of all emergency information regarding the installation. 2. Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of all equipment involved including lubrication,disassembly,and reassembly. 3. Complete nomenclature of all parts of all equipment. 4. Complete nomenclature and part number of all replaceable parts,name and address of nearest vendor and all other data pertinent to procurement procedures. 5. Copy of all guarantees and warranties issued. 6. Manufacturer's bulletins,cuts,and descriptive data,where pertinent,clearly indicating the precise items included in this installation and deleting,or otherwise clearly indicating, all manufacturers' data with which this installation is not concerned. 7. Such other data as required in pertinent sections of three specifications. 1.17 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS Engineering Associates General Requirements September 2022 16010-9 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Provide equipment foundations associated with the work of Division 16 in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. B. Provide concrete bases for main switchboard,distribution panels,and floor mounted transformers. Bases shall be four inches(4")above finished floors or grades(unless otherwise noted)and shall protrude two inches(2")beyond all sides of equipment and shall have exposed chamfered edges. Construct bases from ready-mixed hardrocic concrete,ASTM C94,reinforced with#3 rebars,ASTM A615,Grade 40,at 18"on center each way. C. Field verify exact location of outdoor pad mounted electrical equipment with the Architect. Supply necessary fill and grade site to provide natural drainage away from equipment. 1.18 PAINTING A. All equipment shall be delivered to the job with suitable factory finish. Should the finish be damaged in transit or during the installation,it shall be finished to match appearance of original finish. 1.19 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Provide personnel and equipment,make required tests,and secure required approvals from the Architect and governmental agencies having jurisdiction. B. Make written notice to the Architect adequately in advance of each of the following stages of construction: 1. When all rough-in is complete,but not covered. 2. At completion of the work of this section. 3. In the underground condition prior to placing backfill,concrete floor slab,and when all associated electrical work is in place. C. When material or workmanship is found to not comply with the specified requirements,remove the noncomplying items from the job site and replace them with items complying with the specified requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. This shall be performed within 3 days after receipt of written notice of noncompliance. D. In the Architect's Presence: I. Test all parts of the electrical system and prove that all such items provided under this section function electrically in the required manner. 1.20 PROJECT COMPLETION A. Upon completion of the work of this section,thoroughly clean all exposed portions of the electrical installation,removing all traces of soil,labels,grease,oil,and other foreign material,and using only the type cleaner recommended by the manufacturer of the item being cleaned. B. Thoroughly indoctrinate the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel in the contents of the operations and maintenance manual required to be submitted as part of this section of these specifications. C. All new lighting fixtures shall be operational at final inspection including replacing all lamps that do not operate. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates General Requirements September 2022 16010-10 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16111 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16190-Supporting Devices. 2. Section 16195-Electrical Identification. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor,supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of a complete and operating electrical raceway system as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included: 1. Rigid metal conduit and fittings. 2. Electrical metallic tubing and fittings. 3. Flexible metal conduit and fittings. 4. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit and fittings. 5. Non-metallic conduit and fittings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Provide metal conduits,tubing,fittings,and couplings of types,grades,sizes,and weights(wall thicknesses)for each service indicated. Where types and grades are not indicated,provide proper selection determined by installer to fulfill wiring requirements and comply with applicable portions of NEC for raceways. B. Rigid Metal Conduit and Fittings: 1. Rigid steel conduit:ANSI C80.1. 2. Fittings and conduit bodies:ANSI/NEMA FB 1;threaded type,material to match conduit. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing(EMT)and Fittings. Engineering Associates Raceways and Fittings September 2022 16111-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. EMT:ANSI C80.3 galvanized tubing. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies:ANSI/NEMA FB 1: steel compression type. D. Flexible Metal Conduit and Fittings: 1. Conduit:FS WW-0566; steel. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies:ANSI/NEMA FB 1. E. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit and Fittings: 1. Conduit:Flexible metal conduit with PVC jacket. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies:ANSI/NEMA FB 1. F. Plastic Conduit and Fittings: 1. Conduit:NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies:NEMA TC 3. 2.2 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Conduit Clamps,straps and supports: Steel or malleable iron. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT SIZING,ARRANGEMENT,AND SUPPORT A. Size of conduit shall be as scheduled on the drawings or sized for conductor type installed, whichever is larger. B. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. C. Route exposed conduit and conduit above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. D. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues,steam pipes,and heating. E. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit using galvanized straps,lay-in adjustable hangers,clevis hangers,or bolted split stamped galvanized hangers. F. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit rack constructed of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps. G. Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove all wire used for temporary conduit support during construction,before conductors are pulled. 3.2 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipecutter; de-burr cut ends. B. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely. C. Use conduit hubs for fastening conduit to cast boxes,and for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations. Engineering Associates Raceways and Fittings September 2022 16111-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes. E. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction,as around beams. F. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 inch size. G. Avoid moisture traps where possible;where unavoidable,provide junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point. H. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. I. Provide No. 12 AWG insulated conductor or suitable pull string in empty conduit. J. Install expansion joints where conduit crosses building expansion joints and for seismic considerations. K. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors,provide mechanical firestop fittings with UL listed fire rating equal to wall or floor rating. Seal opening around conduit with UL listed foamed silicone elastomer compound. L. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible;otherwise route through roof jack with pitch pocket. M. Maximum size conduit in slabs above grade: 3/4 inch. N. Use PVC-coated rigid steel factory elbows for bends in plastic conduit runs longer than 100 feet or in plastic conduit runs which have more than two bends regardless of length. O. Make joints in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. P. Provide plastic warning tape for underground conduit installation. 3.3 CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Underground installations more than two feet from foundation wall: Schedule 40 plastic conduit. B. Installations in or under concrete slab,or underground within two feet of foundation wall:Rigid steel conduit. C. In slab above grade:Rigid steel conduit. D. Exposed outdoor locations:Rigid steel conduit or EMT with weathertight fittings. E. Wet interior locations:Electrical metallic tubing with weathertight fittings or where allowed by code,PVC. F. Concealed dry interior locations:Electrical metallic tubing. G. Exposed dry interior locations:Electrical metallic tubing. H. Where allowed by local authorities having jurisdiction,PVC schedule 40 may be installed in exposed locations at the filtration building. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Raceways and Fittings September 2022 16111-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16112 SURFACE RACEWAYS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16110-General requirements for Electrical Work. 2. Section 16141 -Wiring Devices. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor,supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of a completed surface raceway system as indicated on the drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included; 1. Auxiliary Gutters(Wireways). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide only materials that are new,of the type and quality specified. Where Underwriter's Laboratories,have established standards for such materials,provide only materials bearing the UL label. 2.2 AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Auxiliary Gutters: General purpose or Rain-tight type wireway,with knockouts. B. Size:As indicated on Drawings. C. Cover:Hinged screw applied cover with full gasketing. D. Fittings:Lay-in type with removable top,bottom,and side;captive screws and drip shield. E. Finish:Rust inhibiting primer coat with gray enamel finish. Engineering Associates Raceways and Fittings September 2022 16112-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION-AUXILIARY GUTTER A. Bolt auxiliary gutter to wall using two-piece hangers or steel channels fastened to the wall or in self- supporting structure. Install level. B. Gasket each joint in oil-tight gutter. C. Mount raintight gutter in horizontal position only. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Raceways and Fittings September 2022 16112-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16120 WIRE AND CABLE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16111 -Raceways and Fittings. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor,supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of conductors as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included; 1. Building Wire. 2, Cable, 3. Wiring connections and terminations. 4. Underground wire installed in conduit. 5. Sound system wire. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Provide conductors made of soft-drawn annealed copper with conductivity not less than that of 98% pure copper;Anaconda,Triangle Cable Company,or approved equal. B. Building Wire: 1. Thermoplastic-insulated building wire:NEMA WC 5. 2. Feeders and branch circuits: Copper,stranded conductor,600 volt insulation,THHN/THWN. 3. Control circuits: Copper,stranded conductor 600 volt insulation,THHN/THWN. 4. Use the following color code system: Engineering Associates Wire and Cable September 2022 16120-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 120/208 Volt 277/480 Volt System System Phase A Black Brown Phase B Red Orange Phase C Blue Yellow Neutral White Gray Ground Green Green C. Remote Control and Signal Cables: 1. Control cable for Class 2 or Class 3 remote control and signal circuits: Copper conductor,300 volt insulation,rated 60 degree C,individual conductors twisted together,shielded,and covered with PVC jacket;UL listed. 2. Plenum cable for Class 2 or Class 3 remote control and signal circuits: Copper conductor,300 volt insulation,rated 60 degree C,individual conductors twisted together,shielded,and covered with a nonmetallic jacket;UL listed for use in air handling ducts,hollow spaces used as ducts,and plenums. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL WIRING METHODS A. Use no wire smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits,and no smaller than 20 AWG for control wiring. B. Unless indicated otherwise on the contract drawings,use 10 AWG conductor for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch ampere,277 volt branch circuit home runs longer than 200 feet. C. Place an equal number of conductors for each phase of a circuit in same raceway or cable. D. Splice only injunction or outlet boxes. E. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes,equipment,and panelboards. F. Make conductor lengths for parallel circuits equal. 3.2 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS A. Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. B. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed. C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. 3.3 CABLE INSTALLATION A. Provide protection for exposed cables where subject to damage. B. Plenum rated cable above ceilings shall be routed in neat and workmanship manner,bundle cables Engineering Associates Wire and Cable September 2022 16120-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL together with cable ties and route parallel to building walls and structure. Support bundles from walls or structure,not from equipment. C. Support cables above accessible ceilings;do not rest on ceiling tiles. Use spring metal clips or metal cable ties to support cables from structure. Include bridle rings or drive rings. D. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. 3.4 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Splice only in accessible junction boxes. B. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper wire splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. C. Use split bolt connectors for copper wire splices and taps,6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of the insulation value of conductor. D. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors. E. Make splices,tape, and terminations to carry full capacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. F. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under applicable provisions of Division 1 and Division 16. B. Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection. C. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values. D. Perform continuity test.on all power and equipment branch circuit conductors. Verify proper phasing of all connections. 3.6 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. All locations:Building wire in raceways. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Wire and Cable September 2022 16120-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16141 -Wiring Devices. 2. Section 16160-Cabinets and Enclosures. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor,supervision,and sei vices necessary for or incidental to the installation of outlet,pull,and junction boxes as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included; 1. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. 2. Pull and junction boxes. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 OUTLET BOXES A. Provide standard,stamped galvanized steel outlet boxes except as hereinafter noted,by Steel City or approved equal. B. Outlet Boxes: 1. Sheet metal outlet boxes:ANSUNEMA OS 1;galvanized steel,with 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required. 2. Cast boxes:Aluminum or cast ferroalloy,deep type,gasketed cover,threaded hubs. C. Floor Boxes: 1. Floor boxes for installation in cast-in-place concrete floor:Full adjustable,formed steel. Engineering Associates Boxes September 2022 16130-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL D. Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. Sheet metal boxes:ANSUNEMA OS 1; galvanized steel. 2. Sheet metal boxes larger than 12 inches in any dimension:Hinged enclosure in accordance with Section 16160. 3. Cast metal boxes for outdoor and wet location installation NEMA 250;Type 4 and Type 6, flat-flanged,surface-mounted junction box,UL listed as raintight. Galvanized cast iron or cast aluminum box and cover with ground flange,neoprene gasket,and stainless steel cover screws. 4. Cast concrete boxes for in ground installations: outside flanged,recessed cover box for flush mounting,UL listed as raintight. Concrete bolt down lid with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION OF BOX LOCATIONS A. Provide electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices,taps,wire pulling, equipment connections,and code compliance. B. Electrical box locations shown on Contract Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. C. Locate and install boxes to allow access. D. Locate and install to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance. 3.2 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION A. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls. Provide minimum 6 inch separation,except provide minimum 24 inch separation in acoustic-rated walls. B. Locate boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat openings for boxes. C. Provide knockout closures for unused openings. D. Support boxes independently of conduit. E. Use multiple-gang boxes where more than one device are mounted together;do not use sectional boxes. Provide barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems. F. Install boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation. G. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters,benches,and backsplashes. H. Position outlets to locate luminaires as shown on reflected ceiling plans. 1. In inaccessible ceiling areas,position outlets,and junction boxes within 6 inches of recessed luminaire,to be accessible through luminaire ceiling opening. Engineering Associates Boxes September 2022 16130-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL J. Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas; secure boxes to interior wall and partition studs, accurately positioning to allow for surface finish thickness. Use stamped steel stud bridges for flush outlets in hollow stud wall,and adjustable steel channel fasteners for flush ceiling outlet boxes. K. Align wall-mounted outlet boxes for switches,thermostats, and similar devices. L. Provide cast outlet boxes in exterior locations and wet locations. 3.3 FLOOR BOX INSTALLATION A. Set boxes level and flush with finish flooring material. B. Use formed steel floor boxes for installations in slab. 3.4 PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION A. Locate pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings or in unfinished areas. B. Support pull and junction boxes independent of conduit. C. Set underground pull and junction boxes level and flush with finished grade. D. Provide coverplates for all junction boxes. E. Indicate on cover plates,with permanent marker,circuits contained within junction boxes. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Boxes September 2022 16130-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16141 WIRING DEVICES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor,supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of all wiring devices as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included; 1. Wall switches. 2. Receptacles. 3, Motion Detectors. 4. Device plates and box covers. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRING DEVICES A. Provide factory-fabricated wiring devices,in types,colors,and electrical ratings for applications indicated. B. Provide color selection chart to the Architect for review and selection for all wiring devices and device plates. C. Wall Switches: 1. Snap Switches: General duty flush single pole,20-amperes, 120/277 volts AC,Leviton 5521 series. 2. Three-way Switches: General duty flush single pole,20-ampere, 120/277 volts AC,Leviton 5523 series. D. Motion Detectors: Engineering Associates Wiring Devices September 2022 16141-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. Motion detectors:Passive infrared wall sensors,Hubbell IWSZP series, 120/277 volt. D. Receptacles: 1. General Duty Duplex:Flush 2-pole,3-wire,grounding type,20-amperes, 125 volts AC with NEMA Configuration 5-20R unless otherwise indicated. Leviton 16362 series. E Device Plates and Box Covers: 1. Wallplates:Provide wallplates for single and combination wiring devices,of types,sizes,and with ganging and cutouts as indicated. Select plates which mate and match wiring devices to which attached. Construct with metal screws for securing plates to devices;screw heads colored to match finish of plates;wallplates colored to match wiring devices. Provide plates possessing the following additional construction features: Weatherproof Cover Plates: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device covers. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES A. Install wiring devices as indicated,in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's"Standard of Installation:,and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. B. Coordinate with other work,including painting,electrical boxes and wiring work,as necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other work. C. Install specific-use receptacles at heights shown on Contract Drawings. D. Install decorative plates on switch,receptacle,and blank outlets in finished areas,using jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. E. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings,and on surface-mounted outlets. F. Install devices and wall plates flush and level. H. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes which are clean;free from excess building materials, dirt, and debris. 1. Install galvanized steel wallplates in unfinished spaces. J. Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed. K. Install wallplates after painting work is completed. L. Tighten connectors and terminals,including screws and bolts,in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated,tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standards 486A and B. Use properly scaled torque indicating hand tool. M. The Contractor may be directed by the Architect to move a wiring device during the rough-in stage of construction. The Contractor shall move devices at no additional cost if within six(6)feet of where shown on the documents. Engineering Associates Wiring Devices September 2022 16141-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.2 PROTECTION OF WALLPLATES AND RECEPTACLES A. At time of Substantial Completion,replace those items which have been damaged,including those burned and scored by faulty plugs. 3.3 GROUNDING A. Provide equipment grounding connections for wiring devices,unless otherwise indicated. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques in UL Standard 486A to assure permanent and effective grounds. 3.4 TESTING A. Prior to energizing circuitry,test wiring for electrical continuity,and for short-circuits. Ensure proper polarity of connections is maintained. Subsequent to energization,test wiring devices to demonstrate compliance with requirement. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Wiring Devices September 2022 16141-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16160 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16190-Supporting Devices. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor, supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of electrical cabinets and enclosures as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included; 1. Hinged cover enclosures. 2. Cabinets. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES A. Construction:NEMA Type for 3R as indicated. B. Finish:Manufacturer's standard gray enamel finish. C. Covers: Continuous hinge,held closed by flush vandal resistant latch operable by key. Make keys interchangeable with new enclosures of the same voltage and use. D. Panel for Mounting Terminal Blocks or Electrical Components: 14 gage steel,manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 2.2. CABINETS A. Cabinet Boxes: Galvanized steel with removable endwalls,24 inches wide, 10 inches deep. Provide 3/4 inch thick plywood backboard painted matte white,for mounting terminal blocks. B. Cabinet Fronts: Steel,surface type with concealed trim clamps,screw cover front concealed hinge Engineering Associates Cabinets and Enclosures September 2022 16160-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL and flush lock keyed to match branch circuit panelboard;finish in gray baked enamel. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Shop assemble enclosures and cabinets housing terminal blocks or electrical components in accordance with ANSUNEMA ICS 6. B. Provide knockouts on enclosures. C. Provide protective pocket inside front cover with schematic diagram,connection diagram,and layout drawing of control wiring and components within enclosures. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinets and enclosures plumb;anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each corner, minimum. B. Provide accessory feet for free-standing equipment enclosures. C. Install trim plumb minimum 6-6"from finished grade or floor to top of enclosure. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Cabinets and Enclosures September 2022 16160-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor,supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of identification for electrical equipment as shown and/or as specified. B. Work included; 1. Nameplates and tape labels. 2. Wire and cable markers. 3. Buried conduit markers. 4. Junction and pull box identifications. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Nameplates:Engraved three-layer laminated plastic white letters on a black background. B. Wire and Cable Markers: Cloth markers,split sleeve, or tubing type. C. Buried Conduit Marker: Continuous printed plastic tape. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates. B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws. Secure nameplate to inside face of recessed panelboard doors in finished locations. Engineering Associates Electrical Identification September 2022 16195-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 3.2 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters,pull boxes,and junction boxes,and at load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits,and with control wire number as indicated on equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. 3.3 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE A. Provide nameplates to identify all electrical distribution and control equipment,and loads served. Letter Height: 1/4 inch for individual switches and loads served, 1/4 inch for distribution and control equipment identification. 3.4 BURIED CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION A. Underground-Type Plastic Line Marker:Manufacturer's standard permanent,bright-colored, continuous-printed plastic tape,intended for direct-burial service;not less than 6"wide x 4 mils thick. B. Provide tape with printing of`Buried Electrical Conduit"or other similar warning. Install directly above buried conduit 10"below finished grade. 3.5 JUNCTION AND PULL BOX IDENTIFICATION A. Identify circuits contained within each junction and pull box with permanent marker. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Electrical Identification September 2022 16195-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16450 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16111 -Raceways and Fittings. 2. Section 16120-Wire and Cable. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor,supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of electrical systems grounding as shown or indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included: 1. Power system grounding. 2. Pool and apparatus grounding. 3. Slide structure grounding. 4. Communication system grounding. 5. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding. 6. Pump and equipment bonding. 7. Pool Deck bonding. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for approval: 1. Material list of items proposed to be provided as part of the work of this section. 2. Proposed method of grounding,including drawings indicating location and sizes of grounding materials. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Engineering Associates Grounding and Bonding September 2022 16450-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Provide electrical grounding system indicated with assembly of materials,including but not limited to: 1. Wires and cables. 2. Connectors. 3. Terminals. 4. Ground rods. 5. Bonding jumper braid. 6. Surge arrestors. B. Where materials or components are not indicated,provide products complying with NEC,UL,IEEE, and established industry standards for applications indicated. C. Ground Rods: Copper-encased steel,3/4" diameter,minimum length 8 feet. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install electrical grounding systems in accordance with applicable portions of NEC,with NECA's "Standard of Installation,"and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements and serve intended functions. B. Provide a separate,insulated equipment grounding conductor in feeder circuits. Tenninate each end on a grounding lug,bus,or bushing. C. Connect grounding electrode conductors to metal water pipe using a suitable ground clamp. Make connections to flanged opening at street side of flange. Provide bonding jumper around water meter. D. Supplementary Grounding Electrode:Use driven ground rod in main service equipment areas. E. Bond all handrails,ladders,grates,pumps,light niches,pool heaters and pool structural steel to bonding conductor per NEC Art. 680. Use minimum#6 bare copper buried bonding conductors. F. Use minimum 6 AWG copper conductor for communications service grounding conductor. Leave 10 feet slack conductor at terminal board. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. B. Measure ground resistance from system neutral connection at service entrance to convenient ground reference point using suitable ground testing equipment. Resistance shall not exceed 5 ohms. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Grounding and Bonding September 2022 16450-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16461 TRANSFORMERS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16450-Secondary Grounding. 2. Section 03300-Cast In Place Concrete. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor,supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of power transformers as shown or indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included: 1. Diy type transformers. (Primary less than 600 volts.). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. 1.5 SUBMITTAL A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 0 13 00. B. Product Data: Submit the following: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided as part of the work of the section. 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which,when approved will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The transformers shall be manufactured by the following: Engineering Associates Transformers September 2022 16461-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 1. General Electric 2. Hevi-Duty Electric Division/General Signal Corporation 3. Jefferson 4. Square D Company 5. Cutler-Hammer 6. Approved Equal B. All transformers shall be new and manufactured by the same company and have copper windings. 2.2 DRY TYPE TWO WINDING TRANSFORMERS(PRIMARY LESS THAN 600 VOLTS) A. Dry-Type Transformers:ANSI/NEMA ST20;factory-assembled,air cooled dry type transformers; ratings as scheduled on the Drawings. Transformers shall conform with ANSI C89.2 and NEMA ST20 standards and Underwriters Laboratories Listing UL506. B. Insulation system and average winding temperature rise for rated KVA as follows: Insulation Class Rise(degree KVA Rating c) 1-15 Class F UL185C [115c.] 30-500 Class H UL220C [150c] C. Maximum case temperature shall not exceed 35 degrees C rise above a 40 Degree C. ambient at its warmest point. D. Winding Taps 25 KVA and Smaller:ANSI/NEMA ST 20. Primary windings shall have 4 taps;two 2-1/2%increments above full-rated voltage and two 2-1/2%increments below full rated voltage for de-energized tap-changing operations. E. Winding Taps 25 KVA and Larger:ANSI/NEMA ST 20. Primary windings shall have 6 taps;two 1-1/2%increments above full-rated voltage and four 2-1/2%increments below full-rated voltage for de-energized tap-changing operation. F. Sound Levels: Guaranteed sound ratings hall no exceed ANSI standard decibel levels. G. Basic Impulse Level: 10 KV for transformers less than 300 KVA,30 KV for transformers 300 KVA and larger. H. Enclosures: 1. Circuit switching/protective devices shall be housed in an enclosure suitable for the environment in which they are located. Provide lifting eyes or brackets. 2. Normal indoor locations-NEMA 1 general purpose. 3. Provide lifting eyes or brackets. I. Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration-absorbing mounts. Transformers 30 KVA and larger shall have core and core assembly completely isolated from enclosure with neoprene rubber pads. J. Transformers shall have heat barriered termination compartment arranged for feeder terminations for Engineering Associates Transformers September 2022 16461-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL side or bottom entrance of flexible metallic raceways. K. Transformers shall have a bonding jumper installed between the secondary neutral terminal and the metal case and shall include a ground terminal of proper size to receive ground conductor. L. The transformer impedance shall be as scheduled on the Drawings. Coordinate with loadside power distribution equipment manufacturer and verify that the maximum transformer short circuit current availability from the transformer does not exceed loadside equipment short circuit ratings. Report discrepancies to the Engineer. Revise transformer impedance(if required)at no additional cost to Owner. 2.3 IDENTIFICATION A. All associated conductors and/or cables exiting from conduit or cable shall be bundled with ties, similar to the T&B conductor markers. B. All individual conductors shall be identified at their termination by a wraparound type of identification similar to T&B conductor markers. C. All terminal blocks and terminals in the switchgear and control cabinets shall have identification similar to the conductor groups mentioned above. D. The identification of conductors,cables,and conduit shall conform to that set forth in their respective schedules. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions,applicable requirements of NEC,NEMA,ANSI and IEEE standards. Install in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Coordinate transformer installation work with electrical raceway and wire/cable work,as necessary for proper interface. C. Provide equipment grounding connections,sufficiently tight to assure permanent and effective ground. D. Set transformer plumb and level. Install vibration isolation pads for all transformers. E. Adjust taps to provide rated secondary voltage as close as practicable and as required to accommodate owner's requirements. F. Field modify transformer pad,primary and secondary conduit locations and switchgear interface as required to accommodate new transformers. All modifications shall be in accordance with existing equipment manufacturers recommendations and requirements. 3.2 FIELD TESTING A. Within 5 days after delivery to the work site and prior to installation perform the following field tests and inspections: 1. Compare transformer and accessories nameplate information with the specification and report discrepancies. Engineering Associates Transformers September 2022 16461-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2. Inspect transformer and accessories and report installation or shipping damage,loose material, shipping blocks or contamination that must be corrected. 3. Check operation of doors and access covers. Report deficiencies. 4. Silicone or Oil Filled Units: Check pressure relief,fault pressure,temperature meters for functional operation. Report deficiencies. 5. Silicone or Oil Filled Units: Take an.insulating liquid sample,test dielectric,and water content. Record values and report deficiencies. 6. Silicone or Oil Filled Units:Remove access covers and report any damage or loose materials inside of tank 1 enclosure that must be corrected. 7. Move no-load tap changer through all positions and test turns-ratio on each point. Record values and report deficiencies. 8. Units with Primaries Rated Greater than 1000 Volts:Power Factor test transformer bushings, record values and report unfavorable conditions. 9. Dry Type Units: Check air filters and air circulation for proper operation,correct deficiencies. B. Repairs and Replacements: 1. In event of damage or deficiencies promptly make replacement and repairs to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Promptly remove damaged and unsuitable transformers from the job site,and promptly replace with equipment meeting the specified requirements,at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered as a means to justify and extension in the Contract Time of Completion. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformer. B. Check transformer for level,security to foundation and operation of doors. Correct deficiencies. C. Check the equipment ground bus and straps. Correct deficiencies. D. Make necessary tap adjustments on transformers to ensure that the secondary voltages at the transformer terminals will be as close as possible to design voltage when the building is in normal operation. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Transformers September 2022 16461-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16471 PANELBOARDS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16160-Cabinets and Enclosures. 2. Section 16195 -Electrical Identification. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor, supervision,and sei vices necessary for or incidental to the installation of electrical panelboards as shown or indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included: 1. Power distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and branch circuit panelboards. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The panelboards shall be manufactured by one of the following: 1. General Electric 2. Siemens 3. Square D Company 2.2 PANELBOARDS(GENERAL) A. Panelboards shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.,and shall be so labeled,rated for intended voltage and current characteristics as scheduled. B. Cabinets for panelboards shall be by NEC gage sheet steel having steel doors and trim to conform to the cabinet mounting. The trim on cabinets shall be made adjustable with the door. Door shall be mounted with heavy concealed hinges. Engineering Associates Panelboards September 2022 16471-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Cabinets shall have wiring space top,bottom,and both sides in accordance with the National Electrical Code,but no less than 4-inches wide,with standard knockouts. D. Provide a clear plastic covered typed directory card and card holder on the inside of each door. Key locks alike and provide Owner with not less than 5 keys. Finish shall be gray enamel over a rust inhibitor,except cans may be galvanized. E. Multi section panels shall be same height and depth. F. Interiors shall be completely factory assembled,consisting of rigid frame supporting the rectangular bus,mains,neutral and ground bars. Bussing shall be copper and sized in accordance with Undertivriters Laboratories Standards,braced throughout to conform with industry standards governing short circuit stresses in panelboards,and arranged for sequence phasing throughout. G. Phase bussing shall be full height without reduction,full size neutral,unless otherwise scheduled, with suitable lug for each outgoing circuit requiring a neutral connection. H. Terminals for feeder conductors,branch circuit devices and neutrals shall be UL listed as suitable for type of conductors specified. 1. Interiors shall be designed such that circuit protective devices may be changed,replaced,or additional circuits added without disturbing adjacent units and without machining,drilling,or tapping. In no case shall the width of panelboard enclosure be less than 20-inches. J. Enclosures: 1. Circuit switching/protective devices shall be housed in an enclosure suitable for the environment in which they are located. Provide lifting eyes or brackets. 2. Normal indoor locations-NEMA 1 general purpose. 3. Outdoor or vault locations-NEMA 3R. 4. Provide lifting eyes or brackets. 2.3 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Provide dead-front safety type power distribution panelboards as indicated,with panelboard switching and protective devices in quantities,ratings,types,and with arrangement shown;with anti=turn solderless pressure type main lug connectors approved for copper conductors. Equip with copper bus bars with not less than 98%conductivity,and with full-sized neutral bus;provide suitable lugs on neutral bus for outgoing feeders requiring neutral connections. B. Provide bolt-in type heavy duty molded-case main and branch circuit-breaker types for each circuit, with toggle handles that indicate when tripped. Where multiple-pole breakers are indicated,provide with common trip so overload on one pole will trip all poles simultaneously. Provide panelboards with bare uninsulated grounding bars suitable for bolting to enclosures. Select enclosures fabricated by same manufacturer as panelboards,which mate properly with panelboards. C. On Multi section and split-bus panels,the lugs and bus on each and every section shall be of the same current rating as the main overcurrent device protecting the feeder serving the panel and each section shall have a separate neutral,ground bar and conductors. Panel bus shall have double lugs to effect parallel feed of bus bars(rather than series)where scheduled. Feed-thru lugs are not acceptable. Engineering Associates Panelboards September 2022 16471-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.4 LIGHTING AND BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Provide dead-front safety type lighting and appliance panelboards as indicated,with switching and protective devices in quantities,ratings,types,and arrangements shown;with anti-burn solderless pressure type lug connectors approved for copper conductors. B. Equip with copper bus bars,full-sized neutral bar,with bolt-in type heavy-duty,quick-make,quick- break,single-pole circuit-breakers,with toggle handles that indicate when tripped. Interrupting rating shall be in excess of the available fault current at the panel in accordance with UL listing for sizes involved,but no less than 10,000 ims symmetrical amperes. C. Provide suitable lugs on neutral bus for each outgoing feeder required;provide bare uninsulated grounding bars suitable for bolting to enclosures. Select enclosures fabricated by same manufacturer as panelboards,which mate properly with panelboard. D. On multisection and split-bus panels,the lugs and bus on each and every section shall be of the same current rating as the main overcunent device protecting the feeder serving the panel and each section shall have a separate neutral,ground bar and conductors. Panel bus shall have double lugs to effect parallel feed of bus bars(rather than series)where scheduled. Feed-thru lugs are not acceptable. 2.5 INDIVIDUALLY MOUNTED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Individually mounted circuit breakers shall be molded case,capacity as indicated,in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure unless otherwise noted. Breakers shall be quick-make,quick-break thermal magnetic common trip type,ambient compensated with trip-free handle and have interrupting rating in accordance with UL listings for sizes required,but not less than 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical, and conform to requirements of NEMA Standard Publication No,AB 1-1969. Each unit shall have insulated neutral and/or ground terminal of proper size,where indicated. Lugs shall be UL listed for copper cables. B. Enclosures: 1. Circuit switching/protective devices shall be housed in an enclosure suitable for the environment in which they are located. Provide lifting eyes or brackets. 2. Normal indoor locations-NEMA 1 general purpose. 3. Outdoor or vault locations-NEMA 3R. C. Circuit breakers shall be of same manufacturer as panelboards. D. Acceptable Manufacturers—General Electric, Siemens and Square D. 2.6 PANELBOARD ACCESSORIES A. Provide panelboard accessories and devices including,but not necessarily limited to,circuit- breakers,ground-fault protection units,etc.,as recommended by panelboard manufacturer for ratings and applications indicated. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards and enclosures as indicated,in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions,applicable requirements of NEC standards and NECA'S"Standard of Installation",and Engineering Associates Panelboards September 2022 16471-3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Coordinate installation of panelboards and enclosures with cable and raceway installation work. C. Anchor enclosures firmly to walls and structural surfaces,ensuring that they are permanently and mechanically secure. D. Provide properly wired electrical connections within enclosures. E. Prepare and affix typewritten directory to inside cover of panelboard indicating loads controlled by each circuit. F. Install wall mounted panelboards a maximum of 6 feet 6 inches above finish floor to top of panel. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Panelboards September 2022 16471-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16483 MOTOR STARTERS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16110-General Requirements for Electrical Work. 2. Section 16160-Cabinets and Enclosures. 3. Section 16491 —Disconnect Switches. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor, supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of contactors as shown or indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work Included: 1. Manual Motor Starters. 2. Magnetic Motor Starters. 3. Combination Motor Starters. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide only materials that are new,of the type and quality specified. Where Underwriter's Laboratories,Inc.have established standards for such materials,provide only materials bearing the UL label. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The contactors shall be Square D Company or approved equal as manufactured by Siemens or General Electric Company. 2.3 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS A. . Provide single-phase,horsepower rated manual motor starters of sizes and ratings indicated.Equip with manually operated quick-make,quick-break toggle mechanisms and one piece melting alloy Engineering Associates Motor Starters September 2022 16483-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL type thermal units. B. Size: as indicated on drawings. 2.4 MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS A. Provide circuit breaker type with motor circuit protector type breakers. B. Coil Operating Voltages: 120 or 480 volts, 60 Hertz as specified. C. Contacts: Two(2)sets of normally open auxiliary contacts. D. Enclosure:ANSI/NEMA ICS 6: Type 3R. E. Provide pilot light(RUN)in cover and Hand-Off-Automatic switch in cover,field convertible to Start/Stop. 2.5 COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS A. Provide circuit breaker type with motor circuit protector type breakers. B. Coil Operating Voltages: 120 or 480 volts,60 Hertz as specified. C. Contacts: Two(2)sets of normally open auxiliary contacts. D. Enclosure:ANSI/NEMA ICS 6:Type 3R. E. Provide pilot light(RUN)in cover and Hand-Off-Automatic switch in cover,field convertible to Start/Stop. F. Provide control power transformer of sufficient capacity to handle operating coil and associated controls PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Motor Starters September 2022 16483-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16485 CONTACTORS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16110-General Requirements for Electrical Worlc. 2. Section 16160-Cabinets and Enclosures. 3. Section 16471 -Panelboards. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor, supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of contactors as shown or indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work Included: 1. General purpose contactors. 2. Lighting contactors. 3. Enclosures. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide only materials that are new,of the type and quality specified. Where Underwriter's Laboratories,Inc.have established standards for such materials,provide only materials bearing the UL label. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. The contactors shall be Siemens or approved equal as manufactured by Square D Company or General Electric Company. 2.3 GENERAL PURPOSE CONTACTORS A. Contactors:NEMA ICS 2;electrically held,2 wire control. B. Coil Operating Voltage: 120/277 volts,60 Hertz. Engineering Associates Contactors September 2022 16485-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL C. Size:NEMA ICS 2; size as indicated on drawings. D. Contacts:4 pole, 600 volts,60 Hertz. E. Enclosure:ANSI/NEMA ICS 6;Type 3R. F. Provide solderless pressure wire terminals. 2.4 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Contactors:NEMA ICS 2: electrically held,2 wire control. B. Coil Operating Voltages: 120 or 277 volts,60 Hertz]. C. Contacts:As indicated on drawings. D. Enclosure:ANSI/NEMA ICS 6: Type 1R. E. Provide solderless pressure wire terminals. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Contactors September 2022 16485-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16491 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following; 1. Division 15-Controls and Instrumentation. 2. Section 16195-Electrical Identification. 3. Section 16483 -Motor Sei vice. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor,supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of disconnect switches as shown or indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work Included: 1. Circuit disconnects. 2. Motor disconnects. 3. Service disconnects. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. Provide disconnect switches manufactured by one of the following: 1. General Electric. 2. Siemens. 3. Square D Company. 2.2 HEAVY-DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES A. Provide surface-mounted,heavy-duty type,sheet-steel enclosed safety switches,of types,sizes and electrical characteristics indicated;rated 600 volts,and incorporating quick-make,quick-break type switches;construct so that switch blades are visible in OFF position with door open. Equip with operating handle which is padlockable in OFF position;construct current carrying parts of high- conductivity copper. Provide NEMA Type 3R enclosures. Engineering Associates Disconnect Switches September 2022 16491-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Motor and circuit disconnects shall have an Underwriters'Laboratory Label. B. Single Phase Disconnect Switches: Two pole toggle switch in NEMA type/or 3R enclosure as indicated. C. Three Phase Motor Disconnect Switches: Three pole heavy duty 600 volt as required in NEMA Type 1 or 3R enclosures as indicated. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install circuit and motor disconnect switches as indicated complying with manufacturer's written instructions,applicable requirements of NEC,NEMA,and NECA's"Standard of Installation",and in accordance with recognized industry practices. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Disconnect Switches September 2022 16491-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16503 POLES AND STANDARDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's specifications and drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following: 1. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete. 2. Section 09910-Painting. 3 Section 16450-Grounding. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor,supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of poles and standards as shown or indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work Included: 1. Concrete bases and base reinforcement. 2. Anchor bolts. 3. Painting. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. ' Provide poles and standards as specified on the lighting fixture schedule or an approved equal. 2.2 POLES A. Configuration:As Specified of fixture schedule. B. Handhole: Complete with removable weatherproof cover installed 18 inches above bottom of pole. C. Finish:Factory painted,color to be selected by Architect. 2.3 ANCHOR BOLTS Engineering Associates Poles and Standards September 2022 16503-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL A. Provide four anchor bolts per pole;complete with flat washers,lock washers,and hexagonal nuts for each pole. (All items to be hot-dipped galvanized.) B. Provide template for positioning of anchor bolts. C. Provide anchor bolt covers painted to match pole. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 BASES A. Construct as indicated on the structural contract drawings. B. Install anchor bolts with 2inch projection above top of bases unless indicated otherwise on the contract drawings. C. Bases shall extend beyond Anchor base cover a minimum of 3"on all sides. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Mount standards on bases plumb and true,utilizing shims as necessary. B. Touch-up chips and scratches on poles upon completion. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Poles and Standards September 2022 16503-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16510 LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's specifications and drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following: 1. Section 16120-Wires and Cables. 2. Section 16190-Supporting Devices. 3. Section 16501 -Lamps. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor, supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of lighting fixtures as shown or indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work Included: 1. LED lighting fixtures. 1A QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Provide lighting fixtures of the types specified on the Drawings or an approved equal. 2.2 LED LUMINAIRES A. Prime coat and finish in high reflectance baked white enamel,two coats minimum on exposed and reflective surfaces,giving reflectance of 85 percent. B. Reflective plates may be 22 gage metal. C. Provide 22 gage steel housing. D. Provide hinged frames with catches,removable for cleaning without tools. Support lay-in lenses on four sides with flip ends on short dimension. E. Provide gasketing,stops,and barriers to form light traps and prevent light leaks. Engineering Associates Lighting Fixtures September 2022 16510-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL F. Design luminaire to dissipate heat. G. Use formed or ribbed backplates,endplates,reinforcing channels. H. Provide virgin acrylic diffusers,0.125 inch thick minimum. 2.3 RECESSED LUMINAIRES A. Recessed Incandescent Luminaires:Prewired type with junction box forming an integral part of the assembly. B. Supply recessed luminaire complete with trim type required for ceiling system installed. Before ordering,confirm ceiling construction details and architectural finish for each area. C. Select reflector and lamp positions to provide high efficiency, and even brightness to eliminate lamp lines. 2.4 EXIT LIGHTS A. Thin profile LED exit sign;cast metal frame with cast aluminum faceplate,satin finish,6 inch high cutout letters. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 SUPPORTS A. Refer to Section 16190. B. Support fluorescent luminaires directly from building structure by rod hangers and inserts or metal angle headers supported from framing structure of ceiling suspension system. C. Support luminaires more than 2 ft.long by four hangers per luminaire minimum,independent of ceiling structure or T-Bars. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Prior to final acceptance,thoroughly clean all fixtures,inside and out,including plastics and glassware. Adjust all trim to properly fit adjacent surface,replace broken or damaged parts and lamps. Test all fixtures for proper operation. B. Replace all lamps prior to final acceptance that are not operational. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Lighting Fixtures September 2022 16510-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL SECTION 16535 EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's specifications and drawings for all requirements,including but not limited to the following: 1. Section 16120-Wires and Cables. 2. Section 16190-Supporting Devices. 3. Section 16501 -Lamps. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment,materials,labor,supervision,and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of emergency lighting equipment. As shown or indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work Included: 1. Emergency lamp power supplies, 2. Emergency exit signs. 3. Emergency LED wall units. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested,provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Provide emergency lighting equipment of the types specified on the Drawings or an approved equal. 2.2 SELF-CONTAINED EMERGENCY POWER EXIT SIGNS A. Type: Exit signs with integral battery-operated emergency power supply, including power failure relay,test switch,AC ON pilot light,battery,and fully-automatic two-rate charger. B. Battery: Sealed lead acid requiring no maintenance or replacement for 8 years under normal conditions. 2.3 LED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A. Emergency Lighting Unit: Self-contained unit with rechargeable storage batteries, Engineering Associates Emergency Lighting Equipment September 2022 16535-1 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BILL WITT CITY PARK POOL charger,and lamps. B. Battery: 6 volt,lead calcium type,with 1.5 hour capacity to supply the connected lamp load. C. Charger: Solid state charger,capable of maintaining the battery in a full-charge state during normal conditions,and capable of recharging discharged battery to full charged within 12 hours. D. Lamps: furnished with fixture. E. Unit Housing: Steel with gray hammer tone finish. F. Indicators:Provide lamps to indicate AC ON and RECHARGING. G. Provide switch to transfer unit from normal supply to battery supply. H. Electrical Connection:Knockout for conduit comiection. I. Unit Voltage:As indicated on schedule. 2.4 EMERGENCY LAMP POWER SUPPLY A. Unit:Self-contained,with automatic transfer to battery supply on power failure,including test switch, AC-ON pilot light,fully-automatic two-rate charger,battery,and power supply capable of operating at 100 watts for 90 minutes. B. Battery: Sealed lead acid requiring no maintenance or replacement for 10 years under normal conditions. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units plumb and level. B. Aim directional lampheads as directed. END OF SECTION Engineering Associates Emergency Lighting Equipment September 2022 16535-2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 APPENDIX DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 WINDSTORM PRODUCT EVALUATIONS DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SUP#1 TDITexas Department of Insurance PO Box 12030 1 Austin, TX 787111800-578-4677 1 tdi.texas.gov Product Evaluation LVR14 10321 Engineering Services Program The following product has been evaluated for compliance with the wind loads specified in the International Residential Code(IRC)and the International Building Code(IBC). This product evaluation is not an endorsement of this product or a recommendation that this product be used. The Texas Department of Insurance has not authorized the use of any information contained in the product evaluation for advertising,or other commercial or promotional purpose. This product evaluation is intended for use by those individuals who are following the design wind load criteria in Chapter 3 of the IRC and Section 1609 of the IBC.The design loads determined for the building or structure shall not exceed the design load rating specified for the products shown in the limitations section of this product evaluation.This product evaluation does not relieve a Texas licensed engineer of his responsibilities as outlined in the Texas Insurance Code,the Texas Administrative Code,and the Texas Engineering Practice Act. For more information,contact TDI Engineering Services Program at(800)248-6032. Evaluation ID: LVR-14 Effective Date: March 1, 2021 Re-evaluation Date: March 2025 Product Name: Models ELC6375DXD Combination Louver, Impact Resistant Manufacturer: Ruskin Air & Sound Control 3900 Doctor Greaves Road Grandview, MO 64030 (816) 761-7476 General Description: The Model ELC6375DXD is a 6" deep hurricane rated combination louver. The louver includes a fixed front stationary blade and a rear adjustable blade. The minimum section size is 12" x 12" and the maximum section size is 55" x 120". The louver is designed with a gutter system channeling water from the blades to downspouts in the jambs, where water is exhausted out the front of the louver. The louver has excellent free area when the rear louver blades are fully open and can operate completely closed for tight airflow shutoff. Limitations: Design Drawings: The louvers must be installed in accordance with the following Ruskin Air & Control drawing: Install in accordance with drawing No. 60-022427-0013; sheets 1 thru 16; dated October 22, 2018; Revision A; dated December 11, 2020; signed and sealed by Melissa Massar, P.E. on January 15, 2021. 1 /2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 LVR14 10321 Design Pressure Rating: The design pressure rating for the louver is listed in Table 1: Table 1: Design Wind Pressure Assembly Maximum Single Maximum Single Allowable Design Section Width Section Height Pressure Rating (psf) ELC6375DXD 55" 120" ±110 Blade Support: Refer to the design drawings for requirements on blade support. Product Identification: Each unit must bear a permanent label containing the manufacturer's name (RUSKIN Co.);the drawing number; the product model number; the design pressure rating; the test standards (TAS 201-94,TAS 202-94,TAS 203-94);and the missile level rating (Large Missile Rated). Impact Resistance: These louver assemblies satisfy the Texas Department of Insurance's criteria for protection from windborne debris. The louver assemblies passed an impact standard equivalent to Missile Level D specified in ASTM E 1996-14a. The louvers may be installed at any height on the structure as long as the design pressure rating for the assemblies is not exceeded. These louver assemblies will not need to be protected with an impact protective system. Acceptance of Smaller Assemblies: Louver assemblies with dimensions equal to or smaller than those specified above are acceptable within the limitations specified in this report. Acceptance of Larger Assemblies: Multiple louvers may be placed side-by-side (i.e., the width is unlimited). The maximum height for the louvers is the same as the Maximum Single Section Height specified in Table 1. Refer to the approved drawings for specific geometry limitations. Installation: All requirements specified in the IRC and the IBC must be satisfied and manufacturer's installation instructions followed, unless otherwise specified by this product evaluation. Anchorage: The louvers must be installed in accordance with the approved drawings. Note: Keep the manufacturer's installation instructions and the approved drawings referenced in this evaluation report available on the job site during installation. Use corrosion resistant fasteners as specified in the IRC and the IBC. 2/2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SUP#2 0NT~�F A Product Evaluation ''ta`zns CWSF33 1 1216 Engineering Services Program The following product has been evaluated for compliance with the wind loads specified in the International Residential Code(IRC)and the International Building Code(IBC). This product evaluation is not an endorsement of this product or a recommendation that this product be used. The Texas Department of Insurance has not authorized the use of any information contained in the product evaluation for advertising, or other commercial or promotional purpose. This product evaluation is intended for use by those individuals who are following the design wind load criteria in Chapter 3 of the IRC and Section 1609 of the IBC. The design loads determined for the building or structure shall not exceed the design load rating specified for the products shown in the limitations section of this product evaluation. This product evaluation does not relieve a Texas licensed engineer of his responsibilities as outlined in the Texas Insurance Code, the Texas Administrative Code, and the Texas Engineering Practice Act. For more information, contact TDI Engineering Services Program at(800)248-6032. Evaluation ID: CWSF-33 Effective Date: December 1, 2016 Re-evaluation Date: December 2020 Product Name: IR501T and IR501UT Aluminum Storefront System, Impact Resistant Manufacturer: Kawneer Company, Inc. 555 Guthridge Court Norcross, Georgia 30092-3503 (770) 840-6426 General Description: This evaluation report is for the IR501T/ IR501UT aluminum storefront system. The system is used for commercial installations. This evaluation report includes the following storefront assemblies: • Multiple Fixed Panel Storefront Assembly • Storefront Assembly with Project-Out Windows • Multiple Fixed Panel Storefront Assembly with 90 Degree and 135 Degree Corners Product Identification:A Kawneer label will be affixed to the storefront assembly. Products Installed in Accordance with Drawing No. 1758T Rev A(Large Missile Impact,Wet Glazed) and with Drawing No. 1760T Rev A (Large Missile Impact, Dry Glazed): The label includes the manufacturer's name (Kawneer); the product name (IR501T/ IR501UT Storefront); that the design pressure and size are per drawings #1758T Rev A and #1760T Rev A; and that the product complies with ASTM E 330-02,ASTM E 1886-05,ASTM E 1996-09, Large Missile Impact, Zone 4-Level D. Products Installed in Accordance with Drawing No. 1759T Rev A(Small Missile Impact, Dry Glazed): The label includes the manufacturer's name (Kawneer); the product name (IR501 / IR501 UT Storefront); that the design pressure and size are per drawing#1759T Rev A; and that the product complies with ASTM E 330-02,ASTM E 1886-05,ASTM E 1996-09, Small Missile Impact Zone, Level A. Texas Department of Insurance 1 333 Guadalupe Street I Austin,Texas 78714 1 (400)243-6032 1 wwwtdl.texas.gov I @TexasTDI DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CWSF33 1 1216 Limitations: Design Drawings: Storefront assemblies must comply and be installed in accordance with the following design drawing: Drawing No. 1758T Rev A,titled"IR501T&IR501UTAluminum Large Missile Impact Storefront System (Wet Glazed)," Sheets 1 thru 10 of 10, dated 3/19/13, Rev A dated 03/29/16 signed and sealed by Warren W. Schaeffer., P.E on Mar-29-2016. The stated drawings will be referred to as the approved drawings in this evaluation report. Drawing No. 1760T Rev A,titled"IR501T&IR501UTAluminum Large Missile Impact Storefront System (Dry Glazed)," Sheets 1 thru 10 of 10, dated 3/19/13, Rev A dated 03/29/16 signed and sealed by Warren W. Schaeffer., P.E on Mar-29-2016. The stated drawings will be referred to as the approved drawings in this evaluation report. Store front assemblies complying with the requirements for small missile impact must comply and be installed in accordance with the following drawing: Drawing No. 1759T Rev A,titled"IR501T& IR501UTAluminum Small Missile Impact Storefront System (Dry Glazed)," Sheets 1 thru 10 of 10, dated 3/19/13, Rev A dated 03/29/16 signed and sealed by Warren W. Schaeffer., P.E on Mar-29-2016. The stated drawings will be referred to as the approved drawings in this evaluation report. Fabrication and Assembly:The Kawneer aluminum storefront systems are fabricated in the factory. The aluminum storefront systems are assembled and glazed at the jobsite. The approved drawings referenced in this evaluation report indicate the options for the glazing construction. Design pressure(DP): • The storefront system has a maximum design pressure rating of+70 psf/-70 psf. Refer to the approved drawing for specific design pressure requirements. Impact Resistance: Products Installed in Accordance with Drawings No.1758T Rev A and 1760T Rev A:These assemblies satisfy the Texas Department of Insurance's criteria for protection from windborne debris in both the Inland I and Seaward zones. These assemblies have passed an impact criteria equivalent to Missile Level D specified in ASTM E 1996-09.These assemblies may be installed at any height on the structure as long as the design pressure rating for the assembly is not exceeded.These assemblies will not need to be protected with an impact protective system when installed in areas where windborne debris protection is required. Products Installed in Accordance with Drawing No. 1759T Rev A:These assemblies satisfy the Texas Department of Insurance's criteria for protection from windborne debris in both the Inland I and Seaward zones. These assemblies have passed an impact criteria equivalent to Missile Level A specified in ASTM E 1996-09. These assemblies shall be installed at a height of 30 feet or greater on the structure as long as the design pressure rating for the assembly is not exceeded.These assemblies will not need to be protected with an impact protective system when installed in areas where windborne debris protection is required. Texas Department of Insurance I www.tdi,texas.gov Page 2 of 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CWSF33 ( 1216 Acceptance of Other Assemblies: • Limitations on horizontal stacking, overall width, and the number of vertical panels used must be as specified on the approved drawings. • Limitations on the placement of project-out windows and the number of project-out windows shall be as specified on the approved drawings. Installation Instructions: General: Prepare and install the assembly in accordance with Kawneer installation instructions and the approved drawings specified in this evaluation report. Wall Framing Construction: The aluminum storefront system may be mounted to several types of wall framing construction.The types of wall framing construction allowed include: • Concrete (minimum compressive strength: 3,000 psi) • Wood dimension lumber(minimum Southern Yellow Pine) • Masonry—(ASTM C-90, Grade N,Type 1 or greater) • Steel studs (minimum 16 gauge, 33 ksi) • Steel (1/8"thick,A36 (minimum Fy= 36 ksi)) • Aluminum (minimum 0.100"thick, 6063-T6) Fastener Requirements: • Refer to the approved drawings for the anchor layout and notes. • Refer to the approved drawings for the minimum embedment depths for the fasteners and the minimum edge distances (minimum distance fastener must be from the edge of the substrate material)for the fasteners. Note: Keep the manufacturer's installation instructions available on the job site during installation. Use corrosion resistant fasteners as specified in the IRC,the IBC, and the Texas Revisions. Texas Department of Insurance ( www.tdi.texas.gov Page 3 of 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SUPO rrX�s Product Evaluation RC611 0317 Engineering Services Program The following product has been evaluated for compliance with the wind loads specified in the International Residential Code(IRC)and the International Building Code(IBC). This product evaluation is not an endorsement of this product or a recommendation that this product be used. The Texas Department of Insurance has not authorized the use of any information contained in the product evaluation for advertising, or other commercial or promotional purpose. This product evaluation is intended for use by those individuals who are following the design wind load criteria in Chapter 3 of the IRC and Section 1609 of the IBC The design loads determined for the building or structure shall not exceed the design load rating specified for the products shown in the limitations section of this product evaluation. This product evaluation does not relieve a Texas licensed engineer of his responsibilities as outlined in the Texas Insurance Code, the Texas Administrative Code, and the Texas Engineering Practice Act. For more information, contact TDI Engineering Services Program at(800)248-6032. Evaluation ID: RC-61 Effective Date: March 1, 2017 Re-evaluation Date: March 2021 Product Name: LokSeam Standing Seam Steel Roof Panels Installed over Plywood Decks Manufacturer: Metal Building Components, Inc. (MBCI), L.P., a division of NCI, L.P. 14031 West Hardy Houston,TX 77060 281-445-8555 General Description: The LokSeam standing seam roof panels are minimum 24-gauge steel panels. The metal panels have a maximum exposure of 18". The metal wall panels have a 1-3/4" rib height. The steel roof panels are Galvalume steel with a minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi. Limitations: Roof Deck:The roof deck is minimum 5/8" plywood. Solidly sheathed. Roof Deck Attachment: A new roof deck must meet or exceed the uplift wind pressure requirements of the IRC or IBC and must be installed as required to resist lateral loads. Roof Framing Spacing:The roof framing must be spaced a maximum of 24" on center. Installation over an Existing Roof Covering:Not permitted. Roof Slope: Do not install panels on roofs with a roof slope less than 3:12. Texas Department of Insurance 1 333 Guadalupe Street I Austin,Texas 78701 1 (800)252-3439 1 www.tdi.texas.gov I @TexasTDl DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 RC61 1 0317 Design Wind Pressure:The design pressure uplift load resistance is specified in Table 1. Table 1 Attachment of minimum 24-gauge steel LokSeam roof panels to plywood decks System Design Wind Pressure PanelExposure Clips Clip Fasteners 1 -52.5 psf 1811 LokSeam Clip; No. 10 x 1"screw; 48" on center Two per clip 2 -101.0 psf 16" LokSeam Clip; No. 10 x 1" screw; 6" on center Two per clip Installation: General: The metal roof panels must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended installation instructions and this evaluation report. Roof Deck:The roof deck is minimum 5/8" plywood. Solidly sheathed. Underlayment:A minimum of one layer of Type I asphalt felt must be used.The underlayment used must comply with one or more of the following:ASTM D 226,ASTM D 4869,or ASTM D 1970. The underlayment must be fastened to the roof deck with corrosion resistant fasteners in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Fasteners must be applied along the overlaps not farther apart than 36" on center. Attachment of Roof Panels to the Deck: System 1: Secure the panels to the decks with 18-gauge galvanized steel LokSeam clips (1-7/8" high x 2"wide x 3-1/2"long).The clips are secured to the male leg of the panels. Adjacent panels are secured together using a snap-lock seam.The clips are spaced a maximum of 6"from each end and a maximum of 48"on center. Each clip is secured to the deck with two No. 10 x 1" long Pancake head screws with a No. 2 Phillips head size. The fasteners must be long enough to completely penetration through the deck. System 2: Secure the panels to the decks with 18-gauge galvanized steel LokSeam clips (1-7/8" high x 2"wide x 3-1/2"long).The clips are secured to the male leg of the panels. Adjacent panels are secured together using a snap-lock seam.The clips are spaced a maximum of 6"from each end and a maximum of 6" on center. Each clip is secured to the deck with two No. 10 x 1" long Pancake head screws with a No. 2 Phillips head size. The fasteners must be long enough to completely penetration through the deck. Panel Ends and End Laps:As required by the manufacturer. Trims,Closures,and Accessories: Components,such as trims,closures, and accessories must be installed as required by the manufacturer. Note: Keep the manufacturer's installation instructions available on the job site during installation. Use corrosion resistant fasteners as specified in the IRC,the IBC, and the Texas Revisions. Texas Department of Insurance I www,tdi,tcxas.gov Page 2 of 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SUP#4 ��NT:°was ' x�syProduct Evaluation DR901 1 0618 Engineering Services Program The fallowing product has been evaluated for compliance with the wind loads specified in the International Residential Code(IRC)and the International Building Code(IBC). This product evaluation is not an endorsement of this product or a recommendation that this product be used. The Texas Department of Insurance has not authorized the use of any information contained in the product evaluation for advertising, or other commercial or promotional purpose. This product evaluation is intended for use by those individuals who are following the design wind load criteria in Chapter 3 of the IRC and Section 1609 of the IBC. The design loads determined for the building orstructure shall not exceed the design load rating specified for the products shown in the limitations section of this product evaluation. This product evaluation does not relieve a Texas licensed engineer of his responsibilities as outlined in the Texas Insurance Code, the Texas Administrative Code, and the Texas Engineering Practice Act. For more information, contact TDI Engineering Services Program at(800)248-6032. Evaluation ID: DR-901 Effective Date: June 1, 2018 Re-evaluation Date: May 2022 Product Name: "N" Series Commercial Steel Glazed Outswing Side Hinged Doors, Impact Resistant Manufacturer: Mesker Door, Inc. 3440 Stanwood Blvd. Huntsville,AL 35811 (256) 851-6670 General Description: The "N" Series Commercial Steel Glazed Outswing Side Hinged Doors are steel frame and steel panel glazed side hinged outswing doors used for commercial installations. This evaluation report includes the following door assemblies: • Double Door Assembly(XX) • Double Door with Transom Assembly(XX/0) • Single Door Assembly(X) Product Identification: A Mesker Door Inc. label will be affixed to the door assembly. The label includes the manufacturer's name (Mesker Door, Inc.); the product name ("N" Series Commercial Outswing Steel Door); that the design pressure and size are per drawing MD1010; and that the product complies with TAS 201, TAS-202, and TAS-203, Large Missile Impact. Texas Department of Insurance 1 333 Guadalupe Street I Austin,Texas 78714 1 (800)243-6032 1 www.tdi,texas.gov I @TexasTDI DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DR901 10618 Limitations: Design Drawings: Door assemblies must comply and be installed in accordance with the following design drawing: • Drawing No. MD1010, "'N' Series Commercial Outswing Steel Door," Sheets 1 thru 14 of 14, dated February 6,2017, signed and sealed by Hermes F. Norero, P.E on April 4,2018. This evaluation report refers to the stated drawings as the approved drawings. Design Pressure(DP): The door assemblies have a maximum design pressure rating of +65 psf / -65 psf. Refer to approved drawing(Sheet 12 of 14)for specific design pressure requirements. Hardware: Hardware requirements are specified on the approved drawings. Impact Resistance: The door assemblies satisfy TDI's criteria for protection from windborne debris in both the Inland I and Seaward zones. These assemblies passed an impact criteria of equivalent to Missile Level D specified in ASTM E 1996. Install these assemblies at any height on the structure that does not exceed the assembly's design pressure rating. These assemblies do not require protection with an impact protective system when installed in areas that require windborne debris protection. Installation Instructions: General: Prepare and install the assembly in accordance with Mesker Door, Inc. installation instructions and the approved drawings specified in this evaluation report. Detailed installation instructions are available from Mesker Door, Inc. Installation: Wall Framing Construction: The door assemblies may be mounted to several types of wall framing construction. The types of wall framing construction allowed include: • concrete (minimum compressive strength: 3,000 psi) • grout filled concrete block • hollow concrete block • steel ((minimum 1/8", Fy=36 ksi) • Aluminum (minimum 1/8"thick, 6063-T6) • Wood (Spruce-Pine-Fir, minimum S.G.=0.42) Fastener Requirements: • Refer to the approved drawings for the anchor layout and notes. • Refer to the approved drawings for the minimum embedment depths for the fasteners and the minimum edge distances (minimum distance fastener must be from the edge of the substrate material)for the fasteners. Note: Keep the manufacturer's installation instructions and the approved drawings available at the job site during installation. Use corrosion resistant fasteners as specified in the IRC,the IBC, and the Texas Revisions. Texas Department of Insurance I www.tdi.texas.gov Page 2 of 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SUP#5 ° K r ' Product Evaluation *TC%fs CAN01 1 0217 Engineering Services Program The following product has been evaluated for compliance with the wind loads specified in the International Residential Code(IRC)and the International Building Code(IBC). This product evaluation is not an endorsement of this product or a recommendation that this product be used. The Texas Department of Insurance has not authorized the use of any information contained in the product evaluation for advertising, or other commercial or promotional purpose. This product evaluation is intended for use by those individuals who are following the design wind load criteria in Chapter 3 of the IRC and Section 1609 of the IBC. The design loads determined for the building or structure shall not exceed the design load rating specified for the products shown in the limitations section of this product evaluation. This product evaluation does not relieve a Texas licensed engineer of his responsibilities as outlined in the Texas Insurance Code, the Texas Administrative Code, and the Texas Engineering Practice Act, For more information,contact TDI Engineering Services Program at(800)248-6032. Evaluation ID: CAN-01 Effective Date: February 1, 2017 Re-evaluation Date: February 2021 Product Name: Aluminum Canopy Distributed by: Jones Aluminum 9805 Mallut Road Beaumont,TX 77713 (409) 866-5585 General Description: The aluminum canopies consist of an aluminum roof deck,an aluminum drain beam,and aluminum posts. The canopies have a maximum overall size of 10'-6" wide and 27' in length. The aluminum roof panels come in lengths of 8', 10', and 12' and consist of two parts, the top and bottom. The roof panels are designed such that the top panel interlocks with the bottom panel. The aluminum canopy posts are to be anchored to the foundation. The anchorage of the posts to the foundation must be designed by a Texas licensed professional engineer. Material: Canopy Post: WLB-582 6063-T6 Aluminum, 4" x 4"x 0.135". Drain Beam: WLB-575 6063-T6 Aluminum, 4" wide x 6" tall,0.125" and 0.190" wall thickness x 10'-2" long with a 1-1/4" diameter hole over each post. Roof Deck: Bottom Piece:WLB-576 6063-T6 Aluminum, 2.675" x 6.078"x 0,078". Top Piece:WLB-578 6063-T6 Aluminum, 1.830" x 6,078"x 0.078". Fascia:WLB-578 6063-T6 Aluminum, 1.830" x 6.078"x 0.078", Texas DepartruenL of Insurance 1 333 Guadalupe Street I Austin,Texas 78714 1 (300)252-3439 1 www.tdi,texas.gov I CTexasTDI DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CAN01 1 0217 Overall Size: 10'-6"wide x 27' long. Post Spacing: Maximum 9'-6". Drain Beam Spacing: Maximum of 12'-0" on center. Limitations: General Requirements: This evaluation report is for the canopy only. The allowable post height, attachment of posts to foundation, and the foundation design must be by a Texas licensed professional engineer. Roof Slope:The roof deck must be installed such that it has a minimum roof slope of 1/4" per foot. Allowable Design Pressure:The allowable design pressure is a function of the drain beam spacing. Refer to the approved drawings for the allowable design pressure. Construction:The canopies are valid for use in outdoor construction only. The canopies are designed as free-standing structures only;they are not to be secured to a structure. Installation: Approved Drawings:The aluminum canopies must be installed in accordance with Drawing No.51.1, Rev. A; S1.2, Rev. A; S1.3, Rev. A; and D1.1, Rev. A; all dated July 23, 2013; all signed and sealed by Terrance Wolfe, P.E. on July 26, 2013. The stated drawings are referred to as approved drawings in this evaluation report. A copy of the approved drawings must be available at the job site. Design and Installation Requirements: The aluminum canopies must be designed and erected in accordance with this evaluation report,the approved drawings,and the applicable building codes adopted by the TDI. In the event of a conflict between the manufacturer's published installation instructions and this evaluation report,this evaluation report will govern. The approved drawings must be available at all times on the jobsite during installation. Canopies must be designed and inspected by a Texas licensed professional engineer appointed as a qualified inspector. The approved drawings provide allowable roof spans and specifications on minimum connection requirements. Design drawings must be developed, sealed and dated by a Texas licensed professional engineer. The design drawings must reference the appropriate edition of the wind load standard (ASCE 7) used based on the current building specifications adopted by the TDI. The basic wind speed and the exposure category used for the design must be referenced on the design drawing. The existing site conditions must be carefully evaluated and any deviations from the approved drawings must be designed by the Texas licensed professional engineer. The engineer must consider all loading conditions on the canopy. Allowable Design Pressure: The allowable design pressure of the canopy is a function of the drain beam spacing. Refer to the approved drawings for the allowable design pressure. Foundation: The foundation is not part of this evaluation report. The foundation must be designed to resist the design loads from the canopy. Texas Department of Insurance I www.tdi.texas.gov Page 2 of 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CAN01 10217 Columns:The column dimensions and the attachment to the roof deck are as required to resist the uplift loads specified in this evaluation report. The length of the columns has not been evaluated and must be designed to resist the required loads. A larger column cross section may be required. The attachment of the columns to a foundation is not part of this evaluation report. The attachment of the columns to a foundation must be designed to resist the design loads including resistance to lateral movement. Note: Keep the manufacturer's installation instructions available on the job site during the installation. Use corrosion resistant fasteners as specified in the IRC, the IBC, and the Texas Revisions, Texas Department of Insurance I www.tdi.texas.gov Page 3 of 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 I I i I I I I i I I i I I I I -------- ------------------------------- --- I i Y�y I y- y ! � Oa i Ddb 0 ph �r N I I C ----- -_-_-_ --_ -_- - I I I I i _ _ _-_-___-_-_-_-___-_-_-_-_____-_-_-_- 1 D .1 A. 344 b 0 — _ Q i O j D I ili I i z I to i 3 i F i - — i i i AMle 00I (p a (b a 00 n j m z i m I I � I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 I L c I LO n z � 0 f ® I ��A 4'x4'x.125'WL5-582 COL. aN imp 1^ m Dt*IW ogti � o0v � A I N m,� pi. b � I Z 4'x4'x.125'WL5-582 COL. — m m m DUlE a O I cJn Z i d I i z m I I I I I I i I I I I I > 4'x4'x.125'WL5-582 COL. I YYY I E i I in J X Ut M I 3 I E I i J 1 � I Z DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 \ ni 0 \` Cul m 4 A --i O f 3 O -U x ALUMN. COL. 1A TR& �\l U3 u i r — q XV\ A `\ tNRN.e % a'Iii-- a i'� v \ a w- as `sv,A v Ow y�a � �e a a A t IN N 'N " ` ¢a \� \ �` k�v` � 4 'a. � Omv >£ * \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ti (� (P \ / O \ / mes)nEm¥ope ID:mc«35Ema46C 9-m3GA73D97813 . /\ 5\ w w , w \ %\»»2» O U so {{{{/ ( § % &EE&y p mEZEz ` § e3G§2 ( § e. a=- \/®\ ) \/ § \ { )� a & z q c o n / s y ƒ . e . o . z § f9 \ \j \ [---------] . , % ° /2 {)/ � � § % /El ; ) \ \ ƒ /ro / / y > n /\ s \ /r . {§ m a qz t i i \//Iƒ/ \EE/\\ i . G3ƒ/// s2 ! ! + v i i \o : oop a»�m DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SUM 102 Northpoint Parkway Building 106 Acworth,GA 30102 (800)272-4482 Compliant with Florida Building Code 2017(6th ed.) Compliant with Florida Product Approval Rule#61G20-3 Compliant Quality Assurance Program: UL LLC Substrate is 16GA steel supports @ 24"o.c.fastened with Panel Clip:20GA x 2.5"wide clip;2 corrosion resistant fasteners per clip at clip leg into supports spaced @ 2'-0"o.c., Corrosion resistant(2)#14-13 x 1-1/2"long,self-drill,flat head, concealor fasteners. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners @ each support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the one interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA steel supports @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long,self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c.Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners @ each support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fastener Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the one interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA steel supports @ 24"o.c.fastened with Panel Clip:20GA x 2.5"wide clip;2 corrosion resistant fasteners per clip at clip leg into supports spaced @ 2'-0"o.c.,Corrosion resistant(2)#14-13 x 1-1/2"long,self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners @ each support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the one interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA steel supports @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long,self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c.Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners @ each support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the one interior low cells of the panel. Reference Data: Farabaugh Engineering&Testing(TST-1654) T129-17 ASTM E 330-02 Farabaugh Engineering&Testing(TST-1654) T130-17 ASTM E 330-02 Farabaugh Engineering&Testing(TST-1654) T127-17 ASTM E 330.02 Farabaugh Engineering&Testing(TST-1654) T128-17 ASTM E 330-02 Farabaugh Engineering&Testing(TST-1654) T131-17 ASTM E 330-02 Farabaugh Engineering&Testing(TST-1654) T133-17 ASTM E 330-02 Farabaugh Engineering&Testing(TST-1654) T134-17 ASTM E 330.02 Farabaugh Engineering&Testing(TST-1654) T348-11 ASTM E 330-02 Farabaugh Engineering&Testing(TST-1654) T301-11 ASTM E 330-02 Farabaugh Engineering&Testing(TST-1654) T346-11 ASTM E 330-02 Farabaugh Engineering&Testing(TST-1654) T299-11 ASTM E 330.02 Limitations and Conditions of Use: 1. Products herein this report are compliant with current Florida Building Code(FBC)2017 6TH ed. 2.Install in compliance with Florida Building Code 2017 6th ed.,and Install per with Manufacturer's installation reference. 3.Products are compliant for State of Florida product approval per Rule 61620-3.Compliance Method: 1-D 4.Engineering analysis for"project specific project approval"to determine appropriate wind safety factors,is allowed by other Florida licensed professionals. 5. Fire classification is not part of this acceptance.Shear diaphragm values are outside this report. 6.Support framing in compliance w/FBC 2017 6th ed.,Chapter 22 for Steel,Chapter 23 for Wood and Chapter 16 for Structural Loading. 7.This report does not imply warranty,installation,recommended product use outside of this report. Certificate of Independence: ,��ti��Iff�►►fr+rr Locke Bowden, P.E.does not have,not will acquire a financial interest in,��lc 030 q�lijfturing or distributing products under this evaluation. ���,�.••\\CEN ••WW��,,cc����,, Locke Bowden,P.E.is not owned,operated,or controlled by any company,finactur' '00. uting prody,ctsunder this report. = N • 497 4 /�/�eal ';0; STATE OF ', E`O• R10 �/O ' •' 1 of 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners • • Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with Panel Clip:20GA x 2.5"wide clip;2 corrosion resistant fasteners per clip at clip leg into supports spaced @ 2'-0"o.c.,Corrosion resistant(2)#14-13 x 1-1/2"long,self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long telt fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners. (1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the su orts usin 1 %-14 x 1-112"Ion tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the anel. MMMe • / / • 1' Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with Panel Clip:20GA x 2.5"wide clip;2 corrosion resistant fasteners per clip at clip leg into supports spaced @ 2'-0"o.c.;Corrosion resistant(2)#14-13 x 1-1/2"long,self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with Panel Clip:20GA x 2.5"wide clip;2 corrosion resistant fasteners per clip at clip leg into supports spaced @ 2'-0"o.c.,Corrosion resistant(2)#14-13 x 1-1/2"long,self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners. (1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)'/<-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with Panel Clip:20GA x 2.5"wide clip;2 corrosion resistant fasteners per clip at clip leg into supports spaced @ 2'-0"o.c.,Corrosion resistant(2)#14-13 x 1-1/2"long,self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners. (1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners. (1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. 2 of 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. oo . of Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners. (1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. o 1 Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low ceth(Doanel. Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA horizontal stud14tbo.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. e L mj0 • / f • e Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Panel ends were fixed to the supports using(1)%-14 x 1-1/2"long tek fastener at the two interior low cells of the panel. Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners. (1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners • Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners. (1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners • e 1 f � . • Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners. (1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2" long tek fasteners at ea support 3 of 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners EMEM- Boom Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners Substrate is 16GA horizontal studs @ 24"o.c.fastened with thru fastened corrosion resistant#14-13 x 1-1/2"long self-drill,flat head,concealor fasteners.(1)fastener thru screw leg into supports spaced @ 24"o.c. Starter Panel:face fastened w/(2)%-14 x 2"long tek fasteners at ea support Last Panel:face fastened w 2 %-14 x 2"Ion tek fasteners The panels were installed over 16GA supports fastened with a fixed clip @ 4'-0"o.c.using corrosion resistant fastener(2)#10-16 x 1" long pancake head,self-drill fasteners;2 fasteners per clip.The panel side-joints were a tongue and groove type as shown on the installation detail. The panels were installed over 16GA supports @ 4'-0"o.c.fastened with corrosion resistant(1)#10-16 x 1"long pancake head, self-drill fasteners located on the panel nail groove.The panel side-joints were a tongue and groove type as shown on the installation detail. ® EUMMEMMM= e, The panels were installed over 16GA supports fastened with a fixed clip @ 4'-0"o.c.using corrosion resistant(2)#10-16 x 1"long pancake head,self-drill fasteners;2 fasteners per clip.The panel side-joints were a tongue and groove type as shown on the installation detail. The panels were installed over 16GA supports @ 4'-0"o.c.fastened with corrosion resistant(2)#10-16 x 1"long pancake head, self-drill fasteners located on the panel nail groove. The panel side-joints were a tongue and groove type as shown on the installation detail.2 fasteners per support. The panels were installed over 16GA supports fastened with a fixed clip @ 4'-0"o.c.using corrosion resistant fastener(2)#10-16 x 1"long pancake head,self-drill fasteners;2 fasteners per clip.The panel side-joints were a tongue and groove type as shown on the installation details. The panels were installed over 16GA supports @ 4'-0"o.c.fastened with corrosion resistant(1)#10-16 x 1"long pancake head, self-drill fasteners located on the panel nail groove.The panel side-joints were a tongue and groove type as shown on the attached detail. � oMEE= 'a The panels were installed over 16GA supports fastened with a fixed clip @ 4'-0"o.c. using corrosion resitant(2)#10-16 x 1"long pancake head,self-drill fasteners;2 fasteners per clip.The panel side-joints were a tongue and groove type as shown on the installation details. HIREMIZEMSM The panels were installed over 16GA supports @ 4'-0"o.c.fastened with corrosion resistant(2)#10-16 x 1"long pancake head, self-drill fasteners located on the panel nail groove. The panel side-joints were a tongue and groove type as shown on the installation detail.2 fasteners per support. 4of4 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SUP#7 P E 1 E R S E N 102 Northpoint Parkway Building 106 Acworth, GA 30102 (800)272-4482 0 ° _ Compliant with Florida Building Code 2017(6th ed.)Sections 1507.1,1523,1709.10,2411 Compliant with Florida Product Approval Rule#61G20-3 Compliant Quality Assurance Program: UL LLC : , , ® . 1 J 0.032 Aluminum Soffit panels fastened with Corrosion Resistant#10 x 1-1/2 Pancake Head SMS into APA 32/16 span rated sheathing 15/32"over supports spaced 24"o.c. Panel Coverage: 12" solid,fully and 1.2 vented panels Slope:2:12 1"x 2"furring strips fastened @ 12"oc.perpendicular to supports of the wood deck using 8d common nails or equivalent wood fasteners,at the soffit area of decking. Underlayment: FBC 2017 chapter 1507; chart 1507.1.1 **See manufacturer install details for interlocking connection method and fastener locations SUBSTRATE: 1"x 2"furring stn'ps fastened to woad Deck see install details for fastening soffit panels V_ "DESIGN PRESSURE INCLUDES A 1.S Margin of Safety Factor -100 PSF Architectural Testing Inca TAS 202&TAS 203 Test Reference Data: Test#C5271.01-450-1813-4858 Fenestration Testing Laboratory,Inc.TAS 100(A) Test#FTL-7246 LIMITATIONS AND CONDITIONS OF USE: 1. Products herein this report are compliant with current Florida Building Code(FBC)2017 6T"ed. 2. Install in compliance with Florida Building Code 2017 6'h ed.,and Install per with Manufacturer's installation reference. 3. Products are compliant for State of Florida product approval per Rule 61G20-3. Compliance Method: 1- 4. Eingineering analysis for"project specific project approval"to determine appropriate wind safety factors....is allowed by other S. Fire classification is not part of this acceptance. Shear diaphragm values are outside this report. 6. Support framing In compliance w/FBC 2017 61h ed.,Chapter 22 for Steel,Chapter 23 for Wood and Chapter 16 for Structural Loading. 7. This report does not imply warranty,installation,recommended product use outside of this report. Certificate of Independence: ,,��t�rtirr►►r��� Locke Bowden, P.E. does not have, not will acquire a financial inte�q� ?iQ.C&G, f,��anufacturing or distributing products under this evaluation. .`� Lo o N• O �', Locke Bowden, P.E. is not owned, operated, or controlled by a$y c iApany rnantfait er:oCdistributing products under this report. 4L �?0 STATE OF810* ••��` E DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 TDITexas Department SUP#8 of Insurance PO Box 149104 1 Austin, TX 78714 11-800-578-4677 1 tdi.texas.gov Product Evaluation RV11 10220 Engineering Services Program The following product has been evaluated for compliance with the wind loads specified in the International Residential Code(IRC) and the International Building Code(IBC). This product evaluation is not an endorsement of this product or a recommendation that this product be used. The Texas Department of Insurance has not authorized the use of any information contained in the product evaluation for advertising,or other commercial or promotional purpose. This product evaluation is intended for use by those individuals who are following the design wind load criteria in Chapter 3 of the IRC and Section 1609 of the IBC.The design loads determined for the building or structure shall not exceed the design load rating specified for the products shown in the limitations section of this product evaluation.This product evaluation does not relieve a Texas licensed engineer of his responsibilities as outlined in the Texas Insurance Code,the Texas Administrative Code,and the Texas Engineering Practice Act. For more information,contact TDI Engineering Services Program at(800) 248-6032. Evaluation ID: RV-11 Effective Date: February 1, 2020 Re-evaluation Date: February 2024 Product Name: The Lomanco 730, 750, 750-S, 750-G, 750-GS, 770, and 770D Roof Louvers Manufacturer: Lomanco, Inc. 2101 West Main Street Jacksonville, AR 72076 (501) 982-6511 General Description: Lomanco 730, 770, and 770-D Roof Louvers: Slant-back style, self-flashing roof mounted attic exhaust vents, with size varying based on the model number. The louvered sides are seamed to the top, and the top is riveted securely to the base flashing. A weather-tight collar is seamed securely to the base flashing. All pieces are stamped or formed aluminum sheet metal. The 770- D is a twin 770. Model Dimensions Net Free Area 730 11-1/8" x 17-3/4" x 4" 30 int 770 16-5/8" x 22-3/8" x 6" 70 int 770-D 32" x 22-3/8" x 6" 140 int Lomanco 750, 750-S, 750-G, and 750-GS Roof Louvers: Slant-back style, self-flashing roof mounted attic exhaust vents. The louvered sides are seamed to the top, and the top is riveted securely to the base flashing. A weather-tight collar is seamed securely to the base flashing. The 1/3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 RV11 10220 750-S has enhanced weather protection. The 750-G is a galvanized vent, and the 750-GS is a galvanized vent with enhanced weather protection. All pieces of the 750 are stamped or formed aluminum sheet metal. All pieces of the 705-G are stamped or formed galvanized sheet metal. Model Dimensions Net Free Area 750, 750-S 15-7/8" x 20-5/16" x 5" 50 int 750-G, 750-GS 15-7/8" x 20-5/16" x 5" 50 int Limitations: Design Pressures: Model Size Design Pressure (psf) 730 11-1/8" x 17-3/4" x 4" ±200 770 16-5/8" x 22-3/8" x 6" ±110 770D 32" x 22-3/8" x 6" ±100 750, 750-S 15-7/8" x 20-5/16" x 5" ±140 750-G, 750-GS 15-7/8" x 20-5/16" x 5" ±140 Installation Instructions: General Installation Requirements: All requirements specified in the IRC and the IBC must be satisfied and manufacturer's installation instructions followed, unless otherwise specified by this product evaluation. Roof Deck: The roof deck must consist of wood structural panels with a minimum thickness of 3/8". Fasteners: Nails must be 1-1/4" long, 0.120" diameter shank (11-gauge), 3/8" head diameter, galvanized smooth shank roofing nail. The heads of the nails must be sealed. Fasteners must be long enough to penetrate completely through the roof deck. Nail Spacing: 730— Eight (8) nails total. The nails are located at each corner and one at center of each side. 750, 750-S — Eight (8) nails total. The nails are located at each corner and one at center of each side. 750-G, 750-GS — Eight (8) nails total. The nails are located at each corner and one at center of each side. 770 - Eight (8) nails total. The nails are located at each corner and one at center of each side. 770D— Fourteen (14) nails total. The nails are located at each corner of each flashing and one at the center of each outer span. 2/3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 RV1110220 Note: Keep the manufacturer's installation instructions available on the job site during installation. Use corrosion resistant fasteners as specified in the IRC and IBC. 3/3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 TSITexas Department SUP#9 of Insurance PO Box 149104 1 Austin, TX 78714 11-800-578-4677 1 tdi.texas.gov Product Evaluation wIN2478 0620 Engineering Services Program The following product has been evaluated for compliance with the wind loads specified in the International Residential Code(IRC)and the International Building Code(IBC). This product evaluation is not an endorsement of this product or a recommendation that this product be used.The Texas Department of Insurance has not authorized the use of any information contained in the product evaluation for advertising,or other commercial or promotional purpose. This product evaluation is intended for use by those individuals who are following the design wind load criteria in Chapter 3 of the IRC and Section 1609 of the IBC.The design loads determined for the building or structure shall not exceed the design load rating specified for the products shown in the limitations section of this product evaluation.This product evaluation does not relieve a Texas licensed engineer of his responsibilities as outlined in the Texas Insurance Code,the Texas Administrative Code,and the Texas Engineering Practice Act. For more information,contact TDI Engineering Services Program at(800)248-6032. Evaluation ID: WIN-2478 Effective Date: June 1, 2020 Re-evaluation Date: May 2024 Product Name: Series 4100 Aluminum Horizontal Sliding Windows, Fin Installation, Impact Resistant Manufacturer: Impact Windows, LLC dba Seal Craft 1207 Airport Dr. Shreveport, LA 71107 (318) 424-4486 General Description: System Description Label Rating Design Pressure Rating 1 Series 4100 Aluminum CW-PG50 (71 x 59)-HS +50 / -50sf Horizontal Sliding Windows Missile Level D p Product Dimensions: System Overall Size Operable Sash Size Fixed Sash Daylight' Opening Size 1 71" x 59" 35-7/8" x 54-7/8" 32" x 51-3/4" 1 /2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 WIN247810620 Product Identification (Certification Label on Window): System Certification Agency AAMA Manufacturer's Name or Code Name SCM-1 1 Product Name 4100 HS Test Standards AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08 AAMA 506; Missile Level D Impact Resistance: System Impact Resistant Requirement These products satisfy TDI's criteria for protection from 1 Yes windborne debris. Install the assemblies at a height on the structure that does not exceed the design pressure rating for the assemblies. Installation: System Type of Installation Nail Fin Installation Wall Framing Spruce-Pine-Fir dimension lumber 1 Fasteners No. 12 x 2" screws Fastener Location/Spacing 6" from each corner and 12" on center along the perimeter Fastener Penetration I Minimum of 1-1/2" into the wall framing Note: Keep the manufacturer's installation instructions available on the job site during installation. Use corrosion resistant fasteners as specified in the IRC and the IBC. 2/2 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 TDITexas Department of Insurance PO Box 12030 1 Austin, TX 78711 1800-578-4677 1 tdi.texas.gov Product Evaluation LVR23 10422 Engineering Services Program The following product has been evaluated for compliance with the wind loads specified in the International Residential Code (IRC) and the International Building Code (IBC). This product evaluation is not an endorsement of this product or a recommendation that this product be used. The Texas Department of Insurance has not authorized the use of any information contained in the product evaluation for advertising,or other commercial or promotional purpose. This product evaluation is intended for use by those individuals who are following the design wind load criteria in Chapter 3 of the IRC and Section 1609 of the IBC.The design loads determined for the building or structure shall not exceed the design load rating specified for the products shown in the limitations section of this product evaluation.This product evaluation does not relieve a Texas licensed engineer of his responsibilities as outlined in the Texas Insurance Code,the Texas Administrative Code, and the Texas Engineering Practice Act. For more information,contact TDI Engineering Services Program at(800) 248-6032. Evaluation ID: LVR-23 Effective Date: April 1, 2022 Re-evaluation Date: April 2026 Product Name: Model DC-5704 Aluminum Louvers, Impact Resistant Manufacturer: Construction Specialties, Inc. 49 Meeker Avenue Cranford, NJ 07016 (800) 526-6930 General Description: Model DCH-5704 (Horizontal): The frame is constructed of extruded aluminum. The head is square-cut and butted to thejambs, secured with two (2) #10 x 1-1/2" pan head screws. At the sill, the jambs are square-cut and butted onto the sill, secured with two (2) #10 x 1-1/2" long pan head screws. The louver assembly consisted of thirty-eight(38) 144" wide by 2-5/16" high, 0.060" thick, extruded aluminum blades. The blades are attached to vertical jambs with two (2) #10 x 1- 1/2" long pan head screws at each blade end. Model DCV-5704 (Vertical):The frame is constructed of extruded aluminum. The head is square- cut and thejambs are butted onto the head, secured with two (2) #10 x 1-1/2" pan head screws. The sills are square-cut, and the jambs are butted onto the sill, secured with two (2) #10 x 1/12" long pan head screws. The louver assembly consist of thirty-eight(38) 144" wide by 2-5/16" high, 0.060" thick, extruded aluminum blades. The blades are attached to the head and sill with two (2) #10 x 1-1/2" long pan head screws at each blade end. 1 /3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 LVR23 10919 Design Drawings: Construction Specialties; drawing No. RD-1075; Sheets 1-8 of 8; dated October 02, 2008; Revision 2 dated January 08, 2022; signed, sealed, and dated March 15, 2022, by Chad C. Loritz, P.E. The stated drawing will be referred to as approved drawings in this report. Limitations: Wall Construction: The louvers may be mounted to the following types of wall framing: Metal studs (minimum 16 gauge, Fy = 50 ksi) Concrete (minimum compressive strength 2,500 psi) Structural steel (minimum 3/16" thick, Fy = 36 ksi). Aluminum (minimum 6063-T5, 1/8" thick) Wood (minimum SPF; S.G. = 0.42) The louver is to be installed in a location where the room behind the louver is designed to drain water penetrating the room and the room will house waterproof or water-resistant equipment, components, or supplies. Jamb clip spacing may not be altered. Each clip and fastener used must be detailed on the drawing. Separation of unpainted aluminum and dissimilar materials to be maintained by the installer. Panel Size: Maximum single panel size: DCH-5704: 144" w x 78" h DCV-5704: 78" w x 144" h. Maximum Width: Panels may be stacked horizontally or vertically. Refer to the notes on Sheet 1 of the drawings. Maximum Height: Panels may be stacked horizontally or vertically. Refer to the notes on Sheet 1 of the drawings. Blade Support: Refer to the design drawings for requirements on blade support. Acceptance of Smaller Assemblies: Louver assemblies with dimensions equal to or smaller than those specified above are acceptable within the limitations specified in this report. Product Identification: The louvers must have a manufacturer-produced label that indicates the manufacturer (Construction Specialties, Inc); the name of the product (DC-5704 Aluminum Louvers); and compliance with TAS-201, TAS-202, TAS-203 and AMCA 540. Compliance: The louvers assemblies have passed test criteria equivalent to ASTM E 330-14,ASTM E 1886-13a, and ASTM e 1996-14a. The louver assemblies have been tested to AMCA 540. 2/3 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 LVR23 10919 Impact Resistance: These louver assemblies satisfy the Texas Department of Insurance's criteria for protection from windborne debris. The louver assemblies passed an impact standard equivalent to Missile Level D specified in ASTM E 1996-14a. The louvers may be installed at any height on the structure if the design pressure rating for the assemblies is not exceeded. Allowable Design Pressure: Refer to Table 1 and Table 2 and the approved drawings for the allowable design pressure. Table 1. Specimenllaximum� incgle Maximum Single Allowable Design Section Width, ,SectionI ei ht Pressure Rath #1 12'-0" 6'-8" ±130.0 psf #2 6'-8" 12'-0" ±130.0 psf #3 6'-0" 12'-0" ±150.0 psf #4 8'-0" 10'-0" ±150.0 psf Table 2. Louver Size,versus Windlc►ad Table Louver birnension Number of Maximum (parallel to'blede Assembly, Intermediate blade length) Windload (psf), Stiffeners 6'-0" or less +/-150 #3 0 6'-1/16" to 8'-0" +/-150 #4 1 8'-1/16" to 12'-0" +/-130 #1 &#2 2 Installation: General: All requirements specified in the IRC and the IBC must be satisfied and manufacturer's installation instructions followed, unless otherwise specified by this product evaluation. It is the responsibility of the structural engineer of record to verify the capacity of the structure to support the correct steel and concrete thickness. Anchorage: The aluminum louvers must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions, the approved drawings, and this product evaluation. A copy of the approved drawings must be available at thejob site. Note: Keep the manufacturer's installation instructions available on the job site during the installation. Use corrosion resistant fasteners as specified in the IRC and the IBC. 3/3 AC OE 3 43 V U 3 3 3 a q SECTI� SECTION sa t t ENTRIA PANELS CENTRIA PANELS 7 3 s 4R - w sf See note #5 J p 2 2 3 q l l LL 3 Maximum Width 12' SECTI m a f � SPECIMIN 1-DCH-5704 130 PSF q q i f 5 1)It shall be the responsibilityof the Structural Engineer of Record to verify the capacity ofthe structure to support the loads imposed by the louvers. 2)These louvers have been designed and tested in accordance with Dade County protocals TAS 201,TAS 202 and TAS 203. X 0 3)All fasteners shall be stainless steel or series 300 fasteners including Concrete,Masonry,and Wood Fasteners. w'm 4)AI concrete substrate shall be a minimum of 2500 psi,cracked,normal weight.Grout filled CMU:fm=1,500 psi,normal weight.ASTM C-90. rc� 5)Maximum single panel size:144"w x 78"h(DCH-5704)or 78"w x 144"h(DCV-5704).For the DCH-5704,multiple panels may be stacked to an unlimited height if each end ofthe 144"panel is secured to structure.Ifthe DCH-5704 is joined together with vertical joint(refer to sheet 8 of 8),then the number of panels that may be stacked is limited to the design of 3� the mullions shown on sheet 8 of 8.For the DCV-5704,multiple panels may be placed side by side for an unlimited width. y zm 6)The louvers to be installed n a location where the room beh hind the louvers designed to drain water penetrating into the room and the room m will house waterproof or water resistant equipment,components or supplies �CE Q o x 7)Jamb clip spacing may not be altered.Each clip and fastener used must be detailed on the drawing and verified in the tables on sheet 6 of 8. ENGINEERING H 2 8)Separation of unpainted aluminum and dissimilar materials to be maintained by the installer 9)The design ofthe louvers is according to the following codes and standards; �,orins ion" r �ua�rvoT�u�aa 0R �"n The 2018 International Building Code AMCA 540 ADM-Aluminum Association Design Manual Qhu 10)This louver system has been tested,analyzed and approved for design pressures not to exceed 150 PSF. W S 11)S as sheet 2 of 8 for louver size vs windload table N x 12)These louvers may be used with the blades in a horizontal orientation under model name DCH-5704 or with blades in a vertical orientation under model name DCV-5704. O wa 13)At the sill,the jamb is square cut and butted onto the sill and held with two#10 X 1-1/2"SS pan head screws. S 14)The head extrusion is square cut and butted into the jamb and held with two#10 X 1-1/2"inch SS pan head screws. f SECTION V 15)For blades in a horizontal orientation,the blades are attached to vertical jambs with two#10 X 1-1/2"inch SS pan head screws at each blade end. f i 6)For blades in a vertical orientation,the blades are attached to the head and sill with two#10 X 1-1/2"inch SS pan head screws at each blade end. Maxinun section 17)Blades are attached to shaped louvers with two 5/8"x 1/8"fillet welds at each blade end,see detail W/5. width 6'-6' 18)The louver assembly satisfies the Texas Department of Insurance's criteria for protection from windborne debris. stocked to on +; unlimited width A, X. SPECIMIN 2—DCV-5704 y;. 130 PSF Louver Size versus Wind load Table iiN Louver dimension Maximum Ref.Specimen Numberof (parallel to blade Windload Intermediate length) Blade Stiffeners — (feet&inches) PSF SECTION ifS ° SECTIOo lJ 6=0"orless__________150______Sped men 3___________0________ o_ F o z 1/16'to 8'-0" 150 Specimen 4 1 — w 8'-01/16"to 12'-0" 130 Sped men l&2 2 MIN 0 u- u� _ E� 3 E L x 2 2 2 6 F z SECTIO SECTION 2� Ve �z 6 � 8 a � SPECIMIN 3 SPECIMIN 4 150 PSF 150 PSF i/rc Ai�6 1A X C�m A6, O"r N x u°O< A D 0 *ERSE ?6 nininun 103 or SL — o 103A l02 04 0l00 l0000 l00 QSee parts list sheet 6 of1. for spacingol REV4 REVERSE CLIP REVERSE CLIP 4 4 REVERSE CLIP REVERSE CLIP 4 aINSINSTALLATION INSTALLATION INSTALLATION INSTALLATION _ 16 Ga MIN GALVANIZED 2500 LB MIN 3/16" MINIMUM CONCRETE FILLED 1/8" MINIMUM STRUCTURAL STEEL STUD CONCRETE STRUCTURAL STEEL CMU ALUMINUM PLATE Detait A B Detail n n Detail n a SCALE: NTS 3 WANTS 3 SCALE: NTS 3 SCALE: NTS 3 SCALE: NTS 3 - SP-1,3&4 SP-1,3&4 SP-1,3&4 SP-1,3&4 SP-1,3&4 5L 105 jA 1 100 100 dwe THESE DETAILS PERTAIN TO THE 100 �3r HORIZONTAL BLADE dom ORIENTATION, H LL DCH-5704 O� Yl xm 100 4 REVERSE CLIP Quo INSTALLATION V WOOD G=0.42 MIN. Detail n Detail n Detail n Detail K = SCALE: NTS 3 SCALE: NTS 3 SCALE: NTS 3 SCALE: NTS 3 SP-1&4 SP-1 SP-1,3&4 SP-1,3&4y REVERSE CLIP REVERSE CLIPLO( INSTALLATION INSTALLATION lol lot 04 REVERSE CLIP /Al INSTALLATION A V V u loo ru loo qu ul. loo 4 3 Detail u 16 Ga MIN GALVANIZED 3/16" MINIMUM 1/8" MINIMUM SCALE: NTS a 11 STRUCTURAL STEEL STUDl SP-2 STRUCTURAL STEEL ALUMINUM PLATE SCALE:INTS a too DetailL Detail M N 00 SCALE: NTS 4 SCALE: NTS 4 SCALE: NTS 4 SP-2 SP-2 8P-2 SP-2 2 a o THESE DETAILS _ a PERTAIN TO THE VERTICAL BLADE 4 Iloo REVERSE CLIP oo ORIENTATION, INSTALLATION DCV-5704 3 REVERSE CLIP �:7Z5 SD ALE INTS 4 dwg INSTALLATION 103 SP-2or 103A� 1 Yzm 00 H u Cc L) 3. IN Q MIN II A. N x 2500 LB MIN CONCRETE FILLED C.3 CONCRETE CMU V<� DetailQ Detail SCALE: NTS 4 SCALE: NTS 4 REVERSE CLIP SP-2 SP-2 INSTALLATIONWOOD G=0.42 MIN. %Detail r SCALE: NTS 4 SP-2 A , 2 s�32 ��2 09x32 NUNBERRAND SPACING OF HOLES C:IO[M V RIES 4 ® l01 SEE FASTENER SCHEOULE -- S• ti4' 9 100 BLADES WELDED TO .%2 SPECIAL SHAPE FRAME y olN VARIES f #53 O�xj2 u2 SESCHEDULEFAST ER 6 JAMB CLIP Detail e 2 P. P _ SPECIMEN 3 & 4 SCALE: NTS 5 'k• 3"x2"x3/16" CLIP SP-3&4 ` " ANGLE CUT TO 3"xI-1/2"X3" LG o11-4a 3 of � 6 #51 g 7 CONT. JAMB CLIP qr SPECIMENS 1,2,3 & 4 3 3 � -A t00 y dw i/rc x w 3� SCALE: NTS 5 W zm SP-3&4 H LL 0o O L,^ <g N x US Detail Gy) - ^' SCALE: NTS 5 SP-3&4 1-Head 5-Blade Brace Panel Head IA 2 12-CENTRIA 2" P. m, mi ease m Extension Panel Jamb Extension • dare aan us __ n Na n em z ami 1 1 z + •�� a.m r a 13-CENTRIA 3" --. I - --. --. 11-CENTRIA 3" - 11-14 - Panel Head Panel Jamb Extension 1 1 0 oc r4 uz• 0 ai, 1 R ° 6-CENTRIA Head Extension a 1— r rc 01 IRA L—z' ) V i(e 1 1 �sNs 60J5 a 14-CENTRIA 2.5' Al 15-CENTRIA 2.5" 1 °ew o mm a e a. a a. Iuga ° L Panel Head ria Panel Jamb Extension atwa eq°a fO1 l.a 3vz• 3^ z re• 3-Blade mu �•'6' Extension z z k' 7-CENTRIA 2"Panel Sill +14 ia.sew s Trod at Hina c.. uF n agaa or eg n 3^ 3^ z- w w e. +• + F ns lws 1 ( n l.0 z z g- f' ain 16 LF4-Jamb r°� a, '34, ass &Ja5mCEb�NTg.RieeIA h �a & am w "2.5" � -z° 9 Panel Sill 9-CENTRIA 3"Panel Sill 10 me))l a 3 F 3tz 1z 1 sa . 10S as S­. Liquid P emn9 w Won 1" 3 za w u u 0 0 1m Il4 SS Series 300 self 111 ling or xIf tapping sheet metal seta y16 r Q Q TABLE l PARTS LIST Sh b�o'- ew ai est 114 NA u agr ea, m m m �� seal r u rc [TEM PART DESCRIPTION xx IN PER ALL S.S. ANCHORS SPECIFIED IN THIS CONTINUOUS CLIP L HEAD 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.075 THK FASTENER FASTENER SCHEDULE TAPE 2 MUST BE SERIES 300 S.S. 2 SILL 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.075 THK MANUFACTURER'S 3 BLADE 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.060 THK INSTRUCTIONS 4 JAMB 6063-T6 ALUMINUM 0.08L THK Sp tial Shipp.L er Fastener Sehed I Clips 1"12 V.V to g(TWO 3) 5 BLADE BRACE 6063-T6 ALUMINUM 0.125 THK Part N Sere W.. Mm. CIiP Ary 6 CENTRIA HEAD 6063-T6 ALUMINUM 0.080 THK Fastener Description Substrate sage me Num. S Spaci g D st embed.Spacing 7 CENTRIA 2' PANEL SILL 6063-T6 ALUMINUM 0.125 THK m 14D SS.3005 crews r3� 8 CENTRIA JAMB 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.078 THK 114"" OR 114""14a.asl Ammm.m 100 Dm.C­ Steel Scr I Liquitl P­­ 2 t 314' NA NA NA V a+ 9 CENTRIA 3' PANEL SILL 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.125 THK mml on zo Flash rg( Sealetl wl OR—Protlutl) 10 CENTRIA 2' PANEL HEAD EXTENSION 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.125 THK AT BUILDING CONNECTION 1 14 Di S.S.3003 ..OR 114^"14 .060 cola a.CarFormed` LL CENTRIA 3' PANEL HEAD EXTENSION 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.125 THK AT BUILDING CONNECTION lot Dibostee n l str MLiquitlP ... z 1314^ NA NA 7" JA steel 12 CENTRIA 2' PANEL JAMB EXTENSION 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.078 THK Fla-1. 1. tlwlanequalprotlut) Cpm tr4"-20 Dia,S.S.S,S.300 Series screws OR tl4"-20 Q u„ 13 CENTRIA 3" PANEL JAMB EXTENSION 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.078 THK tot Oia.c b steel scr lugwav arts St­aral 3l4' �^ soco Ste I 2 1 NA NA T" 14 CENTRIA 2.5' PANEL HEAD EXTENSION 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.125 THK AT BUILDING CONNECTION Flashirig( solea wl eq Iproaut) _ V31^ 15 CENTRIA 2.5' PANEL JAMB EXTENSION 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.078 THK 114"IN..­It etl aw"S wILiquitl 1300 lb min. A. 16 CENTRIA 2.5' PANEL SILL 6063–T6 ALUMINUM 0.080 THK 102 Proso Fishing(or Id len equal 2 2" 3" 2"1- 7" NWaa Gr tFll dCMU pit) q wiJ 17 FRAME SPLICE COVER 3003 ALUMINUM 0.060 THK ..... C 51 JAMB ANGLE L 1/2'x3'x3/16' CONT. ALUM ANGLE – 6061 T6 114"D D It­­­d s Ir Sou wlLigma r ked Qmi 103 P oso FI hi g(r wl letl an equ I Co t c...-O( f.6" 2 1 3l4' 3" 2"11l" T" Vas 53 JAMB CLIP ANGLE 2"x3"x3/16"x3"LG ALUM. JAMB CLIP ANGLE – 6061 T6 proaact) or eq.l, slab thickness) 54 BRACE CLIP ANGLE 2'x2'x3/l6'x3'LG ALUM. JAMB CLIP ANGLE – 6061 T6 I1a^14 Dia.li 300 Series screws OR 14^a4 __-- Aluminum(tls 71 CONCRETE 2500# CONCRETE Ioa Dia.eamon Steel screwswl ugaia Pm­­ min) 2 1314' /l2' NA T' 72 CMU GROUT FILLED CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT Flashi"(0,Sealed wl an equal plod—) 73 STRUCTURAL STEEL • THK MIN., A-36 STEEL, Fy = 36 ksi Min. Ira"Dia.SS Lag screws 300 Series OR V4"Dia. los Carbo Steal Lag Screws wl Liquid Proso.. —.d 2 1314" V W 7" 74 STEEL STUD L6 GA MINIMUM, F = 50 ksi min. JF—hi"I—sealed wl an equal product) ' 75 ALUMINUM STRUCTURE t/8' MINIMUM, 6063–T5 OR BETTER, RECOMMEND LOCTITE ---- 76 WOOD SPRUCE PINE FIR, SG = 0.42 MINIMUM FASTENER SCHE➢ULE TABLE 3 MUST BE SERIES 300 S.S. ARCHITECT/CUSTOMER NOTE: ARCHITECT/CUSTOMER NOTE: HORIZ.S EL SUPPORTNREOD HORIZ.STEEL SUPPORT REO'D HORIZ.STEEL SUPPORT REO'D101 FOR LOUDER HEAD ATTACHMENT FOR LOUDER HEAD ATTACHMENT FOR LOUVER HEAD ATTACHMENT l00 NOT BY C S-SEE NOTE 2 NOT BY C S-SEE NOTE 2 _ C / ) C / ) (NOT BY C/S-SEE NOTE 2) SEE NOTE 2 �I 2V2' 2' D S 2 2.5' DS 3' DS 3 0 PANEL PANEL PANEL 101 z NOT BY 101 (NOT BY 101 (NOT BY AT END w CS) AT END CS) AT END CS) THIRD 1 AND AND POINT OF JAMB AND 2" P1ITHIRD PANEL INTERFACE POINTNT SPA OF POINT OF SPAN PAN ME TH PAN 11 1 —ill —LWDetail cl 2SCALE: NTS 7 SP-1 _ 2' IS PANEL 100 l00 (NOT BY g'c av OT�cxs 6 6 6 CS) 101 6 SEE NOTE 2 SOO HEAD AND 2" HEAD AND 2.5" HEAD AND 3" 00 PANEL INTERFACE PANEL INTERFACE PANEL INTERFACE Detail HL Detail r Detail H3 SCALE: NTS 7 SCALE: NTS 7 SCALE: NTS 7 JAMB AND 2.5" SP-1 SP-1 SP-1 PANEL INTERFACE a � SEALANT TREMCO JS773 NON SEALANT TREMCO JS777 NON SEALANT TREMCO JS773 ON Detail c2 CURING BUTYL(NOT BY C/S) CURING BUTYL(NOT BY C/S) CURING BUTYL(NOT BY C/S) 1 SCALE: NTS 7 2/2 SP-1 5 5 L — 2.5' DS �cxs/ N PANEL . II-- dwP 7 L00 6 100 9 100 (NOT BY "`av OT 3 CS) lOL i+rc� SEE NOTE 2 3 3 3 d zm W7 �u 2.5' DS SL IIA z` 2' DS ) PANEL 3 DS C�� PANEL PANEL �;,, (NOT BY O"^n (NOT BY (NOT BY JAMB AND 3" 'I:u.'. CS) _ CS) CS) PANEL INTERFACE `a$ ARCHITECT/CUSTOMER NOTE: ARCHITECT/CUSTOMER NOTE ARCHITECT/CUSTOMER NOTE: HORIZ.STEEL SUPPORT REO'D FOR HORIZ.STEEL SUPPORT HORIZ.STEEL SUPPORT �i_1 C3 i/rcm LOUVER SILL ATTACHMENT(NOT EO'0 FOR LOUVER SILL �]_ EO'D FOR LOUVER SILL SCALE: NTS 7 BY C/S-SEE NOTE 2) ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT SP-1 (NOT BY C/S-SEE NOTE 2) (NOT BY C/S-SEE NOTE 2) 3 O soz SILL AND 2" PANEL r s V�a INTERFACE SILL AND 2.5" PANEL SILL AND 3" PANEL 3 D / Detail J1 INTERFACE INTERFACE wPANer T SCALE: NTS 7 Detail J2 Detail J3 CS) 3 ` SP-1 SCALE: NTS 7 SCALE: NTS 7 SP-1 SP-1 Note L - Alternate frame components for OCH 5704 louvers to allow louver integration with CENTRIA horizontal panels in the Centric Formawall Dimension and Graph!, systems. The details on page 7 apply to Specimen L only Note 2 - Structural Supports may be 3/16' structural steel or Minimum L6 gauge galvanized cold formed Steel VERTICAL J❑INT MI" MIN °° DETAILS FOR 51 0 - - DCH-5704 MIN VSS&E *�S&E 101 101 0 For the DCH-5704, multiple panels may be stacked to an unlimited height if each end of the 144" panel is secured to structure. If the DCH-5704 is joined together with vertical joint (refer to sheet 8 of 8), then the number of panels that may be stacked is "10SSPH4 14SCREW LL Q limited to the design of the mullions shown 3/16" MINIMUM 3/16" MINIMUM 3/16" MINIMUM on sheet 8 of 8. Aluminum or Steel support STRUCTURAL STEEL STRUCTURAL STEEL STRUCTURAL STEEL MULmust be properly anchored to building (top SP 1MULLION 0 SP 1LIONA SP 1MULLIONA r a and bottom), and designed by Others. a MIN a MIN 100 51 1 8 MIN N LO 04 04 10 04 dwe 100 100 100 51 100 W zr H X C rcm Q" c � YI x NIOx3/4' NIOx3/4' NIOx3/4' Q s� SS PH 4 4 Ss PH 4 4 ss PH 4 4 V<n SCREW SCREW SCREW 4 4 1/8" MINIMUM 1/8" MINIMUM 1/8" MINIMUM ALUMINUM SUPPORT ALUMINUM SUPPORT ALUMINUM SUPPORT MULLIONMULLION 0 MULLION SP-1 SP-1 SP-1 ? so 5 D,,,Sign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7­ M#### — 8" FASCIA / POST SUPPORTED UNIT Design Supplement 5A, MAPES CANOPIES / LINCOLN, NE for intent of Canopies. Review in conjunction with 10730-R ElE.— Yt/3/2Pt9 DJW Mapes Architectural Canopies 7748 N.56th St. Lincoln,NE. 88514-x724 Ph:(888)273-1192 Px:(577)455-6572 ernnel:ead�mnpes.eam Propmed Par: MAPES CANOPIES() LINCOLN,NE B.WCLA/POST SUPPORTED UNIT Po 1�HHHHHH-Ht dPC H/2(�iH M#### sheet: O 1 of 9 yEXAAdPLE DRAWINGS D,,,Sign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 General Nates: Project Notes: Design Notes. �°W" 1. MAPES ARCHITECTURAL CANOPIES REQUIRES 1. SUPER LUMIDECK CANOPY 1. FINISH SHALL DE TWO COAT KYNAR ONE (1) SET OF CORRECTED DRAWINGS TO (FREE-STANDING) 2. COLOR SHALL BE SELECTED REVISE APPROVAL DRAWINGS, OR AN APPROVED 2 17'-6 X9'-O" (1) 3. SEALANT BY CANOPY INSTALLER SET OF'DRAWINGS IN ORDER TO FABRICATE ORDER 3. 24"EXTR. ALUM. DECKING 4. SURROUND WALL ANCHORS WITH WATER 2. ORDERS REQUIRING ENGINEERING WILL "ONLY" 4. 4X7 EXTR. ALUM. BEAM TIGHT SEALANT BE FABRICATED "AFTER"DRAWINGS ARE 5. 4X4 EXTR. ALUM. POST 5. EMBED ALL WALL ANCHOR WASHERS IN APPROVED 6, B"EXTR. ALUM. FASCIA SEALANT TO PROVIDE WATERTIGHT SEAL 3. VERIFY ALL CANOPY AND FIELD DIMENSIONS 7. POST HOLE DRAINAGE AT WALL �� PRIOR TO RELEASING FOR FABRICATION 6. TO ENSURE PROPER DRAINAGE, INSTALL 4. ALL ORDERS NOT APPROVED FOR PRODUCTION CANOPY WITH POSITIVE CAMBER WITHIN 90 DAYS OF PURCHASE ORDER ARE 7. INTERMEDIATE RIVETS 4'-0°O.C. MAX. SUBJECT TO A REVIEW OF PRICING 7. FIELD DRILL DRAIN HOLES IN DECKING 0 5. ALL FASTENER HOLES NOT OTHERWISE NOTED 4X7 BEAM, IN BEAM @ 4X4 POSTS, IN ARE TO BE FIELD DRILLED DLa�inCllediFle POSTS @GROUND 6. ALL FASTENERS NOT OTHERWISE NOTED ARE 6. FACTORY NOTCHES IN POSTS ARE ALWAYS Drawn: t/3/28t9 DJw STAINLESS STEEL OR ALUMINUM -Fag-e# Description AT THE TOP 7. ADEQUACY OF WALL AND BUILDING STRUCTURE MUST BE CERTIFIED BY BUILDINGS ENGINEER 01 Cover Mapes OF RECORD 02 General Information Architectural B. WALL SYSTEMS W/BIDS, BRICK VENEER OR 03 Canopy Plan Canopies METAL PANEL EXTERIOR DESIGN TYPICALLY 04 Section AA 11 REQUIRE COMPRESSION SPACERS TO PREVENT 05 Section BB CRUSHING, SUPPLIED BY MAPES 06 Section CC 7748 x.58tL sz. 9. IF NEEDED, MAPES SUPPLIES' 1026 DOM Lincoln,NE, 88514-9724 TUBING FOR COMPRESSION SPACERS. THE 07 Surface Mount Footing — Detail 'a' Pn:(888)273-11x2 TUBING WILL BE SUPPLIED IN 24"LENGTHS TO 08 hi—Ground Footing — Detail 'b' Ex.(577)455-8572 BE CUT DOWN IN THE FIELD AS NEEDED. ernaei:cadfmapmcom ENOUGH TUBING WILL BE SENT FOR 6°PER 09 Post Drainage — Detail ANCHOR POINT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ITS Propmmd Par: INTENT IS ONLY TO SPAN THROUGH ANY MAPES CANOPIES() NON-STRUCTURAL EXTERIOR CLADDING. LINCOLN,NE 10. MAPES SUPPLIES ALL HARDWARE NEEDED TO ANCHOR CANOPY TO STRUCTURE. ALL 8"FASCIA/POST STRUCTURE BEARING LOAD OF CANOPY SUPPORTED UNIT ANCHORS IS TO BE DESIGNED, ENGINEERED, AND SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. mp 8 apA: M#### sheet: D�� 3,19 02 % of 9 EXAMPLE DRAWINGS DocuSign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7p POST 17'_62 PL POST& BEAM -- — EXTR.ALUM. 8'FASCIA 3 03 3.68777(156 EXTR.ALUM.BEAM (CLOSED&SEALED AT ENDS) CC 06 BB AA 2 Drawn: tt/3/2Pt9 DJW 4"X4"X.t25 'i OS 04 03 EXTR.ALUM.POST W/4"FACTORY Mages CANOPY PLAN NOTCH®TOP Architectural g t gg {q. pp 3.ALOM.X.t56 1 Ell"4:x'11 L� i.�Y"r1t EXTR.ALUM.BEAM (CLOSED&SEALED AT ENDS) Canopies 4747.125 7748 N.56th St. EXTR.ALUM.PAST Lincoln,NE, 88514-9724 W/4"FACTORY ph: 885 273-1492 NOTCH a TOP ( ) 1'-6t"—�- 7'-3" 7'-3" -�—1,_64„ Ex.(577)455-5572 esmall:ead@map".com Propmed Par: R i bfAPES CANOPPES() LINCOLN,NE I I I I I 5"FASCL4/POST SUPPORTED UNIT 7'Q" m BPHPHaPa-at dtC H(2(�Pe kQ 8 ReA; _62 9'_0. M#### sheet: 2 ELEVATION 3 ELEVATION Dec.9,19 03 Scale:1/4"=1'-0" Scale:1/4"=1'-0" 1/4"=1._0.. of 9 D,,,Sign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7p y._D. I'X5'XI X.125X2" EXTR.ALUM.FASCIA SUPPORT BRACKET 3/16"a(111 DRILL)SELF-SEALING ALUM.POP RIVET 8"EXTR.ALUM.(.125)FASCIA(MIN-73) i 2- D,— 12/3/2019 BJW 2 7/4"X6"WIDE X.078 EXTR.ALUM. Mapes INTERLOCKING DECKING Architectural 112-24 5PT X 1 1/4"ST.STEEL Canopies DECKING TEK SCREW (3 PER END PER LOWER DECK MEMBER) 7746 N.56th St. 3/16"6(111 DRILL)ALUM.POP RIVET Lincoln,NE, 66514-9724 3.68"X7"X.756 Ph:(888)273-1192 EXTR.ALUM.BEAM F'x:(677)455-6572 (CLOSED At SEALED AT ENDS) ernael:ead@map".com cro w Par: 4747.125 MAPES CANOPIES() EXTR.ALUM.POST LINCOLN,NE W/4"FACTORY NOTCH @ TOP 8"FASCGt/POST SUPPORTED UNIT m BPePBaPa-at dtC a(2(�Pe kQ 8 ReA; M#HI! sheet: SECTION @ BEAM &POST Die.Scale:3"=1'-0" of 9 D,,,Sig,Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7p 3/8"m ST.STEEL MACH.BOLT ASSEMBLY 6"X6"X.25 EXTR.ALUM. FASCIA SUPPORT PLATE 8"EXTR.ALUM.(.125)FASCIA(MIN-73) 18-18 ST.STEEL TER SCREW 0 9"Q.C. 2 3/476"WIDE X.078 EXTR.ALUM. o INTERLOCKING DECKING 2" Drawn: 1t/3/2Pt9 DJW 0 1 1/2'X1 1/2"x.125,7"EXTR. Mapes a ALUM.FASCIA CORNER SUPPORT ANGLE o Etre itectura 112-24 5PT X 1 1/4" Canopies ST.STEEL DECKING TEK SCREW J, (3 PER END PER LOWER DECK MEMBER) 7748 N.56th St. Lincoln,NE, 88514-9724 3/16"0(111 DRILL) ALUM.POP RIVET 3 C Ph:(888)273-1192 Px:(877)455-6572 EXTR.ALUM.STRUCTURAL ernael:rad�mapcs.cam BEAM END CLOSURE (SEAL ALL AROUND, BY CANOPY INSTALLER) Propmed Par: MAPES CANOPIES() LINCOLN,NE 3.68"X7"X.156 EXTR.ALUM.BEAM wn,verK: (CLOSED&SEALED AT ENDS) 8"FASCIA/POST SUPPORTED UNIT m g--Ht- IN I R A: M#### sheet: BB SECTION @ END CANOPY Dec.3,a 05 Scale:3"=1'-0" 3"=1'-0" of 9 D,,,Sign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7p 318.0 ST. STEEL MACH.HOLT ASSEMBLY 6"X6"X.25 EXTR.ALUM. FASCIA SUPPORT PLATE 8"EXTR.ALUM.(.125)FASCIA(MIN-73) 2 314"X6"WIDE X.078 EXTR.ALUM. INTERLOCKING DECKING 18-18 ST.STEEL TEK SCREW®9"O.C. 1 1 2"X1 t 2"x.125x7"EXTR. //t2-24 5PT X 1 114"Si STEEL 1 1 DECKING TEK SCREW ALUM.FASCIA CORNER SUPPORT ANGLE (3 PER LOWER DECK MEMBER) 3/16"0(111 DRILL)ALUM.POP RIVET I"X5"X t"X.125X2" EXTR.ALUM.FASCIA SUPPORT BRACKET }. Drawn: 121312019 BJW 4 �— El Mapes Architectural 3116"0(//11 DRILL)SELF-SEALING _ o _ Canopies ALUM.POP RIVET r— 0 7748 N.5 St. Q Q Q 4 NOTCH BEAM AT FASCIA Q _ P.encoPn,NE, 68514-9724 +c' Pk(888)273-1192 O O O �16„ P+x:(877)455-6572 Q Q ° ernael:rad�mapcs.cam 4" 3.68"X7"X.156 Propmed Par: EXTR.ALUM.BEAM(CLOSED @ SEALED AT ENDS) MAPES CANOPIES() LINCOLN,NE 3116"6(11 t DRILL) ALUM.POP RIVET J EXTR.ALUM.STRUCTURAL 474°X 125 BEAM END CLOSURE 8"FASCIA 1 POST EXTR.ALUM.POST (SEAL ALL AROUND, SUPPORTED UNIT W1 4"FACTORY BY CANOPY INSTALLER) NOTCH 6 TOP m B--. kQ I R A; M#q1! s eet: CC SECTION @BEAM Dec. �6of 9 DocuSign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 GtoopY Type. STEEL CAP 4 4"X4"X.125 EXTR.ALUM.POST STEEL CAP *14-FACTORY NOTCH 0 TOP 3"tD PIPE STEEL STEEL CAP SURFACE-MOUNTED POST BRACKET 3"ID PIPE STEEL 3"ID PIPE STEEL SURFACE-MOONTED SURFACE-MOUNTED POST BRACKET POST BRACKET .0625 HD POLYETHYLENE SPACER AS SEPARATOR MATERIAL BETWEEN Drawn: 12/3/2019 BJW DISSIMILAR METALS a } Mapes 1/4"0(IF DRILL) Architectural a- STRUCTURAL w ° ALUM.POP RIVET, Canopies 5 W 6"O.C.0 SIDE OF COLUMN PL8X8X.375 BASE OF POST BRACKET SILICONE SEALANT ON 3 SIDES OF POST, < (WELDED TO 3"ID PIPE ABOVE, %748 N.56th St. ° BY MAPES Lincoln,NE. 88514-9724 PUSH SEPARATOR MATERIAL UP TO ) CLEAR DRALN HOLE IN 4X4 COLUMN Ph:(888)273-1492 POWERSO 5/8X6 CARBON STEEL O a Ex.(577)455-6572 ® POWER-BOLT ANCHOR(/6945) t ernael:rad�mapcs.cam cc PL8X8X.375 BASE OF POST BRACKET Propmed Par: (WELDED TO 3"ID PIPE ABOVE,BY MAPES) a a MAPES CANOPIES() "QD LINCOLN,NE w 2"6 DRAIN HOLE t" "—� 8"FASCIA/POST (FIELD DRILL) SUPPORTED UNIT a IN 4X4 COLUMN ONLY 3„ (POST BRACKET IS SEALED) 8"—�' m g�eo9oua-m am e(a(za�e aeA: 4X4 POST SURFACE BRACKETs eet: 2 ASSEMBLY SECTION 1 M#### o Scare:1 1/2"_,,-o„ Scale:1 1/2"=1'-0" Dec.8,19 POST FOOTING DETAIL- (SURFACE MOUNT) 2 9 Scale:1 1/2"=1'-0" DocuSign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W ippe: Architect: NON-SHRINK GROUT BY CANOPY INSTALLER 4"X4"X.125 4"X4"X.125 EXTR.ALUM.POST EXTR.ALUM.POST STYROFOAM @LOCKOUT,BY MAPES GROUT TO BOTTOM (L)SE TO FORM CONCRETE OF DRAIN HOLE FOOTING,DESTROY,SET POST &FILL W/NON-SHRINK GROUT, Drawn: t2/3/2Ot9 BJW ALL BY CANOPY INSTALLER) 2"0 DRAIN HOLE 2"0 DRAIN HOLE (FIELD DRILL) (FlELO DRILL) Mapes 01 Architectural Canopies 7746 N.56tL St. Lincoln,NE, 66514-9724 Pk(888)273-1192 0 E-(677)455-6572 1/2"0 KEY HOLE(FIELD DRILL) ernael:rad�mapcs.cam (THRU RETAINING RODS& NUTS,BY OTHERS) ( Propmed Par: f- -t'-0"MIN. - FOOTING DEPTH MAPES CANOPIES() AS REQUIRED BY LINCOLN,NE LOCK CODE wn aan�: 8"FASCIA/POST SUPPORTED UNIT 1 4X4 POST IN-GROUND Scale:1 1/2"=1'-0" m gieo9oua-m dm a(2(�ie IN8 aA: M#### sheet: Dec.3,19 ®R d-/ POST FOOTING DETAIL- (IN-GROUND) ,I�2.=1•-Q" of 9 U Scale:1 1/2"=1'-0" DocuSign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7p 2"0 DRAIN HOLE(FIELD DRILL) i --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NOTCH BEAM AT FASCIA 8"EXTR.ALUM.(t25)FASCIA(MIN-73) Dr— NOTCH j 2.0 DRAIN HOLE(FIELD DRILL) Mapes Architectural Canopies 7748 N.56th St. Lincoln,NE. 68514-9724 Ph:(888)273-1192 Fx:(877)455-6572 ernael:rad�mapcs.cam Propmed Par: MAPES CANOPIES() 2.0 DRAIN HOLE(FIELD DRILL) LINCOLN,NE 8"FASCL4/POST SUPPORTED UNIT Po B�HPBOP9-Pt dPC H/2(�itr mp 8 xpA: M#### sheet: FASCIA- BEAM - POST- DRAIN Dec.3,19 ®9 C Scale:1 1/2"=1'-0" f 1/2°=1'-0' of 9 D,,,Sign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7- M#### - SUPERSHADE HANGER ROD CANOPY / EXTRUDED LOUVER MAPES CANOPIES / LINCOLN, NE Drawn: Yt/3/2Pt9 DJW Mapes Architectural Canopies 7748 N.56th St. Lincoln,NE, 88514-9724 Ph:(888)273-1192 Px:(577)455-6572 ernael:rad�mapcs.cam E L Propmed Par: MAPES CANOPIES() z LINCOLN,NE SUPERSKADE HANGER ROD CANOPY/EXTRUDED LOUVER Po 8 d[d YQ 8 x�p: M#### s het: D� 3,19 01 of 10 yEXAMPLE DRAWINGS D,,,Sign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 General Nates: Project Notes: Design Notes. �°W" 1. MAPES ARCHITECTURAL CANOPIES REQUIRES 1. SUPER SHADE CANOPIES 1. FINISH SHALL DE TWO COAT KYNAR ONE (1) SET OF CORRECTED DRAWINGS TO 2, 1°SCH 40 HANGER PIPE 2. COLOR SHALL BE (CHOSEN FROM MAPES REVISE APPROVAL DRAWINGS, OR AN APPROVED 3. .110 EXTR. ALUM. 40° "Z'LOUVER BLADE STD SMOOTH COLOR CHART) SET OF'DRAWINGS IN ORDER TO FABRICATE ORDER 4. B"EXTR. ALUM. FASCIA 3. COUNTER FLASHING AND SEALANT, BY 2, ORDERS REQUIRING ENGINEERING WILL "ONLY" 5. FASCIA DRAIN W/ WEEP HOLES CANOPY INSTALLER BE FABRICATED "AFTER"DRAWINGS ARE 4. SURROUND WALL ANCHORS WITH WATER APPROVED TIGHT SEALANT 3. VERIFY ALL CANOPY AND FIELD DIMENSIONS 5. EMBED ALL WALL ANCHOR WASHERS IN �� PRIOR TO RELEASING FOR FABRICATION SEALANT TO PROVIDE WATERTIGHT SEAL 4. ALL ORDERS NOT APPROVED FOR PRODUCTION AT WALL WITHIN 90 DAYS OF PURCHASE ORDER ARE 6. TO ENSURE PROPER DRAINAGE, INSTALL SUBJECT TO A REVIEW OF PRICING CANOPY WITH POSITIVE CAMBER 5. ALL FASTENER HOLES NOT OTHERWISE NOTED 7. MAPES RECOMMENDS (1) DRAIN HOLE ARE TOBE FIELD DRILLED 6. ALL FASTENERS NOT OTHERWISE NOTED ARE Drawing ,schedule MINIMUM PER EVERY 20 LINEAR FEET OF STAINLESS STEEL OR ALUMINUM F age # Description FASCIA Drawn: 7. ADEQUACY OF WALL AND BUILDING STRUCTURE3. INTERMEDIATE RIVETS 4'-0°O.C. MAX. MUST BE CERTIFIED BY BUILDINGS ENGINEER D1 Cover 9. FIELD DRILL DRAIN HOLES IN FASCIA Mapes OF RECORD 02 General Information DESIRED LOCATIONS Architectural B. WALL SYSTEMS W/RIPS, BRICK VENEER OR 03 Canopy Plan 'A' METAL PANEL EXTERIOR DESIGN TYPICALLY 04 Canopy Plan 'B' Canopies REQUIRE COMPRESSION SPACERS TO PREVENT ®5 Canopy Plan "C' CRUSHING, SUPPLIED BY MAPES' pY 7748 N.56th St. 9. IF NEEDED, MAPES SUPPLIES 1026 DOM 06 Section AA Lincoln,NE, 88514-9724 TUBING FOR COMPRESSION SPACERS. THE 07 Section BE Ph:(888)273-1132 TUBING WILL BE SUPPLIED IN 24"LENGTHS TO OS Section CC An(577)455-6572 BE CUT DOWN IN THE FIELD AS NEEDED. ernnei:ead�mnpes.eam ENOUGH TUBING WILL BE SENT FOR 6°PER 09 Secf)on DD ANCHOR POINT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ITS 10 Section EE Propmmd Par: INTENT IS ONLY TO SPAN THROUGH ANY MAPES CANOPIES() NON-STRUCTURAL EXTERIOR CLADDING. LINCOLN,NE 10. MAPES SUPPLIES ALL HARDWARE NEEDED TO ANCHOR CANOPY TO STRUCTURE. ALL SUPERSHADE HANGER ROD STRUCTURE BEARING LOAD OF CANOPY CANOPY/EXTRUDED ANCHORS IS TO BE DESIGNED, ENGINEERED, LOUVER AND SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. YQ 8 gyp: sheet: D�� 3,19 02 of 10 EXAMPLE DRAWINGS D,,,Sign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7y " TL TO CE HANGER RODS 1" 5' EXTR.ALUM. REAR CLIP ANGLE (2 X2"X.1875X8') EXTR.ALUM. 8"FASCIA I"X SCH. 40 HANGER PIPE ASSEMBLY .1 t0 EXTR.ALUM. 5 w 40''Z'LOUVER SLADE �a 12131201,9J-1 EXTR.ALUM.FRONT a z x CLIP ANGLE Mapes es tJ Architectural G'aY1op1eS 7748 N.56th St. Lincoln,NE, 88514-x724 Ph:(888)273-1192 Px:(877)455-6572 ernael:rad�mapcs.cam CC 06 M P Par: APES CANOPIES() BB LINCOLN,BE 07 111°X4 "XI-X.125 WEEP FASCIA SUPERSKADE HANGER ROD EXTR.ALUM.SECTION TO DRAIN SUPPORT ANGLE CANOPY/EXTRUDED LOUVER SECTION WIDTH 4" (6'MAX.) m 9 nea CANOPY WIDTH sh eet: 11 A CANOPY PLAN Dec.��#,s —r D,,,Sign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 p4TOfe W 7­ 34 CL HANGER RODS sm- TO CL HANGER RODS 34" 5" 5^ EXTR.ALUM. EXTR.ALUM. REAR CLIP ANGLE REAR CLIP ANGLE (2'X2"X.1875X8) 1875X12) EXTR.ALUM. 8"FASCIA ���� 1"X SCH. 40 HANGER PIPE ASSEMBLY A 10 EXTR.ALUM. a 40''Z'LOUVER BLADE U N Drawn: 12/3/2019 BJW 2 EXTR.ALUM.FRONT CLIP ANGLE Mapes Architectural Canopies 7748 Al.58th St. DD Lincoln,NE, 88514-9724 09 Ph:(888)273-1192 AA 1 Ij"X4 "k'"X.125 BB Aa:(827)455-6572 06 EXTR.ALUM.SECTION 07 email:rad�mapes.cam SUPPORT ANGLE WEEP FASCIA TO DRAIN Pro w Par: MAPES CANOPIES() LINCOLN,NE SUPERSNADE HANGER ROD SECTION WIDTH SECTION WIDTH CANOPY/EXTRUDED a" (e'MAX.) (6'MAX.) LOUVER CANOPY WIDTH m 9 nea YQ 8 gyp: M#### sheet: B CANOPY PLAN Dec.3,19 0 3/44 Scale:3/4"=1'0" °=I'-8° of 10 D,,,Sign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7- 341 TO HANGER RODS—mom TO HANGER RODS CE TO j HANGER RODS 4" 5" 5" —� 5°' EXTR.ALUM. EXTR.ALUM. REAR CLIP ANGLE REAR CLIP ANGLE (272"X.1875X8-) (2"X2"X.1875X12°) EXTR.ALUM. 8"FASCIA I"X SCH.40 HANGER PIPE ASSEMBLY Drawn: tt/3/2Pt9 6JW .110 EXTR.ALUM. 40'°Z°LOUVER BLADE Mapes �a t' � CN Architectural EXTR.ALUM.FRONT Canopies CLIP ANGLE 7746 N.56th St. Lincoln,NE, 88514-a724 Ph:(888)273-1192 An(677)455-6572 emall:cad@map".cam EE 10 Propmed Par: qq 1 )3°'X.125 gg MAPES CANOPIES() 06 (1 J74 i3"X1,X.?25) 07 WEEP FASCIA LINCOLN,NE EXTR.ALUM.SECTION TO DRAIN SUPPORT ANGLE SUPERSHADE HANGER ROD SECTION WIDTH SECTION WIDTH SECTION WIDTH CANOPY/EXTRUDED 14,.—� (6'MAX.) (6'MAX.) (6'MAX.) LOUVER Po 8 d[d YQ 8 gyp: M#### sheet: C CANOPY PLAN Dec.3,19 0e� Scale:3/4"=1'-0" 3/4°=I'-6° of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 Grapy 7p ADDITIONAL BLOCKING AND BRACINC AT CANOPY CONNECTION POINTS 1216X24 THRU EYEBOLT(WELDED) TO ADEQUATELY HANDLE -(INSTALL W/WELD UP)W/3'6X25 PLTD STEEL WASHER, CANOPY LOADS TO BE STD WASHERS,NUTS&3"6X.25 PLTD STEEL BACKING PLATE SUPPLIED,FABRICATED& INSTALLED BY OTHERS 5/8"6X2 1/2"THRU BOLI W/WASHERS&NUT DROP-FORGED STEEL CLEVIS (5/8"THROAT-5/8"EYE) 5/8"6X6"THREADED ADJUSTMENT ROD I'X SCH.40 HANGER PIPE ASSEMBLY ::::::. ::::::................................... w �cq,7{( 5/8"x1"PIPE REDUCER .....: ................................. gCFA, 5/8"NUT(2 TVP.) �cFq qpp XFNG ADJUSTMENT ED STMENT ROD 'POp rN Drawn: 12/3/2019 BJW lF,i,Cy 5/8'FLAT WASHER(2 TYP.) 2 EXTR.ALUM.FRONT CLIP ANGLE �,g s c. Mapes 3/8"6 CARRIAGE BOLT q. p FRONT CLIP ANGLE ASSEMBLY Architectural w (APPROX.2/3 PRO t.) Canopies Yl j�;,.yC t' ........................ 7748 N.58th St. Lincoln,NE. 88514-9724 Ph:(888)273-1192 An(877)455-6572 ernael:rad�mapcs.cam 3/15°6(1?1 DRILL) 11/2"X4 7/16"X3/47.125 =� SL STEEL POP RIVET EXTR.ALUM.SECTION .??a EXTR.ALUM. SUPPORT ANGLE cro w Par: .......................n 40°•Z'LOUVER BLADE MAPES CANOPIES() EXTR.ALUM. LINCOLN,NE EXTR.ALUM.REAR CLIP ANGLE 8"FASCIA (2"X2"X.IB75X t 2) t 26X24"THRU THREADED ROD SUPERSNAOE HANGER ROD W/WASHERS,NUTS&3"6X.25 CANOPY/EXTRUDED PLTD STEEL BACKING PLATE CANOPY PROJECTION LOUVER Po 8 d[d YQ 8 gyp: M#### sheet: SECTION @ HANGER ROD 06 Scale:1 1/2"=1'-0" f f/2°=a'-8° of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7p ADDITIONAL BLOCKING AND BRACING AT CANOPY CONNECTION POINTS !2"0X24-THRU EYEBOLT(WELDED) TO ADEQUATELY HANDLE -(INSTALL W/WELD UP)W/3"6X25 PLTD STEEL WASHER, CANOPY LOADS TO BE STD WASHERS,NUTS&3"6X.25 PLTD STEEL BACKING PLATE SUPPLIED,FABRICATED& INSTALLED BY OTHERS 5/8"9X2 1/2"THRU BOLT W/WASHERS&NUT DROP-FORGED STEEL CLEVIS (5/8"THROAT-5/8"EYE) ................................W................ 5/816X6"THREADED ADJUSTMENT ROD OSP ......................................... ygtiCf. EXTR.ALUM.FASCIA R yQD END SUPPORT BRACKET yq C XF" t"X SCN. 40 NAfJGER1/4"9X3/4"BOLT W/NUT t2 3 2819 BJW tifp ry PIPE ASSEMBLY 'Qop EXTR.ALUM.FASCIA Drawn: XF,,T FRONT SUPPORT BRACKET o 1/4°6X3/4°BOLT Mapes x W/NUT Architectural q FRONT CLIP ANGLE 1 j"X4 "Xy"Y.125 Canopies(APPROX.2/3 PROJ.) EXTR.ALUM.SECTION C a n op j E's RR SUPPORT ANGLE z T21T8" 1 1/2"XI 1/27x.125x7"EXTR. ALUM.FASCIA CORNER 7748 N.56th St. SUPPORT ANGLE P.encoPn,NE. 68514-9724 Ph:(888)273-1192 Px:(877)455-6572 ernael:radMmapcs.cam 3/16"0(111 DRILL) Propmed Par: n� ST. STEEL POP . MAPES CANOPIES() ........................ .110 EXTR ALUM. PROVIDE WEEP HOLES LINCOLN,NE 40°7'LOUVER BLADE 3/16"6(1?1 DRILL) FOR FASCIA TO DRAIN t 2'6X24"THRU THREADED ROD EXTR.ALUM. ALUM.POP RIVET W/WASHERS,NUTS& %X.25 REAR CLIP ANGLE SUPERSHADE HANGER ROD PLTD STEEL BACKING PLATE (2"X27.1875X8) CANOPY/EXTRUDED LOUVER CANOPY PROJECTION Po 8 d[d YQ 8 x�p: M#### see., BB SECTION @ END CANOPY Dec.3,a 07 Scale:1 1/2"=1'-0" t t/2°=a•-8° of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 p4Grapy 7- 34 CL TO CE HANGER RODS 4" 5/8"OX2 1/2"THRU t 2"6X24"THRU EYEBOLT(WELDED) BOLT W/WASHERS&NUT, -(INSTALL W/WELD OP) DROP-FORGED STEEL W/3"0X.25 PLED STEEL CLEWS(S/a"THROAT WASHER,STD WASHERS,NUTS -5/8"EYE),5/6"0X6" &3"6X.25 PLED STEEL THREADED ADJUSTMENT ROD, BACKING PLATE I'X SCH. 40 HANGER PIPE ASSEMBLY EXTR.ALUM. FRONT CLIP ANGLE EXTR ALUM.REAR CLIP ANGLE d (2"X2"X.1675X6 a 51^ t 2'0X24"THRO THREADED ROD W/ Orown: tt/3/2Pt9 BJW a 2 WASHERS,NUTS&30X25 w 5" .110 EXTR.ALUM. PLED STEEL BACKING PLATE y,g� � z 40° 'Z'LOUVER BLADE LYC Architectural Canopies 2748 N.56th St. Lincoln,NE, 88514-9724 Ph:(888)273-1192 1/4"0X3/4"BOLT An(677)455-6522 I t/2"X4 711673/47.125 W1 NOT emal:ead@map".com EXTR.ALUM.SECTION SUPPORT ANGLE WEEP FASCIA cro w Par: TO DRAIN MAPES CANOPIES() LINCOLN,NE SECTIONWIDTH 13" .wn,vanes; 4 — 4 SUPERSHADE HANGER ROD CANOPY WIDTH CANOPY/EXTRUDED LOUVER Po 8 d[d YQ 8 gyp: M#### sheet: CC TRANSVERSE SECTION Dee.3,a �U Scale:1 1/2"=1'-0" 1 1/6°=t'-P° of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7y —ev 4" TO q HANGER RODS TO CL HANGER RODS 4" 5/9"0X2 1/2"THRU "THRU EYEBOLT(WELDED) BOLT W/WASHERS&NUT, -(INSTALL W/WELD UP) DROP-FORCED STEEL W/3"0X25 PLTD STEEL CLEVIS(5/8"THROAT WASHER, STD WASHERS,NUTS -5/8"EYE),5/8"0X6" &3"0X.25 PLTD STEEL THREADED ADJUSTMENT ROD, BACKING PLATE I"X SCH. 40 HANGER PIPE ASSEMBLY EXTR.ALUM.REAR CLIP ANGLE (272"X.1975X8) 1 2"0X24"THRU THREADED ROD W/WASHERS,NUTS& c� 3"0X.25 PLTD STEEL BACKING PLATE EXTR.ALUM. FRONT CLIP ANGLE Orawn: t2/3/2Ot9 EJW g "2 .110 EXTR.ALUM. 5" 40'7'LOWER BLADE Mages w 5" C' z Architectural O O O �F` Canopies 7746 N.56tDr St. Lincoln,NE. 66514-9724 Pk(888)273-1192 t t/2"X4 7/16"X3/4"X.125 Ar.(627)455-6572 EXTR.ALUM.SECTION 1/4"0X3/4" ernael:cad@map".com SUPPORT ANGLE BOLT W/NUT WEEP FASCIA TO DRAIN EXTR.ALUM.REAR CLIP ANGLE (272"X.1975X12) ProPmed Par: MAPES CANOPIES() LINCOLN,NE t°T" SECTION WIDTH SECTION WIDTH t°T" S ER 4 "�— 4 SUPENS/E TRUDED ROD CANOPY/EXTRUDED CANOPY WIDTH LOUVER Po 8 d[d M#### sheet: DD TRANSVERSE SECTION D�.3,19 09 Scale:1 1/2"=1'-0" t t/2°=a'-6° of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID'.06C34135-E60146C9-B929-2A13DF105813 fe W 7p —� �" TO q HANGER RODS TO q HANGER RODS mn- TO CE HANGER RODS sm- -�—4" 5/8"02 1/2"THRU t 2"0X24" BOLT W/WASHERS&HUT, EYEBOLT DROP-FORGED STEEL THRU THRUED)-(INSTALL W/ CLEWS(5/8'THROAT (WELDWELD UP)W/ T ADJUSTMENT 5/8"E X6" 3"0X25 PLTD STEEL WASHER, THREADED ADJUSTMTMENT ROD, STD WASHERS,HUTS I"X SCS. HANGER &3'0X.25 PLTD STEEL PIPE ASSEMBLY Y BACKING PLATE EXTR.ALUM.REAR CLIP ANGLE (2"X2"X.t 875X8') t' g2" EXTR.ALUM. 1 "0X24"THRU THREADED ROD Drawn: 2 Yt/3/2Pt9 6JW 0 4 FRONT CLIP ANGLE W/WASHERS,NUTS& s c-v 3'6X25 PLTD STEEL AA.� � .110 EXTR.ALUM. � 4 4O''Z'LOUVER BLADE BACKING PLATE LYC w El 5" 0 0 0 Architectural teCtt�l al Canopies 0 0 � 7748 N.56th St. Lincoln,NE, 88514-9724 Ph:(888)273-1192 ff Ar.(877)455-6572 1 1/274 7/16'AJ/4"X.125 1/4"0X3/4" emall:rad�mapes.cam EXTR.ALUM.SECTION BOLT W/NUT WEEP FASCIA SUPPORT ANGLE Propmed Par: TO DRAIN MAPES CANOPIES() LINCOLN,BE EXTR.ALUM.REAR CLIP ANGLE (2"X2 x.1875X12") SUPERSNADE HANGER ROD CANOPY/EXTRUDED 4"—� SECTION WIDTH SEC LOUVER ON WIDTH m—t4" Po 8 d[d CANOPY WIDTH Wt 9 gyp: M#### sheet: EE TRANSVERSE SECTION De.3,19 1 O Scale:1 1/2"=1'-0" 1 1/2°=1'-P° of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 • GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • MATERIALS ENGINEERING &TESTING • SOILS • ASPHALT • CONCRETE <,q I �uuuuuuuuu ��o eo9gro Go�Qo P 9y �� GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PROPOSED BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER 6869 YORKTOWN BOULEVARD CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RETL REPORT NUMBER: G122094 PREPARED FOR: KIMLEY HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. 5301 SOUTHWEST PARKWAY, BUILDING 3, SUITE 100 AUSTIN, TEXAS 78735 t MARCH 17, 2022 PREPARED BY: ROCK ENGINEERING & TESTING LABORATORY, INC. 6817 LEOPARD STREET . CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78409 P: (361) 883-4555; F: (361) 883-4711 TBPE FIRM NO. 2101 ,tvrt i�ri�i��vii � � ' ' " a IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII% y 1 '1r ;,ru��dit1 t rt r uut 0, DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 s' ' • GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING " • CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ENGINEERING&TESTING • SOILS •ASPHALT• CONCRETE March 17, 2022 Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc. 5301 Southwest Parkway, Building 3, Suite 100 Austin, Texas 78735 Attention: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA SUBJECT: SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION, LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM, AND FOUNDATION AND PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PROPOSED BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER 6869 Yorktown Boulevard Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job No. G122094 Dear Mr. Powers, In accordance with our agreement, we have conducted a subsurface investigation, laboratory testing program, and foundation and pavement evaluation for the above referenced project. The results of this investigation, together with our recommendations, are to be found in the accompanying report, one electronic copy of which is being transmitted for your records and for distribution to the project design team. Often, because of design and construction details that occur on a project, questions arise concerning soil conditions and Rock Engineering and Testing Laboratory, Inc. (RETL) (TBPE Firm No. 2101), would be pleased to continue its role as the Geotechnical Engineer during project implementation. RETL also has great interest in providing materials testing and observation services during the construction phase of this project. If you will advise us of the appropriate time to discuss these engineering services, we will be pleased to meet with you at your convenience. Sincerely, 1151r Mark C. Rock, P.E. Senior Consultant ROCK ENGINEERING & TESTING LABORATORY,INC. Corpus Christi San Antonio Round Rock Office: 361.883.4555 Office:210.495.8000 Office: 512.284.8022 Fax:361.883.4711 Fax:210.495.8015 Fax: 512.284.7764 6817 Leopard St. 10856 Vandale 7 Roundville Ln. Corpus Christi,TX 78409 San Antonio,TX 78216 Round Rock,TX 78664 www.rocktesting.com DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION, LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM, AND FOUNDATION AND PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PROPOSED BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER 6869 YORKTOWN BOULEVARD CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS RETL REPORT NUMBER: G122094 PREPARED FOR: KIMLEY HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. 5301 SOUTHWEST PARKWAY, BUILDING 3, SUITE 100 AUSTIN, TEXAS 78735 MARCH 17, 2022 PREPARED BY: ROCK ENGINEERING AND TESTING LABORATORY, INC. 6817 LEOPARD STREET CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78409 PHONE: (361) 883-4555; FAX: (361) 883-4711 OP r TEXAS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING FIRM REGISTRATION NO. 2101 ; % pPoyp, �M%%MM%%M OF pW' Darren W. Lantz M Y,%MyI'*W#M%AJI%M11I1%#%%1Ff9P%R'M%M 4M%%%fi M,>» °°•#; ��1AW « M X14868 .w ".rM AW "M , .....« .»« JAMES P.a»SA 6 » ».»« ' " ►w 1 9201 e •....»»..« » SIONAVE Jame P. Bauer, P.E. Darren W. Lantz, E. Corp s Christi Branch Manager Senior Engineer DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Authorization......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Purposeand Scope .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 General................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 SITEDESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................................2 FIELDEXPLORATION ............................................................................................................................................................2 Scope ...................................................................................................................................................................................2 Drillingand Sampling Procedures......................................................................................................................................... 3 FieldTests and Observations............................................................................................................................................... 3 LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM....................................................................................................................................4 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................................................4 General.................................................................................................................................................................................4 SoilConditions...................................................................................................................................................................... 5 GroundwaterObservations................................................................................................................................................... 6 OSHASoil Type Classification.............................................................................................................................................. 6 SeismicSite Classification.................................................................................................................................................... 7 FOUNDATION DISCUSSION...................................................................................................................................................7 ProjectDescription................................................................................................................................................................ 7 Potential Vertical Rise (PVR)Discussion.............................................................................................................................. 8 FOUNDATION TYPES CONSIDERED.................................................................................................................................. 10 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................................................................................. 11 Slab-on-Grade Foundation Recommendations................................................................................................................... 11 MatFoundations................................................................................................................................................................. 12 Straight Shaft Drilled Pier Foundation Recommendations.................................................................................................. 13 LateralPier Analysis........................................................................................................................................................... 14 RETAINING WALL RECOMMENDATIONS.......................................................................................................................... 15 BelowGrade/Retaining Walls............................................................................................................................................. 15 PAVEMENT CONSIDERATIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 16 Flexible Pavement Recommendations ............................................................................................................................... 17 Rigid Pavement Recommendations.................................................................................................................................... 17 Routine Maintenance of Rigid and Flexible Pavement Systems......................................................................................... 18 Pavement Subgrade Preparation........................................................................................................................................ 18 SITE IMPROVEMENT METHODS......................................................................................................................................... 19 Concrete Flatwork and Drainage Considerations............................................................................................................... 19 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS .................................................................................................................................20 SitePreparation..................................................................................................................................................................20 SelectFill............................................................................................................................................................................21 Drilled, Cast-in-Place, Pier Construction Considerations.................................................................................................... 21 Earthwork and Foundation Acceptance..............................................................................................................................23 VaporRetarder...................................................................................................................................................................23 Utilities................................................................................................................................................................................24 Expansionand Control Joints.............................................................................................................................................24 GENERAL COMMENTS........................................................................................................................................................24 APPENDIX: Site Vicinity Map Boring Location Plan Boring Logs B-1 to B-4 Key to Soil Classification and Symbols DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of a soil exploration and foundation and pavement analysis for the proposed Bill Witt Aquatic Center to be located within the Bill Witt City Park at 6869 Yorktown Boulevard in Corpus Christi, Texas. This study was conducted for Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc. Authorization The scope of work for this project was performed in accordance with Rock Engineering and Testing Laboratory, Inc. (RETL) Proposal No. CGP010722A, dated January 7, 2022. Our services were approved by Mr. Sean Mason, Associate representing Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc., on February 7, 2022, by issuing Individual Project Order Number 069402200.1.708 under the Master Agreement for Continuing Professional Services. The Individual Project Order was transmitted to RETL via email. Purpose and Scope The purpose of this exploration was to evaluate the soil and groundwater conditions at the site and to provide foundation and pavement recommendations suitable for the proposed Bill Witt Aquatic Center. The scope of the exploration and analysis included the subsurface exploration, field and laboratory testing, engineering analysis and evaluation of the subsurface soils, provision of foundation and pavement recommendations, and preparation of this report. The scope of work for this project was determined by Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc. The scope of services did not include an environmental assessment. Any statements in this report, or on the boring logs, regarding odors, colors, unusual or suspicious items or conditions are strictly for the information of the client. General The exploration and analysis of the subsurface conditions reported herein are considered sufficient in detail and scope to provide foundation and pavement recommendations for the planned improvements. The information submitted for the proposed project is based on project details provided by Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc. and the soil information obtained at the boring locations. If the designers require additional soil parameters to complete the design of the proposed foundation or pavement systems and this information can be obtained from the soil data and laboratory tests performed within the scope of work included in our proposal for this project, then RETL will provide the additional information requested as a supplement to this report. The Geotechnical Engineer states that the findings, recommendations, specifications or professional advice contained herein have been presented after being prepared in a manner consistent with that level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the Geotechnical Engineer's profession practicing contemporaneously under similar conditions in the locality of the project. Page 1 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas RETL operates in general accordance with, "Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction, (ASTM D3740)." No other representations are expressed or implied, and no warranty or guarantee is included or intended. This study was conducted for Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc. for the specific application to the proposed Bill Witt Aquatic Center to be located within the Bill Witt City Park at 6869 Yorktown Boulevard in Corpus Christi, Texas. SITE DESCRIPTION The site of the planned Bill Witt Aquatic Center is located within the Bill Witt City Park at 6869 Yorktown Boulevard in Corpus Christi, Texas. The site is located along the south side of Yorktown Boulevard, approximately a '/2 mile west of its intersection with Rodd Field Road. It is bordered by an access driveway, an existing lift station and Yorktown Boulevard to the north, an existing fire station to the east, softball fields to the south, and the main entrance drive and soccer fields to the west. A Site Vicinity Map is provided in the Appendix of this report. The site is open and visually appears to be relatively flat and level. The surface of the site is grass covered. Earthen drainage ditches were around the periphery of the site. The ground surface at the time of our field drilling services was firm and did not pose any significant difficulties to the drill crews moving their equipment. FIELD EXPLORATION Scope The field exploration, to evaluate the engineering characteristics of the foundation and pavement bearing materials, included reconnaissance of the project site, performing the test boring operations and obtaining relatively undisturbed Shelby tube samples and disturbed split spoon soil samples. During the sample recovery operations, the soils encountered were classified and recorded on the boring logs in accordance with "Standard Guide for Field Logging of Subsurface Exploration of Soil and Rock, (ASTM D5434)." Four borings were performed for the purpose of providing foundation and pavement recommendations for the proposed project. The table below provides the boring identification, boring depth and GPS coordinates. Summary of Boring Information Boring Boring Boring GPS Identification Location Depth (ft) Coordinates B-1 Leisure Pool 40 N 27.65514° W 97.37576° B-2 Lap Pool 40 N 27.65494° W 97.37515° B-3 Building Area 40 N 27.65472° W 97.37538° B-4 Pavement Area 5 N 27.65450° W 97.37587° Page 2 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc. determined the number and locations of the borings. RETL determined the boring depths and performed the drilling operations. The GPS coordinates were obtained at the boring locations using a Garmin GPS model eTrex and are provided in this report and on the boring logs. Upon completion of the drilling operations and obtaining the groundwater observations, the borings were backfilled with excess soils obtained during drilling operations. A Boring Location Plan is provided in the Appendix of this report. The borings performed for this project were used to determine the classification and strengths of the subgrade soils. The information provided on the boring logs includes boring location, boring depth, soil classification, soil strengths, and laboratory test results. The boring logs are included in the Appendix. Drilling and Sampling Procedures The test borings were performed using a drilling rig equipped with a rotary head turning hollow stem augers to advance the boreholes. Mud rotary drilling techniques were used to advance the borings below the groundwater depth. Disturbed soil samples were obtained employing split-barrel sampling procedures in general accordance with the procedures for, "Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils, (ASTM D1586)." Relatively undisturbed soil samples were obtained using thin-wall tube sampling procedures in general accordance with, "Thin Walled Tube Sampling of Soils, (ASTM D1587)." The samples obtained by this procedure were extruded by a hydraulic ram in the field. The samples were visually classified, placed in plastic bags, marked according to boring number, depth and any other pertinent field data, stored in special containers and delivered to the laboratory for testing. Field Tests and Observations Standard Penetration Tests — During the sampling procedures, a standard penetration test (SPT) was performed to obtain the standard penetration value of the soil at the selected intervals. The standard penetration value (N) is defined as the number of blows of a 140- pound hammer, falling 30 inches, required to advance the split-barrel sampler 1 foot into the soil. The sampler is lowered to the bottom of the previously cleaned drill hole and advanced by blows from the hammer. The number of blows is recorded for each of three successive 6- inch penetrations. The "N" value is obtained by adding the second and third 6-inch increment number of blows. An automatic hammer was utilized when performing SPT. An automatic hammer is usually taken as having an efficiency of one. The results of standard penetration test indicates the relative density of cohesionless soils and comparative consistency of cohesive soils, thereby providing a basis for estimating the relative strength and compressibility of the soil profile component at the test location. Water Level Observations — Water level observations were obtained during the test boring operations. Water level observations are noted on the boring logs provided in the Appendix. In relatively pervious soils, such as sandy soils, the indicated depths are usually reliable groundwater levels. In relatively impervious soils, such as clayey soils, a suitable estimate of the groundwater depth may not be possible, even after several days of observation. Page 3 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Seasonal variations, temperature, land-use, proximity to water bodies and recent rainfall conditions may influence the depth to the groundwater. The amount of water in open boreholes largely depends on the permeability of the soils encountered at the boring locations. Ground Surface Elevations — The ground surface elevations at the boring locations were not provided, therefore, depths referred to in this report are from the ground surface at the boring locations during the time of our field investigation. LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM In addition to the field investigation, a laboratory testing program was conducted to determine additional pertinent engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials necessary in analyzing the behavior of the foundation and pavement systems for the proposed project. The laboratory testing program included supplementary visual classification (ASTM D2487) and water content tests (ASTM D2216) on the samples. In addition, selected samples were subjected to Atterberg limits tests (ASTM D4318) and percent material finer than the #200 sieve tests (ASTM D1140). The shear strengths of selected cohesive soil samples were evaluated from unconfined compressive strength tests (ASTM D2166). The estimated soil strengths were obtained using a hand penetrometer. The laboratory testing program was conducted in general accordance with applicable ASTM Specifications. The results of these tests are to be found on the accompanying boring logs provided in the Appendix. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS General The types of foundation and pavement bearing materials encountered in the test borings have been visually classified and are described in detail on the boring logs. The results of the standard penetration test values, hand penetrometer values, water level observations, unconfined compressive strength tests, and other laboratory tests are presented on the boring logs. Representative samples of the soils were placed in polyethylene bags and are now stored in the laboratory for further analysis, if desired. Unless notified to the contrary, the samples will be disposed of three months after issuance of this report. The stratification of the soil, as shown on the boring logs, represents the soil conditions at the actual boring locations. Variations may occur between, or beyond, the boring locations. Lines of demarcation represent the approximate boundary between different soil types, but the transition may be gradual, or not clearly defined. Page 4 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas It should be noted that, whereas the test borings were drilled and sampled by experienced drillers, it is sometimes difficult to record changes in stratification within narrow limits. In the absence of foreign substances, it is also difficult to distinguish between discolored soils and clean soil fill. Soil Conditions The generalized soil conditions encountered at the project site have been summarized and predominate soil properties including soil classification, strength, and plasticity are provided in the following table. Soil Profile Table D Description LL PI C ye 4200 N P 0 -3 Fat CLAY 52 - 54 35 -36 1,000 0 115 74 6 1.0 -2.0 3 -8 Fat and Lean CLAY 49 -64 30-45 1,500 0 120 78- 80 9 2.0-4.0 8 - 13 Lean CLAY 47 -48 28- 33 1,000 0 120 75- 84 --- 1.5-2.0 13 -23 Fat and Lean CLAY 33- 53 19 -36 1,800 0 60 72 -87 13 - 19 --- 23 -28 -- 23 -28 Silty SAND --- --- 0 36 55 15- 19 23-43 --- 28 -33 -- 28 -33 Lean CLAY 38 23 -24 2,000 0 60 62 13 -34 --- 33 -38 -- 33 -38 Silty SAND --- --- 0 36 55 16 32- 35 --- 38 -40 Fat CLAY --- --- 2,500 0 60 --- 19 --- Where: D = Depth in feet below existing grade LL = Liquid limit (%) PI = Plasticity index C = Soil Cohesion, psf(undrained) � =Angle of Internal Friction, deg. (undrained) Ye = Effective soil unit weight, pcf 4200 = Material passing #200 sieve, % N = Standard Penetration Test Value (blows/ft) P = Hand penetrometer value range, tsf Exceptions to the above generalized and averaged soil profile exist. Most notable is the soil type identified below depths of 28 feet at Boring B-2. At Boring B-2, differences with respect to the generalized soil profile table above are that silty sand is present between the depths of approximately 28 and 33 feet and fat clay is present between the depths of approximately 33 and 38 feet. In addition, at Boring B-1, the fat clay stratum below a depth of approximately 38 feet was not encountered. Detailed descriptions of the soils encountered at the boring locations are provided on the boring logs included in the Appendix. Page 5 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Groundwater Observations Groundwater observations and the depths the borings caved are provided in the table below. Groundwater(GW) Observations Boring Depth of Borings During Drilling B-1 40 feet GW at 13 feet B-2 40 feet GW at 13 feet B-3 40 feet GW at 13 feet B-4 5 feet Dry Based on observations made in the field, groundwater was encountered during drilling at this site at the time of our field investigation at depths of approximately 13 feet. Groundwater readings upon completion of the drilling operations and after a delay period were precluded because drilling fluids were introduced into the boreholes after encountering groundwater. Drilling fluids were introduced in order to facilitate the mud-rotary drilling process, which circulates drilling slurry within and to the surface of the boreholes in order to stabilize the boreholes. It should be noted that the water level in open boreholes may require several hours to several days to stabilize depending on the permeability of the soils and that groundwater levels at this site may be subject to seasonal conditions, recent rainfall, drought or temperature effects. OSHA Soil Type Classification The table below provides a summary of the OSHA Soil Type Classification based on the soils encountered at the boring locations. Depth OSHA Soil Type (Feet) Description Classification Cohesive Soil Above the Water Table 0 - 13 (Est. Average Undrained Shear Strength is equal to or greater than 500 psf) Type B 13 -20 Cohesive Soil below the Water Table Type C It should be noted that the contractor's "competent person" shall make the final determination of the OSHA Soil Type during excavation of the soils at the jobsite. If groundwater is encountered during construction, all soils below the groundwater shall be downgraded to Type C soil type classification. Slope protection for excavations greater than 20 feet need to be designed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. The maximum allowable slopes during construction for soil OSHA soil types are provided in the following table. Page 6 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Guidelines for Maximum Allowable Slopes Soil or Rock Type Max. Allow. Slopes for Excavations < Than 20' Deep Stable Rock Vertical Type A 3/ Horizontal : 1 Vertical Type B 1 Horizontal : 1 Vertical Type C 1'h Horizontal : 1 Vertical Guidelines for maximum allowable slopes were obtained from OSHA documents, but do not take into account any recent revisions or the stability of long-term unprotected slopes. Long term unprotected slopes will likely require much flatter slopes. The guidelines presented herein for slopes do not imply RETL is taking responsibility for construction site safety; this responsibility falls entirely upon the contractor and his responsible person. RETL is assuming that the contractor will comply with all rules, ordinances and other requirements to comply with safe construction practices. Seismic Site Classification In accordance with the International Building Code (IBC), "When the soil properties are not known in sufficient detail to determine the site class, Site Class D shall be used unless it is determined that Site Class E or F soil is likely to be present at the site." Since our field investigations have not included a 100-foot deep boring, by definition the soil properties are not known in sufficient detail. Site Class D soils should have a Standard Penetration Resistance of 15 to 50, or undrained shear strengths between 1,000 and 2,000 pounds per square foot (psf). The predominate soil strengths at this site generally meet or exceed the typical strength range above and therefore the site should be classified as Seismic Site Class D. FOUNDATION DISCUSSION Project Description Based on information provided to RETL, the new aquatic center will include the construction of a new leisure pool and a new lap pool. The leisure pool will be approximately 8,500 square feet in plan area and will feature depths ranging from 6 inches to a maximum depth of approximately 4 feet. The lap pool will be 7,000 square feet in plan area and will have a consistent depth of approximately 9 feet. In addition to and at the south side of the new pools, a 3,700 square foot filtration/administration building, and a 2,300 square foot restroom building will be constructed. Both building structures will be one-story in height. Continuous flatwork/concrete decking will be constructed around and between the pools and between the pools and the building structures. In addition, a new pavement parking lot and driveways will be constructed at the south side of the site. Page 7 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Based on the preliminary grading plan provided by Kimley Horn, it appears that the average existing grade elevation at the site is approximately EI. 17 feet, and all concrete decking, flatwork and building floor slab elevations will be constructed at elevation EI. 20.5 feet. Accordingly, the final concrete slab elevations will be constructed approximately 3'/2 feet above the average existing grades at the site. RETL has not been provided with information regarding the type of building construction, anticipated building loads, or trafficking information. If this information becomes available, or if the grading plans change from those stated herein, the information should be forwarded to RETL so we can review and refine the recommendations, if necessary. Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) Discussion The laboratory test results indicate that the subsoils in the active zone at this site are high in plasticity and have high expansive potential. The calculated potential vertical rise (PVR) at this site is estimated to be approximately 3% to 3% inches in its current condition. This PVR value was calculated using the Texas Department of Transportation Method TEX- 124E and took into account the average depth of active zone, estimated to extend to a depth of approximately 13 feet, and the Atterberg limits test result of the soils encountered within the active zone. It is important to note that the PVR value provided herein was calculated using the Texas Department of Transportation Method TEX-124E and represents the vertical rise that can be experienced by relatively dry subsoils subjected to increases in soil moisture content resulting from capillary or surface water. The TEX-124E method is widely used in Texas for predicting expansive soil movements and has been found to be reasonably accurate for moisture variations resulting from normal seasonal and climatic controlled conditions (environmental conditions). The actual movement of the subsoils is dependent upon their change in moisture content. Conditions that allow the soils to become saturated or significantly exceed typical moisture variations resulting from environmental conditions or exceed the dry and wet boundary conditions established by the TEX-124E method, such as poor drainage and/or broken utilities may result in 2 to 3 times the magnitude of moisture related soil movements than estimated by the PVR provided herein. Differential vertical movements may occur over a distance equal to the depth of the active zone and can potentially be equal to the expected total movements. Undercutting a portion of the natural expansive soils at this site and replacing them with properly compacted select fill soils should reduce the PVR. The resulting reduction in PVR at this site , considering the placement for 3 feet on new fill materials to raise the entire site grades, calculated using the Texas Department of Transportation Method TEX-124E and utilizing undercutting and replacement operations, are included in the tables below. Page 8 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas PVR Reduction*— Buildings and Flatwork Areas Required Undercut Depth (ft) Minimum Select Fill Thickness (ft)7Approximate PVR(in) 1 4 2.4 2 5 2.0 3 6 1.6 4 7 1.3 5 8 1.0 'Calculated PVR Reduction based on preliminary grading plan provided by Kimley Horn indicating 3 feet of new fill will be used to raise existing site grades. The estimated PVR values provided above for buildings and flatwork areas are based on the floor systems applying a sustained surcharge load of approximately 3.0 pounds per square inch on the subgrade soils resulting in 4 to 6-inch concrete finished slab elevations 3'/2 feet above the average grade elevation at the site. Based on our calculations, in order to reduce the PVR to approximately 1 inch in the building areas and movement sensitive flatwork areas, it will be necessary to remove the expansive soils to depths of 5 feet below existing grades. Upon completion of the excavation, the exposed subgrade soils shall be moisture conditioned and recompacted, and a minimum of 8 feet of compacted select fill soils shall be properly placed and compacted in the excavation. PVR Reduction— Pools Minimum Excavation Minimum Select Fill Structure Depth (ft) from Thickness (ft)** Approximate Existing Grade Under Pool PVR(in) Leisure Pool 6 5 1.0 (Pool bottom 4 feet below final grade) Lap Pool 8.5 2.5 1.0 (Pool bottom 9 feet below final grade) "The minimum thicknesses of select fill under the pools is based on the maximum depths of pool excavations; therefore, the thickness of fill will increase below shallower portions of the pools. In addition, the thickness of select fill does not include the typical drainage layer provided below the pool bottom. Based on our calculations, in order to reduce the PVR to approximately 1 inch in the leisure and lap pool areas, considering pool depths as stated herein, it will be necessary to remove the expansive soils to minimum depths of 6 feet and 8.5 feet below the existing grades in the leisure pool and lap pool areas, respectively. Upon completion of the excavation, the exposed subgrade soils shall be moisture conditioned and recompacted. A minimum of 5 feet and 2.5 feet of properly compacted select fill soils shall then be placed beneath the bottom of the pools in the leisure pool and lap pool areas, respectively. Page 9 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Additional undercutting and replacement may be required to further reduce the PVR based on architectural or structural design considerations, if the finished concrete slab elevations and/or pool depths are something other than discussed herein, or if proper positive and rapid site drainage is not provided around the structures and/or other measures are not implemented during the design, construction and operation of the structures to ensure that saturation of the subgrade soils does not occur. In any of these cases, RETL should be contacted and given the opportunity to revisit the recommendations provided herein and provide additional recommendations as warranted. FOUNDATION TYPES CONSIDERED Various foundation types have been considered for the support of the proposed structures. The foundation types considered include stiffened slab-on-grade foundations, mat foundations and deep drilled pier foundations. Stiffened Slab-on-Grade Foundations —A stiffened grid type beam and slab foundation is used to support relatively light structures where the soil conditions are relatively uniform, and where uplift and settlement can be tolerated. Stiffened slab-on-grade foundations are typically used on building structures with relatively small footprints without complex geometry in order to provide rigidity and stiffness across the building. The intent of a stiffened slab-on- grade foundation is to allow the structure and foundation to move up and down freely with soil movements while providing sufficient stiffness to limit differential movements within the superstructure. A shallow stiffened slab-on-grade foundation is an acceptable foundation for support of the filtration/administration building and the restroom building provided that movements of up to approximately 1 inch are acceptable to the owner and the design team and provided the site improvement earthwork recommendations included in the "PVR Discussion" and "Site Preparation" sections of this report are performed. Mat Foundations — A mat foundation is typically used most advantageously when it is necessary to distribute structural and working loads onto the supporting foundation materials. A shallow-founded mat foundation can be used in a similar manner as a stiffened slab-on- grade foundation, with an exception being that the mat would be sufficiently thick and/or sufficiently reinforced such that stiffness is developed within the mat foundation itself, without the need for stiffening beams. A mat foundation may be utilized for support of the leisure pool and lap pool provided that movements of up to approximately 1 inch are acceptable to the owner and the design team and provided the site improvement earthwork recommendation included in the "PVR Discussion" and "Site Preparation" sections of this report are performed. Page 10 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Drilled Piers — Conventional straight shaft drilled piers and underreamed drilled piers were considered for this site. Underreamed piers are not considered suitable for this site due to the presence of groundwater near the depths where underreamed piers would typically be founded and the low strength soils immediately above the groundwater. Straight shaft drilled piers may be used for support of the building structures and/or swimming pools and are the recommended foundation system for this project if the highest level of performance is required of the structures. If straight shaft drilled pier foundations are used, the deep foundation systems should be used in conjunction with structurally suspended slabs. Although drilled pier foundations will provide the highest level of performance of the building and/or pool structures, differential movements between the relatively fixed pier-supported structures and the grade-supported flatwork/concrete decking should be considered. Measures should be incorporated into the design to allow for differential movements of up to 1 inch between the pier-supported structures and the surrounding flatwork supported over select fill pads as recommended in this report. If potential differential movements of up to 1 inch cannot be tolerated or accounted for in the design, additional site improvement earthwork will be required to reduce the PVR value in the flatwork areas to an acceptable level less than 1 inch. In such case, RETL should be contacted and provided actual differential movement design tolerances so that we can evaluate and provide appropriate supplemental recommendations. Depending upon the final design depths of the straight shaft drilled piers, the piers will require the slurry displacement method of drilled pier installation, the use of temporary steel casing, or a combination of both to properly install the straight shaft drilled piers. FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS Slab-on-Grade Foundation Recommendations A monolithic stiffened grid type beam and slab-on-grade foundation is feasible to support the proposed filtration/administration building and the restroom building structures if foundation movements of approximately 1 inch can be tolerated. The PVR shall be reduced to approximately 1 inch by performing the recommended site improvements in the "PVR Discussion" and "Site Preparation" sections of this report. Grade beams should be founded within properly compacted select fill, at a minimum depth of 2 feet, and can be designed for a net allowable unit soil bearing pressure of 2,000 psf. The net allowable unit soil bearing pressures provided utilize a design safety factor of 3. Concentrated loads should be placed at widened grade beam locations, at intersection of grade beams or where haunches can be constructed if loading conditions warrant increased bearing area. The beams should be a minimum of 12 inches wide to reduce the potential for localized shear failure and the beams should be spaced at a maximum distance of 17 feet, in both directions. The Structural Engineer may vary beam depths and spacing based on experience designing and constructing similar type structures on sites with similar subsurface soil conditions. Page 11 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas The "Design of Slab-On-Ground Foundations," published by the Wire Reinforcement Institute, Inc. (Aug., 1981), utilizes the design criteria provided in the table below. WRI Design Criteria Climatic Rating (Cw) 17 Effective Plasticity Index 27 Soil/Climatic Rating Factor(1-C) 0.13 Maximum Beam Spacing, Both Directions (ft) 17 WRI slab design criteria provided above takes into account that excavation of the existing soils, organics and other deleterious materials are removed to a depth as recommended herein and extend out beyond the limits of the foundations a minimum of 5 feet, including all appurtenances, and the exposed subgrade soils are moisture conditioned and compacted prior to replacing the excavated soils with properly compacted select fill soils. Soil supported floor slabs and structures are subject to vertical movements, as discussed earlier in this report. Even slight differential movements of 1 inch or less can cause distress to interior wall partitions, rigid exterior walls or facades or other elements supported by a shallow slab-on-grade foundation. This amount of movement should be understood and addressed during the design phase of the proposed structures planned for construction at this site. Mat Foundations If the leisure pool and lap pool will be grade-supported and will not be structurally suspended using straight shaft drilled pier foundations, the pool floors may be designed as mat foundations. The recommended net allowable unit bearing pressure for a mat foundation founded in the pool area and upon properly compacted select fill as recommended herein is 1,700 psf based on dead load plus sustained live load considerations and includes a design safety factor of 3. Swimming pools should be designed to resist floatation due to buoyancy and the mat foundations should be proportioned and designed accordingly. The structural designer may utilize a Modulus of Subgrade Reaction (K) of 120 pci for a mat foundation founded as recommended and bearing on a minimum of 12-inches of select fill. However, it should be noted that this modulus is for a 1-ft square plate and the mat should be designed using a reduced modulus based on the mat width by using the equation given below': 1 0.5 ks = kr (—Bm) ACI 336.2R-88. Suggested Analysis and Design Procedures for Combined Footings and Mats. Page 12 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Where: ks = Modulus of subgrade reaction for the specific mat width, pci. kp = Modulus of subgrade reaction for a 1-foot square plate, pci. B,r, = Mat width, feet. In order to minimize the effects of any slight differential movement that may occur due to variations in the character of the supporting soils, it is recommended that the mat be suitably reinforced to make the mat as rigid as possible. Straight Shaft Drilled Pier Foundation Recommendations The structural designer can utilize the allowable unit skin friction values for the range in depths included in the following table for straight shaft drilled piers to resist the axial loads given the strengths of the subsurface soils encountered. Allowable Unit Skin Friction Values (Building and Pool Areas) Depth Below Existing Grade (ft) Allowable Unit Skin Friction (psf) 0 -5 *Neglect 5 - 13 325 13 -23 450 23 -28 650 28 -35 525 *Where piers are used for support of swimming pools, skin friction should also be neglected for the top 5 feet of the pier shaft. All depths are referenced from the existing ground surface elevations at the boring locations during the time of our field investigation. The allowable unit skin friction values provided above are based on the strengths of the in- situ soils and utilize a design safety factor of 2 against shear failure. The straight shaft drilled piers should be proportioned to resist axial compressive and tension loads as well lateral loads and should be founded at depths between 20 and 35 feet. The piers will be subject to uplift forces resulting from adhesion of the expansive soils along the perimeter of the shafts. For the buildings and leisure pool, the uplift force can be estimated (in kips) by multiplying the diameter of the pier (in feet) by 20. For the lap pool, the uplift force can be estimated (in kips) by multiplying the diameter of the pier (in feet) by 13. Uplift can be resisted utilizing the dead load on the pier and the weight of the pier itself. If additional resistance to uplift is required, the allowable skin friction values below a depth of 13 feet (approximate el. 4 feet) may be utilized in the design. Page 13 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Settlement of a properly designed and constructed straight shaft drilled pier is estimated to be on the order of 1 percent of the shaft diameter of the pier and differential settlements of equally loaded same size drilled shafts should experience differential settlements on the order of/2 percent of the pier shaft diameters. Straight shaft drilled piers should be spaced no closer than three pier diameters apart measured center to center. Drilled piers at this site should be adequately reinforced with a minimum of 1 percent of the cross-sectional area of the pier shaft throughout the depth of the pier to withstand uplift forces. A minimum 6-inch void space is recommended below the bottom of all pier-supported elements including the floor slabs, bottom of the swimming pool and the grade beams spanning between the piers. Soil retainers should be used to maintain the void space. All beams spanning between piers shall be structurally connected to the piers. Lateral Pier Analysis Drilled piers may be subjected to lateral loads. Lateral pier analysis programs such as L-pile will require the following soil parameters for this site. L-Pile Design Criteria (Building and Pool Areas) D Description C Ye K E50 0 -5 CLAY *Neglect 5 -8 CLAY 1,500 0 120 500 0.007 8 - 13 CLAY 1,000 0 120 500 0.007 13 -23 CLAY 1,800 0 60 500 0.007 23 -28 SAND 0 36 55 60 --- CLAY 2,000 0 60 1,000 0.005 28 -35 or SAND 0 36 55 60 --- *Where piers are used for support of swimming pools, skin friction should also be neglected for the top 5 feet of the pier shaft. Where: D = depth (ft) yE = effective unit weight, pcf C =shear strength, psf = angle of internal friction, deg. K= modulus of subgrade reaction (pci) E50= 50%strain value Page 14 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas RETAINING WALL RECOMMENDATIONS Below Grade/Retaining Walls RETL understands that a leisure pool and a lap pool will be constructed as part of this development. Below-grade swimming pool walls will act as retaining walls and should be designed and constructed accordingly. RETL has not been provided specific information regarding the planned method of construction. Swimming pool walls can be formed and cast- in-place walls that are backfilled or can be constructed using the gunite or shotcrete method of construction. In either case the walls will require the design and construction process to appropriately consider resisting the lateral soil pressures imposed on the walls. Equivalent fluid density values for active and at rest conditions were evaluated for various backfill materials. These values for different acceptable backfill soils and their respective USCS soil classification symbols are presented in the table below. In the case of gunite or shotcrete construction, the backfill material considered should be select fill material resulting from the pad construction beneath the movement-sensitive flatwork areas surrounding the pool. Design Lateral Soil Load Backfill Material (psf per foot of depth) Active At Rest Select Fill (CL-ML, CL, SC or SC-SM) 55 75 (P1= 7 to 18) Sand 40 60 (SW or SP) Free Draining Gravel 35 55 (GW or GP) Retaining walls which are allowed to move slightly will develop an "active" earth pressure condition. If the wall is restrained from lateral movements such as when it is fixed at the top, the "at rest" earth pressure condition will be developed. Design lateral soil loads are provided for moist soil conditions for the specified soils compacted to their maximum laboratory densities. It is very important to note that these equivalent fluid densities do not include the effect of seepage or hydrostatic pressures, groundwater, surcharge loads due to equipment, vehicular loads or future storage near the walls. It is recommended that the backfill behind cast-in-place walls be free draining sands or gravel and provisions are in the design to dissipate hydrostatic pressures behind the wall. If an adequate drainage system to prevent accumulation of water within the backfill materials is not provided and the backfill soils have potential to become submerged or saturated, hydrostatic pressures should be added to the above provided lateral earth pressure load on the walls. In addition, the pools and pool foundations will be required to be designed to resist buoyancy. Page 15 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Backfill for retaining / below-grade walls shall be compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor (ASTM D698) and the moisture content shall be maintained at, or above, the optimum moisture content. All compaction operations shall be performed in an attempt to minimize stress on the wall. Compaction operations for each lift of fill soils shall begin at the wall and work back away from the wall in an effort to reduce the pressures on the wall due to construction activities. Hand operated compaction equipment may be required. RETL should be provided with pool and wall drawings once they become available to assess the need for further exploration, analyses and/or provision of additional recommendations. PAVEMENT CONSIDERATIONS In designing the proposed pavement areas, the existing subgrade conditions must be considered together with the expected traffic use and loading conditions. The conditions that influence pavement design can be summarized as follows: • Bearing values of the subgrade. These can be represented by a California Bearing Ratio (CBR) for the design of flexible pavements, or a Modulus of Subgrade Reaction (K) for rigid pavements. • Vehicular traffic, in terms of the number and frequency of vehicles and their range of axle loads. • Probable increase in vehicular use over the life of the pavement. • The availability of suitable materials to be used in the construction of the pavement and their relative costs. Specific laboratory testing to define the subgrade strength (i.e. CBR/K values) have not been performed for this analysis. Based upon local experience, the estimated average CBR and K values for the natural surficial fat clay soils encountered across the site is, 3 and 100 pci, respectively. Since specific traffic counts and design vehicles have not been provided, it is only possible to provide non-engineered pavement sections suitable for light and medium-duty service for the passenger automobile parking and drive areas, based on pavement sections that have provided adequate serviceability for similar type facilities and with similar soils. For the truck traffic pavement areas, truck trafficking information is critical to the proper design of an appropriate pavement system. Accordingly, we have prepared the following table to assist the designer in their selection of the appropriate flexible pavement section. The approximate Equivalent 18-kip Single Axle Load (ESAL) estimates in the table are based upon the number of single-lane, fully loaded 18-wheel truck passes across the truck pavement areas in one day. We have also assumed 7 days of operations per week and a growth factor of 4 percent. Asphalt pavements are based on a 20-year design life and concrete pavements are based on a 30-year design life. Page 16 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Flexible Pavement Recommendations The recommended light and medium-duty flexible pavement sections for non-engineered pavements, using locally available materials, are provided in the following table. Light-Duty Medium-Duty Flexible Pavement (Passenger Cars & Parking) (Passenger Car Driveways) Option 1 Option 2 Option 1 Option 2 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete 2 inches 2 inches 2.5 inches 2.5 inches Surface Course, Type D or C Crushed Limestone Base Material 6 inches 6 inches 8 inches 8 inches (TxDOT Item 247 Type A; Gr. 1-2) Tensar Geogrid TX-5 Yes --- Yes --- Lime Stabilized Subgrade (4'h%) --- 8 inches --- 8 inches Compacted Subgrade 12 inches --- 12 inches --- Hot mix asphaltic concrete should meet the requirements set forth in TxDOT Item 340; Type D, or C, surface course. Crushed limestone base materials in flexible pavement areas should meet the requirements set forth in Texas Standard Specifications 2014; Item 247, Type A, Grade 1-2 and should be placed in maximum 8-inch thick loose lifts and compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the modified Proctor test (ASTM D1557) and within ± 1'/2 percent of the optimum moisture content. Allowances for proper drainage and proper material selection of base materials are most important for performance of flexible pavements. Ruts, birdbaths and poor site drainage allow for quick deterioration of the pavement primarily due to saturation of the underlying base materials and subgrade soils. Rigid Pavement Recommendations The use of concrete for paving has become more prevalent in recent years due to the long- term maintenance cost benefits of concrete pavement compared to asphaltic pavements. The recommended light and medium-duty rigid pavement sections are provided in the following table. Light-Duty Medium-Duty Rigid Pavement (Passenger Cars & Parking) (Passenger Car Driveways) Option 1 Option 2 Option 1 Option 2 Reinforced Concrete 6 inches 6 inches 7 inches 7 inches Crushed Limestone Base 6 inches --- 6 inches --- Lime Stabilized Subgrade (4'h%) --- 8 inches --- 8 inches Compacted Subgrade 12 inches --- 12 inches --- Page 17 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Crushed limestone base materials in rigid pavement areas, if used, should meet the requirements set forth in Texas Standard Specifications 2014; Item 247, Type A, Grade 1-2 and should be placed in maximum 8-inch thick loose lifts and compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698) and within ±1'/2 percent of the optimum moisture content. The concrete pavement should be properly reinforced and jointed, as per ACI, and should have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 psi. Expansion joints should be sealed with an appropriate sealant so that moisture infiltration into the subgrade soils and resultant concrete deterioration at the joints is minimized. The joints should be thoroughly cleaned and sealant should be installed without overfilling before pavement is opened to traffic. Concrete pavement at least 8-inches thick is recommended for trash dump approach areas due to the high wheel and impact loads that these areas receive. The concrete pads at the location of the trash dumpsters should be large enough to accommodate both the front and rear wheels of the vehicles used to pick up the trash dumpsters. Maintenance or operations managers need to stress the importance of placing the trash dumpsters in their proper locations to reduce the distress trash pickup operations place on the pavement. Routine Maintenance of Rigid and Flexible Pavement Systems The pavement sections provided in this report are designed based on pavement sections constructed on similar subgrade soils and for facilities similar to those planned for construction at this site. The pavements will require routine maintenance such as crack sealing and seal coats for flexible pavements and joint maintenance for rigid pavement sections in order to achieve a desirable life of pavement. RETL recommends that the owner protect their investment by incorporating an aggressive maintenance program. Pavement Subgrade Preparation In areas where the pavements will be constructed, after all surface organics and deleterious materials have been removed to the desired subgrade elevation, the subgrade shall be proofrolled using a heavy pneumatic roller. Any soft areas identified shall be removed to firm soils, reworked and recompacted in place to obtain a stable and non-yielding subgrade. Upon completion of the proofrolling, and if a pavement section without the use of lime- stabilized subgrade will be used, the subgrade soils should be scarified, moisture conditioned and compacted to the minimum specified depth of 12 inches. The subgrade should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined by the standard Proctor (ASTM D698), and at, or above the optimum moisture content. If general fill will be used to raise the pavement area grades, clean on-site soils may be used. The general fill material should be placed upon properly proof-rolled and compacted subgrade soils and should be placed in maximum 8 inch thick loose lifts and compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698), and at, or above the optimum moisture content. Page 18 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas Where a pavement section containing geogrid will be used, after proper compaction of the subgrade and/or the final lift of compacted general fill, a layer of the specified geogrid shall be placed and shall extend outside the limits of the crushed limestone base material. The geogrid shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. If a pavement section containing lime-stabilized subgrade will be used, then upon completion of proof rolling and/or placement of general fill, the lime stabilization operations shall be performed in accordance with TxDOT Item 260, "LIME TREATMENT FOR MATERIALS USED AS SUBGRADE (ROAD MIXED)." Based on the results of the Atterberg limits testing for the subgrade soils and associated curves provided in TxDOT Test Method 121-E, RETL recommends that the lime be mixed at the rate of 4'/2 percent, based on the maximum dry unit weight of the raw subgrade soils as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698). The lime stabilized soils should be compacted to a minimum density of 98 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined by a standard Proctor test (ASTM D698), and at, or above, the optimum moisture content. SITE IMPROVEMENT METHODS Concrete Flatwork and Drainage Considerations Concrete site flatwork such concrete pool decking, sidewalks, patios, etc. will be subject to movements when constructed over plastic soils. Changes in moisture content of the supporting highly plastic soils cause volumetric changes resulting in differential movements of the flatwork. Provisions in the site development should be made in order to maintain relative uniform moisture contents of the supporting soils. A number of measures may be used to attain a reduction in subsoil moisture content variations, thus reducing the soil's shrink/swell volume change potential. Some of these measures are outlined below: • During construction, positive drainage schemes should be implemented to prevent ponding of water on the subgrade. • Positive drainage should be maintained around the structure and flatwork through roof/gutter systems connected to piping or directed to paved surfaces, transmitting water away from the foundation perimeter and flatwork. In addition, positive grades sloping away from the foundations and flatwork should be designed and implemented. • We recommend that effective site drainage plans be devised by others prior to commencement of construction to provide positive drainage away from the site improvements and off the site, both during, and after construction. • The top 2 feet of site utility trenches outside of structure areas should be backfilled with low plasticity clays to assure the trenches do not serve as aqueducts that could transport water beneath the structure and flatwork due to excessive surface water infiltration. Clay plugs or collars should also be installed in utility trenches beginning outside of the building pads and extending several feet beneath the buildings to prevent water from moving laterally into the building pad and beneath the structures. Page 19 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas • Individual concrete panels of concrete sitework should be dowelled together to minimize trip hazards as a result of differential movements within the flatwork. • All efforts should be made to avoid having situations where site flatwork panels are partially supported on properly compacted select fill soils and partially supported on natural in-situ high plastic soils which will result in differential movement and may also result in a negative slope back to the building causing ponding of water next to the structures. • Pavements should be designed to drain quickly with a minimum positive slope of 1 percent. Planter islands should incorporate a 12-inch clay cap at the surface and the curbs should be designed to prevent moisture from entering the pavement materials. • Where movement sensitive flatwork, such as the pool deck area, will be constructed, the clay soils should be undercut and replaced with select fill as discussed in the "PVR Discussion" and "Site Preparation" sections of this report. • In areas where non-movement sensitive flatwork is planned for construction and extending 5 feet outside the plan area of the flatwork, all surface organics and deleterious materials shall be removed, the upper 12 inches of exposed subgrade soils should be scarified, moisture conditioned to a minimum of 2-percentage points above the optimum moisture content and then compacted to at least 90 percent and not more than 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698). This does not apply to flatwork supporting car or truck traffic All project features beyond the scope of those discussed above should be planned and designed similarly to attain a region of relatively uniform moisture content within the foundation and flatwork areas. Poor drainage schemes are generally the primary cause of foundation and flatwork problems on clayey soils. CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS Site Preparation The site preparation recommendations contained in this section are for soil-supported improvement areas and are based on the preliminary grading plan provided and our current understanding that the grades in the entire site area containing and including the building structures and pools will be raised approximately 3 feet, resulting in final concrete slabs and concrete pool deck/flatwork areas constructed approximately 3'/2 feet above the average existing grade elevation at the site. In addition, the recommendations are based on the leisure pool and lap pool having maximum depths of approximately 4 feet and 9 feet, respectively. In order to reduce the PVR to approximately 1 inch in the building areas and movement- sensitive flatwork areas (such as the flatwork surrounding the pool), it will be necessary to remove soils, organics and other deleterious materials to a depth of 5 feet as indicated in the "PVR Discussion" section of this report. Page 20 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas In the area of the leisure pool, additional excavation will be required to a depth of approximately 6 feet below the existing grade and as necessary to provide a minimum of 5 feet of compacted select fill beneath the bottom of the leisure pool as indicated in the "PVR Discussion" section of this report. In the area of the lap pool, additional excavation will be required to a depth of approximately 8'/2 feet below the existing grade and as necessary to provide a minimum of 2'/2 feet of compacted select fill beneath the bottom of the lap pool as indicated in the "PVR Discussion" section of this report. The excavations should extend outside the structure footprints and any appurtenances (including porches, attached sidewalks, stoops, etc.) and outside of movement sensitive flatwork for a distance of 5 feet. Once the excavation operations are performed, the upper 1 foot of exposed subgrade soils shall be compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698) and the moisture content shall be maintained at, or above, the optimum moisture content. If any soft areas are identified, the soils should be removed and recompacted in place. Upon completion of the subgrade preparation operations, at least 8 feet of properly compacted select fill material should be placed in the building and movement sensitive flatwork areas. At least 5 and 2'/2 feet of properly compacted select fill shall be placed beneath the bottom of the leisure pool and lap pool, respectively. Properly compacted "Select Fill" soils shall be placed in no greater than 8-inch thick loose lifts and compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698), and at, or above, the optimum moisture content. The fill shall be placed in such a manner to provide a uniform fill pad thicknesses supporting the structures. Excavation of grade beams may proceed after placement of the select fill is complete. Select Fill Imported select fill material used at this site should be homogenous, free from organics and other deleterious materials and should have a maximum liquid limit of 40 percent and a plasticity index (PI) between 7 and 18. The select fill soils shall have a minimum of 35 percent passing the #200 sieve and no soil particles exceeding 1'/2 inches will be permitted. The select fill should be placed in no greater than 8-inch thick loose lifts and then compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698), and at, or above, the optimum moisture content. Drilled, Cast-in-Place, Pier Construction Considerations To successfully install conventional straight shaft drilled piers at this site, the piers will require the slurry displacement method of installation, the use of temporary steel casing, or a combination of both depending upon the final design depths. Page 21 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas With temporary steel casing, the casing can be overdriven beyond the founding depth of the pier, if necessary, to properly seal the casing in a clay stratum. However, the casing should not be overdriven by more than a few feet beyond the founding depth of the pier. Care must be taken during concrete placement and casing removal to ensure that sufficient concrete head is maintained inside the casing to prevent soil intrusions in the pier concrete. Concrete should be placed as soon as possible after all loose material has been removed, the pier excavation inspected and reinforcing steel installed. A relatively high slump concrete mix (6 to 7-inches) is suggested to minimize problems related to the concrete adhering to the casing as the casing is removed and to minimize aggregate segregation caused by the reinforcing steel. Free fall of concrete into the pier excavation is permitted provided the concrete can be placed into the pier excavation without striking the sides of the excavation or hitting the rebar. It should be noted that research has shown that free fall concrete guided at the top of the excavation to avoid contact with the sides of the pier excavation and reinforcing steel can drop more than 80 feet without any measurable segregation and the strength of the concrete was not adversely affected as long as the concrete was falling through air. In situations where it is impossible for the concrete to fall freely without striking the rebar cage or sides of the pier excavation the free fall should be limited to 10-feet or placed with a tremie. Pier excavations should not be allowed to stay open overnight. With slurry displacement, it is essential that there is a sufficient slurry head available (or that the slurry density can be increased as needed) so the inside pressure is greater than that from the groundwater table or the tendency of the soil to cave. Bentonite is most commonly used with water to produce the slurry ("bentonite slurry"). Some experimentation may be required to obtain optimum percentage for a site but amounts in the range of 4 to 6 percent by weight are usually adequate. The bentonite should be well mixed with water so that the mixture is not lumpy. The slurry should be capable of forming a filter cake on the shaft wall and to carry the smaller (say, under 6mm) excavated particles in suspension. With the slurry method it is generally desirable to: • Prevent having the slurry in the shaft too long to prevent an excessively thick filter cake is difficult to displace with concrete during shaft filling. • Pump the slurry and screen out the larger soil particles in suspension then the "conditioned" slurry can be returned to the shaft prior to concreting. • Care should be exercised in excavating clay through the slurry so that pulling a large fragment does not cause sufficient negative pore pressure, or suction, to develop and collapse a part of the shaft. Page 22 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas When the shaft is complete the rebar cage is set in place and a tremie installed (this sequence is usually necessary so that the tremie does not have to be pulled to set the cage and then reinserted-almost certain to produce a slurry film discontinuity in the shaft). Concrete is pumped with great care taken that the tremie is always well submerged in the concrete so a minimum surface area is exposed and contaminated with slurry. Studies have shown that the concrete will adequately displace slurry particles from the rebar cage so a good bond can be obtained, and as previously noted, if the shaft is not open too long the filter cake on the pier wall is reasonably displaced as well. The successful placement of a pier foundation is dependent on the expertise of the drilled pier foundation contractor. It is recommended that a test pier excavation be performed at the site to verify groundwater conditions at the specific location and time, and to ensure that the proper pier type and method of pier installation is being performed. The Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative, should be present to witness the test pier operations as well as all of the production pier installation activities. Earthwork and Foundation Acceptance Exposure to the environment may weaken the soils at the foundation and pavement bearing level if the excavations remain open for long periods of time. Therefore, it is recommended that the foundation and pavement excavations be extended to final grade and that the foundation and pavements be constructed as soon as possible to reduce potential damage to the bearing soils. The foundation and pavement bearing levels should be free of loose soil, ponded water or debris and should be observed prior to concreting or placing pavement constituents by the Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative. Foundation concrete or pavement constituents should not be placed on soils that have been disturbed by rainfall or seepage. If the bearing soils are softened by surface water intrusion, or by desiccation, the unsuitable soils must be removed from the foundation and pavement excavations and be replaced with properly compacted fill prior to placement of concrete or pavement constituents per Engineer's direction. The Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative, should monitor subgrade preparation and placement of fill. As a guideline, a minimum of one in-place density test shall be performed on the subgrade soils and each subsequent lift of fill for each 3,000 square feet, or a minimum of three in-place density tests per testing interval, whichever is greater. Any areas not meeting the required compaction should be recompacted and retested until compliance is met. Vapor Retarder A vapor retarder, with a permeance of less than 0.3 US perms (ASTM E96), should be placed under the concrete floor slabs on the properly prepared building pad soil or carton forms, whichever is applicable, to reduce the transmission of water vapor from the supporting soil through the concrete slab and to function as a slip sheet to reduce subgrade drag friction. Polyethylene film, or polyolefin, with a minimum thickness of 10 mils (0.25 mm) is typically used for reduced vapor transmission and durability during and after its installation. The vapor retarder should be installed according to the ASTM E1643, "Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs." Page 23 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas All penetrations through the vapor retarder should be sealed to ensure its integrity. The vapor retarder should be taped around all openings to ensure the effectiveness of the barrier. Grade stakes should not be driven through the barrier and care should be taken to avoid punctures during reinforcement and concrete placement. Placement of slab concrete directly on the vapor retarder increases the risks of surface dusting, blistering and slab curling making good concrete practice critical. A low water to cement ratio concrete mix design, combined with proper and adequate curing procedures, will help ensure a good quality slab. Where vapor transmission is not a concern, elimination of the vapor retarder may provide improvements in finishing characteristics and reductions in the risks of surface dusting, blistering and slab curling. However, exposure of portions of the subgrade or granular layer, such as at blockouts for columns or utility penetrations to inclement weather during construction may create excessive or deficient moisture conditions beneath portions of the slab that have already been placed. Blockouts for slab penetrations should be protected if a vapor retarder is omitted. ACI 302.1R-96 "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction," recommends that a vapor retarder or vapor barrier be used only when required by the specific application. Utilities Utilities that project through the slabs or walls should be designed with either some degree of flexibility or with sleeves in order to prevent damage to the lines due to soil movements. Expansion and Control Joints Expansion and control joints should be designed and placed in various portions of the structures. Properly planned placement of these joints will assist in controlling the degree and location of material cracking that normally occurs due to material shrinkage, thermal affects, soil movements and other related structural conditions. GENERAL COMMENTS If significant changes are made in the character or location of the proposed Bill Witt Aquatic Center, a consultation should be arranged to review any changes with respect to the prevailing soil conditions. At that time, it may be necessary to submit supplementary recommendations. It is recommended that the services of RETL be engaged to test and evaluate the soils in the foundation and pavement excavations prior to concreting or placement of pavement constituents in order to verify that the bearing soils are consistent with those encountered in the borings. RETL cannot accept any responsibility for any conditions that deviate from those described in this report, nor for the performance of the foundations or pavements if not engaged to also provide construction observation and testing for this project. If it is required for RETL to accept any liability, then RETL must agree with the plans and perform such observation during construction as we recommend. Page 24 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas All sheeting, shoring, and bracing of trenches, pits and excavations should be made the responsibility of the contractor and should comply with all current and applicable local, state and federal safety codes, regulations and practices, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Page 25 of 25 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 s' ' • GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING C " • CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ENGINEERING&TESTING • SOILS •ASPHALT• CONCRETE SITE VICINITY MAP f � Itt p ei Yi I , ,V I i r 4. v March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas ROCK ENGINEERING & TESTING LABORATORY,INC. Corpus Christi San Antonio Round Rock Office: 361.883.4555 Office:210.495.8000 Office: 512.284.8022 Fax:361.883.4711 Fax:210.495.8015 Fax: 512.284.7764 6817 Leopard St. 10856 Vandale 7 Roundville Ln. Corpus Christi,TX 78409 San Antonio,TX 78216 Round Rock,TX 78664 www.rocktesting.com DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING C " • CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ENGINEERING&TESTING • SOILS •ASPHALT• CONCRETE BORING LOCATION PLAN I , Y �N wf � RR w I 'o /l i / March 17, 2022 BILL WITT AQUATIC CENTER Attn: Mr. Austin Powers, PLA 6869 Yorktown Boulevard RETL Job Number: G122094 Corpus Christi, Texas ROCK ENGINEERING & TESTING LABORATORY,INC. Corpus Christi San Antonio Round Rock Office: 361.883.4555 Office:210.495.8000 Office: 512.284.8022 Fax:361.883.4711 Fax:210.495.8015 Fax: 512.284.7764 6817 Leopard St. 10856 Vandale 7 Roundville Ln. Corpus Christi,TX 78409 San Antonio,TX 78216 Round Rock,TX 78664 www.rocktesting.com DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 LOG OF BORING B-'I SHEET 1 of 1 CLIENT: Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc. Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Bill Witt Aquatic Center 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, TX ° ' � Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G122094 �gro9 y `aG°4Q° Fax: 361-883-4711 DATE(S) DRILLED: 2/11/2022 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger/Mud Auger LIMITS X GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w z w Groundwater(GW)was encountered at a depth of 13 feet during drilling. Lu z }— in J LL LL LL 0 J F } U- � p m z �oa� Lu �_ H H U) O cn H O O Lu Lu �rncnz > > Q Q Lu 0 W z z F- m o O F- o a a } o z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A Lu � � z a u' 2 LL PL PI o a 0 of t DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SH P=2.0 24 54 19 35 74 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, dark gray, moist, stiff. (CH) S-1 SH 5 S-2 P=3.0 20 Same as above,very stiff. ------------------------------------------------------------- SH ---- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P=2.5 26 49 19 30 79 LEAN CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, stiff. (CL) S-3 SH 10 S-4 P=1.5 26 97 1.1 Same as above. SH P=1.5 26 47 19 28 75 Same as above. (CL) S-5 SS N=13 20 Same as above. 15 S-6 ss N=13 19 Same as above. 20 S-7 ----- ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ Ss N=23 24 15 SILTY SAND, brown, moist, medium. 25 S-8 ----- ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ ss N=13 26 38 15 23 LEAN CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, stiff. 30 S-9 N N ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SSN=32 22 16 SILTY SAND, brown, moist, dense. 35 0 W. W .. O: : O SS N=72 20 Same as above,very dense. O 40 S-11 N Boring was terminated at a depth of 40 feet. c� c� 0 N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Qc- STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Drilling operations were performed by On Point Geophysical at GPS Coordinates O N 27.65514° W 97.37576° 0 P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE O J DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 LOG OF BORING B-2 SHEET 1 of 1 CLIENT: Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc. Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Bill Witt Aquatic Center 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, TX ° ' � Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G122094 �gro9 y `aG°4Q° Fax: 361-883-4711 DATE(S) DRILLED: 2/11/2022 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger/Mud Auger LIMITS X GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w z w Groundwater(GW)was encountered at a depth of 13 feet during drilling. Lu z }— in J LL LL LL 0 J F } U- � p m z �oa� Lu �_ H H U) O cn H O O Lu Lu �rncnz > > Q Q Lu 0 W z z F- m o O F- o a a } o z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A Lu � � z a[c7 2 LL PL PI o a 0 of t DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SH P=1.0 31 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, dark gray, moist, firm. S-1 SH 5 S-2 P=4.0 22 64 19 45 80 Same as above,very stiff. (CH) SH P=2.0 25 Same as above, brown, stiff. S-3 ------------------------------------------------------------- SH ---- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ sH 10 S-4 P=2.0 23 48 15 33 84 LEAN CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, stiff. (CL) SH P=2.0 24 99 1.2 Same as above. S-5 ----- ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ ss N=14 31 53 17 36 72 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, stiff. (CH) 15 S-6 ----- ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ ss N=19 19 LEAN CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, very stiff. 20 S-7 ----- ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ Ss N=43 22 19 SILTY SAND, brown, moist, dense. 25 S-8 SS N=52 22 Same as above,with clay layer, very dense. 30 S-9 N . N , \ ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ M Ss N=21 28 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, brown and greenish gray, moist, very LU 35 s-10 stiff. LU YIrZOT O O a SS N=19 29 Same as above. 40 5-11 N Boring was terminated at a depth of 40 feet. c� c� 0 N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Qc- STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Drilling operations were performed by On Point Geophysical at GPS Coordinates O N 27.65494° W 97.37515° 0 P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE O J DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 LOG OF BORING B-3 SHEET 1 of 1 CLIENT: Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc. Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Bill Witt Aquatic Center 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, TX ° ' � Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G122094 �gro9 y `aG°4Q° Fax: 361-883-4711 DATE(S) DRILLED: 2/11/2022 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger/Mud Auger LIMITS X GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w z w Groundwater(GW)was encountered at a depth of 13 feet during drilling. Lu z }— in J LL LL LL 0 J F } U- � p m z �oa� Lu �_ H H U) U cn H O O Lu Lu �rncnz > > Q Q Lu 0 W z z F- m o O F- o a a } o z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A Lu � � z a u 2 LL PL PI o a 0 of t DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SH P=1.5 28 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, dark gray, moist, stiff. S-1 SH 5 S-2 P=3.5 20 64 19 45 78 Same as above,very stiff. (CH) SH P=3.0 27 Same as above, brown. S-3 ------------------------------------------------------------- SH ---- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ sH 10 S-4 P=1.5 23 45 14 31 82 LEAN CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, stiff. (CL) SH P=1.5 22 100 1.2 Same as above. S-5 ----- ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ ss N=13 33 33 14 19 87 LEAN CLAY, greeinsh gray, brown, moist, stiff. (CL) 15 S-6 SS N=16 17 Same as above. 20 S-7 ----- ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ SS N=32 27 SILTY SAND, brown, moist, dense. 25 S-8 ----- ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ ss N=34 23 38 14 24 62 SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, hard. (CL) 30 S-9 N N ' N ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ Ss N=35 28 SILTY SAND, brown, moist, dense. S-10 W .. 35 a SS 40 S-11 N=19 27 FAT CLAY, greenish gray and brown, moist, very stiff. N Boring was terminated at a depth of 40 feet. c� c� N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Qc- STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Drilling operations were performed by On Point Geophysical at GPS Coordinates O N 27.65472° W 97.37538° 0 P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE O J DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 LOG OF BORING B-4 SHEET 1 of 1 CLIENT: Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc. Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Bill Witt Aquatic Center 6817 Leopard Street Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, TX ° ' � Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G122094 �gro9 y `aG°4Q° Fax: 361-883-4711 DATE(S) DRILLED: 2/11/2022 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger/Mud Auger LIMITS X W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w z w Dry and Open upon completion of drilling. Lu z }— in J LL LL LL 0 J F } U- � p m z �oa� Lu �_ H H U) O cn H O O Lu Lu �rncnz > > Q Q Lu 0 M z z F- m o O F- o a a } o z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A 10 1 Lu � � z a[c7 2 LL PL PI o Oa 0 of t DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM S-1 ss N=6 26 52 16 36 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, dark gray, moist, firm. SSS N=9 27 Same as above, stiff. 5 S-2 Boring was terminated at a depth of 5 feet. N N M 0 J LU YI U O Ira Irc� v rn 0 N N 0 N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Qc STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Drilling operations were performed by On Point Geophysical at GPS Coordinates - p N 27.65450° W 97.37587° 01 P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Premium: $85,214.00 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO. 4460170 Contractor as Principal Surety Name: DLF Two, Inc. Name: Markel Insurance Company Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 1321 Glenoak Dr. 4521 Highwoods Parkway Corpus Christi,Texas 78418 Glen Allen,VA 23060 Physical address(principal place of business): Owner 4521 Highwoods Parkway Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Glen Allen, VA 23060 Mailing address (principal place'of business): Contracts and Procurement Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Illinois Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone(main number): Proiect No. 21083 (512)732-0099 Bill Witt City Park Pool Telephone(for notice of claim): (512)732-0099 Local Agent for Surety Name: Kyle King Award Date of the Contract:April 11,2023 Address: 110 West A Street,Suite 725 Contract Price: $10,061,852.67 San Diego, CA 92101 Bond Telephone: 619-297-3160 Email Address: kking@cmrris.com Date of Bond: 04/13/2023 The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained C (Date Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the of the Contract) following toll-free number:1-800-252-3439 Performance Bond 006113-1 Project No. 21083 Bill Witt City Park Pool 6/11/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators,executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the some extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal Surety Signature: ,� Signature: Name: Name: Alexander Karaniwan Title: 1114e pt-eJ10&,t Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: ®� / , Email Address: akaraniwan@cn_)rris.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Performance Bond 006113-2 Project No. 21083 Bill Witt City Park Pool 6/11/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 POA# 510476 JOINT LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That SureTec Insurance Company,a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas and having its principal office in the County of Harris,Texas and Markel Insurance Company(the"Company"),a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Illinois,and having its principal administrative office in Glen Allen,Virginia,does by these presents make,constitute and appoint: William Ray Bodenstadt,Travis Jon Pearson, Kyle King, Hannah McGarvey,Alexander Karaniwan Their true and lawful agent(s)and attorney(s)-in-fact,each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above,to make,execute,seal and deliver for and on their own behalf,individually as a surety or jointly,as co-sureties,and as their act and deed any and all bonds and other undertaking in suretyship provided,however, that the penal sum of any one such instrument executed hereunder shall not exceed the sum of: Thirty Million and 00/100 Dollars($30,000,000.00) This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company: "RESOLVED,That the President,any Senior Vice President,Vice President,Assistant Vice President,Secretary,Assistant Secretary,Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer and each of them hereby is authorized to execute powers of attorney,and such authority can be executed by use of facsimile signature,which may be attested or acknowledged by any officer or attorney,of the company,qualifying the attorney or attorneys named in the given power of attorney,to execute in behalf of,and acknowledge as the act and deed of the SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company,as the case may be,all bond undertakings and contracts of suretyship,and to affix the corporate seal thereto." IN WITNESS WHEREOF,Markel Insurance Company and SureTec Insurance Company have caused their official seal to be hereunto affixed and these presents to be signed by their duly authorized officers on the 27th day of January 2023 . SureTec Insurance Company SURA/yp %Svr�NCf��' Mar Insurance pmpany evv� X...gF�o By<</� G ✓� Q{W y SEAL : B - Michael C.Keimi President ' 1-• Inde Je nin y g, ice President State of Texas County of Harris: On this 27th day of January , 2023 A.D.,before me,a Notary Public of the State of Texas,in and for the County of Harris,duly commissioned and qualified, came THE ABOVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANIES,to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in,who executed the preceding instrument,and they acknowledged the execution of same,and being by me duly sworn,disposed and said that they are the officers of the said companies aforesaid,and that the seals affixed to the proceeding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies,and the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said companies,and that Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of said Companies referred to in the preceding instrument is now in force. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand,and affixed my Official Seal at the County of Harris,the day and year first above written. JULIE E. MCCLAI }�{n •� Notary Public State of T By: ` Commission#1294768 J ie E.McClary,Notary Public Commission Expires March 29, y commission expires 3/29/2026 We,the undersigned Officers of SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company do herby certify that the original POWER Of ATTORNEY of which the foregoing is a full,true and correct copy is still in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,we have hereunto set our hands,and affixed the Seals of said Companies,on the i3th day of April 2023 ur WAfistan'tSecretary Markel Insurance Company B By: M.Br nt BAnd w Ma quis,As ' nt Ser tary Any Instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above is totally void and without any validity.510476 For verification of the authority of this Power you may call(713)812-0800 on any business day between 8:30 AM and 5:00 PM CST. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT Civil Code§ 1189 Y P completing Y Y ....._.. -.y.... ...��.gned A notary public or other officer com letin this certificate verifies only the identity of the Individual who sl the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness accuracyor validity of that document STATE OF CALIFORNIA County of San Diego On APR 13 2023 before me, Grant Jacka Notary Public, Date Insert Name of Notary exactly as it appears on the official seal personally appeared Alexander Karaniwan Name(s)of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in pis/her/their authorized capacity(ies), L':::°•.'.11•R'.S1Yh`.•.til•.%%%%•.•°:,%.Y,x.•u,,,*,,,,•titi,•., and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the -_ GRANT JACKA person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) COMM.#2365723 acted, executed the instrument. -> NOTARY PUBLIC •CALIFORNIA c ` SAN DIEGO COUNTY 1.0 Commission Expires JULY 15,2025 1 certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of �.•.•.':.�:::.•:, ,,.,..;; the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Witness my hand and o icial seal. Signature Place Notary Seal Above Si hire of Nofary Public OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal anJ reattachment of the form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s)Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Signer's Name: ❑ Individual ❑ Individual ❑ Corporate Officer—Title(s): ❑ Corporate Officer —Title(s): ❑ Partner ❑Limited ❑General ❑ Partner ❑Limited❑General ❑ Attorney in Fact --- ❑ Attorney in Fact RIGHTTHUMBPRINT ❑ Trustee ❑ Trustee OF ❑ Guardian or Conservator Top of thumb here ❑ Guardian or Conservator Top of thumb here ❑ Other: ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: Signer is Representing: DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Premium included in performance bond 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. 4460170 Contractor as Principal Surety Name: DLF Two, Inc. Name: Markel Insurance Company Mailing address (principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 1321 Glenoak Dr. 4521 Highwoods Parkway Corpus Christi,Texas 78418 Glen Allen,VA 23060 Physical address(principal place of business): Owner 4521 Highwoods Parkway Glen Allen,VA 23060 Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Contracts and Procurement Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Illinois Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone(main number): Project No. 21083 (512)732-0099 Bill Witt City Park Pool Telephone(for notice of claim): (512)732-0099 Local Agent for Surety Name: Kyle King Award Date of the Contract:April 11,2023 Address: 110 West A Street, Suite 725 Contract Price: $ 10,061,852.67 San Diego, CA 92101 Bond Telephone: 619-297-3160 Email Address: kking@cmrris.com Date of Bond: 04/13/2023 The address of the surety company to which any (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date notice of claim should be sent may be obtained of Contract) from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number:1-800-252-3439 Payment Bond Form 006116-1 Project No. 21083 Bill Witt City Park Pool 2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves,and their heirs, administrators, executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void,otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the some extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal Surety Signature: — - — Signature: _ Name: A4- A fWI _ Name: Alexander Karaniwar, Title: �� ��^ ® , Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: �'e'"�tsl�7l�P'- Email Address: akaraniwan@anr-ris_cc,m (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) i END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form 006116-2 Project No. 21083 Bill Witt City Park Pool 2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 POA# 510476 JOINT LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That SureTec Insurance Company,a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas and having its principal office in the County of Harris,Texas and Markel Insurance Company(the"Company"),a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Illinois,and having its principal administrative office in Glen Allen,Virginia,does by these presents make,constitute and appoint: William Ray Bodenstadt,Travis Jon Pearson, Kyle King, Hannah McGarvey,Alexander Karaniwan Their true and lawful agent(s)and attorney(s)-in-fact,each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above,to make,execute,seal and deliver for and on their own behalf,individually as a surety or jointly,as co-sureties,and as their act and deed any and all bonds and other undertaking in suretyship provided,however, that the penal sum of any one such instrument executed hereunder shall not exceed the sum of: Thirty Million and 00/100 Dollars($30,000,000.00) This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company: "RESOLVED,That the President,any Senior Vice President,Vice President,Assistant Vice President,Secretary,Assistant Secretary,Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer and each of them hereby is authorized to execute powers of attorney,and such authority can be executed by use of facsimile signature,which may be attested or acknowledged by any officer or attorney,of the company,qualifying the attorney or attorneys named in the given power of attorney,to execute in behalf of,and acknowledge as the act and deed of the SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company,as the case may be,all bond undertakings and contracts of suretyship,and to affix the corporate seal thereto." IN WITNESS WHEREOF,Markel Insurance Company and SureTec Insurance Company have caused their official seal to be hereunto affixed and these presents to be signed by their duly authorized officers on the 27th day of January 2023 . SureTec Insurance Company �VRANC s`SJrrCF�i, Xinddning Insurance o mpany a to = SEAL '> / Michael C.Keimig,President�� '"i, gA ��� , ice President State of Texas County of Harris: V On this 27th day of January , 2023 A.D.,before me,a Notary Public of the State of Texas,in and for the County of Harris,duly commissioned and qualified, came THE ABOVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANIES,to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in,who executed the preceding instrument,and they acknowledged the execution of same,and being by me duly sworn,disposed and said that they are the officers of the said companies aforesaid,and that the seals affixed to the proceeding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies,and the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said companies,and that Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of said Companies referred to in the preceding instrument is now in force. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand,and affixed my Official Seal at the County of Harris,the day and year first above written. E�l IE E. MCCLARY Public State of TexasBy: C ,mission#�12947680 5 jl ie E.McClary,Notary Public ion Expires March 29,2026 �• 2- 2026y commission expires 3/'24,1D b We,the undersigned Officers of SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company do herby certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY of which the foregoing is a full,true and correct copy is still in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,we have hereunto set our hands,and affixed the Seals of said Companies,on the 13th day of —1 2Q23 VBr.(ntBeaty, oistan'tSecretary Markel Insurance company B B*wMa M. A As' nt Ser Lary Any Instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above is totally void and without any validity.510475 For verification of the authority of this Power you may call(713)812-0800 on any business day between 8:30 AM and 5:00 PM CST. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT Civil Code§ 1189 he documebltctorwh ch thisccertficate is attached,and n ,..��..� � _t � ._. �_._ . ... °�. ..,..y°p bl-ic, °_.....__r"officer _ ompleting this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed truthfulness,accuracy or validity of that document ...._......_....°......._.m._� . _. of the tr _.�......_e ......................w.,w....... _ .._...� .._....... STATE OF CALIFORNIA County of San Diego On APR 13 2023 before me,_ Grant Jacka Notary Public, Date Insert Name of Notary exactly as it appears on the official seal personally appeared Alexander Karaniwan Name(s)of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they �%%%%%%%%%%'IS'•''°ti••`"Vd• M'•'&%'6tiVLV.W%%%%%%%%%% executed the same inpis/her/their authorized capacity(ies), ti F GRANT JACKA and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the COMM.#2365723 person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) a NOTARY PUBLIC ®CALIFORNIA c SAN DIEGO COUNTY N acted, executed the instrument. Commission Expires JULY 15,2025# I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Witness my hand and offici I seal. „ Signature A Place Notary Seal Above Signa u of Notary blic OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of the form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s)Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Signer's Name: ❑ Individual ❑ Individual ❑ Corporate Officer—Title(s): ❑ Corporate Officer —Title(s): ❑ Partner ❑Limited ❑General ❑ Partner ❑Limited❑General ❑ Attorney in Fact �• 1111111 IIII II •�� �• - ❑ Attorney in Fact • ❑ Trustee OF ❑ Trustee OF ❑ Guardian or Conservator Top of thumb here ❑ Guardian or Conservator Top of thumb here ❑ Other: ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: Signer is Representing: DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ACORO`� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDD/YYYY) 04/13/2023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Hannah McGarvey NAME: CMR Risk&Insurance Services AICNNo Ext): (619)297-3160 FAX NII: (619)297-3111 License#OE59760 E-MAIL hmcgarvey@cmrris.com ADDRESS: 110 W A Street,Ste.725 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# San Diego CA 92101 INSURERA: Valley Forge Insurance Company 20508 INSURED INSURER B: Continental Insurance Company 35289 DLF Two, Inc.dba DLF Texas INSURER C: State Compensation Ins.Fund 35076 1321 Glen Oak Dr INSURER D: INSURER E: Corpus Christi TX 78418 1INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 2022 DLF Two REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFYTHAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMEDABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCEADDLSUEIR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER MMIDD/YYYY MM/DDIYYYY LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 �/ A A 100,000 CLAIMS-MADE /% OCCUR PREMISES Ea occurrence $ X Deductible:$5,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $ 15,000 A 7011402154 10/01/2022 10/01/2023 -PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMITAPPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 POLICY �PRO - POLICYJECT ❑LOC PRODUCTS-COM P/OPAGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 Ea accident X ANYAUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ B OWNED SCHEDULED 7011382603 10/01/2022 10/01/2023 BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident X UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 B EXCESSLIIAB CLAIMS-MADE 7011403790 10/01/2022 10/01/2023 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 X DED RETENTION$ 0 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X1 SPER TATUTE EORH AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY YIN 1,000,000 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ C OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA 9032044 10/01/2022 10/0112023 (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) RE:Project No.21083-Bill Witt City Park Pool OPT,Contractor,and all Subcontractors and the officers,directors,members,partners,employees,agents,consultants,and subcontractors of each and any of them.additional insured status is provided per the terms and conditions of form CNA74705XX/CNA75079XX(General Liability)and CNA63359XX(Auto). Primary and Non-Contributory status is provided per the terms and conditions of form CNA74705XX(General Liability)and CNA63359XX(Auto).Should any of the above referenced policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof,notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.30 day notice of cancellation,10 for non-payment. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN The City of Corpus Christi ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 1201 Leopard St., 1st Floor AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Corpus Christi TX 78401 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 75/9/2023 E(MM/DD/YYYY) A�" CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Brady, Chapman, Holland &Associates PHONE FAX 10055 West Gulf Bank A/C No Ext): 713-688-1500 vc,No):713-688-7967 E-MHouston TX 77040 ADDRESS: eCerts@bch-insurance.com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURERA: Continental Casualty Co. (CNA) 20443 INSURED PROGRESSIV2 INSURER B:Texas Mutual Insurance Co 22945 Progressive Commercial Aquatics, Inc INSURERC: Continental Insurance Company 35289 2510 Farrell Rd Houston TX 77073 INSURER D:American Casualty Co of Reading PA 20427 INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:1525228251 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD WVD POLICYNUMBER MM/DD MM/DD D X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 5094992447 3/31/2023 3/31/2024 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES Ea occurrence $100,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $15,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 PRO- POLICY� ECT 1:1 LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 5095120963 3/31/2023 3/31/2024 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 Ea accident X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS X HIREDX NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident C X UMBRELLALIAB X OCCUR 5095120879 3/31/2023 3/31/2024 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000 EXCESS LAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $5,000,000 DED X RETENTION$1 n nnn $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION 0001223875 3/31/2023 3/31/2024 X PEROTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N STATUTEI ER ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVEE.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? FN] N/A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 D Leased/Rented Equipment 5094992447 3/31/2023 3/31/2024 Any One Item $400,000 A Installation Floater C6083005607 3/31/2023 3/31/2024 Any One Jobiste $500,000 Deductible $1,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,maybe attached if more space is required) The policy includes Blanket additional insured(for ongoing and completed operations)on the general liability per form CNA75079XX 10-16 and automobile per form CNA63359XX 4-12,with a waiver of subrogation on the general liability per form CNA74705XX 1-15,automobile per form CNA63359XX 4-12 and workers compensation per form WC420304B when required by written contract. This insurance is primary and non-contributory as respects general liability CNA74705XX 1-15 and automobile liability per form CNA63359XX 04-12. Umbrella follows form of underlying general,automobile and employers liability per form CNA75504XX 3-15. Project 22008 Cole Park Splash Pad CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Corpus Christi ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Finance-Procurement PO Box 9277 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Corpus Christi TX 78469-9277 @ 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016103) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA CNA PARAMOUNT' Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement It is understood and agreed that this endorsement amends the COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART as follows. If any other endorsement attached to this policy amends any provision also amended by this endorsement, then that other endorsement controls with respect to such provision„ and the changes made by this endorsement with respect to such provision do not apply. TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Additional Insureds 2. Additional Insured-Primary And Non-Contributory To Additional Insured's Insurance 1 Bodily Injury—Expanded Definition 4. Bread Knowledge of Occurrence/Notice of Occurrence 5. Broad Named Insured 6. Broadened Liability Coverage For Damage To Your Product And Your Work .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 7. Contractual Liability-Railroads 8. Electronic Data Liability 9. Estates,Legal Representatives and Spouses 10 Expected Or Intended Injury—Exception for Reasonable Force 11. General Aggregate Limits of Insurance—Per Project 12. In Rem Actions 13. Incidental Health Care Malpractice Coverage 14. Joint Ventures/Partnership/Limited Liability Companies 15. Legal Liability Damage To Premises / Alienated Premises ! Property In The Named Insured's Care, Custody or Control 16. Liquor Liability 17. Medical Payments 18. Non-awned Aircraft Coverage 19. Non-owned Watercraft 20. Personal And Advertising Injury—Discrimination or Humiliation 21. Personal And Advertising Injury-Contractual Liability 22. Property Damage-Elevators 23. Supplementary Payments 24. Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards 25. Waiver of Subrogation—Blanket 26. Wrap-Up Extension:OCIP CLIP, or Consolidated(Wrap-Up)Insurance Programs CNA74705X (1-15) Policy Mo: 5 194592447 Page 1 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CO CE R ADING,PA Effective Date: 03/31/2023 Insured dame: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL. AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ------------------------------------------- CNA CLIA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement 1. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS a. WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an Insured any parson or organization described in paragraphs A.through H. below whom a Named Insured is required to add as an additional insured on this Coverage Part under a written contract or written agreement, provided such contract or agreement: (11) is currently in effect or becomes effective during the term of this Coverage Part;and (2) was executed prior to: (a) the bodily injury or Property damage;or (b) the offense that caused the personal and advertising injury, for which such additional insured seeks coverage. b. However, subject always to the terms and conditions of this policy, including the limits of insurance, the Insurer will not(provide such additional insured with: (11) a higher limit of insurance than required by such contract or agreement; or (2) coverage broader than required by such contract or agreement, and in no event broader than that described by the applicable paragraph A.through H.below. Any coverage granted by this endorsement shall apply only to the extent permissiible by law. A. Controlling Interest Any person or Organization with a controlling interest in a Named Insured, but only with respect to such person or organization's Viability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of: 1. such person or organization's financial control of a Named Insured;or 2. premises such person or organization owns, maintains or controls while a Named Insured leases or occupies such premises; provided that the coverage granted by this paragraph does not apply to structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by, on behalf of,or for such additional insured. B. Co-owner of Insured Premises A co-owner of a premises co-owned by a.Named Insured and covered under this insurance but only with respect to such co-owner's liability for bodilly injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury as co-owner of such premises. C. Lessor of Equipment Any person or organization from whom a Named Insured leases equipment, but only with respect to liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury caused, in whole or in part„ by the Named Insured's maintenance, operation or use of such equipment„ provided that the occurrence giving rise to such bodily injury, property damage or the offense giving rise to such personal and advertising injury takes place prior to the termination of such lease. D. Lessor of Land Any person or organization from whom a Named Insured leases land but only with respect to liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising Injury arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of such land, provided that the occurrence giving rise to such bodily injury, property damage or the offense giving rise to such personal and advertising injury takes place prior to the termination of such lease, The ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 009499244"1 Page 2 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CO OF READING,PA Effective bate; 03/31/2023 Insured Name:PROGRESSIVE, COMMERCIAL AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc„with Its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA CNA PARAMOUNT' Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement coverage granted by this paragraph does not apply to structural alterations„ new construction or demolition operations performed by,on behalf of, or for such additional insured. E. Lessor of Premises An owner or lessor of premises leased to the Named Insured, or such owner or lessor's real estate manager, but only with respect to liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of such part of the premises leased to the Named Insureds, and provided that the occurrence giving rise to such bodily injury or property damage,or the offense giving rise to such personal and advertising injury, takes place prior to the termination of such lease. The coverage granted by this paragraph does not apply to structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by, on behalfof, or for such additional insured. E. Mortgagee,Assignee or Receiver A mortgagee, assignee or receiver of premises but only with respect to such mortgagee, assignee or receiver's liability for (bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of the Named Insured's ownership, maintenance, or use of a premises by a Named Insured. The coverage granted by this paragraph does not apply to structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by,on behalf of, or for such additional insured. G. State or Governmental Agency or Subdivision or Political Subdivisions hermits A state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision that has issued a permit or authorization but only with respect to such state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision's liability for bodily injury,property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of: 1. the following hazards in connection with premises a Named Insured owns, rents, or controls and to which this insurance applies: a. the existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection„ or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies„ cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoistaway openings, sidewalk vaults„street banners,or decorations and similar exposures„or b. the construction,erection,or removal of elevators„or c. the ownership, maintenance or use of any elevators covered by this insurance;or 2. the permitted or authorized operations performed)by a Named Insured or on a Named Insured's behalf. The coverage granted by this paragraph does not apply to: a. Bodily injury,property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of operations performed for the state or governmental agency or subdivi.slon or political subdivision;,or b. bodily injury or property damage included within the(products-completed operations hazard. With respect to this provision's requirement that additional insured status must be requested under a written = contract or agreement, the Insurer will treat as a written contract any governmental permit that requires the Named Insured to add the governmental)entity as an additional insured. H. Trade Shorn Event Lessor 1. With respect to a Named Insured's participation in a trade show event as an exhibitor, presenter or displayer, any person or organization whom the(Named Insured is required to include as an additional insured but only ®_ with respect to such person or organization's liability for bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury caused by: NA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 5194992447 Page 3 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CC, OF R ADING,PA Effective Date: 03/31/2023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL. AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ------------------------------------------- CNA CLIA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement a. the Named Insured's acts or emissions;or b. the acts or omissions of those acting on the Named Insured's behalf, in the performance of the Named Insured's ongoing operations at the trade shown event premises during the trade show event. 2. The coverage granted by this paragraph does not apply to bodily Injury or property damage included within the products-complleted operations hazard.. 2. ADDITIONAL INSURED-PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY TO ADDITIONAL(INSURED'S INSURANCE The Other Insurance Condition in the COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS Section is amended to add the following paragraph: If the Named Insured has agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that this insurance is primary and non- contributory relative to an additional insuredd's own insurance, then this insurance is primary, and the Insurer will not seek contribution from that other insurance. For the purpose of this Provision 2., the additional iinsured's own insurance means insurance on which the additional insured is a named insured. Otherwise, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Condition, the insurance provided to such person or organization is excess of any other insurance available to such person or Organization. 3. BODILY INJURY—EXPANDED DEFINITION Under DEFINITIONS,the definition of bodily injury is deleted and replaced by the following: Bodily injury means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including death, humiliation, shock, mental anguish or mental injury sustained by that person at any time which results as a consequence of the physical injury,sickness or disease. 4. BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE/NOTICE OF OCCURRENCE Under CONDITIONS„the condition entitled Dulles in The Event of Occurrence,Offense, Claim or Suit is amended to add the following provisions: A. BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE The Named Insured must give the Insurer or the Insurer's authorized representative notice of an occurrence, offense or claim only when the occurrence, offense or claim is(known to a natural person Named Insured„to a partner, executive officer, manager or member of a Named Insured, or an employee designated by any of the above to give such notice. B. NOTICE OF OCCURRENCE The Named Insured's rights under this Coverage Part will not be prejudiced if the Named Insured fails to give the Insurer notice of an occurrence, offense or claim and that failure is solely due to the (Named Insured's reasonable belief that the bodily injury or property damage is not covered under this Coverage Part. However, the Named Insured shall give written notice of such occurrence, offense or claim to the Insurer as soon as the Named Insured is aware that this insurance may apply to such occurrence„offense or claim, 5. BROAD NAMED INSURED WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to delete its Paragraph 3. in its entirety and replace it with the following: 3. Pursuant to the limitations described In Paragraph 4. below, any organization in which a Named Insured has management control: a. on the effective date of this Coverage(Part;or ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 509499244"1 Page 4 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CO OF READING,PA Effective bate: 03/31/2023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE, COMMERCIAL AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office.Inc„with Its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA CNA PARAMOUNT' Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement b. by reason of a NamedInsured creating or acquiring the organization during the policy period, qualifies as a Named Insured, provided that there is no other siimiilar liability insurance, whether primary, contributory, excess, contingent or otherwise, which provides coverage to such organization,or which would have provided coverage but for the exhaustion of its limit„ and without regard to whether its coverage is broader or narrower than that provided by this insurance. But this BROAD NAMED INSURED provision does not apply to: (a) any partnership„ limited liability company or joint venture;or (b) any organization for which coverage is excluded by another endorsement attached to this Coverage Part. For the purpose of this provision, management control means: A. owning interests representing more than 50% of the voting, appointment or designation power for the selection of a majority of the Board of Directors of a corporation;or B. having the right, pursuant to a written trust agreement, to protect, control the use of, encumber or transfer or sell property held by a trust. 4. With respect to organizations which qualify as Named Insureds by virtue of Paragraph 3. above, this insurance does not apply to: a. bodily Injury or property damage that first occurred prior to the date of management control, or that first occurs after management control ceases; nor b. personal or advertising injury caused by an offense that first occurred prior to the date of management control or that first occurs after management control ceases. 5. The insurance provided by this Coverage (Part applies to Named Insureds when trading under their own names or under such other trading names or doling-business-as names (dba) as any Named Insured should choose to employ. 6. BROADENED LIABILITY COVERAGE FOR DAMAGE TO YOUR PRODUCT AND YOUR WORK A. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete exclusions k.and I. and replace them with the following: This insurance does not apply to: k. Damage to Your Product Property damage to your product arising out of it, or any part of it except when caused by or resulting from: (1) fire; (2) smoke; _ (3) collapse;or (4) explosion. I. Damage to Your Work _ Property damage to your work arising out of it, or any part of it and included in the products-completed operations hazard. This exclusion does not apply: (1) If the damaged work, or the work out of which the damage arises, was performed on the Named Insured"s behalf by a subcontractor;or CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 5194992447 Page 5 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CC, OF R ADING,PA Effective Date: 03/31/2023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL. AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ------------------------------------------- CNA CLIA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement (2) If the cause of loss to the damaged work arises as a result of: (a) fire, (b) smoke; (c) collapse;or (d) explosion. B. The following paragraph is added to LIMITS OF INSURANCIE; Subject to 5.above, $100,000 is the most the Insurer will pay under Coverage A for the sum of damages arising out of any one occurrence because of property damage to your product and your work that is caused by fire, smoke, collapse or explosion and is included within the product-completed operations hazard. This sublimit does not apply to property damage to your work if the damaged work„ or the work out of which the damage arises,was performed on the Named Insured's behalf by a subcontractor. C. This Broadened Liability Coverage For Damage To Your Product And Your Work Provision does not apply if an endorsement of the same name is attached to this policy, 7. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY RAILROADS With respect to operations performed within 50 feet of railroad property,the definition of insured contract is replaced by the following:. Insured Contract means: a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnities any person or organization for damage by fire to premises while rented to a Named Insured or temporarily occupied by a Named Insured with permission of the owner is not an insured)contract; b. A sidetrack agreement; c. Any easement or,license agreement; d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to indemnify a municipality, except in connection with work for a municipality; e. An elevator maintenance agreement; f.. That part of any other contract or agreement pertaining to the Named Insured's business (including an indemnification of a municipality in connection with work performed for a municipality) under which the Named Insured assumes the tort liability of another party to pay for bodily injury or property damage to a third person or organization. Tort liability means a liability that would be imposed by law in the absence of any contract or agreement. Paragraph f.does not include that part of any contract or agreement:. (1I) That indemnifies an architect, engineer or surveyor for injury or damage arising out of: (a) Preparing, approving or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, fiend orders, change orders or drawings and specifications;or (b) Giving directions or instructions, or failing i to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage;.. (2) Under which the Insured, if an architect, engineer or surveyor, assumes liability for an injury or damage arising out of the insured's rendering or failure to render professional services, including those listed in (1) above and supervisory, inspection,architectural or engineering activities. 8. ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 509499244"1 Page 6 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CO OF READING,PA Effective bate: 03/31/2023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE, COMMERCIAL AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office.Inc„with Its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA CNA PARAMOUNT' Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement A. tinder OVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability„ the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete exclusion p.Electronic Data and replace it with the following: This insurance does not apply to: p. Access Or Disclosure Of Confidential Or Personal Information And Data-related Liability [Damages arising out of: (1) any access to or disclosure of any person's or organization's confidential or personal information, including patents, trade secrets, processing methods, customer lists, financial information, credit card information, health information or any other type of nonpublic information;or (2) the loss of, loss of use of, damage to, corruption of, inability to access, or inability to manipulate electronic data that does not result from physical injury to tangible property. However, unless Paragraph (1)above applies,this exclusion does not apply to damages because of bodily injury, This exclusion applies even if damages are claimed for notification costs, credit moniitoring expenses, forensic expenses, public irelation expenses or any other loss, cost or expense incurred by the Named Insured or others arising out of that which is described in Paragraph(1)or(2)above„ B. The following paragraph is added to LIMITS OF INSURANCE: Subject to 5. above, $100,000 is the most the Insurer will pay under Coverage A for all damages arising out of any one occurrence because of property damage that results from physical injury to tangible property and arises out of electronic data. C. The following definition is added to DEFINITIONS: Electronic data means information, facts or programs stored as or on, created or used on, or transmitted to or from computer software (including systems and applications software), hard or floppy disks, CD-ROMS, tapes, drives,cells,data processing devices or any other media which are used with electronically controlled equipment. D. For the purpose of the coverage provided by this ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY Provision, the definition of property damage in DEFINITIONS is replaced by the following: Property damage means a. Physical injury to tangible property, including all resulting loss of use of that property. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the physical injury that caused it; b. loss of use of tangible property that is not physically injured. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the occurrence that caused it;or c. Loss of, loss of use of, damage to, corruption of, inability to access, or inability to properly manipulate electronic data, resulting from physical injury to tangible property. All such loss of electronic data shall be deemed to occur at the time of the occurrence that caused it. For the purposes of this insurance,electronic data is not tangible property. E. If Electronic Data Liability is Iprovided at a higher limit by another endorsement attached to this policy, then the $100,000 limit provided by this ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY Provision is part of, and not in addition to, that higher limit. 9. ESTATES, LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES,AND SPOUSES _ The estates, heirs, legal representatives and spouses of any natural person Insured shall also be insured under this policy; provided, (however, coverage is afforded to such estates, heirs, legal representatives, and spouses only for CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 51194992447 Page 7 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CC, 11E R ADING,PA Effective Date: 03/31/2023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved, Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ------------------------------------------- CNA CLIA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement claims arising solely out of their capacity or status as such and, in the case of a spouse, where such claim seeks damages from marital community property, jointly held property or property transferred from such natural person Insured to such spouse. No coverage is provided for any act, error or Omission of an estate„ heir, legal representative, or spouse outside the scope of such person's capacity or status as such, provided however that the spouse of a natural person Named Insured and the spouses of members or partners of joint venture or partnership Named Insureds are Insureds with respect to such spouses'acts, errors or omissions in the conduct of the Named Insured's business. 191. EXPECTED OR INTENDED INJURY—EXCEPTION FOR REASONABLE FORCE Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete the exclusion entitled Expected or Intended Injury and replace it with the following: This insurance does not apply to; Expected or Intended Injury Bodily injury or property damage expected or intended from the standpoint of the Insured. This exclusion does not apply to bodiil'y injury or property damage resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. 11. GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE- PER PROJECT A. For each construction project away from premises the Named Insured owns or rents, a separate Construction Project General Aggregate Limit, equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, is the most the Insurer will pay for the sum of:. 1. All damages under Coverage A,except damages because of bodily injury or property damage included in the products-completed operations hazard;and 2. All medical expenses under Coverage C, that arise from occurrences or accidents which can be attributed solely to ongoing operations at that construction project. Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate (Limit shown in the Declarations, nor the Construction Project General Aggregate Limit of any other construction project. B. All: 1. Damages under Coverage B„regardless of the number of locations or construction(projects involved; 2. Damages under Coverage A„ caused by occurrences which cannot be attributed solely to ongoing operations at a single construction project, except damages because of bodily injury or property damage included in the products-completed operations hazard; and 3. Medical expenses under Coverage C caused by accidents which cannot be attributed solely to ongoing operations at a single construction project, will reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. C. The limits shown in the declarations for Each Occurrence, for Damage To Premises Rented To You and for (Medical Expense continue to apply, but will be subject to either the Construction Project General Aggregate Limit or the General Aggregate Limit shown in the declarations, depending on whether the occurrence can be attributed solely to ongoing operations at a particular construction project. D. When coverage for liability arising out of the products-completed operations hazard is provided, any payments for damages because of bodily linjury or property damage included in the products-completed operations hazard will reduce the Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, regardless of the number of projects involved. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 509499244"1 Page 8 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CO OF READING,PA Effective bate: 03/31/2023 Insured Name:PROGRESSIVE, COMMERCIAL AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services office.Inc„with Its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA CNA PARAMOUNT' Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement E. If a single construction project away from premises owned by or rented to the Insured has been abandoned and then restarted, or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blueprints, designs, specifications or timetables„the project will still be deemed to be the same construction project. F. The provisions of LIMITS OF INSURANCE not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. 12. IN REM ACTIONS A quasi in rem action against any vessel owned or operated by or for the Named Insured„or chartered by or for the Named Insured, will be treated in the same manner as though the action were in personam against the Named Insured. 13. INCIDENTAL HEALTH CARE MALPRACTICE COVERAGE Solely with respect to bodily injury that arises out of a health care incident: A. fonder COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodiily Injury and Property Damage Liability„ the paragraph entitled Insuring Agreement is amended to replace Paragraphs 1.16.(1)and 1.b.(2)with the following:. b. This insurance applies to bodily injury provided that the professional health care services are incidental to the Named Insured's primary business purpose,and only if: (1) such bodily Injury is caused by an occurrence that takes place in the coverage territory. (2) the bodily injury first occurs during the policy period. All bodily iinjury arising from an occurrence will be deemed to have occurred at the time of the first act, error, or omission that is part of the occurrence;.. and B. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to: I. add the following to the Employers Liability exclusion: This exclusion applies only if the bodily injury arising from a health care incident is covered by other liability insurance available to the Insured (or which would have been available but for exhaustion of its limits). iL delete the exclusion entitled Contractual Liability and replace it with the following: This insurance does not apply to: Contractual Liability the Insured's actual or alleged liability under any oral or written contract or agreement, including but not limited to express warranties or guarantees. iii. add the following.additional exclusions: This insurance does not apply to: Discrimination any actual or alleged discrimination, humiliation or harassment, including but not limited to claims based on an individual's race, creed, color, age, gender, national origin„ religion, disability„ marital status or sexual orientation. Dishonesty or Crime Any actual or alleged dishonest,criminal or malicious act,error or omission. Medicare/MedicaidFraud CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 5194992447 Page g of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CC, OF R ADING,PA Effective Date: 03/31/2023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL. AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ------------------------------------------- CNA CLIA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement any actual or alleged violation of law with respect to Medicare, Medicaid, Tricare or any Similar federal, state or local governmental program. Services Excluded by Endorsement Any health care incident for which coverage is excluded by endorsement.. C. DEFINITIONS is amended to: L add the following definitions: Health care incident means an act, error or omission by the gamed Insured's employees or volunteer workers in the rendering of: a. professional health care services on behalf of the blamed Insured or b.. Good Samaritan services rendered in an emergency and for which no payment is demanded or received. Professional health care services means any health care services or the related furnishing of food, beverages, medical supplies or appliances by the followings providers in their capacity as such but solely to the extent they are duly licensed as required: a. Physician; b. Nurse; c. Nurse practitioner: d. Emergency medical technician; e. Paramedic; f. Dentist; g. Physical)therapist; h. Psychologist; I. Speech therapist; j. Other allied health professional; or Professional health care services does not include any services rendered in connection with human clinical trials or product testing.. ii.. delete the definitions of occurrence and replace it with the following: Occurrence means a health care incident. All acts, errors or omissions that are logically connected by any common fact,circumstance, situation,transaction, event, advice or decision will be considered to constitute a single occurrence; III. amend the definition of Insured'to; a. add the following: the Named Insured's employees are Insureds with respect to: (1) bodily injury to a co-employee while in the course of the co-employee's employment by the Named Insured or while performing duties related to the conduct of the Named Insured's business;and ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 509499244"1 Page 10 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CO OF READING,PA Effective bate: 03/31/2023 Insured Name:PROGRESSIVE, COMMERCIAL AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office.Inc„with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA CNA PARAMOUNT' Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement (2) bodily injury to a volunteer worker while performing duties related to the conduct of the Named Insured's business; when such bodily injury arises out of a health care incident. the Named Insured's volunteer workers are Insureds with respect to: (1) bodily injury to a co-vollunteer worker while performing duties related to the conduct of the Named Insured's business;and (2) bodily injury to an employee while in the course of the employee's employment by the Named Insured or while performing duties related to the conduct of the Named Insured's business; when such bodily injury arises out of a health care incident. b. delete Subparagraphs(a),(b),(c)and(d)of Paragraph 2.a,(1)of WHO IS AN INSURED, D. The Other Insurance condition is amended to delete Paragraph b.(1) in its entirety and replace it with the following: Other Insurance b. Excess Insurance (1) To the extent this insurance applies, it is excess over any other insurance, self insurance or risk transfer instrument, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, except for insurance purchased specifically by the Named Insured to be excess of this coverage 14. JOINT VENTURES/PARTNERSHIP/ LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to delete its last paragraph and replace it with the following: No person or organization is an Insuredwith respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership,point venture or limited liability company that is not shown as.a Named Insured in the Declarations, except that if the Named Insured was a joint venturer, partner, or member of a limited liability company and such joint venture, partnership or limited liability company terminated prior to or during the policy period, such Named Insured is an Insured with respect to its interest in such joint venture,partnership or limited Inability company but only to the extent that: a. any offense giving rise to personal and advertising injury occurred prior to such termination date, and the personal and advertising injury arising out of such offense first occurred after such termination date; 5PY b. the bodily injury or property damage first occurred after such termination date;and c. there is no other valid and collectible insurance purchased specifically to insure the partnership, joint venture or limited l!iabulity company;and if the joint venture, partnership or limited liability company is or was insured under a consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program,then such insurance will always be considered valid and collectible for the purpose of paragraph C. above. But this provision will not serve to exclude bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury that would otherwise be covered under the Contractors General Liability Extension Endorsement provision entitled WRAP-UP EXTENSION: OCIP, CLIP, OR CONSOLIDATED (WRAP-UP) INSURANCE PROGRAMS. Please see that provision for the definition of consolidated(wrap-up)insurance program. 15. LEGAL LIABILITY — DAMAGE TO PREMISES / ALIENATED PREMISES / PROPERTY IN THE NAMED INSURED'S CARE,CUSTODY OR CONTROL A. tinder COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended)to delete exclusion j. Damage to Property in its entirety and replace it with the following: This insurance does not apply to: CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 5094992447 Page 11 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CC, CE R AISING,PA Effective Date: 03/31/2023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL. AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved, Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc,,with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ------------------------------------------- CNA CLIA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement 1 Damage to Property Property damage to: (1) Property the Named Insured owns, rents,or occupies, including any costs or expenses incurred by you, or any other person, organization or entity, for repair, replacement, enhancement, restoration or maintenance of such property for any reason, including prevention of injury to a person or damage to another's property„ (2) Premises the Named Insured sells, gives away or abandons, if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises; (3) Property loaned to the Named IInsured; (4) Personal property in the care,custody or control of the Insured; (5) That particular part of real property on which the Named Insured or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on the Named Insured's behalf are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of those operations;or (6) That particular part of any property that must be restored, repaired or replaced because your work was incorrectly performed on it. Paragraphs(1), ( )and (4)of this exclusion do not apply to property damage (other than damage by fire)to premises rented to the Named Insured or temporarily occupied by the Named Insured with the permission of the owner, nor to the contents of premises rented to the Named Insured for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days.A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in LIMITS OF INSURANCE.. Paragraph(2)of this exclusion does not applly if the premises are your work, Paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this exclusion do not apply to liability assumed under a sidetrack agreement. Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not apply to property damage included in the products-completed operations hazard. Paragraphs(3)and(4)of this exclusion do not apply to property damage to: L tools, or equipment the Named Insured borrows from others, nor ii. other personal property of others in the Named Insured's care,custody or control while being used in the Named Insured's operations away from any Named Insured's premises. However,the coverage granted by this exception to Paragraphs(3)and(4)does not apply to: a. property at a job site awaiting or during such property's installation,fabrication„or erection; b. property that is mobile equipment leased by an Insured; c. property that is an auto, aircraft or watercraft; d. property in transit;or e. any portion of property damage for which the Insured has available other valid and collectible insurance,or would have such insurance but for exhaustion of its limits, or but for application of one of its exclusions. A separate limit of insurance and deductible apply to such property of others. See LIMIT'S OF INSURANCE. as amended below. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 509499244"1 Page 12 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CO OF READING,PA Effective bate: 03/31/2023 Insured Name:PROGRESSIVE, COMMERCIAL AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc„with Its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA CNA PARAMOUNT' Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement B. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A – Bodily Injury and Properly Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended)to delete its last paragraph and replace it with the following: Exclusions c. through In. do not apply to damage by fire to premises while rented to a Named Insured or temporarily occupied by a Named Insured with permission of the owner, nor to damage to the contents of premises rented to a Named Insured for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in LIMITS OF INSURANCE. C. The following paragraph is added to LIMITS OF INSURANCE: Subject to 5. above, $25,000 is the most the Insurer will' pay under Coverage A for damages arising out of any one occurrence because of the sum of all (property damage to borrowed tools or equipment, and to other personal property of others in the Named Insured"s care, custody or control, while being used in the Named Insured"s operations away from any Named Insured's premises. The Insurer's obligation to pay such property damaigie does not apply until the amount of such property damage exceeds $1,000. The Insurer has the right but not the duty to pay any portion of this $1,000 in order to effect settlement. If the Insurer exercises that right, the Named Insured will promptly reimburse the Insurer for any such amount. D. Paragraph 6., Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit, of LIMITS OF INSURANCE is deleted and replaced by the following: 6. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, (the Each Occurrence Limit), the Damage To Premises Rented To You Liimiit is the most the Insurer will pay under Coverage A for damages because of property damage to any one premises while rented to the Named Insured or temporarily occupied by the Named Insured with the permission of the owner, including contents of such premises rented to the Named Insured for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days.The Damage To Premises RentedTo You Limit is the greater of: a. $500,000; or b.. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit shown in the Declarations, E. Paragraph 4.b.(1)(a)(ii)of the Other Insurance Condition is deleted and replaced by the following: (ii) That is property insurance for premises rented to the Named Insured, for premises temporarily occupied by the Named l Insured with the permission of the owner; or for personal property of others iin the Named Insured's care,custody or control; ~x 16. LIQUOR LIABILITY 5PY A Under COVERAGES, Coverage A – Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete the exclusion entitled Liquor Liability. This LIQUOR LIABILITY provision does not apply to any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional insured on this Coverage Part. 17. MEDICAL PAYMENTS A. LIMITS OF INSURANCE is amended to delete Paragraph 7. (the Medical Expense Limit) and replace it with the folllowin — g: 7. Subject to Paragraph 5.. above (the Each Occurrence Limit)„ the Medical Expense Limit is the most the Insurer will pay under Coverage C–Medical Payments for all medical expenses because of bodily injury sustained by any one person.The Medical Expense Limit is the greater of: (1) $15„000 unless a different amount is shown here: $N,NNN,NN'N,NNN; or (2) the amount shown in the Declarations for Medical Expense Limit. CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 5094992447 Page 13 of 17 Endorsement No: 03/31/2023 AMERICAN CASUALTY CC, OF READING,PA Effective Date; Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE CCMMERCIAI. AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ------------------------------------------- CNA CLIA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement B. Under COVERAGES, the Insuring Agreement of Coverage C — Medical Payments is amended to replace Paragraph 1.a.(3)(b)with the following: (b) The expenses are incurred and reported to the Insurer within three years of the date of the accident;and 18. NON-OWNED AIRCRAFT Under COVERAGES, Coverage A Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended as follows: The exclusion entitled Aircraft,Auto or Watercraft is amended to add the following: This exclusion does not apply to an aircraft not owned by any Named Insured, provided that: 1. the pilot in command holds a Currently effective certificate issued by the duly constituted authority of the United States of America or Canada,designating that person as a commercial or airline transport pilot; 2. the aircraft is rented with a trained, paid crew to the Named Insured;and 3. the aircraft is not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. 19. NON-OWNED,WATERCRAFT' Linder COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete Subparagraph (2) of the exclusion entitled Aircraft, Auto or Watercraft, and replace it with the following. This exclusion does not apply to: (2) a watercraft that is not owned by any Named Insured, provided the watercraft is: (a) less than 75 feet long;and (b) not being used to carry persons or(property for a charge. 20. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY—DISCRIMINATION OR HUMILIATION A. Under DEFINITIONS,the definition of personal and advertising injury is amended to add the following tort: Discrimination or humiliation that results in injury to the feelings or reputation of a naturai person. B. Under COVERAGES, Coverage B — Personal and Advertising Injury Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended)to: 1. delete the Exclusion entitled Knowing Violation Of Rights Of Another and replace it with the following: This insurance does not apply to: Knowing Violation of Rights of Another Personal and advertising i injury caused by or at the direction of the Insuredwith the knowledge that the act would violate the rights of another and would inflict personal and advertising injury.This exclusion shall not apply to discrimination or humiliation that results in injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural person, but only if such discrimination or humiliation is not done intentionally by or at the direction of: (a) the Named Insured;or (b) any executive officer„ director, stockholder, partner, member or manager (if the Named Insured is a limited liability company)of the Named Insured). 2. add the following exclusions: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 509499244"1 Page 14 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CO OF READING,PA Effective late: 03/31/2023 Insured Name:PROGRESSIVE, COMMERCIAL AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office.Inc„with Its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA CNA PARAMOUNT' Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement This insurance does not apply to: Employment Related Discrimination Discrimination or humiliation d''irectly or indirectly related to the employment, prospective employment„ past employment or termination of employment of any person by any Insured. Premises Related Discrimination discrimination or humiliation arising out of the sale, rental, lease or sub-lease or prospective sale, rental, lease or sub-lease of any room„dwelling or premises by or at the direction of any Insured. Notwithstanding the above, there is no coverage for fines or penalties levied or imposed by a governmental entity because of discrimination. The coverage provided by this PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY —DISCRIMINATION OR HUMILIATION Provision does not applly to any person or organization whose status as an Insured derives solely from Provision 1.ADDITIONAL INSURED of this endorsement;or attachment of an additional insured endorsement to this Coverage Part. This PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY—DISCRIM'INATIO,N OR HUMILIATION Provision does not apply to any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional)insured on this Coverage Part, 21. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY-CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY A. Under COVERAGES„ Coverage B —Personal and Advertising Injury Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete the exclusion entitled Contractual Liability. B. Solely for the purpose of the coverage provided by this PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY provision, the following changes are made to the section entitled SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS—COVERAGES A AND B: 1. Paragraph 2.d.is replaced by the following: d The allegations in the suit and the information the Insurer knows about the offense alleged in such suit are such that no conflict appears to exist between the interests of the Insured and the interests of the indemnitee, 2. The first unnumbered paragraph beneath Paragraph 2.f.(2)(b),is deleted and replaced by the following: So long as the above conditions are met, attorneys fees incurred by the Insurer in the defense of that indemnitee, necessary litigation expenses incurred by the Insurer,and necessary litigation expenses incurred by the indemnitee at the Insurer's request will be paid as defense costs.Such payments will not be deemed to be damages for personal and advertising injury and will not reduce the limits of insurance, C. This. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY Provision does not apply if Coverage B —Personal and Advertising Injury Liability is excluded by another endorsement attached) to this, Coverage Part. This PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY Provision does not apply to any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional insured on this Coverage Part. 22. PROPERTY DAMAGE—ELEVATORS A. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended such that the Damage to Your Product Exclusion and subparagraphs (3)„ (4)and (6) of the Damage to Property Exclusion do not apply,to property damage that results from the use of elevators. CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 5194992447 Page 15 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CC, OF R ADING,PA Effective Date: 03/31/2023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL. AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ------------------------------------------- CNA CLIA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement B. Solely for the purpose of the coverage provided by this PROPERTY DAMAGE — ELEVATORS Provision, the Other Insurance conditions is amended to add the following paragraph: This insurance is excess over any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basiis that is Property insurance covering property of others damaged from the use of elevators. 23. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS The section entitled SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS--COVERAGES A AND B is amended as follows: A. Paragraph 1.1b.is amended to delete the$250 limit shown for the cost of bail bonds and replace it with a$5,000. limit;and B. Paragraph 1.d. is amended to delete the limit of $250 shown for daily loss of earnings and replace it with a $1,000.Limit. 24. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS If the Named Insured unintentionally fails to disclose all existing hazards at the inception date of the Named Insured"s Coverage Part,the Insurer will not deny coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. 25. WAIVER OF SUBROOATIION-BLANKET Under CONDITIONS,the condition entitled Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us is amended to add the following: The Insurer waives any right of recovery the Insurer may have against any person or organization because of payments the Insurer makes for injury or damage arising out of: 1. the Named Insured'"s ongoiing operations;or 2. your work included in the products-completed operations hazard, However, this waiver applies only when the Named Insured has agreed in writing to waive such rights of recovery in a written contract or written agreement,and only if such contract or agreement: 1. is in effect or becomes effective during the term of this Coverage Part;and 2. was executed prior to the bodiilyr injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury giving rise to the claim. 25. WRAP-UP EXTENSION:OCIP,CLIP,OR CONSOLIDATED(WRAP-UP)INSURANCE PROGRAMS Note: The following provision does not apply to any public construction project in the state of Oklahoma, nor to any construction (project in the state of Alaska, that is not permitted to be insured under a consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program by applicable state statute or regulation. If the endorsement EXCLUSION — CONSTRUCTION WRAP-UP is attached to this policy, or another exclusionary endorsement pertaining to Owner Controlled Insurance Programs (O.C.I.P.) or Contractor Controlled Insurance Programs(C.C.I.P.) is attached,then the following changes apply: A. The following wording is added to the above-referenced endorsement: With respect to a consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program project in which the Named Insured is or was involved, this exclusion does not apply to those sums the Named Insured become legally obligated to (pay as. damages because of: 1. Bodily injury, property damage, or personal or advertising injury that occurs during the Named Insured"s ongoing operations at the project, or during such operations of anyone acting on the Named Insured"s behalf; nor ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... CNA74705XX(1-15) Policyll 509499244-1 Page 16 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CO OF READING,PA Effective bate: 03/31/2023 Insured Name:PROGRESSIVE, COMMERCIAL AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc„with Its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA CNA PARAMOUNT' Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement 2. Bodily injury or property damage included within the products-completed operations hazard that arises out of those portions of the project that are not residential structures. B. Condition 4.Other Insurance is amended to add the following subparagraph 4.b.(1)(c): This insurance Is excess over: (c) Any of the other insurance whether primary,,excess,contingent or any other basis that is insurance available to the Named Insured as a result of the Named insured being a participant in a consollidated (wrap-up) insurance program, but only as respects the Named Insured''s involvement in that consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program. C. DEFINITIONS is amended to add the following definitions: Consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program means a construction, erection or demolition project for which the prime contractor/project manager or owner of the construction project has secured general liability insurance covering some or all of the contractors or subcontractors involved in the project, such as an Owner Controlled Insurance Program (O.C.I.P.)or Contractor Controlled Insurance Program (C.C.l.P'.). Residential structure means any structure where 30%or more of the square foot area is used or is intended to be used for human residency, including but not limited to: 1. single or multifamily housing, apartments, condominiums, townhouses; co-operatives or planned unit developments;and 2. the common areas and structures appurtenant to the structures in paragraph 1. (including pools, hot tubs, detached garages„guest houses or any similar Structures).. However,when there is no individual ownership of units, residential structure does not include military housing, college/university housing or dormitories, long term care facilities, hotels or motels. Residential structure also does not include hospitals or prisons. This WRAP-UP EXTENSION; OCIP, CLIP, OR CONSOLIDATED ('WRAP-UP) INSURANCE PROGRAMS Provision does not applly to any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional insured on this Coverage Part. All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. This endorsement,which forms a part of and is for attachment to the Policy issued by the designated Insurers,takes effect on the effecfive date of said Policy at the hour stated in said Policy, unless another effective date is shown below, and expires concurrently with said Policy. CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy No: 5194992447 Page 17 of 17 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CC, OF R AISING,PA Effective Date: 03/31/2023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL. AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA LINA PARAMOUNT' Blanket Additional Insured Owners, Lessees or Contractors - with Products-Completed Operations Coverage Endorsement This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL{GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART It is understood and agreed as follows: 1. WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an Insured any person or organization whom you are required by written contract to add as an additional)insured on this coverage part,but only with respect to liability for bodily injury,property damage or personal and advertising injury caused in whole or in part by your acts or omissions,or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: A. in the performance of your ongoing operations subject to such written contract;or B. in the performance of your work subject to such written contract, but only with respect to bodlily injury or property damage included in the products-completed operations hazard,,and only it: 1. the written contract requires you to provide the additional insured such coverage;and 2. this coverage part provides such coverage. IL But if the written contract requires: A. additional insured coverage under the 11-85 edition, 10-03 edition, or 10-01 edition of CG2010,or under the 110- 01 edition of CG2037;or B. additional insured coverage with"arising out of" language;or C. additional insured coverage to the greatest extent permissible by law; then paragraph 1.above is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an Insured any person or organization whom you are required by written contract to add as an additional)insured on this coverage part,but only with respect to liability for bodily injury,property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of your work that is subject to such written contract. III. Subject always to the terms and conditions of this policy, including the limits of insurance,the insurer will not provide such additional insured with: A. coverage broader than required by the written contract;or S. a higher limit of insurance than required by the written contract. IV. The insurance granted by this endorsement to the additional insured does not apply to bodily injury,property damage, or personal and advertising i injury arising out of: A. the rendering of,or the failure to render,any professional architectural,engineering„or surveying services, including: 1. the preparing,approving,or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports,surveys„ ® field!orders„change orders or drawings and specifications;and 2. supervisory, inspection,architectural or engineering activities;or B. any premises or work for which the additional insured is specifically listed as an additional insured on another endorsement attached to this coverage part. V. tinder COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, the Condition entitled Other Insurance is amended to add the following,which supersedes any provision to the contrary in this Condition or elsewhere in this coverage part: = CNA750797((1�0-1.6).................................................................................................................................................................................................Pollcy.. o.Y.......5.0..9499 .4.4.7............ Page 1 of 2 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CC, CE R ADING,PA Effective Date: 03/31/2023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 ------------------------------------------ CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Blanket Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees or Contractors - with Prod ucts-Corn pleted Operations Coverage Endorsement Primary and Noncontributory Insurance With respect to other insurance available to the additional insured under which the additional insured is a named insured,this insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from such other insurance, provided that a written contract requires the insurance provided by this policy to be:. 1. primary and non-contributing with other insurance available to the additional insured; or 2. primary and to not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the additional insured. But except as specified above,this insurance will be excess of all other insurance available to the additional insured. Vl. Solely with respect to the insurance granted by this endorsement,the section entitled COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended as follows: The Condition entitled Duties In The Event of Occurrence,Offense,Claim or Suit is amended with the addition of the following: Any additional insured pursuant to this endorsement will as soon as practicable: 1. give the Insurer written notice of any claim,or any occurrence or offense which may result in a claim; 2. send the Insurer copies of all legal papers received,and otherwise cooperate with the Insurer in the investigation, defense, or settlement of the claim;and 3. make available any other insurance, and tender the defense and indemnity of any claim to any other insurer or self-insurer,whose policy or program applies to a loss that the Insurer covers under this coverage part, However, if the written contract requires this insurance to be primary and non-contributory, this paragraph 3.does not apply to insurance on which the additional Ensured is a named insured. The Insurer has no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until the Insurer receives written notice of a claim from the additional insured. Vill. Solely with respect to the insurance granted by this endorsement,the section entitled DEFINITIONS is amended to add the following definition: Written contract means a written contract or written agreement that requires you to make a person or organization an additional insured on this coverage part,provided the contract or agreement: A. is currently in effect or becomes effective during the term of this policy;and B. was executed prior to: 1. the bodily injury or property damage;or 2. the offense that caused the personal and advertising injury; for which the additional insured seeks coverage. Any coverage granted by this endorsement shall apply solely to the extent permissible by law. All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ Thus endorsement,which forms a part of and is for attachment to the Policy issued by the designated Insurers,takes effect on the effective date of said Policy at the hour stated in said Policy, unless another effective date is shown below, and expires concurrently with said Policy. CNA75079XX(10-16) Policy No: 509499244-1 Page 2 of 2 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CO OF READING,PA Effective Date: 03/3112023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE, COMMERCIAL AQUATICS, INC. Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc,,with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA Business Auto Policy N)Ilik-: i indx,�,,r:,o-. rrtr ^ra ���Du ,f ��sr ryry•° ,t� i ,.;�ry i� :°r uii�:"`u�QQ . ��99 u�ppm ii��mk n � r�p; , �ry �'r 'r, ,t ,. K THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM I. LIABILITY COVERAGE A. Who Is An Insured The following is added to Section ll, Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured: 1. a. Any incorporated entity of which the Named Insured owns a majority of the vesting stock on the date of inception of this Coverage Form; provided that,. b. The insurance afforded by this provision A.1. does not apply to any such entity that its an insured under any other liability "policy" providing auto coverage. 2. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, and over which you maintain majority ownership interest. The insurance afforded by this provision A.2.: a. Is effective on the acquisition or formation date, and is afforded only until the end of the policy period of this Coverage Form, or the next anniversary of its inception date, whichever is earlier. b. Does not apply to: (1) Bodily injury or (property damage caused by an accident that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; or (2) Any such organization that is an insured undier any other liability "policy" providing auto coverage. 3. Any person or organization that you are requiired by a written contract to name as an additional insured is an insured but only with respect to their legal liability for acts or omissions of a person, who qualifies as an insured under SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED and for whom Liability Coverage is afforded under this policy. If required by written contract, this insurance will be primary and non-contributory to insurance on which the additional insured is a Named Insured. 4. An employee of yours is an insured while operating an auto hired or rented) under a contract or agreement in that employee's name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. "Policy", as used in this provision A. Who Is Ain Insured, includes those policies that were in force on the inception date of this Coverage Form but: 1. Which are no longer in force, or 2. Whose limits have been exhausted. B. Bail Bonds and Lass of Earnings Section 11, Paragraphs A.2. 12) and A.2. (4) are revised as follows: 1. In a,(2), the limit for the cost of bail bonds is changed from $2,000 to $5,000; and 2. In a.(4), the limit for the loss of earnings is changed from $250 to $500 a day. Form No:CNA63359X:X (04.2012,) Policy No:BUA 5095120963 Endorsement Effective Date: 03/31/2023 Endorsement Expiration Daae: 03/31/2024 Underwriting Company; Continental CasuaUty Company, 151 N Franklin 5t, Chicago, IL 60606 Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance 8ervdces Office, Inc., used with its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNABusiness Auto Policy N,)hk-, indx,�,rserrt�^ra C. Fellow Employee Section 11, Paragraph B.,5 does not apply. Such coverage as is afforded by this provision, C. is excess over any other collectible insurance. Ill. PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE A. Glass Breakage — Hitting A Bird Or Animal — Falling Objects Or Missiles The following is added to Section III, Paragraph A.3.: With respect to any covered auto, any deductible shown in the Declarations will not apply to glass breakage if such glass is repaired, in a manner acceptable to us, rather than replaced. B. Transportation Expenses Section III, Paragraph,A.4.a. is revised, with respect to transportation expense incurred by you, to provide: a. $60 per day, in lieu of $20; subject to b, $1,800 maximum, in lieu of $600. C. Loss of Use Expenses Section III, Paragraph A.4.b. is revised® with respect to loss of use expenses incurred by you, to provide: a. $1,000 maximum, in lieu of $600. D. Hired "Autos" The following is added to Section III. Paragraph A.: 5. Hired "Autos" If Physical Damage coverage is provided under this policy, and such coverage does not extend to Hired Autos, then Physical Damage coverage is extended to: a. Any covered auto you lease, hire, rent or borrow without a driver; and b. Any covered auto hired or rented by your employee without a driver, under a contract in that individual employee's name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. c. The most we will pay for any one accident or loss is the actual cash value, cost of repair, cost of replacement or $75,000, whichever is less, minus a $500 deductible for each covered auto. No deductible applies to loss caused by fire or lightning, d. The physical damage coverage as, is, provided by this provision is equal to the physical damage coverage(s) provided on your owned autos. e. Such physical damage coverage for hired autos will: (1) Include loss of use, provided it is the consequence of an accident for which the Named Insured is legally liable, and as a result of which a monetary loss is sustained by the leasing or rental concern, (2) Such coverage as is provided by this provision will be subject to a limit of $7'50 per accident. E. Airbag Coverage The following is added to Section III, Paragraph B.3.: The accidental discharge of an airbag shall not be considered mechanical breakdown. Form No: CNA63359XX (04-20121 Policy No:BUA 5095120963 Endorsement Effective Date: 03/3112023 Endorsement Expiration Date: 03/3112024 Underwriting Company:: Continental Casuafty Company, 151 IN Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Servdces Office, Inc., used With its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNABusiness Auto Policy N,)11k­, indx,,drserrt: ra F. Electronic Equipment Section III, Paragraphs B.4.c and 8.4.d, are deleted and replaced by the following:: c. Physical Damage Coverage on a covered auto also applies to loss to any permanently installed electronic equipment including its antennas and other accessories d. A $100 per occurrence deductible applies to the coverage provided by this provision. G. Diminution In Value The following is added to Section III, Paragraph B.6.: Subject to the following, the diminution, in value exclusion does not apply to: a. Any covered auto of the private passenger type you lease, hire, rent or borrow, without a driver for a period of 30 days or less, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; and b. Any covered auto of the private passenger type hired or rented by your employee without a driver for a period of 30 days or less, under a contract in that individual employee's name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, c. Such coverage as is provided by this provision is limited to a diminution in value loss arising directly out of accidental damage and not as a result of the failure to make repairs; faulty or incomplete maintenance or repairs; or the installation of substandard parts. & The most we will pay for loss to a covered auto in any one accident is the lesser of: (1) $5,000; or (2) 20% of the auto's actual cash value lACV). Ill. Drive Other Car Coverage - Executive Officers The following is added to Sections 11 and 1111: 1„ Any auto you don't own, hire or borrow is a covered auto for Liability Coverage while being used by, andl for Physical Damage Coverage while in the care, custody or control of, any of your "executive officers", except: a. An auto owned by that "executive officer" or a member of that person's household; or b. An auto used by that "executive officer" while working in a business of selling, servicing, repairing or parking autos. Such Liability and/or Physical Damage Coverage as is afforded by this provision. (1) Equal to the greatest of those coverages afforded any coveredi, auto; and (2) Excess over any other collectible insurance. 2. For purposes of this provision, "executive officer" means a person holding any of the officer positions created by your charter, constitution, by-laws or any other similar governing document, and, while a resident of the same household, includes that person's spouse, Such "executive officers" are insureds while using a covered auto described in this provision. IV. BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS A. Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or Loss The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph A.2.a.: Forrn No: CNA63359XX (04.2012) Policy No:BUA 5095120963 Endorsement Effective Date: 03/3112023 Endorsement Expiration Date: 03131/2024 Underwriting Company:: Continental Casuafty Company, 151 IN Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Servdces Office, Inc., used With its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNABusiness Auto Policy N')hk-, indx,�,�rserrti ra (4) Your employees may know of an accident or loss. This will not mean that you have such knowledge, unless such accident or loss is known to you or if you are not an individual, to any of your executive officers or partners or your insurance manager. The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph A.2.b.: (6) Your employees may know of documents received concerning a claim or suit, This will not mean that you have such knowledge, unless receipt of such documents is known to you or if you are not an individual, to any of your executive officers or partners or your insurance manager. B. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph A.5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us: We waive any right of recovery we may have, because of payments we make for injury or darnage, against any person or organization for whom or which you are required by written contract or agreement to obtain this waiver from us. This, injury or damage must arise out of your activities under a contract with that person, or organization. You must agree to that requirement prior to an accident or loss. C. Concealment, Misrepresentation, or Fraud The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph B.,2.: Your failure to disclose all hazards existing on the date of inception of this Coverage Form shall not prejudice you with respect to the coverage afforded provided such failure or omission is not intentional. DOther Insurance The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph 8.,5.: Regardless of the provisions of Paragraphs 5.a. and 5.d. above, the coverage provided by this policy shall be on a primary non-contributory basis. This provision is applicable only when required by a written contract. That written contract must have been entered into prior to Accident or Loss. E. Policy Period, Coverage Territory Section IV, Paragraph B. 7.(5).(a), is revised to provide: a. 45 days of coverage in lieu of 30 days. V. DEFINITIONS Section V. paragraph C. is deleted and replaced by the following: Bodily injury means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including mental anguish, mental injury or death, resulting from any of these. Forrn No: CNA63359XX (04.2012) Policy No:BUA 5095120963 Endorsement Effective Date: 03/3112023 Endorsement Expiration Date: 03/3112024 Endorsement No: 11; Page:4 of 4 Underwriting Company:: Continental Casuafty Company, 151 IN Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Servdces Office, Inc., used With its permission. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Tcexao"Mutuar WORIKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND WC 42 03 04 B EMIPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY Insured copy TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an,injury covered by this policy, We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us., This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1. Specific Waiver Name of person or organization (X)Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2, Operations: ALL TEXAS OPERATIONS 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2.00 percent of the premium,developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s)or organtzation(s)arising out of the operations described, 4, Advance Premium: Included, see Information Page This endorsement changes the policy to wlhich it is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is in6cated b0ow. (The following"attaching dause"need be conipleted on1v whon this endorsement is iSSUed subsequent to preparation of the i This endorseniewt,effectiv"eor, 3/31/23 12:01 a.m.standard time,forms apart of: Poiicy no.0001223875 of Texas Mutual InSUrance Company effective on 03131/2023 Issued to: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL AQUATICS INC This is not a bill Authorized representative NCCI Carrier Code- 29939 PO Box 12058,Austin, TX 78711-2058 1 of 1 texasmutual,com 1(800)859-5995 1 Fax(800)359-0650 WC 42 03 04 B DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Changes Notice of Cancellation or Material Restriction Endorsement This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE (PART OWNERS AND CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART STOP GAP LIABILITY COVERAGE PART TECHNOLOGY ERRORS AND OMISSIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SPECIAL PROTECTIVE AND HIGHWAY LIABILITY POLICY NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SCHEDULE Number of days notice(other than for nonpayment of(premium): 039 Number of days notice for nonpayment of premium: N/A Name.of.person or organization to whom notice will be sent. PER SCHEDULE ON >:'ILE. Address: PER SCHEDULE ON FILE. PER SCHEDULE ON FILE. XX 00000 If no entry appears above„the number of days notice for nonpayment of premium will be 10 days. It is understood and agreed that in the event of cancellation or any material) restrictions in coverage during the policy period, the Insurer also agrees to mail prior written notice of cancellation or material restriction to the person or organization listed in the above Schedule. Such notice will be sent prior to such cancellation in the manner prescribed in the above Schedule. All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... This endorsement,which forms a part of and is for attachment to the Policy issued by the designated Insurers,takes effect on the effective date of Said Policy at the hour stated in said Policy, unless another effective date is shown below, and expires concurrently with said Policy. CNA74702XX(1-15) Policy No: 5094992447 Page 1 of 1 Endorsement No: AMERICAN CASUALTY CC, OF RADING,Pay Effective Date: 03/31/2023 Insured Name: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL. AQUATICS, INC. Copydght CNA All R'ghts Reserved. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 CNA Business Auto Policy N)hk-: iir(i.�,rr:,eiiii^ra It is understood and agreed i that; If you have agreed) under written contract to provide inotice of cancellation to a party to whom the Agent of Record) has issued a Certificate of Insurance, and if we cancel a policy term described on that Certificate of Insurance for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, then notice of cancellation will be provided to such Certificateholders at least 30 days in advance of the date cancellation is effective. If notice is mailed, then proof of mailing to the last known mauling) address of the Certificateholder on file with the Agent of Record will be sufficient to prove notice. Any failure by us to notify such persons or organizations will not extend or invalidate such cancellation, or impose any Inability or obligation upon us or the Agent of Record. All other terms and conditions of the policy remain unchanged This endorsement, which forms a part of and is for attachment to the policy issued by the designated Insurers, takes effect on the Policy Effective date of said policy at the hour stated in said policy, unless another effective date (the Endorsement Effective Date) is shown below, and expires concurrently with said policy. Forn7 No:CNA68021 X:X (02-2013) Policy No:BUA 5095120963 Endorsement Effective Date:03/31/2023 Endorsement Expiration Date: 03/31/2024 Underwriting Company: Continental Casualty Company, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 Copyright CNA AH Rights Reserved. DocuSign Envelope ID:06C34135-E607-46C9-B929-2A73DF705813 Tcexao"Mutuar WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE WORKER& COMPENSATION AND WC 42 06 011 EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY Insured copy, TEXAS NOTICE OF MATERIAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to tlhie insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. In the event of cancellation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or organization named in the Schedule. The number of days advance notice is shown in the Schedule. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule 1. Number of days advance notice: 30 2. Notice will be mailed to: PER LIST ON FILE This endorsement changes the policy to wlhich it is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is in6cated b0ow. (The following"attaching dause"need be con'ipleted onty when this endorsement is iSSUed subsequent to preparation of the i This endorseniewt,effectiv"e on 3/31/23 t 12:01 a.m.standard time,fornis a part of: Policy no.0001223875 of Texas Wtual Insurance Company effective on 03/31/2023 Issued to: PROGRESSIVE COMMERCIAL AQUATICS INC This is not a bill Authorized representative NCCI Carrier Code- 29939, PO Box 12058,Austin, TX 78711-2058 1 of 1 texasmutual,corn 1(800)859-5995� Fax(800)359-0650 WC 42 06 01